4/29/22, 10:51 AM
Tecnia Institute of Advanced Studies Mail - Fwd: Creation of NCC Unit at your School/college/institutions
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=3080e9f2be&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-f%3A1726182250696204292&simpl=msg-f%3A17261822506
1/1
Anmol Arora <[email protected]>
Fwd: Creation of NCC Unit at your School/college/institutions
1 message
Directortias <[email protected]> Wed, Mar 2, 2022 at 3:37 PM
To: Anmol Arora <[email protected]>
---------- Forwarded message ---------
From: GGSIPU NSS Cell BVRReddy <[email protected]>
Date: Wed, Oct 7, 2020 at 2:40 PM
Subject: Creation of NCC Unit at your School/college/institutions
Dear All,
Greetings of the Day!!
Please find enclosed the necessary documents for initiating the process of creating the NCC unit at your institute.
You may be aware that GGSIP University has already initiated enrolling NCC Cadets and regular operations will start in the University from 1st
November, 2020.
This is for your information and necessary action at your end.
---
Thanks&Regards,
Prof. B.V.R. Reddy
NSS Program Coordinator,
Nodal Officer (SBSI-2018)
Professor in University School of Information,Communication & Technology
Chairperson, Centralized Career Guidance & Placement Cell
E-209, E-Block, GGSIP University Main Campus
Sector - 16C, Dwarka, New Delhi-110078
Contact Details:
011-25302703 (O)
9810909414 (M)
NCC-PDFs Data.zip
4313K
FORM –III
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
APPLICATION FOR APPOITMENT AS AN OFFICER
(See Rule 17, 18 & 21)
1. What is your Full Name(in Block Capital) ? :
2. What is/was your father’s name & address ? :
3. Are you citizen of India or subject of Nepal? :
4. What is your village,Tehsil/Taluk & Distt ? :
5. What is your Post Office ? :
6. What is your Rly Station ? :
7. What is your Educational Qualification ? :
8. What is your Date of Birth :
9. What is present appointment ? :
10. Have you ever served in the Indian Armed
Forces the Reserve, Indian Territorial
Force, Territorial Army, the Indian State
Forces or the Nepal State Army, if so state
in which the period of service and the
course of discharge?
:
11. Have you ever been convicted by a
criminal court and if so in which
circumstances and what was the sentence
:
12. Are you willing to be appointed under
National Cadet Corps Act 1948 ?
:
13. In which unit you desire to be appointed ? :
14. Are you willing to undergo service training
as specified in the Act and the rules made
there under?
:
15. Are you willing to serve in the National
Cadet Corps until discharged as provided in
Act ?
:
16. Have you ever previously applied for
appointment under the Act and if so with
what result ?
:
17. Have you ever been discharged from the
National Cadet Corps. The Territorial
Army or the Indian Armed Forces ?
:
18. Are you willing to obey the order of
officers placed in a command over you and
laid down by the Commanding Officer
when you undergo training with an Armed
Forces unit as specified in sub Rule 3 of
Rule 21 ?
:
Signature of Applicant and date…………
2
QUESTIONS TO BE ANSWERED BY THE PRINCIAL OR
HEADMASTER TO WHOM AN APPLICATION IS MADE
1. How long have you know the applicant :
2. (i) Is the applicant a permanent member of
your teaching staff?
:
(ii) Since how long has he been on your
teaching staff ?
:
3. What is his present job in the college/school? :
4. Has he ever served in the University
Officer’s Training Corps or national Cadet
Corps ?
(a) As a cadet :
(b) As an Officer :
(c) If in the National Cadet Corps state
certificate obtained whilst as a cadet ?
:
5. What games does he play and what is his
proficiency at them?
:
6. Has he the requisite physical qualifications? :
7. Do you recommend for commission in the
National Cadet Corps?
:
(a) If so in whose place the officer cadet has
been selected?
(b) Has the predecessor been relinquished, if
so indicate the DG NCC letter No and date
:
Signature of the Principal/Headmaster
Name of the College/School
(Town/ District)
3
DECLARATION ON ACCEPTANCE OF APPLICATION
1. I solemnly declare that the answers I have given to the question in this form are true and that
no part of them is false and that I am willing to fulfill the engagement made.
2. I undertake that in case after having been commission in the corps, I desire to leave the
college/school in which is located the unit to which I am posted under Rule 23, I shall give 6
months/3 months notice in writing to the principal of my college / Headmaster of my school of my
intention to leave the college/school.
3. I understand I have no service liability.
Signature of the applicant
Certified that the applicant understands and agree to the conditions of appointment.
Signature of the Presiding Officer
Selection Board
Date
Stamp
TO BE COMPLETED BY MEDICAL OFFICER
I have examined Name_________________________________ on
date__________________ and consider him fit/unfit for employment as an officer in the National
Cadet Corps.
Signature_________________
Designation (Medical Officer)
Stamp
RECOMMENDATION OF THE CO, UNIT
PERMANENCY CERTIFICATE
Certified that Shri__________________________________, Asst Teacher of this
College/School in borne on the strength of teaching staff and his service will continue for another
three years.
Stn: Signature of the Principal/Headmaster
Date: Name of the College/School
With stamp
ANO HAND BOOK
CONTENTS
S NO
SUBJECT
PAGE
1
Concept of Training in NCC
1
2
Organization of the NCC
5
3
Associate NCC Officers
8
4
Conduct of Cert Exam
13
5
Do’s and Don’ts – ANO’s
19
6
Important Aspects of Security
21
7
Enrolment of Cadets
23
8
Institutional Training
26
9
NCC as Addl & Elective subject in CBSE Schools
31
10
Incentives to Cadets
34
11
Modes of Entry into Army
37
12
Extracts of Camp Accounting
49
13
Establishing a Relief Camp
53
14
Planning and Conduct of NCC ATC / CATC
57
14
Appx A- PE of NCC Girls Bn
63
15
Forms & Formats
69
(a) ANO Personality Card
70
(b) ANO Identity Card Application
71
(c) Data Base ANO
72
(d) Grant of Commission Non ‘C’ Cert .
73
(e) Caretaker Appointment Performa
74
(f) Extension of CareTaker
75
(g) CWS Membership Form
76
(h) CWS Application Form
79
(j) Sahara Scholarship Application Form
85
(k) Conferring of Ranks SW & JW
92
(l) Org Of Troop & Coy
93
(m) Refreshment Bill
96
(n) Acquittance roll for Washing Allowance
97
(o) Schedule Of Social Service
98
(p) Admit Card NCC ‘C’ Cert
99
(q) Admit Card NCC ‘B’ Cert
101
(r) Camp Forms
103
(s) Nominal Roll for Cadets appearing ‘C’ Cert Exam
107
(t) Specimen RDC & TSC Probables
108
(u) Specimen Size Roll & Visitors Book
109
16
Policy Letters
111
(a) Policy eligibility of PTIS,PETS/DPES Sports Officers
and demonstrators for Grant Of Commission As Associate
Ncc Officer In Male Division of NCC
113
(b) Appointment Of Lady ANOS In SD/JD Boys Bn In
Mixed Unit Concept
114
(c) Policy: selection and appointment of Associate NCC
officers
115
(d) Relaxation In The Age Of Retirement Of Associate
NCC Officer Under NCC Act & Rules, 1948 And NCC (GD)
Rules, 1949
116
(e) Transfer Of NCC Part Time Officers From One
Wing to another.
118
(f) Policy: Detailment On Refresher Courses
119
(g) Extract Of NCC Acts & Rules 1948 : Paras 3 & 4
121
CHAPTER - 1
CONCEPT OF TRAINING IN NCC
Introduction
1. During First World War, Britisher‘s created the University Corps with an aim for
second line of defence and also to have a large pool of trained youth available for
employment into the Armed Forces. NCC in India was conceptualized and raised
before independence, mainly with an aim to groom the youth, boys and girls both,
nurture them and channelize their energy towards nation building by making them
responsible citizens.
2. After independence, the present day NCC came into existence on 16 Apr 1948,
through XXXI Act of Parliament. NCC was formally inaugurated on 15 Jul 1948. The
Girls Division of the NCC was raised in Jul 1949. On 01 Apr 1950, Air Wing was raised,
with one Air Squadron each at Bombay and Kolkata. The Naval Wing of the NCC was
raised in Jul 1952, thus completing the true representation of all services in the Corps.
3. Today, the NCC has an enrolled strength of more than 13.5 Lakhs cadets and it
basically comprises of two divisions of all the three Services i.e., the Senior Division/
Senior Wing for boys / girls from colleges and the Junior Division/Junior Wing for
boys /girls from schools. The Motto of NCC is ‗Unity and Discipline‘.
Current Aims
4. (a) To develop qualities of Development of Character, Comradeship,
Discipline, Secular Outlook, Spirit of Adventure, Sportsmanship, Ideals of
selfless service among the youth of the country.
(b) To create a human resource of Organized, Trained and Motivated
youth, to provide leadership in all walks of life and always be available for the
service of the nation.
(c) To provide a suitable environment to motivate the youth to take up a
career in the Armed Forces.
Core Values
5. The NCC is a responsive, learning and continuously evolving organization. Its
activity is guided by certain core values that we endeavor to instill among all ranks of
the NCC. These include the following: -
(a) A sense of patriotic commitment to encourage cadets to contribute to
national development.
(b) Respect for diversities in religion, language, culture, ethnicity, life style
and habitat to instill a sense of National unity and social cohesion.
(c) Abiding commitment to learn and adhere to the norms and values
enshrined in the Indian Constitution.
(d) Understanding the value of a just and impartial exercise of authority.
2
(e) Ability to participate in community development and other social
programme.
(f) A healthy life style free of substance abuse and other unhealthy
practices.
(g) Sensitivity to the needs of poor and socially disadvantaged fellow
citizens.
(h) Inculcating habits of restraint and self-awareness.
(j) Understanding the values of honesty, truthfulness, self-sacrifice,
perseverance and hard work.
(k) Respect for knowledge, wisdom and the power of ideas.
Training Concept & Philosophy
6. The Training Philosophy is based on the following concept:-
(a) Comprehensive training for ‗Empowerment of Youth‘ to earn the ‗Right to
Lead‘.
(b) Module based training to cover:-
(i) Character building and Competence Development.
(ii) Basic Military Training.
(iii) Social Awareness and Service.
(c) Cadet friendly curriculum eliciting involvement and obviating additional
burden on students with instructors acting as facilitators for developing
competencies and talents in an individualistic as well as team centered
environment.
(d) Innovative, interesting and safe conduct of training with high degree of
visibility to inspire youth, duly supported by appropriate training infrastructure
and logistics support for boy and girl cadets.
(e) Professional training by a pool of dedicated and competent trainers
through a well-structured ‗Train the Trainer‘ programme and Refresher
programmes for broad based expertise and to enhance trainer skills.
(f) Progressive Institutionalized training culminating into camps/
competitions/activities at the National level.
(g) Use the internet effectively to develop camaraderie and strengthen
bonding amongst NCC cadets, energies training and providing ready access to
Knowledge Bank.
(h) Inculcate National Integration through Regional and National Integration
Camps.
(j) Offer a Global perspective and exposure through Youth Exchange
Programme.
3
(k) Regular appraisal to identify redundancies and deficiencies in the
organization and curriculum for suitable remedial measures.
Objectives
7. The activities of the NCC are conducted with the following training objectives:-
(a) To train volunteer youth to become confident, committed and competent
leaders in all walks of life.
(b) To enhance the awareness level of cadets for being responsible citizens
of the country.
(c) Provide opportunities and encourage cadets to enhance their
knowledge / awareness levels on life / soft / communication skills, character
building / personality development.
(d) Conduct activities to provide value based contributions towards society in
terms of social and community development.
(e) Undertake adventure activities for development of leadership qualities
and risk taking abilities.
(f) Provide a platform to launch ―good-will ambassadors‖ cadets to project
the image of the country overseas.
(g) Provide an environment to motivate cadets to join the armed forces as a
career.
Terminal Objective of NCC
8. To develop a highly motivated, patriotic, selfless, disciplined and enterprising
youth - who is capable of providing leadership in any walk of life for the betterment of
the nation.
Training Principles
9. Keeping pace with the changing environment, the principles of NCC Training
will be as follows:-
(a) JD/JW to be for two years while SD/SW to be for three years.
(b) Separate syllabus for JD/JW and SD/SW.
(c) Tailor-made syllabus for professional institutes to encourage enrolment of
cadets.
(d) Revised training curricula in a military environment with due emphasis on
soft skill enhancement, social responsibilities, adventure and sports.
(e) Uniformity in syllabus for boys and girls.
(f) Common Syllabus for all three wings to be approximately of 60 to 70%
and Specialized Service Syllabus training will be 30 to 40 %.
4
(g) Greater emphasis on practical training.
(h) Conduct of periodic composite training ensuring continuity and coherence
for a comprehensive, logical and realistic package of curricula for better learning
objectives, assimilation and application.
Training Methodology
10. The training methodology is the fundamental of any training philosophy. The
broad parameters governing smooth and efficient execution of the new training
philosophy are enunciated in multifaceted training activities as follows : -
(a) Institutional Training. Training will be planned and conducted in an
innovative, progressive and interesting manner to enthuse the cadets.
(b) Camp Training. Camp training will be formalized, be integrated with
and a manifestation of institutional training.
(c) Social Service and Community Development. Social service
activities will be conducted with a purpose to increase the awareness and
cohesiveness levels of cadets and meet the aspirations of society.
(d) Youth Exchange Program me. YEP will be extended to more
countries so as to create an increased awareness among participants and
appreciate each other‘s socio-economic, cultural realities and act as global good
will ambassador of India to project country‘s image overseas.
(e) Adventure Based Learning and Sports. Number of adventure
activities will be increased to enhance cadets participation.
(f) Personality Development. The curriculum on Personality
Development/ Life / Communication Skills will be introduced into the existing
syllabus.
(g) Competence Assessment / Certificate Examination. Efforts will be
made by all directorates to prepare the cadets for the exams to improve their
performance.
(h) Training of Trainers. Periodic Refresher training will be conducted for
the trainers by innovative method to improve training standard.
(j) Infrastructure. The concept of NCC Nagars and Academies in
various states will be pursued vigorously with the state governments for
proper training facilities. Minimum one training Academy per Group will be
achieved in given time frame.
5
CHAPTER - 2
ORGANISATION OF THE NCC
1. The NCC is a voluntary organization which is administered through the Ministry
of Defence. The Defence Secretary is overall in charge, who is responsible to the Govt
of India for efficient functioning of the NCC and other matters. At the Headquarters
level, this organization is headed by an officer of the rank of Lieutenant General who is
responsible for the functioning of the NCC in the country. There are 17 Directorates
located in the state capitals headed by an officer of the rank of a Major General /
Brigadier or equivalent from the three Services. Depending upon the size of the state
and growth of NCC in the states, Directorates have up to 14 Group Headquarters
under them through which they exercise their command and control of the organization
in the state. Each group is headed by an officer of the rank of Brig / Colonel or
equivalent known as Group Commander.
2. Each NCC Group Headquarters controls 5-7 NCC units/battalions, commanded
by Colonel / Lieutenant Colonel or equivalent. Each battalion consists of companies
which are commanded by the Associate NCC Officers (ANO) of the rank of Lieutenant,
Captain or Major. In all, there are 95 Group Headquarters in the country who exercise
control over a network of 777 Army Wing Units (including technical and girls unit), 61
Naval Wing Units and 61 Air Squadrons.
3. There are two training establishments namely Officers Training School,
Kamptee and Officers Training Academy, Gwalior for where professors and teachers
from colleges and schools are specially trained to impart training to the cadets as
Associate NCC Officers (ANOs).
4. Outline Organization and structure of NCC is as under: -
HQ DG NCC
DG NCC (Lt Gen)
2 x Addl DGs (Mag Gen/Eqvl) and 5 x Dy DGs (Brig/Eqvl)
17 State Dtes
Army - 12
Navy - 02
AF - 03
95 x Gp HQs
Army - 85
Navy - 04
AF - 06
OTA Gwalior
OTA Kamptee
Navy - 60
Tech - 1
Med - 1
Dock - 1
Non Tech - 57
Army 667
Inf- 417
Girls- 115
Armd-22
Arty-23
Sig-14
Engrs-13
Med-13
R&V-19
EME-8
Compo-23,
788 Units
Air Force - 61
Flying - 50
Tech - 11
6
NCC Staff
5. NCC is staffed by the following:-
(a) Regular officers drawn from the three services.
(b) Whole Time Lady Officers (WTLO), who are from NCC.
(c) Associate NCC officers (ANO), who are professors and teachers.
(d) Girl Cadet Instructors (GCI), who are from NCC.
(e) Permanent Instructional (PI) Staff from army, navy and air force.
(f) Civilian Gliding Instructors.
(g) Civilian Staff.
6. Spread of NCC. The NCC covers 15,722 No of Institutes (3600 Pvt + 12,102
Govt) schools and 5377 colleges spread over 670 districts in the country.
7. For a str of 13.5 lakhs cadets, the NCC has 17 Dtes headed by Maj Gens or
equivalents, 95 Group Headquarters headed by Brigadiers or equivalents, 777 Army
Wing units including Technical and 115 Girls units, 61 Air Wing units and 61 Naval
Wing units.
8. The NCC is staffed by 1770 Armed Forces Officers, 10910 Junior and Non-
Commissioned Officers of the Defence Forces, 115 whole time lady officers, 635 girl
cadet instructors or GCI and 15,954 Associate NCC Officers who are college
professors and school teachers.
9. Peace Est (PE) NCC Girls Bn (2-7 Coys) As per 1979 PE is att as Appx A
NCC Motto & NCC Flag
10. The need for having motto for the Corps was discussed in the 11th Central
Advisory Committee (CAC) meeting held on 11 Aug 1978. The mottos suggested were
"Duty and Discipline"; "Duty, Unity and Discipline"; "Duty and Unity"; "Unity and
Discipline". The final decision for selection of "Unity and Discipline" as motto for the
NCC was taken in the 12th CAC meeting held on 12 Oct 1980
The NCC FLAG
11. The NCC flag for various units of the NCC was first introduced in 1951. The flag
was of same pattern, color and size as was used by various regiments of the Army.
The only difference was that it had the NCC badge and unit designation placed in the
centre. Later on it was felt that the flag should be in keeping with the inter-service
character of the Corps. In 1954 the existing tricolor flag was introduced. The three
colors in the flag depict the three services of the Corps, red for the Army, deep blue for
the Navy and light blue for the Air Force. The letters NCC and the NCC crest in gold in
7
the middle of the flag encircled by a wreath of lotus, give the flag a colorful look and a
distinct identity.
NCC SONG
12. The official song of the NCC ―Kadam Mila Ke Chal‖ was adopted in 1963.
However, in 1974, a change was felt to catch the imagination of the youths and portray
the the true feelings of NCC. As a result the song was replaced by ―Hum Sab Hindi
Hain‖ which kept on playing in RDCs till the word ‗Hindi‘ was replaced by ‗Bhartiya‘ in
1980. The NCC song depicts the feelings of unity in diversity and exhorts everyone to
march towards the single goal all being INDIANS.
Hum Sab Bharatiya Hain, Hum Sab Bharatiya Hain
Apni Manzil Ek Hai,
Ha, Ha, Ha, Ek Hai,
Ho, Ho, Ho, Ek Hai,
Hum Sab Bharatiya Hain
Kashmir Ki Dharti Rani Hai,
Sartaj Himalaya hai,
Saadiyon Se Humne Isko Apne Khoon Se Pala Hai
Desh Ki Raksha Ki Khatir Hum Shamshir Utha Lenge,
Bikhre Bikhre Tare Hain Hum Lekin Jhilmil Ek Hai,
Ha, Ha, Ha, Ek Hai,
Hum Sab Bharatiya Hain,
Mandir Gurudwaare Bhi Hain Yahan
Aur Masjid Bhi Hai Yahan
Girija Ka Hai Ghariyaal Kahin
Mullah Ki Kahin Hai Ajaan
Ek Hee Apna Ram Hain Ek Hi Allah Taala Hai,
Ek Hee Allah Taala Hain, Raang Birange Deepak Hain Hum,
Lekin Jagmag Ek Hai, Ha Ha Ha Ek Hai, Ho Ho Ho Ek Hai,
Hum Sab Bharatiya Hain, Hum Sab Bharatiya Hain.
8
CHAPTER - 3
ASSOCIATE NCC OFFICERS
General
1. Due to the introduction of compulsory NCC Training in 1963 and non-availability
of JC0s & NCOs from the regular army, there was a large deficiency of PI Staff. To
make up this deficiency, ex NCC Girl cadets were employed as Under Officer
Instructors / Sergeant Major Instructors (UOI / SMI), in lieu of JC0s/NCOs, on whole
time basis under terms and condition of service laid down. The U0Is are treated
equivalent to JC0s and the SMIs equivalent to NCOS. Their consolidated pay was
initially fixed in 1963 keeping in view the pay and allowances admissible to JCOS/
NCOs at that time, which has since been revised. There are about 235 posts of GCIs
existing in NCC.
2. In the case of Boys Divisions. It was found possible to dispense with the
services of the cadet instructors after sometime. However, in the case of Girls Division,
on account of the peculiar nature of duties and continued shortage of PI Staff, it has
been found necessary to continue the services of these personnel and also to recruit
fresh hands. Further improvement in the terms and conditions of these Girl Cadet
Instructors was made in Jan 1981.
3. ANOs form the second tier of training staff. At the college level and school
levels, volunteer professors and teachers are appointed as part time NCC Officers and
are called Associate NCC Officers (ANOs). The credit for successful functioning of the
NCC as an organization to a large extent, depends on these motivated ANOs. In fact
they form the most vital link between the educational institutions and the NCC.
Selection Criteria for ANO
4. As per Rule 13 of NCC Acts and Rules 1949, Members of the teaching staff of
colleges or schools, who are keen and motivated enough to undertake the noble task
of nurturing the youth in this premier youth organization, can become an ANO if he /
she fulfills the terms of appointment. He /she:-
(a) No women shall be eligible as an officer in girls division unless:-
(i) Permanent teaching staff/temporary teacher (principal gives
undertaking that she will serve in the institution for three yrs).
(ii) Has good character.
(b) Satisfies the physical fitness standards specified by MoD, Govt of India.
(c) Citizen of India or Nepal subject.
(d) Not a member of any communal or political organization.
(e) Not dismissed from girls division
(f) Lady ANO can be appointed in boy‘s bn/mixed bn in case a suitable male
ANO is not available in school and college. (Auth HQ DG NCC letter Nos
0162/Policy /NCC HQ/MS(D) dated 15 May 2013, and No
0162/Selection/DGNCC/MS(D) dated 26 May 2003 and No 0162/Del/NCC
HQ/MS(D) dated 20 Sep 2000).
9
(g) PTI, PET, DPE, Sports officer and demonstrators are eligible for
appointment of ANO.
(h) Headmistresses are also eligible to be appointed as ANO.
Auth. (i) DG NCC letter No 0162/Policy/NCCHQ/MS(D) dated 21 Oct 2010
and even No dt 08 Jun 2005.
(ii) DG NCC letter No 0162/Del/NCC HQ/MS (D) dated 20 Sep 2005.
5. Enrolment And Retirement
(a) Over 21 years and under 42 years of age extendable up to 45 years.
(b) Retirement age is 56 years.
Auth. DGNCC letter No 0162/Policy/NCCHQ/MS(D) dated 15 May 2013.
Training
6. The teachers or professors on being recommended by the HOD and interview
by NCC authorities are selected by a selection board constituted in each state. They
have to undergo a three months PRCN course at OTA Kamptee for Men and at
Gwalior for Women. On successful completion, lecturers / professors from college/
universities are commissioned as Lieutenant and they assume the duties of company
commander in senior division / wing. The teachers from schools are commissioned as
Third officers and they take over the duties of troop commanders in Junior division /
wing. The terms of engagement of an ANO is up to 56 years, extendable up to 60
years in two spells of two years each.
Pay And Allowances
7. An ANO is entitled for an honorarium during institutional training and also rank
pay during the duration of the camp. The allowances are as below :-
Ser No
Rank
Rank Pay (Camp) (rs)
Honorarium (PM) (rs)
Senior Wing
(a)
Lt
8300/-
900/-
(b)
Capt
9300/-
1000/-
(c)
Major
11,300/-
1100/-
Junior Wing
(d)
Third Offr
3250/-
700/-
(e)
Second Offr
4100/-
750/-
(f)
First Offr
5100/-
800/-
(g)
Chief Offr
6600/-
850/-
10
Appointment of Caretaker
8. A caretaker can be appointed for an interim period of max two years under
following circumstances:-
(a) When an ANO resigns from her appointment.
(b) When transferred from one institution to another.
(c) When ANO is on superannuation.
(d) When caretaker proceeds on course to OTA Gwalior.
(e) When ANO placed under supernumerary list.
Allowance of Caretaker
9. Care taker are paid caretaker allowance for the services rendered as follows:-
(a) JW Rs 400/- per month.
(b) SW Rs 500/-per month.
Placing ANO on Supernumerary List
10. Associate NCC Officer can be placed on a supernumerary List of the unit on
following conditions :-
(a) On transfer from one institution and place.
(b) While proceeding on long study period/deputations.
(c) On Rendering Surplus.
(i) Absorbed by NCC (placing on the SL).
(ii) Relinquishment of appt.
(d) Duration.
(i) One year transfer.
(ii) Two year long leave.
(e) Seniority.
(a) Period not counted towards seniority.
(b) Powers are delegated to State ADG/DDG to place ANO on
Supernumerary List.
(c) Application has to be routed through proper channel.
Extension of Service
11. The following conditions are laid down for extension of service for Associate
NCC Officer:-
(a) 56 yrs extendable up to 60 yrs. Subsequent extension of two years in one
stretch, maximum up to 60 yrs.
(b) Extension is given at sole discretion of DGNCC.
11
(c) A minimum of two above average, and not more than one average
grading in the last five ACRs.
(d) ANO should not have any adverse remarks in their last five ACRs
(e) ANO should have attended minimum of three camps in last five years.
(f) ANO should be medically fit.
(g) No disciplinary/financial case is pending /contemplated against the ANO.
(h) ANO should not have been awarded any punishment in last five years.
(j) ANO should be recommended by the head of the institution and officers
in the NCC up the chain of command.
Auth Ref DG NCC letter No 0162/Policy/NCC HQ/MS (D) dated 15 May 2013.
Grant of Honorary Commission ANO
12. ANO is granted honorary commission subject to following conditions :-
(a) She should be medically fit.
(b) No disciplinary/financial case is pending/contemplated against the ANO.
(c) ANO should not have been awarded any punishment in last five years.
(d) ANO should be recommended by the head of the institution and officers
in the NCC up the chain of command.
Auth. DGNCC letter No 0632/86/Policy/DGNCC/Pers-A dated Apr 86.
Grant Of Honorary Commission VC of University
13. The following procedures will be followed:-
(a) Vice Chancellor of University can be granted honorary rank of colonel
commandant, NCC for the duration of his/her tenure as VC.
(b) Dte will identify the university where NCC coverage has been provided or
for the conferment of the rank. If willing get his willingness in writing.
(c) Once the willingness is obtained from VC, the Dte will write to the
education department of the state for their concurrence.
14. Once the above action has been completed, the Dte will forward the case to DG
NCC along with: -
(a) Willingness of the vice chancellor.
(b) Bio-data of the VC with brief resume.
(c) Date of taking over as VC.
(d) Concurrence of the state Government.
Auth. DGNCC letter No 01329/VC/DGNCC/MS(D) dated 25 May 1995.
15. List of Docus to be Maint by ANO at Instt Level.
(a) Cadets eligible for scholarships.
(b) Avenues and career opportunities folder.
(c) Publicity folder- social service activities.
12
(d) Clothing issue card.
(d) Size roll register.
(f) Uniform issue register (non retainable) register.
(g) Washing allowance bills file.
(h) Letters from.
(j) Letters to.
(k) Service particulars of the ANOs (camps/achievements personal).
(l) Visitors book.
(n) Planning & conduct of instt trg.
16. Setting up of NCC Room in Institution.
(a) What Instt Should provide
(i) Room with furniture & Comptr.
(ii) Store room.
(iii) Parade ground.
(iv) OT Area.
(v) Firing Rg.
(vi) One part time clk.
(vii) One helper/lascar.
(viii) Sty for docu.
(b) What Unit Should provide
(i) Trg policy, schedule & pgme.
(ii) Schedule of camps & allotment of vac.
(iii) Trg stores & charts.
(iv) Cadets trg Precis & lesson Plans.
(v) PI Staff /GCI for spl trg-firing, adv, OT.
(vi) Drill, Map Reading, Field Craft etc.
(vii) Reg guidance & monitoring.
(viii) Funds- TA/DA, refreshment & washing allce.
(ix) Trg for RDC/TSC.
(c) Org of NCC Room In Instt.
(i) NCC aims & obj.
(ii) Method of enrolment.
(iii) Trg schedule, schedule of camps.
(iv) Incentive to cadets.
(v) Criteria for A,B,C Cert Exams.
(vi) Benefits for admission/jobs.
(vii) NCC Calendars/motivational charts.
(viii) Dos & Don‘ts.
(ix) Safety precautions.
(x) Photographs of Gp Cdr, ADG, DG NCC & eminent personalities.
(xi) Achievements of Instt NCC.
13
CHAPTER - 4
CONDUCT OF CERT EXAM
(Auth : SNCCO 2014-15 dt 06 Jun 2014)
General
1. The eligibility conditions and the general procedure for conducting the
Certificate Examinations for Cadets of Senior and Junior Division/ Wings NCC (All
Wings) have been issued by this HQ from time to time. The aim of this Directive is to
consolidate all such instructions and revise these where necessary.
Type of Examinations
2. The type of Certificate Examinations and the unit in which these are held are
given below :-
Ser No Type of Certificate NCC Units
(a) Certificate ‗A‘ Junior Division/ Wing NCC.
(b) Certificate ‗B‘ & Certificate ‗C‘ Senior Division/ Wing NCC.
3. Eligibility Conditions for Certificate Examinations.
(a) Certificate ‗A‘.
(i) The candidate must have attended a minimum of 75% of total
training periods laid down in the syllabus for the first and second years of
Junior Division/Wing NCC (All Wings.)
(ii) Break in the NCC Training Tenure of the cadet prior to his
appearing in the exam should not exceed more than 12 months at one
time to count his previous tenure. In case the break exceeds 12 months,
the following procedure will be adopted :-
(aa) ―If he has been on the unit rolls for a minimum of two years
before his discharge and had attended 75% of the total periods
during his NCC Tenure he will need another 36 periods of training
to become eligible for Certificate ‗A‘ examination. In all other
cases, where above conditions are not fulfilled, the cadet must
attend a minimum of 75% periods of the first & second years of
training‖.
(iii) Must have attended one Annual Training Camp.
(b) Certificate ‗B‘.
(i) The cadet must have attended a minimum of 75% of total training
periods laid down in the syllabus for the first and second years for Senior
Division Wing NCC (All Wings).
14
(ii) Break in the NCC Training Tenure of the cadet SD/ SW prior to
appearing in the exam should not exceed more than 18 months at one
time after his discharge to count his tenure for Certificate ‗B‘ Examination.
In case the break exceeds 18 months the following procedure will be
adopted:-
(aa) ―If he had been on the unit rolls for a minimum of two years
before his discharge and had attended 75% of the total periods
during his NCC Tenure he will need another 36 periods of training
to become eligible for Certificate ‗B‘ Examination. In all other
cases where above conditions are not fulfilled the cadet must
attend a minimum of 75% periods of the first & second years of
training. Prior permission of NCC Group HQ must be taken for
specific cases‖.
(iii) Must have attended one Annual Training Camp /NIC /COC /RDC /
Attachment with Regular Army/Navy/Air Force.
(iv) Cadets possessing Certificate ‗A‘ will be awarded 10 bonus marks.
(c) Certificate ‗C‘.
(i) The candidate must be in possession of Certificate ‗B‘.
(ii) The cadet must be in third year of SD/SW NCC Training.
(iii) The cadet must have attended a minimum of 75% of the periods of
3
rd
year syllabus during the academic session.
(iv) Break in the NCC Training Tenure of the cadet SD/SW prior to
appearing in the Exam should not exceed more than 18 months at one
time after his discharge to count his previous tenure for Certificate ‗C‘
examination. In case the break exceeds 18 months the following
procedure will be adopted:-
(aa) ―If he had been on the unit rolls for a minimum of two years
before his discharge and attended 75% of the total period during
his NCC Tenure he will need another 30 periods of training to
become eligible for Certificate ‗C‘ examination. In other cases
where above conditions are not fulfilled, the cadet must attend a
minimum of 75% periods of the third year of training. Prior
permission of NCC Directorate must be taken for specific cases‖.
(v) Must have attended one ATC and in addition one of the following
in a three year tenure:-
(aa) Annual Training Camp (This is in addition to one mentioned
above).
(ab) Republic Day Camp at Delhi (RDC).
(ac) Centrally Organized Camp (COC).
(ad) Para Training Camp (PTC).
15
(ae) National Integration Camp (NIC) (When applicable for
SD/SW Cadets).
(af) All India Trekking Expedition (DGNCC Organized).
(ag) All India Mountaineering Expedition (DGNCC Organized).
(ah) Attachment Training with:-
(i) Army Unit.
(ii) Air Force Station.
(iii) Naval Bases/ Establishment/ Ship/ Sea Training.
(iv) Service Hospital.
(aj) Any one of the following Adventure Courses:-
(i) Mountaineering Basic Course.
(ii) Mountaineering Advance Course.
(iii) Water Skiing, Short Skiing Courses.
(iv) Snow & Ice (Condensed) Course.
(ak) Sailing expedition with actual sailing exceeding 10 days,
duly approved by DGNCC.
(al) Any cadet participating in NRAI matches as part of DGNCC
Directorate team.
(an) Scuba Diving Course.
(ao) Youth Exchange Program me.
(ap) Foreign cruise (Navy and Coast Guard).
(vi) Cadets will be allowed to appear for Certificate ‗C‘ examination
only after one year of passing Certificate ‗B‘ examination.
(vii) A detail of Certificate Examination in NCC along with eligibility
conditions in tabulated form is given at Appendix ‗A‘.
Permission to Appear in Certificate Examination after Discharge
4. Cadets who ceased to be on the roles of NCC may be permitted to appear for
Certificate ‗A‘ Examination for Junior Division/Wing and Certificate ‗B‘ & ‗C‘ for Senior
Division/Wing NCC at their own expense within a period of 12 months of their
discharge from NCC provided they were otherwise eligible at the time of their
discharge.
16
5. The ex-cadet so eligible can appear for the examination at any place in India by
applying for the same, along with the discharge certificate to Local Unit Commander.
The Group Commander is empowered to accept such requests from the ex-cadets.
Inter Wing Transfers
6. Inter Wing Transferees will be allowed to appear in the certificate examination,
pertaining to their new wing only after having attended additional 75% of the periods
pertaining to Specialized subjects of the new Wing. A certificate to that effect duly
signed by the new OC will be produced before the board conducting the examination.
However, a Cadet holding Certificate ‗C‘ will not be permitted to rejoin NCC in any of
the Wings.
Cadets of Polytechnic & ITI for ‗B‘ & ‗C‘ Certificates
7. Cadets who join ITI and Polytechnics after a varying period of school/university
studies may so be allowed to appear for NCC ‗B‘& ‗C‘ Certificate examinations as per
guidelines given below:-
(a) Students attending courses of three years or more duration can
appear for NCC Certificate ‗C‘ like any other SD/SW Cadet.
(b) Those students who achieve Certificate ‗B‘ in any college may
continue their NCC training after joining ITI/Polytechnic for one more year
and appear for Certificate ‗C‘ examination.
(c) Those students who are not in possession of Certificate B‘ on
joining ITI/Polytechnics, but have attended one year training in NCC SD
in the previous college, may take Certificate B‘ examination after
completing training for one year and Certificate ‗C‘ after further NCC
training of one more year (total of 2 more years).
(d) Those joining ITI/Polytechnic without any previous NCC training
and attending a two year course can complete NCC Certificate ‗B‘ only.
(e) Students with non-metric entry into ITI will not be enrolled into
Senior Division / Wing NCC.
(f) Other eligibility criteria as applicable will be complied with.
8. Assessment and Allotment of Marks
(a) The examination will be conducted as written and practical with a ratio of
70:30.
(b) The Question paper for all Certificate Examinations will comprise of
objective and subjective questions in the ratio of 60:40.
(c) A cadet must obtain 45% marks in each paper (both written and practical)
and 50% marks in the aggregate to pass the examinations. Grading based on
total marks obtained will be awarded as follows:-
(i) Grading ‗A‘. Cadets obtaining 75% marks and above.
(ii) Grading ‗B‘. Cadets obtaining 60% and above but below 75%.
17
(iii) Grading ‗C‘. Cadets obtaining 50% marks and above but below
60%.
(iv) Fail. Cadets obtaining less than 45% in any paper or less than
50% of the aggregate.
9. Bonus Marks. The cadets participating in under mentioned activities will be
awarded additional marks as Bonus towards Certificate ‗C‘ examination as under:-
(a) COC/NIC/SNIC/TSC/NSC/VSC - 5%.
(b) RDC - 10%.
(c) YEP/Naval Cruise - 5%.
(d) Shooting/Sports/Sailing Regatta - 5%.
(e) Mountaineering Course - 5%.
(f) Trekking Expedition/Sailing Expedition - 5%.
(g) Attachment Camps & Basic/Adv Leadership - 5%.
(h) Mountaineering Expedition - 5%.
(j) Mt Everest Expedition - 10%.
Note: Max weightage of above mentioned activities towards Certificate ‗C‘
examination will not exceed 10% of maximum marks (500) for any cadet .i.e. 50
marks.
Permission to Reappear/Re-evaluation in NCC Certificate ‘A‘, ‗B‘&‗C‘ Exams.
10. Reappear. Cadets who have failed in Certificate ‗A‘, ‗B‘ or ‗C‘ examination are
allowed to re-appear in the examination, irrespective of the number of papers they may
have failed in, subject to following conditions:-
(a) A cadet can avail of the retest facility only once, within one year of having
appeared earlier in the Certificate ‘A‘, ‗B‘ and ‗C‘ examination.
(b) Retest will be held along with fresh cases as per the schedule of conduct
of certificate exam laid down. Cadets who wish to appear for the retest may
attend two weeks of special parade/coaching classes to be organized by units
after the academic session. No refreshment or other allowance will be
admissible for these classes/parades/retest.
(c) Cadets who have obtained a ‗C‘ grade in the NCC Certificate ‘B‘ & ‗C‘
examination and who wish to improve their grading will be allowed to appear for
a retest. Only one retest will be allowed. Cadets who are allowed to re-appear
be graded as per the better grading otherwise he/she should be allowed to
retain the earlier grading. Fresh certificates will be issued only for improved
grading. In case of issue of fresh certificates for improved grading, the
previously issued certificate with lower grading will be deposited with the Gp
HQ/Directorate.
18
(d) Cadets will have to reappear in the complete examination.
11. Re-evaluation.
(a) A cadet can seek re-evaluation of his Certificate ‗A‘, ‗B‘ & ‗C‘ theory
answer sheet within six months of the result being declassified by applying for
the same through his unit.
(b) The re-evaluation will be done at the Gp HQ level through a board of
officers. Re-evaluation will encompass the following:-
(i) To evaluate any unmarked answer only.
(ii) Re- check totaling of marks.
(c) In case of change in grading, a fresh Certificate will be issued. Cadets
having NCC as an elective/additional subject, their re- evaluated marks will be
intimated to CBSE through HQ DGNCC.
12. Eligibility conditions for certificate examination in the NCC.
S
No
Ce
rt
Div/
Wing
Total
Tenure
allowed
Period
s per
yr
Eligibility Conditions for Appearing in
Certificate/Examination
Yr of
NCC
Tenure
No of
camps
to be
attended
Cert
Attend
ance
of
period
s
during
the yr
Max
break
in
tenur
e
allow
ed
(a)
A
JD/
JW
2 yrs
120
2
nd
yr of
JD/JW
01
NIL
75%
12
Mont
hs
(b)
B
SD/
SW
2 yrs
extendabl
e by 1 yr.
1st yr-
90
2nd
yr-105
2
nd
yr of
SD/SW
trg
01
NIL (10
marks
bonus
for Cert
'A'
holders)
75%
18
Mont
hs
(c)
C
-do-
3 yrs
extendabl
e by 1 yr.
105
3
rd
yr of
SD/SW
trg
02 (min
01 ATC)
Certifica
te 'B'
75%
18
Mont
hs
19
CHAPTER - 5
DO‘S & DON‘T‘S : ANOs
Introduction
1. Associate NCC Officer is a multifaceted personality, who has to discharge he
duties at Home, Unit and School /College. Discharging duties singlehandedly is easier
than done. What they require is motivation in right direction. ANO has to interact with
various people who include cadets, PI Staff, Officers and Principal. Conduct of ANO
differs from person to person. Conduct id divided into two parts formal and informal.
2. Conduct of an ANO with different people is illustrated below in a tabular form:-
SNo
Do
Don‘t
Cadets
(a)
Be an example for your cadets by your
conduct and turnout
Do not admonish a cadet
publicly. Praise in Public,
admonish in private.
(b)
Be a strong leader. Work towards
creating leaders. Delegate
responsibilities. Brief a cadet well in
advance what is expected out of him.
(c)
Be Positive and be a motivating factor.
Do not blame the organization
(NCC) for the deficiency of the
clothing etc. It reflects your
poor image.
(d)
Remember each cadet observes you.
You have to be upright in your conduct
while on or off parade.
Do not give false promises to
any cadet.
(e)
Be a Guide. If 5 out of 100 cadets do
well in their career you have done your
job. Be a master guide to poor and
intelligent cadets.
(f)
Be vigilant of your cadet‘s talents during
enrolment.(Music, Dance,
instrumentalist, Dramatics, sports,
academics)
(g)
Convert you NCC room to a Information
room for not only your cadets but for
entire school and college. Liaise with
librarian for extracts of employment
news. Make a cadet responsible for the
board.
(h)
Plan the cadet‘s refreshment in
advance. Address the financial issues
with Principal and CO
Do not deprive cadets of their
refreshment.
(j)
Make cadets feel proud of their uniform
and brief them whom they have to
salute.
20
PI Staff
(k)
Always be very humble to Sub Maj
and other PI Staff.
Do not compare your seniority
with them. If you have wisdom
they have experience.
(l)
Always remember a part time cadre
cannot be senior to permanent cadre.
Nevertheless during the camp accept
their courtesies humbly.
Never repeat Never admonish a
Pi Staff if he fails to give you a
normal courtesy (Salute) to you.
Bring to the notice of AO/CO.
(m)
Be very clear when you seek
professional assistance from the PI
Staff. Keep the Officer in Picture.
Do not expect immediate
execution of your request as they
have to take clearance (orders)
from unit officers.
(n)
Deal with the PI Staff Personally.
Do not personal is the
relationship with PI Staff.
Principal
(o)
Keep Head of Institution (HOI) in
Picture of every NCC Activity. Try to
visit unit along with the Principal to
change his mindset of NCC as a
whole.
Do not get stressed out by the
thought that ―NCC is my sole
responsibility‖. Remember NCC
is the responsibility of Principal.
You are just a custodian and
facilitator.
(p)
Request the Principal to make you a
key player while planning the
academic calendar to facilitate
planning of NCC institutional training.
(q)
Keep the HOI updated about all the
oncoming events. Be vigilant of
ensuing events. All events in NCC are
a routine and Date specific.
Do not surprise the HOI one day
before of any detailment. NCC
derailments are usually date
specific.
(r)
You are the adviser of the Principal.
Make him aware about the various
scholarship and camp.
(s)
As an ANO, an NCC room is very
important to discharge your duties.
Do not remain silent on that
issue. Apprise Principal of a
solution if the institution is facing
any accn problem.
3. Key Result Areas (KRA) for ANOs
(a) Correct enrollment as per vac allotment.
(b) Meaningful conduct of instl and camp trg.
(c) Full participation in NICs / other camps / SS & CD.
(d) Conduct of incident / accident free trg.
(e) Fwd application for CWS / CM Scholarships.
(f) Development of good communication skills.
(g) Focus on career counseling and pers devp.
21
CHAPTER 6
IMPORTANT ASPECTS OF SECURITY
Introduction
1. Safety and Security of Personnel, Equipment and Stores is of paramount
importance and it is the responsibility of entire staff present in any kind of training
activity to ensure the same. However a few incidents in the recent past indicate that
due attention is not being paid towards this sensitive and very important issue. Any
negligence on part of any staff member results in loss of life and damage to property.
Thus there is a need to adopt a zero tolerance attitude towards incidents leading to
injuries, loss of life or damage to property. Certain broad guidelines related to safety of
the cadets during conduct of these camps are as follows:-
(a) No Camps or trek routes will be planned near rivers/water bodies or in
close proximity of railway lines / highways.
(b) No activity which is likely to endanger the life of a cadet will be
undertaken.
(c) An officer will be present along with medical officer at all places where
high risk training activities are conducted.
(d) Maximum care will be taken against mishaps during Camps. All safety
precautions pertaining to fire risks, drowning, electrocution and so on will be
ensured.
(e) Mahila police will ALWAYS be present in girl cadets camps or wherever
girl cadets are present.
(f) An MI Room with NA having sufficient medicines will be established in
the Camp. Liaison with local civil Hospital for emergencies will also be carried
out.
Conduct of Training near Water bodies/ Rivers/Lakes.
2. All conducting units will ensure that all water bodies are placed out of bounds for
cadets. Whenever any activities are undertaken in proximity to such location rigid
measures are ensured so that NO REPEAT NO cadet enters the water. All personnel
involved including Officers/ WTLOs/ JCOs/NCOs or ANOs/ / GCIs must be specifically
tasked by name to ensure safety measures. All barrages, dams, rivers, ponds, lakes,
canals and the sea will be out of bounds for all cadets, expect during organized training
activity (sailing, yatching, Kayaking etc. under trained manpower under trained
manpower for which the Group Cdr shall be responsible.
Safety And Security While On Move
3 Security of personnel, weapons and equipment will be ensured while moving to
and from camp. All precautions will be ensured while travelling in trains, buses or any
government transport. As a rule, cadets will travel in a Group under the supervision
of an ANO/ GCI / NCO, with proper reservation All Cadets and Staff will move
together. SD and SW cadets will be accommodated separately Onward and return
22
journey rail reservation will be ensured well in advance. The following directions will be
strictly observed by the coordinating/ conducting unit:-
(a) All movements to be in groups under an In-charge.
(b) An ANO/JCO will be overall in-charge of the party with a senior NCO
responsible for SD /JD cadets and a GCI for SW/JW cadets.
(c) Cadets will not stand next to open doors or lean outside while travelling in
buses and trains.
(d) No acts of indiscipline will be tolerated. In case a cadet does not obey the
orders of the staff, the JCO in-charge will report the matter to the Camp
Commandant on arrival and the cadets will be returned.
(e) No tea/eatable or water will be consumed from unauthorized sources.
(f) All contingent will dismount, fall in and carry out proper head count. Head
count before and after every move is a must&should be made part of the Camp
routine.
(g) Move of all cadets especially JD cadets, girls cadets and cadets hailing
from remote areas to Camping Ground and back should be accompanied by
respective ANOs/CTs/ GCI/ PI Staff.
(h) ANOs will not conduct any Firing Activities.
Conclusion
4. Safety and Security of Cadets during organized training activities will be
of paramount imp. To this end, a zero tolerance for lapses and incidents leading to
injuries or loss of life will be adopted.
23
CHAPTER 7
ENROLMENT OF CADETS
1. The following types of application be filled up for enrollment : -
(a) A student desirous of being enrolled in the Senior Division shall apply to
the Officer Commanding the unit.
(b) A student desirous of being enrolled in the Junior Division shall apply to
the Headmaster of the school providing the unit or part thereof.
(c) The Offr to whom an application under sub-rule (1) has been made, shall
cause the applicant to fill up and sign in his presence a statement in Form I.
(d) The Headmaster to whom an application under sub-rule (2) has been
made shall cause the applicant to fill up and sign in his presence a statement in
Form II.
2. Verification. When an application is made to a Commanding Officer or a
Headmaster under rule 7, he shall satisfy himself that the application is in proper form
and that the applicant fulfils the conditions of enrolment specified in rule 5 or 6, as the
case may be. The Commanding Officer or the Headmaster may make such further
enquiry regarding the suitability of the applicant for enrolment in the unit or part thereof
in which he desires to be enrolled, as may be prescribed in this behalf, by the State
Government.
3. Medical Examination. If the Commanding Officer or the Headmaster is
satisfied that the application is in order, and that the applicant fulfils the conditions of
enrolment and that he is suitable for enrolment in the unit or part thereof in which he
desires to be enrolled, he shall cause the applicant to be medically examined.
4. If the Commanding Officer or the Headmaster is not satisfied that the application
is in order or that the applicant fulfils the conditions of enrolment or that he is suitable
to be enrolled in the unit or part thereof or the applicant is reported to be medically unfit
for service in the National Cadet Corps, the Commanding Officer or the Headmaster
shall reject the application and shall inform the applicant accordingly.
5. Method of Enrollment. If the Commanding Officer does not reject the
application, the applicant shall be accepted for enrolment in the Senior Division/Wing,
and shall be required to sign a declaration in Form I. If the applicant is a minor, his
father or guardian shall also be required to sign a declaration provided in the form.
6. If the Headmaster does not reject the application, the applicant shall be
accepted for enrolment in the Junior Division. The applicant shall be required to sign a
declaration in Form II and his father or guardian shall also be required to sign a
declaration in the Form.
7. If the Commanding Officer or the Headmaster is satisfied that the applicant, or
his father or guardian in the case of a minor applicant, understand the questions put to
the applicant and consent to the conditions of service, he shall sign a certificate to that
effect on the said Form, and the applicant shall thereupon be deemed to have been
enrolled.
*NOTE :- Rule means NCC Acts & Rule.
24
8. Auth of Cadet Appts : NCC Units. ANOs must select and recommend the
Cadet Appointments as per the under mentioned scale :-
SD/SW UNIT- 160 Cdts (Coy 160 Cadets, with 3 Pls -53, 53, & 54 Cadets)
Ser
No
Un
i
t
Coys
/ Sqn
SUO
UO
WO
Sgt
Cpl
L Cpl
Total
(a)
Inf Unit
Bn HQ
2
0
2
2
2
0
8
Coy
HQ
1
0
2
1
0
0
4
(b)
P
l
0
1
0
1
3
6
11
5 Coys
7
15
1
2
2
2
4
7
90
193
(c)
Girls Pl
Coy
HQ
1
0
2
0
1
0
4
P
l
0
1
0
1
3
6
11
JD/JW TP- 100 Cdts
Ser
No
T
r
oop
CSM
Sgt
Cp
l
L Cpl
Total
(d)
Boys Tp
1
2
3
5
11
(e)
First ½ Boys Tp
1
1
1
3
5
(f)
Second ½ Boys Tp
0
1
2
2
6
(g)
Girls Tp
1
3
8
12
24
(h)
First ½ Girls Tp
1
1
4
6
12
(j)
Second ½ Girls Tp
0
2
4
6
12
(Auth PE of NCC units &Trg Ests-1979)
9. Promotions.
(a) The authorization of various promotional ranks of cadets in a company
and troop is as under :-
Ser No
Rank
Coy
Troop
(i)
L/C PL
18
05
(ii)
Cpl
09
05
(iii)
Sgt
05
01
(iv)
Sgt Maj
01
01
(v)
QM Sgt
01
01
(vi)
UO
03
-
(vii)
SUO
01
-
25
(b) Lance Corporal. Minimum three months NCC training and 75 %
parade attendance.
(c) Corporal. Should have held the appointment of L / Cpl for a minimum
of six months and have attended 75 % of the parades conducted.
(d) Sergeant. Should have held the rank of Cpl for a minimum of six
months and have attended 75 % of the parades conducted.
(e) Under Officer. Should have held the rank of Sgt for a minimum of six
months and have attended 75 % parades conducted .Should have passed NCC
Cert ‗B‘.
(f) Senior Under Officer. Should have been Under Officer for a minimum
of six months and have attended 75% of parades conducted.
10. The following are authorized for promoting NCC Cadets:-
(a) L/Cpl, Cpl, .Sgt and CSM. Company or troop Commander should
forward the names of such cadets in duplicate for approval and publication of Bn
Pt -1 Order for all promotion of cadets is a mandatory requirement, in the
absence of which promotions are invited.
(b) Under Officer. The ANO forwards the recommendation in the
prescribed Performa in duplicate for approval by Officer Commanding and
publication in Bn Pt-1 Order.
(c) Senior Under Officer. Recommendations have to be forwarded by the
Officer Commanding in triplicate to NCC Group Commander for approval and
publication in Group Order.
(d) The format for proposal for promotion of cadet is as under :-
Ser
No
Regtl
No
Present Rank
Proposed Rank
Name of Cadet
Date of Enrolment
Date of Last
Promotion
No of Parades
attended in the
year
Certificate
exam
passed
Remarks
1
st
2
nd
3
rd
(e) The Bn HQ will publish Bn Pt-1 order in respect of promotion of the
cadets , which constitute authority for the promotion. In case of SUO, NCC Gp
HQ Pt-1 Order is required to be published .In the absence of such an authority,
the promotion is invalid.
26
CHAPTER 8
INSTITUTIONAL TRAINING
Introduction
1. Institutional Training being conducted in the Colleges and Schools is the
principal means of training in the NCC. The aim of the training is to nurture core
values, enhance awareness and give exposure to basic military skills and knowledge.
Emphasis will be on practical training. Case studies, wherever possible will be used to
facilitate active participation and better assimilation. Examples from India‘s freedom
struggle and wars Fought by India, post-independence, should supplement relevant
subjects to generate secular and patriotic fervor. The instructors and the cadets must
grasp the importance of this training and participate actively.
2. Principles of Training. In keeping with the changing environment, the
principles of NCC Training are:-
(a) Junior Division (JD)/ Junior Wing (JW) to be for two years while Senior
Division (SD)/ Senior Wing (SW) will be for three years.
(b) Separate syllabi for JD/JW and SD/SW.
(c) Modified syllabus for professional educational institutes of repute to
encourage enrolment of cadets.
(d) Revised curriculum for training in a military environment with greater
emphasis on soft skill development, awareness of social responsibilities and
adventure and sports.
(e) Uniformity in syllabus for boys and girls.
(f) Common Syllabus for all three wings to be approximately 60 to 70% and
Specialized Service Syllabus training will be 30 to 40%.
(g) Emphasis on practical training.
(h) Conduct of periodic composite training ensuring continuity for better
learning assimilation and its application.
3. Common subjects will comprise about 70% of the periods and Specialized
Service Subjects will be 30%. The breakdowns of periods are as under : -
Ser
No
Subject
No of Periods
Total
First Year
Second
Year
Third
Year
Senior Division/Wing
(a)
Common Subjects
66
72
72
210
(b)
Specialized Subjects
24
33
33
90.
Total
90
105
105
300
27
Ser
No
Subject
No of Periods
Total
First Year
Second
Year
Third
Year
Junior Division/Wing
(c)
Common Subjects
85
85
--NA--
170
(d)
Specialized Subjects
35
35
70
Total
120
120
240
4. In addition to this syllabus, State Directorates will conduct Social Service
activities in the form of rallies of any nature to carry social messages in the form of
posters, street plays, placards etc.
PLANNING OF INSTITUTIONAL TRG PROGRAMME
1. The following are the essential requirement for planning :-
(a) Allotment of Vac for Enrollment /COCs to Instt.
(b) Block and Detailed Syllabus Issued by HQ DG NCC.
(c) Schedule of Centrally Organised, Treks, SNICs / NICs, Inter Dte / Gp
Competitions etc.
(d) Schedule of Unit ATCs / CATCs / COCs and Units Share.
(e) Schedule of Cert Exams.
(f) Allotment of Funds.
(g) Detailment of PI Staff.
(h) Yearly Trg Instrs Issued by Unit / Gp HQ (if any).
(i) Schedule of Vacations & Holidays of the Instt.
(j) Exam Schedule of the Instt.
(k) Trg Philosphy & Trg Directive of HQ DG NCC.
2. How to plan Institutional Training:-
(a) Step 1. Collect your complete Plg Data incl the Block Syllabus.
(b) Step 2. Wk out the number of common lessons between 1, 2 & 3 yr.
(c) Step 3. Distr the wk load between ANO & PI Staff (lesson wise).
(d) Step 4. List out the lessons to be taken by PI Staff during CATC, for JW
(2
nd
Yr) & SW.
(e) Step 5. Work out the reqmt of Trg Days for JW & SW, Yr wise.
(f) Step 6. Wk out the Trg Days & Periods reqd per month for each cat.
(g) Step 7. Plan the trg, as per calendar days, for each Cat.
(h) Step 8. Fwd your trg plan to the CO/Unit.
(j) Step 9. Project reqmt of PI Staff with dates & Trg Aids to unit.
(i) Step 10. Calculate & fwd your reqmt of Refreshment & other allces to the
CO.
28
3. Detailed Institutional Training Block Syllabus for Junior Wing as under:-
S.No
Subject
1
st
Yr
2
nd
Yr
Total
Remarks
(a)
The NCC
3
1
4
(b)
National Integration
7
8
15
(c)
Drill
19
21
40
(d)
Weapon Trg
16
14
30
(e)
Pers Devp & Leadership
10
14
24
(f)
Civil Affairs
4
4
8
(g)
Social Awareness & Community
Devp
8
7
15
(h)
Health & Hygiene
6
7
13
(i)
Envoirnment Awareness
2
3
5
(j)
Obst Trg
2
2
4
(k)
Adventure Trg
8
4
12
(l)
Total
85
85
170
(m)
Armed Forces
4
5
9
(n)
M R
13
11
24
(o)
FC & BC
9
11
20
(p)
Mil History
6
5
11
(q)
Comns
3
3
6
(r)
Total
35
35
70
(s)
Grand Total
120
120
240
4. Suggested distribution of work load for Junior Wing is as under :-
S No
Subject
TOTAL
PDs
ANO
PI STAFF
1
st
Yr
2
nd
Yr
1
st
Yr
2
nd
Yr
CATC
(a)
NCC
4
03
01
-
-
-
(b)
NI
15
07
08
-
-
-
(c)
Drill
40
-
19
14
07
(d)
WT
30
-
-
16
14
-
(e)
CA &DM
8
04
04
-
-
-
(f)
SA & CD
15
08
07
-
-
-
(g)
H & H
13
06
07
-
-
-
(h)
EA
5
02
03
-
-
-
(i)
Adventure
12
02
01
06
-
03
(j)
Pers Devp
24
10
14
-
-
-
(k)
Obst Trg
4
-
-
02
-
02
Total
170
42
45
43
28
12
(a)
Armd Forces
09
04
-
-
-
05
(b)
Map Reading
24
-
-
13
04
07
(c)
FC&BC
20
-
-
09
08
03
(d)
Mil Hist
11
06
05
-
-
-
(e)
Comn
06
-
-
03
-
03
Total
70
10
05
25
12
18
Grand Total
240
52
50
68
40
30
ANO 102 Periods (42%)
PI Staff 138 Periods (58%)
29
YRLY INSTL TRG PLG : SENIOR WING
5. Institutional Training Block Syllabus for Senior Wing as under:-
Ser
No
Subject
1
st
Yr
2
nd
Yr
3
rd
Yr
Total
Remarks
(a)
The NCC
2
1
-
3
(b)
National Integration
6
6
6
18
(c)
Drill
16
19
8
43
(d)
Weapon Trg
12
10
10
32
(e)
Pers Devp & Leadership
10
15
20
45
(f)
Civil Affairs
3
3
4
10
(g)
Social Awareness & Community
Devp
5
5
6
16
(h)
Health & Hygiene
5
4
7
16
(i)
Environment Awareness
3
5
7
15
(j)
Obst Trg
2
2
2
6
(k)
Adventure Trg
2
6
7
15
Total
66
72
72
210
(a)
Armed Forces
4
4
2
10
(b)
M R
7
8
9
24
(c)
FC & BC
5
7
9
21
(d)
Inf Wpns & Eqpt
2
4
5
11
(e)
Mil History
3
5
5
13
(f)
Comns
3
5
3
11
Total
24
33
33
90
Grand Total
90
105
105
300
30
6. The Suggested distribution of work load for Senior Wing are as under :-
SUBJ
TOTAL
ANO
PI STAFF
1
ST
YR
2
ND
YR
3
RD
YR
1
ST
YR
2
ND
YR
3
RD
YR
CATC
NCC
03
03
0
0
0
0
0
0
NI
18
06
06
06
0
0
0
0
Drill
43
0
0
0
16
09
05
13
WT
32
0
0
0
7+5*
04
04
12
CA&DM
10
03
03
04
0
0
0
0
SA&CD
16
05
05
06
0
0
0
0
H&H
16
05
04
07
0
0
0
0
EA
06
02
02
02
0
0
0
0
Adventure
15
01
01
01
02
0
0
10
Pers Devp
45
10
15
20
0
0
0
0
Obst Trg
06
0
0
0
02
0
0
04
210
35
36
46
32
13
9
39
Armd Forces
10
04
0
0
0
0
0
06
M R
24
0
0
0
07
0
0
17
FC&BC
21
0
0
0
05
0
0
16
Mil Hist
13
03
0
0
0
0
0
10
Comn
11
0
0
0
03
0
0
08
Inf Wpns
11
0
0
0
02
0
0
09
90
07
00
00
17
00
00
66
TOTAL
300
42
36
46
49
13
09
105
ANO- 124 Periods (42%) PI Staff 176 Periods (58%)
31
CHAPTER 9
NCC AS ADDITIONAL & ELECTIVE IN CBSE
SCHOOLS
References : -
(a) NCC institutional Training Syllabus 2013 4145/Syl/DG NCC/Trg A dated
January 2013.
(b) CBSE Secondary Curriculum 2015 Main Subjects Volume I.
(f) CBSE Senior School Curriculum Volume I, 2015.
(g) Wef from Jan 2015
General
1. Consequent to adoption of CBSE as an Additional Subject in Classes IX and X
and Elective Subject in Classes XI and XI, there is a need to carry out assessments/
examinations as per CBSE policies. While FA tests will be conducted solely in schools,
there is a need to lay down guidelines for conduct of Final Internal Examinations for
class IX and Class XI.
Aim
2. The Aim of the Guidelines is to lay down procedures for conduct of
Examinations for Classes IX and XI of Schools which have implemented NCC as
Additional Subject in Class IX and X and Elective Subject in Classes XI and XII.
Scope
3. The Guidelines will cover the following : -
(a) Part I. General Provisions.
(b) Part II. Conduct of Examinations.
PART- I: GENERAL PROVISIONS
4. Rationale for conduct of Examination. NCC conducts its Certificate A and B
Test on completion of two years training curriculum in both Junior Division for A
Certificate and Senior Division for B Certificate. NCC having been introduced as an
additional subject in Class IX & X and elective in class XI & XII by CBSE, with marks /
grades to be reflected in students Board Certificates, it has become imperative that the
NCC cadets are adequately prepared to undertake and excel in their NCC Certificate
exams. To ensure that the prescribed syllabus is properly covered during the academic
year, there is a requirement to carry out assimilation exercises in the course of the
academic session by respective schools as is done for other subjects.
5. Pre-requisite for School. It will be a pre-requisite condition of the CBSE that
any school which is approved to offer NCC as an additional/ elective subject will have a
dedicated teacher (ANO) for taking NCC classes and not one of the other subject
teacher being nominated as ANO as was the practice when NCC was only one of the
extracurricular activity.
32
6. Periodicity of Examination. Since the number of periods per year allotted to
NCC as a subject are akin to other additional/ elective subjects available to students,
the examination schedule for internal examinations will be at par with other subjects.
( a) Theory. Internal examination such as class test, half yearly and Final
examination to be conducted as per the school schedule and similar weightage
for each examination be given towards final grades.
(b) Practical. Practice for practical‘s to be conducted as per NCC training
schedule worked out by the ANO in consultation with Commanding Officer of
the NCC Unit. Practical test to be conducted only once a year just before the
final examination. These tests to be conducted by ANO assisted by NCC
Instructor.
7. Weightage. The weightage for theory will be 70 percent and practical 30
percent of total marks.
PART II : CONDUCT OF FINAL EXAM
8. Methodology for Conduct. ANO will be the subject teachers for conduct of
theory classes to the cadets. NCC will be included in the school/ respective class
weekly/ daily subject schedule. Special to Arm subjects will be covered by NCC
instructors and its program will be worked out by ANOs in consultation with affiliated
NCC unit.
9. Preparation of Question Paper. The question paper will be prepared by a
Board of Officers ordered by the Group Commander. There will be a separate Board
ordered for Class XI and a separate one for Class XII. The composition of the Board
will be as follows:-
(a) Presiding Officer : Regular Officer.
(b) Members Two ANOs (JD/JW ANOs for IX an SD/SW ANOs for Class XI).
(c) Member One PI Staff.
10. Conduct of Exam. The question paper in sealed envelope will be handed
over to the school principal well before the exam dates, so as to enable the school to
print the papers as per their school pattern/ design. The School Principal and the ANO
will be responsible for printing, conduct and invigilation of the exam.
11. Correction and Award of Marks. The Answer Key for all schools under a unit
will be handed over to the Unit OC in separate sealed envelopes. The ANO of the
school will be responsible for collection of the Answer Keys from the Unit after conduct
of the exam. He will then correct the papers and submit the results to the Unit OC.
After perusal by the Unit OC, the results will be handed over to the School Principal for
inclusion in the Mark List.
Practical Test
12. The ANO will inform the Unit OC on the dates for conduct of Practical Test for
the School. The Unit OC will nominate a PI staff for assisting the ANO for conduct of
the Practical Test. The ANO of the school will be responsible for all arrangements,
compilation of marks and submission of results for the perusal of the Unit OC. After
perusal of the Unit OC, the results will be handed over to the school Principal for
inclusion.
33
Conclusion
13. The success of the implementation of NCC as an elective subject hinges on
proper implementation of its assessment methodology. There is a need to carry out the
internal examinations in the transparent and correct manner so as to ensure that
cadets are awarded marks correctly.
34
CHAPTER 10
INCENTIVES TO CADETS
Introduction
1. The NCC organization has grown considerably during its existence over five
decades. In order to reward the students and to compensate them for the valuable time
they spend in NCC training, a number of incentives are being given by the Central and
the State Govts to them. These incentives can broadly to categorize under the heads
―Concessions in Employment‖, ―Concessions in Academic Field‖, ―Cash Awards and
Prizes/Medals/Trophies‖ and ―Scholarships‖.
PART I : EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES
1. As Officers in Armed Forces - Vacancies reserved for commission in the
Defence Forces for NCC ‗C‘ Certificate holder.
(a) Army
(i) IMA dehradun 25 vacancies per course through UPSC and
SSB interview. ` 1000/- as kit Allowance for each NCC cadet selected for
NDA/IMA/OTA/Air Force and Naval Academy and Scholarship for NCC
Cadets selected for NDA ` 100/- per month for three years to each cadet
selected for NDA.
(ii) OTA Chennai 50 vacancies per course for Short Service
Commission (Non-Tech). No. UPSC exam, only SSB interview. 20%
vacancies reserved for Girl Cadets. Scholarship for NCC cadets selected
for OTA/IMA/Air Force and naval Academy ` 150/- per month till receipt
of stipend in the last term of training.
(b) Navy - Six vacancies per course for Officers. No UPSC exam, only SSB
Interview. Two years age relaxation for ‗C‘ certificate holders.
(b) Air Force - 10% in all courses including flying training courses. No
AFCAT/UPSC exam, only SSB interview.
2. As OR and other opportunities:
(i) Para Military Forces 2 to 10 bonus marks awarded for
recruitment
(ii) Department of Telecommunications Bonus marks awarded for
recruitment.
(iii) State Governments Preference for State Services certain states.
(iv) Private Sector Many industries give preference to NCC ‗C‘
certificate holders for jobs.
35
PART II : CASH INCENTIVES
3. Sahara Scholarships Sahara Group award 1017 Scholarship every year
based on the academic performance of cadets as under:-
(a) ` 6,000/- each for three JD and three JW cadets from each Group.
(b) ` 12,000/- each for two SD and two SW cadets from each Group.
(c) ` 30,000/- each for 67 cadets who join professional/ higher
studies.
Application to reach HQ DG NCC by 30 Nov every year. Cadets are to apply through
respective NCC Units.
4. Cadets Welfare Society Scholarship 1000 scholarships of ` 6,000/- each
250 vacancies out of total 1000 are reserved for cadets coming from rural/ disturbed
areas only. The vacancies are allotted every year as per the enrolled strength of NCC
Directorates. Applications to reach DGNCC by 30 Nov every year. Cadets are to apply
through their respective NCC Units.
5. Best Cadet Awards: A total of 760 awards at group level;
(a) Best 380 cadets. ` 3,500/- each to 4 Best Cadets i.e One each in SD,
JD and JW per Group.
(b) Second 380 cadets ` 25,00/- each to 4 Best Cadets i.e One each in
SD, JD and JW per Group.
6. RDC & TSC - ` 1,000/- (Rupees One thousand only) to each who participates in
the Republic Day camp is given by the state Dtes.
7. CM‘S & GOVERNOR‘S AWARD
(a) Chief Minister Gold/Silver/Bronze Medals worth ` 3,000/- , ` 2,000/- and
` 1,000/- respectively to the best, second and third best cadet in the State of SD
Army, SD Navy, SD Air, JD, SW and JW any wing.
(b) Chief Minister‘s Commendation Card to cadets for outstanding
achievements in RDC, PM‘s rally, successful completion of Para jump Training
member of All India Mountaineering Expedition and other adventure activities.
(c) Governor‘s Medals 6 Gold Medals worth ` 3,000/- each to best SD boy
cadets in the state in shooting, declamation, Cross Country and the best SW
Cadets in Shooting, Home Nursing and Cross Country, Six Silver Medals worth
` 2,000/- each to the second best in the above activities.
36
Conclusion.
21. A large number of allowances and incentives are admissible to Cdts in the NCC.
An Endeavour is also being made to do as much as possible for the welfare and
overall development of NCC cadets. In addition, the intangible benefits for both are
innumerable, thus making the NCC a lucrative career for teaching staff and cadets.
Note -
All are requested to kindly check the status of incentives from the respective Gp / Dte /
HQ DG NCC / State Govt trom time to time for latest update.
37
CHAPTER 11
MODES OF ENTRY INTO ARMY
General
1. What does the Army as a career offer ?. All of us have aspirations and
dreams as to what our education will finally yield in terms of a career and a life. If you
are looking for an excellent pay packet, a corporate job is the answer: but the question
should be aimed at - What does the job offers in totality. Let us see what constitutes
an excellent career. The attributes that one expects from a satisfying profession are:-
(a) Professional Advancement.
(b) Job Satisfaction.
(c) Job Security.
(d) Economic Stability.
(e) Social Status.
(f) Quality of Life.
(g) Variety and Adventure.
2. If these are what you are looking forward to, then Army is the profession for you.
3. All of us are aware that, professionals are competitive, in so far as promotions
are concerned. Army is no different. However, as mentioned earlier, the competition in
the Army is clean and devoid of any external factor but competence.
PART I : TYPES OF COMMISSION
4. There are a number of ways in which an aspirant can get a commission in the
Army. He /She can join right after school or after graduation. The selection procedures
are impartial, objective and are uniformly applied to one and all and have only one aim
to ―select the best‖.
Types of Commission
5. The Army offers both Permanent and Short Service Commission. Permanent
commission (PC) is granted through the Indian Military Academy (IMA) Dehradun and
Short Service Commission (SSC) is granted through Officers Training Academy (OTA)
Chennai or at Gaya. When an aspirant opts for ‗PC‘, he / she is basically looking at a
permanent career in the Army, a career till you retire. SSC is a wonderful option for all
those who aspire to serve it for a few years. It gives an option of joining the Army, and
serving it as a commissioned officer for five / ten years. Once the terms of
engagement are over, option to opt for PC is available. Alternatively, one can also ask
for a four years extension and can choose to resign from the post any time during this
period.
(a) Permanent Commission.
(i) NDA - after 10+2 - Through UPSC..
(ii) Direct Entry - Through UPSC.
(iii) Engineering Graduates - Tech Graduate Course.
(iv) University Entry Scheme - 10+2 TES.
38
(b) Short Service Commisson.
(i) Non-Tech for both men & women.
(ii) Tech - Both men & women.
(iii) NCC Special Entry (Both men & women).
(vi) Law Graduates (Both men & women).
Note. Details of eligibility criteria duration and venue of training and other
information is freely available through news papers or may be obtained from
www.joinindianarmy.nic.in. The following telephone numbers can also be
contacted- (011) 26173215, 26175473 & 26172861.
Permanent Commission
6. A permanent commission means a career in the army till a person retires on
fulfilling the terms of engagement. For a permanent commission an aspirant will have
to join the National Defence Academy, Khadakwasla or the Indian Military Academy,
Dehradun.
National Defence Academy (NDA)
7. The entrance exam for entry through NDA can be taken in class XII. After
qualifying in the UPSC exam, Service Selection Board interview and passing the
medicals one can join NDA. NDA has the finest infrastructure for professional training.
Phenomenal opportunities are available to develop personality and cultivate new
interests.There are 31 extra-curricular activities to choose from. For more details on
NDA, Khadakwasla one can visit website www.nda.nic.in
Indian Military Academy ( IMA)
8. Indian Military Academy is another cradle of leadership. The IMA trains
individuals to lead from the front. Training is imparted in all aspects of combat and
tactics using modern technologies and training aids. IMA has excellent facilities for all-
round development. One can go for adventure sports like river rafting, para jumping,
rock climbing, trekking and mountaineering. From the IMA, Gentlemen Cadets are
commissioned as ―Lieutenant‖ in the India Army. There are four main types of entries
to join IMA :-
(a) Combined Defence Service Examination (CDSE). This written
exam is held in the final year of Graduation. After passing the CDSE -
conducted by UPSC, a five day SSB interview is held.Only medically fit
individuals are permitted to join IMA as a Direct Entry . For details of exam
dates / notification visit UPSC website upsc.nic.in. The other entries are Non
UPSC entries ( There is no written exam. An aspirant is directly called for the
SSB interview).
(b) 10+2 Tech Entry. Application can be forwarded after 12
th
class written
exams. A minimum aggregate of 70% is mandatory in Physics, Chemistry and
Mathematics. The SSB interview is held for shortlisted candidates based on the
cut off merit as decided by Recruiting Directorate. Advertisements are
published in leading newspapers/employment news in May / Dec every year.
39
The training period is for five year.( Four years at Cadets Training Wing,
Dehradun and one year at OTA Gaya).
(c) University Entry Scheme (Pre Final Year Students Only). This entry is
for those aspirants who wish to apply for army in Pre-Final year of engineering.
Advertisement notifying details is published in leading newspapers/employment
news in May every year.
(d) Technical Graduate Course. Candidates studying in final year / have
completed BE / BTech in notified streams can also join IMA through Technical
Graduate Course. The duration of training is one year. Advertisement for this
entry is published in leading newspapers/employment news in May / Jun & Nov
/ Dec every year.
Short Service Commission
9. A candidate also has the option of joining the Army as a Commissioned Officer
for 10 year , extendable up to 14 years. At the end of this period one has the option to
either elect for a permanent commission or opt out.
10. Those not selected for permanent commission have the option of a four year
extension. They can resign at any time during this period and side step to an alternate
career for which Army also assists.
Officers Training Academy, Chennai
11. Once selected for Short Service Commission, a candidate joins the Officers
Training Academy at Chennai. The selection process includes a written exam followed
by the SSB interview and medicals. For Technical (Engineering) graduates and law
graduates it is direct SSB interview and medicals. If an aspirant has atended NCC
Senior Division (Army ) and qualified on ‗C‘ certificate exam with minimum ‗B‘ grade,
he / she can apply through the NCC Branch HQ/Zonal HQ to Recruiting Directorate for
direct SSB interview. SSB qualified candidates undergo a medical examination. The
duration of training is 49 weeks wherein the OTA training provides opportunities to
broaden perspective and widen the horizon. Whether It‘s skeet shooting, golf, riding
or angling…at OTA you can do if all.
Short Service Commission For Women (Officers)
12. In 1992, an important landmark in the history of Indian Army was achieved with
the the induction of women into the Officer‘s cadre. The onerous task of training them
was undertaken by the Officer Training Academy.
Revised Term and Conditions of Service of SSCOs (Women) - Tech & Non- Tech
13. The prominent features of the revised policy are:-
(a) Extension of Tenure.
(i) Tenure of Short Service Commission, Short Service Commission
(SSC) in the Regular Army will be granted for 14 year i.e. for an initial
period of 10 year, extendable by 4 years.
(ii) Duration of Training is for 49 weeks.
40
(b) Substantive Promotion. SSCOs will be eligible for substantive
promotion as follows :-
(i) To the Rank of Capt. On completion of 2 years reckonable
commissioned service.
(ii) To the Rank of Maj. On completion of 6 years reckonable
commissioned service.
(iii) To the Rank of Lt Col. On completion of 13 years reckonable
commissioned service.
PART II: ENTRY SCHEMES (MEN AND WOMEN)
14. The Indian Army is always on the lookout for a few “good men”. Men with
intellect, idealism and courage who can lead and inspire others. For the best and
brightest amongst them, following entry schemes are available:-
(a) Intermediate Level.
(i) NDA.
(ii) 10 + 2 TES.
(b) Graduate through UPSC.
(i) IMA (CDSE).
(ii) OTA SSC (Non Tech).
(h) Graduate Non UPSC. Law Graduate.
(e) Engineers.
(i) University Entry Scheme ( UES).
(ii) Technical Entry Scheme (TES).
(iii) Short Service (Technical).
(f) Post Graduate.
10+2 Technical Entry Scheme (10+2 TES)
Tentative Vacancies per course
85
Notified in Employment News and
leading Daily News Papers
Notified by Additional Directorate General
Recruiting / AG Branch IHQ of MOD (Army) in
Apr & Sept.
Eligibility Criteria
Age
16
1/2
to 19
1/2
yrs as on first day of the month
in which course is due to commence
Qualification
12
th
Class of 10+2 System of Education
/Equivalent with a minimum aggregate of 70%
in Physical, Chemistry & Maths (PCM)
Marital Status
Un Married
41
Application to be addressed to
Additional Directorate General of Rtg TES
Section AG Branch IHQ of MOD (army)
West Block III
RK Puram
New Delhi-110066
Training Academy
IMA Dehradun
Duration of Training
01 Year pre-commission Trg at IMA
Dehradun & 03 Years at CME Pune/MCTE
Mhow/MCEME Secunderabad
01 Year Post Commission trg at CME
Pune/MCTE Mhow/MCEME Secunderabad
National Defence Academy (NDA)
Tentative Vacancies per course per
notified in Employment News and
leading Daily News Paper
300 (Twice a year) or As notified from time to time
Army-195 Air force-66 Navy-39. Jun and Dec as
notified by UPSC
Eligibility Criteria
Age between
16
1/2
to 19
1/2
yrs as on first day of the month in which
course is due to commence
Qualification
12
th
Class of 10+2 System of Education /Equivalent
for Army and with Physics and Maths for AF/Navy
Marital Status
Un Married
Application to be received by
As per UPSC notification
Likely SSB date
Sep to Oct and Jan to Apr
Commencement of training
Jan and Jul
Training Academy
NDA, Khadakwasla, Pune
Duration of Training
3 Yrs at NDA and 1 Yr at IMA (For Army cadets)
3 Yrs at NDA and 1 Yr at Naval Academy (For Naval
cadets)
3 Yrs at NDA and 1 ½ Yrs at AFA Hyderabad (For
AF cadets)
NCC (SPL) Entry Men
Tentative
Vacancies per course
50 (Twice a years)
notified in Employment News and
leading
Daily News Paper
Notified by Additional Directorate General
Recruiting / AG Branch in Jun & Dec
Eligibility Criteria
Age between
19 and 25 Yrs
Qualification
Appearing in Final Yr /Graduate with 50%
Aggregate marks, 2 Yrs service in NCC
Senior Div Army with minimum ‗B‘ Grade in
‗C‘ Certificate Exam.
Marital Status
Un Married /Married
Application to be Received by
Oct/Nov and Apr/ May through NCC Dte
Likely SSB Date
Dec/Jan and Jul/ Jun
Date of Commencement of Trg
Apr and Oct
Training Academy
OTA, Chennai
Duration of Trg
49 Weeks
42
Indian Military Academy Direct Entry (Non Technical Men)
Vacancies per course
250 (Twice a year)
notified in Employment News and
leading
daily News Papers
Notified by UPSC under the aegis of CDSE in
May/ Jun and Nov/Dec
Eligibility Criteria
Age between
19 and 24 yrs as on the first day of the month
in which the course is due to commence
Qualification
Graduation from a recognised university
Marital Status
Un Married
Likely SSB Date
Jul / Aug and Mar / Apr
Date of Commencement of Trg
Jan and Jul
Training Academy
IMA, Dehradun
During of Training
18 Months
Officer Training Academy (Non Technical Men)
Vacancies per course
175 (Twice a year)
Notified in Employment News and
leading Daily News Paper
Notified by UPSC under the aegis of CDSE in
May / Jun and Nov / Dec
Eligibility Criteria
Age between
19 and 24 yrs as on the first day of the month
in which course is due to commence
Qualification
Graduation from a recognised university
Marital Status
Un Married /Merried
Likely SSB Date
Nov / Dec and May / Jun
Date of Commencement of Trg
Apr and Oct
Training Academy
OTA, Chennai
During of Training
49 Weeks
TGC (Engineers)
Vacancies per course
As Notified ( Twice a Year )
notified in Employment News and
leading
daily News Papers
Notified by Additional Directorate General
Recruiting / AG Branch in Apr and Oct
Eligibility Criteria
Age between
20 to 27 years
Born Between
2
nd
Jan to 1
st
Jan for Jan Course.
2
nd
Jul to 1
st
Jul for Jul Course.
Qualification
BE / B Tech in notified streams of Engineers
Marital Status
Un Married /Merried
Application to be received by
Apr / May and Oct / Nov
Likely SSB Date
Mar / Apr and Sep / Oct
Date of commencement of trg
Jan and Jul
Training Academy
IMA, Dehradun
Duration of Training
One Year
43
University Entry Scheme
Vacancies per course
60
Notified in Employment News and
leading daily News Papers
Notified by Additional Directorate General
Recruiting / AG Branch in May. Application to
be forwarded to respective Command
Headquarters as per the areas indicated in
the notification
Eligibility Criteria
Age
19 to 25 yrs for Final Year, 18 to 24 Yrs for
pre Final Year
Born Between
2
nd
Jul to 1
st
Jul for Jul Course.
Qualification
Final and pre Final year student of
Engineering Degree Course
Marital Status
Un Married
Application to be received by
31 Jul or as specified in the notification.
Likely SSB Date
Jan to Mar for final year Aug to Oct for pre
final year
Date of Commencement of Trg
Jul at IMA Dehradun
Short Service Commission (Technical) (Men)
Vacancies per course
As Notified ( Twice a Year )
Notified in Employment News and
leading daily News Papers
Notified by Additional Directorate General
Recruiting /AG Branch in Dec / Jan and Jun /
Jul
Eligibility Criteria
Age Between
20 to 27 yrs as on first day of the month in
which course is due to commence
Qualification
Engineering Degree in notified discipline
Marital Status
Un Married /Married
Application to be received by
Apply online & application to be foewarded as
given in advertisement
Likely SSB Date
Nov to Jan for Apr Course and May to July for
Oct Course
Date of Commencement of Trg
Oct and Apr
Training Academy
OTA , Chennai
Duration of Training
49 Weeks
JAG (Men)
Vacancies Per Course
As Notified
Notified in Employment News and
Leading Daily News Papers
Eligibility Criteria
Age between
21 yrs and 27 yrs as on 01 Jul of the yr in
which course is due to commence for Oct
course and 01 Jan of the yr in which course is
due to commence for Apr course
Qualification
Graduate with LLB / LLM with 55% marks.
Registered with Bar Council of India / State
Marital Status
Un Married / Married
Application to be Received by
Oct / Nov and Apr / May
44
Likely SSB Date
Dec - Jan and Jul Aug
Date Commencement of Trg
Apr and Oct
Training Academy
OTA CHENNAI
Duration of Trg
49 Weeks
TGC Education (AEC)
Vacancies per course
As Notified ( Twice a Year )
Notified in Employment News and
leading daily News Papers
Notified by Additional Directorate General
Recruiting / AG Branch in May/Jun and
Nov/Dec
Eligibility Criteria
Age
23 to 25 years
Born Between
2
nd
Jan to 1
st
Jan for Jan Course.
2
nd
Jul to 1
st
Jul for Jul Course.
Qualification
MS / MSC in 1
st
or 2
nd
division in notified
subject from Recognized university
Marital Status
Un Married
Application to be received by
Jun /Jul and Dec /Jan
Likely SSB Date
Sept / Oct and Apr / May
Training Academy
IMA
Duration of Training
One Year
15. In 1992, an important landmark in the history of Army was the induction of
women into the Officer cadre, and the onerous task of training them was undertaken by
officers Training Academy. So far, more than 1200 Lady cadets have already been
commissioned into the various Arms / Service of the Indian Army.
Revised Terms and Conditions of Service of SSCOs ( Men and Women ) both
(Technical and Non Technical)
16. Prominent features of the revised policy are:-
(a) Extension of Tenure.
(i) Tenure of Short Service Commission. Short Service
Commission (SSC) in the Regular Army will be granted for 14 years i.e.
for an initial period of ten years, extendable by four years.
(ii) Duration of Training - 49 weeks.
(b) Substantive Promotion. SSCOs will be eligible for substantive
promotion as under :-.
(i) To the Rank of Capt. On completion of two years reckonable
commissioned service.
(ii) To the Rank of Maj. On completion of six years reckonable
commissioned service.
(iii) To the Rank of Lt Col. On completion of 13 years reckonable
commissioned service.
45
NCC (SPL) Entry Women
Vacancies Per Course
As notified
Notified in Employment News and
leading daily News Papersd
Notified by Additional Directorate General
Recruiting / AG Branch in Jun / Dec
Eligibility Criteria
Age between
19 and 25 yrs as on 01 Jan of the yr in which course
is due to commence for Apr course and 01 Jul of the
yr in which course is due to commence for Oct
course
Qualification
Final Year appearing / Graduate in any discipline
with 50% Aggregate marks, two Yrs service in NCC
Senior Div Army with minimum 'B' Grade in 'C'
Certificate Exam.
Marital Status
Un Married
Application to be received by
Oct / Nov and Apr / May through NCC Gp HQ/NCC
Dte
Likely SSB Date
Nov to Jan for Apr Course and May to July for Oct
Course
Date Commencement of Trg
Apr and Oct
Training Academy
OTA, Chennai
Short Service Commission Non Technical Women
Eligibility Criteria
Age between
19 and 25 yrs as on 01 Jan of the yr in which
course is due to commence for Apr course and
01 Jul of the yr in which course is due to
commence for Oct course
Qualification
Graduation / Post Graduation from recognized
University.
Marital Status
Un Married
Application to be received by
Applications to be forwarded to UPSC as per
notification published in Apr/ Sep every year
Likely SSB Date
May/Jun and Nov/Dec
Date Commencement of Trg
Apr and Oct
Training Academy
OTA Chennai
Duration of Trg
49 Weeks
Short Service Commission Technical Women
Vacancies Per Course
As Notified (Twice a year)
Notified in Employment News and
leading Daily news Paper
Notified by Additional Directorate General
Recruiting / AG Branch in Dec/Jan and Jun / Jul
Eligibility Criteria
Age between
20 and 27 yrs as on first day of the month in
which course is due to commence
Qualification
Engineering Degree in notified discipline
Marital Status
Un Married
46
JAG Women
Vacancies Per Course
As Notified
Notified in Employment News and
leading daily News Papers
Notified by Additional Directorate General
Recruiting / AG Branch
Eligibility Criteria
Age between
21 and 27 yrs as on 01 Jan of the yr in which
course is due to commence for Apr course and 01
Jul of the yr in which course is due to commence
for Oct course
Qualification
Graduate with LLB / LLM with 55% marks.
Registered with Bar Council of India / State
Marital Status
Un Married
Application to be Received by
Oct / Nov and Apr / May
Likely SSB Date
Dec - Jan and Jul Aug
Date Commencement of Trg
Apr and Oct
Training Academy
OTA CHENNAI
17. In case of UPSC entries ( NDA, IMA and OTA SSC ( Non Tech, men & women
),wait for the UPSC advertisement in Employment News / Rozgar Samachar / UPSC
website Thereafter, apply online to UPSC as per instructions given in the
advertisement.
18. In case of other entries the details are as under:-
(a) NCC Entry ( Men and Women ). After advertisement is issued in Dec
or Jun, download common application form from the Army Recruting website
and submit the form duly filled with requisite documents to respective NCC unit /
Group HQ.
(b) War Widows and Wards of Battle Casualties . After downloading
common application form from the website, post the form duty filled with
attested photocopies of documents to Rtg Dte (Rtg-6), as per the address given
in the advertisement.
(c) 10+2 TES, TGC, SSC (Tech, Men and Women ). Apply online through
the Army Recruting website, after the advertisement is issued, within the period
stipulated in the advertisement and mail the printed online application to ADG
Rtg (Rtg-6), West Block 3, R K Puram New Delhi- 110066,
(d) University Entry Scheme ( Pre Final Year Students Only ).
Advertisement will be published in the month of Jun / Jul every year. Apply to
concerned Command Headquarters as per the advertisement published.
Download the common application form for UES from download menu on the
main page of the Army Recruting website and apply as per advertisement.
Application to be received by
Feb / Mar and Jul / Aug
Likely SSB Date
Nov to Jan for Apr course and May to July for
Oct course
Date Commencement of Trg
Oct and Apr
Training Academy
OTA Chennai
Duration of Trg
49 Weeks
47
Points To Note for Non UPSC Entries.
19. 10
th
Class Certificate, 12
th
Class Certificate and latest College Education
documents (final mark sheet or previous semester mark sheets or degree cert or
provisional degree cert) are required to be attached as attested photocopies with most
application as given in the advertisement. The documents are be attested by a
gazetted Officer.
PART III - JCO & OTHER RANKS
20. Eligibility Criteria for Recruitment of JCOs and Other Ranks are given in the
table below:-
(f)
Soldier General
Duty (Matric
Simple Pass)
(All Arms)
10
th
Simple pass
17 ½ -
23 Yrs
Ser
No
Category
Education
Age
Minimum Educational Qualification and Age Criteria
(a)
Solder
(General Duty)
(All Arms)`
SSLC / Metric with 55% marks in aggregate and
32% in each subject. No percentage is
considered in case candidate has passed higher
qualification i.e. 10+2 & above
17 ½ -
21 yrs
(b)
Solder
(Technical
Technical Arms
Artillery, Army
Air Defence)
10+2 / intermediate Exam pass in Science with
Physics, Chemistry, Maths and English with 55%
marks in aggregate and 40% in each subject (
simple pass in 10+2 with requisite subject is
acceptable up to 31 Mar 13.
17 ½ -
23 Yrs
(c)
Soldiers
Clerk/Store
Keeper
Technical (All
Arms)
10+2 Intermediate Exam pass any stream ( Arts,
commerce, Science ) with 50% marks in
aggregate and minimum 40 % in each subject.
Should have studied and passed English and
Maths/Accts/Book Keeping in CI X or CI XII with
40% marks in each subject. In case of graduate
with marks and English as subject in B Sc the
stipulation of 40% in CI or CI XII is waived off. In
case of graduate without English and
Marks/Accts/Book Keeping he should have score
more than 40% in English and Maths/Accts/Book
Keeping at least once in CI X or CI XII
17 ½ -
23 Yr
(d)
Soldier Nursing
Assistant
(Army Medical
Corps)
10+2 / Intermediate exam pass in Science with
Physics, Chemistry Biology and English with Min
50% marks in aggregate and min 40% in each
subject
OR
In case the candidate has a BSc Degree with
(Botany/Zoology/Bio-Science) and English ,the
stipulation of percentage inI Cl-XII is waived off.
However, the candidate should have studied all
the four specified subjects in Cl-XII also.
17 ½23
Yrs
(e)
Soldier
Tradesmen
(All Arms)
10
th
( except Syce Mess Keeper and House
Keeper Who may be 8
th
pass )
17 ½ -
23 Yrs
48
(g)
Surveyor
(Engineers)
BA / BSc with Maths. Must have also passed 12
th
class (10+2) or equivalent with Maths and
Science as main subjects.
20-25
Yrs
(h)
Junior
Commissioned
Officer Religious
Teacher
(All Arms )
Graduate in any discipline. In addition requisite
qualification in his own religious denomination
27-
34Yrs
(j)
Junior
Commissioned
Officer Catering
(Army Service
Corps )
10+2 or equivalent exam and Diploma /Certificate
Course of a duration of one year or more in
cookery /Hotel Management and Catering Tech
from a recognized University / Food Craft
Institute..AICTE recognition is not mandatory.
(k)
Havildar
Education (Army
Education
Corps)
Group X MA / M Sc / MCA or BA / BSC / BCA / B
Sc ( IT ) with B Ed.
20-25
Yrs
CONCLUSION
21. All professions serve our motherland - but none of them is in the same league as
the Indian Army- for this is the only profession which affords you opportunity to live up
to these stirring lines.
“ To every man upon this earth,
death comes sooner or later
And how can a man die better
Facing fearful odds
For the ashes of his father
And the temple of his Gods”-
Macauley
Note -
Pl check latest updates on above from Gp / Dte / HQ DG NCC or from the HQ
DG Recruiting Dte Site / Brochure or from State Govt sItes .
49
CHAPTER - 12
CLOTHING ISSUED TO NCC CADETS
1. The items of clothing and necessaries of the NCC cadets are covered as
follows:-
a) Number of Retention Items : 28
b) Number of Life Cycle Items : 23
c) Number of Condemnation Item : 01
Total No of Items : 52
Scale of Clothing & Necessaries
2. The scale of clothing and necessaries authorized to cadets are laid down in PET
(Peace Equipment Table) vide Government of India letter with amendments from time
to time. It has further been amended and elucidated in Logistics Manual issued by HQ
DGNCC.
3. List of Retention Items is as follows:-
S NO
ITEM
SW
JW
SD
JD
ARMY BOYS
1
Shirt PWPC Khaki
2
2
2
Short PWPC Khaki
1
1
3
Trouser PWPC Khaki
2
1
ARMY GIRLS
4
Shirt PWPC Khaki(G)
2
2
5
Trouser PWPC Khaki(G)
2
2
6
NAVY BOYS
Shirt PWPC White
2
2
7
Short PWPC White
1
8
Trouser PWPC White
2
1
9
Shirt PWPC Navy Blue
1
1
10
Short PWPC Navy Blue
1
1
NAVY GIRLS
11
Shirt PWPC White(G)
2
2
12
Trouser PWPC White(G)
2
2
AIR FORCE BOYS
13
Shirt PWPC LBG
2
2
14
Short PWPC LBG
1
1
15
Trouser PWPC LBG
2
1
AIR FORCE GIRLS
16
Shirt PWPC LBG(G)
2
2
17
Trouser PWPC LBG (G)
2
2
COMMON ITEMS
18
Salwar White
2
2
19
Kameez White
2
2
20
Beret Rifle Green
1
1
1
1
21
Pagree Rifle Green(for sikh
cdts only in place of beret)
22
Socks NTP White (Navy)
6
4
6
4
23
Socks NTP Black (Army,
Air)
6
4
6
4
50
24
Boot Ankle DVS
1
1
1
25
Shoe Leather Black DMS
1
1
1
26
Shoe Canvas White
1
1
27
Shoe Canvas Brown
1
1
28
Vest Woollen
1
1
1
1
4. List of Life Cycle Items with auth and Life is as follows:-
ITEM
AUTH %
LIFE
(MONTHS)
ARMY
NAVY
AF
Belt Web Waist
100
15
10
9
Bag Kit Universal
15
-
-
120
Cap FS Disruptive
10
-
-
72
Durries It
9
-
-
120
Coat Combat
2
-
-
168
Ground Sheet
6
-
-
120
Water Bottle
15
15
15
60
Anklet Web
10
-
-
240
Cape Water Proof
5
-
-
240
Overall Combination
100
-
-
36
Net Mosquito
15
-
-
60
Jersy Pullover
10
10
10
60
Khaki/Grey/Black Shirt
Angola
15
-
-
60
Trousers Serge
15
15
15
60
Khaki/Black/Grey Flying
Overall
50
36
Boot Flying
50
36
Gloves Flying
50
36
51
Khaki/Black/Grey Flying
Overall
50
36
5. List of Condemnation Item is as follows (one item only):-
(a) Helmet
6. Management of clothing at Sub-Unit
(a) Retention Items.
(i) Maintain 4 ledgers (for clothing)
(ii) Maint separate ledger page for each size of item.
(iii) Issue retention items to coys/troops on IV in effect strike off ledger
charge after CIV is received
(iv) Coys/troops to have stock ledgers as in units
(v) Coys/troops to issue detailed item wise on ICC
(vi) Coys/troops to prepare monthly consolidated vouchers (signed
by ANO and CO)
(vii) Copies of ICC & CV to be available in unit
(viii) In case of loss or if a cadet leaves prematurely cost to be recovered
based on formula as under :-
(aa) Amount to be recovered =Monthly value of item x Bal life in terms of
months
(ab) Monthly value of item = central purchase rates / 36 months for SD,
24 months for JD
(b) Life Cycle Items.
(i) Maint ledgers on IAFZ 2286A.
(ii) Maint separate ledger page for each size of item
(iii) Issue life cycle items by CIV IAFZ 2096 at beginning of trg cycle
(iv) Coys/troops to have stock ledgers as in units
(v) Coys/troops to issue detailed item wise on ICC
(vi) Copies of ICC & CIV to be available in unit
(vii) Take back items on charge from coys/tps by crv in the unit ledger
(viii) Carry out necessary entries in ICC of cadets
52
(ix) Once life of item is expired report it for auction through BOO convened
by directorate
(x) In case of loss or if a cadet leaves prematurely cost to be recovered
based on formula
(aa) Amount to be recovered =Monthly value of item x Bal life in
terms of months
(ab) Monthly value of item = Central purchase rates / Life of item in
months
53
CHAPTER - 13
ESTABLISHING A RELIEF CAMP
Introduction
1. NCC plays a significant role in the management of the after effects of
natural calamities and disasters. The ANOs, often hailing from the region where the
institutions and Units are located have a ‗local advantage‘ in understanding and
dealing with the local people and administration. Hence, the ANOs can contribute
greatly towards the success of the Disaster Management Activities undertaken by
NCC.
4. Aspects of Planning
(a) Foresight of Tasks and Responsibilities
(b) Considerations for siting and Layout of relief camp
(c) Stores required and sources
(d) Security of Camp
(e) Setting up of MI Room
(f) Considerations for Hygiene and Sanitation
(g) Coordination with other agencies
5. Essentials for Planning
(a) The type of Disaster - Floods, Earthquake, Cyclone etc
(b) The str to be catered for.
(c) Overall responsibility for est of the camp.
(d) Nomination of the Unit CO coord NCC activities.
(e) Reqt of cdts (SD/SW) & staff.
(f) Reqmt of stores & veh loads for the camp.
(g) The Command & Control set up.
(h) Communication set up.
(i) Adm set up
6. Points for Consideration
(a) How to contact the cdts & ANOs in a disaster sit.
(b) The meeting point and plan for the cdts
(c) How will the girl cdts come to the designated area.
(d) Type of aid material recd bd of offrs.
(e) What Police / Home Gd help is available.
(f) Making of duty roster.
(g) Safety & Security of Cdts (incl girl Cdts) in the Relief Camp.
54
(h) What is the duration of NCC assistance reqd.
(i) Making separate SOPs at unit level for each type of disaster.
(j) Creation of AOR ie, sub div of City / Town and clustering of instts
for each AOR, to be coord at Gp & Unit Level in liaison with DC/DM.
(k) Briefing & Rehearsals once a yr.
7. Requirement of Accommodation
(a) Cat of People Likely to Come to Relief Camp
(i) Family Clusters
(ii) Couples / Elders w/o children
(iii) Single males
(iv) Single females
(v) Single / orphan children
(vi) Aid Distr, Health, Police, other govt officials / NGOs
(vii) Army / PMF / NCC
(b) Cattle / Pets
8. Proposed Layout Relief Camp
MAP
AID /
NGOs
Family Clusters
Other Cat
Camp Mgt
Dinning Hall
Ck H
& S
T M
BC
M
T M
BC
M
RC &
OFFICE
T F
BC
F
T F
BC
F
T
B
C
CATTLE
POND
PARKING
55
9. Disaster Management Organizational Set Up At Ncc Headquarters
Vis-À-Vis Civil Administration
National Crisis Management Committee
(Central Government/Cabinet Secretary)
Crisis Management Group (Conncerned
Ministry / Relief Commissioner)
Nodal Officer of Concerned Ministry for
Detailed Action Plan
State Relief Management Group (Chief
Secretary / Relief Commissioner)
State Control Room
District Relief Committee
(District Collector / Deputy Commissioner)
District Control Room
Sub Group Committees
HQ DG NCC (DG NCC)
Relief Group ADG (A) / ADG (B) and all DDsG
in HQ DG NCC
DDG Trg at DG NCC Dir Trg (A) / Dir Lgs / Dir
Pers / Dir MS / Dir Coord to form up Relief
Committee
DDG of Each State
State Directorate Control Room
(Director/ Training Officer/ Administrative
Officer)
Group Commander / Unit Commander /
ANOs
Group / Unit Control Room
Cadets / ANOs
56
10. Proposed Disaster Relief Org at Institution Level
(a) Relief Gp Cdr Instt ANO / CT
(b) For a Str of 54 SW Cdts proposed Distr into Gps :-
(i) Tfc Cont Gp - 8 Cdts
(ii) Relief Gp - 8 Cdts
(iii) Shelter Mgt Gp - 8 Cdts
(iv) Evac & Rescue Gp - 8 Cdts
(v) First Aid Gp - 8 Cdts
(vi) Sanitation Gp - 8 Cdts
(vii) Carcass Disposal Gp - 6 Cdts(preferably SD Cdt)
Note: Incase of more str, more No of gps can be formed.
Instt should Plan for relief work / camp in vicinity or within the instt
only.
9. Items to be Carried by Cdts
(a) Survival rations for 48 h (Biscuits, Matthi, Shakar Pare, Panjiri etc)
(b) Drinking Water (2L)
(c) Bed Lining / Rope, Bamboo Stick
(d) Small Pocket Knife, Torch, Lighter / Matchbox
(e) Rain Coat
(f) Extra pair of uniforms, socks & undergarments
(g) Anti mosquito cream
(h) Pers First Aid Kit antiseptic, bandage, pain killers, Norflox Tdz
(i) Toiletries
(j) Light Bedding air pillow, bed sheets etc
(k) Cooking Pan / pot (mess tin), glass / mug
Conclusion
11. India is a disaster-prone country, many of them related to the climate of India. It
is important to be aware of the various types of Natural Disasters and the measures to
be taken to minimize the losses of all types. NCC with its vast trained resource can
play an important role and help in the Disaster management and ANOs have a crucial
role to play in this.
57
CHAPTER - 14
PLANNING AND CONDUCT OF NCC ATC/CATC
1. The aim of Annual Training Camps is to impart collective training to cadets with
special emphasis on the development of qualities of leadership. Camps are planned in
consultation with the Director of Public Instruction and Director of School Education
well before the commencement of the Academic year (for location and dates). All
concerned are intimated about the dates and location of Camps.
2. The Annual Training Camps (ATC) is held for a duration for 10 days.
3. Camp Siting Considerations:
(a) Camp site should be accessible by Road and Rail.
(b) Camp site is bereft of snakes, scorpion, flies and mosquitoes.
(c) Camp area should be on a level ground and it should not require too
much labour to make it fit for camping.
(d) It should have an adequate slope to drain out water from the camp
area.
(e) The site should not be in the proximity of lakes, rivers and canals.
(f) The Civil Govt should not have objection in establishing a camp in that
area.
(g) Reasonable amount of shade should be available for rest hours.
(h) Water supply for both drinking and washing purposes.
(j) The area should not be under cultivation during the camp duration.
(k) There should be no disease prevailing in the area especially of epidemic
nature.
(l) Enough area for parade ground, range facility, and built up
accommodation for stores should be available for girls‘ camp.
(m) ASC depot preferably located closely for obtaining ration.
58
4. Camp Orders Including Discipline And Security: Camp orders as appended
below will be promulgated to all ranks participating in the camp. A copy of these
should be posted in the Officers Mess, Information Room and Company Notice
Boards: -
(a) Camp Orders and Administration
(i) Pitching of Tents.
(ii) Drainage.
(iii) Lighting.
(iv) Arms and Ammunition.
(v) Fire Fighting Orders.
(vi) Guards and Duties.
(vii) Telephone.
(viii) Postal.
(ix) Camp Routine.
(x) Messing Committee.
(xi) Menu.
(xii) Officers Mess.
(xiii) Ration Scale.
(xiv) Location of Water and Bathing Points.
(b) Training, Clothing and Equipment
(i) Training Programme.
(ii) Training Area.
(iii) Administrative Orders and Issue Time Table.
(c) Discipline
(i) Out of Bound Area.
(ii) Damage to Property.
(iii) Dress Code.
(d) Security
(i) Security of Personnel.
(ii) Security of Property.
(iii) Location of Fire Fighting Points.
59
(e) Medical
(i) Sick Parade Procedure.
(ii) MI Room Timings.
(iii) Protection Against Common Diseases.
(iv) Personal Hygiene.
(f) Recreation
(i) Information Room.
(ii) Canteen Opening Hours.
(iii) Cultural Activities.
(iv) Disposal Orders
5. Scale for The People To Be Employed
(a) Mess Servants. (To be paid from Messing Expenditure)
(i) Cook and water carriers etc should be employed with due economy.
The number of cooks, water carriers and servers is at a scale each of
one per 45 cadets.
(ii) The daily rates payable to them should be determined with due
regard to the rates prevailing in the area. The civil authorities should be
contacted for obtaining the requisite information. If the camps are held at
military stations, the rates should be obtained from the station authorities.
(b) Payments to barbers, Washermen and Sweepers. (To be paid from
Incidental expenditure)
(i) The daily rates payable to them should be determined with due
regard to the rates prevailing in the area. Civil authorities should be
contacted for obtaining the requisite information. If camps are held at
military stations, the local rates should be obtained from the station
authorities. The number of such personnel should be based on the
following scales:-
(aa) Washerman - One for 75 cadets.
(ab) Barbers - One for 100 boy cadets.
(ac) Sweepers - One for 50 cadets.
60
6. Proposed Scale of Rations for ATC / CATC:
SCALE OF RATIONS
S NO
ITEM
A/U
SCALE PER CDT PER DAY
1
RICE
GRAMS
450
2
ATTA
GRAMS
140
3
DAL
GRAMS
113.5
4
GROUND NUT
GRAMS
71
5
SUGAR
GRAMS
85
6
TEA/COFFEE
GRAMS
9
7
MILK FRESH
ML
225
8
MILK FOR VEG
ML
200
9
SALT
GRAMS
10
10
MEAT/CHICKEN FRESH
GRAMS
113.5
11
VEG FRESH
GRAMS
198
12
EGG
NOS
1
13
POTATOES
GRAMS
113
14
SWEET LIME / ORANGE
NOS
2
15
FRUIT
NOS
2
16
ONION
GRAMS
57
17
BASIN
GRAMS
28
18
SOOJI
GRAMS
28
19
MASALA POWDER
GRAMS
AS REQUIRED
20
CONDIMENTS
GRAMS
AS REQUIRED
21
KHAS KHAS
GRAMS
450 FOR COOK HOUSE
22
LASSEN
GRAMS
95 FOR COOK HOUSE
23
ADRAK
GRAMS
136
24
TAMARIND
GRAMS
900
25
PAPAD
NOS
2
26
COCONUT
NOS
4 FOR COOK HOUSE
27
LIME FRESH
NOS
AS REQUIRED
28
KISHMISH/KAJU/BADAM
GRAMS
AS REQUIRED
29
BISCUITS (SWEET/SALT)
GRAMS
57
30
FIRE WOOD
GRAMS
900
31
GAS
GRAMS
90
Note: The above scale is a guidance only, subject to the conditions that
the total expenditure does not exceed the authorized limit of Rs 95/- per
cdt.
61
SUGGESTED LAYOUT OF ATC/CATC IN TENTS
Note:
1. Suitable modification to the layout can be done depending on the area/site
available.
2. In case of a school/college building suitable accn/classrooms can be earmarked
for boys/girls.
VEH
PARK
Dinning Hall
Boys
Ck H
BCBC
CAMP
OFFICE
BC
F
BC
F
MI
Room
T T T T
T T T T
BOYS LIVING AREA
OFFICERS
MESS
LANO LANO
ANO
ANO
PIPI
T T T T
T T T T
GIRLS LIVING AREA
TRG / FALLIN AREA
Dinning Hall
Girls
ENTRY& EXIT
QTR
GD
62
SUGGESTED BLOCK SYLLABUS : ATC/CATC
1. JW
Subject
Periods
Lesson Code
Drill
08
FD 7 (3) , FD 8 (3), FD 9 (2)
WT
05
WT 8 (5)
H & H
05
H 4,5,6
Adventure
04
ADV 3
Obstacle Trg / Games
08
OT 1 (2)
SA
05
SA 6,7,10,11
Armed Forces
05
AF 4,5,6,7
Map Reading
09
MR 6,7,8
FC&BC
09
FC 2- 8
Mil History
04
MH 2,3
Communication
03
C 3
Total
55
2. SW
Subject
Periods
Lesson Code
Drill
08
AD 1 (1), AD 2,3,4 (1), AD 6 (2), AD 7 (2),
CD 2 (1), CD 3 (1)
WT
10
WT 9 (6)
H & H
04
H 2, 4
Adventure
06
ADV 2, 4
Obstacle Trg / Games
08
OT 1
Armed Forces
04
AF 4,5,6
Map Reading
09
MR 8-10
FC&BC
09
FC 7,8,9,11
Mil History
04
MH 3,4
Communication
02
C 2
Infantry Weapons
09
INF 1,2,4,5
Total
73
Notes
1. Separate Block Syllabus and Trg Pgme will be made for following categories :-
(a) Gen SD/SW & JD /JW.
(b) RDC and TSC.
2. Separate squad posts for JD/JW & SD/SW. There should not be any clubbing.
3. Detail separate instructors for each category.
4. Avoid any ‗time pass‘ activity.
5. There should be scope to add more periods as repeats.
63
APPENDICES
64
65
ppx A (Refer page
6 para19)
(a) Regular Army Personnel - Part ‗A‘.
Designation
Rank
Companies
Remarks
2 Coy
Bn
3 Coy
Bn
4 Coy
Bn
5 Coy
Bn
6 Coy
Bn
7 Coy
Bn
OFFICERS
Officer
Commanding
Col
01
01
01
01
01
01
From Regular
Army or Lady
Offr employed on
whole time.
Adm Offr
Capt /
Lt
-
-
01
01
01
01
Lady Offr
employed on
whole-time. If
the OC is a Lady
Offr, the ADm
Offr may be
either a male or a
female Offr
Total Offrs
01
01
02
02
02
02
JCOs
Instructor
Sub
Maj
-
-
-
-
-
01
1 Per Coy
Sub
01
02
03
03
04
04
Nb
Sub
01
01
01
02
02
02
Total JCOs
02
03
04
05
06
07
NCOs
Instructor
CHM
/ Hav
04
06
08
10
12
14
2 per Coy. 01
from AMC
(Nursing) and the
other OWL / Sig
Storehand
Nk
01
01
01
01
01
01
Total NCOs
05
07
09
11
13
15
Note : - If in a town only one Coy strength is raised, if will be attached to the local/
nearest boys Unit NCC for local adm, supervision and trg. The scale of PI Staff will be
a 1 JCO (Sub / Nb Sub) and 2 NCOs per Coy.
(b) National Cadet Corps Personnel - Part ‗B‘.
Designation
Rank
Companies
Remarks
2
Coy
Bn
3
Coy
Bn
4
Coy
Bn
5
Coy
Bn
6
Coy
Bn
7
Coy
Bn
NCC Offrs
Bn 2IC
Maj
-
-
01
01
01
01
Coy Comdr
Maj / Capt
/ Lt
02*
03*
04
05
06
07
*Senior most
Lady Offr will
be Bn 2IC
Total NCC Offr
02
03
05
06
07
08
66
Cadets
Asstt Adjut /
QM
CSUO (b)
01
01
01
01
01
01
(b) for Bn HQ
Asstt Coy
CSUO (c)
02
03
04
05
06
07
Pl Comdr
CUO
06
09
12
15
18
21
RSM
CWO (b)
01
01
01
01
01
01
RQMS
CWO (b)
-
-
-
01
01
01
CSM
CWO (c)
02
03
04
05
06
07
CQMS
CWO (c)
02
03
04
05
06
07
Provost Sgt
C Sgt (b)
-
-
-
01
01
01
Water &
Sanitary
Duty Sgt
C Sgt
-
-
-
-
01
01
Pl 2 IC
C Set
06
09
12
15
18
21
C Cpl (b)
-
-
-
01
01
02
C Cpl
02
08
04
05
06
07
C Cpl
18
27
36
45
54
63
C L/Cpl
36
54
72
90
108
126
Cadets
244
366
488
610
732
854
Total Cadets
320
480
640
800
960
1120
(c) Instructional Staff (Inf) - Part ‗A.
No of Junior Army Troops Grouped
under a Senior Division Unit
No of Instructors to be provided
JCO
Hav
1 to 5 Troops
-
01
6 to 10 Troops
-
02
11 to 15 Troops
01
02
16 to 24 Troops
01
03
67
(d) Civilian Staff (Preferably Ex-Servicemen) - Part ‗C‘.
Designation
Companies
Remarks
2 Coy
Bn
3
Coy
Bn
4
Coy
Bn
5
Coy
Bn
6
Coy
Bn
7 Coy
Bn
Head Clk
01*
01*
01*
01*
01*
01*
*Provided the
total No of Clks
sanctioned for
the Unit for SD,
JD Exceeds 6
Asstt / UDC
(Accts)
01
01
01
01
01
01
Upper
Division Clks
(UDCs)
01
01
01
02
02
03
Lower
Division Clks
(LDCs)
01
01
02
02
03
03
Peon
01
01
01
01
01
01
Driver
03
03
03
03
03
03
Lascar /
Storeman
02
02
02
02
02
02
@Addl from 1-
3 OD Tps
Sweeper
01*
01*
01
01
01
01
*Part-time
Chowkidars
01@
01@
01@
02@
02@
02@
@Provided the
Stores are not
under police
guard
Total Civ
Staff
10
10
13
15
17
18
National Cadet Corps (Junior Division Army Wing Junior Army Troops
NCC
(e) National Cadet Personnel - Part ‗B‘.
Designation
Rank
No of Posts in
Remarks
TP
HQ
3 Secs
each
Total
Part Time NCC Offrs (JD)
Trg Offr
Chief / First / Second
/ Third Offr
01
-
01
Cadets
Adjut
CSM
01
-
01
QM
Sgt
01
-
01
Tp Sgt
Sgt
01
-
01
Sec Comdr
Cpl
-
01
03
Sec 2IC
L/Cpl
-
01
03
68
Provost
L / Cpl
02
-
02
Troop
Runner
Cadet
02
-
02
Cadet
-
29
87
Total Cadets
07
31
100
(f) Civil Staff (Preferably Ex-Servicemen) - Part ‗C‘.
No of Junior Army Troops
Grouped under a Senior Division
Unit
No of Civilian posts
Remarks
UDC
LDC
1 to 10 Troops
-
01
11 to 20 Troops
01
01
Every addl 10 Tps or less
-
01
Addl LDC
69
FORMS & FORMATS
70
ANO PERSONALITY CARD
1. Rank, Name & NCC No. :
2. Name of Unit & Institution :
3. Date of Commission :
4. Date of Birth :
5. Date of promotion to present rank :
6. Qualification :
7. Number of years of Service in :
Present institution
8. Strength as assessed by the Commanding Officer:
(a) Cooperative
(b) Take action immediate on points passed
(c) Willingly takes additional responsibility
9. Details of NCC Camps attended in the last three years:-
(a)
(b)
(c)
10. Honours& Awards, if any :
11. Outstanding achievement, if any :
12. Remarks :
Date : (Signature of Commanding Officer)
71
ANO IDENTITY CARD APPLICATION
APPLICATION AND RECORD CARD
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
Rank _______________Name ______________________Personal
No.______________________
(a) Name in full :__________________________________
(In Block Capital)
(b) Permanent address in India :__________________________________
(c) Place and Date of Birth :__________________________________
(d) Date of Commission :__________________________________
(e) Unit :__________________________________
(f) Name of the Institution :__________________________________
LEFT THUMB IMPRESSION
Signature_____________________
Rank & Name (
)ANO
Date of issued of Identity Card
_______________________________
Height__________________________
Color of Eyes
_____________________
Visible Identification Mark
_______________________________
_______________________________
Signature, Rank and appointment of witness
________________________________
Dated :
Signature of issuing Authority_________________________
Dated :
72
DATA BASE-ANO
(a) Personal Number :
(b) Rank :
(c) Name :
(d) Date of Birth :
(e) Institution :
(f) Date of Commission/ :
Gazette notification
(g) Seniority for promotion :
(h) Promotion with authority :
(i) Date Lt/2ndOffr :
(ii) Date Capt/1stOffr :
(iii) Date Maj/Chief Offr :
(j) Refresher-cum-promotion Course qualified .
(i) Part-I :
(ii) Part-II :
(iii) Part-III :
(k) Commission of Service granted.
(i) From :
(ii) To :
(iii) Authority :
(l) Supernumerary period
(i) From :
(ii) To :
(iii) Authority :
(m) Rule/Order. :
(n) Date of TOS & Authority :
(o) Remarks :
UNIT : ___________________________________________________
73
GRANT OF COMMISSION TO THOSE WHO ARE NOT HOLDING CERTIFICATE
(POTENTIAL OFFICER)
1. Name of the Officer Candidate :
2. Name of the Institution & NCC Bn :
3. Date of selection Board and the letter :
No. under which he was selected
4. Description/type of certificate :
5. Date of which he assumed NCC duties :
Against vacancy
6. Date from which he is recommended :
7. Date of Birth :
Certified that the above information is correct in all respects
Station :
Dated :
RECOMMENDATION OF COMMANDING OFFICER FOR GRANT OF COMMISSION
IN R/O SH.
_________________________OF ___________________________INSTITUTION
RECOMMENDED/NOT RECOMMENDED
Station :
Dated :
_____________________________________________________________________
_
RECOMMENDATION OF THE GROUP COMMANDERFOR, NCC GROUP HQ,
XXXXXX CANTT GRANT OF COMMISSION
IN R/O SH. _______________________OF ___________________ INSTITUTION
RECOMMENDED/NOT RECOMMENDED
Station :
Dated :
74
CARETAKER APPOINTMENT PERFORMA
Name of Unit : _____________________________
S.No.
Name of
Candidate
Name of
Institution
Date of
ANO
vacancy
Lying
vacant
Reason
for
Vacancy
lying
Vacant
Appt
First yr
With
Auth
From :
To :
Extension
For 2nd
yr
From
To
Remarks
RECOMMENDED/NOT RECOMMENDED
Date :
It is certified that:-
(a) Name of above care Taker has been sponsored for the appointment of ANO or
being sponsored by the institution.
(b) In case the vacancy of ANO does not filled within a period 2 years the
Coy/Troop may please be placed under suspended animation.
Date_____
RECOMMENDED/NOT RECOMMENDED
Station : XxxxxxCantt.
Dated :
GpCdr
75
EXTENSION OF CARETAKER APPOINTMENT (Second Year)
1. Name of Candidate :
2. School/College & NCC Coy/Troop No. :
3. NCC Unit :
4. Qualification:
(a) General :
(b) NCC :
5. Date of Birth :
6. Date from which the Coy/Pl/Tp is without :
NCC Officer
7. Reasons of vacancy in Coy/Pl/Troop :
8. Period for which the teacher has been :
Appointed as Caretaker
9. Period for which the extension as :
Caretaker Sought
10.Reason for seeking above extension :
11. Whether the teacher is earmarked for :
Pre-Commission training
Signature of the
Candidate
Station :
Dated :
RECOMMENDATION OF THE HEAD OF INSTITUTION
RECOMMENDATION OF THE COMMANDING OFFICER
RECOMMENDATION OF THE GROUP COMMANDER
RECOMMENDATION OF THE ADG
76
NOMINATION FORM
FOR MEMBERSHIP OF THE NCC CADETS WELFARE SOCIETY
(TO BE RETAINED AT NCC GROUP HQ)
SECTION I
1. I, Cadet (Name in block letter)
________________________________________ son/daughter of Shri (Name in block
letters) __________________________________ a student of class _______of
(Name of College/School) ______________________________ on my enrolment with
the NCC on (Date) ______________ with (Name of the Unit)
________________________ apply for membership of the NCC Cadets Welfare
Society and hereby subscribe a sum of Rs.10/-(Rupees ten only) towards its
membership fee .
2. My Father/Mother/Guardian‘s occupation is _________________ and the
annual income of my family from all sources is Rs._____________________ per
annum.
3. I understand that I shall be entitled to financial relief as determined by the
Governing Body/Managing Committee of the above Society in the event of partial or
permanent disablement sustained by me while participating in an organised NCC
activity. I hereby accept that the decision of the Governing Body/Managing Committee
with regard to the quantum of relief to be paid to me in the event of my
partial/permanent disablement will be final and binding on me.
4. I hereby nominate the following person/persons who will receive financial
assistance as per the share indicated and as determined by the Governing
Body/Managing Committee of the above Society, which will be final and binding on the
following person(s) in the event of my death while participating in an organised NCC
activity :-
Sr.
No
Name of
Nominee/nominees
(in block letters)
Age
Relationship
with the
cadet
Permanent
address of
the
nominee
Percentage
financial
assistance
payable
(a)
(b)
(c)
(To be filled by the Cadet in own hand writing)
5. My membership in the Welfare Society and this Nomination Form will be valid
only ill such time I remain a cadet in the Division or Wing of the NCC to which I have
been enrolled.
Place :
Date : (Full Signature of the Cadet)
77
SECTION II
Place :
Signature of ANO/Head of Institution
Date :
SECTION III
I am willing to allow my son/daughter/ward name
_____________________________ to become a member of the NCC Cadets Welfare
Society under the terms & conditions and rules in force of the Society .I also approve of
the nomination made in Section 1 (4).
Date :
Place : (Full signature of the father/ mother/guardian)
(With complete address)
Witness Witness
1. _______________________________ 2._____________________________
(Signature) (Signature)
________________________________
___________________________________
Full name and address or Office Full name and address or Office
seal of the Witness seal of the Witness
Note :- The Witnesses should be either gazetted Officer ,head of
Institution/ANO/ Sarpanch/Village Head .
78
SECTION IV
Received a sum of Rs.10/-(Rupees ten only) as one time subscription and
enrolled as a member of the NCC Cadets Welfare Society during the Cadetship in the
Junior/Senior Division/Wing .
Place :
Date : (Signature of the CO Unit with office seal)
SECTION V
(To be filled in by the NCC unit)
Date of dispatch of the Nomination Form to Group HQ
__________________________
79
AWARD OF SCHOLARSHIP FROM NCC CADETS WELFARE SOCIETY
APPLICATION FORM
PART- 1
1. Name in full :
2. (a) Exact date of birth :
(b) Place, Distt and State of birth :
3. Particulars of father :
(Guardian if father is not alive)
(a) Name in full :
(b) Home Address :
(c) Profession, stating designation :
(if any) and address
4. Whether father/guardian is a :
citizen of India
5. Whether belongs to Scheduled Caste/ :
Scheduled Tribes/OBC(Attach Cert
In the format at Annexure-4)
6. Total annual income of both parents :
(Income certificate in the forma
at Annexure-5 to be attached)
7. Particulars of School/College/ :
Institution last attended
(a) Name of institution :
(b) Date of entry :
(c) Date of leaving :
(d) last Examination passed :
With the name of Board/Universit
(e) Roll No. total marks, marks :
obtained, class/division and percentage
of marks in the aggregate
Passport Size
Photographs in
NCC Uniforms
(To be attested
by ANO)
80
Appx ‗P‘ (Contd)
8. Details of any other scholarship :
Being received with amount and
Date of receipt
9. Particulars of NCC Cadet ship : -
(a) Enrolment No :
(b) Rank/Div /wing :
(c) Name of the NCC unit :
(d) Name of Institution :
(e) Period of cadet ship :
(i) In Junior Div/Wing :
(ii) In senior Div/Wing :
(f) Date of joining the NCC :
(g) Date of Leaving the NCC :
10. Details of NCC Camps/course attached :
11. Did you received are scholarship from
NCC in the past if so, give details :
12. Certified that the statement made by me in this form is correct .
List of Documents enclosed alongwith the Application Form
(Place strike out the which is not applicable)
(a) A certified true copy of Marks Sheet for the qualifying examination.
(b) Attested copies of NCC Certificate, if any.
(c) Certificate from the Associate NCC Officer regarding studentship in
recent class and continuance in NCC.
(d) Income declaration.
(e) Attested photocopy of the scheduled Cast/Scheduled Tribe/OBC
certificate issued by the State Govt. authority.
(Signature of the applicant)
Date :
Station:
81
Appx ‗P‘ (Contd)
PART-II (Separate Sheet to be used)
(To be signed by the Associate NCC Officer)
1. It is certified that the particulars furnished by Cadet ……………………………..
have been verified and found correct.
2. It is certified that the applicant has undergone training in NCC for 2 years and
details of year wise training attendance are as under:-
Academic Year Total Training Period Periods Attended Percentage of Attendance
Station : (Signature of Associate NCC Officer)
Date :
PART III
(To be completed by the OC Unit)
1. The particulars of Cadet …………………………… regarding NCC activities
listed in Part I and II have been verified and found correct .
2. Attested photocopies of cadets Enrolment and Nomination Forms are enclosed.
(Signature of O.C Unit Seal)
Station :
Date :
PART-IV (Separate sheet to be used)
(Recommendations of the NCC Group Commander)
1. It is certified that cadet ………………………. has duly contributed membership
fee of cadets Welfare Society which was remitted to the Society on ……………………
(Signature of the NCC Group
Commander )
Station :
Date :
82
Appx ‗P‘ (Contd)
PART V
(Recommendations of the DDG)
1. The conditions laid down for award of scholarship have been fulfilled and grant
of scholarship to cadet ………………………………. is recommended.
(Signature of the Deputy DG NCC)
Date :
Note:
(i) Incomplete applications not to be forwarded to the society.
(ii) Only one copy of each document is required.
Annexure 3
CERTIFICATE
(To be signed by the ANO of the School/College presently being attended by the
applicant)
1. Shri …………………………….. D/O ………………………………. Is a bonafide
student of class …………………………… of this School/College since
……………………
2. The School/College provide NCC coverage and the above named student is a
cadet of the NCC in this institution since.…………………………. .
3. He/She maintains exemplary discipline.
4. A photocopy of enrolment form is enclosed.
(ANO of the Institution with seal
Date : Indicating the name of
School/College)
83
Annexure 4
SC/ST/OBC Certificate
1. This is to certify that Shri/Kumari …………………………. Son/daughter of
…………
of village/town ……………………………. In District/Division ………………………….
of the state/Union Territory ……………………… belongs to the Caste/Tribe/OBC which
is recognized as a Scheduled Cast/Scheduled Tribe/Other Backward Class under the
Constitution .
2. Shri/Kumari ………………………….. and/or/his/her family ordinarily reside(s) in
village/town of ………………………………… District/Division of the State/Union
Territory of …………………….
Station :
……………………………………..
(Signature)
Dated :
Designation
(with Seal of Office)
Note:-
1. The term ―Ordinarily resides‖ used here will have the meaning as in
section 20 of the Representation of the Peoples Act 1950 .
2. The certificate will be signed by any of the following officials : -
(a) District Magistrate/Additional District Magistrate/Collector/Deputy
Commissioner/Additional Deputy Commissioner/Deputy Collector/1
st
Class Stipendiary Magistrate/City Magistrate/Sub Divisional
Magistrate/Taluka Magistrate/Executive Magistrate/Extra Assistant
Commissioner.
(b) Chief Presidency Magistrate/Additional Chief Presidency Magistrate/
Presidency Magistrate.
(c) Revenue Officer not below the rank of Tehsildar.
(d) Sub-Divisional Officer of the area where the candidate and/or his
family normally reside.
(e) Administrator / Secretary to Administrator / Development Officer
(Lakshadweep Islands).
84
Annexure 5
INCOME DECLARATION
Declaration of income of Parent/Guardian as on 31
st
March of the Year for
consideration of grant of scholarship .
I, Shri/Smt………………………………. Son/daughter of
………………………………. at Present residing at ……………………………..
declare/say as follows :
1. That my son/daughter/dependant Shri/Kumari ………………………………. is
studying…………………………………………………………… (here give the name of
Institute ) .
2. That my annual income in the preceding year ending the 31
st
March 200 was
Rs. as per details furnished in the Scheduled here under written. I also declare that
particulars of property held by me are as shown in the Schedule and that I have
correctly indicated the amount on various counts.
SCHEDULE
I. Extent of land held and Income per annum.
II. Property held and income per annum (Houses, shop, buildings, house sites etc .)
III. Annual Income from shops.
IV. Salaries drawn by father and mother per annum (Other benefits like house rent
allowance, free house and perquisites).
V. Other sources of income.
VI. Annual income of the applicant from any source.
(Signature of Parent/Guardian
of the applicant)
Date :
85
Appendix Q
(Ref Para 3 of chapter 28)
AWARD OF SCHOLARSHIP: SAHARA GROUP OF COMPANIES
APPLICATION FORM
PART I
1. Name in full :
2. (a) Exact date of Birth
(b) Place, Distt and state of birth :
3. Particulars of father :
(Guardian if father is not alive)
(a) Name in full :
(b) Home address :
(c) Profession, stating designation :
(if any) and address
4. Whether father/guardian is a :
Citizen of India.
5. Whether belongs to scheduled :
Cast/Scheduled Tribes/OBC(Attach)
Certificate in the format)
6. Total annual income of both parents :
(income certificate to be attached).
7. Particulars of School/College/ :
Institution last attend
(a) Name of Institution :
(b) Date of entry :
(c) Date of leaving :
(d) Last Examination passed :
With the name of Board/University
(e) Roll No, total marks, marks, obtained :
Class/division and percentage of marks
In the aggregate .
Passport Size
Photographs in
NCC Uniforms
(To be attested
by ANO)
86
8. Particulars of NCC scholarship being :
Received with amount and date of receipt
9. Particulars of NCC Cadet ship :-
(a) Enrolment No.
(b) Rank/Div wing
(c) Name of the institution
(d) Name of the NCC unit
(e) Period of cadetship :
(i) In Junior Div/Wing
(ii) In Senior/Div Wing
(f) Date of joining the NCC
(g) Date of leaving the NCC
10 Details of NCC Camps/courses attended
11 Did you receive any scholarship from
NCC in the past, if so, give details .
12 Certified that the statement made by me
In this form is correct .
List of Documents enclosed along-with the Application Form
(Please strake out that which is not applicable)
(a) A certified true copy of Marks Sheet for the qualifying examination.
(b) Attested copies of NCC Certificates, if any.
(c) Certificate from the Associate NCC Officer regarding studentship in
recent
Class and continuance in NCC.
(d) Income Declaration .
(e) Attested photocopy of the Scheduled cast/Scheduled Tribes/OBC
certificate
Issued by the State Govt. authority.
Date : (Signature of the applicant)
Station :
87
PART II
(Separate Sheet to be used)
(To be signed by the Associate NCC Officer)
1. It is certified that the particulars furnished by cadet ___________________have
been verified and found correct.
2. It is certified that the applicant has undergone training in NCC for 1/2 years and
details of year wise training attendance are as under:
Academic Year Total Training Period Periods attended Percentage of attendance
Station : (Signature of Associate NCC Officer)
Date :
PART III
(Recommendations of head of the Institute)
Place : (Signatures of Head of the Institute)
Date :
PART IV
(To be completed by the OC Unit )
1. The particulars of Cadet __________________________________regarding
NCC Activities listed in part-I and II have been verified and found correct .
2. Attested photocopies of cadet‘s enrolment and Nomination Forms are enclosed
.
Station : (Signature of OC Unit with seal)
Date :
88
PART V
(Separate Sheet to be used)
(Recommendation of the NCC Group Commander)
1. It is certified that cadet ____________________________________ has duly
contributed membership fee of Cadets Welfare Society which was remitted to the
Society________________________________________________ .
Station : (Signature of NCC Group Commander)
Date :
PART VI
(Recommendations of the DDG)
1. The conditions laid down for award of scholarship have been fulfilled and grant
of scholarship to cadet _______________________________________ is
recommended.
Station : (Signature of the Deputy DG NCC)
Date :
Note :-
(a) Incomplete applications not to be forwarded to the Society.
(b) Only one copy of each document is required.
89
CERTIFICATE
(To be signed by the ANO of the School/College presently being attended by the
applicant)
1. Shri
…………………………………………………………………………………………
D/O ………………………………………………………………… is a bonafide student of
class ………………………………… of this School/College since…………………….
2. The School/College provides NCC coverage and the above named student is
cadet of the NCC in this Institution since…………………...
3. He/ She maintain exemplary discipline.
3. A photo copy of Enrolment Form is enclosed.
Date : (ANO of the institution with seal
Indicating the name of
School/College)
90
Appendix C
SC/ST/OBC CERTIFICATE
1. This is to certify that Shri/ Kumari……………………………………………. .
Son/Daughter of …………………………………… of village/Town
………………………… In District/Division ……………………………………….. of the
State/Union Territory…………. ……….. belongs to the Cast/Tribe/OBC which is
recognized as a Scheduled cast/Scheduled Tribe/Other Backward Class under the
Constitution .
2. Shri/Kumari …………………………………………. And /or his /her family
ordinarily reside(s) in village/Town of ……………………………………. District/Division
of the State/Union Territory of ………………………………………………..
Place : Signature
Designation
Date : (with seal of Office)
Note :-
1. The term ordinarily resides used here will have the meaning as in section 20 of
the Representation of the peoples Act 1950.
2. The certificate will be signed by any of the following officials :-
(a) District Magistrate/Additional District Magistrate/Collector /Deputy
Commissioner/Additional Deputy Commissioner/Deputy Collector/1
st
Class
Stipendiary Magistrate/City Magistrate/Sub Divisional Magistrate/Taluka
Magistrate/Executive Magistrate/Extra Assistant Commissioner .
(b) Chief Presidency Magistrate/Additional Chief Presidency
Magistrate/Presidency Magistrate.
(c) Revenue Officer not below the rank of Tehsildar .
(d) Sub-Divisional Officer of the area where the candidate and/ or his family
normally reside .
(e) Administrator/Secretary to Administrator/Development Officer
(Lakshadweep Islands)
91
INCOME DECLARATION
Declaration of income of Parent/Guardian as on 31
st
March of the Year for
consideration of grant of scholarship .
I, Shri/Smt………………………………. Son/daughter of ……………………………. at
present residing at …………………………….. declare/say as follows :
1. That my son/daughter/dependant Shri/Kumari ………………………………. is
studying……………………………………………………………
(here give the name of Institute ) .
2. That my annual income in the preceding year ending the 31
st
March 20__ was
Rs. _________________as per details furnished in the Scheduled here under written. I
also declare that particulars of property held by me are as shown in the Schedule and
that I have correctly indicated the amount on various counts.
SCHEDULE
I. Extent of land held and Income per annum.
II. Property held and income per annum (Houses, shop, buildings, house sites etc .)
III. Annual Income from shops.
IV. Salaries drawn by father and mother per annum (Other benefits like house rent
allowance, free house and perquisites).
V. Other sources of income.
VI. Annual income of the applicant from any source.
(Signature of Parent/Guardian
of the applicant)
Date :
92
Conferring of Ranks to cadets - SW
Conferring of Ranks to cadets JW
Ser
No
DESIGN
ATION
Adjut
ant
QM
Provost
Tp
runn
er
Plt
Sgt
Plt
Cpl
Plt Tp
runne
r
Prov
ost
Sec
Co
mdr
Sec
2 IC
Sec
Provo
st
Cadets
Total
RANK
CSM
(TP
HQ)
Sgt
(Tp
HQ)
Lcpl
(TpHQ)
Cdt
Sgt
Cpl
Cdt
Lcpl
Plt
Cpl
Lcpl
Lcpl
INSTIT
UTION
1
ABC
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
6
6
6
68
100
2.
XYZ
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
37
50
Ser
No
DESIGNAT
ION
Asstt
Adjt/Q
M
Asstt Coy
Comdr
Pl Comdr
Provost
Sgt
Pl
2 IC
RANK
CSUO
(Bn)
CSUO
(coy)
CUO
Sgt
Cpl (coy)
Lcpl
Cdt
Total
INSTITUTI
ON
1.
PQR
1
1
3
3
3
18
131
160
93
ORGANISATION OF TROOP (100)
CSM 1, SGT 1, LCPL 2 Troop Runner - 2
PROVOST
SGT - 1 SGT - 1
CPL - 1 CPL - 1
TR - 1 TR - 1
L/cpl Provost - 1 L/cpl/Provost - 1
CPL - 1 CPL - 1 CPL - 1 CPL - 1 CPL - 1 CPL
- 1
Lcpl - 1 Lcpl - 1 Lcpl - 1 Lcpl - 1 Lcpl - 1 Lcpl
- 1
Lcpl - 1 Lcpl - 1 Lcpl - 1 Lcpl - 1 Lclp - 1 Lcpl
- 1
Provost Provost Provost Provost Provost
Provost
TP HQ
(100)
PLT 1
(50)
PLT-2
(50)
SEC 1 (17)
SEC 2
(17)
SEC 3 (16)
SEC 4
(17)
SEC 5
(17)
SEC 6
(16)
94
RANKS JW FOR A TROOP
TROOP (100) ½ TROOP (50)
CSM 1 SGT 1
SGT - 1 TP HQ CPL 1
PLT
L/cpl Provost 2 Troop Runner 1
Troop Runner 2 L/cpl Provost - 1
Sgt 2 Rank Holder - 32 CPL 3
CPL 2 PLT Lcpl 3
SEC
Troop Runner 2 Cadets - 68 Lcpl Provost 3
Lcpl Provost - 2
Total - 100
CPL 6 Rank Holder 13
Lcpl 6 SEC Cadets 37
Lcpl Provost - 6
68 Cadets
95
ORGANISATION OF COY
Pl Cmdr - CUO - 1 CSUO (For Bn HQ) - 1
C Sgt - 1 CSUO (For Coy HQ) - 1
C Cpl - 3 For Plt (53x3) - 158
C L/Cpl - 6 _________
Cadets - 53/53/52 160
CSUO (BN) 1
CSUO (COY) 1
CUO - 1 CUO - 1 CUO - 1
SGT 1 SGT - 1 SGT - 1
CPL 3 CPL - 3 CPL - 3
LCPL 6 LCPL - 6 LCPL - 6
CADETS 42 CADETS - 42 CADETS - 41
BN HQ
COY
PLT 3 (52)
PLT 2 (53)
PLT 1 (53)
96
REFRESHMENT BILL
From :
To :
Dear Sir,
Particular of the refreshment supplied to_____________________________________
for the month of __________________________
Ser
No
Date
Authorised
strength
No of
cadet
held
Duration
Items
supplied
No of
plates
Rate
per
plate
Total Amt
Total
(Rupees ________________________________________________________ only)
Received the sum of Rs _________ /- (Rupees __________________________ only)
from Commanding officer towards the refreshment supplied to NCC Cadets as above
during the month of _________________ .
Place :
Date : Signature of contractor with seal
1. Certified that the claim is duly checked and found correct.
2. Certified that the claim of the caterer is duly verified with the attendance register
of the groups/troops and found correct.
3. Certified that the amount claimed in this bill has not been claimed in any of the
previous bills.
4. The period of training is __________________________ .
Signature of refreshment committee:
1. _________________________ Signature of NCC Officer
2. _________________________
3. __________________________
Signature of Principal with seal
97
ACQUITTANCE ROLL FOR NCC WASHING ALLOWANCES
UNIT : __________________________________ COY T.P. __________________
FOR THE PERIOD FROM ______________ TO ______________
Ser
No
Personal
No
Rank
Name
No of
parades
held
No of
parades
attended
Percentage
of
attendance
Total
amount
Signature
of the
cadet
Signature of Coy Commander
98
SCHEDULE OF SOCIAL SERVICE ACTIVITIES
SN
O
ACTIVITY
JULY
AUGUST
SEPTE
MBER
OCT
OBE
R
NOVE
MBE
R
DECEMBE
R
1
Clean &
Green
2.
Tree
Plantation
3
Polio
Immunization
4
Visit To Old
Age /
Orphanage
5.
Adult
Education
6.
Adoption Of
Village
7.
Blood
Donation*
8.
AIDS
Awareness
Programme
Compulsory for all institution
9
Vigilance
Awareness
Week
Compulsory for all institution
**Only for SW . Schools have to do any three social activities apart from
awareness weeks . Colleges have to undertake any four Social activities apart
from awareness week.
99
ADMIT CARD NCC CERTIFICATE ‗C‘ EXAM
1. Unit : ----------------------
2. Year of Enrolment : ___________
(Attach extension paper, if applicable)
3. Regt Number : _______
4. Rank :
5. Name in English (capital letters) :
(as per high school certificate)
6. Date of Birth (day/month/year) :
7. Father‘s/ Mother‘s Name :
(as per high school certificate)
8. School/Colleges & class in which :
studying
9. Year of passing cert ‗B‘ (attach photocopy :
of cert ‗B‘)
10. Whether Fresh / Failure / Improvement of grading:
(If failure, details of previous ‗C‘ exams and if
improvement, attach previous ‗C‘ in original)
11. Attendance in parades 1
st
year 2
nd
Year Total
12. Details of camps attended (attach photocopy of camp cert)
No/Name of camp attended Date/ Month/ Year Location
(a)
(b)
(c)
Admit Card No:
Photos of cadets
in uniform
without
headgear, duly
attested by OC
100
13. Home address for postal dispatch of ‗C‘ Certificate:
Note:-
(a) Cadets must check particulars carefully and correction if any, be
brought to the notice of the OC Immediately.
(b) This card will be submitted along with nominal roll for approval of
Group HQ after the attestation of the photo by CO and signature of all
concerned.
(c) Cadets must be in possession of the card on the day of the exams
Signature of cadets Signature of ANO Signature of CO
( ) ( ) ( )
Name Name & Stamp Name & Stamp
Appd/Not Appd
(Signature OIC Exam Cell)
101
ADMIT CARD NCC CERTIFICATE ‗B‘ EXAM
1. Unit :
2. Year of Enrolment :
(Attach extension paper, if applicable)
3. Regt Number : _____
4. Rank :
5. Name in English (capital letters):
(as per high school certificate)
6. Date of Birth (day/month/year) :
7. Father‘s/ Mother‘s Name :
(as per high school certificate)
8. School/Colleges & class in which :
Studying.
9. Year of passing cert ‗B‘ (attach photocopy :
of cert ‗B‘)
10. Whether Fresh / Failure / Improvement of grading:
(If failure, details of previous ‗C‘ exams and if
improvement, attach previous ‗C‘ in original)
11. Attendance in parades 1
st
year 2
nd
Year Total
____
Admit Card No:
Photos of cadets
in uniform
without
headgear, duly
attested by OC
102
12. Details of camps attended (attach photocopy of camp cert)
No/Name of camp attendee Date/ Month/ Year Location
(a)
(b)
(c)
13. Home address for postal dispatch of ‗C‘ Certificate:
Note:-
(a) Cadets must check particulars carefully and correction if any, be
brought to the notice of the OC Immediately.
(b) This card will be submitted along with nominal roll for approval of
Group HQ after the attestation of the photo by CO and signature of all
concerned.
(c) Cadets must be in possession of the card on the day of the exams.
Signature of cadets Signature of ANO Signature of CO
( ) ( ) ( )
Name Name & Stamp Name & Stamp
Appd/Not Appd
(Signature OIC Exam Cell)
103
CAMP FORMS
INDEMNITY CERTIFICATE
In consideration of my being nominated at my request as a participants in
Camp/Course/Adventure activities (like Mountaineering, Rock Climbing, Trekking,
Hiking, Skiing, Cycling and expedition) and travelling. I undertake and agree that
neither I nor my executors or administrators will make any claim against the Govt of
India or against any Officer/JCO/OR/Civilian MT drivers or against any person in the
Service of Govt of India in respect of any loss or injury to the property or person
(including injury resulting in death) which I may suffer while or in consequence of my
participation and I understand that no compensation will be paid by the Govt of India,
any Officer/JCOs/NCOs/ORs) Armed Forces/Civilian MT Driver and any person in the
services of Government in India against them or any of them arising out or any act of
default on my party during or in connection or said training & Camp/Course/Adventure
training and journey by Road/Rail/River/and Flight.
The Government had agreed to bear the Stamp duty on this document.
……………………………
……………………………..
(COY/TROOP COMDR)
(Signature of the Applicant)
WITNESS-1
1.
Signature with date ………………
No and Rank
(In Block Capital letters)
Name…………………………………….
Name……………………………..
Address………………………………….
Address…………………………...
WITNESS-2
1.
Signature with date ………………
Signature of Parent/Guardian
With date ………………………
(In Block Capital letters)
(In Block Capital letters)
Name…………………………………….
Name……………………………..
Address………………………………….
Address…………………………...
COUNTERSIGNATURE
Commanding Officer
104
CERTIFICATE OF RISK & WILLINGNESS
This is to certify that I No ……………………………… Rank………..
Name…………………………………………………..of ………..…………………………
College/School………………………. Am volunteer for ………………………………… to
be held at ……………………………………………….. from ………….. to……….. at my
own risk which may result in loss, damage or injury to property or person (including
injury resulting in death) which I may suffer while or in consequence of such training
and will hold nobody responsible for the same.
……………………………….
……………………………….
………………………..
(Signature of Head Institution)
(Signature of Parent/Guardian)
(Signature of applicant)
Date…………………
Date…………………..
Date………………
Appendix C
MEDICAL FITNESS CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that I have today medically examined No ……………………
Rank…………….. Name (in block letters)………………………………………………… of
………………………………… College/School and Son/Daughter of
Shri……………………………….. of ……………………………………………………..
(Village/Town) District ……………………………. And I have found him/her physically
and mentally fit to undergo to the NCC Training Camp being held as ……………….
Place from ………………………… to …………………………………………… He has
been inoculated and vaccinated.
Place : Signature of Medical Officer
Name ………………………………….
Dated : (In Block Capital Letters)
Designation……………………..……..
Practitioner Licence No…….……....
105
DROWNING CERTIFICATE
I, No…………………. Rank ………….. Name …………………………….. Attending
name/type of camp…………………………………………………….. know that there it
deep water near the camp site and that area near the water is OUT OF BOUNDS if I
go there. I shall do so entirely at my own risk.
Blood Group : …………………………
Signature of the Cadet
Date :
Appendix ‗D‘
PARENTS CONSENT CERTIFICATE
It is certified that I have no objection and permit my Son/Daughter Regt No ………..
Rank……….. Name …………………………………………………………….………… Unit
…………………………………………………….…… to attend the N/GI (Girls) SW/JW to
be held at ………….. wef ………….. to …………….
Station :
……………………………………..
(Signature of Parent/Guardian)
Dated :
Name in Block Letters & Full
Address …………………………
……………………………………
TO BE ATTESTED BY PRINCIPAL
Station :
……………………………………..
(Signature of the Principal)
Dated :
Name in Block Letters with office
seal)
COUNTERSIGNATURE OF CO UNIT
Station :
Dated :
106
POLICE VERIFICATION
Certified that there is no adverse record held against No ……………………..
Rank……….. Name ……………………………………………………………….…………
D/O of Shri ……………………………………………………. Of …………………………..
Residential address …………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Station :
……………………………………..
(Signature of Thana Incharge
with seal)
Dated :
COUNTERSIGNATURE OF CO UNIT
Station :
Dated :
BONAFIDE STUDENT CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that No …………………….. Rank………………………….. Name
………………………………………D/O of Shri ………………………………. Resident of
………………………………………………………………………………….. is a
……………………………………………. Regular bonafide student of (Name of
School/College……………………………………………………………………………….
and he is studying in class ………………………………………………………………..
Place :
………………………
…………………………………
Date…………………
(Signature of ANO with
seal)
(Signature of Head of the
Institution with Office Stamp
COUNTERSIGNED
Station :
Dated :
107
NOMIAL ROLL OF CADETS APPEARING FOR CERTIFICATE ‗C‘ EXAMIANTION
UNIT: GP HQ: NCC GROUP HQ
DTE:
Ser
No
Regtl.No. &
Rank
Name of Cadet &
Name of her
father
Date of
Birth
Date of First
Enrollment
Date of
Discharge
from SW
where
applicable
No. of Periods
attended during
enrollment in SW
up to the time of
Examination
Particulars of
Certificate
alrdy passed
with dates&
Grade
No of
camps
attended
with dates
Remarks
I Yr
IIYr
1.
100%
100%
―B‖
Passed in 09
----------------------------------
(Signature of ANO)
108
SPECIMEN ―RD & TSC PROBABLES REGISTER‖
(RD/TSC) PROBABLES
SER
NO
REGT
NO
RANK
NAME
OF
CADET
YEAR OF
TRAINING
ADDRESS
TELEPHONE
NO
REMARKS
CLOTHINISSUE CARD INSTITUTION TRENGTH ENROLED
I Year_________ II Year_________ III Year _________
Ser No
Name OF The Cadet
Shirt PWPC Khaki (G)*
Trouser PWPC Khaki (G)* (Nos)
Salwar White Cotton * (Nos)
Kamiz White Cotton * (Nos)
Socks Nylon TP Black* (Prs)
Beret Dark Green* (Nos)
Shoes Leather Black Derby (Pr)
Shoes Canvas White (Pr)
Pom Pom Red/Hackles NCC
Colour (Nos)
Lanyard NCC Colour (Nos)
Arms Title/ Title Shoulders (Prs)
Badges Cap NCC (Nos)
Web Belt (Nos)
Signature of the Cadet
Signature of the ANO
(2 /
CDT)
(2 /
CDT)
(2 /
CDT)
(2 /
CDT)
(3&2 /
CDT)
(1/ Cdt)
(1/ Cdt)
(1/
Cdt)
(1/ Cdt)
As Per
auth
1 Pr
1/CDT
1/
Cdt
109
SIZE ROLL INSTITUTION
STRENGTH ENROLED I Year_________ II Year_______III Year ____________
SNO
Name OF The
Cadet
Shirt PWPC Khaki
(G)*
Trouser PWPC Khaki
(G)*
Salwar White Cotton
*
Kamiz White Cotton *
Beret Dark Green*
Shoes Leather Black
Derby
Shoes Canvas White
(2 /
CDT)
(2 /
CDT)
(2 /
CDT)
(2 /
CDT)
(1/ Cdt)
(1/
Cdt)
(1/
Cdt)
SPECIMEN OF VISITOR‘s BOOK
SER
NO
DATE
NAME OF
VISITOR
DESIGNATION
REMARKS
SIGNATURE
110
111
POLICY LETTERS
112
113
/COPY/
REGISTERED
Tele : 011-26195681 Directorate General NCC
West Block-IV, RK Puram,
New Delhi-110066
No. 0162/Del/NCC HQ/MS(D) 20 Sep 2000
NCC Directorate
List ‗A‘
POLICY ELIGIBILITY OF PTIs,PETS/DPEs SPORTS OFFICERS AND
DEMONSTRATORS FOR GRANT OF COMMISSION AS ASSOCIATE
NCC OFFICER IN MALE DIVISION OF NCC
1. Reference is invited to Rule-16(d) of NCC Rules 198, which stipulates one of the eligible
conditions, amongst others for grant of Commission as an ANO in Males Division of NCC.
2. The interpretation of the Rule-16(d) of NCC Rules 1948 as amended vide SRO 14 dated
24 Jan 1996 (Copy enclosed) was the subject matter of a Court Case filed in the Allahabad
High Court. In its judgement dated 30 Aug 2000 the Hon‘ble High Court has held that after
the issue of amendments to the said rule, the Note under Rule 16(d) stating that the term
―Teaching Staff‖ does not include PTIs, PETs, DPEs, Sports Officers and Demonstrator
employed n the educational institutions is not applicable now. As such PTIs, PETs, DPEs,
Sports Officers and Demonstrator now onwards will be eligible for appointment as ANO,
provided they are members of the teaching staff as per the orders of the concerned State
Govt.
3. In view of the above, all NCC Directorates are requested to obtain a clarification in this
regard from all the concerned State Govts that these categories are considered as a
member of the teaching staff or not. A consolidated list may please be sent to this Dte
General also for our reference please.
4. Since this clarification is being issued in pursuance of the orders of the Hon‘ble High
Court in respect of NCC Rules 1948 only, there will not be any similar change in the NCC
Rules (GD) 1949. The subject matter is under consideration at this Dte General and orders
will be issued in this regard, as and when a decision is taken.
5. Whenever a PTI/PET/DPE/Sports Officers or Demonstrator is selected for grant of
Commission as an ANO in the male Division by the Board of Officers, a certificate to the
effect that the selected category of personnel is considered to be a members of the
Teaching Staff by the concerned Principal of College/School must be attached alongwith
the proceedings of the Selection Board sent for approval of this Directorate General.
6. Please acknowledge receipt.
Sd/-xx xx xx
(PK Jolly)
Lt Col
DD MS (D)
For DDG (MS)
114
/COPY/
REGISTERED
Tele : 011-26195681 Government of India
Ministry of Defence
NCC HQ
West Block-IV
RK Puram,
New Delhi-110066
No. 0162/Policy/NCC HQ/MS(D) 08 Jun 2005
List ‗A‘ & ‗B‘
APPOINTMENT OF LADY ANOs IN SD/JD BOYS BN IN MIXED UNIT CONCEPT
1. Please refer to point XXI of DDsG Conference Mar 05 forwarded vided this HQ letter No.
15102/I/NCC HQ/Coord dated 10 Mar 05.
2. Lady ANOs can be appointed in boys Bn/Mixed Bn in case a suitable male ANO is not
available in the school/college. The Lady ANO will be governed by NCC Act and Rules
(Girls Division) 1949.
3. UP & UA Dte Only. Please treat this HQ letter No. 5722/NCC HQ/MS(D) dated 25 Apr
05 as cancelled.
Sd/-xx xx xx
(R Akhoury)
Lt Col
AD MS (D)
For DDG MS
Copy to :-
OTS, Kamptee
-For information please.
WOTS, Gwalior
115
/COPY/
REGISTERED
Tele : 011-26195681 Government of India
Ministry of Defence
NCC HQ
West Block-IV
RK Puram,
New Delhi-110066
No. 0632/Policy/NCC HQ/MS (D) 21 Oct 10
List ‗A‘ & ‗B‘
POLICY: SELECTION AND APPOINTMENT OF
ASSOCIATE NCC OFFICERS
1. Reference this HQ Policy letter No 0162/Selection/Policy/DGNCC/MS(D) dated 26 May
2003.
2. It is further clarified that Principal/Headmaster of any institution can also be appointed or
continue as ANO if he/she is certified as a member of teaching staff by concerned Staff
Govt, Education Department. In this connection, a certificate of the fact that the individual is
a member of teaching staff duly certified by State Govt, Education Department must be
attached alongwith Selection Board Proceedings in future.
3. For information & compliance please.
Sd/-xx xx xx
(Anoop Mahajan)
Lt Col
ADMS (D)
For DDGMS
116
/COPY/
REGISTERED
Tele : 011-26195681 Ministry of Defence
Directorate General NCC
West Block-IV,RK Puram,
New Delhi-66
No. 0162/Policy/NCC HQ/MS(D) 15 May 13
List ‗A‘ & ‗B‘
RELAXATION IN THE AGE OF RETIREMENT OF ASSOCIATE NCC OFFICER UNDER
NCC ACT & RULES, 1948 AND NCC (GD) RULES, 1949
1. Under the powers vested with the Min of Def, Govt of India under Para 13 of NCC Act
1948 and delegated to the DGNCC in pursuance of Rule 44 of the NCC Act & Rules, 1948
vide Govt of India, Min of Defence letter No 0162/53/NCC/1754/B/D (IS&MED) dated 09
Apr 1953 and Para 13 of NCC (GD) Rules, 1949 and delegated to the DGNCC in
pursuance of Rule 40 of the NCC (GD) Rules, 1949 vide Govt of India, Ministry of Defence
letter No 0385/53/NCC/3612/B/D/(IS&MED) dated Aug 1953 as amended from time to time,
sanction of the Director General NCC is hereby accorded to relax the age limit laid down
under NCC Act & Rules, 1948 & NCC (GD) Rule 1948 in the National Cadet Corps.
2. Enrolment & Retirement Age Limit under NCC Act & Rules 1948.
(a) Rule 16 (b). No Change in existing maximum enrolment age limit i.e. 42
years extendable upto 45 years.
(b) Rule 22. Existing age limit for discharge from service be increased from
55 years to 56 years. Subsequent Extension of two years in one stretch,
maximum upto 60 years.
3. Enrolment & Retirement Age Limit under NCC (GD) Rules 1949.
(a) Rule 13 (c). No change in existing maximum enrolment age limit ie 42
years extendable upto 45 years.
(b) Rule 19. Existing age limit for discharge from service be increased from 55
years to 56 years. Subsequent Extension of two years in one stretch, maximum
upto 60 years.
4. The extension of service beyond 56 years of age will be granted subject to the
condition that ANO is medically fit and meets the required QRs as laid down vide this HQ
Policy letter No 0162/Policy/NCC HQ/MS(D) dated 18 July 1994 (Copy attached) & also it
is felt necessary or expedient to do so. It will be solely at the discretion of DG NCC HQ to
grant extension of two years at any one time.
117
5. Methodology for extension from 57-60 years. Following method will be
followed :-
(a) BOO at state level for extension from 57 to 58 years. To be approved by
ADG(B) after scrutiny by MS Dte, HQ DGNCC.
(b) BOO at DGHQNCC for 60 years to be approved by DGNCC.
(c) QR for extension from 58 to 60 years will also be the same as laid down
vide this Dte General letter No 0162/Policy/NCC HQ/MS(D) dt 18 July 1994.
(d) The recommendation of the Dte should reach this HQ before expiry of
previous sanction/extension.
6. The above relaxation has been necessitated to enable organization utilize the
services of the ANOs for a longer period and also aimed at reducing the existing acute
deficiency of ANOs.
7. The relaxation in respect of period of appointment will extend to :-
(a) All ANOs who have not attained the age of 55 years on the date of issue of
this letter.
(b) All ANOs who are serving on extension on the date of issue of this letter.
(c) All ANOs who are meeting the QRs for extension of service and their cases
are under process at any level on the date of issue of this letter, provided
extension is cleared by this Directorate General.
(d) For the purpose of grant of extension beyond 56 years of age, extension
granted earlier on attaining the age of 55 before issue of this letter will have no
cognizance.
8. This order shall take effect from the date of issue of this letter.
9. This letter should be given wide publicity.
10. Please acknowledge.
Sd/-xx xx xx
(HK Sethi)
Col
Dir MS
For DDG MS
118
Tele : 690451/40
National Cadet Corps
Ministry of Defence
Government of India
West Block No 4
RK Puram New delhi 110022
0301179/DGNCC-PERS (A) 03 Mar 79
LIST 'A'
TRANSFER OF NCC PARTTIME OFFICERS FROM ONE WING TO ANOTHER
1. Refer to item XXIX (part VIII) of the 455 Directors NCC Conference forwarded
vide our No 15117/45/DGNCC/COORD (D) dated 22 Sep 78 and further to Dte Gen letter
No 0301/72/NCC-pers (A) dated 30 Sep 73.
2. The necessity tp lay down a policy for transferring officers from one wing to
another was discussed during the 45th Directors NCC Conference and it was decided that
hence forth the following procedure will be adopted:-
(a) Only these serving officers will be eligible for transfer who are likely to
serve in the new wing for a minimum period of three years before they attain the
age of 45 years.
(b) Applications for transfer will be screened by the Directors NCC and
forwarded to Dte gen with their recommendations alongwith the yearly ACR
gradings of the concerned officer for the last five years.
(c) After approval of Dte Gen for transfer of the officer is communicated to the
NCC Dte, the officer will be taken on the strength of new unit. He will be detailed
on the first available opportunity to undergo a conversion course, on the same
pattern as for pre commission training of fresh candidates, of the wing to which he
is to be transferred.
(d) During training the officer will draw rank pay of the commissioned rank
already held by him.
(e) Officer on transfer after conversion course will be given corresponding rank
and seniority as previously held by him.
3. Please ack.
(AN Sharma)
Director of Personnel
Copy to:-
List 'H'
119
Tele:26169040
Directorate general NCC
West Block IV
RK Puram New Delhi-110066
NO: 1596/Gen/DGNCC/Trg(B) Jun 2004
List 'A'
POLICY: DETAILMENT ON REFRESHER COURSES
1. Please refer to the following letters:-
(a) MS Dte letter No 0162/Policy/NCC HQ/MS (D) dated 11 May 04.
(b) Trg Dte letter No 15964/Gen/DGNCC/Trg (B) dated 31 Mar 2000.
2. Consequent to abolishment of Second Lieutenant rank, ANOs are being
commissioned as Lieutenant wef 12 Jan 04. Policy on the subject has already been
disseminated to all NCC Dtes vide MS Dte letter quoted at para 1 above.
3. Presently ANOs are attending PRCN and thereafter three Refresher courses
during span of their entire service. In view of change of policy after due deliberation at this
HQ and obtaining views of the State Dtes, it has been decided to reduce the number of
courses to two refresher courses in entire span in entire span of service. These courses are
being adequately spaced out to give proper benefit to ANOs to acquire and sustain
proficiency in imparting instructions thus aacruing maximum benefits from refresher
courses
4. With immediate effect (Trg Year 2004-05) all state Directorates/ Groups will detail
ANOs on Refresher courses as per the schedule given below:
S.No Course Remarks
(a) Ref Pt - I (i) Qualified at PRCN Course
(Lt tp Capt) (ii) Ake: completion of 4 yrs
commissioned service and up to a max
service of 8 years
(b) Ref Pt -II (i) Qualified at Ref Part-I
Or
Qualified at Ref Part -I (Direct
entry)
(ii) After completion of 10 yrs service
and up to max of 15 years.
5. These instructions will be conveyed to all units under your command for strict
compliance with immediate effect.
6. This supersedes all previous instructions on the subject.
120
7. This being a policy letter, sufficient copies are forwarded for record in the
compendium of policy letter and for distribution upto level of NCC Gp HQ.
(Sunil Bali)
Col
Dir Trg (B)
For DGNCC
Copy to:-
NCC OTA, Kamptee and Gwalior - Please reschedule the course being planned for the
year 2004-05 and fwd changes by 05 Jul 04 positively
MS (D) - You are requested to issue suitable instructions.
121
EXTRACT OF NCC ACTS & RULES 1948 : PARAS 3 & 4 (last page)
RAISING OF A UNIT
3. Conditions for raising a unit of the Senior Division. A unit or part thereof of the
Senior Division may be raised in a college subject to thefollowing conditions:-
(a) The college shall provide from among the members of its staff officers for
the unit at the scale of :-
2 Officers per Naval Unit
5 Officers per Infantry company
3 Officers per Armoured Corps Unit
2 Officers per Artillery, Engineer, Signal, Medical and E.M.E unit.
2 Officers per Air Force unit
(b) The college shall give an undertaking that it can enroll and maintain upto
strength the unit or part thereof which may be allotted to it.
(c) The college shall provide for the unit or part thereof which may be allotted
to it a store room for storage of clothing and equipment and provide
accommodation for an office.
(d) The college shall arrange for the use of a suitable parade ground.
(e) The college shall provide a suitable short range or arrange to obtain the
use of such a short range.
Provided that the Central Government may, in any case, on the
recommendation of the State Government, relax wholly or in part, the provision of
clauses (c), (d) and (e) if it is satisfied that requisite facilities are provided by
colleges located in the same place.
4. Condition for raising a unit of the Junior Division A unit or part thereof the Junior
Division may be raised in a school subject to the following conditions:-
(a) The school shall provide from among the members of its staff officers at the
scale of 1 officer per sub-unit of 30 cadets.
(b) The school shall give an undertaking that it can enroll and maintain upto
strength the unit or part thereof which may be allotted to it.
(c) The school shall provide for the unit or part thereof which may be allotted to
it a store room for the storage of clothing and equipment.
(d) The school shall provide a suitable miniature rifle range or arrange to
obtain the use of such a miniature rifle range.
(e) The school shall be in a position to supplement from its own funds the
financial grants made by the State Government for the unit or part thereof, which
may be allotted to it.
Provided that the State Government may, in any case, relax wholly or in
part of the provisions of clause (e), or if it is satisfied that the requisite facilities are
provided by schools located
CADET ENROLMENT FORM
(SENIOR DIV/SWING)
Appendix ‘A’
FORM I
National Cadet Corps Senior Division/Wing Enrolment Form
(See Rules 7 and 11 )
APPLICATION FOR ENROLMENT
1. What is your Full Name(in Block Capital) ? :
2. What is/was your parent/guardian’s name &
address ?
:Name:
Village:
PO:
Tehsil or Taluk
District:
PIN Code:
3. Are you citizen of India or subject of Nepal? :
4. What is your village,Tehsil/Taluk & Distt ? : Village:
PO:
Tehsil or Taluk
District:
PIN Code:
5. What is your Post Office ? :
6. What is your Rly Station ? :
7. What are your Educational Qualifications ? :
8. @ What is your age & Date of Birth ? :
9. Have you ever been convicted by a criminal
court and if so in which circumstances and
what was the sentence ?
:
10. In which College are you now studying ? :
11. Are you willing to be enrolled under
National Cadet Corps Act 1948 ?
:
12. In which unit do you desire to be enrolled ? :
13. Are you willing to undergo service training
as specified in the Act and the rules made
there under?
:
14. Are you willing to serve in the National
Cadet Corps until discharged as provided in
Act ?
:
2
15. Have you ever previously applied for
appointment under the Act and if so with
what result ?
:
16. Have you ever been dismissed from the
National Cadet Corps. The Territorial Army
or the Indian Armed Forces ?
:
17. @ Next of Kin with Address
(with relationship)
Telephone No. Office/Residence
(as applicable)
:
@ Place: SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT
@ Date:`
NOTE: @ These are not included in the Form
1 of NCC Act & Rules
DECLARATION ON ACCEPTANCE OF ENROLMENT
1. I solemnly declare that the answers I have given to the question in this form are true and that
no part of them is false and that I am willing to fulfill the engagement made.
2. I _________________promise that I will honestly and faithfully serve my country and abide
by the Rules & Regulations of the National Cadet Corps that I will, to the best my ability, attend all
parades and camps as may be required by the Commanding Officer from time to time
3. I ________________ further promise that after enrolment, I will have no claim on
authorities for any compensation in the event of injury or death due to accident during training
camps, courses, traveling and while on YEP or any other such NCC events like RDC and IDC. I
understand I have no service liability.
Place Signature of the applicant
Date:
3
DECLARATION BY PARENT/GUARDIAN
1. I solemnly declare that the answers I have given to the question in this form are true and that
no part of them is false and that my son/daughter/ward is willing to fulfill the engagement made.
2. I ________________ further promise that after the enrolment my son/daughter/ward, I will
have no claim on authorities for any compensation in the event of injury or death due to accident
during training camps, courses, traveling and while on YEP or any other such NCC events like
RDC and IDC.
Place Signature parent/Guardian
Date:
CERTIFICATE
Certified that the applicant and his parent/guardian understand and agree to the conditions of
enrolment.
Place Signature of Enrolling Officer
Date of Enrolment:
(Unit Seal)
4
TO BE COMPLETED BY MEDICAL OFFICER BEFORE ENROLMENT
I have examined(Name)____________________________on(date)__________________
And consider him/her fit/ unfit for enrolment as a cadet in the national Cadet Corps.
Place Signature_________________
Date Designation(Medical Officer)
Stamp
TO BE USED FOR EXTENSION OF ENROLMENT
( See Rule 13)
I agree to extend my enrolment for one year and am willing to fulfill the engagement made
Place Signature of applicant
Date
Confirmed
Place Signature of Commanding Officer
Date
B. I agree to extend the enrolment of my son/daughter/ward for one year and am willing to fulfill
the engagement made.
Place Signature of Parent/Guardian
Date
Confirmed
Place Signature of Headmaster
Date from which extension starts
NOTE: This form will be retained in the College/school in which the unit is located
5
APPENDIX ‘B’
Annexure to Form I
(Application for Enrolment)
INDENMITY BOND
To,
The President of India
In consideration of my being nominated either by the NCC authorities or at my own request
as a participant in any NCC camp (which includes Republic Day Camp and Independence Day
Camp in Delhi),Course, Adventure Training(including Army, navy and Air Force Wing activities,
as the case may be) and while traveling(in domestic/international surface, air and water transport)
and attending Youth Exchange Programme(YEP) abroad, I undertake and agree that neither I, nor
my executors or administrators or other legal representatives will make any claim against the
Government or against NCC authorities including officers, JCO’s/ NCO’s or their equivalents from
Navy and Air Force, civilians, MT drivers or against any other such person in the service of the
Government, in respect of any loss or injury – to the property or person, including injury resulting
in death, due to any reasons whatsoever which I may suffer, while or in consequence of my
participation in the above activities and I understand that no compensation will be paid by the
Government or NCC authorities including officers, JCO’s/NCO’s or their equivalents from Navy
and Air Force or Civilian MT drivers in respect of any such loss or injury and I agree as to bind
myself, my executors and administrators and other legal representatives to indemnify the
Government or NCC authorities including officers, JCOs/NCOs or their equivalent from Navy and
Air Force, civilian MT drivers or any person in the service of Government against any claim which
may be from any third party against them or any of them arising out of any act of default on my part
during or in connection with the said camps, courses, adventure training, traveling and while on
Youth Exchange Programme or any other such NCC activities as may be organized from time to
time within or outside the Union of India.
Signature of Applicant
No
Name
Unit/Group
Witness
1. Signature Signature of Parent/Guardian
Name Name
Address Address
2. Signature
Name
Address
Place:
Date:
(NOTE: In case of SD applicant being a minor, Indemnity Bond applicable to Minor will be used)
KAMPTEE
PERMANENT INSTRUCTORS (ARMY WING) HAND BOOK
INSTITUTIONAL TRAINING SYLLABUS
LESSON PLANS
1
INDEX
SPECIALISED SUBJECTS
SNO
LESSON CODE
SUBJECT
NOS OF
PERIOD
PG NO
SD/SW JD/JW
1 AF Armed Forces 10 09 3-44
2 MR Map Reading 26 18 45-79
3 FC&BC Field Craft and Battle Craft 20 14 80-132
COMMON SUBJECTS
4
FD/AD/CD
Drill
23
09
133-186
5 WT Weapon Training 10 08 188-212
2
INDEX
ARMED FORCES (AF)
S
NO
LESSONCODE
SUBJECT NO OF PERIODS
PAGE NO
SD/SW JD/JW SD/SW JD/JW
1 AF-1 AF-1 Raksha Sena Ke Buniyadi
Sanghathan
01 01 3
2 AF-2 AF-2 Thal Sena Ke Sanghathan 02 02 6
3 AF-3 AF-3 Badges Aur Ranks 01 01 10
4 AF-5 AF-7 Task & Role Of Sp Arms & Service 01 01 15
5
AF-7 AF-4 Samman Aur Puraskar 01 01 19
6 AF-6 AF-5 Pravishty Ke Liye Sena Ki
Bidhiyan
01 01 25
7 AF-8 - Samekitaksha Staff Ki abhdharana 01 - 38
8
AF-4 AF-6 Task & Role Of Fighting Arms 02 02
40
TOTAL 10 09
3
ARMED FORCES -1
RAKSHA SENA KE BUNIYADI SANGATHAN
Code - AF-1
Period - 01
Type - Lecture
Term - I
Trg Aids
1. OHP/VPS, Computer, Slides, Pointer, Screen, Black Board, aur Chalk
Time plan
(a) Paribasha
05 Mins
(b) Command Aur Control
10 Mins
(c) Headquarters Aur Formation Headquarters 10 Mins
(d) Navy Aur Air Force 10 Mins
(e) Niskarsh 05 Mins
Paribasha
1. Ek NCC cadet hone ke nate Sena ke basic sanghtan chote level tak janana bahut he
mathavpuran hain. Dekha gaya hain ke command aur control ke sanrachna ko bahari akarman
ko dekhte hue usse paar pane ke adhar per nirdharit ke gaye hain. Jo ke aaj kal ke bhagolik
aur rajnatik taur per ladi jate hai.
Udeshya
2. Cadetsko raksha sena ke mul bhut sanghtan ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
Preview
3. Yeh lecture teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega.
(a) Bhag I - Command aur control
(b) Bhag II - Headquarters aur Formation headquarters ke sanrachna
(c) Bhag III - Navy aur Air Force
4
BHAG I - COMMAND AUR CONTROL
4. Command. Bharat ke Rashtrapati teeno senao ke sarvoch senapati hote hain.
Bhatiya Thal Sena ke mukhya adhyaksh bharityon senaoke mukhya hote hain aur iske
command, training, operation aur admistration ke liye jimmewar hote hain. Jo is karya ke
Army Headquarters jo ke 1.1 million majboot sena se sujjit hain ke madhyam se chelate
hain. Is karya mein bahut sare staff adhikari unke madat kerte hain jaise Principle Staff
Officers, Head of arms and services itayadi. Ismein ek Vice Chief aur do Deputy Chief
samanjasy sathapit karne ke liye hote hain.
BHAG II - HEADQUARTERS AUR FORMATION HEADQUARTERS
5. Command Headquarters. Pure desh mein ise saat Command mein bata gaya hain.
Iske jaise Northern , Western , Central , Southern , South Western, Eastern Aur Training
Command. Command headquarters ke mukhya jimmewari exercise aur operation ka hain.
Iske commandant Lt Gen rank ke hote hain jise Army Commander kahte hain.
6. Field Formation. Combat Formation ko groups me jaise Corps, Divisions and
Brigades me baanta gaya hai. Inhe kramvar Lt. General, Major General aur Brig ke rank ke
adhikari command karte hai. Inhe Field forces kehte hai. Corps ko age Holding aur Strike
Corps me baanta gaya hai. Defence karne wali Corps ko Holding aur attack karne wali Corps
ko Strike Corps kehte hai. Ek Corps Headquarters 3 se 5 Divisions ko control karta hai.
Army me battle ke hisab se Mountain Division, Infantry Division, Armoured Division aur
Mechanised Division hoti hai. Independent Brigade Groups aur Brigrades mein Armoured,
Mechanised, Parachute, Engineer, Air defence, Field Artillery or Infantry/Mountain Brigrades
hote hain .
7. Static Formations(Area and Sub Area Headquarters).Inhe kramvar Lt. General aur Maj
General ke rank ke adhikari command karte hai. Yeh desh ke infrastructural assets, lines of
communication, civil military liason ke dekh karte hai.
BHAG III - NAVY AND AIR FORCE
8. Desh ko lagbhag teen se 6000 km coastline ne ghera hua hai jo ki iski azadi, vyapar
aur sabhyata par kafi asar dalti hai.
Constituents Of Navy
9. Indian Navy ke paas kai tarah jahaj aur aircraft hai. Kai jagah par shore facility di
gayi hai ta ki jo Navy personnel ko Navy ke, jahajo aur aircraft ki repair aur jahaji bedo ko
logistic support pardan ki ja sake.
Organisation And Administration
10. New Delhi me Naval Headquarters Navy ke upar administrative authority ke
madhyam se administrative aur operational control chalati hai. Isliye Navy ko teen command
me baanta gaya hai. Yeh hai :-
(a) Western Naval Command with HQ at Mumbai.
(b) Eastern Naval Command with HQ at Vishakhapatnam.
(c) Southern Naval Command with HQ at Cochi
5
11. Navy ke abhi do jahaji bede hai , Western Fleet aur Eastern Fleet, jinhe Rear Admiral
ke rank ka adhikari jo ki Flag Officer kehlata hai, control karta hai. Southern Naval command
mukhya tor pe ek training command hai jo ki Navy me Training Establishments chalati hai.
Iske antargat ek Training squadron ati hai. Inhe samay samay par operational ships bhi di jati
hai.
INDIAN AIR FORCE
12. Indian Air Force sabhi forces me youngest hai. 1932 me Indian Legislature ke tahat
Skeen committee ke recommendations par ek act pass karke Indian Air Force ko staphit
kiya gaya tha.
13. Air Headquarters
(a) Air Headquarter me Chief of Air Staff aur uske Principal Staff Officers ate hai.
(b) Air Headquarters ke staff ke teen branches hai, Air staff, Administrative aur
Maintenance branch jinhe Directorates me organize kiya gaya hai.
Commands
14. Air Force ko saat Command me organize kiya gaya hai jinhe functionally aur
administratively Air HQ control karta hai. Har Command ko Air Officer Commanding-in-Chief
command karta hai.In Command ke antargat kai formations ate hai. Yeh command hai:-
(a) Western Air Command
(b) Central Air Command
(c) Eastern Air Command
(d) South Western Air Command
(e) Southern Air Command
(f) Training Command
(g) Maintenance Command
Sankshep
15. Armd Forces ki organization ko is tarike se banaya gaya hai ta jo army apas me asani
se coordinate kar sake jiske kender Army Headquarters hai aur jiske antargat kai formations
ate hai.
6
LESSON PLAN : ARMED FORCES -2
SENA KE SANGATHAN
Code - AF 2
Period - One
Type - Lecture
Term - I
_____________________________________________________________
Training Aids
OHP/VPS, Computer, Slide, Suchak, Screen, Board aur Chalk
Time plan
(a)Paribasha - 05 Min
(b) Command aur Niyantran - 10 Min
(c) Fighting Arms - 20 Min
(d) Supporting Arms - 15 Min
(e) Supporting Services - 20 Min
(f) Niskarsh - 10 Min
Paribasha
1. Vartman mein Bhartiye sena British kal ki den hai. Yeh us samaye British samrajye
ke vistar woh samrakkshan ke liye ek yentra ke rup mein prayog kiya gaya tha. 1947 mein
aazaadi ke samaye upmahadwipiye vibhajan ke karan bharatiye sena bhi vibhajit ki gai thi.
Tabhi se Bharatiye sena ka punargathan woh aadhunikikaran jari hai. Swatantrata se hi iss
sena ne Bharatiye seema raksha hetu vibhinna operation mein hissa liya hai. Jaise ki:-
(a) Pakistan ke khilaf Kashmir operation 1947-48
(b) NEFA (Arunachal) aur Ladakh mein Chini operation 1962
(c) Indo – Pak yudha 1965
(d) Indo – Pak yudha 1971
(e) Kargil Sangharsha 1999
2. Iss ke alawa sena ne duniya ke vibhinna bhagon mein sanyukta rastra ke tahat
shanty rakhne ke liye aabhiyanon mein hissa liya hai. Sena ki sewa bade paimane par Badh,
Chakrawat, Bhukamp jaise prakritik aapadaon ke dauran civil adhikarion ki sahayeta mein
upyog kiya gaya hai.
3.Sena aaj paramparik hathiyaron ki apni awasektaon ke sambandha mein atma nirbhar hai.
Aur puri tarah se hamari seemaon par kisi bhi bahari akraman se nipatne mein saksham hai
Uddesh
3. Sena ke buniyadi sanghathan ke bare mein cadets ko parichit karana hai.
Tartib
4. Byakhyan nimna likhit bhagon mein aayojit kiya jayega :-
(a) Bhag I - Command aur Niyantran
(b) Bhag II - Fighting Arms
(c) Bhag III - Supporting Arms
(d) Bhag IV - Supporting Services
7
BHAG I : COMMAND AUR NIYANTRAN
5. Command. Bharat ke Rastrapati sabhi sashastra balon ke sarvochcha commander
hai. Thal sena adhyaksha bharatiye sena ke pramukh hai. Aur iss ki command, prashikshan,
sanchalan aur prashasan ke liye jimmedar hai. Woh sena mukhyalaye ke madhyam se inn
karyeon ko karte hain. Puri sena jo lagbhag 1.1 million hai, ke who pramukh hai. Kai sena adhikari
uske sahayek rahate hain jaise Vice Chief of Army Staff, branchon ke pramukh ke pramukh unki
sahayeta karte hain.
6. Command Mukhyalay. Pure desh ko saat (7) commandon mein bataya gaya hai. Yeh
Uttari (North), Pashshim (West), Madhya (Central), Dakshin (South), Dakshin-Pashshim (South
West), Purbi (East) aur Prashikshan (Training) Command hai. Command mukhyalay inke
sanchalan ki jimmewari nibhata hai. Inki command Lt Gen rank ke adhikari ke hathon mein hoti
hai.
7. Field Sanrachana. Ladaku commandon ko Corps, Division aur Brigades ke rup mein bargikrit
kiya gaya hai. Yeh kramash Lt Gen, Maj Gen aur Brigadier rank ke adhikari dwara command ki
jati hai. Corps Holding aur Strike ka daitwa nibhati hai aur usi tarah se usko naam diya jata hain.
Corps mukhyalaya mein 3-5 Division hote hain. Sena mein yudha mein role aur organization ke
anusar Mountain Division, Infantry Division, Armoured Division, Mechanized Division, aur usi
tarah Brigade ka bhi namankan hota hain.
8. Static Sanrachana. Area aur Sub Area mukhyalaya – kramasha Lt Gen aur Maj Gen rank ke
adhikari inki command karte hain. Yeh desh ke kone- kone mein sthith hai. Yeh sanchar
(Communication) ke lines, civil administration mein sampark sthapit karte hain.
BHAG II : FIGHTING ARMS
9. Armour. Apni gatishilta ke karan armour Aag, Bijli, Sanrakshan aur sadme ki karwahi se
vartman mein yudha ke anukul hai. Armour ka mukhya karye buniyadi bhumika, akraman aur
rakshyatmak operation mein akramak karyewahi se satru ka nash karna hota hai. Ek Armored
Regt mein 45 Tank hote hain. Bharat mein hamare pass Tk T-72, TK T-90, aur MBT Arjun Tank
hai.
10. Infantry. Infantry aniwarya rup se ladai ki ek shakha hai. Hamle mein iski bhumika
dusman ko nasht karke, zameeni kabja karke aur us jamin par pakad banana hai. Yeh counter
ugrawad aur atankwad nirodhi abhiyan mein bhi karyerat hai.
11. Mechanised Infantry. Yeh badi gatishilta aur fire power ke sath paidal sena hai. Iske pass
chhote hathiyaron ke khilaf paryapta suraksha hai jo bakhtarband vahanon mein chalate hain.
Armour ke sath samyojan ke rup mein apne gatishilta ladai sabse anukul nirnaye prapta karne ke
liye apne sainik ko saksham banata hai. Isme BMP-I aur II tatha BRDM ka prayog kiya jata hai.
8
BHAG III: SUPPORTING ARMS
12. Artillery. Hamare zamini daste jameen par kabja kare is se pahle dushman par bhari
matra mein aur long range par fire karke damage karna taki kabja karne mein apni casualty kam ho.
13. Engineers.Iske teen mukhya hisse hain, Combat Engineers, MES & Border Roads. Yeh corps
DRDO aur military survey ko bhi adhikari uplabdh karata hain. Engineers ki bhumika yuddh ke
samay me akraman tatha bachav abhiyan ke sath sath mine warfare, pulnirman, upyog ki ye gaye
pulko barbad karna, jamin ki kilabandi tatha sadak aur rasta ka nirman karna hai.
14. Army Air Defence . Yeh arm ke pass AD guns (Viman Virodhi Top), tatha long aur short range
AD missile hote hain. Yeh Vayu Sena ke sath milkar apne Mobile Forces, Vulnerable Points aur
Areas ko dushman ke hawai hamale ke barkhilaph sanrakshan dete hain.
15. Army Aviation Corps.Army aviation ki bhumika artillery tatha infantry mortar fire ko air se
niyantrit karte hue toh lena tatha nirikhsan karna aur commander tatha staff operational kshetraka
pata lagane ki tez tarika pradan karta hai. Tez casualty evacuation ke liye yeh sabse accha tarika
hain. Is arm ke pass Cheetah ,Chetak aur ALH helicopter hain.
16. Signals. Signals ki bhumika radio, radio prasaran tatha line sampreshan pradan karna aur
shanti tatha yuddh ke dauran signal kendraa sthapit karna hai. Iske sath hi yeh dushman ke
sampreshan vaywastha ki bhi dekhrekh karta hai tatha usme badha dal sakta hain. Army ki cyber
security ka uttardayitwa bhi isi arm par hain.
BHAG IV: SUPPORTING SERVICES
17. Yeh daste fighting tatha support arms ko prashasanik (administrative) support dete hain.
Nimnlikhit services Indian Army mein hain:-
(a) Army Service Corps (ASC).
(i) Shanti aur yuddh ke samay army ko ration ki purti karna.
(ii) Samast army ko indhan(fuel) pradan karna.
(iii) Sainya dal ko ek sthan se dusre sthan ko ane jane ke liye yatayat ke
sadhan pradan karna.
(iv) Yuddh ke dauran bhari aujar yantro (machineries) ke sath sath hatiyaron
ko eksthan se dusre sthan tak le ane aur le jane ke liye transport uplabdh
karana.
(b) Army Medical Corps (AMC). Sabhi army units ko jo shanti ya yuddh kshetra
me sthist ho ko chikitsa pradan karta hai. Shantikal ke samay military hospital jo
sainik chawani me sthit hote hai wo sainik, unke pariwar thata sevanivrit sainik ko
chikitsa pradan karta hai
(c) Army Ordinance Corps (AOC)
. Sabhi prakar ke store aur aujar ki purti jiski
jimmewari ASC, AMC tatha engineer ki nahin hai ke liye jimmewar hai.Yeh sabhi
store jo kendriya ayudh bhandar jo vibhin sthano me sthit hai ke bhandaran ke liye
bhi jimmewar hai.
(d) Corps Of Electrical & Mechanical Engineers (EME)Sabhi prakar ke vahan,
hathiyar, electronics tatha sampreshan (Communication) se sambhandhit aujar jo
sena dwara istemal kiya jata hai ka maramat tatha dekh rekh karna hai.
9
(e) Remount & Veterinary Corps (RVC). Is ka kam janwaron ko prashikshit
tatha unka dekh rekh karna hai jo sena ke dwara istemal me laye jate hai. Jaise
(f) Khachar ka istemal bhari wajan ko dhone ke liye, kutte ka istemal sunghane
tatha dhundane (patalagane) aur ghodon ka istemal fauj mein kiya jata hain.
(g ) Army Education Corps (AEC).Sainya tukadiyon ko sainya tatha aam shiksha
pradan karta hai jo unme unki naukri ke dauran hone wale pronati ke dauran
parikshako pass karane ke liye taiyar karate hai.
(h) The Corps Of Military Police (CMP).Sena ke anushasan ko banaye
rakhna tatha civil traffic police ke sath sambandha sthapit kar sena ko gatishilata
pradan karna.
(j) Judge Advocate General (JAG).Sena se sambandhit sabhi prakar ke kanuni
mamalon ki dekh bhal karna hai.
(k) Army Physical Training Corps (APTC).Sena ko sharirak prashikshan
dena tatha sabhi regimental recruitment Kendra tatha Officer Training Academies
ko sharirak shiksha me prashikshit vyaktiyon ko pradan karna hai.
(l) The Pioneer Corps.Sena ko mushkil ilako mein jajha local labour na ho ya
employ karna surksha ke lihaj se thik na ho waha par sena ko manual labour muhaiya
karana hain.
(m) Defence Security Corps. Yeh sabhi mahtavpuran sthano, ati mahatavpuran
kendron tatha aur dusre vishisht sthano jaise airport, shipping yard ko suraksha
pradan karta hai. Is ikai me jyadatar log bhutpurva sainik tatha TA unit se hoten hai.
SANKSHEP
10
LESSON PLAN : ARMED FORCES -3
BADGES OF RANK THREE SERVICES
Code-AF-3
Period – Two
Type – Lecture
Term - I
________________________________________________________________________
Trg Aids.
OHP/VPS, Computer ,Slide, Suchak, Screen, Board aur Chalk
Time Plan:-
(a) Bhumika - 05 mins
(b) Uddesh aur Bhagon mein baant - 05 mins
(c) Bhag I - 20 mins
(d) Bhag II - 20 mins
(e) Bhag III - 25 mins
(f) Sankshep - 05 mins
Total - 80 mins
Bhumika
1. Ek jawan ki pahchan , uske anushasan, sharirik aur manshik alertness ke jariye
hota hai. Anushasan ke liye dress ko sahi tarike se pahanna jaruri hota hai. Rank badges
ke jariye unke chhamta aur kaushal jahir hota hai. ishliye jawano ke uplabdhiyon ko
pahchanane ke liye rank badges diye jate hai puri duniya me yah dekha gaya hai ki sainik
apne rank badges ko pahnakar gaurwanvit mahsus karte hain .fauj me badges ko dekhakar
hi ek sainik ki chhamta ka pata chal jata hai aur usi ke anushar ushe koi bhi karya diya jata
hain.
Uddesh.
2. Cadeton ko rank aur badges ke bare me jankari dena hai.
11
PREVIEW
3. Is lecture ko teen bhago me chalaya jayega :-
(a) Sankshipt itihas
(b) Jal thal aur vayu sena ke badges.
(c) NCC ke badges.
BHAG I: SANKSHIPT ITIHAS
4. Prachin kal se dekha gaya hai ki adhikariyon ki pahichan unke mukut bhujayon per
armour aur gahano se pata chalta tha ki we kaun hai aur unka adhikar ewam ohdaa kya
hai.
5. British kal me angrej ne sabhi ke liye uniform banaye aur badges dena shuru kar diya
.ve sepahi aur adhikari me esi prakar fark karte the.
6. Jab se bhartiye sena ka sanghathan hua tab se har rank me teeno senayon ke liye
badges diye gaye.
BHAG II : JAL THAL AUR VAYU SENA KE BADGES
7. Bhartiye thal sena ko teen bhagon me bata gaya hai :-
(a) Adhikari ya Officer
(b) Sardar sahebaan ya JCO
(c) Other Rank ya anya pad
8. Bhartiye jal sena ko teen bhago me bata gaya hai:-
(a) Adhikari ya Officer
(b) Senior sailor ya JCO
(c) Jr sailor
9. Bhartiye vayu sena ko teen bhagon me bata gaya hai:-
(a) Adhikari ya Officer.
(b) Warrant Officer ya JCO.
(c) Airman.
12
10. Officer Aur Unake Samkachh Ke Teeno Services Ke Adhikari :-
ARMY NAVY AIR FORCE
FIELD MARSHAL ADMIRAL OF THE FLEET MARSHAL OF AIR FORCE
GENERAL ADMIRAL AIR CHIEF MARSHAL
LT GENERAL VICE ADMIRAL AIR MARSHAL
MAJ GENERAL REAR ADMIRAL AIR VICE MARSHAL
BRIG COMMODORE AIR COMMODORE
COLONEL CAPTAIN GROUP CAPTAIN
LT COL COMMANDER WING COMMANDER
MAJOR LT COMMANDER SQN LEADER
CAPTAIN LIEUTENANT FLIGHT LIEUTENANT
LIEUTENANT SUB LIEUTENANT FLYING OFFICER
13
11. Junior Commission Officer Aur Unake Samkachh Ke Teeno Services Ke Adhikari
ARMY NAVY AIR FORCE
SUB MAJ Master Chief Petty Officer-I Master Warrant Officer
Subedar Master Chief Petty Officer-II Warrant Officer
Nb Sub Chief Petty Officer Junior Warrant Officer
12.Annya Rank Aur Unake Samkachh Ke Teeno Services Ke Rank :-
ARMY NAVY AIR FORCE
Havildar Petty Officer Sergant (sgt)
Nayak Leading Seaman Cpl
Lance Nayak Seaman I Lance Cpl
Sepahi Seaman II Airman
13. NCC Me Badges:-
(a) Army Wing
Varisth Vibhag (SD) Kanistha Vibhag (JD)
ANOs
Major Chief Officer
Captain First Officer
Lieutenant Second Officer
Third Officer
NCOs
Senior Under Officer Troop Sgt
Under Officer Cadet Second Leader
Regt Sgt Major Lance Cadet
CADET
Bn Quater Master Sgt Group Sgt
Company Sgt Major Second Commander
Company Quarter Master Sgt Second in Commander
14
Naval Wing Air Wing
JD ANOs JD ANOs
Chief Officer Chief Officer
First Officer First Officer
Second Officer Second Officer
Third Officer Third Officer
Senior Cadet Officer JD Cadet
Senior Cadet captain Troop sgt
Cadet Captain Second Cdr
Petty Officer Second 2IC
Leading Cadet Flt Sgt
Cadet Sgt
Cadet Corporal (Cpl)
Leading Corporal (cpl)
SD ANOs SD ANOs
Sub Lieutenant
Lieutenant Flying Officer
Lieutenant Cdr Flt Lieutenant
Sqn Cdr
SANKSHEP
14. Uniform aur badges se hi ek sainik ki pahichan hoti hai ki ve Army me Navy me ya Air
Force me hai.Unake Rank ka pahichan hota hai aur usase yeh faisala lene me madad milata
hai ki usako kitana jimmewari milana chahiye . Ve apane rank badges ko pahenkar
gourwanbit mahsus karate hai.NCC ek aisi sansatha hai jaha per sena ke teeno angon ki
sikhlai di jati hai.Isliye yeh jaruri ho jata hain ki NCC cadet ko teeno services ke rank aur
badges ke bare me jankari hona chahiye.
15
LESSON PLAN: ARMED FORCES– 5/7
TASK AND ROLE OF SUPPORTING ARMS AND SERVICES
Period One
Type Lecture/Practice
Code AF – 5/7
Term 1
______________________________________________________________________
Trg Aids. OHP/VPS, Computer, Slides, Pointer, Screen, Black
Board And Chalk
Time Plan.
(a) Parichay 05 Min
(b) Bhag I : Sahyogi Sena 15 Min
(c) Bhag Ii : Sahyogi Seva 15 Min
(d) Upsanhar 05 Min
Parichay.
1.Army ko mukhyatah do mukhya vargo mein (1). Sena tatha ( 2). Seva me sanghathitkiya
gaya hai. Sena ke antargat Artillery, Engineers, Signals tatha Int Corps samilit hai. Inke
atirikat do nai senayen, Army Air Def (AAD) aur Aviation Corps jo artillery ke hi bhag the
unhe alag kiya gaya hain. Armoured Corps tatha Infantry ko ladne wali sena kehte hai.
Artillery, Engineers, Signals, Army Air Def (AAD) aur Aviation corps ko sahyogi sena kehte
hai, kyonki ye yudhke samay fighting sena ko sahyog karte hai. Wo samuh jo sena ko
sansadhano ki purti karte hai use seva kehte hai. Jinme Army Service Corps (ASC), Army
Ordinance Corps(AOC), Corps of Electrical aur Mechanical Engineers (EME) tatha Army
Medical Corps(AMC) ate hai.
UDESHYA
2. Cadet ko seva ke liye Sahyogi Senayen ke bare mein sikhana hai .
PREVIEW
3. Ye sabak nimnlikhit bhagon main sikhaya jayega :-
(a) Bhag I - Sahyogi Senayen
(b) Bhag II -Sahyogi Sevayen
16
BHAG I : SAHYOGI SENAYEN
4. Sahyogi senayen wo senayen hai jo ladaku sena ko diye kary ko parbhawi dhang se
pura karne ke samarth banane men sammuchit sahyog pradan karti hai. Armour, Infantry
tatha Mechanised infantry ko ladaku sena (fighting arms) ke naam se jante hai. Nimanlikht
sena jo ladaku sena ko sahayata karti hai wo sahyogi sena hai.
SAHYOGI SENAO KI BHUMIKA TATHA KARYA
5. Arty
(a) Role. Arty ki bhumika yudhkshetra me dushman sena ke upar aisa fire
supermacya sthapit karna hai ki na hi dushman ki sena hamare upar koi rukawat
dal sake nahi apne abhiyan ko prabhawitarike se chala sake
(b) Karya:
(i) Dushman ke thikano par bhari matra me lambi duri tak unke thikano
ko barbad karne ke liye fire pradan karna, jisse apni sena us bhumiko
asani se kabja kar sake.
(ii) Infantry ko attack ke samay aage badne ke liye fire sahyog pradan
karna tatha dushman ke atamvishwasko shocking fire powerke dwara
chhinbhin karna.
(iii) Counter Bomabardment (Dushman ki guns tatha mortar position par ki
janewali bambari)
(iv) Nigrani tatha lakshay ki jankari prapt karana (SATA).
(v) Ladaku sena ko fire sahyog pradan karna.
6. Engineers
(a) Role. Engineers ki bhumika yuddh ke samay me akraman tatha bachav
abhiyan ke sath sath mine warfare, pulnirman, upyog ki ye gaye pulko barbad karna,
jamin ki kilabandi tatha sadak aur rasta ka nirman karna hai.
(b) Karya
:
(i) Pulnirman, sadak, rasta, tatha helipads ka nirman kar apne sena ko
gatishilta pradan karne ke sath sath dushman ke raste ko rokne ka kam, land
mine bichane ka kam, pulon ko barbad karna tatha awarodhon ki sarnrachana
karne ka karya karti hai.
(ii) Yuddh ke dauran landmine bichane tatha hatane aur dastavej ka
rakhrakhav karna.
(iii) Abhiyan ke dauran jal sansadhano ka nirman karna.
(iv) Shanti tatha yuddh kal ke dauran explosive ko ek sthan sedusare sthan
tak le jane tatha le ane me madad karna aur bomb avarodhak karya ko anjam
dena hai
5. Army Aviation. Army aviation ki bhumika artillery tatha infantry mortar fire ko air se
niyantrit karte hue toh lena tatha nirikhsan karna aur commander tatha staff operational
kshetraka pata lagane ki tez tarika pradan karta hai.
17
6. Signals. Signals ki bhumika radio, radio prasaran tatha line sampreshan pradan
karna aur shanti tatha yuddh ke dauran signal kendra sthapit karna hai. Iske sath hi yeh
dushman ke sampreshan vaywastha ki bhi dekhrekh karta hai tatha usme badha dal sakta
hain.
7. Intelligence Corps. Intelligence corps ka mukhay karya dushman ke bare me
suchana ikatha karna aur apni sena se sambandhit suchana ko bahar jane se rokna hai.
BHAG II : SAHYOGI SEVAYEN
8. Army Service Corps (ASC)
(a) Shanti aur yuddh ke samay army ko ration ki purti karna.
(b) Samast army ko indhan(fuel) pradan karna.
(c) Sainya dal ko ek sthan se dusre sthan ko ane jane ke liye yatayat ke sadhan
pradan karna.
(d) Yuddh ke dauran bhari aujar yantro (machineries) ke sath sath hatiyaron ko
eksthan se dusre sthan tak le ane aur le jane ke liye transport uplabdh karana.
9. Army Medical Corps (AMC). Sabhi army units ko jo shanti ya yuddh kshetra me
sthist ho ko chikitsa pradan karta hai. Shantikal ke samay military hospital jo sainik
chawani me sthit hote hai wo sainik, unke pariwar thata sevanivrit sainik ko chikitsa
pradan karta hai
10. Army Ordinance Corps (AOC). Sabhi prakar ke store aur aujar ki purti jiski jimmewari
ASC, AMC tatha engineer ki nahin hai ke liye jimmewar hai.Yeh sabhi store jo kendriya
ayudh bhandar jo vibhin sthano me sthit hai ke bhandaran ke liye bhi jimmewar hai.
11. Corps Of Electrical & Mechanical Engineers (EME)
Sabhi prakar ke vahan, hathiyar,
electronics tatha sampreshan (Communication) se sambhandhit aujar jo sena dwara
istemal kiya jata hai ka maramat tatha dekh rekh karna hai.
12. Remount & Veterinary Corps (RVC)Is ka kam janwaron ko prashikshit tatha unka dekh
rekh karna hai jo sena ke dwara istemal me laye jate hai. Jaise khachar ka istemal bhari
wajan ko dhone ke liye, kutte ka istemal sunghane tatha dhundane (patalagane) aur
ghodon ka istemal fauj mein kiya jata hain.
13. Army Education Corps (AEC)Sainya tukadiyon ko sainya tatha aam shiksha pradan
karta hai jo unme unki naukri ke dauran hone wale pronati ke dauran parikshako pass
karane ke liye taiyar karate hai.
14. The Corps Of Military Police (CMPSena ke anushasan ko banaye rakhna tatha civil
traffic police ke sath sambandha sthapit kar sena ko gatishilata pradan karna.
18
15. Judge Advocate General (JAG)
sena se sambandhitsabhiprakarkekanunimamalonkidekhbhalkarnahai.
16. Army Physical Training Corps (APTC)Sena ko sharirak prashikshan dena tatha sabhi
Regimental Recruitment Kendra tatha Officer Training Academies ko sharirak shiksha me
prashikshit vyaktiyon ko pradan karna hai.
17. The Pioneer CorpsSena ko mushkil ilako mein jajha local labour na ho ya employ karna
surksha ke lihaj se thik na ho waha par sena ko manual labour muhaiya karana hain.
18. Defence Security CorpsYeh sabhi mahtavpuran sthano, ati mahatavpuran kendron
tatha aur dusre vishisht sthano jaise airport, shipping yard ko suraksha pradan karta hai.
Is ikai me jyadatar log bhutpurva sainik tatha TA unit se hoten hai.
SANSKHEP
19
LESSON PLAN : ARMED FORCES-4
SAMMAN AUR PURASKAR
Period - One
Type - Lecture
Code - AF-4
Term - II
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Training Aids
OHP/VPS, Computer, Slide, Board aur Chalk
Time Plan
(a) Introduction - 02 min
(b) Virata puraskar - 12 min
(c) NCC puraskar sahit gair virata puraskar - 12 min
(d) Padak ke pahanne ke liye virata kram aur sajawat - 12 Min
(e) Sanskhep - 02 Min
INTRODUCTION
1. Bargikaran ke prayojan ke liye Bharatiye Shasastra balon ke samman aur puraskar do
shrenion mein vibhajit kiya jasakta hai :
(a) Virata Puraskar
(b) Gair Virata Puraskar
UDDESHYA
2. Iss byakhyan ka uddesh sena mein vibhinna virata puraskar ke liye SD/SW aur JD/JW
NCC cadeton ka parichaye hai.
Purvaolokan
3. Byakhyan nimnalikhit bhagon mein ayojit kiya jayega:
(a) Bhag I - Virata puraskar
(b) Bhag II - Gair virata puraskar NCC puraskar sahit
(c) Bhag III – Padak ke pahanne ke liye bariyeta kram aur sajawat
20
BHAG I - VIRATA PURASKA
4. Virata Puraskar. Virata Puraskar fir se do shrenion mein vibhajit hai :
(a) Dusman Ka Samna Karne Mein Yogyata
(i) Param Vir Chakra
(ii) Maha Vir Chakra
(iii) Vir Chakra
(iv) Sena, Vayu Sena Aur Nau Sena Medal
(v) Mention In Despatches
(vi) Chief Of Staff Commendation Card
(b) Dusman Ka Samna Karne Ka Alawa Anya Virata
(i) Asoka chakra
(ii) Kirti chakra
(iii) Shaurya chakra
5. Gair Virata PuraskarGair virta puraskar nimna hai
(a) Bharat Ratna
(b) Padma Vibhushan
(c) Padma Bhushan
(d) Sarvottam Yudha Seva Padak
(e) Param Vishisht Seva Padak
(f) Padam Shri
(g) Sarvottam Jeevan Rakasha Padak
(h) Uttam Yudh Seva Medal
(j) Ati Vishisht Sena Medal
(k) Virata ke liye Rastrapati, Police aur Agnisaman seva ke liye
padak
(l) Virata ke liye Rastrapati,police Padak
(m) Virata ke liye Agnisaman seva padak
(n) Virata ke liye Home guards aur Nagrik Raksha padak
(o) Virata ke liye Shudharatmak seva padak
(p) Yudh Seva Padak
(q) Vishisht Seva Padak
Patrata Aur Patra Shrenion Ki Sharten
6. Patrata aur Patra barga ki sharten niche di gai hai:
21
(a)Param Vir Chakra
(i) Patrata Ki Sharten. Zameen par,hawa mein athawa jal mein, chahe
dusman ki upsthiti mein sabse vishisth virata ya atma balidan ke kuchha sahashi
ya purva prakhyat karya ke liye yeh puraskar maranoparanta bhi diya ja sakta hai.
(ii) Patra Barga. Thal Sena, Nau sena aur vayu sena ke sabhi Rank ke
Adhikari Purushon aur Mahilaon, Reserve balon mein se kisi ka pradesik sena
Militia ki aur kisi anne ki vidhiwat shasastra balon ke karmion, vahan, nurse gathit
aur nursing seva aur hospital se sambhandit anya sevaon aur nursing aur adesh
nirdesh ya upper kiye gaye ullekh, balon mein se kisi ki dekh rekh mein niyemit
rup se ya aasthai rup seva karne ke liye ya purush ya mahila ko diya ja sakta hai.
(iii) Maudrick Bhatta. Prati maha Rs 3000/- aur punah prapta karne par Rs
3000/- pratek bar sabhi praptkartaon ko diye jate hain.
(iv) Yudha puraskar dusman ke aamne samne ki ladai mein attyanta uchchakoti
ki virata ya adwittiya sahas purna karya ke liye abhutpurva karye apna atma
balidan hetu pradan kiya jata hai. Yeh puraskar maronoparanta bhi pradan kiya ja
sakta hai.
(b) Ashok chakra
(i) Patrata hetu awasyek sammanit kiya ja sakta hai.
(ii) Patrata Ki Shreniyan:- yudha puraskar police bal tatha manneta prapt agni
shyamak bal ke sadashsheyon ke police balon ka khasten tatha agni shyamak
bibhag ke karyon mein atirikta hai. Yeh puraskar Thal sena, Nau sena tatha Vayu
sena ke liye sabhi paronpar ashin purush tatha mahila reserve bal prayojit sena
militia tatha kisi bhi anne kanuni taur par sammanit bal, sashastra bal ki nirman
seva mein karyerat sanshtha ke sath sath desh ke samanne Nagrik purush yebam
mahilaon ko jivan ke kshetra mein unke adittiye adammye sahash hetu pradan
kiya ja sakta hai.
(iii) Puraskar Rashi : Rs 2300/- pm sabhi padak dharakon ko pradan kiya jata hai.
22
(c) Vir chakra :-
(i)
Patrata Ki Sarten
:- shatru ke sath aamne samne ke ladai chahe Jal, Thal
athawa Hawa mein ho ke anusar yeh ayoggyepurna sahash hetu yeh puraskar
pradan kiya jata hai.
(ii) Police bal ke khaten tatha agni shyaman bibhag ke karyon mein atirikta yeh
puraskar Thal sena, Nau sena tatha Vayu sena ke liye sabhi paropar ashin
purush tatha mahilayon reserve bal, prayojit sena, militia tatha kisi bhi anne kanuni
taur par sthapit bal sashatra bal ki nirman seva mein karyon ke sath sath desh
samaj nagrik purush avam mahilaon ko jivan ke kshetra mein unke adittiye
adammye sahash hetu pradan kiya ja sakta hai.
(iii) Puraskar Rashi :- Rs1700/- pm sabhi padak dharakon ko pradan kiya
Jata hai.
BHAG – II NCC PURASKAR KE SATH SATH GAIR VIRTA PURASKAR
7.Param Vishisht seva medal
:-
(a) Patrata ki Sarten. Ati vishishta seva hetu ashadharan karyeon ke liye
upalabdha hai.
(b) Yoggeta ki Shreniyan. sashatra bal ke sabhi Rank jismen pradeshik
sena, swatantra bal tatha sashatra mein karyerat nursing seva ko yeh puraskar
pradan kiya ja sakta hai.
8.Yudha seva medal :-
(a) Patrata ki Shreniyan. Thal sena, Nau sena tatha Vayu sena ke sabhi Rank
ke sath sath pradeshik sena, swatantra bal, kanuni taur par sanshthapit swatantra
bal tatha swatantra bal mein karyerat nursing adhikaroyon avam anne khaston ko
yeh puraskar pradan kiya ja sakta hai.
23
9. Sena Padak.
(a) Thal sena, Nau sena aur Vayu sena ke liye vishesh mahatwoh kartavve ya
sahas ke liye asadharan samarpan ke iss tarah ke vyagtigat kritiyon ke liye sammanit kiya
jata hai. Yeh puraskar Maranoparanta bhi diya ja sakta hai.
(b) Thal sena, Nau sena aur Vayu sena ke sabhi Rankon ko diye jate hain.
(c) Maudrik Bhatta Rs 500/- prati maha aur pratek bar milne par Rs 500/- prati
maha NCC puraskar sabhi sena padak puraskaron prapta karne walon ko
10. NCC Puraskar. Yeh puraskar ek NCC Adhikarion se 1984 se diya ja raha hai. Is
mein Purnakalin Mahila Adhikari (WTLO), Associate NCC Adhikari, Mahila Chhatra
Prashikshak (GCI) aur NCC cadets samil hai. NCC karmion ko diya jata hai.
(a) Raksha Mantri ki Padak :- Raksha mandri padak sahas kartabbey ke prati
samarpan aur NCC ke liye kisi asadharan kam ke pardarshan ke liye kartabbey awam
NCC ke karyeon mein purna sahayog ke liye NCC karmiyon aur cadeton ko sammanit
kiya jata hai. har sal kewal ek hi raksha mantra padak diya jata hai.
(b) Raksha Mantri ki Prasamsha :- Raksha Mantri ki santuati par 1989 se yeh
padak netritwa, sahash kartabbey ki prati mein aur samarpan dikhane par jisse NCC
ki chhabi ko badiya bana diya jata hai. Pratek varsa adhik se 3 raksha mantra santusti
samman patra pradan kiya jata hai.
(c) Raksha Sachiv Prashamsha Patra. yeh santuati samman patra
1984 se diya jar aha hai. Isse sahasik khel, prashikshan aur samajik sanskritik kriyaon
mein vishesh yogdan dene par diya jata hai. Pratek varsa adhiktam 10 raksha sachiv
santuati samman patra diye jate hain.
(d) Mahanideshan Prashansa Patra. Varsa 1984 se yeh sabtuti
samman patra diya jata hai ise sahashik, khel, prashikshan, samajik, sanskritik
kriyaon mein vishes yogdan ke liye diya jata hai.mahanideshak prasansha patra ki
sankhyatmak dristi se yeh sankhya nischit nahi ki gai hai.
(d) Civilion Kramiyon Ki Mahanideshak Prasansha Patra. Yeh
samman Kendra sarkar ke un civilion karmachariyon ko diya jata hain. Jo NCC mein
utkrista awam vishesh samarpan ke sath kam karte hain. Jin ke karan NCC kriyaon
mein vishesh sahayog awam parvardan prapta hota hai. Aise karmacharion ko
mahanideshak prasansha patra pradan kiya jata hai.
24
BHAG III - PADAK AUR SAJAWAT KE LIYE PAHANNE KE LIYE VARIYATA KRAM
11. Padak Aur Sajawat Ke Liye Pahanne Ke Liye Variyata Kram Nimn hai.
(a) Bharat Ratna
(b) Param Vir Chakra
(c) Ashok Chakra
(d) Padma Vibhushan
(e) Padma Bhushan
(f) Sarvottam Yudh Seva Padak
(g) Param Visisht Seva Padak
(h) Mahavir Chakra
(j) Kirti Chakra
(k) Padmashri
(l) Sarvottam Jeevan Raksha Padak
(m) Uttam Yudh Seva Padak
(n) Ativishist Seva Padak
(o) Veer Chakra
(p) Shaurya Chakra
(q) Veerata Ke Liye Rastrapati Police Aur Agnisaman Seva Padak
(r) Veerata Ke Liye Rastrapati Police Padak
(s) Veerata Ke Liye Rastrapati Fire Service Padak
(t) Veerata Ke Liye Rastrapati Sudharatmak Padak
(u) Rastrapati Home Guard Aur Nagrik Suraksha Padak
(v) Yudh Seva Padak
(w) Thal Sena , Vayu Sena Aur Nau Sena Padak
(x) Vishisht Seva Padak
(y) Veerata Ke Liye Police Padak
(z) Veerata Ke Liye Agnisaman Seva Padak
(aa) Veerata Ke Liye Sudharatmak Seva Padak
(ab) Veerata Ke Liye Home Guards Awam Nagrik Suraksha Padak
(ac) Uttam Jeevan Ratna Padak
(ad) Parakram Padak
(ae) General Seva Padak-1947
(af) Samanye Seva Padak-1965
SANKSHEP
12. Kisi bhi sepahi/ civil/ aur dusre karmachariyon ke bejod bahaduri, niswarth sewa desh
samarpan aur balidan adi veeratapurna krition par man samman avam puraskar desh ke
dwara unki yoggeta ki pahchan hai apne byabsahik jeeva mein hum mein se pratek ko yeh
puraskar prapta karne ka prayas karna chahiye lekin sabhya tarikon se hi.
25
ARMED FORCES – 6
PRAVISHTY KE LIYE SENA KI BIDHIYAN
Code - AF 6
Awadhi - One
Parkar - Lecture
Term - Second
Trg Aids
1. 10 HP, Computer, Slide, Pointer, Screen, Black Board, Chalk
Samay Youjna
(a) Intro - 05 Min
(b) Bhag – I Commission Ke Prakar - 05 Min
(c) Bhag –II Entry Scheme Adhikari - 10 Min
(d) Bhag – III JCO Aur Other Rank - 05 Min
(e) Bhag – IV Recruitment Procedure - 10 Min
(f) Conclusion - 05 Min
PARICHAYE
What Army Offers
1. Aap sabhi k jewan m kuch sapne aur aspirations h.apni education khatam karne k bad
sab k man main ek sapna hota h ki ek acha job naukri mile achi tankha ho jo ki corporate
sector m mil jayegi lekin aap ko sath m dekhne wali bat yeh hogi ki sath m who job aap ko
kya de raha h.aap apne naukri se khsh h ya nahi .ab hum dekhte h ki ek admi ko apne
profession se kya icha rahati h.
(a) Professional Advancement
(b) Job Satisfaction
(c) Job Security
(d) Eco Stability
(e) Social Status
(f) Quality of Life
(g) Variety & Adventure
26
2. Agar aap apne jiwan main in sab ke bare m soch rahe h toh Army aap k liye acha
profession h.
3. Jaissa ki ap sabhi ko pata h Army ek competitive profession h lekin Army m ek saaf
aur healthy competition h.Aur army main sabhi ko ek saman mouka diya jata h.
4. Indian Army ek land based army h aur indian armed forces ka sabse bada bhag
h.President of india Armed Forces k commander-in Chief hain aur Chief of Army staff
(COAS)ek four Star General indian army ko command karte hain.
5. Indian Army ka primary mission national security ko maintain karna h .aur defence of
Republic of India kisi nhi bahari akarman se aur maint peace aur security apne border par.
Iss k sath sath indian Army kisi bhi natural calamity k dauran humanitarian rescue karne m
madad karta h. Indian Army,Navy aur Air Force k sath national power ka bht bada hissa
hain.
AIM
6. Iss lecture ka AIM indian army main types of entry,procedures,aur anay Qualitative
Reqmts k bare m jankari dena h
PREVIEW
7. Lecture nimanlikhit bhagon mein cover kiya jayega
(a) Commission ke parkar
(b) Entry scheme(men & women)
(c) Junior Commission Officer/Other /Ranks
(d) Recruitment procedure
PART –I AAYOUG KE PARKAR
8. Sena permanent aur short service commission donu pradhan karti h.permanent
commission (PC) indian military academy (IMA) Dehradun aur short service commission
(SSC) Officer Training Academy (OTA) Chennai se pradhan kiya jata h jab aap (PC) k liye
apply karte h toh aap sena main ek sathayi career lo dekh rahe h jab tak aap retire nahi hote
h SSC un logo k liye ek acha mouka h jo kuch samay k liye desh ko apni sewa dena chate h
yeh aap ko dus saal tk serve karne k baad PC opt karne ka maouka bhi deta h ya ap four yrs
ka extension bhi mang sakte h ya fir aap apne commission se resign bhi kar sakte h.
(a) Sathai
(i) NDA After 10+2 ( Through UPSC)
(ii) DIRECT ENTRY (through UPSC)
(iii) TCG Engineering Graduates
(iv) UNIVERSITY ENTRY SCHEME (10+02 TES)
27
(b) Short Service
(i) NON TECH (Men & women)
(ii) TECH (Men & women)
(iii) NCC Special Entry (Men & women)
(iv) LAW GRADUATES (Men & women)
Permanent Commission:-
09. Permanent commission means sena main ek career jab tak aap retire nahi hote h.PC
k liye aap ko National Defence Academy ya Indian Military Academy join karna padta h.
National Defence Academy Pune
10. Aap NDA main 12 class k dauran entrance Exam main appear ho sakte h.UPSC ka
written exam clear karne k bad aap 5 Days k Service Selection Board(SSB )aur apna
medical pass kare aur aap NDA main honge.Teen saal ki kadi trg k bad aap ek bahut hi
improved person aur sath sath graduation dergree bhi pradan ki jaati h,NDA main finest
infrastructure for professional training available h.NDA main aap ko apni personality develop
karne k bht mouke diye jate h aap waha new intrests aur hobbies bhi sikh sakte h waha 31
Extra curricular activities h chunav karne k liye ,Aero-modelling,Golf ,gliding,sailing,wind
surfing, aur bhi bht kuch h wagh seekhne ko.
Indian Military Academy Dehradun
11. IMA is another cradle of leadership IMA Aap ko front main aa kar lead karne k liye
train karta h IMA main aap ko combat aur tactics k sabhi pahulu k bare m jaankari di jati
h.IMA k pass aap k personality ko develop karne k liye bahtereen facalities available h .Aap
IMA mai bahut sare adventure sports k bare m jankari aur hissa le sakte h .Aap ko IMA se
commission hone k bad “Lieutenant”k ka Rank diya jata h.Aur IMA ka motto h VALOR AND
WISDOM.
(a) CDSE Aap ko final yr of graduation upsc dwara conducted written test pass
karna hota h .Yeh pariksha saal main do bar conduct kiya jata h.SSB interview clear
aur medical fit ho jane k bad aap IMA join kar sakte h as a direct entry .Baki sabhi details
aap ko UPSC ki site par mil jayenge .Baki entries non UPSC h in k liye written
test nahi hota h ap ko directly SSB k liye bulaya jata h .
(b) 10+2 Tech Entry
:-Tech entry k liye 12
th
class k bad apply kar sakte h.Iss k liye
12
th
class main minimum 70% marks hone chaiye (physics,chemistry,$ maths).Aap ko
direct SSB k liye detail kiya jayega based on cut of jo ke Recruitiing Board tay karega
.iss ki jankaari national newspapers m aap dekh sakte h.Total trg 5yrski hoti h (one yr
at OTA gaya & four yrs at Cadets trg wings)
(c) University Entry Scheme(pre final year students only):-yeh entry un logo k
liye h jo apne pre final yr main army k liye appy karna chate h.iss ka bhi adv aap
national newspaper m dekh sakte h.
28
(d) Technical Graduate Course:-jo bhi final yr /apni BE/B complete kar chuke
main apni kisi bhi stream main who bhi IMA join kar sakte h as tech graduate .trg ka
duration one yr hota h .iss liye adv aap kisi bhi national newspaper m dekh sakte h
Short Service Commission:-
12. Aap k pass Army join karne ka ek dusra option h .aap as a short service commission
officer k taur par army join kar sakte h.jo ki ten yrs k liye hota aur aap chaiye toh fourteen yrs
tak extend kar sakte h us k bad ap k pass do option h ya toh permanent commission le le ya
fir opt out kar de.
13. Jo koi bhi officer permanent commission k liye select nahi hote un k pass four yrs
extend karne ka option hota h.Aur aap kisi bhi samaya army se resign kar sakte h .army
service ka experience aap ko civil m job dilane main importan role play karta h.
Adhikari Parikshan Academy Chennai :-
14 .If selected for SSC ,aap OTA Chennai main join karte ho aur takriban ek saal ka trg
hota h.Selection procedure pahale written exam UPSC k dwara fir SSB aur fir medical .kuch
ek tech graduates aur law graduates k liye direct ssb interview bhi hota h.Agar aap NCC C
certificate holder ho minimum B grading k sath toh aap directly apne NCC branch /Zonal Hqs
k dwara apply kaar sakte ho.OTA m trg ka duration 49 weeks ka h.
Short Service Commission For Womens
15. 1992 main paheli bar womens ko ind army m shamil kiya gaya officers cadre main aur
women ski training ki jimmedari OTA Chennai ko di gayi. Prominent features of revised
policy :-
(a) Extension of Tenure:-
(i) Short service women officers ka tenure regular Army main 14 yrs tak
hoga Pahale 10 yrs and extended upto 14 yrs
(ii) Duration of trg - 49 weeks
(b) Promotion:- SSCOswill br eligible for substantive promotion
(i) To The Rank Of Captain On completion of two yrs reckonable
service
(ii) To The Rank Of Major On completion of six yrs reckonable service
(iii) To The Rank Of Lt Col
On completion of thirteen yrs reckonable
service
29
PART 2 : ENTRY SCHEMS (MEN AND WOMEN)
16. Indian Army is looking for few good men Indian Army main entry k liye schemes
niche di gayi h:-
(a) Intermediate Level
(i) NDA
(ii) 10+2 mein TES
(b) Graduate UPSC
(i) IMA (CDS)
(ii) OTA SSC (Non tech)
(c) Graduate Non UPSC
(i) Law graduates
(d) Engineers
(i) UES
(ii) TES
(iii) SS (Tech)
(e) Post Graduate
17. 10+2 Tech Entry Scheme (10+2 TES)
(a) Total vacancies - 85
(b) Eligibility criteria
(i) Age - 16
½
se 19
½
ke aayu course shuru hone ke
pahale din se.
(ii) Qualification -12
th
pass 10+2 system of Education .mim aggregate of
70% in PCM.
(iii) Martial Status - Unmarried
(iv) Application to be Add -Additional Director General RTG TES Section
AG branch IHQ Mod (Army) West Block III RK Puram New Delhi.
(v) Training Academy- IMA Dehradun
(vi) Duration of Training.one year pre commissioning trg at IMA Dehradun
and 03 yrs at CME pune /MCTE mhow /MCEME secundrabadOne yr
post commission trg at same institute.
30
18. National Defence Academy (NDA)
(a) Vacancies -per course 300 Army -195, Air force – 66, Navy – 39.
(b) Rojgar Samachar woh daily news paper mein June se Dec ke beech.
(c) Eligibility criteria :-
(i) Age- 16
½
se 19
½
ke aayu course shuru hone ke pahale din se.
(ii) Qualification -12
th
pass 10+2 system of Education .
(iii) Martial Status - Unmarried
(iv) Application to be Add –As per UPSC notification
(v) Likely date of SSB –Sep to Oct and Jan to Apr
(vi) Date of commencement of trg –Jan and Jul
(vii) Training Academy- NDA Khadakwasla Pune
(viii) Duration of Training :-
(aa) Three year at NDA and one yr at IMA (for army cadets)
(ab) Three year at NDA and one yr at Naval Academy(for Naval
cadets)
(ac) Three year at NDA and one & half yr at AFA at Hyderabad
(for Air force cadets)
19. NCC Entry (Male )
(a) Vacancies - 50 per course.
(b) Rojgar Samachar wah daily news paper mein June aur December ke
beech.Notified by Add Directorate General Recruiting /AGs Br in Jun &Dec.
(c) Eligibility Criteria:-
(i) Age - 19 se 25 yrs as on 01 Jul of the yr for Oct course and
01 Jan for Apr course.
(ii) Qualification - Final yrs appearing /Graduate with minimum 50%
Aggregate marks .two yrs service in NCC Senior Division (Army ) with min B
grade in C certificate exam.
(iii) Martial Status - Unmarried /Married
(iv) Application to bereceived by Oct/Nov and Apr /May through NCC
(v) Likely date of SSB –Dec/Jan &Jul/Jun.
(vi) Date of commencement of trg –Apr & Oct
(vii) Training Academy- OTA Chennai
(viii) Duration of Training- 49 weeks
31
20. Indian Military Academy (Direct Entry)Non Tech (MALE)
(a) Vacancies - 250 per course .Twice per course yr.
(b) Rojgar Samachar- Notified by UPSC under the aegis of CDSE in May /Jun
&Nov/Dec
(c) Eligibility Criteria:-
(i) Age - 19 se 24 yrs as on 01 day of the month in which
course is commencing.
(ii) Qualification - Graduate from Recognised university.
(iii) Martial Status - Unmarried /
(iv) Application to be advised – To UPSC under CDSE.
(v) Likely date of SSB –Jul/Aug to Mar/Jun
(vi) Date of commencement of trg –Jan & Jul
(vii) Training Academy- IMA Dehradun
(viii) Duration of Training- 18 months
21. Officer Trianing Academy (Non Tech)
(a) Vacancies - 175 per course.( Twice a yr)
(b) Rojgar Samachar- Notified by UPSC under the aegis of CDSE in May /Jun
&Nov/Dec
(c) Eligibility criteria :-
(i) Age - 19 se 24 yrs as on 01 Jul of thr yr for Oct course
and 01 Jan for Apr course.
(ii) Qualification - Graduate from Recognised university.
(iii) Martial Status – Unmarried/married
(iv) Application to be Addvised App to be received by Oct/Nov and
Apr /May through NCC
(v) Likely date of SSB –Nov/ Dec &May/Jun.
(vi) Date of commencement of trg –Apr & Oct
(vii) Training Academy- OTA Chennai
(viii) Duration of Training- 49 weeks
32
22. TGC (ENGINEERS)
(a) Vacancies per year –As notified (Twice a yr)
(b) Eligibility criteria :-
(i) Age - 20 to 27 yrs Born between 2
nd
Jan to 1
st
Jan for
Jan course2
nd
Jul to 1
st
Jul for Jul course.
(ii) Qualification - BE/B Tech in notified stream of Engineers.
(iii) Martial Status – Unmarried/married
(iv) Application to be received by-Apr/May and Oct/Nov
(v) Likely date of SSB –Mar/Apr and Sep /Oct.
(vi) Date of commencement of trg –Jan &Jul.
(vii) Training Academy- IMA
(viii) Duration of Training- One year.
23. Short Service Commission (Tech Male)
(a) Vacancies - –As notified (Twice a yr)
(b) Rojgar Samachar- Notified by Additional Director General Recruiting G
Branch in Dec/Jan &Jun/Jul
(c) Eligibility criteria :-
(i) 1. Age -20 to 27 yrs as on first day of monthin
which course is due to commence.
(ii) Qualification - Engineering Degree in Notified Disciplines.
(iii) Martial Status – Unmarried/married
(iv) Application to be addvised –To apply online &Application to be
fwd as given in adv.
(v) Likely date of SSB –Nov/ Jan &May/Jul.
(vi) Date of commencement of trg –Apr & Oct
(vii) Training Academy- OTA Chennai
(viii) Duration of Training- 49 weeks
33
24. JAG (MEN)
(a) Vacancies - –As notified (Twicw a yr)
(b) Rojgar Samachar- Notified by Additional Director General Recruiting
Branch in Dec/Jan &Jun/Jul
(c) Eligibility Criteria:-
(i) Age -21 to 27of the yrs in which course is due to
commence for Oct course and 01 Jan of the yrs in which course is due
tocommence for Apr course.
(ii) Qualification - Graduate with LLB/LLMwith 55%marks
aggregate.Registered with Bar council of india/state
(iii) Martial Status – Unmarried/married
(iv) Application to be Received by – Oct/Nov &Apr/May.
(v) Likely date of SSB –Dec-Jan&Jul-Aug.
(vi) Date of commencement of trg –Apr & Oct
(vii) Training Academy- OTA Chennai
(viii) Duration of Training- 49 weeks
26. TGC Education (AEC)
(a) Vacancies per year –As notified (Twice a yr)
(b) Notify in Employment News paperand Daily News paper- Notified by
Additional Director General Recruiting , AG Branch in Nov /Dec &May/Jun.
(c) Eligibility Criteria:-
(i) Age - 23yrs. Born between 2
nd
Jan to 1
st
Jan for Jan
course 2
nd
Jul to 1
st
Jul for Jul course.
(ii) Qualification - MS/MSC in1st or 2
nd
division in notified subject
from Recognised University
(iii) Martial Status – Unmarried/married
(iv) Application to be received by-Jun/Jul &Dec/Jan.
(v) Likely date of SSB –Apr/May&Sep /Oct.
34
(vi) Date of commencement of trg –Jan &Jul.
(vii) Training Academy- IMA
(viii) Duration of Training- One year.
27. 1992 mein sena ke ithias mein pahali bar mahila adhikaryon ko trg k liye shamil kiya
gaya .Ab tak !200 se jayada mahila adhikari bhartiya sena main apni sewa de rahi h.mahila
Adhikari ko sena main Arms or services main commission kiya jata hain.
REVISED TERMS AND CONDITION OF SERVICES OF SSCOS(MEN &WOMEN )
TECH/ NON TECH.
28. Main features Revised Policy.
(a) Extension of Tenure
(i) Tenure of Short Service Commission.Short Service Commission
(SSC) ko Regular Army main 14 saal k liye hoga aur shurat main ten yrs
extendable char saal ke liye
(ii) Duration of training 49 weeks
(b) Substantive Promotion:- SSCOS promotion ko prapat honge.
(i) To the Rank of Capt – On completion of two yrs of reckonable
service .
(ii) To the Rank of Major– On completion of six yrs of reckonable
service .
. (iii) To The Rank of Lt Col – On completion of 13 yrs of reckonable
service .
29. NCC Special (Entry) Women
(a) Vacancies - 50 per course.
(b) Rojgar Samachar wah daily news paper mein Jun aur December ke
beech.Notified by Add Directorate General Recruiting /AGs Br in Jun &Dec.
(c) Eligibility Criteria:-
(i) Age - 19 se 25 yrs as on 01 jul of thr yr for Oct course
and 01 Jan for Apr course.
(ii) Qualification - Final yrs appearing /Graduate with minimum
50% Aggregate marks .two yrs service in NCC senior division
Army with min B grade in C certificate exam.
35
(iii) Martial Status – Unmarried
(iv) Application to be Add –App to be received by Oct/Nov and Apr
/May through NCC Gp HQs /NCC Dte
(v) Likely date of SSB –Nov to Jan for Apr course &May to Julfor
Oct course.
(vi) Date of commencement of trg –Apr & Oct
(vii) Training Academy- OTA Chennai
(viii) Duration of Training- 49 weeks
30. Short Service Commission (Non Tech Women)
(a) Eligibility Criteria:-
(i) Age - 19 se 24 yrs as on 01 Jul of thr yr for Oct
course and 01 Jan for Apr course.
(ii) Qualification - Graduate from Recognised University.
(iii) Martial Status – Unmarried.
(iv) Application to be received by –App to be Forwarded to
UPSCas per notification published in Apr/Sepevery yr.
(v) Likely date of SSB –Nov/ Dec &May/Jun.
(vi) Date of commencement of trg –Apr & Oct
(vii) Training Academy- OTA Chennai
(viii) Duration of Training- 49 weeks
31. Short Service Commission (Tech Women)
(a) Vacancies - –As notified (Twice a yr)
(b) Rojgar Samachar- Notified by Additional Director General
Recruiting Gs Branch in Dec/Jan &Jun/Jul
(c) Eligibility Criteria:-
(i) Age -20 to 27 yrs as on first day of month in
which course is due to commence.
(ii) Qualification - Engineering Degree in Notified
Discipline.
(iii) Martial Status – Unmarried/married
(iv) Application to be Add –To Apply online Feb/Mar and
Jul/Aug.
36
(v) Likely date of SSB –Nov/ Jan &May/Jul.
(vi) Date of commencement of trg –Apr & Oct
(vii) Training Academy- OTA Chennai
(viii) Duration of Training- 49 weeks
32. JAG (Women)
(a) Vacancies - –As notified (Twicw a yr)
(b) Rojgar Samachar- Notified by Additional Director General Recruiting AGs
Branch in Dec/Jan &Jun/Jul
(c) Eligibility criteria :-
(i) Age -21 to 27of the yrs in which course is due to
commence for oct course and 01 Jan of the yrs in which course is due
to commence for Apr course.
(ii) Qualification - Graduate with LLB/LLM with 55%marks
aggregate.Registered with Bar council of india/state
(iii) Martial Status – Unmarried.
(iv) Application to be received by – Oct/Nov &Apr/May.
(v) Likely date of SSB –Dec-Jan & Jul-Aug.
(vi) Date of commencement of trg –Apr & Oct.
(vii) Training Academy- OTA Chennai
(viii) Duration of Training- 49 weeks
33. Incase of UPSC Entries (NDA IMA OTA SSC NON TECH MEN & WOMEN)
Rozgar Samachar yah kisi bhi daily newspaper ka wait kare US k bad UPSC main online
apply kare as per the instructions aur apne eligibility ke anusar
Points To Note For Non –UPSC Entries
34 Certificate of 10
th
aur 12
th
class and marksheet of latest college education documents
aur previous semester marksheet aur degree cert aur provisional degree cert apne
application form k sath attested photocopies attach karne padte hain aur as given in
advertisement.
37
BHAG – III
JUNIOR COMMISSION OFFICER AUR ANYA RANK
35. JCOs tatha anya ranks ke bharti ke liye patrta manadand niche hain nuntam sharnik
yougta aur aayu niche diye hain.
SNO
Category Education Age
a. Soldier(General
Duty)(All Arms)
SSLC/Matric 45% No ke sath 32% sabhi
Vishay mein 10+2 pass higher sec pass
hone par % of marks consider nahi hote
hain.
17
½
se 21 varsh
b. Soldier(Tech)Tech
Arms Artillery Army
Air Defence
10+2 pass higher sec pass in science
Physics chemistry math &English with
50% in Aggregate 40%in each subject
17
½
se 23 varsh
c. Soldiers clerk/Store
kepeerTech (All
Arms)
10+2 Intermediate Exam pass any
stream (Arts Science commence with
50%marks in aggregate aur minimum
40% marks in each subject.
17
½
se 23 varsh
d. Soldier Nursing
Assistant (Army
Medical Corps)
10 +2 intermediate exam pass in
science with Physics ,Chemistry Biology
and English with min 50% marks in
Aggregate and 40% in each subject
17
½
se 23 varsh
e. Soldier
Tradesmen(All
Arms)
10
th
pass(except Mess keeper &House
keeper may be 8
th
pass
17
½
se 23 varsh
f. Soldier (GD)All
Arms
10
th
pass 17
½
se 23 varsh
g. Surveyor Auto
Carto (Engineer)
BA/BSc passed 10 +2 with maths or
equivalent with marks &science as main
subject
20 se 25 varsh
h. Junior Commission
Adhikari (Dharmik
Sabhi Hathiyar)
Apne he dharmik samparday mein iske
ilawa apakishit yougta kisi bhi Vishay
mein snatak
27 se 34 varsh
j Junior Commission
Adhikari (Catring)
10+2 ke Pariksha pass ya samkash kasi
manyta prapat diploma /certificate
Ek saal se jayada ka cookery yaa hotel
management and catering tech from a
recognized university
27 e 34 varsh
k Havildear
education(Army
Education Corps)
BED ke sath samooh X MA/SSC ya
BA/IT/BCA/BSC
20 se 25 varsh
SANKSHEP
36. Yaha batana chata hun ki sabhi profession hamari matra bhumi ko serve kar rahe
hain.Lekin koi INDIAN ARMY jaisa nahi h yeh akela aisa profession h jo aap ko garv ki
annibhuti karwata h.
38
LESSON PLAN : ARMED FORCES -8
SAMEKIT RAKSHA STAFF KI AVADHARANA
(CONCEPT OF INTEGRATED DEFENCE STAFF)
Period - 1
Type - Lecture
Code - AF – 8
Term - III
___________________________________________________________________
Training Aids
OHP/VPS, Computer, Slide, Suchak Screen, Board Aur Chalk.
Time Plan
(a) Introduction - 05 Min
(b) Bhag I Background - 05 Min
(c) Bhag Ii –Role - 05 Min
(d)BhagIII- Sangathanatmak Sanrachana (Org structure) - 20 Min
(e) Sanskhep - 05Min
INTRODUCTION
1. Integrated raksha staff ka mukhyalaye New Delhi mein sthit hai. CISC, unke
secretrait aur kuchh annya bhag South Block mein sthith hai. Mukhyalaye ka pramukh ansh
Kashmir House mein stith hai. Mukhyalaya teeno senaon(Army,Navy, Air) ke adhikarion aur
staff karmion dwara paripurna haih .un k sath sat Videsh Mantralaya, Bhartiye Videsh Seva,
Raksha aur Finance vitt mantaralya aur DRDO k karamchari bhi hote hain.
PREVIEW
2. Byakhyan nimnalikhit bhagon mein ayojit kiya jayega:
(a) Bhag No I – Background
(b) Bhag No II – Bhumika
(c) Bhag No III – Org Structure
(d) Bhag No IV - Sankshep
BHAG I – BACKGROUND
3. 1947 Tak bahut kam Bhartiyeon ke pass prathmik ya uchcha Raksha sangathan aur
Prashasan ka anubhav tha. Pakistan dwara Kashmir par hamla karne ke karan hamare
desh ke vibhin org ke vikash ki gati ko mazboot kar diya, iske bad anek committan salah
dene ke liye banayi gayi . Defence Minister Committee (DMC) , Chief Of Staff Committee
(COSC) sanyukta yojana sameety ki tarah anne sameetion dwara samarpit kiya gaya tha. Jo
Raksha samassyaon par Raksha mantri, mantra mandal ki raksha sameety aur sanyukta
khufiya sameety (JIC) ka sangathan tha.
39
4.Shanti aur gut nirpekshaeta ki niti ne Kashmir mein yudha viram ke palan karne ke karan
sabhi committean defunct ho gayi.
5.1962 mein China se yudh ke bad mantri mandal ki raksha sameetyko mantri mandal ki
apat sameety badal diya gaya . Iske bad sena pramukh aur purva ke raksha sameety ki
upasthiti se in sangathanon ko bahar rakha gaya.
6. Kargil yudh ke bad sarkar ne suraksha pranali ka gahrai se samiksha kiya aur iss
vishleshan ke liye Kargil Samiksha Sameety ka gathan kiya gaya. Kargil Samiksha Sameety
ki sifarishon ko group of minister dwara dekha gaya aur lagu kiya gaya.
7. Mantri samuh ki shifarishon ke adhar par samekit raksha staff (IDS), raksha
mantralaye ke patra sankhya Raksha mantralaye/IC/1027/32/ID/5843/2001 dt 23 Nov 2001
ke dwara sarkar ka gathan kiya gaya.
BHAG – II BHUMIKA
8. Chief of integrated Defence Staff (CIDS) aur Chief of Staff Committee mil kar Chairman
aur Chief of Staff Committee (COSC) ko apna karya karne m puri madad karenge
BHAG – III ORG STRUCTURE
9. IDS Ekikrit raksha staff main sewadhin adhikari, civil adhikarion aur scientist ko
ismein shamil kar ekikrit raksha staff ki jimmedarion ke adhar par awantit kartavveon,
bhumika aur karyeon ko saunpa gaya. Ise nimna likhit mukhya shakhaon mein vibhajit kiya
gaya hai :-
(a) CISC ke vaigyanik salahkar, CISC ke financial advisor CISC sectt.
(b) Policy ,plans,and force development.
(c) Operations
(d) Doctrine,Org ,aur Trg
(e) Defence int Agency
(f) Antarastriye mamle aur vishudha akalan
10. Andaman aur Nicobar Command (ANC) pahala mukhyalaya ke sath akikrit Theatre
banaya gaya h jis ka mukhalaya Port Blair m hain . Yeh IDS ke madhyam se COSC ke tahat
sidhe chal rahi hai. Ismein mulrup se teenon senao ke samrik lambi duri ke hathiyar
pranalion ka samabesh hai, jo samrik force command k tahat chal raha h(SFC).
SANSKHEP
11. IDS ka vision ek mukhya org k tarah kam karna jo MoD ko apne policy doctrine war
fighting aur hathiyar kharidne aur employment ke bare best practices batata h
40
LESSON PLAN : ARMED FORCES - 6
TASK AND ROLE OF FIGHTING ARMS
Code - AF - 6
Period - Two
Type - Lecture/Video
Term - II
__________________________________________________________________________
Training Aids
OHP, Computer Slide, Pointer, Charts, Black Board Aur Chalk
Time plan
Introduction -05 Min
Part I – Infantry -25 Min
Part II – Armour -25 Min
Part III – Mechanised Infantry -25 Min
Conclusion -05 Min
PART I – INFANTRY
Introduction
1. Akhri vishleshan me dushman ki fauj aur hathiyaro ki barbadi, uske sthan par kabja karna,
uske samundar aur hawai kheshtra par kabja karna hi dushman ki haar mana jata hai par
ant me infantry hi hai jo dushman ke ground par kabja karti hai aur dushman ko barbad kar
deti hai.
Role Of Infantry
2. Infantry dushman se muthbed ke liye bahut hi jaruri hai. Attack ke samay jaruri hai ki Infantry
dushman ke nazdeek pahunch kar use pakad le ya barbad kar de, aur defence ke samay jaruri hai ki
woh dushman ke har attack ko khatam karte hue apne hold banaye rakhe.
Visheshtayein
3. Self Reliance (Khud Par Ashrit)Yeh Infantry ki sabse badi khubi hai ki woh har kam ke liye
khud par ashrit hai. Beshak baki sabhi arms ki bhi support hoti hai, par fir bhi kai baar use bina
support ke hi dushman se ladna padta hai.
4. Ability to hold ground.Infantry is kam ke liye bahut saksham hai. Is kam ke liye ise jitni
support milegi yeh utni hi adhik saksham hoti jayegi.
41
5. Adaptbility.Infantry apne aap ko har parkar ke ground aur sthiti me dhalne me saksham hai.
Yeh din raat aur har tarah ke mausam me kaam kar sakti hai. Infantry ke jawan aur uska saman kahi
bhi zameen par, samunder me ya hawa me yudh ke sthan par pahunchaya ja sakta hai.
6.Mobility. Infantry ki Chalne ki Kshmata/taqat uski chalne ki speed se nahi lagana chahiye. Iska
andaja is baat se lagana chahiye ki yeh har tarah ke area me chal sakti hai aur wajib transport dene
par yeh jaldi bhi chal sakti hai.
7. Vulnerability. Infantry apni suraksha ke liye khud hi jimmewar hai. Yeh nimanlikhit karno se
mushkil me aa sakti hai :-
(a). Ground Action.Infantry ko chote hathiyaron aur tanks se khatra hota hai. Artillery aur chote
hathiyaro se bachne ke liye chup kar baithna, concealment, gadda khodna, ground ka sahi
istemal karna, andhere ka upyog karna chahiye. Jab zameen ke ander chupe hue ho toh
infantry apne ko tanks se anti tank hathiyaro dwara bachav kar sakti hai, Jab Infantry movement
kar rahi ho toh ise dushman ke tank se bachne ke liye artillery ki madad ki jarurat hoti hai.
(b). Air Attack. Khule me Infantry ko dushman ke hawai hamle se khatra hota hai.Jaanmal
ke nuksan se bachne ke liye aaspass me cover lena, gadde me chup kar baithna faydemand
hai. Agar jaruri hidaytein li jaye toh in khatron se bacha ja sakta hai jaise ki armour aur artillery
ki madad se.
(c). Anti Personnel Mines.3 blast type ki anti personnel mine se 10% nuksan hota hai jabki isi
tarah ki blast aur fragmentation type ki mine se 25% tak ka nuksan ho sakta hai. Halanki aisi
sthiti se nipatne ke liye Infantry ko Engineers ki support milti hai jab mines jyada matra me ho.
Kabhi kabhi aise mine ko nistarit karne ke liye jawano ko inke upar se teji se bhagne ko kaha
jata hai.
Employment and Tactics.
8. Employment.Infantry ko kisi bhi operation me lagaya ja sakta hai. Har sthiti me Infantry ka
yahi role hai ki dushman ko barbad kare aur ground par apna hold banaye rakhe.
9. Tactics.Fire aur movement Infantry ki main tarkib hai. Infantry ke sabhi sangthan is sidhant
par nirdharit hai. Apni movement ko cover karne ke liye Infantry ko supporting fire ki jarurat hoti hai.
Infantry ko har sthiti me chahe use koi support ho ya na ho, me movement karne ki training di jati hai.
10.Infantry Weapons.Infantry ke mukhya hathiyar rifle aur bayonet, LMG aur grenades hai. Iske
alaw kuch ke paas carbine, pistol bhi hoti hai. Support karne ke liye inke paas 2 inch aur 81mm
mortars, machine guns aur anti tank weapons bhi hote hai.
11. Training.Infantry ke jawano ki training baki jawano se jyada flexible hoti hai. Inki training me
inhe skill, endurance, adaptability, ground ka sahi istemal karna adi sikhaya jata hai.
42
PART II – ARMOUR
12.Role of Armour.Armour ka main role dushman ko nisto naboot karna hai chahe woh attack me ho
ya defence me.
Principles of Employment
13.General.sudh ke sidhanto me armour ko employ karna bhi jaruri hai. Yudh me jeet ke liye armour
ki visheshtaon ka kafi mahatav hai.
14. Offensive Action.Armour aamtor par ek offensive weapon hathiyar hai aur uska istemal bhi isi
tarike se hona chahiye. Is visheshta ko prapat karne ke liye hamein mobility, flexibility, fire power aur
tanks ki armour protection ki jarurat hai. Yudh me un jagah par bhi jab defensive ho tab bhi yeh bahut
jaruri hai.
15. Concentration.Ek jagah par kendrit armour bahut hi nirnayak sidh hoti hai. Jyada
shocking prabhav ke liye jyada matra me iska paryog kiya jata hai.Shock action jyada karya karne
se badta hai aur is se apni casualty bhi kam hoti hai.
16. Economy of Force. Iska maksad bhi kendrit karne ke maksad ki tarah hai. Armour ka
paryog uchit matra me uchit sthan par hi karna chahiye aur iske hathiyaro ko sambhal ke istemal
karna chahiye tah jo yeh jarurat padne par dobara istemal kiye ja sake.
17. Surprise.Armour ki taqat aur gati dushman ko hairan kar sakti hai.Isko ground ke sahi
paryog se rukawato ko dur karke kiya ja sakta hai.Tanks ki awaj aur us se uthati dhul se inhe
dushman se chupa kar rakhna mushkil hai fir bhi is se dushman ko hairan kiya ja sakta hai. Is
raat ke samay me ya yudh ke akhri palo me samne lakar dushman ko nuksan pahunchaya ja
sakta hai.
18. Flexibility.Acha Command aur control, achi physical mobility aur sashakt sanghathan
armour ko kafi had tak flexible banata hai. Is se yudh me har tarah ki situation ke hisab se
armour apne ko dhal sakta hai. Iski flexibility aur speed ke karan armour jaldi action le sakta hai.
19.Cooperation.
Mechanized Infantry bhi shamil ho. Isko hawai madad ke liye helicopter ki bhi jarurat
hoti hai.
20. Speed.Yudh me gati bahut hi mahatavpuran hai. Iska arth hai:-
(a). Nirnayo me gati
(b). Hukum dene me gati
(c ). Hukum ko lagoo karne me gati
21.Initiative.Jo side pehle initiative le leti hai woh dusre ke upar bhari pad jati hai.Isliye pehle baar
me asardar akarman karna chahiye.
43
PART III: THE MECHANIZED INFANTRY
22. Mechanized Infantry ki jarurat mobility, radio communication aur Infantry ki fire power ko dhyan
me rakhte hue ki gayi tah jo Infantry kargar tarike se mobile operation kar sake. Infantry combat
vehicles infantry ko protection, fire power aur mobility pradan karti hai tah jo yeh armour ke sath
milkar prabhav dal sake.
Role Of Mechanised Infantry
23. Primary Role.Mechanised Infantry ka prathmik role armour ke sath milkar dushman ke
nazdeek pahunch kar use barbaad kar dena hai.
24. Secondary Role.
(a). Mop up ground over run by armour
(b). Hold ground temporarily.
(c ). Reconnaissance
(d). Anti tank rukawat ke upar ek bridge banana taki armour asani se upar se teji se ja sake.
(e). Dushman ke hamle ko nirast karna ya counter attack karna
(f). Counter infiltration ke liye aur para and heliborne landings karna
25. General.Mechanised Infantry ko Infantry se alag nahi samajhna chahiye. Yeh Infantry hi hai
jiske paas additional visheshtayein hai jo ise armour ke sath mobile operations me aur shaktishali
banati hai.
26. Mobility.
Mechanised Infantry ko kafi matra me armour dwara personnel carrier support di
gayi hai. Yeh armour personnel carrier support inhe kahi bhi chalne me madad karti hai.
Amphibious capability (Jal aur thal dono me chalne ki kshamta) hone ke karan Infantry kahi bhi
nadi nalle cross kar sakti hai.
27. Protection. Armour personnel carrier ka halka armour ise halke ammunition se
bachata hai jisse se Infantry dushman ke jyada nazdeek pahunch sakti hai.Par yeh carrier
dushman ke anti tank weapons se aur artillery ke attack se surakshit nai hai.
28. Fire Power.Armoured Personnel Carriers ke upar machine guns fit hone ke karan ye
achi fire power pradan kar sakte hai.Halanki yeh armour ke sath milkar kaam karte hai phir bhi
inke apne anti tank weapons hote hai jis se ye khud apne aap apni suraksha kar sakte hai aur
ground ko hold kar ke rakh sakte hai aur rukawato ko bhi dur kar sakte hai.
44
29. Communications.Mechanised Infantry ka mukhya communication ka madhyam radio hai.
Mechanised Infantry ko tej order paas karne aur lene jab weh move par ho, armour aur tank units/sub
units ke sath milkar chalne ke liyeadditional radio communication suvidha pradan ki gayi hai.
NM
31. Shock Action.Mechanised Infantry armoured personnel carrier me swar hokar dushman ki
golibari se bachte hue dushman se muthbed karke use aam Infantry se kai jyada hairan kar sakti hai.
Shock effect jyada ho jata hai jab Mechanised Infantry carrier par swar hokar armour ke sath milkar
kam karti hai.
SANKSHEP
32.Infantry, Armour aur MechanisedInfantryIndian army ka bahut hi jaruri bhag h yudh k dauran
yeh teeno hi milkar dushman par jeet prapt karte h.aur teeno khand ek sath milkar kisi bhi ops
ko bhut Bkhubi se anjam de sakte hain.
45
INDEX
MAP READING( MR)
S
N
O
LESSON CODE
SUBJECT
NO OF PERIODS
PAGE
NO
SD/SW JD/JW
SD/SW JD/JW
1 MR-1 MR-1 Manchitra Ki Paribhasa, Prakar Aur
Paramparagat Chinha
02 02 46
2 MR-2 MR-2 Scale Aur Grid System 02 02 52
3 MR-3 MR-3 Topographical Forms & Technical Terms 02 02 54
4 MR-4 MR-4 Rahat, Akarti Aur Dhal 02 02 57
5 MR-5 MR-5 Cardinal Bindu Aur Uttar ke Prakar 01 01 60
6 MR-6 MR-6 Bearing Ka Prakar Aur Service Protector
Ka Prayog
03 03 63
7 MR-7 MR-7 Prismatic Compass Aur Iske Upayog Aur
GPS
02 02 66
8 MR-8 MR-8 Naksha Set Karna, Uttar Dhud Ne Ke
Tarike Aur Apni Sthiti Dhudna
04 04 69
9 MR-9 - Manchitra Se Zameen Aur Zamee Se
Manchitra
03 - 73
1
0
MR-10 - Shutri March 05 - 76
TOTAL 26 18
46
LESSON PLAN: MR- I
VIBHIN PRAKAR KE MAPS AUR CONVENTIONAL SIGNS
(PRAMAPARAGAT CHINAH)
Period - Two
Parkar - Lecture
Code - MR-1
Term - I
________________________________________________________________________
_
Training Aids
1. Map sheet, computer slides, pointers, chart, blackboard aur chalk.
Time Plan
2. (a) Bhumika Aur Uddesh - 05 Min
(b) Map ki Paribhasha aur parkar - 35 Min
(c) Paramparik Chinah - 35 Min
(d) Sanskhep - 05 Min
UDDESH
3. Is sabak ka uddesh vibhin prakar ke Map aur Paramparagat (conventional) chinon ke
bare mein jankari dena hai.
PREVIEW (PURVALOKAN)
(a) Bhag I - Map ki paribhasha aur prakar
(b) Bhag II - Paramparagat chinah
BHAG I: MAP KI PARIBHASHA AUR PARKAR
4. Paribhasha Map ek nishit pemane par kagaj ki ek flat sheet par kuch chune hue
prakaritik ya manav nirmit vastoun ko ek nishchit scale par unki ek dam sahi bhogolik stathi
ya jagah par darsata hain. Paramparagat Chinah, alag-alag rang aur contours ki madat ke
dwara pahad, ghatiya ya samtal ilaqe ko map par unki ground par sahi jagah par darshaya
jata hain.
(a) Khabi khabi yeh updated hota hain.
(b) Map mein har zameeni detail ko nahin dekhaya ja sakta hai.
Map Ke Parkar
5. Unke scale (pemane) aur unke upyog ke aadhar par map bhin-bhin prakar ke hote
hain:-
(a) Atlas Maps. Yeh bahut hi chote scale ke maps hote hain jin mein ek hi map
sheet par ek pure desh, mahadeep, mahasagar aur yahan tak puri duniya ke sabhi
desho ko darshaya ja sakta hai.
47
(b) Sathalkritik Maps (Topographical Maps). Yeh woh maps hain jinka
istemal hum map reading ke liye karte hain. Survey of India dwara banne hue sabhi
maps Sathalkritik ya Topographical Maps hote hain.
(c) Rahat (Relief) Maps. Yeh Zameen ka ek vastavik model ke rup mein banaye
jate hain.
(d) Out Line Naksha. Yeh maps us desh ki ek general plan dikhate hain jaise ki
mukya saher aur nadiya. Kai bar kuch zaurari zameeni detail bhi in map mein dekhayi
jati hain.
(e) Rail/Road Maps. Yeh maps rail aur road ko darshane ke istemal kiye jate
hain.
(f) Photo Maps. Yeh maps hawai photos ki madat dwara banaye jate hain
aur iske dwara us area ki sabhi jaruri details dekhaye jati hain.
(g) Dusre Parkar ke Maps.
(i) Bhogolik maps jo ki zameen ki niche ke pattar ke banawat ko dekhate
hain.
(ii) Stastical Maps jo ki us area ke jansankya, udyogo, khanij padarth,
fasalo aadi, ke baare mein jankari dete hain.
(iii) Charts jo ki samander aur Nadi mein pani ke geharai ko dikhata hain
(v) Woh maps jo ki mausam vibhag dwara istemal kiye jaate hain aur usme
mein hawa ka rukh, tivarta, vayumandal ka dabav aadi. ki jankari hoti
hain
BHAG II: PARAMPARAGAT CHINAH
4. Parampargat Chinah (Conventional Signs) woh chinah hain jo ki map mein kisi bhi
vastavik ya manav nirmit cheezon ko dikhane mein istemal aate hain. In chino ko scale
aadhar par nahin banaya jata hain. Kuch zaruri paramparagat chinah is prakar se hain:-
a) PakkiSadak Km stone kesaath
20 21 22 23
(a)
KacchiSadak Km Stone kesaath
10 11 12 13
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
(c) BeilGadi track, Camel track, khacchar track
48
(d) Footpath, dharakebagalmein road, barbarXg
…………. ::::
::::::
(e) Khambonkesaathaurbina bridge, causeway, Ford
_ _ _ _ _ _________
_ _ _ _ _ _________
(f) Pani wale jharnokedhara, canal
_______
////////////////////////////////////
____________
(g) Nadikekinare, 10 se 20 foot ya 20 foot se upar
14R 60R
, ,
(h) Sukhinadi, Nadidharakesaath,Nadidweepaurchattaonkesaath
…….
…….
(j) JawariyaNadi, upchattanokevikalpkesath
BLACK BLUE
-_--_---_-_-_-_-
------------
(k) Kuua lined aur unlined, dhara, tanks permtyashukhe
(l) Kaeaz-in, flow and shuke, swamp, reeds
… … …. …….
(m) Embankment (dewar), road or rail, tank cutting surang
////////////////// ///////////
/////////////// //// ///////////
49
(n) TutiFutiZameen, Camping ground, vine on trellis(fencing)
(o) Railways, broad gauge, double, station, under construction
(p) Railways baki gauge ki, double, single (milestone) and under construction
(q) Light railway or tram way, Telegraph Line
……………………………
(r) Circuit House, dakBungalow, Rest House
CH DB RH
CG
(s) Inspection bungalow, police station, Buddhist Kyaung
IB Kg
(t) Post Office, telegraph office, Post aur telegraph ka combined office
(u) Forest reserve, Rajya (State)aur protected (Surakshit)
RP SR PF
(v) SathankanaamParsashanik local team aadiwasi
.KIKRI. DAUR. HAGA
(w) Gaon, khule, deewarke, Ujade, Khali chode, antiquities
50
(x) Jhopadiyan, permanent aur temporary, Kila, tower chhatvi
(y) Church, Masjid, Mandir, Shivalay, Idgah, kabr
(z) Bandh (Dam),Masonaryaur earth repair ware (Anicut in Madras)
(aa) Lighthouse, lightship, buoys bamboo plantation
PS
PO
TO
PTO
(ab) Unchighas, chhoteghas, bamboo plantation
(ac) Khajoor, Supari, anyashankuvriksh
(ad) Contours, FormlinesaurChattanidahalane
(ae) Cliff aurraitkevastuon
51
(af) Moraine, Glacier, Rodi
(ag) Mark kihuiAntar-rastiyaSeema
(ah) Mark kihuiAntar-rajiyaSeema
(aj) Bina Mark kihuiAntar- rastiyaaurrajyaseema
,
(ak) ZilayaTehsilya tribalkiseema
(al) Sub Divisional, tehsil, talukyakasbekiseema
………………………………………..
(am) Boundary pillars, surveyed, not found
(an) Tel ke kuwa, Mine, Yudh ke kshtra saal ke saath
(ao) Trig Height and Bench Mark
BM-200
SANSKHEP
52
LESSON PLAN: MR – 2
SCALE AUR GRID SYSTEM
Period - Two
Prakar - Lecture
Code - MR-2
Term - I
______________________________________________________________________
Training Aids
1. Map sheet, Computer, Slide, Pointer, Chart, Black Board Aur Chalk
Time Plan
2. (a) Parichay aur Uddesh - 05 Mins
(b) Paribhasa aur scale ke prakar - 35 Mins
(c) Paribhasa aur grid reference nikal ne ke tariqe - 35 Mins
(d) Niskarsh - 05 Mins
UDDESH
3. Is sabak ka uddesh bhibin prakar ke scale ke baare mein jankari aur Grid reference
nikal ne ka tariqa sikhana hain
PURVALOKAN
4. Is sabak ko do bhagon mein chalaya jayega :-
(a) Bhag I – Scale ki paribhasha aur scale ke prakar.
(b) Bhag II – Grid reference ki paribhasha aur grid reference nikalane ke tariqe.
BHAG - I Scale ki paribhasha aur scale ke prakar
Scale Ki Paribhasha
5. Ground mein do bindu ke bich ke faasle ka anupath jo ki hum map par dikate hain use
Scale kehte hain. Map par hum sab kuch chota kar dete hain aur jis level tak hum use
chhota kar te hain use Map ka scale kehte hain. Har map ek anupat ko darasta hain jo ki us
area ki wastvik aakar ke liye nischit kiya gaya hain.
Scale Vyakt Karne Ke Tariqe
6. Scale ko do tariqe se vyakt kiya jata hain:-
(a) Sabado Mein. 1 inch to 1 mile. Iska matlab map par 1 inch ground ke 1
mile ko darsata hain.
53
(b) RF (Representative Fraction)
. Yeh scale pratinidhi bhinna (fraction) mein
darsaya jata hai, jaise ki yadi map ka scale 1/100000 se darshaya gaya hai toh iska
matlab hai ki 1 ek unit ground par 100000 unit ko darshati hain. Iska matlab yeh bhi
ho sakta hain ki map ka 1 cm, zameen ke 100000 cm ke barabar hai.
Scale Line
7. Scale niche ke taraf ek scale line hoti hai jo ki do taraf se darsaye jati hai jiski madat
se map ki duri ko mapa ja saktahai. Ek 2 cm to 1 km ke map par, 1 km uski lambai par
darshaya jata hai aur usi prakar metres mein banta jata hain aur is se chhote bhag baen
haath ke taraf hote hain
8. In scales lines ke baade bhago ko Primaries aur chhote bhago ko Secondaries kehte
hain. Scale line ek 2cm to 1 km scale ka udtharan niche diya gaya hai.
500 Mtr to 1cm
Mtrs 1000 2 cm to 1 km
500 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
SCALE
BHAG – II GRID KI PARIBHASHA
9. Map par baigane rang ke rekhao ka network hota hain inmenin kuch rekhaye Uttar se
Dakshin aur kuch Paschim se Uttar ki taraf jati hain. Yeh rekhaye map par chhote chhote
square banati hain. Yeh rekhaye Grid Lines kehlati hain
Uddesh
10. Grid lines ka uddesh hai ki kisi bhi vasto ka grid reference ko pada ja sake aur bearing
ko napa ja sake ki.
Grid Reference Nikalne Ki Vidhi
11. Ek grid reference nikal ne mein char niyam hote hain :-
(a) Ek reference mein hamesha even numbers ke figure hone chahiye. Zyada tar
yeh 06 figures ka hota hain.
(b) Hamesa Easting lines ko pehle pade aur Paschim se Purav ke taraf pade aur
phir Northing lines ko pade Dakshin se Uttar ke taraf.
(c) Ek six figure grid reference mein teesra aur chhata figure 1000 bhag ke liye
varg ke 10 nazdik hissa hota hain
(d) Yadi ek general Grid Reference dena ho aur us square mein ek hi vastu ho eg
bridge, mandir, road junction, tab us vastu ka four figure grid reference bhi kafi hoga.
54
LESSON PLAN : MR – 3
BHUAKRITIYA (TOPOGRAPHICAL FORMS) AUR TAKNIKI TATHAY
(TECHNICAL TERMS)
Period - Two
Type - Lecture/Practice
Code - MR-3
Term - I & II
Training Aids
1. Computer Slides, Pointer, Chart, Black Board and Chalk
Time Plan
2. (a) Parichay - 05 Min
(b) Topographical Terms - 35 Min
(c) Technical Terms - 35 Min
(d) Sankshep - 05Min
PARICHAY
3. Is sabak unhi hi Bhuakritiya aur takniki tathay ke baare mein bataya ja raha jo ki
jadatar istemal mein aati hain iske ilava bhi kafi Bhuarkritiya aur takniki tathay hai jo aap logo
nahin bataye ja rahe hain. Bhuakritiya ka naam ground par cheezo ki bhogaulik vishestaon
ka varnan karne ke liye kiya jata hai
UDDESH
4. Is sabak ka uddesh sabhi cadets ko bhin-bhin prakar ke Bhuakritian tatha Takniki
Tathay se parichit karana hain
PURVALOKAN
5. Yeh sabak do bhago mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Bhuakritian
(b) Bhag II - Takniki Tathay
BHAG I : BHUAKRITIAN
6. Bhuakritian.
(a) Basin - Ek samtal zamin jo charo taraf se pahadiyon se ghira ho
ya woh keshtra jahan se ek nadi aur uski sahyogi nadiya beh kar aati hain.
(b) Col and Saddle - Ek hi pahadi ki do chotiyan ke bich ka samatal
aur dabi hu jagah ko Col kahate hain. Jab is bhumi ki nichai choti se bahut kam hoti
hai to ise saddle kahte hain.
55
(c) Crest -Phad ki choti ya Pahad ka sabse uncha bhag. Weh line jo Pahadi ka
srediyon ki chotiyon ko milati hui ulti disha mein niche utarati hain who crest keh
lati hain
(d) Dead Ground (Dabi Hui Zameen). Who kshtera jo zameen ki banawat ke
karan nahin dekhne wale ko nahin dikhaye deta.
(e) Defile. Ek vastvik ya manav nirmit feature jahan se jawano ko ek line
bana ke nikalna pade use Defile kehte hain. Eg , Vastvik Defile – ek pass aur manav
nirmit Defile – Bridge
(f) Escarpment. Pahadi ke atyadhik tivra durgam dhalan jo ki ground level
se achanak niche ho gaye.
(g) Knoll (Tilla) Ek choti aur akeli pahadi.
(h) Padhaar (Plateau) Pahad ke upar samatal bhumi ko, Padhaar kehte hain.
(j) Ravine Ek lambi tatha gehri pahadi jo ek taraf se band ho aur do spur ko
alag kare
(k) Ridge. Pahad ya pahadi ke saath lagi hui ek line jis se pani ulti disha
mein behta ho use Ridge kehte hain.
(l) Spur. Udhi hui zamin jo ki pahad se nikal kar maidano mein ja kar mil jaye.
(m) Watershed. Who line jo pani ke bahav ko alag-alag nadiyon mein vibhajit karti
hain
BHAG II : TAKNIKI TATHYA
7. Takniki Tathya
(a) Bearing. Ek kon jo ki do binduon jodne wali rekha aur line ke dwara do
binduon ko jodne a hai aur jisme uttar tatha dakshin line ho,use bearing kehte hain.
Bearing ko hamesha ghadi ki sulte rukh mein (clockwise) se napate hain
(b) Bench Mark. Ek permanent mark jo kaat kar diwar mein banaya jata hai aur
nischit unchai ko record karne ke liye bhavishay mein reference ke taur par prayog
kiya jata hai, isko ordinance survey map par height ke saath BM ke taur par chinhit
karte hain
(c) Contour Map ke upar khinchi ek rekha jo samudra tal se barbar unchai
wali sabhi binduon ko jode.
(d) Detail. Map par di gayi bhumi se sambandit sabhi suchana.
(e) Gradient. Pahadi ki woh dhalan jo ki fraction batayi jaye.
(f) Grid Lines. Map par saman duri par ek dusre ke samantar khinchi gayi line jo
uttar aur dakshin lino ke saath 90 degree ka kon banati hain unhe Grid Lines kehte
hain.
(g) Grid North
. Map par easting lines upar ki taraf jis disha mein sanket karti hai
use Grid North Kehte hain.
56
(h) Horizontal Equivalent. Map mein do najdiki contour lines ke beech ki duri
ko Horizontal Equivanent kehte hain. Yeh relief ki prakriti ke anusar badlte rehte hain.
(j) Magnetic Bhinta (Variation). Vastavik Uttar aur Magnetic Uttar ke beech
ke antar ko Magnetic ya Chumbakiya Bhinta bhi kehte hain.
(k) Setting. Map ko is tarah set karna ki Vastavik Uttar aur Grid Uttar ek hi
disha mein ho aur ground ki object map ki object ki relation mein ho.
(l) Spot Height. Map par diye hue ek jiski unchain Survery method ke dwara
nirdharit ki gayi ho. Yeh unchain bindu ke saath darshai jati hai
(m)Trig Point. Survey ki suruvat par trikodian ke dauran nishchit kiya gaya
ek bindu jo Ordinance Survey Map par unchain ke saath ek chote trikon ke dwara
darsaya gay ho.
(n) True North (Vastavik Uttar). Ek nischit bindu se North Pole (Uttar Dhruv)
ki disha koTrue North (Vastavik Uttar) kehte hain.
(o) Vertical Interval (VI). Map par do nikat varti contour rekhaon ke bich
lambavat contour rekhaon ke bich pradarshit vastavik dharatal duri ko Vertical Interval
kehte hain. VI har scale ke liye ek jaisa hota hain.
SANSKHEP
57
LESSON PLAN : MR-4
RAHAT, CONTOURS AUR GRADIENTS
Period - 01/02
Praka - Lecture/Abhyas
Code - MR-4
Term - I &II
___________________________________________________________________
Training Aids.
1. Map Sheets, Computer Slides, Pointer, Charts, Blackboard & Chalk
Time Plan.
2. (a) Parichay - 05 Min
(b) Rahat aur Dhalan - 15 Min
(c) Contours aur Gradients - 15 Min
(d) Niskarsh - 05 Min
(e) Abhyas - 40 MIN
UDDESH
3. Iss sabak ka uddesh cadets ko Rahat, Dhalan, Contours aur gradients ke bare mein
jankari dena hain.
PURVALOKAN
4. Sabak niminlikhit bhagon mein chalaya jayega :-
(a) Bhag I - Rahat aur Dhalan
(b) Bhag II - Countours Aur Gradients
BHAG I - RAHAT AUR DHALAN
Rahat.
5. Rahat ek samannya shabd hai jis se zameen ke aakar ke liye lagu kiya gaya hai. Ek
map par ek Rahat ka matlab hota hai, zameen ka aakar aur height samudar tal se upar ya
niche. Iss prakar yeh byapak subhidhaon aur map par darsaya gaya hai. Jo zameen
sambandhi unchain ya nichai ko darsata hai.
6. Rahat ko map par niminlikhit ki madat se dekhaya jata hai, hachures, chhayankan,
form linon, layer tints, contours, spot height, trig height, bench mark, aur relative heights
58
Dhalan
7. Contour lines jitni kareeb hogi dhalan utni hi khadi hogi aur jahan ke contour line dur
hogi dhalan utni asan hogi. Is parkar aap dekh sakte hain ki dhalan kahan par asan hain aur
kahan par khadi hai
Dhalanon Ka Prakar
8. Dhalan do prakar ki hoti hain, Uttal (Convex) aur Avatal (Concave). Uttal dhalan bahar
ke taraf hoti hai aur Avatal dhalan jo ki andar ki taraf hoti hain.
BHAG II – CONTOURS AUR DHALAN
Contours
9. Map par samundar tal se ek hi unchai ke binduon jo ek kalpanik rekha jodti hain use
contour kehte hain. Yadi aap ek nischit star par ek pahadi ke charon aur chal rahe hai saath
hi aap na to upper ki aur ja rahi hai aur na hi niche ki aur toh iska matlab hai ki aap us star
ke contour par hain.
10. Contours Ki Visheshtaen. Contours ki vishestaen is prakar hain:-
(a) Contours zameen ki banawat, unchai aur dhalan ko bilkul sahi parkar se
dekhata hain.
(b) Contours lines map par aam taur par bhure rang se darshaye jate hain lekin
kabhi kabhi yeh kaale rang se bhi darshaye jati hain.
(c) 1:50000 scale ke map mein, har panchven contour par us ilaqe ki height mark
ki hoti hain.
(d) Contour lines alag-alag dekhai deti hain.
(e) Yeh lines aapas mein ek dusre ko na chhuti hain aur na hi cross karti hain.
Kewal khadi chadai ya cutting ko chhod kar jahan par ye doted se dhikhai jati hain.
Vertical Interval (VI)
11. Do nazdiki contour line ke beech ke chadav/uttarav ko Vertical Interval (VI) kehte
hain. 1 Inch to 1 Mile Map mein , har contour line ka VI 50 feet hota hain balki ek (Quarter
Inch map) ¼ inch to 1 Mile mein VI 250 feet hota hain
Horizontal Equivalent (HE)
12. Map par do nazdiki contour lines ke beech ki duri ko Horizontal Equivalent (HE) kehte
hain.
Gradient
13. Zameen ki dhalan aur samtal ke beech bann ne wale con ko Gradient kehte hain. Isko is
prakar darshaya jata hai, 1 in 15 ya 1 in 20 jisko 1/15 ya 1/20 bhi likha ja sakta hain. Ek
gradient jis ko 1 in 15 se darshaya gaya hain, iska matlab hai ki 15 m ke samtal duri mein
zameen 1 m upar ya niche ho rahi hai. Samanya bhasha mein yeh bola ja sakta hai ki
Gradient Vertical Interval (VI) aur Horizontal Equivalent (HE) ka ratio hai. Gradient ki napne
ki ikai nahin hoti hain. Iska formula hai Gradient =VI/HE
14. Horizontal Equivalent (HE) ko map se naap kar nikala ja sakta hai aur Vertical Interval
(VI) ko do najdiki contour lines ki height se ghata kar nikala ja sakta hain.
59
15. Aksar aap ko yeh jankari chahiye hoti hain hai ki ek zameen ka tukda ke dhalan kitne
khadi hai ya asan hain taki aap ko pata chal sake ki kis prakar ki gadi us ko par kar sakti
hain. Us ilaqe ka gradient asani se contour wale map se nikala ja sakta hain
Gradient Ko Napna
16. Ek dhalan mein chadayi ya utarayi niminlikhit mein vyakat ki ja sakti hain:-
(a) Dhalan ko kon ya degree ke dwara
(b) Dhalan ko kon ke ansh(tangent) dwara
SANSKHEP
60
LESSON PLAN : MR – 5
CARDINAL BINDU(POINTS) AUR NORTH KE PARKAR
Period - One
Prakar - Lecture/Practice
Code - MR-5
Term - I
Training Aids.
1. Computer slides, Pointer, Chart, Blackboard and Chalk
Time Plan.
2. (a) Parichay - 05 Min
(b) Cardinal bindu aur types of North (Uttar ke Parkar) - 15 Min
(c) Magnetic Variation (Bhinta) Aur Grid Convergence (Abhisaran) - 15 Min
(d) Sankshep - 05Min
UDDESH
3. Is sabak ka uddesh cadets ko Cardinal bindu aur Uttar ke prakar ke bare mein jankari
dena hai
PURVALOKAN
4. Sabak nimanlikhit bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I Cardinal binduon aur Uttar ke parkar
(b) Bhag II Magnetic Bhinta aur Grid Convergence
BHAG I: CARDINAL BINDUON AUR UTTAR KE PARKAR
Cardinal Bindu.
5. Uttar (North), Dakshin (South), Purav (East) aur Paschim (West) ko Cardinal bindu
kehte.
6. Yadi Uttar Disha shunya (0) degree par hai toh East (Purav) disha iske saath 90
degree ka con (angle) banati hai. Aur South (Dakshin) disha 180 degree ka con banati hai,
tatha West (Paschim) disha 270 degree ka con banati hai. Yadi ghadi ke sidhe rukh mein
(clockwise direction) Uttar disha se leke wapas Uttar disha tak con napa jaye toh, yeh con
360 degree ka hota hai. Iska matlab hai ki Uttar disha 360/0 degree par hoti hai.
61
7. Chaar Cardinal bindu ke ilava 04 choti (Minor) dishayein bhi hoti hain. Ye iss prakar
hain:-
(a) Uttar Purav (North East/NE) - 45 degree
(b) Dakshin Purav (South East/SE) - 135 degree
(c) Dakshin Pashchim (South West/SW) - 225 degree
(d) Uttar Pashchim (North West/NW) - 315 degree
8. Iske ilava 08 madyam (intermediate) dishayein bhi hoti hai. Yeh iss prakar hai:-
(a) Uttar Uttar Purav (North North East) - 22 & ½ Degree
(b) Purav Uttar Purav (East North East) - 67 & ½ Degree
(c) Purav Dakshin Purav (East South East) - 112 & ½ Degree
(d Dakshin Dakshin Purav (South South East) - 157 & ½ Degree
(e) Dakshin Dakshin Paschim (South South West) - 202 & ½ Degree
(f) Paschim Dakshin Paschim (West South West) - 247 & ½ Degree
(g) Paschim Uttar Paschim (West North West) - 292 & ½ Degree
(h) Uttar Uttar West (North North West) - 337 & ½ Degree
9. Cardinal bindu, Choti dishayein (Minor directions) aur Madyam dishayein
(Intermediate Directions) ko mila ke total 16 dishayein hoti hain.
UTTAR KE PARKAR
10. Uttar teen parkar ke hote hain:-
(a) Vastavik Uttar (True North). Praybarshak (observer) se Uttari dhruv ki
disha mein hota hai.
(b) Magnetic Uttar. Yeh woh disha hain jahan magnetic compass ki suie
dekhati hain.
(c) Grid Uttar
. Ek map ki easting lines jis disha ki taraf point karti hai use Grid
Uttar kehte hai.
11. North point (Bindu) Ke Beech Mein Con. Teeno Uttar ke beech banne wale
teen con is prakar hain:-
(a) Magnetic Asvkirti (Magnectic Declination). Magnetic Uttar (Magnetic
North) aur Vastavik Uttar (True North) ke beech ke con ko Magnetic Asvkirti ya
Magnetic Bhinta (Magnectic Variation) kehte hain.
(b) Grid Convergence. Grid Uttar (Grid North) aur Vastavik uttar ke beech
ke con ko Grid Convergence kehte hain.
62
(c) Grid Magnetic Con. Grid Uttar aur Magnetic Uttar ke beech ke con ko
Grid Magnetic Con kehte hai.
BHAG II: MAGNETIC BHINTA AUR GRID ABHISASRAN
(MAGNETIC VARIATION AUR GRID CONVERGENCE)
12. Vastavik Uttar Sithar Hain. Compass ki suie jis disha ke taraf point karti hai
use Magnetic Uttar ya Magnetic North kehte hai. Compass ki suie Vastavik Uttar ko nahin
dikhate hai balki Vastavik Uttar ke thoda Purav ya Paschim disha ke taraf hoti hain. Vastavik
Uttar aur Magnetic Uttar ke beech jo con banta hai use Magnetic Variation ya Magnetic
Bhinta kehte hain. Magnetic Bhinta do cheezon mein nirbhar karta hain, samay aur jagah.
Magnetic Uttar ko niche diye gaye chitra ke madat se samajhe:-
MAGNETIC RUPANTER YA MAGNETIC BHINTA
13. Samay. Rupanter sithar nahi hain aur samay ke anusar badalta rahta hain aur
yahan tak har varsh ka badlav bhi sithar nahi hota hain. Map ke dahine aur upar ke taraf us
ilaqake ka Magnetic rupanter likha hua hota hai. Example ke tor pe yadi 1985 mein Magnetic
Rupanter 5 degree tha aur har saal yeh 3 minute bad raha hai toh 2015 mein Magnetic
Rupanter , 20 x 3 minute = 60 minute = 1 degree. 2015 mein Magnetic Rupanter hoga = 5
degree+ 01 degree = 06 degree .
14. Sthan. Magnetic rupanter desh ke bhin-bhin bhagon mein alag-alag hota hain.
Grid Convergence
15. Grid Uttar aur Vastavik Uttar ke beech ke con ko Grid Convergence kehte hain
SANSKHEP
VASTAVIK UTTAR(
TRUE NORTH
)
MAGNETIC UTTAR(MAGNETIC NORTH)
MAGNETIC RUPANTER
YA MAGNETIC BHINTA
63
LESSON PLAN: MR 6
BEARING KA PARKAR AVAM SERVICE PROTECTOR KA PRAYOG
Period - 03
Type - Lecture/Abhyas
Code - MR 6
Term - I & II
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Training Aids
1. Service Protector, Compass, Computer Slide, Pointer, Chart, Black Board Aur Chalk
Time Plan
2. (a) Prichay aur Uddesh - 05 Min
(b) Bearings aur bearing ko badlana - 35 Min
(c) Service Protector aur uska upyog - 35 Min
(d) Sanskhep - 05 Min
(e) Abhyas - 40 Min
UDDESH
3. Is sabak ka uddesh Cadets ko bearing ko nikalna, ek bearing ko dusre bearing mein
badlna aur Service Protector ka upyog ke baare mein jaankari dena hai.
PURVALOKAN
4. Sabak ko nimanlikhit bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I Bearing aur usko badlne ka tariqa.
(b) Bhag II Service protector aur uska upyog
BHAG I : BEARING AUR USKO BADLNE KA TARIQA
Bearing
5. Ghadi ke sidhe rukh mein do bindu ko jodne wali ek line dwara banne wale con ko
bearing kehte hain. Bearing hamesha ghadi ke sidhe rukh padha jata hain,yeh teen parkar
ke hote hain jo nimnlikhit hain:-
(a)
Grid Bearing Map par Grid Uttar se Ghadi ke sidhe rukh mein Service
Protector ke sahyata se napa jata hain.
(b)
Magnetic Compass ke dawra Magnetic Uttar se napa jata hain
(c)
True Bearing Vastavik Uttar aur Grid Uttar ya Magnetic Uttar ki beech
relation ke dwara nikala jata hain
64
Bearing Ko Badlna
6. Bearing ko badlne ki vidhi niche diye hue paragraphs mein di hui hai :-
Magnetic Bearing Ko True Bearing mein Badlana
7. Ek nischit bindu ‘P’ ka bearing compass ke dwara napa gaya aur maan le jiye ke woh
160 degree hain. 160 degree bindu ‘P’ ka magnetic bearing hai. Ab iss magnetic bearing ko
true bearing mein badlne ke liye niche diye hue diagram ke madat se samajhe:-
MN TN
11 degree
160 degree
P 149 degree
O
8. Sab se pehle Magnetic uttar (Magnetic North) ko darshane ke liye ek sidhe line
banaye (kyun ki yahan par Chumbkiye Uttar ke baat ho rahe hai). Ab ek line PO ko banaye
jo ki P se 160 degree par ho. Yeh kewal ek rough diagram hai, aur con ko aankho se andaza
lagaya ja sakta hai. Ab vastavik Uttar ke line banaye jo ki Magnetic Uttar se 11 degree
Purav disha mein ho. Ab is diagram se dekha ja sakta hain ki True bearing Magnetic bearing
se 11 degree kam hai. Isliye, ‘O’ ka True Bearing 149 degree hain.
Grid Bearing Ko Magnetic Bearing Mein Badlna
9. Map par point ‘A’ se service protractor ke madat se point ‘B’ ka grid bearing nikalo.
Maan lejiye ke yeh bearing 120 degree hain. Ab Grid bearing ko Magnetic bearing mein
badlne ke liye pehle jaise ek diagram banaye, Is bar Grid Uttar se suru kare. Magnetic
bearing Grid bearing se 11 degree jyada hain, isliye Magnetic bearing 131 degree hain.
10. Hamesha bearings ko badlne ke liye pehle diagram ko bana le, taki pata chal gaye ki
magnetic bhinta (Magnetic Variation) ko jodna hai ya ghatana hain.
Back Bearing
11. Yeh bearing jis bindu ko hum dekh rahe hain, us bindu se humara bearing hota hain.
Maan le jiye ki hum point ‘A’ se point ‘B’ ko dekh rahe hain, toh point ‘B’ se humara bearing
back bearing kehlata hain. Yadi forward bearing 180 degree se kam hain toh us mein 180 ko
jodh dena chaiye aur agar woh 180 degree se jyada ho toh 180 degree ghata dena chaiye.
Eg ke liye agar Point ‘A’ se Point ‘B’ ka forward bearing 30 degree hain toh back bearing
hoga 210 degree aur yadi point ‘A’ se point ‘B’ ka forward bearing 190 degree hain toh back
bearing hoga 10 degree.
65
BHAG – II SERVICE PROTRACTOR
General
12. Service Protector Mark IV ke madat se map par bearing ko naap aur plot kar sakte
hain . Yeh compass aur map ke bich ki kadi hai aur is ke madat se magnetic bearing ko grid
bearing mein badlne ke baad grid bearing ke roop mein map par plot kar sakte hain.
Description
13. Service Protector gaathe ya Hathi dant Plasticka bana hota hain aur yeh 06 inch
lamba aur 02 inch choda hota hain.
14. Iske ke upari bhag mein 360 degree tak degrees mark hoti hain. Sabhi degrees ghadi
ke sulte rukh mein hoti hain, baen se daine ki tarf. Bahar ke aur 0 degree se 180 degree tak
ank likhe hote hain saath hi ander ke aur 181 degree se 360 degree tak ke ank likhe hote
hain. Zero ko service protector ke madhya mein ek chote arrow ke madat se darshaya gaya
hain.
Scale of Protractors
15. Service Protractor ka mukhya uddesh cono aur bearing ko nampana hota hai.
16. Service protector ke dono taraf, zyada istemal hone wale map scales bhi likhe hue
hain. Har scale ke liye line banaye gaye hain aur unko Primary aur Secondary divisions mein
banta gaya hain jaise ke map ke niche wale hisse mein hota hain. 6 alag alag prakar ke
scales ko service protractor par banaya gaya hain taki har prakar ke map mein iska istemal
kar sake.
Bearing Ko Napna
17. Service protector par daashmlove shunyakarnekeliyeSanataksater se
ekrekhakheechne se mapajasaktahainabshyak con is line aurshunyameinshamil hone se
line ke beech kekhaie ho jayega.
Angle
Service Protector ka Prayog
18. Service Protractor Map reading ka ek bahut important hissa hain. Is ki madat se hum
niminlikhit kaam kar sakte hain:-
(a) Paper ya Map par bearing ko napna ya plot karna. 0 degree se 180 degree
bearing ke liye zero arrow ko paschim disha ke taraf rakho aur 180 degree se 360
degree tak bearing napne ke liye zero arroy ko purav disha ke taraf rakhe.
(b) Doori ko inch aur centimeter mein 1/100
th
tak sahi napna..
(c) Map mein duri ko yards, metres aur miles mein napna
SANSKHEP
66
LESSON PLAN: MR – 7
PRISMATIC COMPASS AUR USKE UPYOG AUR GPS
Period - 02
Prakar - Lecture/Abhyas
Code - MR-7
Term - I & II
Training Aids
1. Compass Prismatic, GPS, Computer Slide, Pointer, Chart, Black Board Aur Chalk
Time Plan
2. (a) Parichay - 05 min
(b) Compass Ke parkar aur bearing lene ke tarike - 35 Min
(c) Compass Error (Trutiya) Aur GPS - 35 Min
(d) Niskarsh - 05 Min
(e) Abhyas - 40 Min
PARICHAY
3. Magentic Compass ka istemal disha pata lagane aur disha banyae rakhne ke liye
Army, Navy aur Air Force ke bhibhin sakahaon mein bade pemane par kiya ja raha hain.
Prismatic compass ek bahut hi acha aur vishwaspurak sadhan hain lekin yeh ‘Magnetic
tufan’ ya ‘sathniya Magnetic akarshan’ jaise ki dhurvi kshtra mein theek se kaam nahin karta
hain. Prismatic Compass ke madat se zameen par kisi bhi vastu ka magnetic bearing liya ja
sakta hain
UDDESH
4. Is sabak ka uddesh Compass se bearing napna, compass ke trutti aur GPS ke istemal
ke baare mein jankari dena hain
PURVALOKAN.
5. Yeh sabak do bhago mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag No I - Compass ke parkar aur bearing napna
(b) Bhag II - Compass ke trutti (error) aur GPS
67
BHAG NO I: COMPASS KE PARKAR AUR BEARING NAPNA
6. Primatic compass do parkar ke hote hain, ek Dry compass aur dursra Liquid compass.
Liquid type ka compass upyog karne mein bahut hi sahaj hote hain.
Vivran
7. Compass ke bhibhin bhago ke naam niche diye hue chitra ki madat se samajhe:-
Bearing Lene Ka Tariqa
8. Lead ko khole aur compass ko apne sharir se 90 degree mein pakdiye.
9. Prism casing ko udhaye taki woh compass ke upar baith jaye. Apne angute ko thumb
ring mein rakh kar kalme wale ungli ko compass ke niche rakhte hue compass ko samtal
rakhe.
10. Prism ko apne aankh ke najadik laye aur aankh milne per hume do chije dikhai dete
hain:-
(a) Prism se upper, case mein ek surakh ke dwara, window ke upar hair line
(b) Prism se alag-alag number.
11. Jis object ka bearing napna hain uski disha mein compass ko ghumate hue hair line
ko object ke madhya mein milaye. Prism mein dikne wale number ko pade jise bearing
khate hain, number padte samay dhyan rakhe ke hair line ka base jis no se mil raha hain
wahi object ka bearing hain.
BHAG NO -2 COMPASS KE TRUTTI (ERROR) AUR GPS
Compass Truttiya (Error)
12. Compass jis saamgri se banta hain us mein kabhi-kabhi kami-peshi ke vajah se
Compass mein trutti aati hain, jaise ke Magnetic suie Magnetic Uttar disha ko na darsha kar
balki thoda sa purav ya paschim disha mein dikhaye. Magnetic suie ka yeh farak Compass
trutti ya Combass Error keh lata hain
(a) Agar Magnetic suie Magnetic Uttar se 2 degree purav dikha rahi hain to
compass ke trutti 2 degree purav hogi.
(b) Hamesha Magnetic Uttar aur compass ke uttar ko darshate hue ek chinah
nikale is se pata lagta hain ke hum napte hue hume yeh pata rahe ki hume kitna
degree ya compass trutti ko bearing mein jodna hai ya ghtana hai taki hame Magnetic
bearing mil sake.
68
GPS (Global Positioning System)
13. Global Positioning System (GPS), upgrahon aur receivero ka ek system jis se log
prithvi par apni ekdum sahi location nikal sakte hain. Ek samanya GPS mein 24 upgrah hote
hai aur weh prithvi ka 12 ghante mein chakkar lagate hain. Jo upkaran GPS se lash hote hai
unhe apni accurate position nikal ne ki liye 24 mein se kuch upgrahon ke signals chahiye
hote hain
14. Pehla GPS upgrah 1974 mein launch kiya gaya tha aur 24 wa 1994 mein. Is pranali
mein purane kam na karne wala upgrah ka sathan par naya upgrah prakshet karke badla
jata hain. GPS pranli ka pura kharcha aur control America ke Suraksha Vibag dawra kiya
jata hain.
15. GPS pranali ka upyog bahut hi bada hai aur ise istemal karne wale logon ki sankhya
lagatar bad rahe hain. Science aur technology ke vistar se chhote GPS receiver bahut
accurate aur upyogi hain. In GPS ka istemal machware aur hikers (mountaineers) navigation
ke liye karte hain. Aaj ke samay mein lagbhag sabhi gadiya GPS se lash hoti hain jo ki driver
ko navigation mein madat karti hain. GPS ke madat se sena mein bhi navigation bahut
aasan ho gaya hain. Sabhi Hawai jahaz, Pani ke jahaz GPS se lash hain aur iska istemal
karte hain. Army mein bhi, ladai ke maidan aur insurgency wali ilaqko mein GPS ka istemal
kiya jata hain. GPS ki madat se jawan ghane jungle, pahad aur registan mein aasni se
navigation kar sakte hain. GPS dwara hum missiles ko bhi pehle se chune hue targets par
ghira sakte hain.
SANSKHEP
69
LESSON PLAN: MR 8
MAP SET KARNA, UTTAR DUDHNE KA TARIKA AUR OWN POSITION NIKALNA
Period - 04
Prakar - Lecture/Abhyas
Code - MR-8
Term - II
Training Aids
1. Map Sheets, Compass, Service Protector, Pointer, Charts aur Black Board aur Chalk.
Time Plan
2. (a) Parichay aur Uddesh - 05 Min
(b) Map set karne ka tariqa - 35 Min
(c) Uttar dundna aur own position nikalana - 35 MIn
(d) Niskarsh - 05 Min
(e) Abhyas - 01 Hrs 20 Min
UDDESH
3. Iss sabak ka uddesh cadets ko map set karne ka tariqa, map par uttar aur own
position ko nikalana sikhana hain.
PURVALOKAN
4. Yeh lecture nimanlikhit bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag No I - Bhibhin tarikon dawra map ko set karna
(b) Bhag No II - Uttar Dhudna aur map par own position nikalna
BHAG NO I: BHIBHIN TARIKON DAWRA MAP SET KARNA
Map Set Karna
5. Map ko set tab mana jata hai jab, usko ish tarah se rakha jaye jisse ki ground mein
Vastavik Uttar aur Map ka Grid Uttar ek hi disha mein ho. Is se map ko padna aasan ho jata
hai kyun ki ground ke vasuton aur map mein vasuton ek hi disha ki taraf hoti hain.
70
Map Set Karne ka Tariqa.
6. Map set karne ke do tariqe hain, compass ke dwara aur zameen par upsthatit vastuon
ke dwara.
7. Compass Ke Dawra. Ek grid line par ek bindu se Magnetic uttar disha ke liye ek
rekha keche, woh rekha Magnetic Uttar ko darshayeinge. Compass khole aur lead ke hair
line chitar ke upar rakh de jo ki Manetic bhinta ko darshayega. Tab map aur compass ko tab
tak ghumana jab tak compass ke suie hair line ke sidh mein na aa jaye map ab set ho gaya
hai, map par Magnetic Uttar ki line ab Magnetic uttar ke aur ishara kar raha hain jo ki
compass ki suie se dekha ja sakta hain.
8. (a) Compass Ke Bina Jab Apni Own Position Malum Ho.
(i) Kisi sidhe kinare ki shayata se, jaise Railway line.
(ii) Zameen per aur map par ek vastu ko pechano aur apni own position
malum kare aur map par chune hue vastu ke sanketek china ko pencil se ek
siddha rekha dawra mila di jiye. Map ko is parkar ghumaye ke line vastu ke
sidh mein aajaye.
(b) Compass Ke Bina Jab Apni Own Position Malum Na Ho.
(i) Samamntar Vidhi
. Do zameeni nishan chune jo map par
aasani se pechan ja sake jaise road, railway line etc. Yadi inmein se koi na ho
toh, iske baad map par dono vastuyo ko sanketaik chinah ko line kheech kar
mila do map per kheeche gae line ko zameen per sitht vastuyo ke kalpanik
rekha ke samantar kare ab map lag bhag set hain.
(ii) Pass Line Ke Do Bindoyo Ko Milakar: Zameen per do vastuyo ko
nirdahrit kare jo map per bhi ho vastuyo ko milane wale kalpanik rekha par
khade ho jaye aur map set kare.
BHAG – II : UTTAR AUR OWN POSITION NIKALANA
Uttar Dondna
9. Compass Ke Bina. Uttar ko niminlikhit mein se ek tariqe se nikala ja sakta
hai:-
(a) Ghadi (Clock) Vidhi. Apni ghadi ke ghante darshane wali sui ko surya ke
aur kare. Ab ghadi ke dial ke 12 baje ke anktak jane wale rekha tahta ghante ke sue
ke beech ke kon ko do bara bar bhago mein bhaante. Who rekha South disha ko
darshaye ge. Is baat ka dhyan rakha jaye ki 12 baje aur ghante ke sui ke beech ka
con 180 degree se kam ho. Yeh ek rough tariqa hai aur sirf uttari golard mein kaam
karta hain.
71
(b) Saman Unchai Vidhi.
(i) Ek bada paper ya card board le aur zameen par flat rakh de. Paper ya
card board ke center madhya par ek pencil ya lakdi ka tukda baand de jo ki
zameen se 90 degree ke con par hona chahiye. Paper ke center ke bindu ko
‘A’ ka naam de.
(ii) Pencil ke parchai paper ke upar padege. Jahan par parchai khatam hoti
hai us bindu ko ‘B’ ka naam de phir pencil se AB ke naap ka ek circle banaye.
(iii) Doophaer baad ka intejar kejiye jab dobara pencil ke parchai circle ko
sparsh kare us bindu ko ‘D’ naam de.
(iv) Ab in dono parchai ke kon ke do bara bar hisse karo aur usko naam do
bindu ‘N’ aur usko bindu ‘A’ (paper ke Madhya) se ek rekha se jod de. Yeh
rekha vastvik uttar ki aur ishara karege.
(v) Yeh uttar gyat karne ka sabse accurate tariqa hai par yeh tariqa jis
din baadal lage ho ya surya na ho kaam nahin aayega. Is tariqe mein bahut
zyada samay lagta kyun ki is tariqe ko subeh jaldi suru karna padta hai aur
dopahar tak chalta hai.
(c) Taaron Ke Dwara. Uttari golard mein Dhruv tara ya pole star vastavik uttar ko
2 degree ke andar dekhata hai. Ek chamak dar tara hai jo sadaiv uttari dharuv se 2
degree ke bhittar ghumta rehta hai. Dhruv tara saptrishi tara mandal se kinhce gaye
rekha se bhi dekha ja sakta hain .
Map Par Own Position Nikalana
10. Map par own position nikalane ke tariqe
(a) Lakeer vidhe compass ki dwara
(b) Lakeer vidhe bina Compass ke
(c) Nirikshan vidh idwara
11. Lakeer vidhe compass ke dwara.
(a) Map aur zameen par koi teen landmark chune. Yeh landmark 180 degree se
jyada aur 30 degree se kam na ho. Yeh dur se dur ho aur aasani se dhikhai de.
(b) In teenon landmarks ka bearing le aur use grid bearing mein badle map par in
landmarks ke backbearing khinchen in rekahoan ko katne wala bindu hi aap ki own
position hogi.
(c) Is vidhimein teen ya adhik landmarks ka hona zaruri hain lekin agar yeh teeno
rekhaye ek jagah par na kate to banen wale trikon ka Madhya aap ki own position
hogi..
72
12. Lakeer Vidhe Compass ke bina. Yadi compass na ho to yeh vidhi tracing
paper ke sahyata se ki ja sakti hain. Map aur zameen par koi teen landmark chune.
Landmarks ke pechhan kare tracing paper ka ek tukda le aur is ko pin ke madad se map per
laga de is per sathti ka pratiniditatav karne wala ek bindu bana de tatkalin sashak ke sidhe
badhat bindu socha kesath disha mein aab board ko preshan kiyebina do vastyuo ke liye is
parikriya ko doraye board se tracing paper nikale aur teen kirane map par chinah itise door
ke bastion ke madhyam se parititna hain ke map karne ke liye ise lagoo hote hain teen
kirane jahan ek dusre ko katte hai wah aap ke own position hain.
13. Nirksahn Vidhi Dawra. Is vidhi ka matlab hai ki zameeni aur map details ko gehrai
se padh kar dono ko milana. Is vidhi mein yeh sab shamil hai:-
(a) Map set karna
(b) Map per apni own position wale genera area ko pechanana.
(c) Ground ke details ko gehrai se padhna aur map mein milana
SANSKHEP
73
LESSON PLAN: MR – 9
MAP SE GROUND AUR GROUND TO MAP
Period 3
Prakar Lecture/Abhyas
Code MR – 9
Term I & II
Training Aids.
1. Map Sheets, Compass, Service Protractor, Pointer, Charts, Black board aur Chalk.
Time Plan
.
2. (a) Parichay - 05 mins
(b) Map to Ground - 35 mins
(c) Ground to Map - 35 mins
(d) Nishkarsh - 05 mins
(e) Abhyas - 40 mins
UDDESH
3. Is sabak ka uddesh cadeton ko kisi bhi zamini nishan ko Map se ground aur ground se
map par dikhane ka tariqa sikhana hain.
PURVALOKAN
4. Sabak nimnalikhit bhagon mein chalaya jayega :-
(a) Bhag I – Map to Ground
(b) Bhag II – Ground to Map
BHAG I – MAP TO GROUND
Parichay
5. Map par diye gaye vibaranon ko zameen par khojne ko Map to ground kehte hain.
Map par diye gaye vastuon ko zameen par dhudne ki nimna vidhiyan hai :-
(a) Bearing and Distance Vidhi. Bearing aur duri ki madat se apni own position
nikale. Scale ki sahayeta se map par diye gaye vastu ki duri zameen par pata karen.
Service Protector ki sahayeta se vastu ki Grid bearing ka pata karein aur usse Magnetic
bearing mein parivartan karein. Magnetic bearing ko compass par set karo aur vastu ko
diye gaye bearing par pata lagaye, saath hi zameen par duri ka aakalan kar vastu ki
pahachan zameen par karein.
74
(b) Disha aur Distance Vidhi. Map par own position se khoje jane ke baad own position
aur vastu ke beech ek line khichen. Uss vastu ka distance malum karein aur niche di hue
vidhiyon ki madat se vastu ki disha ka pata karein:-
(i) Sight niyam ki sahayeta se vastu ka zameeni disha pata karen.
(ii) Do binduon ki madat se zameeni disha ka pata karen.
(iii) Foot ruler ya pencil ko own position par rakhte huye map ke line par milayen.
(iv) Apni own position aur vastu ke upar ek-ek pin lagaye tatha dono pinon ki
madat se samanney disha ka pata karen.
(c) Akalan Vidhi Dwara. Akalan vidhi dwara vastu ki pehcan uske charon aur paye
jane wale madaton ki sahayeta se bearing mapne, duri aur disha ki vidhi mein se ki jati
hain.
BHAG II – GROUND TO MAP
5. Zameen par dekhaye gayi vastu ko map par dhudne ko ground to map kehte hain.
Zameen par dekhaye gayi vastuon ko map par dhudne ki nimnalikhit vidhiyan hain:-
6. Samannya Bidhi.
(a) Bearing Ka Prayog. Vastu ki duri aur Magnetic bearing ka pata
karen.Magnetic bearing ko grid bearing mein parivartan karen. Map ko set kar apni
position ka pata karen. Apni own position se diye gaye grid bearing ke bich ek rekha
khichen. Service protector ki sahayeta se duri mapen aur duri ko rekha par ek point
lagaye, vastu diye gaye point ke aas-pass hogi.
(b) Intersection Method (Chaurahe Vidhi). Iss vidhi ka prayog jyada
lambi duri ya pahadi kshetra mein vastuon ko pata lagane ke liye kiya jata hai. Ismein
zameen par prakhyat do vastuon ki sahayeta li jati hai. Unn pramukh vastuon se jin
vastuon ko khojna hai – ke bich map par rekha khichi jati hai. Iss vidhi ka prayog tab kiya
jata hai jab hum log sahi duri ka anuman nahi laga paten hain. Yeh vidhi do prakar se
kiya jata hai :-
(i) Compass Bearing Ki Sahayeta Se. Do pramukh vastuon ki bearing
nikalen. Map par rekhayen khinche vastu intersection ke pass hogi. Magnetic
bearing do prakar se nikale jate hain :-
(aa) Compass Dwara. Gyat vastu ka forward bearing nikalen.
(ab) Back Bearing Dwara. Yudh ke dauran goli chalne ke karan
hamen dusman ka pata chalta hai to back bearing ki sahayeta se dusman ka
pata laga sakte hain.
75
(ii) Disha Vidhi Dwara. Iss vidhi mein map ko set kar apni own position nikale.
Nimna mein se kisi bhi vidhi ki sahayeta se vastu ki disha ka pata karen. Apni own
position se uss disha mein ek rekha khinchen. Anumanit duri ko uss rekha par point
lagaye aur vastu bindu ke pass hogi.
(aa) Foot ruler ya pencil ko own position se vastu ki disha mein milayen.
(ab) Ek pin own position tatha dushri pin vastu ke disha mein gaden.
(ac) Vastu ke pass ke sahayek vastuon se disha ka pata kar manchitra par
vastu ko chinhit karen.
(ad) Sight niyem ki sahayeta se vastu ki sahi disha ka pata karen.
(iii) Akalan Bidhi Dwara
.Zameen par vastu ki bearing aur duri jankar
isse akalan dwara map par khoja ja sakta hai.
SANKSHEP
76
LESSON PLAN: MR – 10
POINT TO POINT MARCH
Period 05
Type Lecture/ Practice
Code MR-10
Term II
Training Aids
1. Compass, Bino, Service Protector, Chart, Pointer, Black Board aur Chalk
Time Plan
2. (a) Parichay - 05 Min
(b) Din ke samay navigation - 35 Min
(c) Raat ke samay navigation aur Night march chart - 35 Min
(d) Sankshep - 05 Min
(e) Abhyash - 330 Min
UDDESH
3. Is sabak ka uddesh cadets ko din aur raat ke samay navigation karne ke tariqe
ke baare mein jankari dena hai aur night march chart banana ka tariqa sikhana hain.
PURVALOKAN
4. Is sabak ko do bhagon mein chalaya jayega :-
(a) Bhag I – Din ke samay navigation
(b) Bhag II – Raat ke samay navigation aur night march chart banana
BHAG NO I – DIN KE SAMAYE NAVIGATION
5. Din Ke Samay. Din ke samay march karte waqt istemal aane wale tariqe :-
(a) Kewal Map ke Saath Is vidhi mein map ko set karo aur apni own position
nikalo. Fir object ke position nikalo. Object ke aas pass masoor nishan chuno aur
object ke duri bhi nikalo. Uske baad map ke madat se apni position se object tak ke
liye route nirdatrit karo. Object ki taraf march karte samay, raaste mein pehle se chune
hue nishaon ko check karte raho. Object ke duri ko apne kadamo ki madat se naapo.
Ground mein 100 metre lagbag 120 kadamo ke barabar hote hain. Object par
paunchne par zamini details ko map se milao aur object ki location ko confirm karo.
77
(b) Bina Map Se March Karna Bina map ke march karne ke do tariqe hain :-
(i) Compass Ke Saath
(aa) Pehala Tariqa. Yadi aapko object ka bearing aur duri pata
hai toh, compass ki madat se ek line mein do masoor nishan chuno,
jahan par aap aasani se march kar sakte hain. Yadi aadhik duri mein
nishan chunne mein muskil ho toh nishan najdik bhi ho sakte hain. Is
vidhi ko repeat karte rahe jab tak ki object par na paunch jaye. Yadi
raaste mein koi badi rukawat jaise nadi aur naale aaye aur hume
marching bearing se daen ya baen jana pade toh, rukawat par karne ke
baad dobara marching bearing par march karna chahiye.
(ab) Dosara Tariqa Is tariqe ka istemal tab kiya jata hai jab
raaste mein padne wale nishaon ki duri aur bearing diya hua ho.
Compass ko pehle nishan par set kare aur is kriya ko repeat karte rahe
jab aap dusre nishan par nahin paunch jate. Is tariqe mein march karte
samay aap zyada confident hote hain.
(ii) Bina Compass Se March. Is tariqe mein aap aap ko
simran (memory) sakti ke aadhar par march karna padha hai. March karte waqt
nimnlikhit baatein dhyan rakhe:-
(aa) March karne se pehle jis jagah jana hai use dhyan se pechan le
aur uske nazdik anya landmarks ko bhi note kar le
(ab) Object tak paunch ne ka sabse acha aur saral rasta chune aur
object ki duri ko kadamo mein badl le.
(ac) Raaste mein padne wale sabhi landmarks ko note kare aur saath
hi unki duri bhi note kare
(ad) March karte samay dhyan rakhe ki aap sahi disha mein march kar
rahe hai aur usko check karte rahe.
(ae) Apne kadamo ke dwara duri napte waqt dhyan rakhe.
(af) Yadi kisi rukawat ko par karte waqt aap ki disha badl jaye toh,
rukawat ke paar ek landmark chune aur rukawat ko par karne ke baad us
landmark ki line mein aaye aur apna march jari kare.
(ag) Yadi aap kisi galat jagah paunch jaye toh wapas start point par aa
jaye.
BHAG II – RAAT KE SAMAYE NAVIGATION AUR NIGHT MARCH CHART
Raat KeSamay.
6. Jab ek navigation party raat ke samay compass aur night march chart ke saath
chalti hai isse night march kaha jata hai.
78
(a) Chandani Raat Ke Dauran Night March. Yadi aapke pass
compass hai toh, aap jis vastu ke pass ja rahe ho usi disha mein do jameeni nishan
chuno aur unka bearing nikalo. Ab usi line par march karte raho aur is tariqe ko repeat
karte raho jab tak aap vastu ke pass na paunch jaye.
(b) Taroon Ki Roshni Mein. Diye hue bearing par, kshitij se 30 degree upar koi
chamakta hua tara chune. Taare ki line mein koi landmark chune. Taare aur landmark
ki line mein 15 minutes tak march kare. Iske baad dobara usi bearing mein dusra
taara chune aur is tariqe ko repeat karte rahe jab tak app vastu par na paunch jaye.
(c) Badal Ki Rat Mein March
. Diye huye bearing par kisi jawan ko thoda dur
tak march karne do, jahan tak woh dekhaye de. Jiske pass compass hai wah duri
napte huye aage bade. Dobara, pehla jawan diye huye bearing par march karta hai
aur yeh tariqa repeat hota rahega jab tak aap vastu tak na paunch jaye.
7. Navigation Party Ke Pass Yeh Chijen Honi Chahiye
(a) Set kiya huwa compass
(b) Chamdar chhadi (Luminous Stick)
(c) Safed kapada
(d) Marching chart
(e) Safed chalk ya chuna
(f) Kadamo ko napne ke liye kankad ya pathar
(g) Torch
8. Navigation Party Ka Gathan
(a) Guide/ darshak. Yeh chamakdar chhadi aur set kiya huwa compass
lekar chalta hai.
(b) Assitant Guide. Iske pith par safed kapada bandha jata hai aur
iske pass ek chhadi hoti hain kisi naale ya ghade ki gehrai naap ne ki liye.
.
(c) Recorder Yeh ek extra set kiya huwa compass compass carry karta
hai, saath hi night march chart aur duri napne ke liye kankat ya pathar bhi carry karta
hai. Yeh apni position se object ki duri napta hai..
(d) Scouts Scouts ki nafri 2 se 4 ho sakti hain lekin yeh route aur task par
nirbar hoti hain.
9. Night March Party.
(a) Sahayak Guide. Sahayak guide daen aur bayen scout ke age chalta
hai. Yeh 20 kadam ja kar rukta hai. Guide sahayak guide ke pass jata hai aur usko
aage march karne ki disha batata hain. Yeh tariqa kisi rukawat ko par karte samay
istemal kiya jata hain
(i) Sahayak guide aur scouts rukawat ko daen ya baen se paar karte hain.
Guide aur baaki ki party ru intezaar karte hain. Rukawat ko paar karne ke baad
Sahayak guide aur scouts line of march mein aa jate hain
79
(ii) Fir guide aur baaki ki party rukawat ko paar karte hain aur sahayak
guide ke piche march karte hain
(b) Guide. Guide sahayek guide ke piche march karta hain taki who usko zaruri
nirdesh de sake. Guide ek dusra set kiya hua compass bhi carry karta taki zarurat
padne par who sahayak guide ki line of march ko sahi kar sake.
(c) Recorder
. Recorder guide ke pichhe pichhe chalta hai aur apne kadamo ya
tape se duri napta hai.
10. Dhayn mein rakhne wali batein:-
(a) March karte samay khashi, batein ya koi awaz na kare.
(b) March karte samay ek dusre aadmi ke beech uchit duri banaye rakhe.
(c) Puri party safety aur security ka dhyan rakhege.
(d) Dhumrapan ya kisi bhi prakar ki light ka istemal nahin kiya jayega
(e) Raat ko padne ki liye muffled torch ka istemal kiya jayega.
NIGHT MARCH CHART
OBJECT
DISTANCE
DEGREE
MANDIR (RV)
450 M
WELL
50
0
200 M
BRIDGE
40
0
350 M
TRACK
JUNCTION
20
0
300 M
SURVEY TREE (SP)
70
0
SANSKHEP
80
INDEX
FIELD CRAFT & BATTLE CRAFT (FC & BC)
S
NO
LESSONCODE
SUBJECT NO OF PERIODS
PAGE NO
SD/SW JD/JW SD/SW JD/JW
1 FC & BC -1 FC & BC -1 Zameeni craft aur yudha craft ki
Awadhi ke liye parichaye
01 01 81
2 FC & BC -2 FC & BC -2 Fasle ka anuman lagana
01 01 83
3 FC & BC -3 FC & BC -3 Zameen ka bivaran
01 01 86
4 FC & BC -4 FC & BC -4 Zameeni nisan aur target ki
pahchan, bayan tatha sanket
karna
02 02 89
5 FC & BC -5 FC & BC -5 Avalokan, chalav aur chhipao
02 02 92
6 FC & BC -6 FC & BC -6 Field Signals
02 02 98
7 FC & BC -7 FC & BC -8 Section Formations
02 02 105
8 FC & BC -10 FC & BC -9 Ganth aur gathabandhan
02 02 108
9 FC & BC -8 - Fire Control orders
02 - 112
10 FC & BC -9 - Fire aur harkat
01 - 116
11 FC & BC -11 - Section battle drill
04 - 123
12 - FC & BC -7 Zameen ka istemal aur harkat
- 01 126
TOTAL
20 14
81
FC & BC- 1
JAMEENI KALA AUR YUDH KALA
Period One
Type Lecture
Code FC& BC 1
Term -- I
_____________________________________________________________________
Trg Aids
Computer, Slides, Pointer, Chart, Board & Chalk.
Time Plan
(a) Parichaya aur Uddesh. - 05 Min
(b) Zameeni Kala (Field Craft) - 15 Min
(c) Yudh Kala (Battle Craft) - 15 Min
(d) Nishkarsh - 05 Min
PARICHAYE
1. Zameeni Kala (Field Craft) sainye prashikshan ka ek mahatwapurna pahalu hai, ye
dusman ke samne hamare sainik ki kushalta ka parichay deti hai. Field Craft ak esi kala hai
jisme mojuda jameen aur uplabdh hathiyar ka upyog swayam ke fayde k liye karna sikhaya
jata hai.
UDDESH
2. Jameeni kala (Field Craft) aur Yudh kala (Battle Craft) se cadet ko parichit karana
hai.
PURVAWALOKAN (PREVIEW)
3. Lecture ko nimna likhit bhagon mein chalaya jayega :-
(a) Bhag I – Jameeni kala (Field Craft)
(b) Bhag II – Yudh kala (Battle Craft)
82
BHAG I – JAMEENI KALA (FIELD CRAFT)
4. Jameeni kala mein nimnalikhit vishay shamil hai :-
(a) Drishya prashikshan. (Visual Training)
(b) Target ki pehechan aur vibaran.
(c) Niji chhalawa aur chhipao. (Personal camouflage and concealment)
(d) Fasle ka anuman (Judging Distance)
(e) Hathiyar ke sath aur hathiyar ke bina harkat.
(f) Fire ka anushan ( Discipline) aur niyentran (Control)
BHAG II – YUDH KALA
5. Yudh Abhyas (Battle Craft) choti moti tactical samasyaon se nipatne mein bahut
upyogi hota hai. Iss se samay ki bachat, teji se karwahi aur bhram se bacha ja sakta hai.
Field signal aur Section& Platoon formation ka gyan battle drill ke nispadan (execution) mein
awashyak hai.
6. Yudh kala mein nimnalikhit vishay shamil hai :-
(a) KshetraSanket. (Field Signals)
(b) Section Formations.
(c) Fire niyentran adesh. (Fire Control Order)
(d) Fire and movement.
(e) Section battle drills.
NISHKARSH
83
FC & BC -2
FASLE KA ANUMAN LAGANE KA TARIQA
Period -- One
Prakar -- Lecture/Practice
Code -- FC& BC 2
Term -- I & II
____________________________________________________________
Trg Aids
Computer, Slide, Pointer, Board Aur Chalk
Time Plan
(a) Parichaye Aur Uddesh - 05 Min
(b) Fasle Ka Anuman Lagane Ka Tariqe - 15 Min
(c) Tariqe Ka Upyog - 15 Min
(d) Sankshep - 05 Min
PARICHAYE
1. Kisi hathiyar se fire karne ke liye fasle ka anuman lagana padta hai. Ek cadet
samanya rup se 100 gaz ki duri se adhik duri par fire khol nahi sakta parantu uss mein 1000
gaz tak ki duri ka andaza lagane ki kabliyat honi chahiye taki woh :-
(a) Fire kab kholna hai yeh janne.
(b) Supporting arms ko aur sub-unit ko target indicate kar sake.
(c) Ek observer ke rup mein sahi information pass kar sake.
2. Ek vyakti mein apni aankhon se sahi dhang se fasle ka anuman lagane ki kabliyat
honi chahiye taki woh :-
(a) Fire kab kholna hai uss ka anuman laga sake.
(b) Kaun se hathiyar ka upayog karna hai uss ka pata laga sake ( 51 mm Mor
rifle,CMG).
(c) Aapne section ke dusron vyakti ko target indicate kar sake aur sp weapon ka
fire nirdharit (direct) kar sake.
(b) Eak observer ke rup mein sahi information pichhe pass kar sake.
UDDESH
3. Fasle ka anuman lagane ka tariqa
84
PURVAWALOKAN (PREVIEW)
4. Lecture ko nimna likhit bhagon mein chalaya jayega :--
(a) Bhag I Fasle ka anuman lagane ka tariqa.
(b) Bhag II Tariqe ka upyog karne ka tariqa.
BHAG I - FASLE KA ANUMAN LAGANE KA TARIQA
5. Fasle ka anuman lagane ki 6 vidhiyan hain :-
(a) Ekai ka tariqa (Unit of measure).
(b) Dikhai ka tariqa (Appearance method).
(c) Section ausat (Section average).
(d) Key range vidhi.
(e) Halving vidhi
(f) Bracketing vidhi.
BHAG II – FASLE KA ANUMAN LAGANE KA TARIQE KA ISTEMAL
6. Ekai ka Tariqa. Iss tariqe ko 100 gaz ka tariqa bhi kaha jata hai. chune gaye tariqe
ki ekai (unit) 100 gaz rakhi gayi hai iss liye eak vyakti ko 100 gaz ka anuman hona zaruri
hai. Ek hockey ke maidan ki lambai iss uddesh ke liye achha tariqa hai.
7. Diye huwe distance ko 100-100 gaz mein guna karke naap liya jata hai.
8. Yeh bidhi 100 gaz se jyada ka sahi anuman nahi laga sakti, aur jab bich mein dabi
jameen ho to ye tariqa kamyab nahi hai.
9. Dikhai ka Tariqa (Appearance Method). Vhibinna duri par manushya ki banawat
nimna rup mein dikhai deti hai :-
(a) 200 Gaz ki duri par sharir ke shabi bhag saaf dekhai deta hai
(b) 250 gaz ki duri par foresight ki blade ghutne ki bal khade admi ko cover karti
hai
(c) 300 gaz par chehera ka rup dhundhala dekhai deta hai
(d) 400 gaz par sharir ke akar mein kohi parivartan nahi hota parantu chehera nahi
pahichana ja sakta hai, tatha khade admi ko foresight ki blade cover karti hai
(e) 500 gaz par kandhon se sarir ka hissa apekshakrit patla dikhta hai angon (body
part) ki harkat dekhi ja sakti hai
(f) 600 gaz par manushya ka shir (head) eak bindu ki tarah pratit hota hai tatha
kandhe se niche ka sharer patla ho jata hai.
85
10. Section Ausat.Is mein sec ke pratek jawan se duri ka andaja lagakar note kiya jata
hai phir use jodkar jawano ki sankhya se bhag kar ke ausat nikal lete hain. Yeh tariqa tab
istemal kiya jata hai jab:-
(a) Prayapt samay uplabd ho.
(b) Dhund ya andhere ki wajah se obserbation mushkil ho.
(c) Jab duri jyada ho e.g. 400 mtr.
11. Key Range.Is mein kisi aisi vastu se duri ka pata lagaya jata hai jis ki duri pahale se
hi maalum ho.Is tariqe ko key range kahate hain.
12. Halving Method. Is tariqe mein object ki aadhi duri ko anuman lagaya jata hai phir
use dugna kar diya jata hai.
13. Bracketing.Is mein object ki adhiktam aur nuntam duri ka andaja laga kar ke dono
ka ausat lete hain. eg adiktam duri 1000 gaz aur nuntam duri 500 gaz is liye sahi duri
1000+500/2 =750 gaz
PRACTICAL SANKET
14. Raat Ke Samay. Raat ke samay duri ka andaja lagana visibiltly par nirbhar karta hai.
Upyukt vidhi key range hai. Is liye day light ke samay hi pramukh object ko mark kar lena
chahiye.
15. Din Ke Samay. Prakar jo ki observer ko duri kaanuman laganeme bhramit karte hai
wo hai:-
(a) Duri jab adhik aanki jati ho
(i) Kam prakash ho
(ii) Dekhne wale ki aankh ke samne suraj ho
(iii) Object aas pass ke wastuon(surrounding) se chhota hona
(iv) Kisi tang ghati (narrow valley) se dekhna.
(v) Jab dekhne wala upper se niche dekhraha ho
(b) Duri Jab Kam Aanki Jati Ho
(i) Prakash chamkila ho tatha suraj dekhne wale ke pichhe ho.
(ii) Target aass pass ki wastuon se chhota ho.
(iii) Target aur dekhne wale ke bich mein dabi jameen ho.
(iv) Niche se upper dekh raha ho.
SANKSHEP
16. Prabhavi fire (Effective Fire) dalne ke liye duri ka anuman lgana bahut hi jaruri hai.
Sthalon ke sanket (Land mark indication) ke liye bhi duri ka anuman lagana bahut hi jaruri
hai. iss liye ye awasek hai ki sabhi cadets ko duri ka anuman lagane ki jankari ho.
86
FC & BC 3
JAMEEN KA VIVARAN
Avadhi One
Prakar Lecture
Code FC & BC 3
Term I
Trg Aids
Computer, Slides, Pointer, Chart, Board aur Chalk.
Time Plan)
(a) Prastawana aur uddesh - 03 Min
(b) Jameen ke prakar - 10 Min
(c) Vivaran ki vidhi - 10 min
(d) GLD aur boundries ke upyog se jameeni chinho ka sanket
(Land mark indication) - 15 Min
(e) Nishkarsh - 02 Min
PARICHAYE
1. Ek twarik (Quick),satik(accurate) aur manak prakriya(standard procedure) ki jankari
ek commander ke liye awashyak hai jisse wah jameen ka vivaran sahi sahi de sake.
UDDESH
2. Iss lecture ka uddesh cadeton ko jameen ke addhyan aur vibhinna prakar ki jameen
ke bare mein jankari dena aur uske vivaran ki vidhi se awagat karana hai.
VISHAY VASTU(SCOPE)
3. Iss lecture ko nimna likhit bhagon mein chalaya jayega :-
(a) Bhag I – Jameen ke prakar
(b) Bhag II – Vivaran ki vidhi
(c) Bhag III – GLD aur shimaon ke dwara jameeni sthalon ka
sanket(Landmarksindication using GLD & boundries)
87
BHAG I – JAMEEN KE PRAKAR
4. Types of Ground :
(a)Tuti-futi Jameen Yeh aasamtal(uneven) aur aamtaur par nullahs, bumps
aur ground par fields se interspersed hai. Yeh paidal sena(infantry) ke liye upyukt
hai, aur observation mein badha dalti hai.
(b)Sapat aur Khule Maidan Yeh samtal jameen hai, ye thoda bahut paudhon
jhadiyon adhi se dhaki hoti hai. Yeh jameen paidal sena ke sanchalan ke liye
upayukt nahi hai.
(c)Uchchi bhumi(High Ground) Yeh samamya jameeni satah se adhik uchai
par hoti hai e.g. pahad. Yeh area ko fire aur observation se dominate karne mein
suvida janak hoti hai..
(d)Dead Ground Yeh jamee ek observer ki observation se chupi hui hoti hai.
Yeh jameen flat trajectory weapon se cover nahi kiya ja sakta hai.
NOTE:-
(a) Halaki ek khuli jameen awagaman ke liye upyukta hai, parantu dusman ke aas paas
ke ilake me ghatak sabit ho sakti hai. Move kar rahe ho ya fire position liye ho iss prakar
ki jameen mein vyakti dushman ki observation aur fire se surakshit nahi hai.
(b) Tuti jameen ka jab sahi dhanga se upayog kiya jaye to yeh flat trajectory hathiyar se
suraksha pradan karti hai. yeh uchcha trajectory hathiyar(high trajectory weapons) aur
hawai hamle se suraksha pradan karne mein saksham nahi hai.
(c) Dead ground uchcha trajectory hathiyaron se surakshit nahi hai.
BHAG II – VIVARAN KI VIDHI
5 Vivaran ki VidhiScanning aur jameen ke vivaran ki samanney vidhiyon ko nimna
bargon mein vibhajit kiya ja sakta hai :-
(a) Durasta jameen (near distance) 300 gaz tak
(b) Madhyam duri (middle distance) 300-500 gaz
(c) Sudur jameen (far distance) 500 gaz se adhik
88
BHAG III – GLD AUR SHIMAON KA UPAYOG KARKE JAMEENI CHINNON KA VIVARAN
6.Indication ke liye nimn likhit ka vivran kaen:-
(a) Aam Rukh (General Line of Direction) :- Ismein kisi mahasur nishan ko lekar
sec ka aam rukh yedi sambhav ho to pramukh land mark ki aur ishara karke bataya
jata hai jaise No I sec 500 lal ghar.
(b) Boundaries (Shimayen) :- Aam rukh dene ke bad apne area ki bayen aur
dayen haad di jati hai aur jameen ko far, middle aur near distance mein battien
hain. Iske bad yojana badh tariqe se bayen se dayen varnan kiya jata hai.
Hamle(Attack) mein apne samip ki jameen ka varnan pahle karte hain.e.g. near
distance,middle distance aur far distance. Bacho(Defence) mein iss prakriya ko ulta
kar dete hain.
VIVARAN KA ANUKRAM
7. Agar ground ka vivran karte samay kisi chap(arc) se bounded ho to barnan karte
huye isse bayen se dayen shuru karte hain.Yedi shabhi maidan (all around) ka barnan karna
ho to aam rukh ke bad shuru karke dahine aura am rukh par shabhi sanketon ke sath
samapta karte hain.
NISHKARSH
8. Ek cadet ko jameen ke bare mein vishtrit jankari honi chahiye. Aur commander ko inn
sabhi baton ko dhyan mein rakh kar advance karna chahiye.
89
LESSON PLAN : FC & BC 4
JAMEENE NISHAN AUR TARGET KE PECHAN, BAYAN TATHA INDICATION
Period - 01
Type - Lecture/Practice
Code - FC & BC 4
Term - I/II
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trg Aids
Computer Slide, Pointer, Chart, Black Board Aur Chalk
Time Plan
(a) Parichaye Aur Uddeshya -05 min
(b) Aasan Target Ke Bayan Ke Tarike -35 Min
(c) Mushkil Target Ke Bayan Ke Tarike -35 Min
(d) Niskarsh -05 Min
PARICHAYE
1. Zameene nisahn aur anyavastuye(other objects) kai baar ladaie ke maidan mein
mausamee halat aur anyakarano se spast (clear) dikhai nahi dete. Ek he tarah ke dikhai
dene wale kaie yavastuye bhi ho sakti hain, is liye hamara har prayas aisa hona chaiye ke
hum unka location aur extent sahi aur satik tarha se indicate kar sake.
2. Sena ka her jawan commander ke dawra sanketik zameene nishano ko sahi satik
shamaj sake is liye sena mein ek manak parikriya(standard procedure) ke nirdharan kiya
hain. Is hetu konse madad ke nishan ko mushkil target bayan ke liye upyog kiya jay, iss ko
bhi nirdharit kiya gaya hain.
UDDESH
4. Cadeto ko target ki pechan, bayan aur indicate karne ke tarike ko sikhana hain.
SCOPE
5. Iss sabak ko nimn likhe bhagoan mein sikhaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag – I –Paribashayen
(b) Bhag – II – Aasan Target Bayankarneketarike
(c) Bhag – III – Mushkil Target Bayankarneketarike
90
BHAG I PARIBASHA
6. Zameene nishan.Ek aisa zameene nishan jo mashoor ho aur jis ka prayoug moukhir
(verbal) adesh mein, samne ke zameen ka vayakha (explain) karne ke liye kiya jae.
7. Target.Ek aisi lakshya (object) jis per fire girane ka aadesh diya jae.
8. Sandarvbindu (Reference Point). Ek aisi vastu joke mashoor ho aur jiske madad se
anya zameene nishan ya target ka bayan kiya ja sake.
BHAG II AASAN TARGET BAYAN KARNE KE TARIKE
9. Aasan Targets. Aasan Target ko nimn tarike se bataya ja sakta hain.
(a) Bayan ke Dawra Sanket. Saral aur mashoor Target ko sidhe boldiya jata hain.
Udharan ke liye No -1 Section BRIDGE. Yahan BRIDGE ek jana pechana mashoor
nishan hai jisko pehchane mein koi galti nahi karega.
(b) Disha ya Range Athwa Dono ke Dawra Indicate Karna. Thoda kam
sapast vastuo ke bayan ke liye madad ke nishano ka prayoug karna chahiye e.g.
disha ya range athwa dono. Pratyek ka ek udharan niche diya gaya hain:-
(i) Disha ke Dawra Sanket: - No -1 Section BAEN BAGICHA.
(ii) Range ke Dawra Sanket: - No -1 Section 600 BAGICHA.
(iii) Disha aur Range
: - Jab zameene nishan ko indicate karna ho to pehle
disha aur uske baad range ko karna chahiye e.g. Bayen 600 Bagicha.
BHAG III: MUSHKIL TARGET KO BAYAN KARNE KA TARIKA
10. Muskil target (difficult target) kehte hai. Inko saflta purvak indicate karne ke tarike
niman paragraph mein diye huwe hai.
Disha ka Tariqa (The Direction Method)
11. Yeh niman likhit parkar ko indicate karne hetu prayog kiya ja sakta hai.
(a) The general line of direction (Aamrukh), aur
(b) Ek jana pehchana reference point,aur
(c) Anya Jameene Nishan(other Land mark).
91
12. Anyatha iske athirikat dishaon ko indicate karne ke liye general line of direction ke
reference se liya jayega. Niman likhit nirdesho ka upyoug kiya jayega.
Direction Maap (Measuring)
Thoda Bayen/Dayen - Approx 10 Degree
Ek chotai Bayen/Dayen - Approx 22 ½ Degree
Adha Bayen/Dayen - Approx 45 Degree
Teen chotai Bayen ya Dayen - Approx 67 ½ Degree
Pura Bayen ya Dayen - Approx 90 Degree
NISKARSH
11. Yudh mein saflta prapat karne ke liye troops ke dawra target ko samjna aur
pechanna niyayaty mathavpuran hain. Yadi in tariko ka upyoug target ko pechanne aur
pakadne (capture karne) mein nahi kiya jata hain to sabhi plan jokhim mein pad sakte hain.
92
LESSON PLAN- FC & BC 5
OBSERVATION,CAMOUFLAGE AND CONCEALMENT
(ABLOKAN CHALAV AUR CHHIPAV)
Awadhi – 2
Parkar – Lecture/Practice
Code – FC & BC 5
Term – I/II
Trg Aids
Computer Slide,Pointer,Chart, Black board aur Chalk
Time Plan
(a) Parichaye Aur Uddeshya - 03 Min
(b) Vastuye Hame Kyo Dikhai Padti Hain - 05 Min
(c) Vaktitav Chlavan Ka Pardeshan(Demo) - 35 Min
(d) Cover Ke Parkar Aur Sahi Upyoug - 35 Min
(e) Nishkarse - 02 Min
PARICHAYE
1. Dushman ke chipav ka avlokan karne ke liye aad ki sahyata leni padti hain dershya
parikshan(visual training) ek he Vishay ke do pehalo hain jiske parikshan avlokan aur aad ke
liye kiya jata hain. Chalav (camouflage) ka matlab andha jiska arth French shabad
Camoufler se aata hain. Iske ilava Camoflage joki protective concealment ke naam se bhi
jani jati hai, ka matlab hai kisi vastu ko chupana taki wo saaf nazro(plain sight) se chupayi ja
sake. 19
th
shadi mein Aboot Thayer namak ek American kalakar ne janwaro ke bare mein ek
mathavpuran avlokan kiya jo ki adhunik camouflage ko taiyaar karne mein kafhi upyukt raha.
Janwaro ka adhyan karne ke baad Thyer ne dhyan diya ki kayi janwaro ka rang peeth(back)
pe gehra(dark) aur pet(bellies) pe ate aate-aate halka ho jata hai, ye eak bahut hi
mahatwapurna pehlu tha modern camouflage ke liye.Ye rang ka gehre se halke ki taraf ka
badlav vastu ka three dimensional banwat tod deti hai aur vastu hame flat nazar aati hai.
Camoflage ka janm 1915 mein huwa jab Franchise Sena ne eak nayi unit banayi jise
Camouflage Division ke naam se jaana gaya.French sena ne iss ka vikas WW 1 ke prayoug
ke liye kiya tha. Camoflage use kehte hai jisme hum Dusman ko aapni identity ko chupa kar
gumrah karte hai.Acha camouflage tab hi sambav hai jab aapaad ka sahi upyog karna jante
ho.
93
UDDESH
2. Vaykhan Ka Uddeshya.
(a) Zameen avlokan ke principles ko padane ke liye.
(b) Ground observation ki mahatvapurnta(importance) ko padane ke liye.
(c) Vaykatigat chlavaran(personal camouflage) ko padane ke liye
(d) Cadet ko cover ke parkar tatha sahi upyoug karne ko sikhane ke liye.
PURVALOKAN
3. Demo ko char bhago mein padaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Chije kyo dikhti hai.
(b) Bhag II - Personal camoflafe ka demo.
(c) Bhag III - Aad (cover) ke prakar tatha uska sahi upyog.
BHAG I :CHIJEKYO DIKHTI HAI.
4. In karano ka adhyan karne se pahle mein in vaykhan ke dauran upyog mein aane
wale landmark ko indicate karunga.
5. Chije dikne ke nimn karan hai :-
(a) Aakar (Shape). Kai vastuye apne alag aakar ke karan pechani jati hain.
Jaise ki Helmet, Square shape ke Haversack (pitthu) aur Rifle ye vastu aapne aas paas
ki banavato se alag hone ke karan aasani se pehchani ja sakti hai. Iss liye kisi vastu ko
camouflage karne ke liye uska aakar todna jaruri hi taki ki aas paas ke vastuo se mil
jaye.n yadi helmet( E.g. eak camouflage aur eak bagair camouflage kari huwi helmet
aur haversack cadet ko 50 athva 100 mtr door rakh kar pehchan ne ke liye bataya jaye
.
(b) Chamak (Shine). Koi bhi vastu jo chamak paida kar sakta hain wo aapki
position zahir kar deta hai.Kuch vastuye eak sainik ke paas esi hoti hai jo chamak paida
kar sakti hai, jaise ki belt, rifle ki barrel aur body, mapcase, chashma, gadi, anguti,
binocular lenses, etc. Iss liye ye nihayti aavshyak hainki sabhi chamak paida karne wali
vastuo ko cover kiya jaye.
94
(c) Chaya (Shadow).Chandni raat athva surya ke parkash mein kisi vastu ke
chaya usski position jahir kar deti hai. Eak sainik achi tarah se camouflage hai parantu
andhere mein uski chaya aakrshit karti hain. Isliye jab bhi sambah ho ek sainik ko
chaya mein he rehna chaiye.
(d) Silhouette. Eak Contrasting background ke khilaf silhouette vastuon ko
aasani se dekha jata hai. Koi bhi flat background jaise pani, aasman eak khatarnak
background ho sakte hai.
(e) Surface. Agar kisi vastu ka ya manav ka rang ya banawat usski aas paas
ki vastu se bhinn (Contrast) hai to wo vastu ko pehchanna muskil hai. Iss liye snow
line se upar operate karne wale sainik safed dress pehente hai, wahi dusri aur
registan(desert), jungle aur maidani ilake mein operate karne wale sainik combat
pattern pehente hai. Eak gore rang ke vyakti ko aapni khuli skin ko kala kar lena
chahiye taki dress aur skin ke bich ka contrast khatam kiya ja sake.
(f) Spacing. Niamit roop se sthan( spacing) dia gaya bastue aapni aur dhyan
akarshit kar sakti hai chahe wo kitni bhi camouflage ki gayi ho.Iss liye ye avashyak hai
ki esi niamit spacing ko sahi dhang se camouflage kar ke is ki spacing todi jaye.
(g) Smoke.
Smoke ki eak khas tartib hai jisko pillaring kehte hai iss karan se ye
door se notice ho jata hai. Issi tartib ki vajah se smoke ko target indicate karne ke liye
upayog kiya jata hai. Pillaring effect ko todne ke liye moke ko alag alag antral pe toda
jata hai(disintegrate at very place)
(h) Dhawani (Sound). Halaki eak vyakti dikhai na deta ho parantu uski harkat ki
dhawani dhyan akarshit karti hai.
(I) Harkat (Movement). Kisi bhi vastu ki achanak ya tez harkat jaldi se pakad
mein aajati hai. Koi bhi vyakti chahe kitna bhi acchi tarha se camouflage ho wo aapni
position aapni harkat se jahir kar deta hai.
6. Cadets, aap logo ne jana ki din ke samay ya chandni raat ke samay chije kyo dikhti
hai, aab hum dekhenge ke chije raat ko kyo dikhti hai. Aadhunik yudh me night ops aur
harkat (movement) ki bahut uupyogita hai. Yaha per nimn do karan hai jo ki bahut
mahatwapurna hai:
(a) Dhwani (Sound). Dhwani ratri ke samay jyada distance chalti hai. Jungle
mein jadiyo ki awaz ya pero ke niche lakdiyo ki awazaapki position zahir kar deti hai.
(b) Light. Light ko kafhi lambi duri se dekha ja sakta hai. Eak machis ya eak
cigrate ki light ko kafhi door se dekha ja sakta hai.
95
PART II- PERSONAL CAMOFLAGE( VAYKTIGAT CHALVARAN)
7. Aapko bhag I mein unnkarano ke bare mein bataya gay jinke karan se chije dikhti hai,
inn ko dhyan mein rakhtr huwe iss bhag mein hum dekhenge ki personal camouflage kese
karte hai.
(a) Disruptive Pattern ki Clothing aur Local Vegetation ka Upyog. Disruptive
pattern ki clothing ka upyog hum aas paas ki surrounding mein milne ke liye karte hai.
Local vegetation ka upyog hum sharer ki outline ko todne ke liye karte hai (to break
the outline of body). Alag alag terrain ke hissab se mein clothing ka upyog karna
chahiye.
(b) Chehere (Face) ka Camouflage. Khuki huwi chamdi aur pehene huwe
clothing ka texture aur rang alag hota hai iss liye innka contrast todne ke liye khuli
chamdi par blanko ka upyog kiya jata hai.e.g. baju par, chehere par garden par aadi.
Agar blanko mojud na ho to mitti ka upyog bhi kiya ja sakta hai.
(c) Equipment ka Camouflage. Sharir ke camouflage ki koi fayda nahi hai agar
vyakti aapne equipment ko camouflage na kare, equipment ko nimn prakar se
camouflage kiya jata hai:-
(i) Helmet
:- Helmet dhatoo ya fiber glass se bana hota hai aur OG rang ka
hota hai. Iss ka shape baki vastuo se nimn prakar se mila diya jata hai.
(aa) Hessian Cloth ka Upyog. Helmet ke chikne hisse ko hessian
cloth se cover kar diya jata hai, ye cloth helmet ki chamak door kar deta
hai.
(ab) Camouflage Net ka Upyog. Camouflage net helmet ke upper
lagai jati hai jisme ped ki patiya aur teheniyo(branches) ko phasaya jata
hai, ye helmet ka shape todne mein madat deti hai.
(ii) Packs(Pitthu) ka Camouflage. Pack ka shape square hota hai iss ka
shape todne ke liye iss par racci(rope) bandi jati hai jisme ped (tree) ki patiya
aur teheniyo ko phasaya jata hai jisse ki iss ka shape toda ja sake.
(iii) Rifle ka Camouflage. Rifle ke dhatoo bhagon (metal parts) ko
phosphate kar ke iske chamak kam ki jati hain. Lakdi aur plastic part ko garnish
se cover kiya jata hai. Garnish karte waqt ye dhyan mein rakha jata hai ki rifle
ko use karne mein aur fire karne ke doran koi problem nahi aani chahiye.
(iv) LMG ka Camouflage. LMG section ka sabse mahatwapurna hatiyaar
hota hai, isske lakdi aur plastic ke bhag ko garnish se cover kiya jata hai.
Garnish karte waqt ye dhyan mein rakha jata hai ki rifle ko use karne mein aur
fire karne ke doran koi problem nahi aani chahiye.LMG trench ko net ke jariye
camouflage kiya jata hai, jiska example hum aapko class ke baad denge.
(v) Equipment ka Camouflage. Equipment jese ki binocular, map case,
Radi Set ko, iss ka aakar todkar camouflage karna chahiye. Inke chmakne
wale hisso ko sahi prakar se camouflage karna chahiye. Gadiyo (vehicle) ko
bhi sahi prakar se camouflage karna chahiye.
96
8. Cadet aap ke samne camouflage ke teen example khade hai.Bhag I aur Bhag II ko
dhyan mein rakhte huwe hum inn teen example ko discuss karenge.
(a) Shape. Teen cadet ko alag alag tariqe se camouflage karke samjaya
jaye.
(b) Shine. Teen cadet ko alag alag tariqe se camouflage karke samjaya
jaye.
(c) Surface. teen cadet ko camouflage karke example ke jariye samjaya jaye.
BHAG –III COVER KE PRAKAR AUR COVER KA SAHI UPYOG
9. Cover ke do parkar ke hote hain joki is parka hain:-
(a) Nazar se cover (Cover from view).
(b) Fire se cover (Cover from fire)
10. Nazar se Cover (Cover from View)
. Iss prakar ke cover mein vyakti sirf dikhne se
cover hai aur kisi bhi prakar ke fire se cover nahi hota. Aagar koi vyakti kisi jadi(bush) ke
piche chupa hai to wo sirf nazar se cover hai, parantu fire se cover nahi hota. Iss prakar ke
cover ko nazar se cover kehte hai.
11. Fire se Cover (Cover from Fire). Iss prakar ke cover mein vyakti fire se aur nazar
dono se cover hota hai.Agar koi vyakti kisi building mein chupa hai to wo nazar se aur fire
dono se cover hota hai. Iss prakar ke cover ko Fire se cover kehte hai.
12. Eak sainik aapnepersonal camouflage mein perfect ho sakta hai parantu wo dushman
ko tab tak puri tarha se dhoka nai de sakta jab tak ki use aad aur ground ka sahi upyog
karna na aata ho. Aab hum aad (cover) ka sahi upyog karne ka tariqa padenge.
13. Aad ke Side se ya Aar Paar Dekhe (Look Through or Around Cover). Jaab bhi
sambhav ho to aad ke side se ya aad ke aar paar dekhne ki koshish kare na ki aad ke upper
se.Iss prakar se observer saab kuch bina observe huwe dekh sakta hai.
14. Avoid Breaking a Straight Line. Koi bhi stahi sthirtha (permanent fixture) ko aagr
disturb kiya jaye to wo aapni taraf dhyan aakarshit karti hai.
15. Skyline ya halke raang ka background sabse galat background hota hai iss par aapki
harkat saaf nazar aati hai, iss liye skyline ko observation aur movement ke liye avoid karna
chahiye.
16. Kisi building se fire karte waqt chaya(shadow) ka dhyan rakhe, taqi chaya ke andhere
ke uyog se aap khud ko cover kar sake.
17. Eak rough, gehra (dark) aur aawyawasthit (irregular) background joki aapki clothing
se mel khata ho wo thik thak cover pradan karta hai. Harkat ke doran ese clothing ka upyog
karna chahiye jo terrain se milta julta ho.
97
18. Eak akeli/alag (isolated) aad khatarnak shabit ho sakti hai. Iss prakar ki aakeli aad
dhyan aakarshit karti hai, khaas tor par aagr uske paas koi harkat ho to.
19. aab tak aap aad aur camouflage ka mahatva samaj gaye honge.
NISHKARSH
20. Nishkarsh ke liye camouflage ka mahatva aab nimn likhit se samaj sakte hai:-
(a) Purane samay mein kaha jata tha ki “ Aagr wo dekha ja sakta hai ,to usse mara
ja sakta hai, aagra mara ja sakta hai to khatam kiya ja sakta hai.”
(b) Aaj ke adhunik yudh kaal mein ye kaha jata hai ki “Aagr wo dekha ja sakta
hai,to usse khatam kiya ja sakta hai.”
21. Camouflage bahut zaruri hai aur Camouflage ki kala eak sainik ko do prakar ka sainik
banati hai, eak aacha sainik aur eak sahid sainik.(a good or dear soldiers).
98
LESSON PLAN :FC & BC - 6
FIELD SIGNALS (JANGI ISHARE)
Period - Two
Type - Lecture/Practice
Code - Fc &Bc 6
Term - II
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trg Aids
Computer Slide, Pointer, Charts, Black Board aur Chalk
Time Plan
(a)Parichay aur uddesh - 05 Min
(b)Demo aur Practice - 70 Min
(i) Hatho tatha Hathiyaro se ishare.
(ii) Hukum ke madhyam se ishare.
(iii) Tps ka dhyan akarshit karne ke tariqe.
(iv) Antar Sanchar ke anya tarike.(Other method of inter communication)
(v) Din ke ishare.
(vi)Raat ke ishare.
(c) Conclusion - 05 Min
PARICHAYE
1 Jab koi vyakti kisi aur ka dhyan apni aur akarshit karna chahta hai ya kisi ko koi sandesh
dena chahta hai to woh jor se uska naam pukarta hai. Purane samay me dhuen (smoke) se aur
drum ki awaj se ek gaon se dusre gaon me sandesh pahunchaya jata tha. Badshah Akbar ne bhi
apne bache ke paida hone ki khabar ko pane ke liye ek nayi vidhi banayi thi. Usne apne ek mantri
ko har ek mile ke baad ek unchi minar banana ko kaha. Un minaro ke upar drum bajane walo ko
khada kar diya gaya jo ki ek khas tarah se drum bajate the. Jab Akbar Allahabad me tha, toh usse
uske bache ki paida hone ki khabar jo ki usse 500 mile dur tha, sirf adhe ghante me hi mil gayi.
Army me bhi hum apne sandesh movement ke doran tatha sthahi(static) position mein dete hai. Aaj
hum yahi jangi ishare (field signals) ke bare me sikhenge.
UDDESH
2. Sena me istemal kiye jate jangi isharo (Field Signals) se cadets ko parichit karana hai.
99
TARTIB
3. Lecture nimna likhit Bhagon mein chalaya jayega :-
(a) Hatho tatha Hathiyaro se ishare
(b) Ishare ke madhyam se hukum dena.
(c) Tps ka dhyan akarshit karne ke tarike
(d) Antar Sanchar ke anya tarike. (Other methods of inter communication)
(e) Din ke ishare
(f) Raat ke ishare
BHAG- I
4. Hatho se Ishare
(a). Deploy Dahine hath ko kholkar sir ke upar uthakar hilana.
(b). Advance Dahine hath ko niche se piche se age ki aur ko lekar ana.
(c ). Halt Dahine hath ko sir ke upar uthana.
(d). Piche Mud Dahina hath upar aur sir ke upar jhukana.
(e). Rukh BadalDahine hath ko kandhe tak sidhe lakar uchit disha me ghumana.
(f). Paas ana Dayan hath sir ke upar rakhna aur kohni daen taraf rakhna.
(g). Tej chal Daen hath ko kandhe tak uthana tatha kohni ko daen taraf rakhna.
(h). Daud ke chal Daen muthi band jise kandhe tatha jangh ke beech kai bar hilya jata hai.
(i). Piche aao Over arm bowling ki tarah daen hath ko sir ke upar se age le ana.
(j). Aakhari kaam Daen hath se salute aur fir baju upar uthana ungliyan khol kar
pura
(k). Aakhri hokum Dono hathon ko cup shape me kano ke piche lagana.
ka pata na chalna
(l). Cdr ko paas bulana Dahina hath 45 degree sharir ke side me, muthi band.
(m). Dushman dikha,Dono baju ko side me hilana sath me ungliyon se sankhya
sankhya malum batana.
100
(n). Dushman nazdeek Dono hath khule, hateliyan ander ki taraf kamar ki unchai
ata hua tak jhuk kar chalte hue.
(o). Dushman ki jagahDono hath pehle jude hue upar uthate hue dushman ki jagah
ka pata chalna ki taraf karte hue.
(p). Dushman ki LMG Daen hath ka angutha niche ki aur ishara karta hua.
firing karti hui
(q). Golibari se Dono hath boxer ki tarah sir ke upar jodna
dushman ko uljhana
(r). Hamla Daen ya baen hath se hamle ki disha ki taraf mukka marna.
(s). Dushman ke nazdeek Dono hathon ko sharir ke age milana kamar se upar.
(t). Infantry ki age Dono hatho ko Sharir kea age cross karna hatheli khuli niche ki rukawat
hona taraf
5. Hathiyaro se Ishare
(a). Dushman dikha,Rifle ko sir ke upar zameen ke samtal uthana, barrel dushman kam
sankhya ki disha me
(b). Dushman dikha,Para (a) ki tarha baju hilaye upar niche kai baar.
badi sankhya
(c ). Adavnce Dono bajuo uthakar U akshar banana.
6. Siti (Whistle) se Ishare
(a) Chetavani siti. Koi signal ya hukam dene se pehle choti siti bajana dhyan akarshit
karne ke liye
(b). Alarm siti. Ek bar lambi aur ek bar choti siti bajana (bar bar).
(c). Dushman ka Choti choti siti baar baar bajana.
hawai jahaj
(d). Dushman ka 5 Sec ke antaral se do lambi siti bajana. hawai jahaj gaya
7. Ishare ke Madhyam se Hukum Dena
Jab awaj ka sunna mushkil hota hai tab isharo ke madhyam se hukum diye jate hai aur troops
ko control kiya jata hai. Isharo ki madad se troops ka awaj ki jagah jyada ache se control kiya
ja sakta hai. Aise kai bar hota hai jab awaj se hukum nai diya ja sakta jaise:-
101
(a) Yudh ke shor me
(b) Jab shanti/sannata (silence) banaye rakhna ho
(c) Jab beech ki duri bahut jyada ho.
8. Yudh ke Shor me
Yudh me dushman apne hathiyaro ke paryog kar raha hota hai, tank aur gadiyan chal
rahi hoti hai, dushman ki arty fire kar rahi hoti hai aur hawai jahaj teji se ud rahe hote hai.In
sab se bahut jyada shor paida hota hai aur kuch bhi sunana sambhav nahi hota.
9. Shanti ki Jarurat
Aise kai operations hote jaha shanti ki bahut jyada jarurat hoti hai jaise:-
(a). Surprise attack
(b). Patrolling
(c ). Raid
(d). Cordon
10. Beech ki Duri Bahut Jyada. Kayi deployment esi hoti hai jaha Commander aur troops ke
bech ki doori bahut j
yada hoti jis ke karan awaz dekar message paas nahi kiya ja sakta, e.g.
mountain mein deployment, linear obstacle jaise ditch cum bund. Esse samay humein field signals ke
zariye communicate karna padta hai.
11. Tps ka Dhyan Akarshit Karne ke Tariqe Kisi bhi prakar ke field signal dene se pehle
Commander ko troops ka dhyan akarshit karna padta hai.AAm tor par dhyan akarshit karne ke nimn
tariqe hai.
(a) Siti ka Isara Siti ki awaz sun kar sabhi log section commander ki taraf dekhenge
aur field signal ko observe karenge aur aadesh anusar sahi karwai karenge.
(b) Chidiya ki Awaz ka Ishara Dhyan mein rakha jaye ki chidiya ki awaz tab tak na
nikale jab tak ke wo aasli awaz ki tarha ho.
12. Antar Sanchar ke anya tarike. (Other methods of inter communication) Field signals
ke alawa army mein aur bhi tariqe hai milap karne ke.Milap ke aanya tariqe nimn prakar se hai:-
(a) Radio. Radio communication eak bahut hi vishwasjanak milap ka zariya hai. Iss
par Pre-fixed signals ka prayog kiya jata hai.Ye aam tor pe HQ ke Commander aur lower
HQ ke commander ke bich mein upyog kiya jata hai.
(b) Dispatch Rider. Dispatch Rider ya to motor cycle par ya bicycle hota hai.Innka
upyog bahut hi classified message ko bhejne ke liye kiya jata hai.
102
(c) Runner. Runners verbal ya written messages le kar jate hai. Ye chote distance ke
liye saab se tez message bhejne ka zariya hai, parantu jaha paar visual ya communication
ka aur koi zariya mojud ho waha aaaarunner ka upyog nahi karna chahiye.
13. Din ke Ishare. Din ke samay issare ke liye aam tor par flag ya sise (mercury coated
mirror) ka upyog kiya jata hai.Flag message dene ka eak bahut hi asardar tariqa hai, iss ka upyog
navy mein bhi kiya jata hai
(a) Janda (Flag)
(b) Sisa (Mercury Coated Mirror)
(c) Smoke
14. Raaat ke Samay Ishare. Field signals jo ki raat ke samay upyog mein liye jate hai wo nimn
prakar hai:
(a) Radio Set
(b) Chutki ki Awaz (Clicks by fingers.
(c) Siti bajana
(d) Line Bedding ka upyog karke
(e) Mini Flare
(f) Blacked Torch ka upyog karke
(g) Hatiyar se Fire karke
15. Field signal ke liye aasan tariko ka upyog karna chahiye taki aap aapna udesh hasil kar sako.
NISHKARSH
16. Kisi bhi unit/sub unit ki ladai ki samta uske acche communication par nirbhar karti hai. Accha
communication eak commander ko aapne command control mein madat karta hai.
BHAG I :COMMAND AUR NIYANTRAN
17. Command. Bharat ke Rastrapati sabhi sashastra balon ke sarvochcha commander hai.
Thal sena Adhyaksha bharatiye sena ke pramukh hai. Aur iss ki Command prashikshan sanchalan
aur prashasan ke liye jimmedar hai. Woh sena mukhyalaye ke madhyam se inn karyeon ko karte
hain. Puri sena jo lagbhag 1.1 million hai,ke who pramukh hai.kai sena adhikari uske sahayek rahate
hain jaise vice chief staff adhikari, sashatra ke pramukh unki sahayeta karte hain.
BHAG II : MUKHYALAYA AUR USKI BANAVAT
18. Command Mukhyalaye. Pure desh ko sat commandon mein bata gaya hai. Yeh uttari,
pashkshim, madhye, dakshin, dakshin-pashkshim, purbi aur prashikshan Command hai. Command
mukhyalaye inke sanchalan ki jimmewari nibhata hai inki command lt Gen Rank ke Adhikari ke
hathon mein hoti hai.
19. Field Sanrachana. Ladaku commandon ko bahini,vibhajan aur brigades ke rup mein bargikrit
kiya gaya hai. Yeh kramash Lt Gen, Maj Gen aur Brigadier rank ke Adhikari dwara command ki jati
hai. Bahini isse aghe Holding aur strike ka daitwa nibhati hai. Bahini unmukh
103
20. bachav ek reserve hai. Core mukhyalaya mein 3-5 vibhajan hote hain sena mein yudha anusar
mountain vibhajan,inf division, bakhtarband division, mechanized division swatantra Brigade samuha,
mechanized , parasuit, engineer, vayu raksha, field atry ya inf mountain brigade ho sakta hai.
21. Static Sanrachana. Area aur sub Area mukhyalaya yeh kramasa Lt Gen, Maj Gen,
Brigadier Rank ke Adhikari inki command karte hain. Yeh desh ke kone- kone mein sthith hai yeh
sanchar ke linen, civil dhachagat parisampation mein sampark sthapit karte hain.
BHAG III : NAU SENA AUR VAYU SENA
22. Desh ko lagbhag teen taraf se ghere hue aur lagbhag 6000 km tak hamari coastline faili hui
hai, jis ke karan samunder ne hamesha hamare desh ki Azadi, vypapar par, sabhyata par ek prabhav
dala hai.
NAU SENA KE SANGHTAK
23. Nau Sena ke pas kai Samundri Jahaj aur Samundari Viman hai. Desh me kai Samundri kinare
par kai jagah par Nau Sena ke sainikon ko prashishikshan ke liye, Samundri Jahajo aur vimano ki
maramat ke liye aur samundri bedo ki sahayata ke liye suvidhayen pradan ki gayi hai.
SANGATHAN AUR PRASHASAN
24. New Delhi me sthit Nau Sena Mukhyalaya apni Prashasnik Shakhaon ki madad se Nau Sena
ke upar apna Prashashan tatha operational niyantran rakhta hai. Is kam ke liye Nau Sena ko teen
Commands me banta gaya hai. Yeh hai :-
(a). Pashchami Nau Sena Command jiska mukhyalaya Mumbai me hai,
(b). Purvi Nau Sena Command jiska mukhyalaya Vishakapatnam me hai,
(c ). Dakshini Nau Sena Command jiska mukhyalaya Cochin me hai.
25. Nau Sena ke is samay do bede hai., Pashchimi beda tatha Purvi Beda, jinhe Flag Officer
Command karta hai jo ki Rear Admiral ke rank ka officer hota hai. Dakshini Nau Sena Command
mukhyata ek training command hai jo ki Bhartiya Nau Sena me Training Sansthaon ko chalati hai.
Iski Command ke antargat ek afloat Training Squadron bhi ati hai. Samay aur Sthiti ke anusar ise
Operational Jahaj aur Viman bhi diye jate hai.
26. Bhartiya Vayu Sena teeno senaon me sabse yuva hai. 1932 me skeen committee ki hidayton
ke dwara ise Bhartiya Sanvidhan ke act me pass karke sthapit kiya gaya tha.
ORGANISATION
27. Vayu Sena Mukhyalaya
(a) Vayu Sena ke mukhyalaya me Chief of the Air Staff tatha iske mukhya staff
officers ate hai.
(b) Vayu Sena Mukhyalaya ke Staff ke teen bhag hai, Vayu Sena shakha,
Prashasnik Shakha tatha maintenance shakha, jinhe age Directorates me banta
gaya hai.
104
COMMANDS
28. Vayu Sena ke saat bhag hai jinhe Vayu Sena Mukhyalay se Niyantran me rakha jata hai. Hare
ek command ko Air Officer Commanding in chief ki command ke andar rakha jata hai. Yeh command
hai :
(a) Pashchimi Vayu Command
(b) Madhya Vayu Command
(c) Dakshin Pashchimi Vayu Command
(d) Purvi Vayu Command
(e) Dakshini Vayu Command
(f) Training Command
(g) Maintenance Command
29. In commands ke antargat kai shakhayen ati hai.
SANKSHEP
30. Army ke sanghathan ko is parkar banaya gaya hai ki har sena ek miljule tarike se apsi sahyog
se karya kar sake jiska mukhya niyantran Army Mukhyalaya tatha iske antargat ane wali commands
hai.
105
LESSON PLAN : FC & BC 8
SECTION FORMATIONS
Period - Two
Type - Lecture/Practice
Code - FC & BC 8
Term - III
Trg Aids
Computer Slides , Pointer, Chart, Black Board aur Chalk.
Time Plan
(a) Parichay & Uddeshya - 05 Min
(b) Section Formation - 35 Min
(c) Practise - 35 Min
(d) Shankshep - 05 Min
PARICHAY
3. Vibhinn parakar ke formations upyog main laye jate he jab Dhusman se contact hone
sambhawana ho. Kis tarah ka formations upyog main laya jayega, ye niebhar karta nimlikhit
char basic facotors (pahaluon) par :-
(a) Section commander dhwra nyantran ka star.
(b) Type of terrain (Bhubhag ka prakar).
(c) Bina deri ke adhikatam fire dalane ki awashyakta.
(d) Task.
4. Ek section main bibhinna samuha aur byaktigat bich ki dhuri aur commander ki
location, har formation main alag alag hoti he.
5. Aap jin formations se vakif he, wo is prakar hai :-
(a) single file formation.
(b) File formation
(c) Arrow head formation
(d) Diamond head formation
(e) Spear head formation
(f) Extended file formation.
UDDESHYA
6. Is lecture ka uddesh cadets ko section formation ke bare mein jankari dena he.
6. Section Formations
106
Advantages
Disadvantages
Terrain Conditions
(a)
Single File Formation
(i) Achcha Control.
(ii) Tez gati.
(iii) Enfilade fire se
nukasan nahi.
(iv) Hedge, rows,
bridges, defile ke
liye upyukt
.
(i) Effective fire nahi.
(ii) Frontal (Samane ke)
fire se nuksan
(i) Night marches ke
dauran.
(ii) Close country jaise ki
ghane jungle se jate
samay.
(iii) Obstacle par karte
samay.
(b)
File Formation
Single file ki tarah lekin
jyada compact
Single file ki tarah lekin
jyada compact
(i) Lambe route march par
jate samay jab
dushman ka khatra na
ho.
(ii) Road ya chode nale ke
sath chalate samay.
(c)
Arrow Head Formation
(i) Achcha effective
fire.
(ii) Kisi bhi flank par
jaldi deployment.
Enfilade fire se nukasan (i) Open country main jate
samay.
(ii) Jab Dushaman ka
khatra ho.
(d)
Spear Head Formation
(i) Achcha fire.
(ii) Depth provide
karta he.
(iii) Fire sp group fo
protection rahata
he.
(iv) Jab dushman ka
katara ho us
samay Command
and Control main
pareshani hoti he.
Difficult formation. Open area ko cross karate
samay.
(e)
Diamon Formation
(i) All round obsn ke
liye achcha.
(ii) All round fire
direction ke liye
achcha.
(iii) Command and
Control ke liye
achcha.
(i) Frontal fire ke liye
easy target.
(ii) Enfilade Fire ka
khatara.
(i) Open area ko cross
karate samay.
(ii) Dushaman ka khatara.
(f)
Extended Line Formation
(i) Front par effective
fire .
(ii) Bayonet fighting
ke liye upyukt.
(i) Command and control
kafi mushkil he.
(ii) Enfilade Fire ka
khatara.
(i) Gap cross karate
samay.
(ii) Final assault ke samay.
107 .
8. Section formation main istemal hone wale field signal nimlikhit hote he :-.
(a) Single File Formation.Dono hath ek dusare ke opposite 45 degree angle main
sharirke aage awm pichhe ke taraf dikhayen.
(b) File Formation.kandhe se dono hath seeda pichhe.
(c) Arrow Head Formation
. Dono baju kandhe se 45 degree ke andle mein pichhe
bahar ke taraf badhayen.
(d) Spear Head Formation. Bajuon ko uthaka hath ko shir ke upar rakhana.
(e) Diamond Formation. Dono hath ungulion mein fasakar shir par rakhen.
(f) Extended Line Formation. Dono baju side mein jameen se parallel Karen.
Scouts
9. Scout party section ki aankh aur kan hai. Yeh party hamesa Jodi mein kam hain. Yeh
party hamesa sabdhan rahana chahiye. Iske alawa khud ki aur apni party ki suraksha karne
mein alert rahana chahiye.
10. Scouts ko hamesa niche diye huye muddhe par dhyan den :-
(a) Kushalta purwak aage badna
(b) Close country main jahan dushaman ka khatra ho, wahan par scouts ko fire
and move ka istemal karna padega.
(c) Scout hamesa satarka rahana chahiye.
(d) Ek dusre ke samparka mein rahana.
Drill Jab Scouts Effective Fire ke Dayre main Aata he
11. Jab dusman ke prabhabi fire ke niche aane parscouts ko nimnlikhit karna chahiye :-
(a) Kuchh duri ke liye jik jak sthiti mein cowling karte huye agli fire posiotion tak
jana chahiye. Jab Section Commander aata he, scout ek dusre ko cover karege.
Position aisi honi chahiye jo achcha observation deta ho awm wahan se dushman par
effective fire bhi kiya ja sakta ho.
(b) Section Commander ke aane par, scout dushman ki location indicate karata
he. Jab kishi bajah se Section Commander scouts tak na pahunch pa raha ho scouts
information paas karane ke liye field signal ka istemal karte he.
(c) Aage ki karwai section commander dwara di jayegi.
SANKSHEP
12. Ek ladai mein safal hona hai to section formation aur sanket ka malum hona jaruri
hai. Yeh tab sambhav hai jo ki FC & BC ke bare mein adhik siklai paya ho. Yad rakhen ek
sec commander ko Kaman aur niyantran aur jaldi se jaldi fire viksit karne ki jarurat hoti hai.
108
SABAK YOUJNA : FC & BC 10
KNOTS AND LASHING (GHAT AUR GHATBANDHAN)
Period -02
Type - Lecture/Practice
Code - FC & BC 10
Term - II
Trg Aids:
Rasseiya, Blades, Pointer, Chart, Black Board Aur Chalk
Time Plan
(a) Parichaye -05 Min
(b) Knots ke Parkar -35 Min
(c) Lashing aur Spacing -35 Min
(d) Niskarsh -05 Min
PARICHAYE (INTRODUCTION)
1. Do prakrit samagri (natural material) ko aapas main jodne, taki unki lambai badhai ja
sake, ki yogyta kisi vyakti ko is kabil banati hai ki wah sthaniya tor par milne wale prakrit
samagri (natural material) ka pura upyog kar sake. Navikon ne ganth bandhne ke kai tariqe
vikasit kiye, ye tarique unke liye security leye to mahtwapurna the hee, sath sath in tarique
ko kaphi mushkil 116ool eke jaise ki andhere, kharab mausam ki parsthitiyon aur varish main
bhigee hui rassiyon par apnaya gaya.
2. Defence ke karyon ke liye aadha darjan knots paryapt hain. Lekin duniya bhar mein
kai logon ke liye ek akarshan hain, aur knots ki ek vaypak range hain jaise ki sade aur fancy,
splices, whipping, whipping, plaits and net making ityadi. In sabhi knots ko is lecture ke
dauran cover kiya jayega. Ghant bandne aakhe aur ungliyo ke beech behtar smanvay prapat
karne ke liye ek upyougi vayam hain.
UDDESHYA (AIM)
3. Is sabak ka uddeshya class ko aam tor par istemal hone wali knots aur lashing ke
bare me jankari dena.
109
PREVIEW
4. Class ko do bhagon me chalaya jayega:
(a) Bhag I : Ganth Bandhna.
(b) Bhag II : Lashing aur Splicing.
BHAG I : GANTH BANDHNA
5. Rassi Siro ke liye ya Patlie Rassi per Pakad ke liye Ganth:
(a) Thumb Knot (Angota ganth) Rassi ke ant par banya jata he taki rassi par
phislan ko roka ja sake awm rassi ko kharab hone se bachaya ja sake.
(b) Overhead Ganth Overhead Ganth ungte ghant ke rup mein he istemal kiya ja
sakta he. Yeh ek behtar pakad banata hain aur isko kholana aasan hai.
(c) Figure Eight Iska istemal thumb knot ki tarah hee kiya jata hai. I sako kholna
aasan he.
6. Rassiyon ko Jodne liye Ganth:
(a) Sheet Bend.Do asaman motaie ke rassiyon ko jodne ya modne ke liye istemal
kiya jata he. I isme sadaiv moti rassi ko moda jata he.
(b) Double Sheet Bend.Ye single Sheet Bend ki tarah he lekin ya jyada surakshit
hoti he awam isse geeli rassiyon ko bhi joda ja sakta he.
(c) Crossover Sheet Bend Ye Sheet Bend ya Double Sheet Bend se adhik
surkshit he aur jyadatar istemal main laya jata he jaise ki Flag ko bandhna..
(d) Reef Knot( Ganth) Do saman motai ki rassiyon ko aapas main surakshit rup
se bandhane ke liye kiya jata he.
(e) Thief Knot (Ganth) Do saman motai ki rassiyon ko aapas main is tarah
bandha jaye ki wo Reef Knot ki tarah bandhi hui nazar aayen aur unko dubara se sahi
Reef Knot ki tarah bandha ja sake. Iska upyog jyadatar Navik see chest ko bandhane
ke liye karte hain.
(f) Carrick BendDo saman motai ki rassiyon ko aapas main surakshit rup se
bandhane ke liye kiya jata he. Yeh hawser aur steel cable ke liye visesh rup se
upyukat hain. Isko asani se khola ja sakta he aur ye jam bhi nahi haota he.
(g) Fisherman’s Knot (Ganth)Iska istemal do spring ki tarah rope ya wire ko
jodne ke liye kiya jata he. I sme hare k rope ya wire par eke k Thumb Knot lagakar
khincha jata he.
110
7. Rassi mein Loops Banana ke liye Knots (Ganth)
:
(a) BowlineAisa loop banana jo ki rope end par slip na ho.
(b) Bowline on a Bight Aisa double loop banana jo ki rope end par slip na ho.
(c) Fisherman’s Eye Knots (Ganth)Yeh ek fishing line me loop banae ka sabse
acha tarika hain. Yeh ganth saman rup se bhivajit hoti he.
8. Ropes ko Tight karne ke liye Knot (Ganth):
(a) Slippery HitchYeh aapat sathti ke liye bahut upyougi aur aasan hain yeh.
Bahut lambe samay se chale aa rahi ant mein ek dabav ke rup mein wahan ke liye
surkshit hain.
(b) Clove HitchKhut mein rassi bandhne ke liye yeh upyougi hain. Tent ya Bevok
bandhne ke liye bhi iska upyoug karte hain.
(c) Boat KnotYeh rassi ko naav per par bane pin ya khunti se secure karne ke
liye ek istemal kiya jata he. Isko jaldi se release kiya ja sakta he.
(d) Double Boat KnotAise ghant jo anguthe ke ander se lakdi ke beech se daal
diya gaya hain. Yeh ghant theek se jaldi nahi nikalte.
BHAG –II LASHING (BANDHAN)
9. Surkshit jagah mein ise dharan karne ke liye ek sithar vastu ko raasiyon dute ya kise
rassi ke sath tie karne ke liye niyoujit tariko ke rup mein jana jata hain
(a) Square LashingYeh bandhan us samay prayoug kiya jata hain jab ek balli ya
latte ka bhar dusre balle ya latte per pad raha ho ise bandane ke liye pahle ek latta
mein khonta ghant lagay phir iska latta is per rakhe aur ek he disha mein kheeche aur
4 baar puri tarah kheech kar bandhe.
(b) Proping TurnYeh bandhan jod aur tana huwa pool surkshit ant aadha hitage
ke dawra bandahn aniyamit cono ke moti rehta ahin.
111
10. Splices
(a) Short SplicingSayunkat Rastra kismein rakhna 119ool ek sath shadi ek dusre
ke 119ool hard but strand D pahle ek ke sathye ant ke niche chala jata hain lekin
Strand B per aur khade ant per Celsius se adhik vayah mein se pratyek ke tum patar
ke beech khade ant ka ek Strand itna hai ke wahan is parkar tha to ant mein pratyek
kinara biprit patar per khade ant mein se ek katra se adhik hain aura ale kinara niche
chala jata hain khade ant ke kismein mein pratyek ke ant mein se char ya panch baar
mukar katra kam jaagi.
(b) Long SplicingKismein ek kafi awart ke liye unlind aur phir kam vayah ke liye
mein rup mein shadi kar rahe hain. Phir ek katra unlind hain aur uske shadi kar rahe
hain phir ek katra unlind hain aur uske sahdi samaksh rassi mein apne jagah ke sath
rakhe hain do kendro varas ek videshi ghant ke sath aayoujit kiya hain aur kismein
splicing rahe hain ant kismein ek videshi ghant ke sath khatam ho rahe hain aur phir
kismein niche patla aur chote vayah ke liye ke rup mein khatam ho rahe hain yeh
lambe samay se vayah appreciably is parkar ek 119ool eke madhyam se jane ke liye
supplied kiya ja sakta hain jo ek rassi aur adhik mota hona nahi hain.
112
LESSON PLAN :FC & BC 8
FIRE CONTROL ORDERS
Period - Two
Type - Lecture/Practice
Code - FC & BC 8
Term - III
Training Aids
Computer Slides, Pointer, Charts, Black board & Chalk.
Time Plan
(a) Parichay aur Uddeshya - 03 Min
(b) Fire discipline aur Fire Cont Order ka mahtwa - 20 Min
(c) Matwapurn Paribhashayen, Sec Cdr ke liye Points
aur Fire Control Order dene ke Tariqe. - 20 Min
(d) Fire Cont Orders ki Tartib - 25 Min
(e) Fire Cont Orders ke Prakar - 10 Min
(f) Conclusion - 02 Min
PARICHAY (INTRODUCTION)
1.Kisi bhi tgt par fire karwane ke lie har Cdr ko sahi Fire control Orders dene ka tariqa aana
chahiye. Samay ke mahatava ko dekhte hue yah chhota aur saaf hona chahiye. Iske alawa
dushman ko sahi dhang se barbad karne ke lie har jawan ka fire discp bhi unche darje ka
hona chahiye,lekin kamjor trg aur dar ke karan am taur par yah unche darje ka nahin hai.
Sec aur Pl Cdrs ke naate aapki yeh duty hai ki aap ke jawano ka Fire discp achha ho.
UDDESHYA (AIM)
2. Aapko Fire discp ka mahatwa awam aur Fire Cont Ordersdene ke bare mein jankari
dena hai.
PREVIEW
3. Yeh lesson chhar bhagon mein chalaya jayega.
(a) Bhag I : Fire discipline aur Fire Cont Order ka mahtwa.
(b) Bhag II : Matwapurn Paribhashayen, Sec Cdr ke liye Points aur Fire Control
Order dene ke Tariqe.
(c) Bhag III : Fire Cont Orders ki Tartib.
(d) Bhag IV : Fire Cont Orders ke Prakar.
113
BHAG I : FIRE DISC AUR FIRE CONT ORDER KA MAHTWA
4. Fire disp ladai ke dauran kafi mahtwapurna mudda he, ye visheshkar tab kafi
awashyak ho jata jab surprize maintain karna bahut hi jaruri ho. Indiscipline firing ek
individual vyakti dwara shuri hoti he, joki baad main anya troops ko bhi prabhavit karti he. Ek
individual ko apne upar itna vishwas ho chahiye ki wo kabhi bhi premature/indiscriminate
firing na kare. Yadi aisa hota he to ammunation ki barbadi ke sath sath dushman ko bhi
hamari postion ka pata chal jayega. Isliye fire discp aur fire cont ka kisi bhi tarah ke
operations main kafi matwapurna bhumika he.
5. Defence Defence main premature fire kholane se dushaman ko defenders ki location
ka pata chal jata, jisase wo apna plan badal sakta he aur defender ko surprise ka sakata he.
Isake sath sath lambi range par fire jyada effective nahi hota he aur jab final assult ke
defender ke pas ammunition bhi kam bachta he. Isliye good fire discipline aur correct fire
orders nimlikhit parsthitiyon kafi mahtwa badh jata he:-
(a) Poor visibility/Darkness, jab troops jittery hokar kisi bhi imaginary target par fire
kar dete hain.
(b) Jab dushman ki patrols, defender ki location ka pata lagane ke liye fire
karwane ki koshish karti hain.
BHAG II : MAHTWAPURN PARIBHASHAYEN, SEC CDR KE LIYE POINTS AUR FIRE
CONTROL ORDER DENE KE TRIQE
Important Terms
6. Fire Control Orders se sambabdhit kuch mahtwapurna term :-
(a) Fire Unit. Woh hathiyar band toli, jo ek Cdr ke hukam ke niche fire karti
hai, jaise ki ek sec.
(b) Fire Cont Orders. Woh hukam jo ek fire unit Cdr, tgt par fire karwane aur
uspar kabu rakhne ke lie fire unit ko deta hai.
(c) Fire Direction Orders. Yeh woh hukam hain jo ki ek Fire unit Cdr apne se
unche darje ke Cdr se leta hai, Ismen fire ki tadad, tgt par fire kab khola jaega,iteyadi
hukam diye jate hai. Sec Cdr, Pl Cdr se Fire Directions Order leta hai. Udhaharan, Pl
Cdr ke Fire direction order 51mm Mor det ke lie: Mor det Cdr ,50, thoda bayen, spur
par jhari, Pl ka Fire base. Mor det Pl ko, covering fire dega.
(d) Arc of Fire. Yeh ek sub unit ya hathiyar ka zimmewari ka ilaqa hai jismen ki
use tgt engage karna hota hai. Iski dahina aur bayan had zamini nishan ke dwara
bataya jata hai. Is arc of fire mein kuch madad ke nishan chune jate hain.
114
POINTS FOR SECTION COMMANDER
7. Fire Control Orders dete Samay Dhyan main Rakhane wali kuch Baten:-
(a) Indication. Koi bhi fire tab tak effective nahi ho sakta jab tak target sahi tariqe
se indicate na kiya jay awm sabhi troops ka target ko puri tarah se ground par
pahchanana bhi jaruri he.
(b) Range .Kya dushman hathiyar ki rg mein hai.
(c) Surprise. Kya surprise hasil karne ke liye fire ko thodi der roka jae ?
(d) Hathiyar. Kaunse hathiyar se sabse achha natija hasil ho sakta hai ? LMG
section ka mukhya hatiyar. Lekin ye sambhav nahi he ki LMG se fire har parsthit
sahi natije de. Rifile aur LMG ko sath sath bhi fire kiya ja sakta he.
(e) Rate of Fire. Fire single round hona chahiy ya burst hone chahiye, Rate of
fire Normal he ya Rapid. Rapid fire am taur par in maukon par karwana chahie ?
(i) Jab dushman ko Surprise karna ho.
(ii) Aslt mein covering fire dete samay.
ORDERS DENE KA TARIQA
8. Fire kholane ka nirnaya lene ke, order dene ki aawashyakta hoti. Oreder dete samay
nimlikhit baton ka dhyan rakhana chahiye:-
(a) Hukum saf, dhire aur kam lafzon mein de diye jaen.
(b) Awaj itni unchi ho taki saf sunai den.
(i
) Jab tak surprise barkarar ho to fire cont orders ya to dhire awaj mein ya
mukarar hue fd/ sound sig se den.
(ii) Surprise kho jane par unchi awaj mein order den aur sunne wale jawan
hukam dohrayenn taki sabhi ko malum chal jaye.
(c) Tamam baten hukam ke taur par hon.
(d) Orders mein waqfa hona chahiye takih jawan uspar sath sath amal kar saken.
BHAG III : FIRE CONT ORDERS KI TARTIB
9. Hukam hamesha mukarar ki hui tartib se dena chahiye taki koi baat chhut na jaye aur
samjhne mein asani ho. Tartib is prakar hai
(a) G - GROUPJis unit dwara fire karwana ho ie LMG group ya Rifle group.
(b) R - RANGE
Apni jagah se tgt ka fasla.
(c) I - INDICATIONTgt ka bayan.
(d) T - TYPEFire ki kism.
115
BHAG IV : FIRE CONT ORDERS KE PRAKAR
12. Fire Cont Orders char prakar ke hote hain:-
(a) Taiyari ka Fire Orders. Yeh fire control order us samay diye jate hai jab ki
dushman kargar rg se bahar ho aur apni taraf harkat/ adv kar raha ho, yani hukam
dene aur asar mein fire kholne mein samay lagega. Jaise ki : No 1 Sec 800, Lal jhari
ke ilaqe se dushaman ka ek sec hamari taraf adv karta hua. Mar ke ilaqe mein ane
par mere hukam se fire hoga. Fire kholne ka initiative Cdr apne pass rakh sakta hai ya
sub unit par chor sakta hai.Jaise ki:Mar ke ilaqe mein ane par LMG Gp 2 burst fire, Rif
Gp 3 rd fire.
(b) Full Fire Orders. Yeh Fire Orders tab diye jate hain jab fire unit Cdr ke paas
prayapt samay ho aur tgt duri par ho. Yeh tafseel mein diye jate hain. Yeh do kism ka
hota hai.
(i) Nukta Tgt. Yeh us samay diye jate hain jab ki dushman ek point (nukta) tgt
banta hai. Jaise ki (LMG Gp 500. Hulldown tree, dushman ka sniper, ek burst
fire.)
(ii) Faila hua Tgt. Yeh us samay diye jate hai jab ki dushman ek ilaqa mein
faila hua hota hai. Jaise ki: No 1 Sec 300,Tuti futi zamin mein jhadi ke
pichhe aur aspas ke ilaqe mein dushman ka ek sec chhupha hua hai. LMG Gp
2 burst aur Rif Gp, 5-5 rd fire.
(c)Mauke ka Fire Order. Yeh fire order us samay diya jata hai, jab ki har ek jawan ko
apne aap mauke ke mutabik fire karna ho. Jaise ki: No 1 Sec - dushman tuti futi zamin
mein chup gaya hai najar ane par fire). Ismen har jawan apni samajh bhuj aur fire
discp ka khyal rakhte hue dushman par fire karta hai.
(d)Chhota Fire Order. Yeh fire order us samay diye jata hai jab ki dushman achanak
nazdik fasle par nikal kar surprise kar deta hai. Jaise ki: No 1 Sec aim down - dahine
dushman fire).
CONCLUSION
13. Ammunition ke prabhawi istemal ke liye, fire discipline awm fire control atiawashyak
he. Iske sath sath fire control orders surprise ko maintain karne ke liye, ammunition ko
bachane ke liye kafi mahtwapurna he. Fire control order dete samay sahi sequence follow
karani chahiye aur iname koi confusion nahi hona chahiye.
14. Fire discipline ko fire control orders dwara excercised karna chahiye. Fire discipline
aur fire control orders ka matlab ye nahi he ki koi bhi sainik bina adesh ke fire nahi karega.
Kai halat aise honge jahan par sainikon ko dushman par fire karne ke liye initiative lena
padega.
116
LESSON PLAN : FC & BC 9
FIRE AND MOVEMENT
Period - ONE
Type - Lecture
Code - FC & BC 9
Term - III
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trg Aids
Computer Slide, Pointer, Chart, Black Board aur Chalk
Time Plan
. (a) Fire aur Movement kab istemal karni hai -05 Min
(b) Fire and movement ke liye jaruri hidaytein -05 Min
(c) Ground Appreciation/Zameen ka vishleshan -05 Min
(d) Typers of cover/Cover ke prakar - 05 Min
(e) Dead Ground/Tuti Phuti Zameen - 03 Min
(f) Command Mistake/Samanya Galtiyan - 05 Min
(g) Map aur Air photographs - 03 Min
(h) Swelection of Fire Position/Fire Position Ka Chunav - 03 Min
(j) Attack aur Defence Mein Fire Control - 04 Min
(k) Movement - 02 Min
(l) Sanskhep -02 Min
INTRODUCTION
1. Infantry ka prathmik uddeshy dushman ke najdeek jakar use barbad karna hain. Us
uddesh ko zameen ke sahi istemal karke prapat kiya ja sakta ahin. Jabki dushman, hamla
karne wale troops ko zameen aur cover ka sahi istemal nahi karne dega. In halation main
khule (open) mein movement karna padega.
2. Jab attack ya advance karne wale troops ko bina cover ke advance karna ho to,
troops ko do group main banta jayega. Ek group covering fire dega taki dushaman advance
kar rahe troops par aimed fire na kar sake aur dusra group isi samay dushaman ke nazdik se
nazdik jane ki koshis karega.
117
UDDESH (AIM)
3. Is class ka uddesh infantry ki basic tactics fire aur movement ke bare jankari dena.
PREVIEW
4. Is class ko niman bhago mein chalaya jayega .
(a) Fire aur Movement kab istemal karni hai
(b) Fire and movement ke liye jaruri hidaytein
(c) Ground Appreciation/Zameen ka Vishleshan
(d) Types of cover
(e) Dead Ground/Tuti Phuti Zameen
(f) Command Mistake/Samnya Galtiyan
(g) Map aur Air Photographs
(h) Selection of fire position/Fire position ka Chunaw
(j) Attack aur Defence Mein Fire Control
(k) Movement
BHAG I:FIRE AUR MOVEMENT KAB ISTEMAL KARNI HAI
5. Fire aur movement ka istemal nimn parisathtiyon mein kiya ja sakta hain:-
(a) Jab Dushman ka Small Arms ka fire effective ho.
(b) Jab dushman 400 se 700 meter ki duri par ho.
(c) Movement ke dauran un jagahon par jahan par dushman ho ya hone ki
sambhavna ho.
(d) Din aur raat ke samay kisi bhi obstacle ko cross karne ke dauran.
118
BHAG II :FIRE AND MOVEMENT KE LIYE JARURI HIDAYTEIN
6. Yeh panch parkar ke hoti hain:-
(a) Koi bhi movement exposed ground (khuli hui zameen) par bina covering
fire ken na ho. Covering fire ke advantages kaphi sapasht hain lekin movement
ke dauran lagatar fire sambhav nahi he. Isliye jo cover ground par uplabdh he uska
istemal karna chahiye. Jis ground par cover na, tab movement covering fire dwara
cover honi chahiye.
(b) Commander ka niyantran (Control by the Commander). Ek section tabhi
achchi tarah kam kar sakata jab section commander ka apne section par achcha
niyantaran ho, anyatha jaruri fire support sahi jagah aur sahi samay par nahi milega.
Ek section commander apne section ko aawaz (voice control) dwara ya hathon ke
isharon (hand signal) se niyantrit (control) karta he. Isliye ye awshyak he ki Section
Commander hamesha apne section ko aawaj awam nazri milap main rakhna chahiye.
(c) Direct firing weapon ke covering fire ka angle (kon) jitna sambhav ho utna wide
(chouda) hona chahiye bina niyantran ya samay ki barbadi. Apne troops kabhi bhi
apne covering fire ke andar nahi aana chahiye. Iske sath sath ye bhi dhyan main
rakhna chahiye covering fire assault troops ko jyada se jyada der tak milna chahiye.
(d) Cover ka pura istemal (Full use of cover). Ground main uplabdh sabhi
prakar ke cover ka istemal karna chahiye.
(e) Sabhi hatiyaron ka sahi istemal (Optimum use of all available weapons).
Covering fire dene ke liye sabi tarah ke hatiyaron ka istemal karna chahiye.
BHAG III :APPRECIATION OF GROUND (ZAMEEN KA VISHLESHAN)
7. Kisi bhi yudh/ladai me ground ke hisab se fire aur movement kiya jata hai. Khule
maidan me cover lene ki samasya hoti hai aur band ground ache cover dhoondana mushkil
hota jaha se dushman ko asani se aur saaf dekha ja sake aur fire kiya ja sake. Ground ke
sahi istemal se dushman ko hairan kiya ja sakta hai aur jaan bhi bachayi ja sakti hai. Isliye
ground par ek achi nazar rakhna bahut jaruri hai. Ground ko dushman ki nazar se dekhna
chahiye aur nimanlikhit baton par gaur karni chahiye:-
(a) Fire Positions
(b) Observation positions
(c) Cover from fire/Fire se Bachav
(d) Cover from view/Cover se Bachav
(e) Obstacles/Badhayaen
(Instr yeh vistar se batay ke Section Commander aur section ka pratyek sadsya lagatar
najdeeki cover ko dhundane/khojne ki liye jimmedar hai taki us cover ka istemal dushman ki
firing ke dauran istemal kiya ja sake)
119
BHAG NO IV : TYPE OF COVER/COVER KE PRAKAR
8. Dikhne ke cover se yeh jaruri nai hai ki who fire se bhi bachata ho, woh bhi jab
dushman ne apko dekh liya ho. Dushman ki aasmani aur ground ki observation se bachna hi
mukhya hai agar aap dushman ko hairan karna chahte hai. Kuch mukhya cover is parkar hai
:-
(a) Tooti footi zameen jiska sahi istemal karne se dushman ke seedhe hathiyaron
ke fire se bacha ja sakta hai.
(b) Gehri zameen ya sadak, nadi ya gadde jo ki acha cover dete hai par yeh bhi ho
sakta hai ki dushman aisi jagah par kadi nazar rakh raha ho. Aisi jagah par mine ya
booby traps bhi lagaye ho sakte hai. Agar sadak ya gadde sidhe hai toh dushman
siddha fire bhi kar sakta hai.
(c) Jhadhiya dikhai dene se cover kar sakti hai par fire se cover nai de sakti. Khule
maidan me dushman asani se fire kar sakta hai.
(d) Khadi hui fasal me bhi dikhai dene se cover mil sakta hai par harkat karne par
pata chal sakta hai.
(e) Bade ped troops aur vehicles ko aram se choti ammunition ke age cover de
sakte hai par HE bombs se cover nai de sakte jo jyada nuksan pahuncha sakte hai
agar jawan gadde khod ke na baithe ho aur upar se acha cover na liya ho.
(f) Buildings aur deeware dushman ke chote hathiyaro se acha bachav de sakti
hai par alag se khadi building ya deewar dushman ke liye sahayak ho sakti hai.
BHAG NO V : DEAD GROUND/TOOTI FOOTI ZAMEEN
9. Woh ground jo koi jawan apni position se na dekh pa raha ho use dead ground kehte
hai. Platoon aur section Cdr ko aisi jagah ka pata lagana chahiye jo ki dushman ke liye dead
ground ho. Dead ground sirf kisi jawan ki position ke upar hi nirbhar karta hai. Koi bhi troop
jo ki dead ground ke ander chupa hai woh dushman ke direct fire se dur hai par indirect fire
ki range me ho sakta hai. Aisi jagah ka chunav dushman arty aur mortar ke liye karta hai.
Dead ground najar se bachne ke liye kafi achi jagah hoti hai kyunki isse dushman ke radar
se bhi bacha ja sakta hai
120
BHAG NO VI :COMMAND MISTAKES/SAMANYA GALTIYA
10. Ground ka galat istemal se nuksan ho sakta hai aur dushman ko hairan bhi nai kiya ja
sakta. Kuch galtiyan is parkar hai:-
(a) Troops dwara laparwahi jaise ki map ko khule me kholna.
(b) Dushman ke nazar ke area me faltu ki harkat karna.
(c) Kisi alag se khade ped, jhadi ya jhopdi me chupna.
(d) Aisi jagah rukna jinpar dushman ki vishesh tor par nazar ho.
(e) Chalne me anushanheenta
(f) Dushman ki hawai nazar se bachav me fail hona.
BHAG NO VII : MAP AUR AIR PHOTOGRAPHS
11. Map aur aasman se liye photo se ground ke bare me achi tarah se jankari leni
chahiye. Aasman se li gayi photo ke fayde aur nuksan is parkar hai:-
(a) Fayde.
(i) Yeh up to date hote hai.
(ii) Inme jyada details hoti hai.
(iii) Jagah ka sahi size aur shape batate hai.
(iv) Stereoscope ki madad se gradient batate hai.
(b) Nuksan.
(i) Pura bhogolik cover mushkil hai.
(ii) Banana kafi keemti
(iii) Scale ka farak padta hai
(iv) Unchai ke bare me nahi bataya jata
12. Air Photographs ke dawra di gayi kewal topographical jankari samjane ke jarurat hain.
Dushaman ke defences ko smajhna experts ka karya hain. Map ki theoretical knowledge ko
padne/ratne main kam samay lagana chahiye aur map reading ki practice main jyada se
jyada dhyan dena chahiye. Prismatic compass aur protector ke istemal main sabhi
comandero ko mahirait hasil karna chaiye. Navigation ek bigan hai. Ek adhikari ko apne
compass par pura bishwas hona chaiye, lekin yah kewal abhyas ke sath ata hain.
121
BHAG NO VIII :SELECTION OF FIRE POSITION/ FIRE POSITION KA CHUNAV
13.
Ek achi fire position is parkar hai :-
(a) Fire se cover kare
(b) Dikhai dene se Cover kare
(c) Ground ka ya target ka acha view de
(d) Hathiyar ko istemal karne ke liye khuli jagah de
(e) Asani se wahan pahuncha ja sake
(f) Wahan se asani se age bada ja sake.
14. Fire position lene se pehle apne hathiyaron aur ground ke bare me achi jankari hona
kafi jaruri hai. Siddha fire karne wala hathiyar hamesha target ke theek samne hona
chahiye. Jo target ek khade hue jawan ko dikh raha ho woh ho sakta hai ke lete hue jawan
ko na dikhe.
15. Kabhi kabhi yeh bhi jaruri hota hai ke fire position kisi ped par, chat par ya deewar ke
upar li jaye jaha se acha fire ho sakta hai. Aisi position dushman ko hairan kar sakti hai aur
dusri taraf dushman ki nazar se bhi bachav rehta hai.
BHAG IX : FIRE CONTROL IN ATTACK AND DEFENCE
16. Attack aur defence dono me fire control ka bada mahatav hai. Attack ke samay teji se
fire karna bahut jaruri hai. Ek achi tarah se chupe hue dushman ke liye jaruri hai ki us area
ko achi tarah se fire karke dushman se saaf kiya jaye. Defence me pehle fire karne se apni
position dushman ko pata chal sakti hai. Aam tor par ek section commander apne age
section post par ek line laga deta hai jiske piche fire uske hukum se hi karna hota hai. Yeh
aisi jagah bahut hi jaruri hai jahah bada maidan fire ke liye ho. Har case me fire commander
ke hukum se hi hota hai.
BHAG X : MOVEMENT
17. Dushman ke age harkat karne ke liye covering fire hona jaruri hai. Iska arth yeh nai
hai ki movement karne ke liye bahut jyada matra me hi fire kiya jaye. Jaruri yeh hai ki
dushman ki disha me age bada jaye aur covering fire uski support ke liye hi hota hai. Ground
ki achi jankari aur movement ke bare me janana troops ke liye dushman ke nazdeek
pahunchane me bahut kargar hai, jisse nuksan se bacha ja sakta hai aur dushman ke radar
se bhi bacha ja sakta hai.
122
CONCLUSION/SANSKHEP
18. Aam tor par din ke samay me troops tej chal se age badte hai jab tak ki dushman ke
nazdeek na pahunch jaye. Akhir me woh daud kar dushman par attack karte hai. Samay ke
hisab se weh tej daud ya ghisat kar chal sakte hai. Udhaharan ke liye attack ke samay yeh
jaruri hai ki weh daud kar dushman par hamla bol de na ki dhire dhire ghisat kar chale. Aise
karne par dushman unhe asani se mar sakta hai. Tej daudna aur ghisat kar chalna dono hi
kafi thakavat wale hote hai isliye inka istemal chote samay aur jaruri waqt par hi karna
chahiye. Iska faisla commander ko apni troops ki fitness ke hisab se lena chahiye. Generally,
dushman ki taraf ek theek gati se badna hi mukhya uddesh hona chahiye.
123
LESSON PLAN :FC & BC 11
SECTION BATTLE DRILL
Period 04
Type Lecture/Practice
Code FC & BC 11
Term III
Training Aids
Computer, Slide, Pointer, Chart, BoardAur Chalk
Time Plan
(a) Parichaye - - 03 Min
(b) Sec Battle DriilKaAwashyakta - 10 Min
(c) Sec Battle DriilKeCharan - 25 Min
(d) Nishkarse - 02 Min
(e) Abhyash - 120 Min
INTRODUCTION
1. Ladai mein samayebachaneaurbhramkisthiti se bachaneliye hum ek set dhang se
kuchhsthitiyonmeinpratikriyakartehain. Sainneybhashameiladai drill kaahthahai.
Kuchhsamanneysthitionmein unit, sub unit tathagrouponkipratikriya.
Yudhabhyashchhotisamriksamashyaon se nipatnemeinbahutupyogihotehain.
Wahsamayebachane, teji se pratikriyasunischitkarneaurbhram se
bachanemeinsahayekhotehain.Issprakaryehkam se kamsamaye
meinmissionkopurakarneaurhatahatonksankhyakonyuntamkarnetathagatikobanayerakhtahai
.
2. Samaye se section kikaryewahivipakshakeviruddhaek drill kerupmeinkiyajatahai. Jab
takkidusman par pravabiniyentrannakarliyajaye. Yehkabayet (drill) lachilahaiaurvipaksha par
kabu pane kekrammein section commander
dwarakiyegaykaryeonkotarkikkrampradankartahai. Yeh fire aur movement
keprathmiksidhanta par adharithai. Section battle drill karneke do pahaluhai. Yeh section
battle drill keawashyakbhaghai.
UDDESH
3. Issbhyakhyankauddeshya section battle drill kiprakriyake bare
meincadetonkoparichitkaranahai.
PURVAWALOKAN
124
4. Iss sabak do bhagoe mein sikhaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I – Section battle drill kiawashyakta
(b) Bhag II – Section battle drill kecharan
BHAG I – SECTION BATTLE DRILL KE AWASHYAK BHAG
5. Section Battle Drill
kiadharbhutawashyaktatejpratikriyabinakisbhramkenyunatamsambhavsamayemeinpurakarn
ekeliyehotihai.
Isseagrimgatikobanayerakhnetathahatahatokisankhyakonunatamkarnemeinsahayetapraptah
otihai.Yehuplabdsabhihathiyaronkaadhiktamupyogsunischitkartahai. Sec battle drill
kinimnalikhitbuniyadiawashyaktayenhai :-
(a) Quick appreciation
(b) Adesh
(c) Fire aur move
BHAG II – SECTION BATTLE DRILL KE CHARAN
Charan I Pravabi Fire Aane Par Karyewahi
6. Section commander keaage badne par, wahlagatartalasega :-
(a) Fire control order keliyenayesandarvabindu .section ke aage badnepar
wahunhebatayegajisewahsanketyaawaj se pahachanenge. Nahidekha,
yediwahsandarvabindukopahachannemeinashafalrahtehain to.
(b) Prabhavi fire ane par section jahansthanlega jab bhisambhavhoga section
commander inn sthitionkosanketkaregapurbakeadeshkitarah. Jaiseyedi hum
prabhavi fire keantargat ate hain, LMG group jhadionmeinchhupjayegatatha rifle
group kinarerahega.
7. Jab fire ho tab manushyaonkojameen par girnasaseadhikswabhikhoga.
Jawanonkojameen par tab taknahinletnachahiye jab tak dusmankaprabhavi fire ke niche
naaraha ho athawaaisaadeshna ho. Aadleinkaadesh section commander dwaradiyajatahai.
Aadleinkaadeshprapta hone par section
kopratejawanondwarasamannetahnimnalikhitkarwaiki jatihai :-
(a) Pass kiaadkitarafbhagnayajo section commander dwarapurbakaadeshdiyagaya
ho.
(b) Sabhiaadmeinchhupjayengeaurghutnonkebalaagebadengejissedusmandekhna
sake.
(c) Sthanleinaurdusmankaawalokan karen.
(d) Dusmandekhai dene par bina section commander keadeshka intajrkiye fire karen.
125
(e) Awashyak hone par LMG group No I aur No II Ko chhodkareksath hone se
bachnachahiye. Aadkiuplabdata par din meinkisibhijawankoapnesathipanchgaz se
kamduri par nahihonachahiye.
(f) Dusmankedekhai dene par – TAKE COVER,DASH-DOWN-CRAWL-OBSERVE-
SIGHT-FIRE kaadesh section commander dwaradiyajatahai.
8. Charan II Dushman Ki PosnKaPataLaganaAurDushmanKe Fire KoApne Fire
Se NakaraKarna.Dushman ki posnkapata laganeke lie dekhbhal, harqataur fire karen agar
koi jawandushman ki posnkapatalagaletahai to tracer round se tgtbatae. Sec cdrdushmanke
fire konakarakarneke lie fire order de.
9. Charan IIIHamlaKarna. Ismen object par hamla left ya right se kiyajaega
(a) Left Flank- Isme rif gp LMG gp ke left me hota hai
(b) Right Flank- Isme rif gp LMG gp ke right me hota hai
Note- HamlaKarne Se Pehle ORF KaSochvicharZarurihai.
10. CharanIVRe Org
. Hamla ho jane ke baad dobara tartib dena. Is me nimin karwai
hoti hai-
(a) ComdAndContHasilKarna
(b) Causality Ko Check
(c) Re Adjustment
(d) AmnKaKharch Check Karna
(e) First Aid Dena
(f) Cdrko Report Dena
(g) TpsKodeployKarna
(j) Sp WpnKo Set Karna( LMG& RL)
Note-CdrKeHukamKaIntezar Karen
SHANKSHEP
11. Sec aur pl battle drill hamari basic trg hai. Qisi bhi kaam ko hum agar tariqe se kare to
kaam asan ho jata hai aur tartib se pura hoga.Sec aur pl battle drill bhi ek tartib diya hua
tariqa hai. Halat ke anusar kuch badlao ho sakte hai lekin tarib takriban yahi rahegi.
126
LESSON PLAN : FC & BC - 7
USE OF GROUND AND MOVEMENT
Code - FC & BC - 7
Period - One
Type - Lecture/Practice
Term - III
Training Aids
Computer Slide, Pointer, Charts, Black Board Aur Chalk
Time plan
(a) Fire aur movement ke tarike - 03 Min
(b) Fire and movement ke liye jaruri hidaytein - 05 Min
(c) Ground Appreciation -05 Min
(d) Types of Cover -05 Min
(e) Dead Ground -03 Min
(f) Command Mistakes -05 Min
(g) Map and Air Photographs -03 Min
(h) Selection of Fire Position -03 Min
(i) Fire Control in Attack and Defence -04 Min
(j) Movement -02 Min
(k) Conclusion - 02 Min
INTRODUCTION
1. Infantry ka prathmik kam dushman se muthbhed karke use barbad karna hai. Dushman ke
nazdeek pahunchane ke liye jaruri hai ki ground ka sahi istemal kiya jaye. Ek tej dushman apko
ground ka sahi istemal karne se rok sakta hai. Jab apko dushman aisa cover lene se rok raha ho
toh apko khule me bhi harkat karni pad sakti hai.
2. Jab ek bar hamein khule me harkat karni hi pad jaye toh yeh jaruri hai ki hamari fauj ka ek
hissa dushman ke upar lagatar firing karti rahe aur unhe apni position se bahar ane na de. Isse
dushman hum par fire nahi kar sakta aur hum asani se hokar harkat kar sakte hai. Isi tatav ko jab ek
dushman ki position par fire kar raha ho aur dusra harkat (movement) kar raha toh ise Fire and
Movement kehte hai. Yeh sabhi parkar ki Infantry aur Mechanised Infantry ki mool tarkib hai.
127
UDDESH
3. Cadets ko basic Infantry Fire aur Movement se parichit karana hai.
PREVIEW
4. Byakhyan nimna likhit gyarah bhagon mein aayojit kiya jayega :-
(a) Part I. Fire aur Movement kab istemal karni hai
(b) Part II. Fire and movement ke liye jaruri hidaytein
(c ) Part III . Ground Appreciation
(d) Part IV
. Types of Cover
(e) Part V. Dead Ground
(f) Part VI. Command Mistakes
(g) Part VII. Map and Air Photographs
(h) Part VIII. Selection of Fire Position
(j) Part IX. Fire Control in Attack and Defence
(k) Part X. Movement
PART I FIRE AUR MOVEMENT KAB ISTEMAL KARNI HAI
5. Fire aur Movement tarkib nimanlikhit jagaho par istemal ki ja sakti hai :-
(a). Dushman ne SA fire khol diya hai jo kafi prabhavi hai.
(b). Jab apne troops ne dushman ko pehle dekh liya hai aur dushman 400m se 700m ke
beech me hai.
(c ). Jab dushman kisi area me chupa ho toh troops ko hathiyaron ki range ke andar
pahunchane par iska istemal karna chahiye.
(d). Rukawato ko din aur raat ke samay par karte hue jaise nullah, nadi adi.
PART II. FIRE AND MOVEMENT KE LIYE JARURI HIDAYTEIN
6. Fire aur movement ke liye 5 basic hidaytein hai jo ki is parkar hai :-
(a). Bina Covering Fire Ke Khule Maidan Me Koi Harkat Nahi Honi Chahiye. Par iska
matlab yeh nai ki hamesha harkat karne ke liye covering fire lena chahiye. Jaha sambhav ho
sake zameen ke ander cover lena chahiye aur na sambhav ho to hi covering fire lena chahiye.
128
(b). Commander dwara control. Section tab tak hi asardar hai jab tak woh commander ke
hukum se kam kar raha hai. Nahi toh jaruri madad aur fire sahi samay aur sahi jagah par nahi
mil sakegi. Section me isharo aur awaj ki madad se hukum diya jata hai, isliye yeh jaruri hai ki
section commander ki nazron ke samne aur awaj ki range me rahe.
(c ). Covering Fire ka angle jitna ho sake utna bada hona chahiye. Is baat ka bhi khyal rakhna
chahiye ki hamari khud ki fauj apne hi section ke firing range me na ho. Is baat ka bhi vishesh
dhyan rakhna chahiye ki fire support jitna der tak ho sake karni chahiye tah jo assault troop
dushman ke jyada nazdeek pahunch sake.
(d). Maujood Cover ka pura istemal. Jo bhi ground me cover moujood ho us ka puri tarah se
istemal karna chahiye.
(e). Maujood hathiyaron ka pura istemal. Moujood hathiyaron ka bhi sahi aur pura istemal
karna chahiye.
PART III GROUND APPRECIATION
7. Kisi bhi yudh me ground ke hisab se fire aur movement kiya jata hai. Khule maidan me cover
lene ki samasya hoti hai aur band ground ache cover dhoondana mushkil hota jaha se dushman ko
asani se aur saaf dekha ja sake aur fire kiya ja sake. Ground ke sahi istemal se dushman ko hairan
kiya ja sakta hai aur jaan bhi bachayi ja sakti hai. Isliye ground par ek achi nazar rakhna bahut jaruri
hai. Ground ko dushman ki nazar se dekhna chahiye aur nimanlikhit baton par gaur karni chahiye:-
(a). Fire Positions
(b). Observation positions
(c ). Cover from fire
(d). Cover from view
(e ). Obstacles
PART IV. TYPES OF COVER
8. Dikhne ke cover se yeh jaruri nai hai ki who fire se bhi bachata ho, woh bhi jab dushman ne
apko dekh liya ho. Dushman ki aasmani aur ground ki observation se bachna hi mukhya hai agar
aap dushman ko hairan karna chahte hai. Kuch mukhya cover is parkar hai :-
(a). Tooti footi zameen jiska sahi istemal karne se dushman ke seedhe hathiyaron ke fire se
bacha ja sakta hai.
(b). Gehri zameen ya sadak, nadi ya gadde jo ki acha cover dete hai par yeh bhi ho sakta hai
ki dushman aisi jagah par kadi nazar rakh raha ho. Aisi jagah par mine ya booby traps bhi
lagaye ho sakte hai. Agar sadak ya gadde sidhe hai toh dushman siddha fire bhi kar sakta hai.
129
(c ). Jhadhiya dikhai dene se cover kar sakti hai par fire se cover nai de sakti. Khule maidan
me dushman asani se fire kar sakta hai.
(d). Khadi hui fasal me bhi dikhai dene se cover mil sakta hai par harkat karne par pata chal
sakta hai.
(e). Bade ped troops aur vehicles ko aram se choti ammunition ke age cover de sakte hai par
HE bombs se cover nai de sakte jo jyada nuksan pahuncha sakte hai agar jawan gadde khod
ke na baithe ho aur upar se acha cover na liya ho.
(f). Buildings aur deeware dushman ke chote hathiyaro se acha bachav de sakti hai par alag
se khadi building ya deewar dushman ke liye sahayak ho sakti hai.
PART V. DEAD GROUND
9. Woh ground jo koi jawan apni position se na dekh pa raha ho use dead ground kehte hai.
Platoon aur section Cdr ko aisi jagah ka pata lagana chahiye jo ki dushman ke liye dead ground ho.
Dead ground sirf kisi jawan ki position ke upar hi nirbhar karta hai. Koi bhi troop jo ki dead ground ke
ander chupa hai woh dushman ke direct fire se dur hai par indirect fire ki range me ho sakta hai. Aisi
jagah ka chunav dushman arty aur mortar ke liye karta hai. Dead ground najar se bachne ke liye kafi
achi jagah hoti hai kyunki isse dushman ke radar se bhi bacha ja sakta hai.
PART VI. COMMAND MISTAKES
10. Ground ka galat istemal se nuksan ho sakta hai aur dushman ko hairan bhi nai kiya ja sakta.
Kuch galtiyan is parkar hai :-
(a). Troops dwara laparwahi jaise ki map ko khule me kholna.
(b). Dushman ke nazar ke area me faltu ki harkat karna.
(c ). Kisi alag se khade ped, jhadi ya jhopdi me chupna.
(d). Aisi jagah rukna jinpar dushman ki vishesh tor par nazar ho.
(e). Chalne me anushanheenta
(f). Dushman ki hawai nazar se bachav me fail hona.
PART VII. MAP AND AIR PHOTOGRAPHS
11. Map aur aasman se liye photo se ground ke bare me achi tarah se jankari leni chahiye.
Aasman se li gayi photo ke fayde aur nuksan is parkar hai:-
130
(a). Fayde:
(i). Yeh up to date hote hai.
(ii). Inme jyada details hoti hai.
(iii). Jagah ka sahi size aur shape batate hai.
(iv). Stereoscope ki madad se gradient batate hai.
(b). Nuksan:
(i). Pura bhogolik cover mushkil hai.
(ii). Banana kafi keemti
(iii). Scale ka farak padta hai
(iv). Unchai ke bare me nahi bataya jata.
PART VIII. SELECTION OF FIRE POSITION
12. Ek achi fire position is parkar hai :-
(a). Fire se cover kare
(b). Dikhai dene se Cover kare
(c ). Ground ka ya target ka acha view de
(d). Hathiyar ko istemal karne ke liye khuli jagah de
(e). Asani se wahan pahuncha ja sake
(f). Wahan se asani se age bada ja sake.
13. Fire position lene se pehle apne hathiyaron aur ground ke bare me achi jankari hona kafi jaruri
hai. Siddha fire karne wala hathiyar hamesha target ke theek samne hona chahiye. Jo target ek
khade hue jawan ko dikh raha ho woh ho sakta hai ke lete hue jawan ko na dikhe.
14. Kabhi kabhi yeh bhi jaruri hota hai ke fire position kisi ped par, chat par ya deewar ke upar li
jaye jaha se acha fire ho sakta hai. Aisi position dushman ko hairan kar sakti hai aur dusri taraf
dushman ki nazar se bhi bachav rehta hai.
131
PART IX. FIRE CONTROL IN ATTACK AND DEFENCE
15. Attack aur defence dono me fire control ka bada mahatav hai. Attack ke samay
teji se fire karna bahut jaruri hai. Ek achi tarah se chupe hue dushman ke liye jaruri hai ki
us area ko achi tarah se fire karke dushman se saaf kiya jaye. Defence me pehle fire
karne se apni position dushman ko pata chal sakti hai. Aam tor par ek section
commander apne age section post par ek line laga deta hai jiske piche fire uske hukum
se hi karna hota hai. Yeh aisi jagah bahut hi jaruri hai jahah bada maidan fire ke liye ho.
Har case me fire commander ke hukum se hi hota hai.
PART X. MOVEMENT
16. Dushman ke age harkat karne ke liye covering fire hona jaruri hai. Iska arth yeh
nai hai ki movement karne ke liye bahut jyada matra me hi fire kiya jaye. Jaruri yeh hai ki
dushman ki disha me age bada jaye aur covering fire uski support ke liye hi hota hai.
Ground ki achi jankari aur movement ke bare me janana troops ke liye dushman ke
nazdeek pahunchane me bahut kargar hai, jisse nuksan se bacha ja sakta hai aur
dushman ke radar se bhi bacha ja sakta hai.
CONCLUSION
17. Aam tor par din ke samay me troops tej chal se age badte hai jab tak ki dushman
ke nazdeek na pahunch jaye. Akhir me woh daud kar dushman par attack karte hai.
Samay ke hisab se weh tej daud ya ghisat kar chal sakte hai. Udhaharan ke liye attack
ke samay yeh jaruri hai ki weh daud kar dushman par hamla bol de na ki dhire dhire
ghisat kar chale. Aise karne par dushman unhe asani se mar sakta hai. Tej daudna aur
ghisat kar chalna dono hi kafi thakavat wale hote hai isliye inka istemal chote samay aur
jaruri waqt par hi karna chahiye. Iska faisla commander ko apni troops ki fitness ke hisab
se lena chahiye. Generally, dushman ki taraf ek theek gati se badna hi mukhya uddesh
hona chahiye.
132
INDEX
FOOT DRILL(FD)
SNO
LESSON CODE
SUBJECT
NO OF PERIODS
PAGE NO
SD/SW
JD
/JW
SD
/SW
JD
/JW
1 FD-1 D-1 Drill ki Aam Hidayeten aur Words of
Command
01 01 133
2 FD-2 D-2 Savdhan, Vishram, Aram se aur Mudna 01 01 136
3 FD-3 D-3 Kadwar Sizing, Teen Line Banana,
Khuli Line Aur Nikat Line Men March
01 01 139
4 FD-4 D-4 Khade Khade Salute Karna 01 01 142
5 FD-5 - Tej chal- Tham aur Dhire chal- Tham 01 - 145
6 - D-5 Parade par Visarjan aur Line Tod - 01 147
7 FD-6 - Dahine, Baen, Age aur Pichhe Kadam
lena
01 - 149
8 - D-6 Tej chal Tham aur Dhira chal Tham - 01 152
9 FD-7 D-7 Tej chal se Mudna 01 01 154
10 FD-8 D-8 Tej chal se salute karna 01 01 157
11 FD-9 - Tej Kadam Taal aur Tham 01 - 160
12 - D-9 Individual Word of Command - 01 161
13 FD-10 - Tej kadam Taal se kadam Badalna 01 - 162
14 FD-11 - Teeno teen se ek file aur ek file se
Teeno teen Banana
01 - 163
TOTAL 11 09
133
LESSON PLAN : FD 1
DRILL KI GENRAL HIDAYATEN AUR WORDS OF COMMAND
Period - One
Type - Lecture and Practice
Code - FD 1
Term - I (SD/SW)
Training Aids
1. Drum and drummer, Pace and stick, Angle board, Back stick, Ghadi (samay
suchak).
Time Plan
2. (a) Drill Ki General Hidayten - 20 Min
(b) Words of Command - 20 min
BHUMIKA
3.
Shuru shuru mein fauj ke andar, drill ki sikhlai Germany ke Major
General Dral ne 1666
mein shuru kiya tha, is uddesh ko samne rakhte hue ki, faujon ko control
karne ke liye drill hi ek
aisa zariya hai, jisse discipline, turnout aur team spirit ki bhavna lai ja sakti hai.
Yeh pichli ladaion
se sabit ho chuka hai ki, ladai ke maidan mein discipline ki
buniyad rakhne mein, drill ne kafee sahyog diya hai.
TARTIB
4 Is lesson ko do bhagon mein chalaya jayega.
(a) Bhag I - Drill ke General Hidayaten.
(b) Bhag II - Words of Command.
BHAG I : DRILL KI GENRAL HIDAYATEN
5. Drill Ki Paribhasha. Kisi procedure ko kramwar aur uchit tarike se karne ki
karyawahi ko
‘drillkahte hain.
6. Drill ke Prakar
. Drill do prakar ki hoti hai:-
(a) Open Drill. Open drill field mein kiya jata hai.
(b) Close Drill. Close drill peace mein rahte hue, parade ground men ki jata
hai.
134
7. Drill Ka Maksad. Drill ke nimnlikhit maksad hote hain:-
(a) Drill discipline ki buniyad hai.
(b) Drill se milkar kaam karne ki aur hukm manne ki aadat parti hai.
(c) Drill officers, JCOs aur NCOs ko command aur control sikhati hai.Drill
dress pahanna aur chalna phirna sikhati hai.
(e) Drill ko dekh kar kisi unit ke discipline aur morale ka pata lagaya ja sakta
hai.
8. Drill Ke Usul. Drill ke teen usul hain:-
(a) Smartness (furti).
(b) Steadiness (sthirta).
(c) Coordination (milkar kaam karna).
9. Foot Drill Ke Usul. Shoot the foot forward (paon ko teji se age nikalna).
10. Drill Mein Buri Aadten. Drill mein buri adaten is prakar se hain:-
(a) Aankh ka ghumana (rolling of eyes).
(b) Koodna aur fudakna (hopping and jumping).
(c) Paon ko ghasit kar chalna (dragging of foot).
(d) Arion ko takrana (clicking the heel).
(e) Boot mein angulion ko harkat dena.
BHAG II : WORDS OF COMMAND
11.
Ek sahi word of command nirbhar karta hai awaz ki “tone aur pitch”
pe. Durust word of
command “clear aur unchi awaz men diya jata hai, taki uska turant amal kiya
jaye. Ek ache word
of command dene ke liye nimnlikhit baten zaruri hain:-
(a)
Loudnes (Swar)
. Word of command ki loudness is baat pe
nirbhar karta hai ki
word of command kitne logon ko diya ja rah hai ya unki duri kitni hai.
Word of command
dene ke liye, commander apne aap ko squad ki samne, bichon bich unki
taraf muh kar ke
khada ho kar diya jata hai. Word of command hamesha - savdhan
position men diya jata
hai.
(b) Clarity (Safai). Jeeb, lips aur danton ka sahi talmel ke sath clear word of
command
diya jae. Sust word of command squad men tezi nahi paida karega.
(c)
Pitch. Durust word of command ke liye sahi pitch ka hona zaruri hai.
135
(d) Timing. Word of command ki sahi timing uske turant amal ke liye bahut
hi zaruri
hai. Ek word of command ke do bhag hoten hai “cautionary” aur “executive”.
Cautionary
aur executive ke bich char (four) tez kadam ka fasla hona chahiye. Tez chal
men,
cautionary word of command, baen pair se shuru hota hai.
12. Words of Command. Drill men nimlikhit words of command diye jaten hain
(Byan ke sath
Namuna):-
(a) Savdhan aur Vishram.
(b) Dahine Mud ya Baen Mud.
(c) Piche Mud ya Age Mud.
(d) Dahine Dekh ya Baen Dekh.
(e) Tez Chal ya Dhire Chal aur Tham.
(f) Khuli Line Chal ya Nikat Line Chal
(g) Line Ban, Sajja ya Visarjan.
(h) Dahine Salute, Baen Salute ya Samne Salute.
13. Abhyas. Ustad words of command ka ek ek kar ke abhyas karaye.
136
LESSON PLAN : FD 2
SAVDHAN, VISHRAM, ARAM SE AUR MUDNA
Period - One
Type - Lecture and Practice
Code - FD 2
Term - I (SD/SW)
Training Aids
1. Nil.
Time Plan
2. (a) Savdhan, Vishram, Aram Se - 15 Min
(b) Khade Khade Mudna - 15 Min
UDDESH
3. Is period mein khaali haath drill men Savdhan, Vishram, Aram Se aur Khade Khade Mudna
ki karyawahi sihkana hai.
TARTIB
4. Yeh Sabak do bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Savdhan, Vishram, Aram Se - Bayan va Namuna.
(b) Bhag II - Khade Khade Mudna - Bayan va Namuna.
BHAG I : SAVDHAN, VISHRAM AUR ARAM SE
Savdhan
5. Zarurat. Jab drill ki koi bhi harkat karni ho toh hamesha savdhan position se hi shuru hoti
hai. Iske alawa, apne se senior ke saath baat karni ho to, savdhan position se hi baat ki jaati hai.
6. Bayan se Namuna. Jab word of command milta hai “Savdhan” to baen paon ko 6 inch
uthate hue dahine paon ki aaedi ke saath baen paon ki aaedi milaen. Jab baen paon zamin par
lagta hai to shout karen ek. Savdhan position mein dekhne ki baten.
(a) Dono aedian mili hui aur toe ka angle 30 degree.
(b) Dono ghutne kase hue hon.
(c) Dono baju dahine aur baen taraf pant ki silai ke saath mile hue aur mutthi kudrati
taur par bandh ho.
(d) Pent kheencha hua, chhati uthi hui, kandhe pichhe kheenche hue, gardan collar ke
saath mili hui,chin upar aur nigah samne.
The image part with relationship ID rId60 was not found in the file.
137
Savdhan Position Vishram Position
Vishram Aur Aram Se
7. Zarurat. Jab senior ke saath baat khatam kar lete hain to, Vshram ki karyawahi ki jaati hai
ya drill ki harkat khatam hone par Vishram aur Aram se ki karyawahi karte hain.
8. Bayan se Namuna. Jab Savdhan position se word of command milta hai ‘Vishram" to
baen paon ko 6 inch upar uthate hue, 12 inch door lejate hue zamin par rakhen aur, saath hi, dono
bajuon ko pichhe le jaen, bayen haath niche aur dahina haath upar se pakden aur shouting karen
ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten:-
(a) Dono aaedion ke beech 12 inch ka fasla.
(b) Dono ghutne kase hue.
(c) Dono haath pichhe bandhe, Bayen haath niche aur dahina haath upar se , angulian
niche ki taraf , dahina angutha baen anguthe ke upar se.
(d) Badan ka bojh dono paon par.
9. ‘Aram se’ ke word of command par, kamar ke upar wale hisse ko dheela Karen lekin, paon
se harket nahin hogi.
10. Abhyas. Ustad pure squad ka ginti se ‘word of command’ pe durust abhyas karaen.
BHAG II : KHADE KHADE MUDNA
Dahine Mudna
11. Zarurat. Jab hum ek jagah par khade hon aur 90 degree par dahine taraf apni simmat aur
formation ki badli karni ho to “Dahine Mud” ki karyawahi ki jati hai.
12. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai ginti se mudna ‘dahine mud ek’
to is word of command par dahine paon ki aaedi aur baen paon ke panje par dahine taraf
90
degree teji se ghoom jayen aur shout karen ‘ek’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten -
dahina paon pura zamin par laga hua aur, badan ka bojh dahine paon par, baen paon ka
panja zamin par aur aedi uthi hui, dono tangen kasi hui hon.
138
(b) Jab word of command milta hai ‘do’ to is word of command par baen paon ko 6 inch
upar uthate hue dahine paon ke sath savdhan position mein lagaen aur shout karen ‘do’. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten - Dahine taraf 90 degree par simmat ko badli ki hue ho.
13. Abhyas. Ustad pure squad ka ginti se ‘word of command’ pe durust abhyas karaen.
Baen Mudna
14. Zarurat. Jab ham ek jagah par khade hon aur 90 degree par baen taraf apni simmat aur
formation ki badli karni ho to “baen mud” ki karyawahi ki jaati hai.
15. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab Savdhan position se word of command milta hai ‘ginti se mudna baen mud ek’
to is word of command par baen paon ki aaedi aur baen paon ke panje ki madad se 90
degree, teji se ghoom jayen aur shouting karen ‘ek’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten -
badan ka bojh baen paon par aur bane paon pura zamin par laga hua ho, dahine paon ka
panja zamin par aur aaedi uthi hui ho, dono tangen kasi hui.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai ‘do’, to dahine paon ko 6 inch upar uthate hue baen
paon ke sath savdhan position mein lagaen aur shouting karen ‘do’. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten - baen taraf 90 degree par simmat ko badli kiye hue ho.
16. Abhyas. Ustad pure squad ka ginti se ‘word of command’ pe durust abhyas karaen.
Pichhe Mudna
17. Zarurat. Jab ham ek jagah par khade hon aur, 180 degree par piche ki taraf apni formation
ko kayam rakhte hue simmat ko badli Karen to, “pichhe mud” ki karyawahi ki jaati hai.
18. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab Savdhan position se word of command milta hai ‘ginti se mudna pichhe mud
ek’ to is word of command par dahine paon ki aaedi aur baen paon ke panje par 180
degree par teji se ghoom jayen aur shouting karen ‘ek’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten -
dahina paon pura zamin par laga hua, badan ka bojh dahine paon par, baen paon ka panja
zamin par aur aaedi uthi hui. Dono tangen kasi hui aur thai muscle apas men mile hue.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai do’ to baen paon ko 6 inch upar uthate hue dahine
paon ke saath savdhan position mein lagaen aur shouting karen ‘do’. Is position mein
dekhne ki bat - 180 degree par simmat ko badli ki hui ho aur baki position savdhan.
19. Abhyas. Ustad pure squad ka ginti se ‘word of command’ pe durust abhyas karaen.
Aadha Dahine Aur Baen Mudna
20. Zarurat. Jab khade khade squad se salute ka abhyas karwana ho ya iske alawa
dahine/baen squad banana ho ya disha badal ki karyawahi karna ho toh adha dahine / baen mud
ki karyawahi ki jati hai.
21. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna. Ginti aur bayan se namuna usi tarah hai jaise aap dahine /
baen mud ka namuna dekh chuke hain, sirf itna fark hai ki adha dahine / baen mudne mein 90
degree ke bajay 45 degree par dahine/ baen ko simmat ki badli Karen.
22. Abhyas. Ustad pure squad ka, ginti se, ‘word of command’ pe durust abhyas karaen.
139
LESSON PLAN : FD 3
KADWAR SIZING, TEEN LINE BANANA,
KHULI LINE AUR NIKAT LINE MEN MARCH
Period - One
Type - Lecture and Practice
Code - FD 3
Term - I (SD/SW)
Time Plan
1. (a) Kadwar Sizing - 15 Min
(b) Teen line Banana - 10 Min
(c) Khuli Line aur Nikat Line men March - 15 Min
UDDESH
2. Is period mein khaali haath drill men Kadwar Sizing, Teen File Banana, Khuli Line aur Nikat
Line men March sihkana hai.
TARTIB
3. Yeh Sabak ko teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Kadwar Sizing.
(b) Bhag II - Teen File Banana.
(c) Bhag III - Khuli Line aur Nikat Line men March.
BHAG I : KADWAR SIZING
4. Zarurat. Kadwar sizing ki zarurat drill me hamesha hoti hai, khas kar ke Ceremonial Drill
ke liye. Is men pure squad ko ke line men khada karten hai taki Lamba sabse dahine khada ho aur
size wise chota uske baen khada ho. Kadwar ki hui parade aur squad, dur se dekhne main
achchhe aur sundar lagte hai.
5. Bayan.
(a)
Kisi bhi formation mein khade squad ko ceremonial kadwar karne ke liye word of
command milta hai “squad lamba dahine -chhota baen - ek line mein kadwar khada ho”, to
pura squad line tod karke, sabse lamba jawan dahine, baki uske baen khade ho jayenge.
(b)
Word of command milta hai “squad ginti kar” to lambe se shuru karke
- ek, do,
teen, char ki ginti karen. Is ke bad word of command “visham ek kadam age aur - sam
kadam piche” par No 1, 3, 5 ek kadam age lenge aur, No 2, 4, 6 ek kadam piche lenge.
(c)
Is ke bad word of command milta hai “No 1 khada rahe, visham dahine aur sab
baen, dahine baen mud”. Is word of command pe squad tej chal se bari bari se jawan No 1
ke piche milenge aur phir ‘in 3s’ madhya, piche aur age khade honge. Yani No1 agli line
140
(peheli rank ) ka 1 hoga, No 3 madhya line ka 1 hoga aur No 5 pichli line ka 1 hoga. No7 fir No
2 rank ka No 1 hoga. Is trah se, squad kadwar ho jata hai, jis men lambe jawan dahine aur
baen hote hain aur bich men chote jawan hote hain.
6. Abhyas. Isi karyawahi ka ustad squad se ‘ginti seabhayas karaen.
BHAG II : TEEN LINE BANANA
7. Zarurat. Jab nafri nau se jyada ho to teen file (line) banane ki karyawahi ki jaati hai.
8. Bayan.
(a)
Jab word of command milta hai “no 1 line ban” to seekhe hue tarike ke mutabik
karyawahi ki jayegi. Isi tarah No 2 bhi No 1 ke piche line ban karega aur fir No 3, No 2 ke
ek kadam piche jaakar tham karega aur “up” bolega, milkar vishram karenge. Jab word of
command milta hai ‘No 4 line ban’ to No 4 savdhan hokar march karke No 1 ke baen, baju
bhar ka fasla rakhte hue tham karega, “up” bolega aur milkar vishram karenge. No 5
savdhan aur march karke No 2 ke baen aur No 4 ko cover karke tham karega, “up” bolega
aur sabhi vishram karenge, no 5 line ban. Jab word of command milta hai ‘No 6 line ban’ to
No 6 savdhan aur march karke No 3 ke baen aur No 5 ke cover karke tham karenga, “up”
bolega aur milkar sabhi vishram karenge. Baki nafri ko line ban karne ke liye karyawahi isi
tarah karte jayen.
(b)
Agar squad ki nafri 11,14,17,20 ki ginti ki ho to hamesha baen se No 2 file aur
madhya line mein khaali jagah rakhi jayegi. Agar squad ki nafri 10, 13, 16,19 ki ginti ki ho
to baen se No 2 file madhya aur pichhli line mein khaali jagah rakhi jayegi. Agar squad do
ko
dahine baen ki taraf munh karna ho to word of command “squad teenon teen mein
dahine / baen chalega dahine / baen mud”. Jab teen jawan age hon baki unke piche se
cover kiye hon, use teenon teen kahte hain, baki word of command aur karyawahi usi tarah hai
jaise ek file mein aap ko bata diya hai. Squad line tod.
10. Abhyas. Isi karyawahi ka ustad squad se ginti se’ abhayas karaen.
BHAG III : KHULI LINE AUR NIKAT LINE CHAL
Khuli Line Chal
11. Zarurat. Jab squad ko shastr qawaid karana ho, ya badi paradeon mein VIP ko nirikshan
karana ho tohkhuli line’ ki karyawahi ki jaati hai.
12. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “ginti se chalna khuli line chal -
ek” to is word of command par baen paon ko 6 inch uthate hue 30 inch age dabaen aur
bolen ‘ek’. Is position mein dekhne wali baten - baen paon 30 inch age poora laga hua,
dahine paon ka panja zamin par, aaedi uthi hui, dono tange kasi hui baki position savdhan.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai squad ‘do’. Toh dahine paon ko 6 inch uthate hue
15 inch age len aur baen paon ko teji se uthate hue dahine paon ke saath savdhan position
mein milaen aur shout karen ‘do’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten - pahle wali jagah se 45
inch ka fasla tai kiya hua aur position savdhan.
13. Abhyas. Isi karyawahi kaustad squad se ginti se’ abhayas karaen.
Nikat Line Chal
14. Zarurat. Jab nirikshan ho jata to march karne se pahle ‘nikat line’ ki karyawahi ki jaati hai.
141
15. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “ginti se chalna -nikati line
chal- ek” to is word of command par baen paon ko 6 inch upar aur age se uthate hue 30
inch pichhe dabean aur badan ka bojh baen paon par le jayen aur bolen ‘ek’. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten - baen paon 30 inch pichhe pura laga hua, badan ka bojh baen par,
dahine paon ka eri lagi hui aur panja khara hua dono tange kasi hui baki position savdhan.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai squad ‘do’. Toh dahine paon ko 6 inch upar uthate
hue baen paon se 15 inch pichhe barhaen aur bean paon ko teji se uthate hue dahine
paon ke saath savdhan position mein lagean aur shout karen ek ‘do’. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten - pahli wali jagah se 45 inch ka fasla tai kiya hua aur position savdhan.
16. Abhyas. Isi karyawahi ka ustad squad se ‘ginti se’ abhayas karaen.
142
LESSON PLAN : FD 4
KHADE KHADE SALUTE KARNA, PARADE PAR, VISARJAN AUR LINE TOD
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - FD 4
Term - I (SD/SW)
Time Plan
1. (a) Khade Khade Salute Karna - 10 Min
(b) Parade par - 10 Min
(c) Visarjan - 10 Min
(d) Line Tod - 10 Min
UDDESH
2. Is period mein khaali haath drill men Khade Khade Salute Karna, Parade Par, Visarjan aur
Line Tod ki karyawahi sihkana hai.
TARTIB
3. Yeh sabak ko char bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Khade Khade Salute Karna.
(b) Bhag II - Parade par.
(c) Bhag III - Visarjan.
(d) Bhag IV - Line Tod.
BHAG I : KHADE KHADE SALUTE KARNA
4. Zarurat. Jab ham kisi jagah par khade hon aur, hamare samne se koi bhi salute lene wale
adhikari gujren to unhen izzat dene ke liye ‘khade-khade samne salute’ ki karyawahi ki jaati hai. Isi
tarah, dahine salute va baen salute ki karyawahi ki jaati.
5. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab word of command milta hai “ginti se salute karna samne salute -ek” to is word
of command par dahine baju ko dahine taraf sidha uthate hue kandhe ke barabar layen aur
kohni se modte hue anguliyon ko sidhe aur milate hue kalme wali anguli ko dahine ankh ki
bhaown se 1 inch upar lagaen, shouting karen ‘ek’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten -
dahine haath ki anguliyon aur angutha seedha aur mile hue, kalme wali anguli dahine ankh
ke
bhown se 1 inch aur beech mein kalai se kohni tak 45 degree ke angle par, nigah
samne, baki position savdhan.
The image part with relationship ID rId63 was not found in the file.The image part with relationship ID rId62 was not found in the file.
143
(b) Jab word of command milta hai squad “do” to, dahine haath ko nazdik ke raste se
teji se giraen, aur shout karen ‘do’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten - position savdhan.
6. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka ginti se abhyas karen.
Samne Salute
BHAG II : PARADE PAR
7. Zarurat. Jab platoon ya troops kisi bhi formation mein drill ground ke kinare par khade hon
aur unhen parade mein hazir karne ke liye ‘parade par’ kiya jata hai. Platoon ko parade par lane
se pahle dahina darshak mangwaya jata hai. Squad mein squad commander, platoon mein
platoon Hav, company mein CHM dahina darshak hota hai. Darshak ko cover nahin kiya jata hai.
8. Bayan se Namuna.
(a)
Jab vishram position se word of command milta hai dahina darshak to is word of
command par savdhan hon, teen ka thahrao dete hue march karen aur 15 kadam par tham
karen aur dahine se saj karen. Is position se word of command milta hai darshak hilo mat to
vishram karen.
(b) Abhi word of command, squad parade par”, to squad darshak ke baen aakar tham
karen, baju uthakar ‘dahine se saj’ ki karyawahi karen, bari-bari baju giraen aur bari -bari
vishram karen. Baen wale dono jawan milkar vishram karen.
9. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka ginti se abhyas karen.
BHAG III : VISARJAN
10. Zarurat. Jab dubara fall in nahi karna ho aur officer parade par hazir hon to visarjan ki
karyawahi ki jaati hai.
11. Bayan se Namuna. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “squad / platoon
visarjan” to, dahine mud karke salute karen aur, teen kadam age lekar tham karen aur, sidhe age
nikal jayen lekin, sikhlai mein squad ke upar control rakhne ke liye dubara baen mud karen aur
savdhan position mein khade rahen.
12. Abhyas.Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka ginti se abhyas karen
144
BHAG IV : LINE TOD
13. Zarurat. Jab thodi der ke liye aram dena ho aur dubara fall in karna ho to ‘line tod’ ki
karyawahi ki jaati hai.
14. Bauan se Namuna. Line tod ki karyawahi usi tarah hai jaise visarjan mein seekh chuke
hain - lekin line tod par salute nahin kiya jayega.
15. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka ginti se abhyas karen.
145
LESSON PLAN : FD 5
TEJ CHAL – THAM AUR DHIRE CHAL - THAM
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - FD 5
Term - I (SD/SW)
Time Plan
1. (a) Tej Chal -Tham - 20 Min
(b) Dhire Chal - Tham - 20 Min
UDDESH
2. Is period mein khaali haath drill men Tez Chal , Dhire Chal aur Tham ki karyawahi sihkana
hai.
TARTIB
3. Yeh sabak ko do bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Tej Chal aur Tham - Bayan va Namuna.
(b) Bhag II - Dhire Chal aur Tham - Bayan va Namuna.
BHAG I : TEJ CHAL AUR THAM
4. Zarurat. Discipline ko kayam rakhte ha ek jagah se dusri jagah jane ke liye ‘tej chal’ kiya
jata hai. Kadam ki lambai 30 inch hoti hai. Regiment / units ki kadam ki raftaar ek minute mein 120
kadam, rifle units 140, NCC cadets 116 kadam aur NCC girls cadets 110 kadam per minute hoti
hai. Lekin, shuru mein recruits 135 kadam ki raftaar se march karte hain.
5. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “ginti se chalna tej chal ek” to,
is word of command per baen paon ki aaedi 30 inch par age lagaen, dahina baju age
kandhe ki line mein, baen baju pura piche, mutthi kudrati taur par band rakhen, yahan tak ke
movement ko dekhen. Is position mein dekhne ki baten. - Baen paon ki aaedi zamin par lagi
hui, panja khada, dahina paon pura zamin par, badan ka bojh, dahine paon par, dono tangen
kasi hui, dahina baju age, kandhe ki line mein aur baen haath piche, mutthi kudrati taur par
band, baki position savdhan.
(b)
Jab word of command milta hai “squad do” to is word of command par paon aur
baju ki apas mein badli Karen, shout karen ‘do’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten - dahine
paon ki aaedi lagi hui, panja khada hua, bayan paon pura zamin par laga hua aur badan ka
bojh baen paon par, bayan baju age dahina baju piche.
(c) Jab word of command milta hai “squad ek” to paon aur bajuon ki phir badli karen. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten - jo isse pahle seekh chuke hain.
146
(d) Jab word of command milta hai “squad tham”. Ye word of command us samay milta
hai jab bayan paon zamin par ho ya, dahina paon baen paon ko cross kar raha ho to,
dahine paon ko 30 inch par pura age rakhen, shout karen ‘khaali’, phir baen paon ko upar
utha kar dahine paon ke saath dabaen aur’ dahine paon ko teji se 6 inch uthate hue baen
paon ke saath savdhan position par lagaen, shout karen ek-do’. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten - position savdhan.
6. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe squad ginti se abhyas Karen.
BHAG II - DHIRE CHAL AUR THAM
7. Zarurat. Badi parade mein, parade ke nirikshan ke liye VIP ke age jo pilot chalte hain woh
dhire chal se chalte hain. Kadam ki lambai 30 inch, kadam ki raftar, 1 minute mein 70 kadam hoti
hai.
8. Kadam Tol Kar Bayan se Numuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai, ‘kadam tol kar dhire chalna -
bayan paon age’, to, is word of command par baen paon ko 15 inch age teji se, kadam tol
kar ruk jayen aur shout karen age. Is position mein dekhne ki baten - dahina paon pura
zamin par laga hua aur, badan ka bojh dahine paon par, bayan paon dahine paon se 15
inch age, zamin se alag, panja zamin ki taraf kheencha hua, baki position savdhan.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai “age badh” to is word of command par baen paon
ko 15 inch aur age badha kar panja pahle zamin par lagaen aur shouting karen ‘badho’. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten - bayan paon pura zamin par laga hua, badan ka bojh pura
baen paon par, dahine paon ka panja zamin par, aedi uthi hui, dono tangen kasi hui, baki
position savdhan.
(c) Jab word of command milta hai “dahina paon age” to dahine paon ko 15 inch age
baen paon se nikalen aur shout karen ‘age’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten jo aap baen
paon age mein seekh chuke hain uske ulta.
(d)
Jab word of command milta hai, “age badh” to dahine paon ko aur 15 inch age
badha kar panja pahle zamin par lagaen aur shouting karen ‘badho’. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, baen paon ke ulta.
(e)
Jab word of command milta hai “bayan paon age” to baen paon ko age len aur
shout karen “age”. Is position mein dekhne ki baten jo isse pahle seekh chuke hain.
(f) Jab word of command milta hai “tham”, ya word of command us samay milta hai jab
bayan paon dahine paon ko cross kar raha ho ya dahina paon zamin par laga ho toh baen
paon ko 15 inch age lekar ,uthakar dabaen aur teji se dahine paon ko 6 inch uthakar baen
paon ke saath milaen aur shout karen “ek-do”.
9. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe kadam tol kar abhyas karen.
147
LESSON PLAN : D 5
PARADE PAR, VISARJAN AUR LINE TOD
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - D 5
Term - I / II (JD/JW)
Time Plan
1. (a) Parade Par - 20 Min
(b) Visarjan aur Line Tod - 20 Min
UDDESH
2. Is period mein khaali haath drill men Parade Par, Visarjan aur Line Tod ki karyawahi
sihkana hai.
TARTIB
3. Yeh sabak ko do bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Parade Par.
(b) Bhag II - Visarjan aur Line Tod.
BHAG I : PARADE PAR
4. Zarurat. Jab platoon ya troops kisi bhi formation mein drill ground ke kinare par khade hon
aur unhen parade mein hazir karne ke liye ‘parade par’ kiya jata hai. Platoon ko parade par lane
se pehle dahina darshak mangwaya jata hai. Squad mein squad commander, platoon mein
platoon Hav, company mein CHM dahina darshak hota hai. Darshak ko cover nahin kiya jata hai.
5. Bayan se Namuna.
(a)
Jab vishram position se word of command milta hai dahina darshak to is word of
command par savdhan hon, teen ka thahrao dete hue march karen aur 15 kadam par tham
karen aur dahine se saj karen. Is position se word of command milta hai darshak hilo mat to
vishram karen.
(b) Abhi word of command, squad parade par”, to squad darshak ke baen aakar tham
karen, baju uthakar ‘dahine se saj’ ki karyawahi karen, bari-bari baju giraen aur bari -bari
vishram karen. Baen wale dono jawan milkar vishram karen.
6. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka ginti se abhyas karen.
BHAG II : VISARJAN AUR LINE TOD
7. Zarurat. Jab dubara fall in nahi karna ho aur officer parade par hazir hon to visarjan ki
karyawahi ki jaati hai.
148
8. Bayan se Namuna. Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “squad / platoon
visarjan” to, dahine mud karke salute karen aur, teen kadam age lekar tham karen aur, sidhe age
nikal jayen lekin, sikhlai mein squad ke upar control rakhne ke liye dubara baen mud karen aur
savdhan position mein khade rahen.
9. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka ginti se abhyas karen.
Line Tod
10. Zarurat. Jab thodi der ke liye aram dena ho aur dubara fall in karna ho to ‘line tod’ ki
karyawahi ki jaati hai.
11. Bauan se Namuna. . Line tod ki karyawahi usi tarah hai jaise visarjan mein seekh chuke
hain - lekin line tod par salute nahin kiya jayega.
12. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka ginti se abhyas karen.
149
LESSON PLAN : FD 6
DAHINE, BAEN, AGE AUR PICHE KADAM LENA
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - FD 6
Term - II (SD/SW)
Time Plan
1. (a) Dahine Baju Kadam Lena - 10 Min
(b) Baen Baju Kadam Lena - 10 Min
(c) Age Kadam Lena - 10 Min
(d) Piche Kadam Lena - 10 Min
UDDESH
2. Is period mein khaali haath drill men Dahine, Baen, Age aur Piche Kadam Lene ki
karyawahi sihkana hai.
TARTIB
3. Yeh sabak ko cahr bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Dahine Baju Kadam Lena - Bayan va Namuna.
(b) Bhag II - Baen Baju Kadam Lena- Bayan va Namuna.
(c) Bhag III - Age Kadam Lena - Bayan va Namuna.
(d) Bhag IV - Piche Kadam Lena - Bayan va Namuna.
BHAG I : DAHINE BAJU KADAM LENA
4. Zarurat.Jab khade khade squad ka dahine wale squad se bagali fasla jyada ho, to usko
pura karne ke liye “dahina baju kadam” lene ki karyawahi ki jaati hai. Kadam ki lambai 12 inch aur
word of command se - 4 kadam tak dahina baju chal sakte hain. Lagatar word of command dekar
12 kadam tak. Agar isse jyada fasla ho toh dahine mud kar pura kiya jata hai.
5. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “ginti se chalna - ek kadam
dahina baju chal -ek” to, is word of command par dahine paon ko 6 inch upar uthate hue
12 inch ke fasle par dahine taraf dabaen aur shout karen ek. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten - aaedi se aaedi ka fasla 12 inch, badan ka bojh dono paon par baki position
savdhan.
150
(b) Jab word of command milta hai “squad do”, to is word of command par baen paon
ko 6 inch upar uthate hue dahine paon ke saath savdhan position mein dabaen aur shout
karen ‘do’,. Is position mein dekhne ki baten - position savdhan.
6. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe, squad se ginti se abhyas Karaen.
BHAG II : BAEN BAJU KADAM LENA
7. Zarurat. Jab khade khade squad ka baen wale squad se bagali fasla jyada ho gaya ho toh
usko pura karne ke liye baen baju kadam lene ki karyawahi ki jaati hai. Kadam ki lambai 12 inch
aur word of command se 4 kadam tak, lagatar 12 kadam tak ja sakte hain.
8. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “ginti se chalna ek kadam
baen baju chal - ek” to, is word of command par baen paon ko 6 inch upar uthate hue 12
inch ke fasle par baen taraf dabaen aur shout karen ‘ek’. Is postion mein dekhne ki baten,
aaedi se aaedi ka fasla 12 inch, badan ka bojh dono paon par, baki position savdhan.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai “squad do” to, dahine paon ko 6 inch upar uthate
hue baen paon ke saath savdhan position mein lagaen. Is position mein dekhne ki baten -
position savdhan.
9. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe, squad se ginti se abhyas Karaen.
BHAG III : AGE KADAM LENA
10. Zarurat. Jab khade khade squad ka agle squad se thoda jyada fasla ho jaye toh fasle ko
pura karne ke liye age kadam lene ki karyawahi ki jaati hai. Age kadam lene ke liye kadam ki
lambai 30 inch aur aakhiri kadam 15 inch. Word of command se age teen kadam tak ja sakte hain.
11. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “ginti se chalna ek kadam age
chal -ek” to, is word of command par baen paon ko 6 inch uthate hue 30 inch age lagaen
aur agle paon par sawar ho jayen shouting karen ‘ek’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten -
baen paon 30 inch par pura age laga hua, badan ka bojh baen paon par, dahine paon ka
panja zamin par aaedi uthi hui, baki position savdhan.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai “squad do” to, is word of command par dahine paon
ko 6 inch utha kar baen paon ke saath teji se savdhan postion mein dabaen aur shout
karen ‘do’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten - position savdhan.
12. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe, squad se ginti se abhyas Karaen.
BHAG IV : PICHE KADAM LENA
13. Zarurat. Jab khade khade squad ka pichhle squad se thoda jyada fasla ho gaya ho toh
fasle ko pura karne ke liye piche kadam lene ki karyawahi ki jaati hai. Kadam ki lambai 30 inch aur
3 kadam piche ja sakte hain.
14. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a)
Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “ginti se chalna ek kadam
piche chal - ek” to, is word of command par baen paon ko 6 inch upar uthate hue 30 inch
par pura piche dabaen aur shouting karen ‘ek’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten - baen
151
paon 30 inch par pura piche laga hua aur badan ka bojh baen paon par, dahine paon ki
aaedi lagi hui aur panja khada hua, baki position savdhan.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai “squad do” to, is word of command par dahine
paon ko 6 inch upar uthate hue baen paon ke saath savdhan postion mein milaen, shout
karen ‘do’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten - postion savdhan.
Abhyas.Ustad ke word of command pe kadam tol kar abhyas karen.
152
LESSON PLAN : FD-7
TEJ CHAL SE MUDNA
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - FD 7
Term - I / II (SD/SW)
Time Plan
1. (a) Tej Chal se Dahine Mudna - 15 Min
(b) Tej Chal se Baen Mudna - 15 Min
(c) Tej Chal se Piche Mudna - 10 Min
UDDESH
2. Is period mein khaali haath drill Tez Chal se Mudne ki karyawahi sihkana hai.
TARTIB
3. Yeh sabak ko teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Tej Chal se Dahine Mudna - Bayan va Namuna.
(b) Bhag II - Tej Chal se Baen Mudna - Bayan va Namuna.
(c) Bhag III - Tej Chal se Piche Mudna - Bayan va Namuna.
BHAG I : TEJ CHAL SE DAHINE MUDNA
4. Zarurat. Jab tej chal se march karte hue kisi simmat ko ja rahe hon, aur 90 degree par
apni simmat ya formation ko dahini taraf badli karni ho to, dahine mud ki karyawahi ki jaati hai.
5. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Tej chal se word of command milta hai “ginti se mudna dahine mud - ek”, ye word
of command us samay milta hai jab dahina paon baen paon ko cross kar raha ho ya, baen
paon zamin par laga ho to, is word of command par dahine paon ko 15 inch age zamin par
rakhen aur chalti halat mein ruk jayen aur shouting karen ‘ek’.Is position mein dekhne ki
baten - dahina paon zamin par, badan ka panja zamin par aur aedi uthi hui, baen baju age
dahina baju piche chalti halat mein.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai ‘squad do’ to, is word of command par baen paon
ko dadam taal ki halat main age uthaen, aur baju savdhan ki halat mein le jayen shout
karen ‘do’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, dahina paon pura zamin par, badan ka bajh
dahine paon par, baen paon kadam taal ki halat mein baki position savdhan.
(c)
Jab word of command milta hai “squad teen” to, dahine paon ki aaedi par dahine
taraf 90 degree par ghoom jayen aur baen paon ko savdhan position mein lagaen aur
155
dahine paon ko teji se 15 inch age kadam tol ki halat mein nikalen aur shouting karen teen. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten - baen paon pura zamin par laga hua badan ka bojh baen paon
par dahina paon 15 inch age kadam tol ki halat mein baki position savdhan.
(d) Jab word of command milta hai “squad char” to, dahine paon ko 15 inch age aaedi
lagate hue tej chal ko shuru karen aur shout karen ‘badho’. Squad char badho tham khaali
ek-do. Jaise the.
6. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe, squad se ginti se abhyas karaen.
BHAG II : TEJ CHAL SE BAEN MUDNA
7. Zarurat. Jab tej chal se march karte hue kisi bhi simmat ko ja rahe hon, aur 90 degree par
apni simmat ya formation ko baen taraf badli karni ho to, baen mud ki karyawahi ki jaati hai.
8. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Tej chal se word fo command milta hai “ginti se mudna baen mud - ek”, ye word of
command us samay milta hai jab baen paon dahine paon ko cross kar raha ho ya dahine
paon ki aaedi zamin par lag rahi ho toh baen paon ko 15 inch age zamin par rakhen aur
chalti halat mein ruk jayen, shouting karen ek. Is position mein dekhne ki baten - baen
paon pura zamin par badam ka bojh baen paon par dahine paon ka panja jaimn par aedi uthi
hui, dahina baju age baen baju piche chalti halat mein.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai “squad do” to, is word of command par dahine paon
ko kadam taal ki halat mein age uthaen aur baju savdhan position mein layen, shoutkaren
‘do’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten - baen paon pura zamin par laga hua badan ka bojh
baen paon par, dahina paon kadam taal ki halat mein, baki position savdhan.
(c) Jab word of command milta hai “squad teen” to, baen paon ki aaedi par baen taraf
90 degree par ghoom jayen aur dahine paon ko savdhan position mein lagaen aur baen
paon ko teji se 15 inch age kadam tol ki halat mein, baki position savdhan.
(d)
Jab word of command milta hai “squad char” to, baen paon ko 15 inch age aedi
lagakar tej chal shuru karen aur shout karen badho. Squad char badho - squad tham khaali
ek-do.
9. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe, squad se ginti se abhyas karaen.
BHAG III : TEJ CHAL SE PICHE MUDNA
10. Zarurat. Jab tej chal se march karte hue kisi bhi simmat ko ja rahe hon, aur 180 degree
par formation ko kayam rakhte hue simmat ki badli karni ho to piche mud ki karyawahi ki jaati hai.
11. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Tej chal se word of command milta hai “ginti se mudna piche mud -ek”, ye word of
command us samay milta hai jab baen paon dahine paon ko cross kar raha ho ya dahine
paon ki aedi zamin par lag rahi ho toh baen paon ko khaali jane den, dahine paon ko 15
inch age lagate hi chalti halat mein ruk jaen, shout karen ‘khaali ek’. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten - dahine mud ke No 1 movenemt ki tarah.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai “squad doto, dahine paon ki aaedi par 90 degree
dahine taraf ghoom jayen aur baen paon ko dahine paon ke saath savdhan postion mein
lagaen, shout karen do’. Is postion mein dekhne ki baten, 90 degree dahine turn kiya hua,
baki postion savdhan.
156
(c) Jab word of command milta hai “squad teento, is word of command par baen paon
ke panje par dahine taraf 90 degree par aur ghoom jayen, saath hi dahine paon ko 6 inch
utharkar savdhan position mein lagaen aur shout karen teen. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten - position savdhan.
(d)
Jab word of command milta hai “squad char” to, postion aur direction ko durust
karne ke liye baen paon ko 6 inch upar uthate hue dahine paon ke saath savdhan postion
mein lagaen. Is podition mein dekhne ki baten - 180 degree piche turn kiya hua baki
postion savdhan.
(e) Jab word of command milta hai “squad panch” to, dahine paon ko 30 inch age
nikalkar tej chal ki karyawahi shuru karen aur shout karen ‘badho’. Squad panch - badho
tham kaho ek-do.
12. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe, squad se ginti se abhyas karaen.
157
LESSON PLAN : D 8
TEJ CHAL SE SALUTE KARNA
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - D 8
Term - I / II (JD/JW)
Time Plan
1. (a) Tej Chal se Samne Salute - 10 Min
(b) Tej Chal se Dahine Salute - 15 Min
(c) Tej Chal se Baen Salute - 15 Min
UDDESH
2. Is period mein khaali haath drill Tez Chal se Salute karne ki karyawahi sihkana hai.
TARTIB
3. Yeh sabak ko teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Tej Chal se Samne Salute Karna - Bayan va Namuna.
(b) Bhag II - Tej Chal se Dahine Salute Karna - Bayan va Namuna.
(c) Bhag III - Tej Chal se Baen Salute Karna - Bayan va Namuna.
BHAG I : TEJ CHAL SE SAMNE SALUTE KARNA
4. Zarurat. Jab hamein kisi Officer ya, JCO se baat karni ho ya, unhone hamen apne paas
bulaya ho to unhen izzat dene ke liye tej chal se samne salute ki karyawahi ki jaati hai.
5. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Tej chal se word of command milta hai “ginti se salute karna samne salute - ek” ye
word of command usi tarah milta hai jaise tej chal mein tham karte hain.Is position mein
dekhne ki baten - position savdhan.
(b)
Jab word of command milta hai “squad do” to, is word of command par ek bar
khade khade samne salute ki karyawahi karen. Squad do - ek-do-teen-ek. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, ek bar khade khade samne salute ki karyawahi ki hui, baki position
savdhan.
(c)
Jab word of command milta hai “squad teen” to, is word of command par dubara
salute karen. Squad teen, ek-do-teen-ek. Is position mien dekhne ki baten - position No 2
ki tarah.
82
(d) Jab word of command milta hai “squad char” to, is word of command par piche mud
karen. Squad char - ek-do-teen-ek, (dubare piche mud karen). Is position mein dekhne ki
baten - 180 degree direction ki badli ki hui baki position savdhan .
(e)
Jab word of command milta hai squad panch” to, baen paon se tej chal shuru
karen aur shout karen ‘badho’. Squad panch - badho -squad tham khaali ek-do.
6. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe, squad se ginti se abhyas karaen.
BHAG II : TEJ CHAL SE DAHINE SALUTE KARNA
7. Zarurat. Jab tej chal se march karte hue kisi bhi simmat ko ja rahe hon, dahine taraf koi
salute lene wale adhikari milen to unhen izzat dene ki liye dahine salute ki karyawahi ki jaati hai.
8. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a)
Tej chal se word of command milta hai ginti se salute
karna dahine salute ek, ya word of command us samay milta
hai jab dahina paon baen paon ko cross kar raha ho ya baen
paon ki aedi zameen par lag rahi ho, toh dahine paon ko khaali
aur baen paon ki aedi lagte hi dahine salute karen aur chalti
halat mein ruk jaen, shout karen ‘kahli ek’.Is postion mein
dekhne ki baten - baen paon ki aedi zameen par panja khada,
dahina paon pura zameen par, badan ka bojh dahine paon par,
dono tange kasi hui, salute seekhe hue tarike se kiya hua, nigh
puri dahine taraf, baki position savdhan.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai “squad do” to, dahine
paon se do ki ginti shuru karte hue panch ki ginti tak march
karen aur ruk jayen. Sqad do - do-teen -char-panch. Is position
mein dekhne ki baten, panch kadam ka jaimni fasla tai kiya hua
baki position No 1 ki tarah.
(c) Jab word of command milta hai “squad teen” to, dahine
paon ki aedi ka lagna chehre ko age lena salute ko girana ek
saath karen aur shout karen ‘down’. Squad teen - down. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, dahine paon ki aedi 30 inch age
lagi hui panja khada badan do bojh baen paon par, slaute giraya hua, baki position
savdhan.
(d) Jab word of command milta hai “squad char” to baen paon se tej chal ki karyawahi
shuru karen aur shout karen badho. Squad char - badho squad tham - khaili ek-do.
9. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe, squad se ginti se abhyas karaen.
BHAG III : TEJ CHAL SE BAEN SALUTE KARNA
10. Zarurat . Jab tej chal se march karte hue kisi bhi simmat ko ja rahe hon, baen taraf koi
salute lene wale adhikari milen toh unhem izzat dene ki liye baen salute ki karyawahi ki jaati hai.
11. Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Tej chal se word of command milta hai “ginti se salute karna baen salute -ek”, ye
word of command us samay milta hai jab dahina paon baen paon ko cross kar raha ho ya
baen paon ki aedi zameen par lag rahi ho, toh dahine paon ko khaali aur baen paon ki aedi
lagte hi baen salute karen aur chalti halat mein ruk jaen, shouting karen khaali ek.Is
postion mein dekhne ki baten - baen paon ki aedi zameen par panja khada, dahina paon
83
pura zameen par, badan ka bojh dahine paon par, dono tangent
kasi hui, salute seekhe hue tarike se mutabik kiya hua, nigah puri
baen taraf, baki position savdhan.
(b)
Jab word of command milta hai “squad do” to, dahine
paon se march ko jari karen aur panch ki ginti karke ruk jayen.
Squad do - do-teen -char-panch. Is position mein dekhne ki
baten, panch kadam ka jaimni fasla tai kiya hua baki position No
1 ki tarah.
(c)
Jab word of command milta hai squad teen” to, dahine
paon ki aedi ka lagna chehre ko samne lana salute ko girana ek
saath karen aur shouting karen down,. Squad teen - down. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten - dahine paon 30 inch age, aedi
lagi hui panja khada baen paon pura zameen par, badan do bojh
baen paon par, slaute giraya hua, baki position savdhan.
(d) Jab word of command milta hai “squad char” to, baen
paon se tej chal ki karyawahi shuru karen aur shout karen
‘badho’. Squad char - badho- squad tham -khaili ek-do.
12. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe, squad se ginti se abhyas karaen.
160
LESSON PLAN : FD 9
TEZ KADAM TAAL AUR THAM
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - FD 9
Term - II (SD/SW)
Time Plan
1. (a) Tez Kadam Taal aur Tham - 10 Min
(b) Abhyas - 30 Min
UDDESH
2. Is period mein khaali haath drill Tez Kadam Taal aur Tham ki karyawahi sihkana hai.
TARTIB
3. Yeh sabak do bhag mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Tej Kadam Taal aur Tham - Bayan va Namuna.
(b) Bhag II - Abhyas.
BHAG I : TEZ KADAM TAAL AUR THAM
4. Zarurat. Covering, dressing aur fasle ko pura karne ke liye khade khade Tez Kadam Taal
aur Tham ki karyawahi ki jaati hai.
5. Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “tez kadam taal” to, is word of
command par baen paon ko teji se age aur upar uthane, aur teji se baen paon zamin par
dabaen, aur aedi ko zamin par savdhan position mein layen, jab aedi jameen par lag jaati
hai
toh dahine paon ko teji se upar 12 inch uthate hue baen paon ki tarah jameen par
lagaen. Isi tarah paon ki apas mein badli karte jayen,
(b) Jab word of command milta hai “squad tham”, ye word of command us samay milta
hai jab baen paon zamin par lag raha ho ya dahina paon pura utha hua ho to, dahine paon
ko teji se savdhan position me dabaen aur shout karen ‘up’.
BHAG II : ABHYAS
6. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe, squad se ginti se abhyas karaen.
161
LESSON PLAN : D- 9
INDIVIDUAL WORDS OF COMMAND
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - D 9
Term - II (SD/SW)
Time Plan
1. (a) Words of Command - 10 Min
(b) Abhyas - 30 Min
UDDESH
2. Is period mein khaali haath drill Individual Words of Command sihkana hai.
TARTIB
3. Yeh sabak do bhag mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Words of Command ki Jankari
(b) Bhag II - Abhyas
BHAG I : WORDS OF COMMAND
4. Drill men nimlikhit words of command diye jaten hain (Byan ke sath Namuna):-
(a) Savdhan aur Vishram.
(b) Dahine Mud ya Baen Mud.
(c) Piche Mud ya Age Mud.
(d) Dahine Dekh ya Baen Dekh.
(e) Tez Chal, Dhire Chal aur Tham.
(f) Khuli Line Chal ya Nikat Line Chal.
(g) Line Ban, Sajja, Visarjan ya Line Tod.
(h) Dahine Salute, Baen Salute ya Samne Salute.
(j) Salami Shastra, Bagal Shastra aur Baju Shastra.
BHAG II : ABHYAS
5. Ustad words of command ka ek ek kar ke abhyas karaye.
162
LESSON PLAN : FD 10
TEJ KADAM TAAL SE KADAM BADALNA
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - FD 10
Term - II (SD/SW)
Time Plan
1. (a) Tez Kadam Taal se Kadam Badalna - 10 Min
(b) Abhyas - 30 Min
UDDESH
2. Is period mein khaali haath drill Tez Kadam Taal se Kadam Badalne ki karyawahi sihkana
hai.
TARTIB
3. Yeh sabak do bhag mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Tej Chal Kadam Taal se Kadam Badalna.
(b) Bhag II - Abhyas.
BHAG I : TEJ KADAM TAAL SE KADAM BADALNA
4. Zarurat. Jab tej kadam taal kar rahe hon aur, agar kisi jawan ka dusre jawan se kadam tut
jaye to, kadam badal ki karyawahi karke kadam milaya jata hai.
5. Bayan se Namuna.
(a)
Jab tej kadam taal se word of command milta hai “kadam badal”, ya word of
command us samay milta hai jab baen / dahina paon zamin par ho to, is word of command
par jis paon ko do bar kadam taal karna ho us paon par kadam aur dusre paon par badal
bola jayega (jis paon ko do bar kadam taal kiya ho us paon par shout karen baen,
baen/dahina, dahina).
(b) Word of command - tej kadam taal, baen dahina kadam badal- baen baen dahina
squad tham -ek-do. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, tej kadam taal se kadam badal ki
karyawahi ki hui baki position savdhan.
BHAG II : ABHYAS
6. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe, squad se ginti se abhyas karaen.
163
LESSON PLAN : FD 11
TEENON TEEN SE EK FILE AUR EK FILE SE TEENON TEEN BANANA
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - FD 11
Term - II (SD/SW)
Time Plan
1. (a) Teeon Ten se Ek File Banana - 15 Min
(b) Ek File se Teeon Ten Banana - 35 Min
UDDESH
2. Is period mein khaali haath drill Teeon Ten se Ek File Banana aur Ek File se Teeon Ten
Banana ki karyawahi sihkana hai.
TARTIB
3. Yeh sabak do bhag mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Teeon Ten se Ek File Banana.
(b) Bhag II - Ek File se Teeon Ten Banana.
BHAG I : TEENON TEEN SE EK FILE BANANA
4.
Zarurat.
Jab teenon teen mein march karke ja rahe hon to, kisi tang raste se ya pul ya
lecture hall mein jana ho to, ek file banane ki karyawahi ki jaati hai aur jab pul ya tang raste ko
cross kar liya jata hai toh ek file se teenon teen banaya jata hai.
5.
Bayan.
Jab teenon teen se word of command milta hai “ek file bana - agli line tej chal” to,
agli line (sabse baen wali line) tej chal ki karyawahi shuru karti hai. Jab agli line ka baen wala
(sabse aakhiri) jawan Madhya line ke paas se gujarta hai to, madhya line tej chal ki karyawahi karti hai.
Isi tarah pichhli line tej chal se karyawahi karti hai.
6. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe, squad se abhyas karaen.
BHAG II : EK FILE SE TEENON TEEN BANANA
7. Bayan.Jab ek file se word of command milta hai “squad teeno teen banaye ga - Madhya
aur pichhli line tej chalto, Madhya aur pichhli line dono tej chal karke apni apni jagh jayenge. Rifle
ke bayonet stud par charhaen. “Squad sangeen - ek-do-teen-char”. Is position mein dekhne wali
baten, baen haath ki charon angulian sidhe angutha mila hua, baen baju seedha, sangeen rifle
mein laga hua.
“Squad savdhan” to, is word of command par rifle ko piche khinchte hue savdhan
postion mein layen. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, position savdhan.
6. Abhyas. Ustad ke word of command pe, squad se abhyas karaen.
164
INDEX
ARMS DRILL
1 AD-1
Rifle Ke Sath Savdhan, Vishram Aur Aram
Se
01 - 165
2 AD-2 Rifle Ke Sath Parade Par Aur Saj
01
- 167
3 AD-3 Rifle Ke Sath Visarjan Aur Line Tod
01
- 168
4 AD-4 Bhumi Shastra Aur Uthao Shastra
01
- 167
5 AD-5 Bagal Shastra Aur Baju Shastra
01
- 171
6 AD-6 Salami Shastra
01
- 173
7 AD-7 SQD DRILL
01
- 175
8 AD-8 Nirikshan ke liey Janch shatra aur Baju shatra 01 - 176
TOTAL 08 -
165
LESSON PLAN AD-1
RIFLE KE SATH SAVDHAN, VISHRAM AUR ARAM SE
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - AD 1
Term - I (SD/SW)
Trg Aid
1. Rifles.
Time Plan
2. (a) Rifle ke Sath Savdhan - 20 Min
(b) Rifle ke Sath Vishram aur Aaam Se - 20 Min
UDDESH
3. Is period mein rifle ke sath Savdhan Vishram aur Aram Se ki karyawahi sihkana hai.
TARTIB
4. Yeh sabak do bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Rifle ke Sath Savdhan.
(b) Bhag II - Rifel ke Sath Vishraam aur Aaram Se.
BHAG I : RIFLE KE SATH SAVDHAN
5.
Zarurat.
Jab hamare pas rifle ho aur kisi senior se bat karni ho ya shastr qawaid ki koi
harkat shuru karni ho tohh savdhan position se shuru ki jati hai.
6.
Bayan se Namuna.
Jab word of command milta hai “squad savdhan to, is word of
command par sikhe hue tarike se paon ko harkat den. Dahine hath se rifle ko pura pichhe
khenchte hue hel butt par sawar karen aur shout karen ek’. Is position me dekhne ki baten
position savdhan khali hath ki tarah, rifle ki position heel butt par dahine hath ki taraf point karta hua.
Kalai rifle ke pichhe cover kiya hua.
7.
Abhyas.
Ustad ke word of command pe, squad abhyas karaen.
BHAG II : VISHRAAM AUR AARAM SE
8.
Zarurat
. Senior ke sath bat khatm ho jane par vishram aur aram se kiya jata hai.
9.
Bayan se Namuna.
Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “vishram” to sikhe
hue tarike se baen paon ko baen taraf le jayen. Sath hi rifle ko dahine hath se age ko dhakelen aur
shout karen ‘ek’. Is position me dekhene ki baten, baen paon ki position jaise khali hath mein seikh
chuke hain. Dahine hath se rifle pura age dhakela hua, Dahini kohni ka kham nikala hua. Bayan
The image part with relationship ID rId67 was not found in the file.
166
baju savdhan position mein. Word of command milta hai “aram se”, to sikhe hue tarike se
karyawahi karen. Is position me dekhne ki baten, jaise khali hath mein seekh chuke hain.
10.
Abhyas.
Ustad ke word of command pe, squad abhyas kare.
Savadhan Vishram
167
LESSON PLAN : AD 2
RIFLE KE SATH PARADE PAR AUR SAJ
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - AD 2
Term - I / II (SD/SW)
Trg Aid
1. Rifles.
Time Plan
2. (a) Rifle ke Sath Parade Par aur Saj - 10 Min
(b) Abhyas - 30 Min
UDDESH
3. Is period mein rifle ke sath Parade Par aur Saj ki karyawahi sihkana hai.
TARTIB
4. Yeh sabak ek bhag mein chalaya jayega
5.
Zarurat.
Jab rifle ke sath thodi dur harkat karni ho ya, saj ki karyawahi karni ho toh samtol
shastr ki karyawahi ki jati jai.
6.
Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “Squad Parade Par” to, is word
of command par dahine hath se rifle ko zamin se sidhe ek ya 1.5 inch upar uthate hue
shout karen ‘ek’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten. Rifle zamin se 1 ya 1.5 inch upar sidha
uthaya hua, baki position savdhan. Is ke bad squad tez chal se rifle ko uthate hue parade par
ata hai aur tham karta hai. Tham ke sath hi rifle ko zamin pe rakha jata hai.
(b) Is ke bad word of command milta hai “saj” to squad ki pehli line (rank) apna baen
hat ko uthata hai, rifle ko samtol position me late hue, aur sikhe hue tarike se saj ki karwahi
karta hai.(Jaise khali hanth drill me ki jati hai).
7.
Abhyas.
Ustad ke word of command pe squad abhyas kare.
168
LESSON PLAN : AD 3
RIFLE KE SATH VISARJAN AUR LINE TOD
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - AD 3
Term - I / II (SD/SW)
Trg Aid
1. Rifles.
Time Plan
2. (a) Rifle ke sath Visarjan aur Line Tod - 10 Min
(b) Abhyas - 30 Min
UDDESH
3. Is period mein rifle ke sath Visarjan aur Line Tod ki karyawahi sihkana hai.
TARTIB
4. Yeh sabak ek bhag mein chalaya jayega.
RIFLE KE SATH VISARJAN AUR LINE TOD
5. Yeh karwahi usi tarah ki jati hai jaise, khali hath drill men ki jati hai, sirf farak itna hai ki,
Visarjan ya Line Tod se pehele, rifle ko bagal shastra ki position men lai jati hai.
6.
Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “squad / platoon visarjan” to,
dahine mud karen, bagal shastra karen, salute karen aur, teen kadam age lekar tham
karen aur, sidhe age nikal jayen.
(b) Line Tod ki karyawahi usi tarah hai jaise rifle ke sath visarjan mein seekh chuke
hain - lekin line tod par bagal shastra position men, salute nahin kiya jayega.
7.
Abhyas.
Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka abhyas kare.
169
LESSON PLAN : AD 4
BHUMI SHASTRA AUR UTHAO SHASTRA
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - AD 4
Term - I (SD/SW)
Trg Aid
1. Rifles.
Time Plan
2. (a) Bhumi Shastra aur Uthao Shastra - 10 Min
(b) Abhayas - 30 Min
UDDESH
3. Is period mein Bhumi Shastra aur Uthao Shastra ki karyawahi sihkana hai.
TARTIB
4. Yeh sabak do bhagon mein chalaya jayega.
(a) Bhag I - Bhumi Shastra.
(b) Bhag II - Uthao Shastra.
BHAG I : BHUMI SHASTRA
5.
Zarurat.
Jab rifle ko savdhan position se zamin pe rakhna ho to ‘Bhumi Shastra’ ki
karyawahi ki jati hai.
6.
Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “Bhumi Shastra” to, body ko
savdhan position se sidha age ko jhukao aur shout karo ‘ek’. Is position men dekhne wali
baten, ghutne khule hue par aedi judi hui, rifle dahine hath men, barrel age ki taraf aur
magazine bahar ki taraf zamin par touch karti hui.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai ‘do’ to, rifle ko zamin pe chod do, aur savdhan
position men vapis ajao aur shout karo ‘do’.
7.
Abhyas.
Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka abhyas kare.
BHAG II : UTHAO SHASTRA
8.
Zarurat.
Jab rifle ko savdhan position se zamin se uthana ho toUthao Shastra’ ki
karyawahi ki jati hai.
170
9.
Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai “Uthao Shastra” to, body ko
savdhan position se sidha age ko jhukao aur shout karo ‘ek’. Is position men dekhne wali
baten, ghutne khule hue par aedi judi hui, aur dahine hath, dahine toe ki line men, barrel ko
pakde hue, aur rifle zamin se thodi si uthi hui.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai ‘do’ to, rifle ko zamin se tezi se utha kar savdhan
position men ajao aur shout karo’do’.
10.
Abhyas
. Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka abhyas kare.
171
LESSON PLAN : AD 5
BAGAL SHASTRA AUR BAJU SHASTRA
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - AD 5
Term - I (SD/SW)
Trg Aid
1. Rifles.
Time Plan
2. (a) Bagal Shastra aur Baju Shastra - 20 Min
(b) Abhayas - 20 Min
UDDESH
3. Is period mein Bagal Shastra aur Baju Shastra ki karyawahi sihkana hai.
TARTIB
4. Yeh sabak do bhagon mein chalaya jayega.
(a) Bhag I - Bagal Shastra.
(b) Bhag II - Baju Shastra.
BHAG I : BAGAL SHASTRA
5.
Zarurat.
Rifle ke saath ek jagah se dusri jagah jana ho toh bagal shastr se march karke
jate hain. Iske alawa, badi parades mein regiment / unit contingent, bagal shatr se march past
karte hain. Quarter guard mein khada sentry Nb/Sub se Captain tak ko, bagal shatr se salute karta
hai.
6.
Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai, ginti se “bagal shastr ek” to, is
word of command par dahine hath se rifle ko thoda upar uchhalen aur sath hi baen hath se
forehand guard aur dahine hath se pistol grip ko ek sath pakden aur shout karen ‘ek’. Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, bayan hath kohni se kalai tak kamar belt ki line mein zamin ke
mutabiki, charon angulion bahar se angutha andar se pakda hua. Dahine haath se pistol grip
ko mazbuti se pakda hua, dahine haath sidha, baki position savdhan.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai “squad do” to, baen hath ko teji se savdhan position
mein layen aur shout karen ‘do’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, rifle bagal shatr baaki
position savdhan.
7.
Abhyas.
Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka abhyas karen.
172
BHAG II : BAJU SHASTRA
8.
Zarurat.
Bagal Shastr se rifle ko niche lane ke liye Baju Shastr ki karyawahi ki jati hai.
Parade samapti hone ke bad bhi Bagal Shastr se Baju Shastr ki karyawahi karte hain.
9.
Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan shastr se word of command milta hai, ginti se “Baju Shastr ek” to, is
word of command par bayen hath se flash hider ke niche se barrel ko grip karen, aur shout
karen ‘ek’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen hath se barrel ko mutthi bhar pakda hua,
baen hath ki kalai chati ke sath mili hui, baki position pahle ki tarah.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai ‘squad ‘do’ to, baen hath se rifle ko sidha niche le
jayen, dahine hath ko chod kar dubara rifle ke forehand guard se savdhan position ki tarah
pakden, aur shout karen ‘do’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen hath se flash hider U ke
shape mein pakda hua, dahine hath se forehand guard ko pakda hua, charon angulian
bahar
se angutha andar se, savdhan position ki tarah pakda hua, rifle zamin se ek inch
upar butt
toe ke barabar.
(c) Jab word command milta hai “squad teen” to, is word of command par baen hath ko
savdhan position mein layen aur ko dahine hath se zamin par savdhan position mein
layen, aur shout karen ‘teen’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, bagal shatr ki karyawahi ki
hui, baki position savdhan.
10.
Abhyas
. Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka abhyas kare.
173
LESSON PLAN : AD 6
SALAMI SHASTRA
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - AD 6
Term - I / II / III (SD/SW)
Trg Aid
1. Rifles.
Time Plan
2. (a) Salami Shastra - 25 Min
(b) Salami Shastra se Baju Shastra - 15 Min
UDDESH
3. Is period mein Salami Shastra aur Baju Shastra ki karyawahi sihkana hai.
TARTIB
4. Yeh sabak do bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Salami Shastra.
(b) Bhag II - Salami Shastra se Baju Shastra.
BHAG I : SALAMI SHASTRA
5.
Zarurat.
Rifle ke saath salami shastr, unche darje ka salute hai. Badi parades mein ya
guard of honour men VIP ko izzat den eke liye aur quarter guard mein khara sentry, Major se upar
wale Officer ko izzat den eke liye Salami Shastr ki karyawahi karta hai.
6.
Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhan position se word of command milta hai, ginti se “Salami Shastr ek” to,
is word of command par dahine hath se rifle ko sidha upar uchhalen aur baen hath se
forehand guard aur dahine hath se small of the butt ko pakden aur shout karen ‘ek’.Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, baen hath fore hand guard par charon angulian bahar se
aur angutha andar se pakra hua, charon angulian bahar se angutha andar se zameen ki
taraf point karte hue, riflebadan ke dahini taraf 90 degree par. Baki position pahle ki tarah.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai “squad do” to, is word of command par dono hathon
ki madad se rifle ko badan ke samne aur bich mein layen, sath hi baen hath ko chhor kar
rifle ke baen bagal mein lagaen aur shout karen ‘do’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, rifle
badan ke samne aur beech main 90 degree par khari magazine age, kohni se kalai tak rifle se
mili hui, baen hath ki charon angulian aur angutha mila hua aur cooking handle kalme wali
anguli aur anguthe ke bich, baki position savdhan.
The image part with relationship ID rId69 was not found in the file.
174
(c)
Jab word of command milta hai “squad teen” to, is word of command par dahine
hath se rifle ko niche khinchen aur sidha Karen, baen hath se rifle ko samne se pakaren,
dahina paon sidha sath hi chalti halat se, rifle ko samne se pakaren, dahina paon sidha
sath hi chalti halat mein baen paon ki piche lagaen, shout karen ‘teen’. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, rifle baen haath se forehand guard se pakre hue, angutha baen taraf
khara, dahina haath butt par, charon angulian aur angutha zameen ki taraf point karta hua,
barrel nak se 6 inch dur, dahina paon baen paon ke piche chalti halat mein laga hua. Baki
position savdhan.
“Ek” Pe Position “Teen” Pe Position
BHAG II : SALAMI SHASTRA SE BAJU SHASTRA
7.
Zarurat.
Salami Shastra se rifle ko niche lane ke liye Baju Shastr ki karyawahi ki jati hai.
8.
Bayan se Namuna.
(a)
Jab Salami Shastr se word of command milta hai, ginti se “Baju Shastr ek’ to, is
word of command par dahine hath ko baen hath ke upar pakden aur dahine paon ko
uthakar baen paon ke sath savdhan position mein lagaen aur shouting karen ‘ek’.Is
position mein dekhne ki baten, rifle usi position mein, dahine hath se baen hath ke upar
hand guard pakra hua. Baki position savdhan.
(b) Jab word of command “squad do” to, is word of command par dahine hath se rifle
ko dahine le jaen aur baen hath ko chhorh kar flash hider se U shape mein pakaren, rifle
zamin se 1 inch upar, dubara rifle ke hand guard se savdhan position ki tarah pakden,
shout karen ‘do’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen hath se flash hider U shape mein
pakra hua, dhaine hath ki charon angulian bahar se angutha andar se, savdhaan position ki
tarah pakra hua, rifle zamin se ek inch upar butt toe ke barabar.
(c) Jab word of command “squad teen” to is word of command par baen hath ko teji se
savdhan position mein layen aur dahine hath se rifle ko zamin par savdhan position main
layen, shout karen ‘teen’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, position savdhan.
9.
Abhyas
. Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka abhyas kare.
175
LESSON PLAN : AD 7
SQUAD DRILL
Period - One
Type - Practice
Code - AD 7
Term - II / III (SD/SW)
Trg Aid
1. Rifles.
Time Plan
2. (a) Khade Khade Squad Drill Abhyas - 20 Min
(b) Tez Chal se Squad Drill ka Abhyas - 20 Min
UDDESH
3. Is period mein Squad Drill ka Abhyas Karana hai.
TARTIB
4. Ustad squad ko kadwar sizing karke sabak ko do bhagon me chalayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Word of Command pe Rifle ke sath khade khade squad drill
ka abhyas karana hai.
(b) Bhag II - Word of Command pe Rifle ke sath Tez Chal se squad drill
ka abhyas karana hai.
176
LESSON PLAN : AD 8
NIRIKSHAN KE LIYE JANCH SHASTRA AUR BAJU SHASTRA
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - AD 6
Term - II (SD/SW)
Trg Aid
1. Rifles.
Time Plan
2. (a) Nirikshan ke liye Janch Shastra - 20 Min
(b) Janch Shastra se Baju Shastra - 20 Min
UDDESH
3. Is period mein Nirkshan ke liye Janch Shastra aur Baju Shastra ki karyawahi sihkana hai.
TARTIB
4. Yeh sabak do bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Nirikshan ke liye Janch Shastra.
(b) Bhag II - Janch Shastra se Baju Shastra.
BHAG I : NIRIKSHAN KE LIYE JANCH SHASTRA
5.
Zarurat.
Jab rifle ke saath duty ke dauran magazine aur chamber ko check karna ho us
samay nirikshan ke liye jaanch shastr ki karyawahi ke jati hai aur kote mein rifle rakhne se pahle
bhi nirikshan ke liye jaanch shastr ki karyawahi ki jati hai.
6.
Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Jab savdhaan position se word of command milta hai ginti se “Nirikshan ke liye
Jaanch Shastra ek” to, is word of command par rifle ko dahine hath se baen aur samne
uchhalen aur dahine hath se pistol grip ko aur baen hath se forehand guard ko ek sath
pakden.Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen paon 12 inch baen taraf 4 inch age liye hue,
dahine hath se pistol grip ko pakara huacharon angulian bahar se angutha andar se, baen
hath se forehand guard ko pakda hu charon angulian niche se angutha upar se, barrel 45
degree par, rifle butt dahine thigh se laga hua. Baki position, vishram ki halat mein.
(b)
Jab word of command milta hai “squad do to, baen hath se cocking handle ko
pakden. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, baen hath se cocking handle ko pakda hua , baki
position pahle ki tarah.
177
(c) Jab word of command milta hai “squad teen” to, is word of command par baen hath
se cocking handle ko piche khinchen aur holding opening catch lagaen. Is position mein
dekhne ki baten, holding opening catch laga hua, baki position pahle ki tarah.
(d)
Jab word of command milta hai “squad char” to, baen hath se cocking handle ko
age karen. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, cocking handle ko age kiya hua, baki position
pahle ki tarah.
(e) Jab word of command milta hai squad panch to, baen hath se fore hand guard ko
pakden. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, No 1 ki tarah.
7.
Abhyas
. Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka abhyas kare.
BHAG II : JANCH SHASTRA SE BAJU SHASTRA
8.
Zarurat.
Rifle ka nirikshan ho jane ke baad, rifle ko niche lane ke liye baju shastr ki
karyawahi ki jati hai.
9.
Ginti aur Bayan se Namuna.
(a) Nirikshan ke liye jaanch shastr se word of command milta hai ginti se “Baju Shastra
ek” to is word of command par dahine hath ko fore hand guard par strike karen, sath hi
baen paon ko savdhan position mein layen, shout karen ‘ek’. Rifle pahle ki position mein hi
rahegi.Is position mein dekhne ki baten, dahine hath se forehand guard pakda hua. Baki
position savdhan.
(b) Jab word of command milta hai “squad doto, is word of command par dahine hath
se rifle ko baju shastr No 2 halat mein niche layen aur baen hath se rifle ke flash hider par
strike karte hue pakden, shout karen ‘do’. Is position men dekhne ki baten. Baju shastr ke No
2 harkat ki tarah.
(c) Jab word of command milta hai “squad teen” to, is word of command par baen hath
ko savdhan position mein le jaen aur dahine hath se rkfle ko heel butt par sawar karen,
shout karen ‘teen’. Is position mein dekhne ki baten, position savdhan.
10.
Abhyas
. Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka abhyas kare.
178
CEREMONIAL DRILL(CD)
1
CD1 Guard Mounting 01 - 179
2
CD2 Guard Of Honour 01 - 182
3
CD 3 Pl / Coy Drill 01 - 185
4
CD-4 Instructional Practice 01 - 186
TOTAL 04 -
179
LESSON PLAN : CD 1
GUARD MOUNTING
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - CD 1
Term - I / II / III (SD/SW)
Trg Aid
1. Rifles.
Time Plan
2. (a) Guard Mounting ka Tarika - 15 Min
(b) Abhyas - 25 Min
UDDESH
3. Is period mein Guard Mounting ka Tarika sihkana hai.
TARTIB
4. Yeh sabak do bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Guard Mounting ka Tarika.
(b) Bhag II - Abhyas.
BHAG I : GUARD MOUNTING KA TARIKA
5.
Zarurat.
Guard Mounting aam taur pe Quarter Guard ya ksi bhi authorized adhikari
(general officer) ke awas pe ya, visit ke dauran ki jati hai.
6.
Bayan va Tarika
.
(a) Guard mounting ke liye 2+6 jawanon ki zarurat hoti hai. Is men 6 jawan aur guard
commander aur guard ka 2IC hota hai. Guard mount hone ke liye hamesha, do ranks me ‘fall
in’ hoti hai, jis men guard commander sabse dahine hota hai aur, guard 2IC agali rank ke sab
se baen hota hai.
(b) Guard Mounting NCO guard ke samne 12 kadam pe hota hai. Who guard ko “fall in
karega aur inspect karega. Is ka tarika is parkar se hai:-
(i) Jab word of command milta hai ‘Guard-Parade Par’ to puri guard savdhan
karegi, guard mounting ke sthan pe march karegi, tham kareke ‘samne mud’ karegi
aur ‘khuli linekaregi aur vishram karegi.
(ii) Jab word of command milta hai ‘Guard Savdhanto guard savdhan hogi.
180
(iii) Jab word of command milta hai ‘Guard Dahine Saj’ to guard commander
dahine mud karega, 5 kadam march karega, tham aur piche mud karega. Phir
pehele agli line ko saj karega, phir, pichli line ko saj karega aur word of command
dega ‘samne dekh’ aur phir apni position pe wapis ajega.
(iv) Jab word of command milta hai ‘Guard-Bagal Shasta’, to guard bagal
shastra ki karywahi keregi.
(v) Is ke bad guard mounting NCO, orderly officer (Nirikshin Adhikari) ko
repoprt de ga ‘guard nirikshan ke lie hazir hai’ (orderly officer ka sthan guard
mounting NCO se 6 kadam piche hota hai). Report de kar guard NCO, guard ke
dahine, guard commander se 6 kadam ke fasile par march karke, samne mud kar ke
khada hojaye ga.
(c)
Orderly Officer.
Orderly officer ab guard is tarike se ko nirikshan karega aur
mount karega:-
(i) Word of command dega ‘Guard-bazu-Shasta’. Guard baju shastra karegi
aur savdhan men khadi hogi. Orderly officer ek ek kareke guard ka nirikshan
karega - pehale agli line phir pichli line. Nirikshan ke bad orderly officer wapis apne
sthan pe ajata hai.
(ii) Word of command dega ‘Guard Nirikshan Ke lie Janch Shastra’ to, guard
‘Nirikshan Ke lie Janch Shasta’ ki karyawahi karegi. Orderly officer ab ek ek kare
ke hatiyar ka nirikshan karta hai, aur guard commander se shuru karat hai. Guard
commander apne nirikshan ke bad ‘fall out’ karta hai, aur orderly officer ke sath baki
guard ka nirikshan karwata hai. Niriksha ke bad, orderly officer wapis apne sthan pe jata
hai aur guard cmmander ape sthan pe.
(iii)
Word of command dega ‘Guard-Bolt Chalao’ to, guard sikhe hue tarike se
bolt ko dhire se age chod ti hai aur band karti hai.
(iv) Word of command dega ‘Guard-Baju Shastra to’, guard baju shastra ki
karywahi kerega.
(v) Word of command dega ‘Number---Samne Ki line - stick orderly-stic
orderly Line Tor’ to niukt kiya hua stick orderly line tod ki karywahi kerega aur
guard mounting NCO ke dahine ja kar khada ho jaye ga.
(vi) Word of command dega ‘Guard-Bagal Shastra, to guard Bagal Shastra ki
karywahi kerega.
(vii) Word of command dega ‘Guard - Apne Duty ke Lie Dahine Se-Tez Chal
to guard march off karti hai, orderly officer ko ‘dahine dekh’ ki karyewahi karti hai
aur phir purani guard se takeover ki karyewahi karti hai.
(d)
Guard Room Ki Karyewahi
. Sentry jab nai guard ko ate hue dekhta hai to, who
purani guard ko “Turn Out” karta hai. Nai guard jab apne diye hue sthan pe khadi ho jati hai
to, purana guard commander, apni guard ko nai guard ke samne, 15 kadam pe ‘fall in’
karta hai. Ab, purani guard, nai guard ko “salami shastra” deti hai aur nai guard bhi purani
guard ko “salami shastra” karti hai. Is ke bad, dono guard ek ek karke, ‘baju shastrakarke
“aram sekarte hain. Is ke bad, nai guard ka sentry, purane guard ke sentry ko “relief” karta
hai, jo purana guard 2IC karwata hai. Ab purani guard visarjan karti hai aur nai guard unko
“salami shastra” deti hai aur purani guard, nai guard ke samne se gujarti hui, “dahine dekh”
karti hai.
181
(e)
Sentries Ki Badli.
Guard commander, nai sentry ko, sentry post tak march karte
hue le jaye ga. Bagair kisi word of command ke, naya sentry, purane sentry ke baen
position lega aur samne mude ga. Ab guard commander, dono sentry ke samne 3 kadm pe
khada ho ga aur sentry ko uski duties ke bare men batae ga. Iske bad gaurd commander
word of command de ga Sentry Badli”, to purana sentry do kadam age chale ga, aur naya
sentry do kadam dahine lega. Ab naya sentry apni post lega aur guard commander purane
sentry ko word of command dega Puran sentry - Tez Chal” aur usko guard room men
lejae ga. Ab naya sentry bagal shastra karega aur apne sthan pe ja ke khada ho jaye ga.
BHAG II : GUARD MOUNTING KA ABHYAS
7.
Abhyas
. Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka abhyas kare.
182
LESSON PLAN : CD 2
GUARD OF HONOUR
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - CD 2
Term - II / III (SD/SW)
Trg Aid
1. Rifles.
Time Plan
2. (a) Guard of Honour ka Tarika - 15 Min
(b) Abhyas - 25 Min
UDDESH
3. Is period mein Guard of Honour dene ka tarika sihkana hai.
TARTIB
4. Yeh sabak do bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Guard of Honour ka Tarika.
(b) Bhag II - Abhyas.
BHAG I : GUARD OF HONOUR KA TARIKA
5.
Zarurat.
NCC cadets dwara Guard of Honour nimn likhit adhikarion ko pradan ki jati hai jab
woh kisi NCC camp ka visit karte hain ya phi raise mauke hon jahan pe uchh adhikari invite kiye
gaye hon :
(a) Rashtrapati, Up-Rashtrapati aur Pradhan Mantri.
(b) Governors and Lt Governors.
(c) Raksha Mantri aur Raksha Rajya Mantri.
(d) States ke Mukhya Mantri.
(e) Sena / Nau Sena / Vayu Sena Pramukh.
(f) The Defence Secretary.
(g) Command ka General Officer Commanding-in-Chief (Army Wing Ke liye)
183
(h) Nau Sena Command ke Flag Officer Commanding-in-chief (Naval Wing units
only).
(j) Vayu Sena ke Air Officer Commanding-in-Chief (Air Wing Units only).
(k) Sena/Nau Sena/Vayu Sena ke Up Parmukh.
(l) The Dignitaries addressing the convocation of a University.
(m) University ke Chancellor.
(n) University ke Pro-Chancellor / Vice Chancellor as Chief guest.
(o) Director General NCC.
6.
Bayan va Tarika
.
(a) Guard do ranks men form up karegi, agli line aur pichli line men 4 kadam ka fasla
hoga. Guard Officer aur Colour JCO, agli line se 2 kadam age aur centre men honge.
Guard commander agli line se 8 kadam age hoga, cadet se cadet ka fasla 24 inch hoga.
(b) Band, guard ke agli line ki sidh men uske dahine 7 kadam pe hoga.
(c) Do stick orderly dias ke dahine aur baen khade honge, dias ke agle kinare se 2
kadam dahine aur baen.
(c) Conducting adhikari, VIP ko receive karke, dias ke dahine aur 3 kadm piche khada
hoga.
7.
Guard ki Nafri.
Guard of Honour ki nafri is prakar se hogi:-
(a)
For President
. 150 rank and file, 3 divisions men.
(b)
For Vice President and Prime Minister.
100 rank and file, 2 division men.
8.
Salutes.
(a)
Rashtriya Salute.
Kewal Rashtrapati ya Governors ko apne rajya men..
(b)
General Salute
. Major General aur uske upar ke rank ke adhikari.
(c)
Salami Shastra.
To all VIPs.
9.
Inspection / Nirikshan.
Is ke liye tartib is prakar se hogi:-
(a) VIP ke ane ke samay, guard savdhan men hogi.
(b) VIP ke dias pe phucne par, guard, VIP ke aude ke mutabik, Rashtriya / General
Salute ya Salami Shastra karegi aur fir Baju Shastra karegi.
(c) Guard commander, age badh kar VIP ko report dega ___ Unit Samman Guard -
Ap ke Nirikshan ke Lie Hazir Hai- Sriman (Srimati Ji)”. Salute kar ke guard commander VIP
ka wait kare ga.
184
(d) VIP dias se utar ke guard ki taraf bade ga. Guard commander VIP ko
escort kare
ga aur us ke baen rahe ga. Band ke pahale jawan ki line men ate hi, guard
commander
VIP ke dahine aur unki line men ho jaye ga.
(e) Pilot - sirif President ke liye hi age chalen ge.
(f) Nirikshan ke dauran, sabhi ranks VIP ke taraf nazar milaen ge.
Band nazar samne
rakhe VIP ke sath sath , sabhi ke sir bhi harkat Karen ge. Nirikshan
kahatam hote hi band
band hojae ga, aur isi pe sabhi ranks age dekh ne lagen ge. Sirf agli
line ka hi nirikshan
hoga.
(g) Nirikshan ke bad, VIP ko wapis dias pe guard commander escort kare ga.
Guard
commander VIP ko salute karke apne sthan pe wapis a jaega. VIP ke jane ke
bad guard ko
“vishram” siya jae ga.
BHAG II : GUARD OF HONOUR KA ABHYAS
Abhyas
. Ustad ke word of command pe squad isi kayawahi ka abhyas kare
185
LESSON PLAN : CD 3
PL / COY DRILL
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - CD 3
Term - II / III (SD/SW)
Trg Aid
1. Rifles.
Time Plan
2. (a) Pl Drill Abhyas - 20 Min
(b) Coy Drill ka Abhyas - 20 Min
UDDESH
3. Is period mein Pl / Coy Drill ka Abhyas Karana hai.
TARTIB
4. Ustad squad ko kadwar sizing karke sabak ko do bhagon me chalayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Word of Command pe Rifle ke sath Pl drill ka abhyas karana.
(b) Bhag II - Word of Command pe Rifle ke Coy drill karana.
186
LESSON PLAN : CD 4
INSTRUCTIONAL PRACTICE
Period - One
Type - Lecture / Practice
Code - CD 4
Term - III (SD/SW)
Trg Aid
1. Rifles.
Time Plan
2. (a) IP Ka Tarika - 10 Min
(b) IP ka Abhyas - 20 Min
UDDESH
3. Is period mein IP ka tarika sikhana hai.
TARTIB
4. Ustad byan ke sath IP ka namuna dega aur bad me
187
INDEX
WEAPON TRAINING
1 WT1 WT1
Characterstics of a Rifle and its
Ammunition
01 01 188
2 WT2 WT2
Stripping, Assembling, Cleaning and
Sight Setting of .22 Rifle
01 01 190
3 WT3 -
Stripping, Assembling, Cleaning and
Sight Setting of 7.62 SLR
01 - 192
4 WT4 WT3
Loading, Cocking and Unloading
01 01 197
5 WT5 WT4
Lying Position and Holding
01 01 199
6 WT5
Aiming, Range And Figure Target
- 01 202
7 WT6 WT6
Trigger Control and Firing a Shot
01 01 204
8 WT7 WT7
Range Procedure and Safety
Precautions
01 01 206
9 WT8 - Theory of Group and snap shooting 01 - 210
10 WT9 WT8 Short range firing, Aiming,Alteration
of sight
01 01 212
TOTAL 09 08
188
LESSON PLAN : WT 1
CHARACTERSTICS OF .22 RIFLE AND ITS AMMUNITION
Period - One
Type - Lecture/Practice
Code - WT 1
Term - I (SD/SW)
Training Aids
1. Charts, Pointer, Black board & Chalk.
Time Plan
2. (a) Introduction & Uddesh - 05 Min
(b) .22 Rifle ki Viseshtaen - 15 Min
(c) .22 Rifle Ammunition ki Viseshtaen - 15 Min
(d) Conclusion - 05 Min
INTRODUCTION
3. .22 rifle ek bahut hi achcha sidha sadha hathiyar hai. Iska istemal NCC cadet ko firing me
hone wali ghabrahat ko hatane ke liye istamal karte hain. Isliye iska istemal karne se pahle iske
baare mein jankari honi chahiye taaki cadet iska sahi istemal kar saken.
UDDHESH
4. .22 Rifle aur uske Ammunition ki Visehtaen ke bare men janari dena hai.
TARTIB
5. Is sabak ko do bhagon mein chalaya jaega :-
(a) Bhag I - .22 Rifle ki Viseshtaen.
(b) Bhag II - . 22 Rifle Ammunition ki Viseshtaen.
BHAG I : .22 RIFLE KI VISESHTAEN
6. .22 Rifle do kisim ki hoti hain. Rifle .22 No II MK IV aur .22 Deluxe BA. In ki viseshtaen is
parkar se hain:-
Ser Details Rifle .22 No II MK IV Rifle .22 Deluxe BA
No
BA
(a) Length 45” 43
(b) Weight 8 Lbs 10 ½ OZ 6 LBs 2 OZ
(c) Magzine Capacity 10 Rounds 05 Rounds
The image part with relationship ID rId71 was not found in the file.
189
(d) Muzzle Velocity 2700’ per sec 2700’ per sec
(e) Grooves in the barrel 06 06
(f) Effective Range 25 yds 25 yds
(g) Max Range 1700 yds at 33 angle 1700 yds at 33 angle
(h) Calibre .22 .22
(j) Ammunition .22 .22
(k) Rate of fire :-
(i) Normal 05 Rds pm 05 Rds pm
(ii) Rapid 10-15 Rds pm 10-15 Rds pm
Rifle . 22 MK IV
Rifle . 22 Deluxe BA
BHAG I : .22 AMMUNITION KI VISESHTAEN
7.
.22 Ammunition.
(a) Calibre - .22
(b) Length of Bullet - 10 mm
(c) Length of Bullet with Case - 15 mm
(d) Weight - 38/40 gm
(e) Type of Bullet - Lead / Copper
(f) Type of Ammunition - Rim / Rimless
SANKSHEP
8. .22 rifle ek bahut hi kargar aur sidha sadha hathiyar hai jis ki madad se cadet ko durust fire
karne ka tarika sikhaya jata hai. Iss hathiyaar ki achhi jankari hone se cadets ko achha firer
banaya ja sakta hai.
190
LESSON PLAN : WT 2
STRIPPING, ASSEMBLING, CLEANING
AND SIGHT SETTING OF .22 RIFLE
Period - One
Type - Lecture/Practice
Code - WT 2
Term - I (SD/SW)
Training Aids
1. Charts, .22 Rifle, Case Collector, Chindi, Pull Through, Ground Sheet and Oil Bottle.
Time Plan
2. (a) Introduction - 03 Min
(b) .22 Rifle Kholna aur Jorna - 10 Min
(c) Safai Karne ka Tarika - 10 Min
(d) Abhyas - 15 Min
(e) Sankshep - 02 Min
INTRODUCTION
3. .22 rifle ek bahut hi achcha sidha sadha hathiyar hai. Iska istemal NCC cadet ko firing me
hone wali ghabrahat ko hatane ke liye istamal karte hain. Isliye iska istemal karne se pahle iske
baare mein jaankari honi chahiye, taaki cadet iska, kholna jorna aur safai kar saken.
UDDHESH
4. .22 Rifle ka Kholna-Jorna, Sight Setting aur Safai karne ka tarika sikhana hai.
TARTIB
5. Is sabak ko do bhagon mein chalaya jaega :-
(a) Bhag I - .22 Rifle Kholna -Jorna.
(b) Bhag II - . 22 Rifle ka Safai Karne ka Tarika
BHAG I : RIFLE .22 KO KHOLNA - JORNA AUR SIGHT SETTING
7.
Kholna.
Rifle ko kholne ki tarkib main sabse pahle bayonet, phir sling, bolt aur case
collector ko khola jata hai. Sling ko utaren aur roll karte hue ground sheet par rakh den. Safety
catch ‘S’ par Karen, bolt lever ko upar ki taraf uthate hue bolt ko piche ki taraf khichein aur rifle se
alag karen. Aakhir mein case collector catch ko dabate huye case collector ko alag karen aur saaf
jagah pe rakhen.
191
8.
Jorna.
Yakin Karen safety catch R’ par hai. Bolt ko uthaen aur bolt head ko tight karen.
Uske baad bolt ko guide ke saath milate hue fit karein. Jorte samay yadi ek se jyada rifle khula hai
to uske purzon ke registration no. check karlen. Trigger dabaen, safety catch ki position ‘S’ par
Karen aur case collector ka chota mehrav aage ki ore rakhte hue use fit karen. Sling ko rifle mein fit
Karen. Bayonet sabse baad mein fit Karen.
9.
Sight Setting.
Sight set karne ke liye thumb spring ko press karo aur sight ko set karo.
Muzzle ki taraf le jane se range badhti hai.
BHAG II : SAFAI KARNE KA TARIKA
10. .22 rifle ko bhi Anaya hathiyar ki taraha Safaai kiya jata hai.
(a)
Aam Safai.
(i)
Daily Safai.
Aam taur par daily hathiyar training ke liye nikalte hain.
Hathiyar ka dusting karke Kote mein jama karte hain.
(ii)
Weekly Safai.
Saptah me ek bar hathiyar ko bahar nikala jata hai aur
sabhi hisse purjon mein oil badly kiya jata hain.
(iii)
Quarterly Safai.
(aa) Quarterly ke douran pure hathiyar ko khola jata hai aur jaruri suda
hathiyar oil aur greasing kiya jata hai.
(ab) Hathiyar ke hisse purjon ki tut- phut check ki jaati hai aur unhe
marammat kiya jata hai.
(b)
Firing Ke Dauran Safai.
(i) Firing se pahle hathiyar ki tut phut ko armourer dwara check karate hain.
(ii) Lagaatar hathiyar ki safai karte hain aur armourer dwara inspection karate
hain.
(iii
)
Firing ke dauranjab bhi firer ko mauka milta hai to wah apne hathiyar ko
saaf karta rehta hai.
(c)
Firing Ke Baad Ki Safai.
(i) Firing ke baad firer kam se kam 07 din garm pani dalkar barrel ko saaf
karte hain.
(ii) Uske baad armourer dwara inspection karaya jata hai.
Note:
Safai ke liye Chindhi ka size 4x1.5” aur Oil ke saath chindi size 4x 1”.
11.
Abhyas.
Squad ko groupon mein baanto aur .22 rifle ko kholne aur jorne ke tarike ka
abhyas class ko karwao.
SANKSHEP
12. .22 rifle ek bahut hi kargar aur sidha sadha hathiyar hai jis ki madad se cadet ko durust fire
karne ka tarika sikhaya jata hai. Iss hathiyaar ki achhi jankari hone se cadets ko achha firer
banaya ja sakta hai.
192
LESSON PLAN : WT 3
STRIPPING, ASSEMBLING AND CLEANING
OF 7.62 MM SLR
Period - One
Type - Lecture/Practice
Code - WT 3
Term - I (SD/SW)
Training Aids
1. 7.62 mm SLR, Magazine, Charts, Pullthrough, Chindi, Black board, Target 1x1,
Sand Bag, Ground Sheet, Oil Bottle, Graphite Grease Tube, Body Brush, Chamber Brush
and Combination Tool.
Time Plan
2. (a) Introduction & Uddesh - 03 Min
(b) Aam Bayan aur Visheshtayen - 07 Min
(c) Kholna-Jorna aur Safai Karna - 14 Min
(d) Abhyas - 14 Min
(e) Sankshep - 02 Min
INTRODUCTION
3. 7.62 mm SLR Sena mein lambe arse tak raha hai. NCC mein isko sena se phase out
karne ke baad laya gaya hai. Taki iss caliber ke hathiyar ki handling cadet ko sikhai ja sake Isliye, iss
ka aam bayan, Visheshtayein, kholna, jorna, aur safai karne ka tarika aana chahiye, taki jarurat padne
par har cadet teji aur durusti se karywai kar apna muddha hasil kar sake.
UDDESH
4. 7.62 mm SLR ka Aam Bayan, Visheshtayein, Kholna, Jorna aur Safai karne ka tarika
sikhana hai.
TARTIB
5. Ye sabak teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - 7.62 mm SLR ka Aam Bayan aur Visheshtayen.
(b) Bhag II - 7.62 mm SLR Kholna-Jorna aur Safai karna.
(c) Bhag III - Abhyas.
The image part with relationship ID rId73 was not found in the file.
193
BHAG I : 7.62MM SLR KA AAM BAYAN AUR VISHESHTAYEN
Aam Byan
6. (a)
Self Loading hai - fire hone ke bad, agli goli chamber men load apne aap ho jati
hai.
(b) Kargar Range Jida hai.
(c) Safai karna asaan hai.
(d) Magazine capacity 20 rounds hai.
(e) Iski applied safety - safety catch aur mech safety - lock aur unlock hai.
(f) Yeh ek gas se kaam karne wala hathiyar hai.
7.62 mm SLR Ki Visheshtayen
7.
Calibre (Kuttar)
- 7.62 mm.
8.
Length.
(a) Short butt ke saath - 1126.50mm (44.35in).
(b) Normal butt ke saath - 1139.20mm (44.85 in).
(c) Long butt ke saath - 1151.90mm (45.35in).
(d) Rifle aur bayonet ke saath - 1397.00mm (55 in).
9.
Weight.
(a) Rifle only - 4.4 kg.
(b) Rifle aur full mag ke saath - 5.1 kg.
(c) Rifle, full mag, bayonet ke saath - 5.392 kg.
(d) Bayonet - 0.283 kg.
(e) Khali Mag - 0.255 kg.
(f) Bhari hui Mag - 0.709 kg.
10.
Rate of Fire.
(a) Normal - 5 rds per min.
(b) Rapid - 20 rds per min.
(c) Faster than rapid - 60 rds per min.
The image part with relationship ID rId74 was not found in the file.
194
11.
Range.
(a) Effective range - 275 m (300 yds).
(b) Sight range - 200 yds to 600 yds.
12. Sight Radius - 533.40 mm (21.77in).
13. Grooves ki tadat - 06 (Six).
14. Pitch - 1 turn in 304.8mm (12 in).
15. Rifling ki Twist - Right Hand ki taraf.
16. System of Operation - Gas Operation.
17. Full Mag ki Capacity - 20 rds.
18.
Amn 7.62mm Ki Visheshtayen.
(a) Calibre - 7.62 mm.
(b) Cart ka wajan - 23.07gm ± 0.65 gm.
(c) Cart ki lambai - 71.16mm ± .76mm (2.80-0.03 in).
(d) Bullet ka wajan - 9.33 ± 0.13 gm (144 ± 2 gm).
(e) Powder charge - NC Powder.
(f) Muzzle velocity - 815m/2700ft ± 30 ft/S.
(g) Khali cart case ka wajan - 10.89 gm.
(h) Propellant charge ka wajan - 2.85 gm.
BHAG II : RIFLE KO KHOLNA-JORNA AUR SAFAI
Kholna
19.
Rifle ko Kholna aur Jorna.
(Ustaad bayaan ke saath namuna den) Yakin karen ki Rifle
khali hai, safety catch ko ‘Spar karen aur magazine ko utaro, Rifle ko cock karo. Dhyan rahe
Rifle ko bina cock kiye na khola jaye, agar bina cock kiye Rifle ko kholte hain to hammer plunger
gir
sakta hai. Agar aisa ho jata hai to hammer plunger ko jorne ke liye hammer ko saaf karen.
Plunger ka patla bhag hammer ki jhirrion mein tikao aur hammer spring ko thoda dabate hue
plunger ke pichle hisse mein baitha dein.
20.
Gas Plug aur Piston
. Ball ammunition fire karne ke liye gas plug ka kata hua bhag upar ki
taraf hota hai. Jisko kholne ke liye gas plug par dabao rakhte hue combination tool ki madad se
ghadi ki suion ke rukh ghumao taki gas plug block se alag ho jaye. Jab rifle se grenade fire karte
hain us halat mein gas plug mein kata wala bhag barrel ki taraf rahata hai . Gas plug ko kholne ke
liye, gas plug pe kabu pate hue ghadi ki suiyon ke ulte rukh mein combination tool ki madad se
ghumao, gas plug apne block se alag ho jayega. Gas plug ko saaf jagah par rakho, piston ko
nikale aur spring alag karen.
The image part with relationship ID rId76 was not found in the file.
195
21.
Slide aur Breach Block ko Kholna.
(a) Bayen haath se hand guard ko
pakade, muzzle niche ke taraf rakhte hue,
dayen haath ki madad se body locking catch ko
piche ki taraf khinchte hue butt ko niche ki taraf
dabaye. Rifle asani se khulegi.
(b) Return spring ki madad se chal wale purjon ko piche khicho, niche girne se
bachane ke liye niche ungliyan rakho.
22
. Firing Pin aur Extractor ko Khonla.
(a)
Firing pin ko piche se dabao aur pin firing axis ko kisi nukuli cheez se bayen se
dabakar pin firing par kabu rakhte hue bahar nikalo.
(b) Extractor ko kholne ke liye tool removing extractor ki madad lo.
Jorna
23. Jo purje sabse akhir mein khola jaye, use jorne mein sabse pahale jora jaye. Purjon ko
jorte samay register number milana jaroori hai.
24.
Extractor ko Jorna
. Ise jorne ke liye breech block ko pakro, plunger ko combination tool
ki madad se pura pichen ki taraf khinche, spring aur extractor ko khacnhe me baitha do, iske baad
plunger ka dabao dhire-dhire hata lein. Yakin karen ki extractor thik tarah jud gaya hai.
25.
Firing Pin ko Jorna
. Firing pin ke sath spring ko fit kare. Yakin karen ki firing pin retainer
ka kata bhag uppar ki taraf ho. Firing pin ko andar ki taraf dabayen aur axis pin ko dayen se
baayen fit karen.
26.
Breech Block aur Slide ko Jorna
. Bayen haath se slide ko ulta pakden aur breech
block len. Breech block retainer ko slide ke baayen katav me dalen aur aage ki taraf dabayen.
Jure hue slide aur breech block ko len aur dahine haath ko pakden. Baayen haath se rifle ko
pakden aur slide ke races ko body ke katav mein milaen aur andar dakhil karen, saath hi body
cover ko fit karen aur rifle ko ek hi jhatke mein band karen.
27.
Piston aur Gas Plug ko Jorna
. Piston spring ko piston ke ubhre hue bhag par
chadhayen aur cylinder mein dakhil karen. Gas plug ko lein aur block mein fit karen, plunger par
dabao rakhte hue ghadi ke ulte rukh ghumaye taki gas plug ka kata hissa upar ki taraf aajaye.
Saath hi plunger se dabao hata lein, yakin karen ki gas plunger thik se jur gaya hai.
28.
Bayonet, Sling aur Magazine ko Chadhana
. Bayonet ko muzzle par iss prakar rakhen ki
bayonet muzzle par thik se baith jaye. Ab bayonet stud ko dabate huye bayonet ko niche dabaye,
bayonet jur jayega. Magazine ko fit karne se pahale Rifle ko cock karen, safety catch ki position ‘Sse
‘R’ par karte huye trigger ko dabayen. Iske baad khali magazine ko chada dein.
Safai Karne Ka Tarika
29. Safai karne ki liye nimn likhit samaan ki jarurat padti hai.
(a) Oil bottle.
(b) Brush cleaning bore.
(c) Brush cleanig chamber.
196
(d) Pull through.
(e) Rod cleaning barrel.
(f) Tool Removing ruptured case.
30. Ye jaruri hai ki rifle ko thik tarah se safai ke sath rakha jae aur theek se tel lagaya jae, taki
bina rukawat se rifle ko aasani se fire kiya ja sake. SLR ki safai bhi aam hathiyar ki taraha nimna
likhit maukon par pahale sikhlae ja chuke dhang se hoti hai.
(a)
Rojana Ki Safai
. Yekin kare rifle khali hai use sikhe tarike se khol de, purjon ko
chindi aur pull through ki madad se saaf kare:-
(i) Barrel Pull through (Dry) 10 X 5 cm.
(ii) Oil (Tel) 10 X 3.75 cm.
(iii) Cylinder Pull through 10 X 5 cm.
(b) Weekly Safai.
(c) Monthly Safai.
(d) Firing se Pahale ki Safai.
(e) Firing ke Dauran ki Safai.
(f) Firing ke Baad ki Safai.
(g) Namidar ilake men Safai.
31.
Lubrication.
Alag-Alag ilake ke temperature ko dhayan men rakhte hue lubrication oil ka
istemal hota hai :-
(a) 4 degree se above - OX-52.
(b) 4 Degree se - 18 Degree Tak - OX-13.
(c) -18 Degree se - 40 Degree - OX 13 + super K/Oil- 1:1.
(d) -40 degree se -50 degree - OX 13 + super K/Oil- 2:3.
BHAG III : ABHYAS
32. Class ko jodi-jodi men rifle ko kholne - jorne ka abhyas karao.
SANKSHEP
33.
7.62 mm SLR ek bharose mand hathiyar hai par iski maintenance aur achhi handling ke
liye jaruri hai ki cadet ko is hathiyar ka kholna jorna aata ho. Saath hi iss hathiyar ki kabliyat
janana bhi jaroori hai taaki yathochit udeshya ki purti main iska upyog.
197
LESSON PLAN : WT 4
LOADING, COCKING AND UNLOADING OF .22 RIFLE
Period - One
Type - Lecture/Practice
Code - WT 4
Term - I (SD/SW)
Training Aids
1. .22 mm rifle, Magazine, Dummy Rds, Charts, Target 1X1, Sand Bag, Ground
Sheet.
Time Plan
2. (a) Introduction & Uddesh - 03 Min
(b) Bharna, Cock Karna aur Khali Karna - 10 Min
(c) Abhyas - 20 Min
(d) Sankshep - 02 Min
INTRODUCTION
3. Ek acche firer ki khubi hoti hai ki who tezi se rifle ko bhare, load kare aur durust fire kare.
Yeh tabhi sambhav ho sakta hai jab training ke dauran acchi sikhlai aur abhyas Karen.
UDDESH
4. .22 Rifle ko bharna, cock karna aur khali karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.
TARTIB
5. Ye sabak do bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - .22 rifle ko Bharna, Cock Karna aur Khali Karne ka Byan / Namuna.
(b) Bhag II - Abhyas.
BHAG I : .22 RIFLE KO BHARNA, COCK KARNA AUR
KHALI KARNE KA BYAN / NAMUNA
6.
Rifle ko Bharne ki Karwahi.
.22 Deluxe Rifle ke sath koi charger nahi diya jata hai.
Ammunition ko siddha mag men ek ek kar ke bhara jata hai. Bharne se pehele ammunition ko saaf
kar len.
7.
Loading, Cocking aur Unloading.
(a) Loading, cocking aur unloading ki karwahi hamesha hokum pe hi ki jati hai. Karwahi
hamesha tezi se aur sahi tartib se hi ki jati hai.
198
(b) Is karwahi ko let ke karne ke liye drill is parkar se hai:-
(i) Let ne ke liye, bayen paer se ek lamba kadam len, rifle ko bayen hanth men
pakren, phir dahina hanth zamin pe rakhen, bayen paer ki line men aur let jaen. Let
te sayam, dono tange khuli honi chahiye. Ab rifle ke bolt ko piche khinch ke, age
push karo taki round chamber men load ho jaye.
(ii)
Unload karne ke liye, bolt ko piche kincho, taki fire kiya hua round bahar
nikal jaye.
BHAG II : ABHYAS
8. Class ko jodi-jodi men loading, cocking aur unloading ka abhyas karao.
SANKSHEP
9. Drust tartib se rifle ko load karna, cock karna aur unload karna ek ache firer ki khubi hai, jo
sabhi ko abhyas karke hasil karni cahiye.
199
LESSON PLAN : WT 5
LYING POSITION, HOLDING AND AIMING OF .22 RIFLE
Period - One
Type - Lecture/Practice
Code - WT 5
Term - I / II / III (SD/SW)
Training Aids
1. .22 mm rifle, Magazine, Dummy Rds, Charts, Target 1X1, Sand Bag, Ground
Sheet.
Time Plan
2. (a) Introduction & Uddesh - 03 Min
(b) Lying Position, Holding aur Aiming - 10 Min
(c) Abhyas - 20 Min
(d) Sankshep - 02 Min
INTRODUCTION
3. Rifle se kai position se fire kiya jata hai lekin, position aisi honi chahiye ki aasani
se ikhitihar kiya ja sake aur hathiyar par majboot pakar hasil ki ja sake. Yeh zamin ki
banawat aur kudrati sidhai par nirbhar karta hai. Isliye har ek cadet ko kudrati sidhai hasil
karne ka tariqa pata hona chahiye. Yeh tabhi sambhav ho sakta hai jab ek cadet squad post
training ke dauran achchhi sikhlai paya ho.
UDDESH
4. .22 Rifle ka Lying Position, Holding aur Aiming ka Tqrika Sikhana hai.
TARTIB
5. Ye sabak do bhagon mein chalaya jayega :-
(a) Bhag I - Lying Position, Holding aur Aiming ka Byan va Namuna.
(b) Bhag II - Abhyas.
BHAG I : LYING POSITION, HOLDING AUR
AIMING KA BYAN VA NAMUNA
6.
Lying Position.
Lying position asani se akhtiyar ki jane wali aramdeh aur bunyadi position
hai. Iss position mein badan ka khaka chhota banta hai, jis se larai ke maidan mein nichi se nichi
aar ke pichhe se dushman ki najar aur fire se bachte hue dushman ke upar kargar fire dal sakte
hai.
The image part with relationship ID rId78 was not found in the file.
200
7.
Position Lene Ka Tarika.
Sabse pehle target ki sidh mein khare ho jaen, chalti halat
mein baen paon ko thora baen aur age len, sath hi rifle ko baen hath men pakren. Iske bad daen
hath se zamin ka sahara lete hue, let jaen. Rifle ko dahine rakhen aur bayen haath ki kohni ko tab tak
harkat den jab tak ki target, baen kohni, dahina kandha aur dahina paon ek seedh mein na aa jae. Ab
dahini kohni ko us jagah par rakhen jahan par kohni dahine aur thora kandhe ke niche ho. Dono
haathon ki hatheli ko thudi ke neeche lagakar aankhen band Karen aur badan ke tanav ko mahsoos
Karen, yadi badan mein tanav hai to kohni usi jagah rakhte hue badan ko aage peechhe karte hue
tanav ko door Karen aur kohni ki jagah ko mark kar den.
8.
Holding (Durust Pakar).
Rifle ki pakar haasil karne ke liye kandhe mein le jaen. Baen
haath ki kalmen wali anguli aur anguthe ke beech jo ‘V’ banta hai wahan par rifle ko rakhen. Hand
guard niche wali hatheli ke upar aa jae. Charon angulian bahar se aur angutha andar se saath hi
magazine ko kalai ke saath hona chahiye. Poori pakar ko majboot karne ke liye baen kohni ke
loose mans ko zamin par jamate hue thora aage push Karen , dahine kohni ke loose mans ko
kaabu rakhne ke liye kohni ko apni taraf khiche. Yadi rifle upar point kar rahi ho to dahine hath ko
aage Karen. Agar niche point kar rahi ho to dahine hath ko pichhe Karen. Agar baen point kar rahi
ho to dahine pair ko baen kare. Agar dahine point kar rahi ho to position thora dahine Karen.
Khara hone ke
9.
Aiming (Sisht) Lene ka Kaida
. Let ke firing position ko ikhtihar karen, rifle ko seedha aur
majboot pakren. Target ka khaka apne dimag mein bithayena aur koi ek aankh band karen. Rear
sight aperture ke beechon beech fore sight tip ki noke ko POA par milaen aur durust sight picture
haasil karein. Trigger press karne se pahle nazar fore sight ki tip par layen.Sisht main do mukhya
baaten taluk rakhti hain.
(a)
Sight Alignment.
Jab ek firer back sight aperture ke madhya mein fore sight tip
ko milata hai ,yani ki firer ki aankh, back sight aperture ka madhya aur fore sight tip ko ek line
mein milane ki karwahi ko sight alignment kahte hain.
(b)
Sight Picture.
Durust align ki gai sight ko POA par milane ke karwahi ko sight
picture kahte hain, yani ki firer ki aankh, back sight aperture ka Madhya fore sight tip aur
POA tak jo farziya line banti hai use sight picture kahte hain.
Durust Sisht
The image part with relationship ID rId79 was not found in the file.
201
BHAG II : ABHYAS
10. Class ko jodi-jodi men lying position, holding aur aiming ka abhyas karao.
SANKSHEP
11. Drust firing tabhi mumkin hai, jab ek firer durust position, majboot pakar, durust sisht aur
durust trigger operation karta hai. Is ke liye kafi abhyas karna padta hai.
202
LESSON PLAN : WT 5
AIMING, RANGE AND FIGURE TARGET
Period - One
Type - Lecture/Practice
Code - WT 5
Term - I / II (JD/JW)
Training Aids
1. .22 mm Rifle, Magazine, Dummy Rounds, Charts, Target 1x1, Sand Bag, Ground
Sheet.
Time Plan
2. (a) Introduction & Uddesh - 03 Min
(b) Aiming, Range aur Target - 10 Min
(c) Abhyas - 20 Min
(d) Sankshep - 02
INTRODUCTION
3. Rifle se kai position se fire kiya jata hai lekin, position aisi honi chahiye ki aasani
se ikhitiar kiya ja sake aur hathiyar par majboot pakar haasil ki ja sake. Yeh zamin ki
banawat aur kudrati sidhai par nirbhar karta hai. Isliye har ek cadet ko kudrati sidhai haasil
karne ka tarika pata hona chahiye. Yeh tabhi sambhav ho sakta hai jab ek cadet squad post
training ke dauran achchhi sikhlai paya ho.
UDDESH
4. .22 Rifle ka Aiming (sisht), Range aur Target ke bare men jankari dena hai.
TARTIB
5. Ye sabak do bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Aiming (shist), Range aur Target ka Bayaan va Namuna.
(b) Bhag II - Abhyas.
Bhag- I : AIMING, RANGE AUR TARGETS
Aiming
6. Eh achche shot ke liye durust shist ka hona zaruri hai. Shist lena ankh(eye) ka kam hota hai
aur ankh ki kuch hadbandiyan hoti hain. Good shooting ke liye shist mein consistency hona zaruri
hai.
203
7.
Aiming (Shist) Lene ka Kaida
. Let ke firing position ko ikhtiar karen, rifle ko seedha aur
majboot pakren. Target ka khaka aur Point of Aim (POA) apne dimaag mein bithaye aur koi ek
aankh band karen. Rear sight aperture ke beechon beech fore sight tip ki noke ko POA par milaen aur
durust sight picture haasil karein. Trigger press karne se pehle nazar fore sight ki tip par layen. Durust
shist ke liye main do mukhya baatein zaruri hain:-
(a)
Sight Alignment.
Jab ek firer back sight aperture ke madhya mein fore sight tip
ko milata hai ,yani ki firer ki aankh, back sight aperture ka madhya aur fore sight tip ko ek line
mein milane ki karwai ko sight alignment kehte hain.
(b)
Sight Picture.
Durust align ki gai sight ko POA par milane ke karwai ko sight
picture kehte hain, yani ki firer ki aankh, back sight aperture ka madhya fore sight tip aur
POA tak jo farzi line banti hai use sight picture kehte hain.
Durust Shist
8.
Range.
Aam taur pe .22 rifle ki firing 25 meter short range pe hi ki jati hai. Hathiyar se fire hone
pe goli ek trajectory banati hui target pe lagti hai. Yeh trajectory gravity ke force ko counter karne
ke liye banti hai. Isi pe nirbhar karta hai range. Agar range zyada hai to trajectory unchi hoti hai, aur
agar range kam hai to trajectory flat hoti hai. Jab hum backsight mein range lagaite hai toh, usi pe
nirbhar karti hai trajectory.
9.
Targets.
Firing targets kai kism ke hote hain jaise :-
(a) 1’ x 1 Target - Grouping aur Zeroing ke liye.
(b) 6” Figure target - Rapid firing ke liye.
(c) Figure 11 target.
(d) Figure 12 target.
(e) Bunker target.
(f) Miniature target figure 11, 12, 13 - short range ke liye.
BHAG II : ABHYAS
10. Class ko jodi-jodi men lying position, range lagana aur aiming ka abhyas karao.
SANKSHEP
11. Durust firing tabhi mumkin hai, jab ek firer durust position, majboot pakar, durust shist aur
durust trigger operation karta hai. Is ke liye kafi abhyas karna padta hai.
204
LESSON PLAN : WT 6
TRIGGER CONTROL AND FIRING A SHOT
Period - One
Type - Lecture/Practice
Code - WT 6
Term - I / II / III (SD/SW)
Training Aids
1. .22 mm rifle, Magazine, Dummy Rds, Charts, Target 1X1, Sand Bag, Ground Sheet, Aim
Correcter and Tin Disc.
Time Plan
2. (a) Introduction & Uddesh - 03 Min
(b) Durust Trigger Control aur Fire - 15 Min
(c) Abhyas - 15 Min
(d) Sankshep - 02 Min
INTRODUCTION
3.
Achook nishane baaji ke buniyadi usool hain majbot pakar, durust sisht lena, aur durust
trigger operation ki karwahi. Is liye har ek firer ko sisht lene ke saath -saath sahi trigger operation
ki karwahi achhi tarah se aani chahiye.
UDDESH
4. .22 Rifle ka sahi Trigger Control aur Firing ka tqrika sikhana hai.
TARTIB
5. Ye sabak do bhagon mein chalaya jayega :-
(a) Bhag I - Durust Trigger Control aur Fire ka Byan va Namuna.
(b) Bhag II - Abhyas.
BHAG I : DURUST TRIGGER CONTROL AUR FIRE
6.
Trigger Control.
Durust trigger control ke liye tartib is parkar se hai :-
(a) Durust trigger operation ke liye kalmi wali anguli (index finger) ka sahi istemal hai.
Anguli ka pehla aur dusre jor ke beech ki jagah ko trigger ke upar rakhte hai.
(b) Trigger ke do khichav hai, halka aur sakht khichav. Pahla khichav haasil karne ke
baad dusra khichav hasil karen. Trigger dabate samay barrel harkat nahin karni chahiye.
205
(c) Sahi trigger operation ki karwai karne ke liye firer ko tin disk ex di jati hai. Is men rif
ko ready karo aur barrel par tin disk rakho aur trigger ko press karo. Agar tin disk niche
nahin girti hai to trigger operation ki karwahi sahi hai.
7.
Shot Fire Karne ki Tartib.
Sahi shot fire karne ke liye sahi position aur pakar, sahi
eyesight, aiming, dimag aur trigger control men durust tal-mel se hi hasil ho sakta hai. Is ke liye
tartib is parkar se hai :-
(a) Sahi posn ikhtiyar karen. Kudrati seedhai ko check karen.
(b) Rif ko bhar karen, Ready karen, sahi sight lagaen aur sahi alignment hasil karein.
Dimagi taur par un angon ko check karein jo rifle ko hold karne mein madad karte hain.
Jaise baen hath ki kohni, kalai, dahina kandha, dahine haath ki pakar aur kalme wali
anguli.
(c) Ab saans ko normal chalne den aur, back sight aperture ka madhya se fore sight tip
ko POA se milao. Fore sight tip 6 baje aur 12 baje ki line mein harkat karni chahiye.
(d) Trigger ka pahla khichav haasil karne ke baad kuchh samay ke liye saans ko roken.
Aur sight picture ko check karen. Uske baad poora dhyan fore sight tip par le jaen aur
trigger dabayen to goli fire ho jaegi.
(e) Goli fire ho jaane ke baad usi pakar, posn aur sisht ko kayam rakhte hue fore sight
tip ki movement ko check karen fore sight ki tip jahan point karegi goli usi jagah par lagegi.
(f) Ab saans ko chhor den aur ‘maar’ ko pukaren. Goli fire hone se maar pukarane tak
ki karwai ko
follow through
kahte hain.
BHAG II : ABHYAS
8. Class ko jodi-jodi men trigger control aur fire ka abhyas karao.
SANKSHEP
9. Drust firing tabhi mumkin hai, jab ek firer durust position, majboot pakar, durust sisht aur
durust trigger operation karta hai. Is ke liye kafi abhyas karna padta hai.
206
LESSON PLAN : WT 7
RANGE PROCEDURE AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Period - One
Type - Lecture/Demo/Practice
Code - WT 7
Term - I / II / III (SD/SW)
Training Aids
1. Red flag 6’x6’, Flag pole 20’, Target Plate 3’x 2’, Red Jacket, Helmets, Repairing Material,
Butt Register, Sand Bag and Ground Sheet.
Time Plan
2. (a) Introduction & Uddesh - 03 Min
(b) Range ki Tartib aur Fire - 15 Min
(c) Demo - 15 Min
(d) Sankshep - 02 Min
INTRODUCTION
3.
Shooting ke darje banaye rakhne ke lie, troops range par pistol,carbine rifle aur lmg fire
mein abhyas karte hain. hamare desh mein short range to takriban har unit mein paaye jaate hain
lekin classification range bahut kam jagah par hote hain. range allottment ka pura faide uthane ke
lie
fire se pahle samay se range fire ke lie tayar karna aur range par durust range drill par amal karne
se sabhi trainees ko fire mein abhyas diya ja sakta hai.
UDDESH
4. Is lecture aur demonstration ka uddesh, range par durust Range ki Tartib aur Fire conduct
karne ka tarika sikhana hai.
TARTIB
5. Is lec aur demonstration ko teen bhagon mein chalaya jaega :-
(a) Bhag I - Fire se pahle ki taiyariyan aur zaruri saman.
(b) Bhag II - Practice conduct karna aur suraksha sambandhi baatein.
(c) Bhag III - Demonstration.
BHAG I : FIRE SE PAHLE KI TAIYARIYAN AUR ZARURI BAATEIN
6.
Fire Se Pahle Ki Taiyariyan.
Range per, range standing orders, pamphlet Inf training vol I
aur range course ke mutabiq fire ke lie taiyar karna chahiye taaki, fire samay par shuru kiya ja
sake aur fire ke dauran koi hadsa na ho. Range ki taiyari mein nimnlikhit baatein shamil ki jaen:-
207
(a) Stop butt ke dahine kinare par 20' uncha staff pole jis par 6x6' ka lal jhanda laga ho.
(b) Stop butt ki mitti naram aur usmen pathar ya sikka na ho.
(c) Target bahar wale kinare se 20' andar ki taraf ho.
(d) Stop butt par 2'x3' chauri target number plate lagi ho.
(e) Markers gallery ke bayen taraf 12' pole par 4x5' ka lal jhanda laga ho.
(f) Mantlet butt ki mitti naram aur usmen bhi koi pathar ya sikka na ho.
(g) Firing point aur trenches par format ke mutabik naram mitti se bhara sand bag ho.
(h) Area saaf ho.
(i) Range ke ek taraf munasib jagah par nimnlikhit stand lagaye jaen.
(aa) Ammunition.
(ab) Armour.
(ac) Nursing Assistant.
(ad) Sights kala karne ki jagah.
(j) Milap ke liye telephone line lay kiya hua sath hi radio set ka bandobast.
(k) Sentries, nafri aur jagah range standing order ke mutabik, lal coat men ho.
7.
Anya Taiyariyan.
(a) Range clearance.
(b) Firers ka nominal roll taiyar karna.
(c) Hathiyaron ki before firing inspection.
(d) Ammunition ka bandobast.
(e) Milap ke sadhan ka prabandh.
(f) Butt party bantna.
(g) Working party bantna.
(h) Coaches ka bandobast.
(j) Hathiyar safai ke lie saman.
(k) Warning boards taiyar karna.
(l) Armourer, Nursing Assistant aur bugler ka saman ke sath bandobast.
(m) Practice ke mutabik target taiyar karna.
208
(n) Temporary camp lagane ka bandobast yadi range unit se dur ho.
(o)
Documents
.
(i) Firing point register.
(ii) Butt register.
(iii) Range course SAO 12/S/85 (new RANGE course).
(iv) No damage certificate.
(v) Lead deposite certificate.
(vi) Ammunition aur fired case ka detail
BHAG II : PRACTICE CONDUCT KARNA AUR
SURAKSHA SAMBANDHI BAATEIN
Practice Conduct Karna
8. Range par firer ko 2 groups mein baant diya jata hai, Firing Group aur Training Group.
9.
Firing Group
. Pure firers ko details mein bant diya jata hai aur ek samay par chaar (4 )
detail range par kaam kar rahi hoti hain yani ki.
(a) Firing Detail.
(b) Waiting detail - do (2).
(c) Ammunition collection detail.
10.
Target Group.
Firing point se pichhe target group ko nimnlikhit abhyas ke lie lagaya jata
hai.
(a) Aiming.
(b) Trigger operation.
(c) Holding.
(d) Roken dur karna.
(e) Firers ki jati galti ke lie sudharak exercise aur coaching.
(f) TsOET.
Suraksha Sambandhi Baatein
11.
Firing Point se Phele
.
(a) Hathiyar clear, magazine utra hua aur safety device laga hua.
(b) Muzzle hamesha surakshit disha mein.
(c) Drill cartridge ka istemal nahin.
(d) Ammunition practice ke mutabik issue.
(e) Harkat chal kar.
(f) Chamber hamesha khali.
(g) Dry exercise se pahle hathiyar ka nirikshan.
12.
Firing Point Par
.
(a) Ammunition ki safai aur damage check.
(b) Barrel surakshit disha.
(c) Bhar hukam se.
209
(d) Sahi khali kar.
(e) Barkhilap karwai par fire band.
(f) Roken dur karte samay savdhani.
BHAG III : DEMONSTRATION
13. Ustad range drill ki tartib ka ek sahi aur durust namuna byan ke saath den.
SANKSHEP
14. Drust range drill ka follow kara bahut hi zaruri hai kiyon ki, is se samay ki bachat hoti hai
aur koi anhoni ya hadsa bhi nahi hota. Firing ke dauran range drill ki laparwahi, yah range drill ka
andekhi se dukhad ghatnae ho sakne ki sambhawna hai, aur is men ksi ki jaan bhi ja sakti hai.
210
LESSON PLAN : WT 8
THEORY OF GROUP AND SNAP SHOOTING
Period - One
Type - Lecture/Demo/Practice
Code - WT 8
Term - II / III (SD/SW)
Training Aids
1. Target 1’x1’, Charts, Sand Bag and Ground Sheet.
Time Plan
2. (a) Introduction & Uddesh - 03 Min
(b) Theory of Groups - 15 Min
(c) Snap Shooting - 15 Min
(d) Sankshep - 02 Min
INTRODUCTION
3.
Achook nishane baaji ke buniyadi usool hain majbot pakar, durust sisht lena, aur durust
trigger operation ki karwahi. Is liye har ek firer ko sisht lene ke saath -saath sahi trigger operation
ki karwahi achhi tarah se aani chahiye.
UDDESH
4. Theory of Groups aur Snap Shooting ke bare men jankari dena hai.
TARTIB
5. Ye sabak do bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
(a) Bhag I - Theory of Groups.
(b) Bhag II - Miniature Range Snap Shooting.
BHAG I : THEORY OF GROUPS
Group Aur Uski MPI
6. Firing ke dauran yeh janna zaruri hai ki jab hum kabhi bhi ek se jada goli fire karten hai, jin
ki sisht, ammunition, weapon ya firing conditions sman hain, to sabhi goli target pe ek hi jagah
nahi lagen gi. Is men ek pattern banta hai, aur is ke kai karan ho sakte hain. Ek group banane ke
liye, panch goli jo ki ek sath aur ek hi aming point par fire ki hon, ko liya jata hai. In panch goliyon
ke group ke Kendra Bindu (central point) ko group ka Mean Point of Impact (MPI) kahte hain.
211
Grouping Capacity
7.
Kisi bhi firer duwara fire ki gayi panch golion ke circle ke diare (diameter) ko us firer ki
Grouping Capacity kahate hain. Coaching ya scoring ke hisab se firers ko unki Grouping Capacity
ke mutabik classify kiya jata hai, jaise 2 inch, 4 inch etc. Yeh grouping, 100 m ya 25 m pe napi jati
hai.
8.
Yeh jan lena chahiye ki, ek firer ki Grouping Capacity ka anuman tabhi sahi lage ga jab,
usne har goli sahi sisht le ke fire ki ho. Agar kisi firer se, galti se, bagair durust sisht ke, koi goli fire
ho jati hai to, us goli ko Grouping Capacity ke liye nzarandaz kar dena chahiye.
9. Grouping ki ahmiyat, hatiyar ki zeroing ke liye bahut hi zaruri hai. Agar koi firer, ek hi point
of aim (POA) ko lekar, panch goli fire karta hai, aur uska MPI, point of aim se hat kar hai, to is ka
matlab us weapon ko zero karna zaruri hai. Zeroing ke liye, foresight ya back sight, men kuch
tabdili ki jati hai taki, MPI aur POA ke bich ka fasla bilkul kam ho.
10. Ek bar ksi firer ki grouping hojati hai to, uske baad, us firer ki zemewari hai ki who, samay
samay par apni grouping ko barkar rakhe aur, ho sake to us men aur bhi improvement laye.
BHAG II : MINIATURE RANGESNAP SHOOTING
11. Grouping aur Zeroing ke baad Snap Shooting fire karna chahiye. Snap shooting men target
bahut hi thode samay ke liye nazar ata hai. Is ke liye yeh janna zaruri hai ki fire karne ke liye
samay kafi hai agar, firer ko apne upar pura bharosa hai.
12. Snap shooting ke liye sikhlai is prakar se hoti hai :-
(a)
Stage-1 Automatic Alignment
. Is men squad, semi circle men lying position men
hota hai aur, instructor centre men hota hai aur, aiming mark instructor ki ankh hoti hai.
Aiming alignment ko aiming disc ki madad se check karne ke liye, individually, instructor
“up” ka word of command deta hai to us pe firer instructorki ankh pe nishana lagaten hain.
(b)
Stage - 2 Automatic Alignment with Correct Hold and Trigger Operation
. Is
stage men “up” ke command pe firer, rifle ko upar lata hai, sahi sisht leta hai, mazboot
pakarta hai aur fire karta hai. Fir weapon ko dobara load karta hai aur dobara practice karta
hai. Is men accuracy pr jada jor hai na ki speed pe.
(c)
Stage 3,4 & 5
. Is stage men snap shooting practice firing, targets pe alag alag
ranges pe ki jati hai. Is ke liye per goli 7 sec ka samayhota hai.
13. Short range pe representative miniature targets ka istemal hota hai aur, samay ko me 7 se
4 seconds kar diya jata hai. Ek din men do se jada practice nahi karni chahiye.
14.
Continuous Snap Shooting.
Is men jaise jaise target dikhta hai, wise hi us pe fire kiya
jata hai. Buniyadi usul yeh hai ki “ Ek Goli Ek Dushmsn/Target” aur “ Shoot to Kill”.
15.
Dhiyan Men Rakhne Wali Baten.
(a) ‘Accuracy speed se jada zaruri hai.
(b) POA ko bataya nahi jata.
(c) Butt hamesha kandhe pe hota hai, re-aiming ka samay bachane ke liye.
(d) Durust bolt ki karwahi taki reloading me samay barbad na ho.
SANKSHEP
16. Ek ache firer ke liye durust grouping aur zeroing karna bahut hi zaruri hai. Is se target pe
durust firing ki ja sakti hai. Snap shooting ke liye durust zeroing ke alawa, durust sisht aur trigger
operation ki zarurat hai. Hamesha ‘ek goli ek dushman’ ka buniyadi usul yaad rakhe
212
LESSON PLAN : WT 9
SHORT RANGE FIRING AND AIMING II
Period - One
Type - Lecture/Demo/Practice
Code - WT 9
Term - I / II / III (SD/SW)
Training Aids
1. Red flag 6’x6’, Flag pole 20’, Target Plate 3’x 2’, Red Jacket, Helmets, Repairing Material,
Butt Register, Sand Bag and Ground Sheet.
Time Plan
2. (a) Introduction & Uddesh - 03 Min
(b) Short Range Firing - 18 Min
(c) Aiming II - Alternation of Sight - 19 Min
INTRODUCTION
3.
Jis tarah bimar ke lakshan ko dekhkar bimari ka pata chalta hein, usi tarah, target par
goliyon ki maar ya group ka vishleshan karne se, honewali galtiya ka pata chalta hain. Group me
goliyon ki maar aur unke failav ko dekhkar firer ki kabliayat ka asani se pata lagaya ja sakta hai.
UDDESH
4. Short range pe Firing aur Sisht men badly ke bare men jankari den hai.
TARTIB
5. Is lec ko do bhagon mein chalaya jaega :-
(a) Bhag I - Short Range Firing.
(b) Bhag II - Alternation of Sight.
BHAG I : SHORT RANGE FIRING (.22 RIFLE)
Target Range In
Practice
Deliberate
Type Yards
1’ x 1’ 25
Round Instructions
(a) Position lying
supported.
10
(b) One practice
of 5 rounds
Scoring
Bull & Inner - 3 points
Magpie - 2 points
Outer - 1 points
HPS - 15 Points
Note
:- Out of 12 rounds authorized per cadets, 2 rounds will be pooled for zeroing and
re-classification of failures.
BHAG II : AIMING II - ALTERATION OF SIGHT
6
. Zarurat.
Firing ke dauran agar yeh pata chalta hai ki, durust aim aur firing ke babzood goli
POA se upar ya niche lagti hai to, back sight ko adjust karke setting karna zaruri hai.
7.
Elevation.
Back sight ko jo adjustment karni hai who niche diye table ki madad se ki ja
sakti hai jis men, 100 yds pe jo change karte hain, us se MPI kitni badalti hai.
Range Target Rise or Drop of MPI on Target
200 Yards 6 inches
300 Yards 12 inches
400 Yards 18 inches
500 Yards 24 inches
8. Sight men 50 yards ki alteration se, upar diye hue effect adhe ho jate hain, aur agar sight
men 200 yards ki alteration ki jati hai to, upar diya hua effect double ho jata hai.
SANKSHEP
9. Range pe durust firing karna sabhi ka kartavya hai. Is liye agar goli target pe nahi lagti hai
to turant sight men alteration kar ke goli target pe marna zaruri hai.
NATIONAL CADET CORPS ACT
(Act XXXI of 1948)
CONTENTS
SECTION
1. Short title, extent and application.
2. Definitions.
3. Constitution of the National Cadet Corps.
4. Constitution and disbandment of Units.
5. Division of the Corps in to Divisions.
6. Enrolement.
7. Central Government may raise other Units.
8. Discharge.
9. Appointment of officers.
10. Duties of persons subject to this Act.
11. Punishment for offences under this Act.
12. Power of appoint Advisory Committees.
13. Power to make rules.
M/B(N)9Army-2
THE NATIONAL CADET CORPS RULES
CONTENTS
PRELIMINARY
Rules
1. Short title and extent.
2. Definitions.
PART I
RAISING OF A UNIT
3. Conditions for raising a unit of the Senior Division.
4. Conditions for raising a unit of the Junior Division.
PART II
ENROLMENT
5. Qualifications for enrolment in the Senior Division.
6. Qualifications for enrolment in the Junior Division.
7. Application for enrolment.
8. Verification.
9. Medical examination.
10. Rejection.
11. Method of enrolment.
12. Period of enrolment.
13. Extension of service.
PART III
APPOINTMENT AND TRANSFER
14. Appointment.
15. Transfer.
PART IV
APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS
16. Qualifications for appointment.
17. Application for appointment.
18. Verification.
19. Medical examination.
20. Rejection.
21. Method of appointment.
22. Period of appointment.
22A. Notice for leaving College or School.
PART V
POSTING AND TRANSFER
23. Posting.
24. Transfer.
PART VI
OFFICERS DUTIES, POWERS AND PROMOTIONS
25. Duties.
26. Powers.
27. Promotions.
PART VII
DISCHARGE
29. Discharge.
30. Discharging authority.
31. Discharge on application.
32. Discharge certificate.
PART VIII
TRAINING
32. Preliminary Service training.
32-A. Officers Special Course.
33. Service training.
34. Further Service Training.
34-A. Social Service Training.
PART IX
PAY AND ALLOWANCES
35. Pay.
36. Allowances.
PART X
DISCIPLINE
37. Service obligations.
38. Offences.
39. Disposal of offences.
40. Summary reduction and punishments.
41. Recovery of fines.
PART XI
ADVISORY COMMITTEES
42. Constitution and procedure of Advisory Committees.
43. Powers, duties and functions of Advisor Committees.
PART XII
MISCELLANEOUS
44. Powers of delegate.
45. Grant of Honorary rank and wearing of uniform on retirement or
resignation – Officers,
46. Power of the Central Government establish subsidiary.
SCHEDULE I
FORMS OF ENROLMENT
Form I. Senior Division Enrolment Form.
Form II. Junior Division Enrolment Form.
Form III. Application for appointment as an officer.
SCHEDULE II
RATES OF PAY, HONORARIUM AND ALLOWANCES ADMISSIBLE
UNDER RULES 35 AND 36
Paragraph
1. Senior Division Officers.
2. Junior Division Officers.
3. Cadets.
4. Persons selected for pre-commission training.
SCHEDULE III
Paragraph
1. Prohibition to membership of Organisations.
2. Ranks and Scales of promotion of Officers.
NATIONAL CADET CORPS RULES
In exercise of the powers conferred by section 13 of the National Cadet
Corps Act, 1948 (XXXI of 1948), the Central Government is pleased to make
the following:-
Preliminary
1. Short title and extent. (1) These rule may be called the National
Cadet Corps Rules, 1948.
(2) They extend to the whole of India and apply to all persons enrolled
of appointed under the Act, wherever they may be.
2. Definitions. In these rules, unless there is anything repugnant in the
subject or context:-
(a) “the Act’ means the National Cadet Corps Act, 1948
(XXXI of 1948) ;
(b) State Government” in relation to a Part C State, means the Chief
Commissioner of the State ;
(c) “Director of Public Instruction” includes the Director of Education ;
(d) “form” means a form set out in Schedule I ;
(e) “schedule’ means a schedule appended to these rules;
(f) “section” means a section of he Act;
(g) training year” means a period of twelve months beginning on the
first day of April and ending on the thirty-first day of March ;
(h) the expressions Commanding Officer” and Officer Commanding
the unit” mean the Officer of the Armed Forces who is in command
of the unit of the Senior Division of the Corps ;
(i) the expression College” includes any teaching institution, within the
meaning of the termuniversity” ;
(j) the expressionHeadmaster” means the Head of a “school”
(k) the expression “cadet” means any student enrolled under section 6 of
the Act ;
(l) the expression university and school” have the meaning
respectively assigned to them by the Act ;
(m) National Cadet Corps Directorate” means a group of States which
has been placed under the charge of an officer of the Armed Forces
working directly under the Director General National Cadet Corps ;
(n) Director National Cadet Corps” means any officer of the Armed
Forces who is placed in charge of a National Cadet Corps
Directorate and commands all the units of the National Cadet
corps.
PART I
RAISING OF A UNIT
3. Conditions for raising a unit of the Senior Division. A unit or part
thereof of the Senior Division may be raised in a college subject to the
following conditions:-
(a) The college shall provide from among the members of its staff
officers for the unit at the scale of :-
2 officers per Naval Unit
5 Officers per Infantry company
3 officers per Armoured Corps Unit
2 officers per Artillery, Engineer, Signal, Medical and E.M.E., unit.
2 officers per Air Force unit
(b) The college shall give an undertaking that it can enroll and maintain
upto strength the unit or part thereof which may be allotted to it.
(c) The college shall provide for the unit or part thereof which may be
allotted to it a store room for storage of clothing and equipment
and provide accommodation for an office.
(d) The college shall arrange for the use of a suitable parade ground.
(e) The college shall provide a suitable short range or arrange to obtain
the use of such a short range.
Provided that the Central Government may, in any case, on the
recommendation of the State Government, relax wholly or in part,
the provision of clauses (c), (d) and (e) if it is satisfied that
requisite facilities are provided by colleges located in the same
place.
4. Condition for raising a unit of the Junior Division A unit or part
thereof the Junior Division may be raised in a school subject to the following
conditions:-
(a) The school shall provide from among the members of its staff
officers at the scale of 1 officer per sub-unit of 30 cadets.
(b) The school shall give an undertaking that it can enroll and maintain
upto strength the unit or part thereof which may be allotted to it.
(c) The school shall provide for the unit or part thereof which may be
allotted to it a store room for the storage of clothing and equipment.
(d) The school shall provide a suitable miniature rifle range or arrange to
obtain the use of such a miniature rifle range.
(e) The school shall be in a position to supplement from its own funds
the financial grants made by the State Government for the unit or
part thereof, which may be allotted to it.
Provided that the State Government may, in any case, relax wholly or in
part of the provisions of clause (e), or if it is satisfied that the requisite
facilities are provided by schools located in the same place, the
provisions of clauses (c) and (d).
PART II
ENROLMENT
5. Qualifications for enrolment in the Senior Division.- No student of
the male sex of any University offering himself for enrolment in the Senior
Division shall be eligible for enrolment:-
(a) unless he is of good character ;
(aa) unless he is a citizen of India or a subject of Nepal ;
Provided that the Central Government may, in any suitable case, relax
the provisions of this clause.
(b) unless he is under the age of 24 years ;
Provided that the Central Government may, in the case of any student or
class of student relax the provisions of this clause.
(c) unless he is on the roll of the College which is providing the unit or
part thereof ;
(d) unless he satisfies such standard of physical fitness in height, chest
measurement and other respects as may be specified by the Ministry
of Defence, Government of India ;
(e) if he has at any time been convicted of an offence involving moral
turpitude and a sentence other than one of fine or of imprisonment in
default of payment of fine has been passed in respect of such
offence, such sentence not having been subsequently reversed or
remitted or the offence pardoned ;
Provided that a person who is ineligible under this clause shall be
eligible for enrolment if he produces a certificate from the State
Government that he is a fit person to be enrolled ;
(f) if he has been dismissed from the University Corps of the Indian
Territorial Force or the National Cadet Corps or the Territorial Army
or the Indian Armed Forces ;
(g) if he is a member of any organization of the nature specified in
paragraph 1 of Schedule III.
6. Qualifications for enrolment in the Junior Division. No student of
the male sex of any School offering himself for enrolment in the Junior
Division shall be eligible for enrolment :-
(a) unless he is of good charcter ;
(aa) unless he is a citizen of India or a subject of Nepal ;
Provided that the Central Government may, in any suitable case, relax
the provision of this clause.
(b) unless he has attained the age of 13 years and has not attained the
age of 18½ years ;
Provided that the Central Government may, in the case of students of
any school or any class of schools, relax the provisions of this
clause
(c) unless he is on the roll of the school which is providing the unit or
part thereof ;
(d) unless he satisfied such standard of physical fitness in height, chest
measurement and other respects as may be specified by the Ministry
of Defence, Government of India ;
(e) if he has at any time been convicted of an offence involving moral
turpitude and a sentence other than one of fine or of imprisonment in
defaults of payment of fine has been passed in respect of such
offence, such sentence not having been subsequently reversed, or
remitted or the offence pardoned ;
Provided that a person who is ineligible under this clause shall be
eligible for enrolment if he produces a certificate from the State
Government that he is a fir person to be enrolled ;
(f) if he is a member of any organization of he nature specified in
paragraph 1 of Schedule III.
7. Application for enrolment. (1) A student desirous of being
enrolled in the Senior Division shall apply to the Officer commanding
the unit.
(2) A student desirous of being enrolled in the Junior Division shall
apply to the Headmaster of the school providing the unit or part thereof.
(3) The Officer to whom an application under sub-rule (1) has been
made, shall cause the applicant to fill up and sign in his presence a statement
in Form I.
(4) The Headmaster to whom an application under sub-rule (2) has been
made shall cause the applicant to fill up and sign in his presence a statement in
Form II.
8. Verification.- When an application is made to a Commanding
Officer or a Headmaster under rule 7, he shall satisfy himself that the
application is in proper form and that the applicant fulfils the conditions of
enrolment specified in rule 5 or 6, as the case may be. The Commanding
Officer or the Headmaster may make such further enquiry regarding the
suitability of the applicant for enrolment in the unit or part thereof in which he
desires to be enrolled, as may be prescribed in this behalf, by the State
Government.
9. Medical Examination.- If the Commanding Officer or the
Headmaster is satisfied that the application is in order, and that the applicant
fulfils the conditions of enrolment and that he is suitable for enrolment in the
unit or part thereof in which he desires to be enrolled, he shall cause the
applicant to be medically examined.
10. Rejection.- If the Commanding Officer or the Headmaster is not
satisfied that the application is in order or that the applicant fulfils the
conditions of enrolment or that he is suitable to be enrolled in the unit or part
thereof or the applicant is reported to be medically unfit for service in the
National Cadet Corps, the Commanding Officer or the Headmaster shall reject
the application and shall inform the applicant accordingly.
11. Method of enrolment.- (1) If the Commanding Officer does not
reject the application, the applicant shall be accepted for enrolment in the
Senior Division, and shall be required to sign a declaration in Form I. If he
applicant is a minor, his father or guardian shall also be required to sign a
declaration provided in the form.
(2) If the Headmaster does not reject the application, the applicant shall
be accepted for enrolment in the Junior Division. The applicant shall be
required to sign a declaration in Form II and his father or guardian shall also
be required to sign a declaration in the Form.
(3) If the Commanding Officer or the Headmaster is satisfied that the
applicant, or his father or guardian in the case of a minor applicant, understand
the questions put to the applicant and consent to the conditions of service, he
shall sign a certificate to that effect on the said Form, and the applicant shall
thereupon be deemed to have been enrolled.
12. Period of enrolment.- (1) Subject to the provisions of Part VII of
these Rules, every person accepted for enrolment in the Senior Division Army
Wing shall be enrolled for a period of two years and a person accepted for
enrolment in the Senior Division Air Wing or the Senior Division Naval wing
shall be enrolled for a period of two years.
(2) The period specified in sub-rule (1) shall commence from the date of
enrolment under Rule 11.
13. Extension of service.- (1) A cadet of the Senior Division may be
permitted to extend his enrolment for a period of one year at a time up to
maximum of three years total service.
(2) A cadet of the Junior Division may be permitted to extend his
enrolment for a period of one year up to a maximum of three years total
service.
PART III
APPOINTMENT AND TRANSFER
14. Appointment.- (1) A student enrolled in the Senior Division shall
be appointed by the Commanding Officer to the unit or part of the unit which
is provided by the college to which the student belongs.
(2) A student enrolled in the Junior Division shall be appointed by the
Headmaster to the unit or part thereof which is being provided by his School.
15. Transfer.- (1) The transfer to another unit of the Senior Division or
Junior Division, as the case may be, of a cadet who has been appointed to a
unit of that Division will be permissible by mutual consent of the
Commanding Officers in the case of the Senior Division and of the
Headmasters in the case of Junior Division.
(2) A cadet who desires to be transferred shall submit his application in
writing to his Commanding Officer or Headmaster as the case may be, and
shall, in the application, state his reasons for desiring the transfer and the unit
or part thereof to which he desires to be transferred.
PART IV
APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS
16. Qualifications for appointment.- No person offering himself for
appointment as an officer shall be appointed as such officer :-
(a) unless he is of good character :
(aa) unless he is a citizen of India or a subject of Nepal :
Provided that the Central Government may, in any suitable case relax
the provisions of this clause.
(b) unless he satisfies the following requirements regarding his age -
(i) in the case of an appointment to the Senior Division of the Corps,
he has attained the age of 21 years and has not attained the age of
32 years ;
(ii) in the case of an appointment to the Junior Division of the Corps,
he has attained the age of 21 years and has not attained the age of
32 years;
(c) unless he satisfies such standard of physical fitness in height, chest
measurement and other respects as may be specified by the Ministry
of Defence, Government of India;
(d) unless he is a permanent member of the teaching staff of a college
with a minimum of 3 years service as a regular lecturer or he is a
regular member of the teaching staff of a school with 3 years service;
Provided that in the case of such members of the teaching staff who
have served in the National Cadet Corps as Under Officers or have
obtained B’ or ‘C’ Certificates, the said condition of 3 years service
may be relaxed by the Director General National Cadet Corps and
they may be appointed even earlier ;
(e) if he has at any time been convicted of an offence involving moral
turpitude and a sentence other than that of fine or of imprisonment in
default of payment of fine has been passed in respect of such
offences, such sentence not having been subsequently reversed or
remitted or the offence pardoned;
(f) if he has been dismissed from the University Corps of the Indian
Territorial Force or the National Cadet Corps or the Territorial Army
or the Indian Armed Forces ;
(g) if he is a member of any organization of the nature, specified in
paragraph 1 of Schedule III:
Provided that –
(i) in case of an officer discharged from the University Corps of the
Indian Territorial Force, the Ministry of Defence, Government of
India, may relax the age limit prescribed by clause (b);
(ii) a person who is ineligible under clause (e) shall be eligible for
appointment if he produces a certificate from the State Government
that he is a fit person to be appointed;
(iii) the Ministry of Defence, Government of India, may authorize the
appointment of any person who is not qualified for appointment
under the rule.
17. Application for Appointment.- (1) A person desirous of being
appointed as an officer in the Senior Division shall apply direct to the Vice-
Chancellor of the University or the Director of National Cadet Corps of the
State or the Director of Public Instructions, as may be specified in this behalf
by the State Government, with one copy to the College, and thereupon the
Principal of the College shall forward his recommendations to the Vice-
Chancellor, he Director National Cadet Corps of the State or the Director of
Public Instructions as the case may be.
(2) A person desirous of being appointed as an officer in the Junior
Division shall apply to the Headmaster of his school who shall forward the
application :-
(a) Where there is a District Inspector of Schools, to such Inspector;
(b) Where there is no District Inspector of Schools, to such other
Educational Authority as may be specified in this behalf by State
Government.
The District Inspector of Schools or other Educational Authority, as the
case may be, shall forward the application with his recommendations to the
Director of Public Instruction.
(3) The Principal of the College to whom an application under sub-rule
(1) has been made shall cause the applicant to fill up and sign in his presence a
statement in Form III.
(4) The Headmaster to whom an application under sub-rule(2) has been
made shall cause the applicant to fill up and sign in his presence a statement in
Form III.
18. Verification.- (1) When an application under rule 17 is made to the
Principal of a college or the Headmaster, he will satisfy himself that the
application is in order and that the applicant fulfils the conditions of
appointment specified in rule 16.
(2) The Principal of a college or the Headmaster shall fill up and sign
the relevant part of a Statement in Form III and shall forward the application
to the appropriate authority specified in rule 17.
(3) The Vice-Chancellor of a University or the Director National Cadet
Corps or the Director of Public Instruction, on receipt of an application under
rule 17 shall made such further inquiry regarding the suitability of the
applicant for appointment as an officer in the National Cadet Corps as may be
prescribed in this behalf by the State Government.
19. Medical Examination.- If the Vice-Chancellor of a University or
the Director National Cadet Corps or the Director of Public Instruction is
satisfied that the applicant fulfils the conditions of appointment and that he is
suitable for appointment as an officer in the National Cadet Corps, he shall
cause the applicant to be medically examined.
20. Rejection.- If the Vice-Chancellor of a University or the Director
National Cadet Corps or the Director of Public Instruction is not satisfied that
the application is in order, or that he applicant fulfills the conditions of
appointment, or that he is suitable to be appointed as an officer in the National
Cadet Corps, or the applicant is reported to be medically unfit for service in
the National Cadet Corps, the Vice-Chancellor or the Director National Cadet
Corps or the Director of Public Instruction shall reject the application and shall
inform the applicant accordingly.
21.Method of Appointment.- (1) If the Vice-Chancellor of a University
or the Director National Cadet Corps or the Director of Public Instruction does
not reject the application, the applicant shall be directed to appear before a
Selection Board, to beset up in the manner specified by the Ministry of
Defence, Government of India.
(2) If the Selection Board recommends the applicant for appointment as
an officer in the National Cadet Corps, the applicant shall be required to sign a
declaration in Form III. The President of the Selection Board on being
satisfied that the applicant under stands the questions put to him and consents
to the conditions of service, shall sign a certificate to that effect on the said
Form.
(3) The State Government shall then direct the applicant to proceed to
an Army unit for undergoing training for period of time specified in Part VIII
of these rules.
(4) On completion of training, the applicant shall be reported on and his
application together with the report shall be sent to the Ministry of Defence,
Government of India.
(5) If the Government of India is satisfied that the applicant is suitable
and qualified for appointment as an officer in the National Cadet Corps, it will
commission him as an officer in the National Cadet Corps.
(6) The Government of India may grant to any person without pre-
commission training, commission as an officer-
(a) in the Senior Division if he has rendered commissioned service in
the Armed Forces, U.O.T.C./I.T.F./T.A./J&K Cadet Corps or
national Cadet Corps (Senior Division) or has passed Certificate
‘C’ Examination of the National Cadet Corps;
(b) in the Junior Division if he has rendered service as an officer not
below the rank of Junior Commissioned Officer of a Viceroy’s
Commissioned Officer in the Army or a Chief Petty Officer in the
Navy or a Warrant Officer in the Air Force or a Commissioned
Officer in the National Cadet Corps or has passed Certificate B’ or
‘C’ Examination of the National Cadet Corps.
22. Period of Appointment.- Subject to the provisions to Part VII of
these rule, a person commissioned in the National Cadet Corps shall hold that
commission as an officer in that Corps for a total period not exceeding 15 ears
or until he reaches 45 years of age, whichever is earlier, when he shall be
discharged from the Corps :
Provided that if in the opinion of the authority granting him the
commission, such person continues to be physically fit and it is necessary or
expedient so to do, such authority may, for a period of two years from the date
the National Cadet Corps (Amendment Rules, 1977, come into force, extend
the period of commission of such person upto the age of 50 years and beyond
the said 15 years of service.
22A. Notice for leaving College or School.- (1) Where an officer
appointed to the Senior Division of the Corps desires to leave he College in
which is located the unit to which he is posted under sub-rule (1) of rule 23, he
shall give six months notice in writing of his intention to do so to the Principal
of the College.
(2) Where a person appointed to the Junior Division of the Corps desires
to leave the School in which is located the unit to which he is posted under
sub-rule (2) of Rule 23, he shall give three months notice in writing of his
intention to do so to the Headmaster of the School.
PART V
POSTING AND TRANSFER
23. Posting.- (1) An officer of the Senior Division of the National Cadet
Corps shall be posted to a unit of that Division by the Ministry of Defence,
Government of India.
(2) An officer of the Junior Division of the National Cadet Corps shall
be posted to a unit of that Division by the State Government.
24. Transfer.- (1) The transfer to another unit of the Senior Division of
an officer who has been posted to a unit of that Division shall be authorized by
the Ministry of Defence, Government of India.
(2) If the proposed transfer is to a unit of the Senior Division in another
State, the Ministry of Defence, Government of Indian, Shall consult the State
Government in whose jurisdiction the unit is located, and obtain their
concurrence to the transfer.
(3) The transfer to another unit of the Junior Division of an officer
posted to a unit of that Division shall be authorized by the State Government.
(4) An officer of the Senior Division who desires to be transferred shall
submit his application in writing, through the Principal of the college, to the
Vice-Chancellor of the University or to the Director of Public Instruction as
may be specified in his behalf by the State Government and shall, in the
application, state his reasons for desiring the transfer and the unit to which he
desires to be transferred. The Vice-Chancellor or the Director of Public
Instruction shall then forward the same through the State Government to the
Ministry of Defence, Government of India, together with his
recommendations.
(5) An officer of the Junior Division, who desires to be transferred shall
submit his application in writing through the Headmaster, to the Director of
Public Instruction and shall, in the application, state his reasons for desiring
the transfer and the unit to which he desires to be transferred.
PART VI
OFFICERS – DUTIES, POWERS AND PROMOTIONS
25. Duties.-(1) Officers of the Senior and Junior Division will be
responsible for the training and discipline of the cadets placed under their
command.
(2) They shall attend all training parades as specified in Part VIII of
these rules and shall attend the annual camp.
26. Powers.-(1) Officers of the Senior and Junior Division shall
exercise powers of command over all cadets in their unit.
(2) Officers of the Senior Division shall exercise such powers over
Junior Commissioned Officers, Warrant Officers, and Non-Commissioned
Officers of the Army, Chief Petty Officers, Petty Officers and Men of Indian
Navy, Warrant Officers and Non-Commissioned Officers of the Indian
Air Force, as the case may be posted or attached to their units as may be
specified by the Government of India in the Ministry of Defence.
(3) Officers of the Senior Division shall be junior to all officers of the
Armed Forces and territorial Army and whole-time National Cadet Corps
commissioned officers of similar rank and among themselves shall take
seniority according to the date of heir commission in the Corps:
Provided that period of service rendered by an officer of the Senior
Division as a Commissioned Officer in the Armed Forces, Territorial Army
and Jammu and Kashmir Cadet Corps or National Cadet Corps (Senior
Division) shall count towards his seniority and promotion.
(4) Officers of the Junior Division shall be junior to all Armed Forces
Territorial Army and Senior Division Officers and between themselves shall
take seniority according to the date of their commission in the corps:
Provided that period of service rendered by an officer of the Junior
Division as an officer not below the rank of a Junior Commissioned Officer or
a Viceroy’s Commissioned Officer in the Army or a Chief Petty Officer in the
Navy or a Warrant Officer in the Air Force or a Commissioned Officer in the
National Cadet Corps shall count towards his seniority and promotion:
Provided further that the powers of command specified in sub-rules (1)
to (4) shall be exercised by the Officers of the Corps when in uniform and
when attending an authorized parade or when in annual camp.
(4a) National Cadet Corps Officers of the Senior and Junior Divisions
who proceed on study leave, long leave or posted away to perform some other
duties and are permitted to keep lien with their Schools/Colleges, shall be
placed on Supernumerary List for a period not exceeding two years unless
Government in a special case agree to extend it. This period shall not be
counted towards their seniority for promotions in the National Cadet Corps.
(4aa) Where an officer of the National Cadet Corps is transferred to a
college or school having no vacancy in the unit to absorb him, the junior most
amongst the officers junior to him, if any, in such a college or school shall be
placed on the supernumerary list for a period not exceeding one year at the
direction of the Director General National Cadet Corps. In case there is no
such junior officer to be placed on the supernumerary list or where the transfer
is to a college or school having no unit the transferred officer shall be placed
on the supernumerary list for a period not exceeding one year at the discretion
of the Director General National Cadet Corps. The period for which such
officer is placed on the supernumerary list under this sub-rule shall not count
towards seniority of the officer for promotion:
Provided that this sub-rule shall not apply to officers who leave one
college or school of their own accord and are employed in another college or
school.
(4b) Where an officer is discharged under sub-rule (2) of rule 28 the
period from the date he ceased to perform his duties under the Act to he date
of his discharge shall not be counted for the purpose of seniority or promotion
or other benefits in the National Cadet Corps.
(5) The powers of punishment of officers are specified in Part X of
these rules.
27. Promotions.- The ranks and scales of substantive promotions of
officers of the Senior and Junior Division shall be as specified in paragraph 2
of Schedule III and those of acting promotions of officers of the Senior
Division shall be specified in paragraph 3 of that Schedule.
PART VII
DISCHARGE
28. Discharge.-(1) Every officer and cadet shall, on becoming entitle to
receive his discharge under the Act or these rules, be so discharged with all
convenient speed.
(2) Any officer or cadet may be discharged as hereinafter provided on
any of the following grounds, namely:-
(a) that he has been convicted by a criminal court of an offence
punishable with transportation or imprisonment ;
(b) that he has in filling up any form prescribed by these rules or
otherwise for the purpose of obtaining his enrolment or appointment
made any statement which was false and which he knew to be false
or did not believe to be true ;
(c) that his service are not longer required ;
(d) that he is medically unfit for further service ;
(e) that in the case of an officer, he has been permitted to resign his
commission ;
(f) that he ceases to be on the staff of or on the roll of the college or
school, as the case may be, providing the unit or part thereof to
which he had been posted or appointed.
(g) for any other reason which, in the opinion of the competent
authority, is sufficient to warrant discharge.
29. Discharging authority.-(1) The authority competent to authorize
the discharge of an officer shall be the Ministry of Defence Government of
India.
(2) The authority competent to authorize the discharge of a cadet
appointed to a unit of the Junior Division shall be the Headmaster of the
school providing the unit or part thereof :
Provided that a cadet of the Junior Division discharged under clause (c)
of sub-rule (2) of rule 28 shall have the right of appeal to the District Inspector
of Schools or such other Educational authority as may be specified in this
behalf by the State Government, who may direct that the discharge order shall
be cancelled.
(3) The authority competent to authorise the discharge under each of the
provisions specified in column (1) of the Table annexed hereto, of a cadet
appointed to a unit of the Senior Division shall be the authority specified in the
corresponding entry in column (2) thereof.
TABLE
Provision under which discharge
authorised
Authority competent to authorize
discharge of a cadet
(1)
(2)
Sub-rule (1) of rule 28
The Commanding Officer.
Clause (a) of sub-rule (2) of rule 28
The Commanding Officer
Clause (b) sub-rule (2) of rule 28
Clause (c) of sub-rule (2) of rule 28
Vice-Chancellor of the University or
the Director of Public Instruction, or
any officer of he Education
Department specified in this behalf
by the State Government.
Clause (d) of sub-rule (2) of rule 28
The Commanding Officer on the
recommendation of a Medical Officer
Clause (f) of sub-rule (2) of rule 28
The Commanding Officer
Clause (g) of sub-rule (2) of rule 28
Vice-Chancellor of the University or
the Director of Public Instruction or
any officer of the Education
Department specified in this behalf
by the State Government.
(3-A) From every order of the authority specified in column (2) of the
Table referred to in sub-rule (3), an appeal shall lie to the State Government
and subject to the orders passed on appeal by the State Government the orders
of the said competent authority shall be final.
(4) A discharge duly authorized shall be carried out by the Commanding
Officer, in the case of the Senior Division, and the Headmaster, in the case of
the Junior Division, with all convenient speed.
30. Discharge on application.-(1) Senior Division.- (a) Any officer or
cadet of the Senior Division not entitled to his discharge under the Act or these
rules who is desirous of being discharged prior to the expiration of the period
for which he was commissioned or enrolled, shall apply in writing to the
Officer Commanding the unit to which he has been posted or appointed,
stating the reasons for the application.
(b) The Commanding Officer shall forward the application, with his
own recommendation thereon, to the Vice-Chancellor of the University or to
the Director of Public Instruction as may be specified in this behalf by the
State Government. The Vice-Chancellor or the Director of Public Instruction
may, in the case of cadet, either grant such application or reject it.
(c) In the case of an officer, the Vice-Chancellor or the Director of
Public Instruction shall forward the application with his recommendation
thereon through the State Government to the Ministry of Defence,
Government of India, who may eight grant such application or reject it.
(2) Junior Division.- (a) Any officer or cadet of the Junior Division not
entitled to his discharge under the Act or these rules, who is desirous of being
discharged prior to the expiration of the period for which he was
commissioned or enrolled, shall apply in writing to the Headmaster of the
school which is providing the unit or part thereof and to which he has been
posted or appointed stating the reasons for the application.
(b) The Headmaster may, in the case of a cadet, either grant of such
application or reject it.
(c) The Headmaster, in the case of an officer, shall forward the
application with his own recommendation thereon to the Director of Public
Instruction. The Director of Public Instruction shall forward the application
with his recommendation thereon to the Ministry of Defence, Government of
India, who may either grant such application or reject it.
31. Discharge certificate.- Every person subject to the Act who is
discharged from the Corps shall be furnished by his Commanding Officer or
his Headmaster with a certificate setting forth:-
(a) the authority dismissing or discharging him;
(b) the cause of his dismissal or discharge ;
(c) the full period of his service in the National Cadet Corps.
PART VIII
TRAINING
32. Preliminary Service training.- Every person who has been selected
by a Selection Board for appointment as an officer in the National Cadet
Corps in the manner specified hereinto fore in these rules, shall undergo
preliminary Services training with an Armed Forced unit for period as below:-
(a) an applicant for the Junior Division2 months.
(b) an applicant for the Senior Division, Infantry Unit – 3 months.
(c) an applicant for the Senior Division, Medical, Artillery, Remount
and Veterinary Units or Engineering Units – 4 months.
(d) an applicant for the Senior Division, Armoured Corps, Signal or
E.M.E. Units – 5 months.
(e) an applicant for the Senior Division Air Wing Unit – 4 months.
(f) an applicant for the Senior Division Naval Wing Unit – 4 months.
32 A. Officers, Special Course.-(1) A Special training course will be
conducted at the National Cadet Corps Academy, Purandhar, for selected
members of the teaching staff of colleges or other institutions providing
National Cadet Corps Senior Division Units, such course being of two terms
of three months each, the first term being for pre-commission training and the
second term for advanced training.
(2) Persons who are selected for the Officers Special Course shall
undergo training for two terms of three months each. Any such person may,
on successful completion of the first term, be granted commission in the
National Cadet Corps but he shall, in that case, be required to undergo training
for the second term.
(3) National Cadet Corps officers who have not undergone a similar
course before, may be admitted to this course in the second term and their
period of training will be three months.
(4) Persons who are detailed for training either for the first or second
term of this course shall be under thirty years of age on the first day of the
month in which the course starts.
NOTE :-The age limit under this sub-rule may, in special cases, be raised
to thrity five years.
(5) Persons who have successfully completed the training for the second
term of the course shall be entitled to one year’s ante date of seniority.
Provided that nothing in this sub-rule shall apply to National Cadet
Corps officers who have successfully completed the nine months Officers’
Special Course prior to 1
st
October, 1963.
33. Service training.- (1) Every officer and cadet who has been posted
or appointed to a unit or part thereof of the Senior or Junior Division shall be
liable to undergo service training for a period of at least 4 hours per week
during the training year :
Provided that no training may be carried out during periods when the
college or school in which a unit or part thereof is located is closed for
vacation :
Provided that every officer and cadet of the Senior and Junior Division
shall undergo service training for a minimum period of 65 hours during the
annual college and school session, as the case may be.
(2) Every officer and cadet who has been posted or appointed to a unit
or part thereof shall also be liable during the training year to attend an annual
training camp of 14 days duration in the case of Senior Division unit and of 10
days duration in the case of a Junior Division unit.
34. Further Service training.-(1) Every officer of the Senior or Junior
Division shall, in addition to the training prescribed by rules 32 and 33, be
liable for such period of further service training with an Armed Forces unit as
may be directed by the Ministry of Defence, Government of India.
(2) Every cadet of the Senior or Junior Division shall, in addition to the
training prescribed by rule 33, be liable to undergo such further service
training for which he may volunteer and which may from time to time be
sanctioned by the Ministry of Defence, Government of India, or by the State
Government.
34-A. Social Service Training- Every officer and cadet of the Senior or
the Junior Division shall, in addition to the training prescribed by rules 32, 33
and 34, be liable to undergo such Social Service training and for such period
as the Government of India in the Ministry of Defence may, from time to time,
direct.
PART IX
PAY AND ALLOWANCES
35. Pay.-(1) Every officer commissioned in the National Cadet Corps
and posted to a unit of the Senior Division shall be entitled :-
(a) for every day, not exceeding 15 days in all, actually spent in the
annual training camp;
(b) for periods of actual attendance at the Combined Cadre and Social
Service Camps and at authorized courses of instruction in Armed
Forces Schools, and with Armed Forces Units, including intervening
Sundays and holidays, to such pay as is specified in Schedule II:
Provided that NCC officers attending the Officers Special Course at the
NCC Academy, Purandhar, shall not be entitled to pay of rank, but
shall be entitled to only their normal pay as teachers :
(c) to an outfit allowance of Rs.400/- on being first commissioned ;
(cc) to an outfit allowance Rs.400/- on transfer from one wing of the
National Cadet Corps to another wing of the National Cadet Corps
viz Army/Naval/Air wings, as the case may be. An officer shall be
entitled to this allowance only once in service ;
(d) to an outfit allowance of Rs.45/- for the maintenance of his uniform
at the end of every year of service in the National Cadet Corps;
(e) to an honorarium of Rs.75 per month throughout a year.
(2) Every officer commissioned in the National Cadet Corps, and posted
to a unit of the Junior Division shall be entitled for period of actual attendance
at the Combined Cadre and Social Service Camp, and at authorized courses of
instruction in Armed Forces Schools and with Armed Forces Units including
intervening Sundays and holidays, to such pay as is specified in Schedule II.
(3) Every officer commissioned in the National Cadet Corps and posted
to a unit of the Junior Division shall be entitled to receive at the end of the
training year an honorarium as specified in Schedule II on condition that he
has attended the annual training camp of his unit in such a training year, or has
attended a course at the training centre during the actual period of the training
camp.
(4) A cadet appointed to a unit or part thereof of the Senior or Junior
Division shall not be entitled to pay.
(5) Every officer commissioned in the National Cadet Corps and posted
to a unit of the Junior Division (Army, Navy and Air Wings) will be paid an
honorarium of Rs,50 per month throughout the year.
Explanation- The payment of honorarium under clause (e) of sub-rule
(1) and under sub-rule (5) shall be in addition to the pay admissible to the
officer concerned.
36. Allowances.-(1) Every officer and cadet of the Senior and Junior
Division posted or appointed to a unit or part there of shall be entitled to such
allowances as are specified in Schedule II.
(2) Every person selected for appointment as an officer and proceeding
to an Armed Forces unit for training as specified in sub-rule(3) of rule 21,
shall be entitled to such allowances as are specified in Schedule II.
PART X
DISCIPLINE
37. Service obligations.-(1) An officer or cadet shall have no liability to
render active service in any of the Armed Forces of the Union.
(2) Every officer and cadet shall, when undergoing training obey the
orders and carry out the directions of any person who is placed in command
over him, irrespective of whether that person is subject o any law relating to
the Armed Forces or to the Act.
38. Offences- An officer or cadet posted or appointed to a unit or part
thereof of the Senior or Junior Division or an applicant for appointment as an
officer attached to an Armed Forces unit of preliminary training as specified in
sub-rule (3), rule 21, when undergoing training, commits an offence, if he does
any of the following acts, namely :-
(1) When on parade, engaged on any service duty, or wearing uniform:-
(a) strikes, or uses or offers violence to, or uses threatening or
insubordinate language to, or behaves with contempt towards his
superior officer ; or
(b) disobeys any standing order of, or lawful command given by, his
superior officer ; or
(c) neglect to obey a general or unit order, made specially applicable to
the National Cadet Corps, by the Officer Commanding the unit to
which he belongs ; or
(d) is in a state of intoxication ; or
(e) being an officer or cadet non-commissioned officer strikes or ill
treats any person subject to any law relating to the Armed Forces or
to the Act, who is subordinate in rank or position.
(2) without sufficient cause fails to appear at the place of parade at the
time fixed or to attend at any place in his capacity as a member of the National
Cadet Corps, when duly required so to attend or when on parade without
sufficient cause quits the ranks ;
(3) without sufficient cause fails to perform any part of the training
which by or under the Act he is required to perform ;
(4) strikes, or uses of offers violence to any person whether subject to
any law relating to the Armed Forces or not in whose custody he is placed, and
whether such person is or is not his superior officer ;
(5) resists an escort whose duty it is to arrest him or detain him in
custody ;
(6) being under arrest or detention or otherwise in lawful custody
escapes or attempts to escape ;
(7) when in charge of any property belonging to any Government of
India or to a unit or part thereof of the National Cadet Corps, makes away
with, or is concerned in making away with any such property ;
(8) willfully injuries, or by culpable neglect loses or causes injuries to
any such property as is specified in clause (7) or to property belonging to an
Armed Forces unit, institute or mess ;
(9) knowingly furnishes a false return or report of the number or state of
men under his command or charge, or of any money arms or ammunition,
clothing, equipment, stores or other property in his charge ;
(10) through design or culpable neglect omits to make or send any
return of any matter mentioned in clause (9) which it is his duty to make or
send ;
(11) when it is his official duty to make a declaration respecting any
matter, makes a declaration respecting such matter which he either knows or
believes to be false or does not believe to be true ;
(12) knowingly makes against any person subject to any law relating to
the Armed Forces or to the Act, and accusation which he either knows or
believes to be false or does not believe to be true ;
(13) falsely personates any other person at any parade or on any
occasion when such other person is required by or under the Act to do any act
or attend at any place, or abets any such act of personation.
Explanation.- The expression “superior officer” means and includes an
officer, Warrant Officer and Non-commissioned Officer, as the case may be,
whether subject to any law relating to the Armed Forces or to this Act,
superior in rank or position to the person with reference to whom the
expression is used.
39. Disposal of offences.-(1) A charge made against an officer or an
applicant for appointment as an officer for any offence specified in rule 38
shall after investigation by the Officer Commanding an Armed Forces unit to
which the offender is attached for training or by the Officer Commanding the
unit to which the offender belong or by the Headmaster of the school which is
providing the unit or part thereof of the Junior Division to which the offender
belongs, be dealt with by him in one or other of the following ways, that is to
say, he may :-
(a) dismiss the charge if no offence is disclosed by the evidence, or if in
his opinion the charge ought not to be proceeded with ; or
(b) dispose of the case summarily ; or
(c) take steps for brining the offender to trial by a criminal court ; or
(d) refer the matter to superior authority for instruction, and act in
accordance with the instructions so received.
(2) A charge made against a cadet non-commissioned officer or cadet,
of any offence specified in rule 38, shall after investigation by the Officer
Commanding an Armed Forces unit to which the offender is attached for
training or by Officer Commanding the unit to which the offender belongs or
by the Headmaster of the school providing a unit or part thereof of the Junior
Division to which the offender belongs, be dealt with by him in one or other of
the following ways, that is to say, he may :-
(a) dismiss the charge if no offence is disclosed by the evidence, or if in
his opinion the charge ought not to be proceeded with ; or
(b) dispose of the case summarily ; or
(c) takes steps for bringing the offender to trial by a criminal court ; or
(d) refer the matter to superior authority for instructions and act in
accordance with the instructions so received.
Explanation.-(1) The superior authority for the purposes of sub-rule (1)
shall be :-
(a) in the case of an officer or an applicant for appointment as an officer
attached to an Armed Forces unit for training, the Commander of
the Sub-Area or equivalent Commander of the Indian Navy or
Indian Air Force in a Part A State or the Commander of the State
Forces in a Part B State, as the case may be, in which the Armed
Forces unit is located ;
(b) in the case of an officer of the Senior Division charged with an
offence who was at the time of offence serving with a unit or part
thereof of the Senior Division, the Secretary of the Department
governing the National Cadet Corps organization in the State, or
the Vice-Chancellor of a University or the Director of Public
Instruction, or the Head of the Department controlling a particular
College or institution empowered in this behalf by the State
Government ;
(c) in the case of an officer of the Junior Division charged with an
offence who was at the time of the offence serving with a unit or
part thereof of the Junior Division, the Director of Public
Instruction.
(2) The superior authority for the purposes of sub-rule (2) shall be :-
(a) in the case of a cadet non-commissioned officer or cadet of the
Senior Division attached to an Armed Forces Unit, for training, the
Commander of the Sub-Area or equivalent Commander of the
Indian Navy or Indian Air Force or of the State Forces as the case
may be in which the Armed Forces unit is located ;
(b) in the case of cadet non-commissioned officer or a cadet of the
senior Division serving with a Senior Division unit or part thereof
at the time of the offence, the Vice-Chancellor of a University or
the Director of Public Instruction, or the Head of the Department
controlling a particular College or institution empowered in the
behalf by the State Government ;
(c) in the case of a cadet non-commissioned officer or a cadet of the
Junior Division serving with a unit or part thereof of the Junior
Division at the time of the offence, the Director of Public
Instruction.
(3) A charge made against a cadet non-commissioned officer or cadet of
any offences specified in sub-rule (1), (2), (3), (9), (10), (11), (12) and (13) of
rule 38 shall, after investigation by the officer in command of a sub-unit of the
Senior Division or a Unit or sub unit of the Junior Division to which he
offender belongs, be dealt with by him in one or other of the following ways,
that is to say he may :-
(a) dismiss the charge if no offence is disclosed by the evidence, or if in
his opinion the charge ought not to be proceeded with; or
(b) dispose of the case summarily; or
(c) refer the matter to the Commanding Officer, in the case of the Senior
Division, or to the Headmaster of the school providing the unit or
sub-unit, in the case of the Junior Division.
40. Summary reduction and punishments.-(1) The Secretary, Ministry of
Defence, Government of India may award any of the following punishments to
an officer or an applicant for appointment as an officer :-
(a) dismissal from the Corps ;
(b) reduction to a lower rank ;
(c) forfeiture of seniority or service for the purpose of promotion for a
period not exceeding twenty four months ;
(d) severe reprimand or reprimand ;
(e) forfeiture, in the case of an officer punished with dismissal, of
arrears of pay and allowances and other public money due to him at
the time of such dismissal ;
(f) stoppage of pay and allowances until any proved loss or damage
occasioned by the offence of which the offender is charged is made
good ;
(g) fine not exceeding rupees fifty.
(2) An officer having power not les than that of a Sub-Area or
equivalent commander of the Indian Navy or Indian Air Force or the State
Forces may award any of the following punishments to an officer or an
applicant for appointment as an officer or a cadet non-commissioned officer,
attached to an Armed Forced unit for training :-
(a) forfeiture of seniority or service for the purpose of promotion for a
period not exceeding twelve months ;
(b) dismissal from the Corps, in the case of an applicant for appointment
as an officer ;
(c) severe reprimand or reprimand ;
(d) stoppages of pay and allowances until any proved loss or damage
occasioned by the offence of which the offender is charge is made
good ;
(e) reduction, in the case of a cadet non-commissioned officer, to a
lower grade or class or to the ranks as a cadet :
Provided that a cadet non-commissioned officer reduced to the rank of
cadet shall not continue to be attached to the Armed Forces unit for
training.
(3) The Secretary of the Department governing the National Cadet
Corps organisation in the State or the Vice-Chancellor of a University or the
Director of Public Instruction, or the Head of the Department controlling a
particular College or Institution, empowered in this behalf by the State
Government, may award any of the following punishments :
(a) In the case of an officer :-
(i) forfeiture of seniority or service for the purpose of promotion for
a period not exceeding twelve months ;
(ii) severe reprimand or reprimand ;
(iii) stoppages of pay and allowances until any proved loss or damage
occasioned by the offence of which the offender is charged is
made good ;
(iv) fine not exceeding rupees ten.
(b) In the case of a cadet non-commissioned officer ;-
(i) dismissal from the Corps :
(ii) reduction to a lower grade or class or place in the list of his rank
or a lower rank or to the rank as a cadet.
Provided that a cadet senior under-officer or cadet under officer shall
not be required to serve in the unit or part there of as a cadet.
(iii) severe reprimand or reprimand ;
(iv) fine not exceeding rupees twenty.
(c) In the case of a cadet :-
(i) dismissal from the Corps ;
(ii) severe reprimand or reprimand ;
(iii) fine not exceeding rupees thrity.
(4) An officer commanding an Armed Forces unit to which a person
subject to the Act is attached for training or an Officer Commanding the unit
may award any of the following punishment :-
(a) In the case of an officer, below the rank of Captain, Flight
Lieutenant or First Officer :-
(i) admonishment ;
(ii) extra duties not exceeding two.
(b) In the case of an applicant for appointment as an officer :-
(i) severe reprimand or reprimand ;
(ii) admonishment ;
(iii) extra parades and duties not exceeding two.
(c) In the case of a cadet non-commissioned officer :-
(i) reduction, in the case of a cadet non-commissioned officer above
the rank of sergeant to a lower grade or rank, and in the case of
other cadet non-commissioned officers, to a lower grade or rank
or to the ranks ;
Provided that a cadet senior under-officer and cadet under-officer shall
not be required to serve in the unit or part thereof below the rank
of cadet Sergeant.
(ii) severe reprimand or reprimand ;
(iii) extra parades and duties not exceeding three ;
(iv) admonishment.
(d) In the case of a cadet :-
(i) severe reprimand or reprimand ;
(ii) extra parades not exceeding three ;
(iii) extra guards and picquets not exceeding two for offences on those
duties ;
(iv) confinement to the lines for a period not exceeding seven days
during the annual training camp ;
(v) fine not exceeding rupees ten by the Officer Commanding the
Senior Division unit only.
(5) An officer in command of a sub-unit of the Senior Division may
award to enrolled persons appointed to his sub-unit any of the following
punishments :-
(a) In the case of a cadet Sergeant and cadet Corporals :-
(i) extra duties not exceeding two ;
(ii) admonishment.
(b) In the case of cadet Lance Corporals :-
(i) reduction to the ranks as a cadet ;
(ii) severe reprimand or reprimand ;
(iii) extra duties not exceeding two ;
(iv) admonishment.
(c) In the case of a Cadet :-
(i) severe reprimand or reprimand ;
(ii) extra parades not exceeding three ;
(iii) extra guards and picquets not exceeding two for offences on those
duties ;
(iv) confinement to the lines for a period not exceeding three days
during the annual training camp.
(6) A Headmaster of a school, providing a unit or part thereof of the
Junior Division, may award to persons posted or appointed to his unit any of
the following punishments :-
(a) In the case of an officer :-
(i) admonishment ;
(ii) stoppages out of the annual honorarium until any proved loss or
damage occasioned by the offence of which the offender is
charged is made good.
Explanation.- When an officer commits and offence, which in the
opinion of the Headmaster requires that the officer should not serve with the
unit or part thereof until the orders of the Superior Authority have been
obtained, he shall immediately suspend the officer and order him not to serve
with the unit or part thereof until such orders have been received.
(b) In the case of a cadet non-commissioned officer and cadets :-
(i) dismissal from the Corps ;
(ii) reduction, in the case of a cadet non-commissioned officer to a
lower rank or to the ranks as a cadet :
Provided that a cadet Troop Leader shall not be required to serve in the
unit or part thereof as a cadet.
(iii) severe reprimand or reprimand ;
(iv) admonishment.
(7) An officer placed in command of a unit or sub-unit of the Junior
Division may award to enrolled persons appointed to his sub-unit any of the
following punishments :-
(a) In the case of cadet non-commissioned officer :-
(i) reduction, except of a cadet Troop Leader, to a lower rank or to
the ranks as a cadet ;
(ii) severe reprimand or reprimand ;
(iii) extra duties not exceeding two ;
(iv) confinement to the lines for a period not exceeding three days
during the annual training camp.
41. Recovery of fines The person authorized award a fine under rule
40 shall take the following steps for recovery of the fine :-
(1) He shall inform the offender that a fine up to a specified amount has
been awarded to him and shall call upon him to pay it at once or within a
period of time not exceeding 21 days from the date of the award.
(2) He shall immediately inform the Principal of the college or the
Headmaster of the school to which the offender belongs that a fine of a
specified amount has been awarded to the offender, the time limit allowed to
the offender for payment of the amount of fine and shall request the Principal
or the Headmaster as the case may be that the fine be collected from the
offender within the specified time.
(3) The Principal of the college or the Headmaster of the school to
which the offender belongs shall thereupon take such action as is customary in
the college or school to recover the total amount of the fine imposed on the
offender, if the offender fails to pay the specified amount within the time
allowed to the offender.
(4) The Principal or the Headmaster shall send an intimation in writing
to the appropriate authority regarding the action which he is taking to recover
the fine, if it has not been paid within the time allowed to the offender. The
Principal or the Headmaster may allow additional time, not exceeding 14 days,
from the date of expiry of the time allowed to the offender by the person
making the award, for payment of the fine.
(5) If the offender fails to pay the fine within the time allowed by the
Principal or the Headmaster, the Principal or the Headmaster shall make a
report to the appropriate authority.
(6) On receipt or a report, the appropriate authority shall send a certified
copy of the award to the District Magistrate or the Chief Presidency
Magistrate as the case may be, having jurisdiction in the area in which the fine
has been imposed.
(7) On receipt of a certified copy, the District Magistrate or the Chief
Presidency Magistrate, as the case may be, shall recover the fine in accordance
with the provisions of the Criminal Procedure code, 1898, as if it has been
imposed by him and shall remit the amount recovered to the officer concerned.
(8) On realization of the fine from the offender, the officer concerned
shall credit the amount to the State Government.
Explanation.- In this rule, the expression appropriate authority”
means:-
(1) In the case of college, the Secretary of the Department governing the
National Cadet Corps organisation in the State or the Vice-
Chancellor of the university or the Director of Public Instruction,
or the Head of the Department controlling a particular college or
institution, empowered in this behalf by the State Government.
(2) In the case of school-
(a) where a school is under the jurisdiction of a District Inspector
of Schools, such Inspector,
(b) in any other case, such Educational Authority as may be
specified in this behalf by the State Government.
PART XI
ADVISORY COMMITTEES
42. Constitution and procedure of Advisory Committees.-(1) A
Central Advisory Committee shall be constituted in accordance with the
provisions of section 12 of the Act. The Director General of the National
Cadet Corps shall be the Secretary of the Committee.
(2) A State Advisory Committee shall be constituted as follows:-
(a) the Minister of Education in a State/Union Territory having a
Legislature functioning, or the Adviser to the Governor, incharge
of the Education portfolio in a State where, for the time being, no
Legislature is functioning, or the Administrator in a Union
Territory where no Legislature is functioning-who shall be the
Chairman of the Committee.
(b) the Secretary of the Education Department of the State concerned; or
if the National Cadet Corps is controlled by any other department
then the secretary of that Department;
(c) the Vice-Chancellor of each University, if any, in the State:
Provided that if the Vice-Chancellor is unable to attend any meeting of
the Advisory Committee, he may depute the Pro-Vice-Chancellor
or Deputy Vice-Chancellor, or where there is no Pro-Vice-
Chancellor or Deputy Vice-Chancellor, any officer of the
University not below the rank of the Registrar to attend such
meeting on his behalf.
(d) head(s) of the Department(s) incharge of the National Cadet Corps
Units in the State.
(e) one representative of the General Officer Commanding in-Chief
from the Staff of Headquarters of the Command or Are or Sub-
Area, concerned;
(ee) two Principals from Colleges which prove a unit of the Senior
Division/Girls Division (Senior Wing) to be nominated annually by
the State Government;
(f) two Headmasters/Headmistress of schools which provide a unit of
the Junior Division/Girls Division (Junior Wing) to be nominated
annually by the State Government ;
(g) the Director National Cadet Corps, concerned ;
(h) three non-official members of whom one shall be a woman, and
another shall be a member of the State Legislature or a non-official
in case there is no Legislature for the time being functioning in the
State – to be nominated annually by the State Government.
(i) the member, if any, of the Central Advisory Committee residing in
the State;
(j) one representative of Finance Department of the State Government ;
(k) not more than one official, if in the opinion of the State Government,
he is likely to promote the interests of the National Cadet Corps
to be nominated annually by the State Government.
A senior officer of the Education Department, to be nominated by the
State Government, shall be the Secretary of the Committee.
(3) A recommendation on any matter concurred in by the majority of the
members of an Advisory Committee shall be deemed to be the
recommendation of the Committee.
(4) Minutes shall be kept of every meeting of an Advisory Committee.
One Copy of such minutes shall be forwarded to the Director General National
Cadet Corps.
43. Powers, duties and functions of Advisory Committees.-(1) The
Central Advisory Committee shall advise the Central Government on such
matters affecting the National Cadet Corps as a whole as it may refer to the
Committee.
(2) A State Advisory Committee shall ordinarily meet at least twice a
year and may, in relation to those portions of the National Cadet Corps which
are located within the State:-
(a) make recommendations and tender advice to the Central
Government and to the State Government upon the following
matters :-
(i) the formation of new units and disbandment of existing units;
(ii) the selection of the colleges and schools which should raise units
or sub-units;
(iii) the selection of persons for appointment as officers in the Senior
and Junior Divisions;
(iv) any other matter which may be referred to it by the Central
Government or the State Government or the Director General
National Cadet Corps, as the case may be ;
(b) issue directions and tender advice to Officers Commanding units of
the Senior Division and to the Director of Public Instruction on the
following matters :-
(i) improvement of training and training facilities for cadets;
(ii) improvement of discipline in the units;
(iii) the general welfare of officers and cadets.
PART XII
MISCELLANEOUS
44. Power to delegate.- The Ministry of Defence, Government of India,
may by order in writing direct that any power exercisable by it under these
Rules may also be exercised by the Director General National Cadet Corps.
45. Grant of Honorary rank and wearing of uniform on retirement or
Resignation Officers.-(1) An officer of the National Cadet Corps of a State
who retires or is permitted to resign his commission after 20 years’ service,
including service rendered in the Armed Forces, University Officers Training
Corps or Indian Territorial Force or Territorial Army, when such service is
counted towards his seniority in the National Cadet Corps under rule 26 may
be granted an honorary rank in the National Cadet Corp provided that –
(a) he satisfies the qualifications laid down in clauses (a) and (aa) of
rule 16 and is not disqualified under clauses (e), (f) and (g) of that
rule; and
(b) he is recommended by his Commanding Officer, the Director,
National Cadet Corps of the State and the Director General,
National Cadet Corps.
(1-A) An officer who has been granted an honorary rank under sub-rule
(1) may be granted a higher honorary rank later on, if considered appropriate
by the Central Government.
(2) Recommendation accompanied by a statement of services will be
forwarded through the usual channel to the Ministry of Defence, Government
of India.
(3) If the Ministry of Defence, Government of India is satisfied that the
officer so recommended is suitable, the grant of such honorary rank will be
notified in the official Gazette.
(4) When such an officer is granted an honorary rank by a notification
in the official Gazette he is entitled to the style and use of his honorary rank at
all times should he so desire.
(5) The wearing of uniform by such an officer is restricted to the
following occasions, namely :-
(a) Military, Naval or Air Force parades as spectators.
(b) Military, Naval, Air Force or civil functions for which uniform is
prescribed.
(c) When summoned to an interview by a regular officer of the Armed
Forces.
(d) When attending National Cadet Corps functions:
46. Power of the Central Government to establish subsidiary
organization.- The Central Government may, from time to time, by general or
special order, establish or constitute such organization in the Director of
National Cadet Corps as may be considered necessary or desirable in the
opinion of the Central Government for carrying out the objects of the Act.
Schedule I
(See rules 7, 11, 13, 17, 18 and 21)
FORM I
NATIONAL CADET CORPS SENIOR DIVISION ENROLMENT
FORM I
(SEE RULES 7 AND 11)
APPLICATION FOR ENROLMENT
1. What is your name? 1. ……………………………….
(in Block Capitals)
2. What is your *father’s/guardian’s 2. Name ………………………….
name and address ?
Address………………………………..
3. Are you a citizen of India or a subject 3.
…………………………………
of Nepal ?
4. What is your Village, Tehsil or Taluks 4.
Village…………………………
and District ? Tehsil or Taluka……………………….
District…………………………………
5. What is your post Office? 5.
…………………………………
6. What is your Railway Station? 6. ...………………………………
7. What are your educational qualifications? 7.
…………………………………
8. What is your age? 8.
………………………………….
9. Have you ever been convicted by a
criminal court and if so what circumstances, 9.
…………………………………..
and what was the sentence ?
10 In which college are you now studying? 10.
………………………………….
11. Are you willing to be enrolled under 11.
………………………………….
The National Cadet Corps Act 1948?
12. In which unit do you desire to be enrolled? 12.
…………………………………..
13. Are you willing to undergo service training? 13.
…………………………………..
as specified in the Act and rules made
thereunder?
14. Are you willing to serve in the National 14.
…………………………………..
Cadet Corps until discharged as provided
in the Act ?
15. Have you ever previously applied for 15.
……………………………………
enrolment under the Act, and if so,
with what result ?
16. Have you been dismissed from the 16.
…………………………………………
National Cadet Corps, the Territorial Army
or the Indian Armed Forces ?
……………………………..
Signature of
applicant
DECLARATION ON ACCEPTANCE FOR ENROLMENT
I solemnly declare that the answers I have given to the questions in this form
are true and that no part of them is false, and that I am willing to fulfil the engagement
made.
I …….promise that I will honestly and faithfully serve my country and abide by the
rules and Regulations of the National Cadet Corps and that I will to the best of my ability,
attend all parades and camps which I may be required to attend by my Commanding
Officer.
I…….further promise that after enrolment I will have no claim on authorities for
any compensation in the event of any injury of death due to accident during training
camps/courses and traveling. I understand I have no service liability.
…………………………….
Signature
I solemnly declare that the answers given in this form are true and no part of them is
false and that my *son /ward is willing to fulfil the engagement made.
I …….promise that after the enrolment of my *son /ward I will have no claim on
authorities for any compensation in the event of an injury or death due to accident during
training camps/courses and traveling.
I understand my *son /ward has no service liability.
…………………………………
Signature of
*father/guardian
Certified that the applicant understands and agrees to the conditions of enrolment.
Certified that applicant and his *father/guardian understand and agree to the
conditions of enrolment.
……………………………..
Signature of
enrolling officer
*For Minors only
TO BE COMPLETED BY MEDICAL OFFICER BEFORE ENROLMENT
I have examined (name)
On (date) and consider him *Fit/unfit for enrolment as a Cadet in the National Cadet Corps.
Signature
……………………..
Designation…………………...
(Medical
Officer)
*Delete clause or word inapplicable.
TO BE USED FOR EXTENSION OF ENROLMENT
(See rule 13)
A. I agree to extend my enrolment for one year and am willing to fulfil the
engagement made.
Signature
…………………
Confirmed.
………………………………….
Signature of
Commanding Officer
Date from which extension
starts………………………………………………………………………
B. I agree to extend my enrolment for one year and am willing to fulfil the engagement
made.
Signature
…………………
Confirmed.
………………………………….
Signature of
Commanding Officer
Date from which extension starts
…………………………………………………………………….
Note -This form will be retained in the Unit Headquarters.
FORM II
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
JUNIOR DIVISION ENROLMENT FORM
(See rules 7 and 11)
APPLICATION FOR ENROLMENT
1. What is your name? 1.
…………………………………..
(in Block Capitals)
2. What is your *father’s/guardian’s 2.
…………………………………..
name and address ?
3. Are you a citizen of India or a subject 3.
…………………………………
of Nepal ?
4. What is your Village, Tehsil or Taluks 4.
Village…………………………
and District ? Tehsil or Taluka……………………….
District…………………………………
5. What is your post Office? 5.
…………………………………
6. What is your Railway Station? 6. ...………………………………
7. What are your educational qualifications? 7.
…………………………………
8. What is your age? 8.
………………………………….
9. In which School are you now studying? 9.
…………………………………..
10 Are you willing to be enrolled under 10.
………………………………….
The National Cadet Corps Act 1948?
11. Are you willing to serve in the National 11.
…………………………………
Cadet Corps until discharged as provided
in the Act ?
12. In which unit do you desire to be enrolled? 12.
…………………………………..
13. Are you willing to undergo service training? 13.
…………………………………..
as specified in the Act and rules made
thereunder?
14. Have you ever previously applied for 14.
……………………………………
enrolment under the Act, and if so,
with what result ?
15. Have you been dismissed from the 15.
…………………………………………
National Cadet Corps
……………………………..
Signature of
applicant
DECLARATIONS ON ACCEPTANCE FOR ENROLMENT
I …….promise that I will honestly and faithfully serve my country and
abide by the rules and Regulations of the National Cadet Corps and that I will to the best of
my ability, attend all parades and camps which I may be required to attend by my
Commanding Officer.
………………
……………..
Signature of
applicant
I solemnly declare that the answers given to the questions in the form are trueand
that no part of them is false, and my *son/ward is willing to fulfil the engagement made.
I …….promise that after the enrolment of my *son /ward I will have no claim on
authorities for any compensation in the event of an injury or death due to accident during
training camps/courses and traveling.
…………………………………
Signature of
*father/guardian
Certified that applicant and his *father/guardian understand and agree to the
conditions of enrolment.
……………………………..
Signature of
enrolling officer
Date of enrolment
TO BW COMPLETED BY MEDICAL OFFICER BEFORE
ENROLMENT
I have examined (name)
on (date) and consider him *fit/unfit for enrolment as a Cadet in the National Cadet Corps.
Signature
……………………..
Designation…………………...
(Medical
Officer)
*Delete word inapplicable.
TO BE USED FOR EXTENSION OF ENROLMENT
My *son/ward agree to extend his enrolment for one year and is willing to fulfil the
engagement made.
……………………………
Signature of
*father/guardian
Confirmed.
………………………………….
Signature of
Headmaster
Date from which extension
starts………………………………………………………………………
*Delete word inapplicable.
Note -This form will be retained in the School which the Unit is located.
FORM III
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
APPLICATION FOR APPOINTMENT AS AN OFFICER
(See rules 17, 18 and 21)
1. What is your name? 1.
…………………………………..
(in Block Capitals)
2. What *is/was your father’s 2. …………………………………..
name and address ?
3. Are you a citizen of India or a subject 3.
…………………………………
of Nepal ?
4. What is your Village, Tehsil or Taluks 4.
Village…………………………
and District ? Tehsil or Taluka……………………….
District…………………………………
5. What is your post Office? 5.
…………………………………
6. What is your Railway Station? 6. ...………………………………
7. What are your educational qualifications? 7.
…………………………………
8. What is your date of birth? 8.
………………………………….
9. What is your present appointment ? 9.
…………………………………..
10 Have you ever been convicted by a 10.
…………………………………...
criminal court, and if so in what
circumstances, and what was the sentence ?
11. Have you ever served in the Indian Armed 11.
……………………………………
Forces, the Reserve, Indian Territorial Force,
Territorial Army the Indian State Forces or the
Nepal State Army? If so, State in which, the
period of service and the cause of discharge?
12. Are you willing to be appointed under the 12.
…………………………………..
National Cadet Corps Act, 1948?
13. In which unit do you desire to be enrolled? 13.
…………………………………..
14. Are you willing to undergo training as 14.
…………………………………...
specified in the Act and the rules made
thereunder?
15. Are you willing to serve in the National 15.
……………………………………
Cadet Corps until discharged as provided
in the Act?
16 Have you ever previously applied for 16.
……………………………………..
Appointment under the Act and if so,
with what result ?
17. Have you been dismissed from the 17.
…………………………………………
National Cadet Corps, the Territorial Army
or the Indian Armed Forces ?
18. Are you willing to obey the orders of 18.
…………………………………………
Officers placed in command over you and
obey such rules and regulations laid down
by the Commanding Officers when you
undergo preliminary training with an Armed
Forces unit as specified in sub-rule (3) of rule 21?
……………………………..
Signature of
applicant
QUESTIONS TO BE ANSWERED BY THE PRINCIPAL OR THE HEADMASTER TO
WHOM AN APPLICATION IS MADE
1. How long have you known the applicant? 1.
……………………………………….
2. (i) is the applicant a permanent member 2. (i)
………………………………
of your teaching staff ?
(ii) Since how long has he been on your (ii)
………………………………
Teaching staff?
3. What is his present job in ‘the 3.
………………………………………….
*College/School?
4. Has he ever served in the University 4.
………………………………………….
Officer’s Training Corps or the National
Cadet Corps—
(a) As a Cadet? (a)
…………………………………………..
(b) As an Officer? (b)
……………………………………………
(c) If in the National Cadet Corps, State (c)
……………………………………………
Certificate obtained whilst as a cadet.
5. What games does he play and what is his 5.
…………………………………………….
Proficiency at them?
6. Has hi the requisite physical qualifications? 6.
……………………………………………..
7. Do you recommend him for a commission 7.
……………………………………………...
in the National Cadet Corps ?
…………………………………….
Signature of
*Principal/Headmaster
…………………………………….
Name of
*College/School.
…………………………………….
Town and District
*Delete word inapplicable
DECLARATIONS ON ACCEPTANCE FOR ENROLMENT
I solemnly declare that the answers I have given to the questions in the form are true
and that no part of them is false, and that I am willing to fulfil the engagement made.
I undertake that in case after having been commissioned in the Corps, I desire to
leave the College /School, in which is located the Unit to which I am posted under rule 23, I
shall give 6 month/3 months notice in writing to the principal of my College Headmaster of
my School of my intention to leave the College/School.
I understand I have to service liability.
……………………………..
Signature of applicant
Certified that the applicant understands and agrees to the conditions of appointment.
……………………………..
Signature of President of
Selection Board
Date of Signature
Stamp
TO BW COMPLETED BY MEDICAL OFFICER
I have examined (name)
on (date) and consider him *fit/unfit for employment, as an officer in the National Cadet
Corps.
Signature
……………………..
Designation…………………...
(Medical
Officer)
*Delete word inapplicable.
Note -The form will be sent to the Armed Force unit by the Director of Public Instruction
when the applicant proceeds to it for preliminary service training. The form, with report on
the applicant on the completion of training, will be sent to the Director General, National
Cadet Corps Ministry of Defence, Government of India.
SCHEDULE II
(See rule 35 and 36)
RATES OF PAY, HONORARIUM AND ALLOWANCES ADMISSIBLE
UNDER RULES 35 AND 36
1. Senior Division Officers (a) Pay of rank as for corresponding ranks of the
Armed Forces under sub-rule (1) of rule 35.
(b) An allowance of Rs.5 per day of actual attendance at the Annual Training
Camp or Cruise, at Combined Cadre and Social Service Camps or Cruise and at
authorized courses of Instructions other then pre-commission training in Armed Forces
Schools, with Armed Forces Units, provided the officers concerned live, mess
and sleep in Camp or in an official mess or on Board Ship as the case may be.
Dearness allowance at present admissible to officers will be discontinued.
(c) Free conveyance or cost of conveyance by rail in 1
st
Class or by road at fifty
paise per mile, to the site of the annual training camp from the college, in which the
unit or part thereof to which the officer has been posted, is located. Free conveyance or
a similar allowance will be paid for the return journey.
NOTE – If an officer is ordered to proceed to the site of an annual training camp during
any vacation, free conveyance shall be provided, or the cost of such conveyance shall be
re-imbursed, to such an officer from the place of his residence to the place of the annual
training camp.
(d) One 1
st
class rail faro by shortest route, or cost of actual expenditure incurred
in traveling by road between stations not connected by rail, subject to the limitations
laid down in the officer, while proceeding on an authorized attachment for training to
the Armed Forces School, Armed Forces Unit, or the site of the Combined Cadre and
Social Service Camp from the town in which the College providing the unit or part
thereof is located and to which the officer has been posted. A similar allowance will be
paid for the return journey.
NOTE—1. if an officer is ordered to proceed on such an attachment during vacation
this traveling allowance shall be paid from his place of residence.
NOTE—2. For journeys between Calcutta and Agaratala, an officer may travel by air
instead of by the surface route and he shall be paid the actual lair fare.
(e) Daily allowance lat rates specified below, shall be paid to an officer
undertaking a journey under sub-para (c) or (d), from the time the journey begins to the
time it ends for each of the onward and return journeys; except that no daily allowance
shall be admissible for journeys of less than 6 hours and half the daily allowance shall
be admissible for journeys exceeding 6hours but not exceeding 12 hours, while for
journeys of longer duration full daily allowance shall be admissible for every 24 hours.
For parts of 24 hours in excess of 24 hours the method of calculation adopted will be
the same; as that adopted for journeys of less than 24 hours duration.
By rail : Rs. 10 Per day.
By road : Rs. 5 Per day.
NOTE-1. In cases of journey by road, actual expenses referred to in para 1 (d) and in
case where daily allowance also is admissible under this sub-paragraph actual
expenses plus D.A. shall be limited to road mileage allowance at
the ratae of fifty paise per mile.
2. When a combined journey by rail and road is undertaken, the daily allowance
admissible shall be regulated on the basis of the total time taken for the
completion of the combined journey as if it had been performed—
(a) by rail, when the time taken by rail is greater, or
(b) by road, when time taken byroad is greater.
(f) Whilst these officers are required to perform a journey and halt at outstation
for purposes other than those mentioned above, they will be entitled to T.A. and D.
A. as admissible to corresponding ranks of officers of the Armed Forces under
existing regulations.
2. Junior Division Officers. – (a) Pay of rank under sub-rule.
(2) of rule 35 as follows:-
Rs.
Third Officer .. .. .. 130 P.M.
Second Officer .. .. .. 170 P.M.
First Officer .. .. .. 220 P.M.
Chief Officer .. .. .. 290 P.M.
NOTE—The above rates of Payu include a sum of Rs.40 on account of ration allowance.
(b) Honorarium at the following rates under sub-rule (3) of rule 35 :-
Rs.
Third Officer .. .. .. .. 90
Second Officer .. .. .. .. 130
First Officer .. .. .. .. 180
Chief Officer .. .. .. .. 250
(c) An allowance of Rs.5 per day of actual attendance at Annual Training Camp
or Cruise, at the Combined Cadre and Social Service Camp and at authorized Courses
of Instructions other than pre- commission training in the Armed Forces Schools and with
Armed Forces units provided the officers concerned live, mess and sleep in Camp or in
an Official mess or on Board Ship as the case may be. Dearness allowance at present
admissible to officers will be discontinued.
(d) Free conveyance or cost of conveyance, by rail in 1
st
Class or road at six
annas per mile, to the site of the annual training camp from the School in which the unit
or part thereof, to which the officer has been posted, is located. Free conveyance or a
similar allowance will be paid for the return journey.
NOTE—If an officer is ordered to proceed to the site of an annual training camp during any
vacation, free conveyance shall be provided, or the cost of such conveyance shall be
reimbursed, to such an officer from the place of his residence to the place of the annual
training camp.
(e) One 1
st
Class rail fare by the shortest route, or cost of actual expenditure
incurred in traveling by road between stations not connected by rail subject to the
limitations laid down in ;the note to sub-paragraph (f) will be admissible to the officer
while proceeding on an authorised attachment to the Armed Forces School, Armed
Forces Unit, or to the site of the Combined Cadre and Social Service Camp from the
town in which the school providing the unit or part thereof is located, and to which
the officer has been posted. A similar allowance will be paid for the return journey.
NOTE—1. If an officer is ordered to proceed to such an attachment during vacation this
traveling allowance shall be paid from his place of residence.
3. For journeys between Calcutta and Agartala an officer may travel by air instead of
by the surface route and he shall be plaids the actual air fare.
(f) Daily allowance, at rates specified below, shall be paid to an officer
undertaking a journey under sub-para (d) or (e), from the time the journey begins to
the time it ends for each of the onward and return journeys, except that no daily
allowance shall be admissible for journeys of less than 6 hours and half the daily
allowance shall be admissible for journeys exceeding 6 hours but not exceeding 12
hours, while for journeys of longer duration full daily allowance shall be admissible for
every 24 hours. For parts of 24 hours in excess of 24 hours the method of
calculation adopted will be the same as that adopted for journeys of less than 24 hours
duration.
By rail : Rs.5 Per Day.
By Road : Rs.4 Per Day.
NOTE-1. In cases of journey by road expenses referred to in para 2 (e) and in cases
where daily allowance also is admissible under this sub-paragraph actual expenses plus
D.A. shall be limited to road mileage allowance at the rate of six annas per mile.
2. When a combined journey by rail and road is undertaken, the daily
allowance admissible shall be regulated on the basis of the total time taken for the
completion of the combined journey as if it had been performed :-
(a) by rail, when the time taken by rail is greater, or
(b) by road, when the time taken by road is greater.
(g) Whilst these officers are required to perform a journey and halt at out station
for purposes other than those mentioned above, they will be treated as Class II officers of
the State Government for purposes of grant of daily and Travelling allowance.
3. Cadets – (a) An allowance at the following rates for every day of actual
attendance in camp provided the cadets concerned live, mess and sleep in camp, namely :-
(1) Annual Training Camps (except those held in the Rs.4.40 per
Cadet
States and Union –territories mentioned in item (2) below. Per diem
(2) Annual Training Camps held in the States of Rs. 5.00 per
Cadet
Assam, Meghalaya, Manipur, Tripura, Nagaland, Mizoram, per diem
And Jammu Kashmir and the Union Andaman Nicobar
Islands and Lakshadweep.
(3) National Cadet Corps Republic Day Contingent Camp. Rs.5.00 per
Cadet per diem
(4) Advance Leadership Course, All India Summer Training Rs.5.00 per
Cadet per diem
Camps, Rock Climbing Courses and 30 days Special Camp for
Army Commission.
(b) Such allowance as may be specified by the State Government, when
undergoing further service training under sub-rule c (2) of rule 34 and rule 34-A.
(c) Free conveyance or cost of conveyance, by rail in Third Class or by road at
two annas six pies per mile, to the site of the annual training camp or the place of further
service training, from the college or school, in which the unit or part thereof to which
the cadet has been appointed is located. Free Conveyance or a similar allowance will
be paid for the return journey.
NOTE—If a cadet is ordered to proceed to the site of annual training camp during
vacation, free conveyance shall be provided, or the cost of such conveyance shall be re-
imbursed to such cadet, from the place of his residence to the place of the annual
training camp.
(d) One Third Class rail fare by the shortest route or cost of actual expenditure
incurred in traveling by road between stations not connected by rail subject to the
limitation laid down in the note to sub-paragraph (e) of paragraph 3, will be admissible
to cadet while proceeding to an Armed Forces Unit or Combined Cadre and Social
Service Camp for further training under sub-rule (2) of rule 34 and rule 34 A, from the
town in which the college/school providing the unit of part thereof to which a cadet
has been appointed, is located. A similar allowance will be paid for the return journey.
NOTE- 1. If a cadet is ordered to proceed on such an attachment during vacation this
travelling allowance shall be paid from his place of residence.
2. For journey between Calcutta and Agartala, a cadet may travel by air instead
of by the surface route and he shall be paid the actual air fare.
(e) Daily allowance at rates specified below, shall be paid by a cadet
undertaking a journey under sub-para (c) or (d), from the time the journey begins to
the time it ends for each of the onward and return journeys, except that no daily
allowance shall be admissible for journeys of less than 6 hours and half the daily
allowance shall be admissible for journeys exceeding 6 hours but not exceeding 12
hours, while for journey of longer duration full daily allowance shall be admissible
for every 24 hours. For parts of 24 hours in excess of 24 hours method of
calculation adopted will be the same as that adopted for journeys of less than 24
hours duration.
By rail : Rs.4.00 Per day.
By road : Rs.3.00 Per day.
NOTE—1. In cases of journey by road, actual expenses referred to in para 3 (d)
and in cases where daily allowance also is admissible under this sub-
paragraph actual expenses plus D.A. shall be limited to road mileage
allowance at the rate of two annas per mile.
2. When a combined journey by rail and road is undertaken, the daily
allowance admissible shall be regulated on the basis of the total time taken for
the completion of the combined journey as if it had been performed:-
3.A The allowances for all types of camps for all officers and cadets, posted or
appointed to a unit, shall be paid in the case of a Senior Division unit to the
Commanding Officer, and in the case of a Junior Division unit to the officer placed
in command of that unit.
4. Persons Selected for Pre-Commission Training (a) In the case of
persons selected for training as officers for the Senior Division, an allowance of
Rs.10.00 per day, and in the case of persons selected for training as officers for the
Junior Division an allowance of Rs.6.00 per day, for every day attachment to the
Armed Forces unit or to any training establishment of National Cadet Corps
including intervening Sundays and holidays:
Provided that NCC Officers undergoing training in the Officers Special
Course at the NCC Academy, Purandhar, shall be entitled to free boarding and
lodging at a cost of Rs. 8 per day per trainee.
(b) A person selected for training as officer for the Senior Division and a
person selected for training as an officer for the Junior Division will be entitled to
one 1
st
Class rail fare, by the shortest route, or actual expenditure incurred in
traveling by road between stations not connected by rail, subject to the limitation
laid down in the note to sub-paragraph (c) of paragraph 4 while proceeding or
preliminary service training to an Armed Forces unit, from the town in which the
college or school to which the person belongs is located. A similar allowance will
be paid for the return journey.
NOTE—If a Person is ordered to proceed on such preliminary military training
during vacation, this traveling allowance shall be paid from his place of residence
(c) Daily allowance, at the rate specified below, shall be paid to a
person, selected for training as an officer of the Senior and Junior Division
undertaking a journey under sub-para (b), from the time the journey begins to the
time it ends for each of the onward and return journey, except that no daily
allowance shall be admissible for journeys of less than 6 hours and half the daily
allowance shall be admissible for journeys exceeding 6 hours but not exceeding 12
hours, while for journeys of longer duration full daily allowance shall be admissible
for every 24 hours. For parts of 24 hours in excess of 24 hours the method of
calculation adopted will be the same as that adopted for journeys of les than 24
hours duration.
By rail : Rs.5 per day.
By road : Rs.3.00 per day.
NOTE—1. In cases of journey by road, actual expenses referred to in para 4 (b) and in
cases where daily allowance is admissible under this sub-paragraph actual expenses
plus D.A. shall be limited to road mileage allowance at the rate of six annas per
mile.
2. When a combined journey by rail and road is undertaken, the daily
allowance admissible shall be regulated on the basis of the total time taken for the
completion of the combined journey as if it had been performed :-
(a) by rail, when the time taken by rail is greater, or
(b) by road, when the time taken by road is greater.
(b) The outfit allowance referred to in clause (c) of sub-rule (1) of rule 35 shall
be placed at the disposal of the respective Directors, National Cadet Corps of the
officer-cadets selected for pre-commission training. The Directors, National Cadet
Corps shall take necessary action to equip the officer-cadets with the items of
uniform required. The unexpended portion of this allowance shall be required. The
unexpended portion of this allowance shall be :-
(i) Handed over to the officer-cadets on their being granted a
commission:
Or
(ii) Refunded to the State in case they are not granted a commission. On
commissioning, articles of clothing and necessaries purchased from this
allowance shall become the personal property of the NCC Officers. Such articles
shall, however, be withdrawn from the officer – cadets who resign from the
National Cadet Corps, or who are removed or withdrawn preior to commissioning.
The articles withdrawn shall be auctioned and the proceeds credited to the States.
5. Officers and Cadets when traveling to and from their camps will be sanctioned
traveling allowance amounting to actual expenditure incurred at concessional rates as laid
down in serial number 6 of Annexure to rule 114 of the Indian Railway Conference
Association, Coaching Tariff No.16.
SCHEDULE III
(See rule 5, 6, 16 and 27)
1. Prohibition to Membership of Organisations
(See rule 5 (g), 6 (f) and 16 (g)
Any communal organisstion or political organization or an organisation believing in
violence or communal disharmony.
3. Ranks and Scales of Substantives promotions of Officers
(See rule 27)
(a) Senior Division Officers—
(i) Army Wing :-
On being first commissioned –2
nd
Lieutenant.
After 3 years commissioned service-- Lieutenant.
After 8 years commissioned service--Captain.
After 15 years commissioned service—Major
(ii) On being first commissioned Sub Lieutenant.
After 8 years commissioned service-- Lieutenant.
After 15 years commissioned service-- Lieutenant. Commander.
(iii) On being first commissioned –Pilot Officer.
After 3 years commissioned service—Flying Officer
After 8 years commissioned service—Flight Lieutenant.
After 15 years commissioned service—Squadron Leader
(b) (i) Junior Division Officers-
On being first commissioned –Third Officer.
After 3 years commissioned service—Second Officer
After 8 years commissioned service—First Officer
After 15 years commissioned service--Chief Officer
(c) Promotions to the higher rank shall be made provided :-
(i) the officer is considered fit to hold that rank ;
(ii) a vacancy in the higher rank exists in the unit or part thereof to which the
officer has been appointed.
(b) All promotions shall be made by the Ministry of Defence, Government of India, on
the recommendation of State Government.
(e) Officers appointed to the following units of the Corps shall be granted the ranks and
seniority for further promotion, as noted against each :-
Rank on first
Seniority for
Commission
promotion
(i) Officers of the Medical Units Lieutenant 3
Years
Of the Army Wing NCC
(ii) Officers of the Medical Units Sub Lieutenant 3
Years
Of the Naval Wing NCC
(iii) Officers of Electrical and 2
nd
Lieutenant 2
Years
Mechanical Engineer, Engineer,
Signal Units, NCC, Possessing
Technical qualifications prescribed
By the Director General, NCC
(iv) Officers of the Technical Air Pilot Officer 2
Years
Squadrons NCC possessing technical
Qualifications for which ante-date is
Admissible in the Air Force.
3. (a) Ranks and scales of acting promotions of officers of the Senior Division
(Army Wing).
(See rule27)
After two years’ Acting
Commissioned service Lieutenant
After five years’ Acting
Commissioned service Captain
After eight years’ Acting
Commissioned service Major
(b) Ranks and scales of acting promotions of officers of the Senior Division
(Air Wing).
(See rule27)
After two years’ Acting
Commissioned service Flying Officer
After five years’ Acting
Commissioned service Flying Lieutenant
After eight years’ Acting
Commissioned service Squadron Leader
(c) Ranks and scales of acting promotions of officers of the Senior Division
(Naval Wing).
(See rule27)
After five years’ Acting
Commissioned service Lieutenant
After eight years’ Acting
Commissioned service Lieutenant. Commander.
Ministry of Defence
Government of India,
New Delhi, 19
th
March, 1949.
To,
All Provincial Government Chief Commissioners, States and States Unions.
Subject :- National Cadet Corps Rules.
Sir,
I am directed to state that with reference to Rules 5 (d), 6 (d), 16 (c), 22 (1), 26 (3)
of the National Cadet Corps Rules, the Government of India, have decided that :-
(a) The standard of physical fitness in height chest measurement and other
respects, of a student of the male sex of any University offering himself for
enrolment in the Senior Division shall be as shown in Appendix ‘A’ to this letter;
(b) The standard of physical fitness in height, Chest measurement and other
respects of a student of the male sex of any School offering himself for enrolment in
the Junior Division shall be as shown in Appendix ‘B’ to this
(c) the standard of physical fitness in height, chest measurement and other
respects of a person offering himself for appointment as an officer shall be as shown in
Appendix ’C’ to this letter;
(d) the composition of the Selection Board to examine applicants for
appointment as officers, who have been recommended by the Vice-Chancellor of a
University or the Director of Public Instruction shall be as shown in Appendix ‘D’ to this
letter;
(e) the powers to be exercised by Senior Division Officers over Junior
Commissioned Officers and Non-Commissioned Officers of the Army, Chief Petty
Officers, Petty Officers and men of the Indian Navy and Warrant Officers, N.C.Os
and Air men of the Indian Air Force when posted or attached to the National Cadet
Corps unit shall be as shown in Appendices “E”, “H” and G” to this letter.
(f) the composition of ;the Selection Board to examine applicants for
appointment as officers in the N. C. C. Naval Wing, who have been recommended by
the Vice-Chancellor of a University or the Director of Public Instruction shall be as
shown in Appendix ‘I’ to this letter.
(g) the composition of the Selection Board to examine applicants for
appointment as officers in the N. C. C. Air Wing who have been recommended by the
Vice-Chancellor of University or the Director of Public Instruction shall be as shown in
Appendix ‘J’ to this letter.
2. The method of measuring height and chest, as shown in Appendices ‘A’, ‘B’ and
‘C’ shall be as indicated in Appendix ‘F’ to this letter.
Yours Faithfully,
M. K. GANGULI,
Deputy Secretary to the Government of India,
Appendix ‘A’
(To Government of India, letter No.0162/49/NCC, dated 19
th
March, 1949)
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
Senior Division Cadets
Standard of Physical Fitness
[See rule 5 (d)]
ARMY WING
1. He must be in good mental and bodily health and free from and physical defects
likely to interfere with his training.
2. The height and chest measurement hall be as follows :-
Height Chest
Minimum Girth expanded Expansion
60” 29” 2”
3. The eye sight shall be as follows :-
(a) Vision, without aid of glasses, is NOT less than 6/60 with each eye;
provided that, with the aid of glasses, his vision is NOT less than 6/9 in one eye and
6/18 in the other.
(b) Each eye will be examined separately and be required to read the tests in
ordinary daylight.
(c) Inability to distinguish the principal colours will NOT be regarded as a cause
for rejection, but the fact will be noted in the enrolment form.
(d) Degree of acuteness of vision will be entered in the enrolment form as
follows :-
V. R……………….; with glasses……………………………..
V. L……………….; with glasses……………………………..
4. The following points will be observed :-
(a) His hearing is good.
(b) His speech is without impediment
(c) His teeth are in good order.
(d) His chest is well formed and his lungs and heart are sound.
(e) He is not ruptured.
(f) His limbs are well formed and developed.
(g) There is free and perfect motion of all the joints.
(h) His feet and toes are well formed.
(i) He dos not suffer from any inveterate skin disease.
(j) He has no congenital malformation or defect.
(k) He does not bear traces of previous acute or chronic disease pointing to an
impaired constitution.
(l) He does not suffer form a severe degree of varicocele or varicose veins,
unless he has been successfully operated on.
AIR WING
5. Cadets of Air Wing of the NCC must be in good mental and bodily health and free
from any physical defect likely to interfere with their training. They must be free from
active or latent, acute or chronic medical or surgical disability or infection as would entail a
degree of functional incapacity which is likely to interfere with the safe handling of modern
aircraft in flighty.
6. The particular standards applicable to IAF faying are as follows :-
(a) Height –not less than 64”
(b) Leg length –hip to heel not less than 39”
(c) Visual acuity --Unaided vision of 6/6 in one eye and at least 6/9 in the other
if correctable to 6/6.
NOTES—(i) Case of squint latent or manifest, or Trachoma of any degree will not be
acceptable.
(ii) The fields of vision should not be restricted.
(a) Colour Vision—Normal or defective safe.
(b) Hearing –The minimum standard is the ability to hear a forced whisper from
a distance of 20 ft. with each ear separately the other ear being rendered ineffective
by masing or occlusion with the candidate’s back to the examiner.
NOTES-(i) Cases of acute or chronic suppurative otitis media or perforation of the
tympanic membrances are not acceptable.
(ii) The tympanic membrance should be fully mobile and the Eustachian tubes
patent.
(f) Urine The urine must be free of sugar and albumen. Only proved cases of
renal glycosuria are acceptable, if sugar is present.
(g) Body system All body systems must be normal. The individual must have
complete use of his four limbs.
(h) Height and chest measurements—These should be according to height and
age group.
7. The assessment of medical fitness should be made as the result of a complete
medical examination conducted throughout in accordance with high standards of medicine.
Appendix ‘A’
(To Government of India, letter No.0162/49/NCC, dated 19
th
March, 1949)
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
Junior Division Cadets
Standard of Physical Fitness
[See rule 6 (d)]
1. He must be in good mental and bodily health and free from and physical defects
likely to interfere with his training.
2. The height and chest measurement hall be as follows :-
Height Chest
Minimum Girth expanded Expansion
51” .. ..
3. The eye sight shall be as follows :-
(a) Vision, without aid of glasses, is NOT less than 6/60 with each eye;
provided that, with the aid of glasses, his vision is NOT less than 6/9 in one eye and
6/18 in the other.
(b) Each eye will be examined separately and be required to read the tests in
ordinary daylight.
(c) Inability to distinguish the principal colours will NOT be regarded as a cause
for rejection, but the fact will be noted in the enrolment form.
(d) Degree of acuteness of vision will be entered in the enrolment form as
follows :-
V. R……………….; with glasses……………………………..
V. L……………….; with glasses……………………………..
4. The following points will be observed :-
(m) His hearing is good.
(n) His speech is without impediment
(o) His teeth are in good order.
(p) His chest is well formed and his lungs and heart are sound.
(q) He is not ruptured.
(r) His limbs are well formed and developed.
(s) There is free and perfect motion of all the joints.
(t) His feet and toes are well formed.
(u) He dos not suffer from any inveterate skin disease.
(v) He has no congenital malformation or defect.
(w) He does not bear traces of previous acute or chronic disease pointing to an
impaired constitution.
(x) He does not suffer form a severe degree of varicocele or varicose veins,
unless he has been successfully operated on.
AIR WING
5. Cadets of Air Wing of the NCC must be in good mental and bodily health and free
from any physical defect likely to interfere with their training. They must be free from
active or latent, acute or chronic medical or surgical disability or infection as would entail a
degree of functional incapacity which is likely to interfere with the safe handling of modern
aircraft in flighty.
6. The particular standards applicable to IAF faying are as follows :-
(d) Height –not less than 64”
(e) Leg length –hip to heel not less than 39”
(f) Visual acuity --Unaided vision of 6/6 in one eye and at least 6/9 in the other
if correctable to 6/6.
NOTES—(i) Case of squint latent or manifest, or Trachoma of any degree will not be
acceptable.
(ii) The fields of vision should not be restricted.
(b) Colour Vision—Normal or defective safe.
(b) Hearing –The minimum standard is the ability to hear a forced whisper from
a distance of 20 ft. with each ear separately the other ear being rendered ineffective
by masing or occlusion with the candidate’s back to the examiner.
NOTES-(i) Cases of acute or chronic suppurative otitis media or perforation of the
tympanic membrances are not acceptable.
(ii) The tympanic membrance should be fully mobile and the Eustachian tubes
patent.
(f) Urine The urine must be free of sugar and albumen. Only proved cases of
renal glycosuria are acceptable, if sugar is present.
(g) Body system All body systems must be normal. The individual must have
complete use of his four limbs.
(i) Height and chest measurements—These should be according to height and
age group.
7. The assessment of medical fitness should be made as the result of a complete
medical examination conducted throughout in accordance with high standards of medicine.
Appendix ‘C’
(To Government of India, letter No.0162/49/NCC, dated 19
th
March, 1949)
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
APPLICANTS FOR APPOINTMENT AS OFFICERS
Standard of Physical Fitness
[See rule 16 (c)]
ARMY WING
1. He must be in good mental and bodily health and free from and physical defects
likely to interfere with his training.
2. The height and chest measurement hall be as follows :-
Height Chest
_______ ____________________________
Minimum Girth expanded Expansion
61” 31” 2”
3. The eye sight shall be as follows :-
(a) Vision, without aid of glasses, is NOT less than 6/60 with each eye;
provided that, with the aid of glasses, his vision is NOT less than 6/9 in one eye and
6/18 in the other.
(b) Each eye will be examined separately and be required to read the tests in
ordinary daylight.
(c) Inability to distinguish the principal colours will NOT be regarded as a cause
for rejection, but the fact will be noted in the enrolment form.
(d) Degree of acuteness of vision will be entered in the enrolment form as
follows :-
V. R……………….; with glasses……………………………..
V. L……………….; with glasses……………………………..
4. The following points will be observed :-
(a) His hearing is good.
(b) His speech is without impediment
(c) His teeth are in good order.
(d) His chest is well formed and his lungs and heart are sound.
(e) He is not ruptured.
(f) His limbs are well formed and developed.
(g) There is free and perfect motion of all the joints.
(h) His feet and toes are well formed.
(i) He dos not suffer from any inveterate skin disease.
(j) He has no congenital malformation or defect.
(k) He does not bear traces of previous acute or chronic disease pointing to an
impaired constitution.
(l) He does not suffer form a severe degree of varicocele or varicose veins,
unless he has been successfully operated on.
AIR WING
5. Officers of the Senior and Junior Division of Air Wing must be in good mental and
bodily health and free from any physical defect likely to interfere with their training.
The Senior Division Air Wing Officers must also be free from active or latent, acute
or chronic medical or surgical disability or infection as would entail a degree of functional
incapacity which is likely to interfere with the safe handling o modern aircraft in flight.
6. The particular standards applicable to IAF faying are as follows :-
(a) Height –not less than 64”
(b) Leg length –hip to heel not less than 39”
(c) Visual acuity --Unaided vision of 6/6 in one eye and at least 6/9 in the other
if correctable to 6/6.
NOTES— (i) Case of squint latent or manifest, or Trachoma of any degree will not be
acceptable.
(ii) The fields of vision should not be restricted.
(d) Colour Vision—Normal or defective safe.
(e) Hearing –The minimum standard is the ability to hear a forced whisper from
a distance of 20 ft. with each ear separately the other ear being rendered ineffective
by masing or occlusion with the candidate’s back to the examiner.
NOTES-(i) Cases of acute or chronic suppurative otitis media or perforation of the
tympanic membrances are not acceptable.
(ii) The tympanic membrance should be fully mobile and the Eustachian tubes
patent.
(f) Urine The urine must be free of sugar and albumen. Only proved cases of
renal glycosuria are acceptable, if sugar is present.
(g) Body system All body systems must be normal; The individual must have
complete use of his four limbs.
(j) Height and chest measurements—These should be according to height and
age group.
7. The assessment of medical fitness should be made as the result of a complete
medical examination conducted throughout in accordance with high standards of medicine.
APPENDIX ‘D’
(To Government of India letter No.0162/49/NCC, dated the 19
th
March, 1949)
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
Composition of Selection Board
[See sub-rule (1) of rule 21]
1. A Selection Board will be set up by the State Government which shall
consist of :-
(a) The Vice-Chancellor of the University or the Director of Public Instruction, or
any other official of equivalent status, nominated by the State Government, who
shall be the Chairman, provided that-
(i) in the case of an institution administered by the Government of India, the
Director of the Institution or any person of equivalent rank nominated by
the Central Government shall be the Chairman ;
(ii) in the absence of the Vice-Chancellor or the Director of Public Instruction,
the Director, National Cadet Corps shall be the Chairman :
(b) An Army Officer to be nominated by :-
(i) in the case of a State or States Union, by the Commander of the State Forces
from the staff of his Headquarters;
(ii) in any other case, by the Central Officer Commanding the Area or the
Commander of an Independent Sub-Area.
(c) A non-official, to be nominated by the State Government.
(d) The Director, National Cadet Corps where the Vice-Chancellor or any other
official of equivalent status is the Chairman and Deputy Director, National
Cadet Corps where the Director of Public Instruction or any other official of
equivalent status in the Chairman.
2. The State Government may appoint separate Selection Boards for each university
within its jurisdiction.
3. The State Government shall apply to the officer shown in para 1(b) for the
appointment of the Army member of the Board.
APPENDIX ‘E’
(TO GOVERNMENT OF INDIA LETTER NO 0162/49/NCC, DATED THE 19
th
MARCH,
1949)
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
POWERS TO BE EXERCISED BY SENIOR DIVISION OFFICERS OVER
JCOs AND NCOs OF THE ARMY POSTED TO NCC UNITS
(See sub-rule (2) of Rule 26]
1. Senior Division Officers of the N.C.C. when in uniform and attending an
authorized parade or an annual camp, shall be given the same courtesies as officers of the
Indian Army.
2. J.C.Os and O.Rs when attached to N.C.C. shall carry out all orders issued by
Senior Division Officers of the N.C.C. in connection with the training and administration of
the said corps or any unit thereof. Failure to do so will constitute an offence as being
prejudicial to good order and military discipline.
3. The above two paragraphs have been published as Army Order 254 of 1949
DISCIPLINE – JCOs AND OTHER RANKS ATTACHED TO NATIONAL CADET
CORPS UNITS”.
4. Any case of disobedience of orders shall be reported to the Commanding
Officer, who shall deal with the case under the Indian Army Act.
APPENDIX ‘F’
(TO GOVERNMENT OF INDIA LETTER NO 0162/49/NCC, DATED THE 19
th
MARCH,
1949)
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
STANDARD OF PHYSICAL FITNESS
Methods of Measuring Height and Chest.
1. The height will be measured as follows :-
He will be placed against the standard with his feet together, and the weight thrown
on the heels and NOT on the toes or our side of the feet. He will stand erect without
rigidity, and with the heels, calves, buttocks and shoulders touching the standard, the chin
will be depressed to bring the vertex of the head level under the horizontal bar, and the
height will be recorded in inches and parts of an inch to quarters.
The chest will be measured as follows :-
He will be made to stand erect with his feet together, and to raise his arms over his
head. The tape will be so adjusted round the chest that its upper edge touches the interior
angles of the should blades behind, and its lower edge the upper part of the nipples in front.
The arms will then be lowered to hand loosely by the side, and care will be taken that the
shoulders are NOT thrown upwards or backwards so as to displace the tape. The candidate
will then be directed to take a deep inspiration several times, and the maximum expansion
of the chest will be carefully noted. The minimum and maximum will then be recorded
thus in inches 33/35, 34/36½ etc. In recording the measurements, fractions of less than half
an inch should NOT be noted.
APPENDIX ‘G’
(TO GOVERNMENT OF INDIA LETTER NO 0162/49/NCC, DATED THE 19
th
MARCH,
1949)
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
POWERS TO BE EXERCISED BY SENIOR DIVISION AIR WING OFFICERS OVER
WARRANT OFFICERS AND N. C. Cs OF THE AIR FORCE
POSTED TO N. C. C AIR WING UNITS
(See sub-rule (2) of Rule 26 as amended]
1. Senior Division Air Wing Officers of the N. C. C. when in uniform and
attending an authorized parade or an annual camp shall be given the same courtesies as
officers of the Indian Air Force.
2. Warrant Officers, N. C. Cs. & Airmen when attached to N.C.C. shall carry
out all orders issued by Senior Division Air Wing Officers of the N.C.C. in connection with
the training and administration of the said unit. Failure to do so will constitute an officer as
being prejudicial to good order and service discipline.
3. The above two paragraphs have been published as Air Force Order 106 of
1950 “Discipline M.W.Os and Airmen attached to National Cadet Corps”.
4. Any case of disobedience of orders shall be reported to the Commanding
Officer, who shall deal with the case under the Air Force Act (Act No. XLV of 1950).
APPENDIX ‘H’
(TO GOVERNMENT OF INDIA LETTER NO 0162/49/NCC, DATED THE 19
th
MARCH,
1949)
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
POWERS TO BE EXERCISED BY SENIOR DIVISION NAVAL WING OFFICERS OVER
CHIEF PETTY OFFICERS, PETTY OFFICERS AND MEN ATTACHED TO
NATIONAL CADET CORPS,
NAVAL WING UNITS
(See sub-rule (2) of Rule 26 as amended]
(i) Senior Division Naval Wing Officers of the N. C. C. when in uniform and
attending an authorized parade or an annual camp or cruise or a course of training in a
ship or an establishment are to be given the same courtesies as officers of the Indian
Navy.
(ii) Chief Petty Officers, Petty Officers and Men of the Indian Navy when
attached to any unit of the National Cadet Corps are to carry out all orders issued by
Senior Division Naval Wing Officers of the National Cadet Corps in connection
with the training and administration of the said unit. Failure to do so will be dealt
with under Section 43 of the Indian Navy (Discipline) Atc, 1934 as an act to the
prejudice of good order and naval discipline.
(iii) The above two paragraphs have been published as Indian Navy fleet Order
145 of 1952 Discipline Chief Petty Officers, Petty Officers and Men attached to
National Cadet Corps”
(iv) Any case of disobedience of orders shall be reported to the Commanding
Officer, who shall deal with the case under Section 43 of the Indian Navy (discipline)
Act (Act, 1934).
APPENDIX ‘I’
(TO GOVERNMENT OF INDIA LETTER NO 0162/49/NCC, DATED THE 19
th
MARCH,
1949)
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
COMPOSITION OF SELECTION BOARD FOR NAVAL WING OFFICERS
(See sub-rule (1) of Rule 21)
1. A Selection Board will be set up by the State Government which shall consist
of :-
(a) The Vice Chancellor of the University or the Director of Public
Instruction, or any other official of equivalent status, nominated by the State
Government, who shall be the Chairman, provided that;
(i) in the case of an institution administered by the Government
of India, the Director of the Institution or any person of equivalent
rank nominated by the Central Government shall be the chairman
(b) A Naval Officer to be nominated by :-
(i) in the States of Maharashtra and Gujarat, by the Flag Officer,
Bombay, from the officers of Bombay Command including regular
Naval Officers borne in ANGER ADDITIONAL for the various NCC
Units.
(ii) in the State of Kerala by the Commodore-in –Charge, Cochin,
from the officers of Cochin Command including regular Naval
Officers borne in INSVENDURUTHY ADDITIONAL
for the various NCC units.
(iii) In the States of Andhra Pradesh, Madras, West Bengal,
Assam and Orissa, by Commodore, East Coast, Vishakhapatnam, from the
officers of East Command including regular Naval officers borne
additional in INS CIRCARS, HOOGHLY and ADYAR for the various
NCC Unit.
(iv) in all other cases, by the Director General, NCC in
consultation with Naval Headquarters.
(c) A non-official to be nominated by the State Government.
(d) The Director, National Cadet Corps where the Vice Chancellor or
any other official of equivalent status is the Chairman and Deputy National
Cadet Corps where the Director of Public Instruction or any other official of
equivalent status is the Chairman.
2. The State Government may appoint separate Selection Boards for each
University within its jurisdiction.
3. The State Government shall apply to the Officer shown in para 1 (b) for the
appointment of Naval Member of the Board.
APPENDIX ‘J’
(TO GOVERNMENT OF INDIA LETTER NO 0162/49/NCC, DATED THE 19
th
MARCH,
1949)
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
COMPOSITION OF SELECTION BOARD FOR AIR WING OFFICERS
(See sub-rule (1) of Rule 21)
1. A Selection Board will be set up by the State Government which shall consist
of :-
(a) The Vice Chancellor of the University or the Director of Public
Instruction, or any other official of equivalent status, nominated by the State
Government, who shall be the Chairman, provided that;
(i) in the case of an institution administered by the Government
of India, the Director of the Institution or any person of equivalent
rank nominated by the Central Government shall be the chairman
(ii) in the absence of the Vice-Chancellor or the Director of
Public Instruction, the Director, National Cadet Corps shall be the
Chairman :
(b) An Air Force Officer of the G. D (p) Branch to be appointed by Air Officer-in-
Charge Personnel and Organization, Air Headquarters, New Delhi.
(c) A non-official, to be nominated by the State Government.
(d) The Director, National Cadet Corps where the Vice-Chancellor or any other
official of equivalent status is the Chairman and Deputy Director, National
Cadet Corps where the Director of Public Instruction or any other official of
equivalent status in the Chairman.
2. The State Government may appoint separate Selection Boards for each University
within its jurisdiction.
3. The State Government shall apply to the officer shown in para 1(b) for the
appointment of the Air member of the Board.
No.0630/52/NCC/1255/B/D (IS & MED)
Government of India,
Ministry of Defence
New Delhi-2, the 29
th
March, 1952
To
All State Government (Except Jammu & Kashmir)
Subject : NATIONAL CADET CORPS RULES
Sir,
I am directed to forward, for the information of State Government, a copy of the
Rules (Appendix) framed by the Government of India, under Rules 5 (d) and 16 (c) of the
National Cadet Corps Rules, regarding the standard of physical fitness in height, chest
measurement, etc. for candidates offering themselves for enrolment as Officers or Cadets in
the National Cadet Corps Senior Division (Naval Wing).
APPENDIX TO GOVERNMENT OF INDIA LETTER NO
0630/52/NCC/1255-E/D (IS & MED), DATED THE 29
th
MARCH, 1952)
NATIONAL CADET CORPS
SENIOR DIVISION OFFICERS AND CADETS
STANDARD OF PHYSICAL FITNESS
(See rules 5 (d) & 16 (C)]
NAVAL WING
PHYSICAL STANDARDS
The following defects will disqualify a candidate for entry into the National Cadet
Corps for Officers and Cadets of the Senior Division (Naval Wing) :-
(a) A weak constitution, imperfect development, physical weakness either
hereditary or from chronic diseases, wounds or injuries.
(b) Skin diseases unless temporary or trivial.
(c) Malformation of the head, deformity from fracture or depression of the
bones of the skull impaired intellect, epilepsy, paralysis, or impediment of speech
(d) Squint, fistula lachrymalis, trachoma or any chronic diseases of the eyes or
eyelids.
(e) Impaired hearing, or discharge from one or both ears or any disease of the
bones of the external, middle or internal ear.
(f) Diseases of the bones of the nose, or of its cartilages, nasal polypus, or
disease of the nasopharynx.
(g) Functional organic disease of the heart or blood vessels deformity of
construction of the chest, or any symptoms of lung disease of tendency thereof.
(h) Undue swelling or distention of the abdomen, obesity, disease or
enlargement of the abdominal organs. Rupture, weakness or distention of abdominal
rings; any disease of the bladder or incontinence of urine.
(j) The existence of any serious defect of the genital organs or of varicocele,
when it clearly forms or is likely to form a serious impediment to the efficient
performance of duty, e. g., when it is associated with varicose veins or piles.
(k) Paralysis, weakness impaired motion or deformity of the upper or lower
extremities, from whatever causes; varicose state of the veins especially of the leg,
bunions distortion or misformation of the hands, feet, fingers or toes; flat feet.
(l) Distortion of the spine, of the bones of the chest, or pelvis from injury or
constitutional defects.
2. DENTAL STANDARDS
A candidate must have sufficient number of teeth in order to enable him to masticate
efficiently and on no account will he be accepted if he requires artificial dentures for
efficient mastication.
In order to assess whether a candidate has sufficient number of teeth to masticate
efficiently the following guide will be taken into consideration:-
Teeth which are not considered necessary for efficient mastication are allotted one
point each and those essential two points, each. For instance each incisor, canine and 1
st
and
2
nd
premolars will have a value of one point provided their corresponding lower teeth are
present.
Each first and second molar and well developed 3
rd
molar will have the value of 2
points provided in good apposition to corresponding teeth in the lower jaw. In case of 3
rd
molar not well developed, it will have a value of value of on point only.
When all the 16 are present in the upper jaw and in good functioning apposition to
corresponding teeth in the lower jaw, the total value will be 20 or 22 points according to
whether the 3
rd
molars are well developed or not.
The following teeth will be present on each side of the upper jaw in good functional
apposition to corresponding teeth in the lower jaw :-
(a) Any two of the following:-
Central Incisor
Lateral Incisor.
Canine.
(b) Any one of the following :-
1
st
Premolar
2
nd
Premolar
(c) Any two of the following:-
1
st
Molar
2
nd
molar
3
rd
Molar
Provided there are at least 14 dental points in the mouth.
PYORRHOEA:
Men with severe pyorrhea should be rejected. If pyorrhea is slight and the teeth are
otherwise sound the man nay be accepted if in the opinion of the dental officer he and be
cured by normal dental treatment excluding extraction.
3. HEIGHT, WEIGHT AND CHEST -- MEASUREMENTS
A table showing required physical equivalents is given below Range of expansion of
chest in all cases is to be a minimum of 2 inches (Height and weight for men fully stripped).
_________________________________________________________________________
_____________
Age Period 14 15 16-17 18-19 20-24 25-29
30-34 & above
________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________
Height Inches lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs
lbs weight
55-57 69
57-59 75
60 79 91 95 99 104 109
112
61 83 93 97 101 106 111
114
62 87 96 100 104 109 113
116
63 90 99 103 107 112 116
119
64 93 102 106 110 116 119
122
65 97 106 110 114 118 123
126
66 99 108 112 116 122 125
128
67 103 112 116 120 125 129
132
68 107 116 120 124 129 133
137
69 111 120 124 128 133 137
141
70 115 124 128 132 137 141
146
71 119 129 133 137 141 146
151
72 123 134 138 142 146 152
157
4. It is not possible to lay down precise standards with regard to height and weight.
This is left to the discretion of the Medical Officer/Enrolling Officer who may select
candidates below weight who in his opinion would acquire the necessary height and weight
standards on completion of their training.
5. The candidate’s height will be measured as follows :-
He will be placed against the standard with his feet together and the weight thrown on the
heels and not on the toes or outsides of the feet. He will stand erect without rigidity and
with the heels, calves, buttocks and shoulders touching the standard; the chin will be
depressed to bring the vertex of the head level under horizontal bar, and the height will be
recorded in inches and parts of an inch to quarters.
The candidate’s height will be measured as follows :-
He will be made to stand erect with his feet together, and to raise his arms over his
head. The tape will so adjusted round the chest that its upper edge touches the interior
angles of the shoulder blades behind, and its lower edge the upper part of the nipples in
front. The arms will then be lowered to hang loosely by the side, and care will be taken that
the shoulders are not thrown upwards or backwards so as to displace the tape. The
candidate will then be directed to take a deep inspiration several times, and the maximum
expansion of the chest will be carefully noted.
The minimum and maximum will then be recorded thus in inches 33/35, 34/36½ etc.
In recording the measurements, fractions of less than half an inch should not be
noted.
6. VACCINATION:-
No Person will be admitted to the National Cadet Corps (Naval Wing) unless he has been
vaccinated or re-vaccinated during the two years preceding his entry into the Corps. Only
an In ternational Certificate will be accepted in proof of this.
7. TRIFLING DEFECTS:
Candidates presenting trifling defects should not necessarily be rejected. Doubtful
cases are to be referred, along with full Details of disabilities, National Cadet Corps
Directorate for decision.
8. X’ RAY EXAMINATION:
An X’Ray examination of chest may be carried out it the examining medical officer
deems it necessary. Any defects or disabilities discovered during this examination will
disqualify the candidate from entry into the National Cadet Corps, Senior Division (Naval
Wing).
9. EYESIGHT STANDARDS:
Distant vision Near vision
Colour Perception
Entry Standard for Cadets 6/6 6/6 -Each eye
1
Without glasses D.=o.5 snellen
Standard for serving Cadets 6/6 6/12 Do
Do
Without glasses
(Wearing of spectacles is not permitted) 6/6 6/12 Each eye
1
Without glasses D.=0.5 snellen
(Wearing of spectacles on duty is not permitted)
Remarks :- (for both Cadets and Officers)
(a) Limits of Hypermetropia (under Homatropine)
(i) Better eye:
Hypermetropia 1.50 dioptres
Simple hypermetropic astigmation 0.75 dioptres
Compound hypermetropic astigmation: the error in the more hypermetropic
meridian must not exceed 1.5 dioptres, of which not more than 0.75 dioptres may be due to
astigmatism.
(ii) Worse eye :
Hypermetropia 2.5 dioptres
Simple hypermetropic astigmation 1.0 dioptres
Compound hypermetropic astigmation: the error in the more hypermetropic
meridian must not exceed 2.5 dioptres, of which not more than 1.00 dioptres may be due to
astigmatism.
(b) The fields of vision must be normal to confrontation test.
(c) Candidates must possess binocular vision.
(d) Hypermetropia must not exceed :-
Eso-and Exo phoria provided there are no 6 prism dioptres
Ssymptooms :-
Hyperphoria 1 prism dioptres
10. NIGHT VISION STANDARD
The candidates for entry into the National Cadet Corps (as Officers or Cadets) for
the Senior Division (Naval Wing), who fail to secure grade II (eleven) are to be rejected.
11. PROCEDURE OF TESTING AND GRADING OF EYESIGHT
(a) Eyesight is to be tested WITHOUT GLASSES UNLESS OTHER WISE
STATED
(B) Distant Vision is to be determined by test types with non-serif letters and the
following conditions will be observed in conducting the test :-
Two ordinary 25 watt internally frosted (perl) lamps are fixed vertically, one on each side,
at a horizontal distance of 12 inches from the vertical plane normal to and bisecting the
card. One lamp is placed higher than the other, one being opposite the junction of the upper
and middle thirds, and the other opposite the junction of the middle and lower thirds of the
card. Opaque non-reflecting screen, preferably cylindrical, having a matt white interior, are
fitted, so as to prevent direct light from the lamps reaching the candidate’s eyes. The
distance between the test types and the candidate’s eyes is to be 20 feet.
Daylight is to be excluded while the sight testing is in progress and the testing
compartment is to be moderately illuminated by artificial light.
Glaring lights and –other bright objects should not be allowed to interfere with the
candidate’s field of vision and extreme contrast between the illuminated test card and the
background is to be avoided.
The lamps should be renewed at suitable intervals.
Test cards are not to be permanently exposed, as they become discoloured and may
be memorized by prospective candidates.
(c) Near vision will be tested with Snellen types, each eye being tested separately.
The test card should be well illuminated with natural or artificial light, and
held by the candidate at comfortable reading distance.
(d) (Colour perception) :
Colour perception is to be determined by Jshihara Cards and Martin Lantern.
----------------------------------
Copy of Government of India, Ministry of Defence letter
No.0162/53/NCC/1754/B/D (IS & MED), dated 9
th
April, 1953 as amended by
letters.
No.0162/53/NCC/2610/B/D/ (IS & MED), dated 3
rd
June, 1953.
No.0162/54/NCC/1515/D/ (IS)/54 dated 15th March, 1954.
No.0162/54/NCC/4452/D/ (IS)/54 dated 10
th
July, 1954
No.0162/A/56/NCC/ (Coord), dated 14
th
July 1956
No.0162/A/3/56-62/NCC-Pers (A)/1201-US/D (GS-III) of 8
th
June 1962
No.0162/64/E/NCC-Pers (A) 482/B/D/ (GS-IV) dated 11
th
Mar 65.
No.0162/72/NCC-Pers (A)/968/D (GS-II) dated 10th Apr 72.
To
The Director,
National Cadet Corps,
NEW DLHI
Subject :- DELEGATION OF POWER-- NATIONAL CADET CORPS ACT AND
RULES.
Sir,
In pursuance of rule 44 of National Cadet Corps Rules, I am directed to convey the
sanction of the President to the exercise by the Director General, National Cadet Corps, of
the powers exercisable by the Ministry of Defence under rule 16 (b), 16 (d) (in respect of
employment of non-permanent members, of the teaching staff who are likely to be made
permanent or retained in service for lat least a period of three years), 21, 22, 24, 29, 30 34,
34-A and para 2 (d) of Schedule III of the National Cadet Corps Rule, 1948.
2. The Director is authorized to sanction the moves of Regular Armed Forces Officers
detailed for organizing and supervising such training as prescribed in rules 34 and34-A of
the National Cadet Corps Rules.
3. This supersedes this Ministry letter No. 0162/52/NCC/2576/B/D/ (IS & MED),
dated 21
st
June 1952.
Yours Faithfully,
M. S. SUJAN,
Under Secretaty to the Govt. of India.
Copy of the above is forwarded to :
A.F.A. (Q)
A.F.A. (C)
N. C. C. Directorate
.
.
M/B(N)9 Army—2, 000—28-10-78--GIPS
1
FOREWORD
1. NCC plays a vital role in growth and development of country by grooming its most precious
resource, the youth. In order to attain our national goals it is imperative that our training encapsulates
and embeds the qualities and attributes in our cadets.
2. For NCC cadets, Camps are the most exciting and meaningful part of training, wherein
cadets get exposure to the merits of NCC. Camps are organized at various levels i.e. Unit, Group
HQ, Directorate and Republic Day (RD) Camp. These Camps serve to motivate the young students.
NCC must conduct the Camps in an ingenious, pragmatic, transparent, flawless and efficient
manner at all levels. A large number of dignitaries visit NCC Republic Day Camp an annual event
for the NCC Cadets held at HQ DG NCC Camp at Delhi Cantonment. During this Camp Inter
Directorate Competitions are conducted which contribute towards the award of prestigious Republic
Day Banner. For such a prestigious Camp it is must that modalities for conduct of the competition
be well defined. This book has been compiled in two volumes to achieve this aim.
3. Volume I of Standing Instructions lays down the detailed organization of RD Camp, norms
of administration and details of training to be carried out during RD Camp. The duties of NCC
Directorates, Camp Appointments, Officers & Cadets has been worked out based on the experience
and good practices.
4. Volume II of Standing Instructions lays down detailed rules for conduct of all Inter Directorate
Competitions in NCC.
5. While the last edition of Volume I was published in 1994, Volume II was issued in 2010.
Various changes & modification have been done due to environment realities, feedback received
& aspiration of the cadets, which yielded in positive dynamism in the organisation. There was a felt
need to compile these modifications and produce an updated Standing Instruction (Red Book).
6. I am confident that this new edition of Red Book will serve to guide all in conduct of
competitions and make NCC Republic Day Camp a professionally executed event.
Jai Hind
(Vinod Vashisht)
Lt Gen
Director General NCC
New Delhi
15 April 2017
2
STANDING INSTRUCTIONS ON ANNUAL NCC
REPUBLIC DAY CAMP AT DELHI CANTT
VOLUME – I
INDEX
CHAPTER I
STANDING INSTRUCTIONS ON ANNUAL RD CAMP
Subject Page No
Part I General 3
Part II Preparation for the Camp and Charter of Duties 6
Part III –Camp Staff 7
Part IV Directorate RD Contingents 8
Part V- Discipline and Security 14
Part VI – Communications 18
Part VII – Miscellaneous 20
Appendix A - Responsibility, coord and conduct of Major Events 22
Appendix B - SOP: Camp Inauguration 23
Appendix C - SOP: Visit of Dignitaries 26
Appendix D - SOP: Tea Reception at official residences of Service Chiefs & DG NCC 28
Appendix E - SOP: Reception at Rashtrapati Bhawan 29
Appendix F - Camp routine 33
Appendix G - Composition and duties of NCC Republic Day Camp Standing 34
Committee
Appendix H - Responsibilities of various Dtes, Appointments at NCC RDC 37
Appendix J - List of Contingent Stores, Equipment to be brought by 52
Contingents & Cadets
Appendix K - Sequence of actions on arrival at RD Camp & Duties of 57
Contingent Commanders
Appendix L - SOP for Reception, Ushering and seating arrangement for functions 61
connected with NCC RD Camp, PMs Rally, Cultural Shows And Horse Show
3
CHAPTER II
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS ON ADMINISTRATION, FUNDS AND ACCOUNTS
Subject Page No
Part I – Administration 68
Part II – Funds and Accounts 87
Appendix A SOP Hygiene and sanitation 90
Appendix B – Daily Ration Expenditure Statement 94
Appendix C – SOP Cook House 95
Appendix D – Transport requisition format 98
Appendix E – SOP – CSD 99
Appendix F – SOP – Shopping Complex 102
Appendix G – SOP – Management of Kote 104
Appendix H – Establishment of Reception Centre RDC 106
Appendix J – SOP of Fire Fighting 118
Appendix K – Duty Officer Form 112
Appendix L – Establishment of Photo shop 115
Appendix M – SOP on Fund Management 118
CHAPTER III
TRAINING, MAJOR EVENTS, PM RALLY AND FOREIGN CADETS
Subject Page No
Part I - Training 123
Part II - Major Events 124
Part III - Prizes, Trophies, Certificates & their distribution 126
Part IV - PM’s Rally 128
Part V - Conduct and Adm of Foreign Cadets 131
Appendix A - Procedure and layout of Guard of Honour 134
Appendix B – Recommended programme of Horse Show & Band Display 136
Appendix C - Summary of the prizes required for RDC & Responsibilities of OIC 138
Appendix D - Detailed duties of conducting Camp Staff for Foreign Cadets 143
4
Camp strength
4. The camp strength as approved is 2070 cadets. Any increases will be got approved from
Govt.of India every year by secretary RDC (Director Training B) by 01 Aug. Foreign cadets also
attend the camp from 14 Jan onwards. Camp staff will be in addition to this.
Venue and layout of the camp
5. Camp is held at garrison parade ground, Delhi Cantt.
Major events and responsibilities for coordination
6. Secretary, RD cell prepares schedule of Major events by 10 Aug and the same is issued,
after approval of director general, to all concerned to facilitate planning at all levels.
Standing operating procedure for special functions
7. Standing operating procedure laying down responsibilities for organizing and detailed
programme for the following special functions are as under:-
(a) Responsibilities for Major Events - Appendix A
(b) Inauguration of NCC RD camp - Appendix B
(c) Visits of Dignitaries - Appendix C
(e) Tea Reception at official residences of Service Chiefs/DGNCC - Appendix D
(f) Reception at RashtrapatiBhawan - Appendix E
Camp Programme
8. Secretary RD cell will prepare detailed camp programme by 15 Nov every year and send a
copy to each Directorate and internal Directorates of DGNCC and HQ Delhi area. Additional copies,
with changes, if any, incorporated will be issued on arrival of camp staff ad on commencement of
the camp.
9. The camp programme will reflect all events, training and administrative activities, visits,
administration and sightseeing days and functions connected with the camp. Amendments if any
will also be issued only by secretary RD cell and displayed in yellow coloured sheets on the notice
boards.
Camp routine
10. Daily camp routine will be as per Appendix F. All concerned will ensure that timings are
strictly adhered to.
Daily coordinating conferences
11. Conferences will be held daily to facilitate coordination, passage of orders and allotment of
personnel and transport for events of the subsequent two days.
5
12. Administrative conference DDG (Lgs) DGNCC will hold this conference from 0800 hrs to
0830 hrs daily in camp offices area. Following will attend:-
(a) DDG Lgs (in chair) and DD Lgs incharge MES works.
(b) Camp commandant (camp Adjutant will be left free to organize camp fall in).
(c) Quartermaster messing officer boys, Messing officer girls and interior economy
officer.
(d) Officer Commanding boys and officer commanding girls wings.
(e) Any other officer required by the DDG (Lgs).
13.
ADG (B)’s coordinating conference ADG (B) who is chairman of RD camp standing
committee, will hold a coordinating conference in his office on 0900 hrs daily. Following will attend:-
(a) All DDG, incl DDG Delhi
(b) Secretary RDC SC, Dir Coord and DD (pub).
(c) Camp Commandant.
(d) Camp Adjudant.
(e) OIC Boys 7 Girls Camp
(f) RMO.
(g) Nominated Contingent OIC
14. Other staff officers of Dte Gen NCC and camp staff may be asked to attend when required.
Main aim is to coordinate programme and major events for the next day.
15.
Camp Commandant’s conference. Camp commandant will hold this conference from 1400
hrs to 1430 hrs daily in camp officers mess primarily to pass orders for the next day following will
attend:-
(a) All contingent commanders.
(b) Deputy camp commandant, Adjutant, Quartermaster, messing officer boys and
messing officer girls.
(c) Officers commanding boys and girls wings.
16. The above conferences will start at scheduled time and officer taking the conference will
ensure that conference is terminated by given time so that officers can attend to their duties and
cadets are not kept waiting.
Blood donation
17. Secretary RD camp will reflect the blood donation day in the camp programme and arrange
a visit by blood bank team to the camp. Blood donation will be organized by the camp commandant
with the help of deputy camp commandant and the medical officer in the visitor tent area. Directotate
contingents will be informed of number of cadets required to donate blood before the commencement
of the camp. Contingent commanders will be responsible to provide the allotted number of cadets
of appropriate age group out of those, who are not involved in republic day parade, guard of honuor,
prime Minister’s rally or any other such essential duties. Refreshments for the donors will be
organized under the arngs of DDG P&F.
6
PART II: PREPARATION FOR THE CAMP AND CHARTER OF DUTIES
REPUBLIC DAY CAMP STANDING COMMITTEE (RDCSC)
18. Republic day camp is to be organized and run under the total supervision of directorate
general NCC. For this purpose, a republic day camp standing committee (RDC SC) under the
overall supervision of the Addl Director General (B) is formed by August every year. RDC SC will
be responsible to the Director General to organize and run the Republic Day Camp in accordance
with these standing instructions. Composition and functions of the RDC SC are attached as SOP
at Appendix G. Charter of duties of various appointments id given at Appendix H.
19. The committee will generally meet on 02 of Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec, 20 Dec and 30 Dec
and on any additional days ordered by the chairman to review the progress on sequence of
preparatory actions listed in SOP and formulate policy on points/clarifications raised by the
directorates.
Formation of RD cell at DGNCC
20. Dir Trg (B) will be ex-officio secretary RDC SC and the main coordinator of RD camp. He
will be assisted by a cell composed of following personnel. Who will be attached from directorates
under the orders of MS, Lgs and P&F directorates of Dte Gen NCC:-
(a) Asst Secy RDC.
(b) Liason officer (LO) for prep & delivery of various welcome speeches & Commentary
by cdts.
(c) Two Typists from 01 Sep till 01 Feb.
(d) one Light vehicle with driver from 30 Dec to 29 Jan.
Role & Charter of Duties
21.
Role of officers of DG NCC. Broadly the officers of the DG NCC deal with the general
policy, laying down schedule of events, issue of camp programme, liaison with central Govt, service
headquarters, and other agencies for provision of resources and monitor day to day conduct of
programmes as per policy of DG NCC and provide necessary guidance to camp staff and Delhi
Directorate. DGNCC officers also act as judges for various inter directorate of DGNCC.
22.
Role of camp commandant and camp staff. Camp commandant and camp staff are
responsible for compliance of policy, standing instructions, efficient conduct of camp programme,
organize events/ functions under guidance of DGNCC staff, provide administrative assistance,
ensure presence of competitors for various competitions and sound administration of the camp.
this entails compliance of these standing instructions, obtaining guidance of secretary RD cell and
ensuring proper conduct of events/functions/activities and exercising control over manpower and
resources, for special to service activities like Air, Naval cultural programmes, guidance will be
sought from respective JD.
23.
Role of Delhi Directorate NCC Directorate Delhi is responsible for planning, organizing
rehearsals and efficient conduct of Prime Minister’s Rally. Policy decision and approval of
programme of above function is, however, to be obtained through RD cell and concerned Dtes of
DGNCC.
Preparatory Actions
24. Changes in sequence of important events and actions that various directorates/branches
of DG NCC are required to automatically initiate/take on various dates commencing w.e.f. 01 Aug,
will be issued by RD cell buy 15 Jul. each internal Dte of DGNCC will work out their own sequence
of events of their responsibilities during RDC and endorse a copy to secy RDC by 01 Aug each
year.
7
PART III – CAMP STAFF
DETAILMENT OF CAMP STAFF
25. Criteria. Camp commandant and other officers of the camp staff will be specially selected
and detailed by name on the basis of following criteria:-
(a) Suitability for the appointment and professional competence.
(b) Good personal discipline, exemplary conduct and impressive/ smart bearing.
(c) Approximately 1/3
rd
of each main group of camps staff will be out of previous RD
camp staff so as to ensure continuity.
26. Responsibility for detailing. The responsibility and target date for derailments of personnel
will be as under:-
(a) Officers. MS Dte, DGNCC will obtain the recommendations of concerned
directorates/branches and put up names of camp officers to ADG(B) for approval by 01
Aug.
(b) Pl staff.PI Staff will be detailed by MS Dte for RD camp from state directorates
OTS/WOTS/DGNCC. Nominal roll of personnel detailed will be forwarded to MS Dte/DGNCC
by 01 Oct.
(c) Civilian staff. P&F Dte, DGNCC will issue detailment orders by 01 Jul.
Note: changes to appts may vary from year to year)
Duties of Camp Staff
27. Detailed duties of key personnel of camp staff are at Appendix H.
Chain of Command
28. All officers, Pl staff and civilian employees on camp staff including those detailed for any
special activity will be under the command of DDG (Lgs) through the camp commandant.
Arrival schedule of Camp Staff
29. The camp staff will arrive at RD camp ground as under:-
(a) Layout group.
(b) Advance party.
(c) Main party.
(d) Balance camp staff.
30. Camp commandant will ensure that camp is ready in all respects by 1000 hrs on 27 Dec.
8
PART IV – DIRECTORATE RD CONTINGENTS
General
31. Each NCC directorate sends a contingent to represent the directorate/state and Union
Territories covered by it for the National Republic Day celebrations and to participate in RD Banner
competitions and various functions/event of the NCC RD camp.
Composition of directorate contingents
32. Each directorate contingent is composed of the following:
(a) Contingent Commander : One Col/Lt Col/Major or equivalent of any service.
Offr should not have been the Contingent
commander earlier.
(b) Contingent Officers : One Male and one Lady ANO (any rank)
(c) PI Staff
(i) Adm JCO : One (Sub/Nb Sub or Equivalent)
(ii) Trg JCO : One (Sub/Nb Sub or eqvt, Sub Maj or eqvt will NOT
be detailed).
(iii) NCOs : Two NCOs or equivalent
(d) GCI : One
(e) Accounts Clerk : One
(f) Lascars : Two (Separate instructions to be issued by P&F
Dte, HQ DG NCC).
(g) Dhobi : One. One additionl to directorates have cadet
strength of over 100.
(h) Cadets : As per instrs from Office of Secy RDC. The Cadets
will be organised in Platoons & sections under a
cadet appointment. Cadets will wear actual Cadet
appointments during the Camp.
Allotment of vacancies for cadets
33. Directorate wise allotment of vacancies are to be issued by RD cell every year by 15 Jul.
Basis of allotment of vacancies for cadets
34. Allotment of cadet vacancies to directorates is to be made on following consideration:-
(a) Requirement of cadets of various wings for competitions, republic day parade, Prime
minister’s rally and other displays.
(b) Enrolled cadet strength of directorates.
9
(c) Additional vacancies may be to selected directorates above their share based on
cadet strength to make their contingent of viable strength.
Procedure for Sub Allotment of Vacancies to Directorates
35. NCC Directorates and state govts will be informed of final allotment of vacancies by 10 Aug
so that states can release their share of necessary funds. In case of directorates covering more
than one state/union Territories, the letters addressed to state govts will be routed through the
directorate concerned, who will be required to fill in the exact number of part time NCC officers
including GCI and cadets selected from each state/union territory to form part of the contingent in
the letter and forward the same to state Govts/union Territory Administration concerned.
Policy on selection of the contingent
36. The exact method of selection to be adopted for selection of the cadets depends on the
duration for which the probable cadets are available, availability of funds and certain local conditions,
which vary from state to state. It is therefore, not possible to lay down a uniform procedure to be
followed by all directorates for selection of their contingents. The directorates will, however, follow
the following guide lines for selection of their contingents:-
(a) Selection at the unit and group level will be a continuous process and unit and
group commanders will prepare a provisional list of cadets considered suitable for RD
camp during various unit/group level camps, visits to sub – units for certificate examinations
and special parades/competitions organized at unit/group level.
(b) Directorates will convene a board of officers composed of minimum of three
members to carry out an impartial selection of cadets in various categories and competitions.
(c) If the cadets are of acceptable standard and fulfill the requirements of various
competitions and special activities, efforts will be made to give a fair representation to the
states/UTs and regions covered by the directorate, albeit merit alone should count for final
selection of a cadet.
Eligibility conditions for cadets
37. Cadets included by directorates in their RD contingents must fulfill the following condition:-
(a) Cadets of 1
st
year of NCC training in their present division (senior or junior) will not attend.
(b) Repeaters are not permitted except the following categories:-
(i) R&V maximum of two RD camps.
(ii) Bands
(c) Cadets sponsored by the directorates for Youth Exchange Programmes must not
be in the final year of the NCC or graduation course.
(d) Cadet must not be involved in any disciplinary case.
(e) Cadet must be medically fit. They will be protected against typhoid, tetanus and
small pox. Cadets suffering from any communicable disease including skin disease will
not attend.
(f) JD/JW - Attended a minimum of 75% of parades conducted during the 2
nd
year of
NCC Trg and one annual training camp during the NCC service. JD cadets upto class X
will only attend RD camp.
10
(g) SD/SW – Should have attended a minimum of 75% parades conducted during
each year of his/her NCC training and one annual training camp during the NCC service.
Special duty cadets
38. Each directorate will forward names of cadets trained to perform duties as stated below on
05 Jan to Secy RDC (SC) in duplicate:-
(a) One SD boy and one SW girl for reading vote of thanks in English and Hindi.
(b) One SD boy and one SW girl for appointment as camp cadet captain of the day in
rotation. These cadets are to be selected for their command and control, bearing and
words of command.
(c) Four JD boy cadets for traffic and RP duties and four JD cadets for Hygiene,
sanitation and general duties.
(d) Two SD cadets for detailment as stick orderlies to the DG.
Special training activities
39. Contingent commander’s will be required to provide cadets for special training activities
and blood donation out of cadets, who are not selected for guard of Honour, RD parade, cultural
shows, horse show and best cadet competitions.
Exemption of cadets from various contingent events of RD competitions
40. Exemptions of cadets from various contingent events of RD banner competitions will be in
accordance with the rules of such competitions issued by the DGNCC.
Intimation o breakdown o cadet strength
41. Living accommodation for cadets are required to be sub allotted before the arrival of
contingents. To avoid any changes in this allotment, directorate will furnish detailed composition of
their contingent indicating number of cadets under each of the following categories to Lgs
Directorate, HQ DGNCC on 26 Dec:
(a) SD boys
(b) JD boys
(c) SW girls
(d) JW Girls
(e) Bands & R & V cadets (boys and girls separately).
Instructions for special categories of cadets
42. Cadets Bands One boys and one girls band will be nominated for RD camp. Repeaters
are permitted in this category. Although bands personnel will form part of the directorate contingent,
they will be accommodated in separate accommodation (in boys/girls area) which will not be
marked for line area competition. They will also not participate in Inter – directorate competitions.
All bands will attain proficiency in playing National Anthem, and NCC song apart from two marching
tunes and two slow march tunes each.
11
43. R&V cadets these cadets will also be accommodated separately in boys/girls area. Their
accommodation will also not be marked for line area competition. Cadets of R & V may attend
maximum of two RD camps. After the Horse show, Officers, cadets and staff not required for PM’s
rally (including reserves), will be sent back to their units in 20 Jan.
Documents concerning cadets/contingents
44.
By Advance Party – all directorates will send following documents duly signed, through
their advance party (one NCO out of RD contingent staff) and hand over the documents as shown
below:-
(a) Bio-data and documents of the Best Cadets and Youth Exchange probable. These
will be carried in sealed envelope addressed by name to the OIC competitions DDG (MS)
and DDG (Trg) respectively and handed over on 20 Dec at DGNCC.
(b) Final nominal roll of contingent officers, Pl staff, civilian staff and cadets – three
copies to secy RDC on 20 Dec.
(c) Details of mode of travel, railway station, train date and time by which the directorate
contingent would be arriving. One copy of this will be handed over at the camp commandant
and one to Lgs Dte of DGNCC.
45. By contingent commanders The following documents will be brought personally by the
contingent commanders and handed over to the authorities as against each-
(a) Nominal roll 14 copies to be distributed as under:-
(i) Four copies to RD cell (Secy RDC).
(ii) Two copies to OIC competitions (DDG MS).
(iii) Three copies to the camp commandant including one for use of chief training
officer.
(iv)One copy to the camp Adjt.
(v) Four copies to Dir Coord at DGNCC along with a certificate that antecedents
of all ANOs/cadets have since been verified by the police.
(b) Special nominal roll Nominal rolls for team/individual competitions will be given to
OIC competitions before the competitions. Names of cadets for special duties will be
indicated in these Rolls.
(c) Identity cards All cadets attending the RD camp will be in possession of identity
card, issued by the respective directorates. On arrival in the RD camp, these identity cards
will be authenticated by the Camp Comdt/Adjt by affixing camp stamp.
(d) Indemnity Bond All civilian staff and cadets will sign an indemnity bond and these
will be submitted to camp commandant on 05 Jan.
(e) Vouchers for weapons, arms and controlled stores on arrival will be handed over to
the camp commandant.
Contingent stores, clothing and equipment
46. The contingents will be required to bring the following for the RD camp:-
(a) Arms. As required for all competitions.
12
(b) Contingent stores and equipment contingents will bring all stores and equipment
required for use in various RD banner competitions and during the RD camp. Suggested
list of the stores/equipment is at Appendix J.
(c)
Clothing and necessaries.
(i) Uniforms including accoutrements.
(ii) Mufti dress as approved by DGNCC.
(iii) Personal clothing including additional winter garments.
(iv) PT kit/dress for NCC run physical training and stores.
47. Cadets will be in possession of clothing and uniform items listed at Appendix J.
Arrival of contingents
48. The contingents will arrive at the RD camp on 30 Dec as instructed by the DGNCC.
Contingent commanders will ensure that instructions are strictly followed. Proper escort under Pl
staff will be detailed to ensure security of arms, ammunition and stores during the journey.
49. Sequence of action on arrival at RD camp is at Appendix K.
Duties of contingent commanders
50. The contingent staff is to assist the camp commandant in ensuring that nominated cadets
attend activities/functions punctually and highest standard of turnout, conduct and discipline is
maintained.
51. Some of the duties of contingent commanders are at Appendix K
Cadet Appointments
52. To enable the cadets to learn leadership by practice and play greater role in management
of the camp, selected cadets will be nominated for following cadet appointments:-
(a) Camp Cadet Appointmentscamp comdt will nominate camp cadet captain, cadet
captain (boys) and cadet captain (girls) out of names sponsored by the contingent
commanders. Camp commandant will nominate cadets for security, traffic control, hygiene
and sanitation and reception duties. Appointments will be changed every Wednesday. Camp
comdt will also select daily, a smart and well turned out ‘cadet stick orderly’ out of cadets
sponsored by contingents and appoint him as the DGs stick orderly.
(b) Contingent cadet Appointments contingent commanders will nominate cadets as
contingents cadet captain (Boys), senior cadet boys, senior cadet (Girls), cadet sergeant
Major, cadet Quartermaster, contingent writer, line sentries and cadets incharge of team/
party sent for any competition/event/camp function.
53. Above camp appointments will exercise control over cadets under their charge and ensure
speedy “fall in”, movement in proper squad, paying of compliments to officers and good conduct of
their contingents.
Visit by DDG of NCC Dte
54. Each DDG NCC Dte will be called on temporary duty for four days to visit RD camp. These
dates will be coordinated by P&C Dte of DGNCC and will be inclusive of dates of arrival and
13
departure. DDG of champion Directorate will be present at Delhi to receive the RD Banner at the
Prime Minister’s rally on 27 Jan.
Flag Area
55. Flag Area is one of the star attractions of the camp. It is therefore, the duty of camp
commandant and contingent commanders to ensure that this area is properly maintained at all
times.
56. Camp commandant will nominate an officer and a NCC cadet to exercise control over flag
area. They will ensure that cadet’s work on flag area only during permissible timings and equipment
is kept uncovered for visitors from 0900 hrs to 1300 hrs and from 1700 hrs to 1900 hrs and for any
other visits notified in the camp programme. Flags will be kept flying from reveille to retreat and
area will be flood lit in the evenings. Sentry at main gate will control entry of vehicle and personnel.
57. On the days of VIP’s visit to the camp, the camp commandant and contingent commanders
will take a round of the flag area 45 minutes before the visit time and get it set right. Transparent
covers may be used to protect flag area items during night and inclement weather. It will, however,
be the duty of contingent commanders to get these removed in time.
58. Flag areas will be kept ready on all cultural show evenings and VIP/press party visits and
will have cadets specially nominated and rehearsed for the flag area to explain the theme.
Notice Board
59. Notice boards at the following places will be maintained for display of notices:-
(a) RD cell - for DGNCC officers.
(b) Camp officers mess - for camp officers and contingent commanders.
(c) Camp Adjt’s office - for boy cadets.
(d) Girls area info room - for girls cadets.
60. A special score board will be put up near the first row of tents in the boys area facing
auditorium No 1 for notifying scores of directorates in Inter-directorate RD banner competitions. All
notice boards and the special score board will be maintained by the camp Adjutant.
Dispersal after the camp
61. All contingents will disperse on 29/30 Jan under the respective contingent commanders.
Delhi has a big tourist rush during the month of Jan. all directorates will, therefore, take advance
action to obtain reservations for the return journey, taking into account their sightseeing plan after
the camp. Bands cadets will also disperse alongwith Dte contingents.
62. Prior to departure from the camp, the contingent commanders and the camp staff will
obtain clearance from all concerned.
14
PART – V : DISCIPLINE AND SECURITY
Discipline
63. General RD camp is a model camp visited by many dignitaries. The officers and cadets
should ensure exemplary standard of turn out, behavior (both on parade and off parade) and
ensure that various activities are conducted with a clock like precision. To achieve this, the camp
commandant, the camp staff and the contingent commanders will ensure that special stress is
laid on the following:-
(a) Officers and cadets will be properly turned out at all times. Individuals will not wear
any unauthorized items of clothing, ribbons and badges.
(b) Movement of cadets within the camp will be in proper squads under a cadet
appointment.
(c) All functions/events will commence at the scheduled time. The tendency to make
the cadets ‘fall in’ too much in advance will be curbed as it causes disruption of other
activities.
(d) All ‘fall-ins’ will be held in a military fashion and proper reporting procedure followed.
Tendency to carry out lengthy ‘fall-ins’ without prior planning as regards the orders to be
passed or sub allotment of cadets for various activities will be curbed.
64. Responsibility for ensuring good conduct
(a) Camp commandant will be responsible for maintenance of discipline in respect of
camp officers and cadets at all times including various functions outside the RD camp.
(b) Contingent commanders will be responsible to ensure that cadets nominated for
various functions and receptions, do not violate instructions passed by the RD cell or
camp commandant. The senior most officer/cadet from each contingent present at a
function will be responsible to check his cadets.
65. Discipline and conduct during functions with VIPs and special events. Camp staff and
contingent commanders will ensure that the behavior of cadets at various functions/activities is
exemplary. Following will be ensured:-
(a) Camp staff and cadets are seated at least five minutes before the guests start
arriving.
(b) Cadets occupy only the allotted enclosure/seats. Boys and girls will be seated in
separate enclosures.
(c) ANOs (male and ladies), pl staff and GCIs are nominated for each function/event to
ensure good conduct of the cadets. Cadets found making noise, shouting or whistling will
be produced before the camp commandant.
(d) All ‘fall-ins’ will be held in a military fashion and proper reporting procedure followed.
66. Out Passes No cadet will be permitted to leave the camp except for organized activity.
67. Sight seeing and shopping No sightseeing is permitted till the camp inauguration. Contingent
commanders will organize sight seeing/shopping on the days reflected in the camp programme
and ensure that all cadets get a chance in turn. Each sight seeing party will be accompanied by a
15
contingent officer/pl staff/GCI, who will be responsible to bring the cadets back to the camp by
1730 hrs.
68. Sight seeing outside Delhi will be permitted on 29 Jan. dress for sight seeing/shopping will
be mufti only.
69. camp transport may be allotted for organized sight seeing within Delhi, when available.
Before hiring buses for sight seeing contingent commanders will ascertain from camp commandant
about the strength permitted to go out.
70.
Function in the camp Auditorium In order to ensure smooth entry/exit of cadets, reception,
ushering and seating of guests, maintenance of discipline during various camp functions, the
seating in camp auditorium will be organized for all functions as per instructions contained in
succeeding paras.
71. Entry/Exit. For entry and exit, the following entrances when facing the stage will only be
used:-
(a) Boy cadets & Pl staff entrance from MI room side (left, when facing the stage).
(b) Girls cadets and GCIs Entrance from camp offices side (right, when facing the
stage).
72. Seating standard seating for all such assemblies in the camp auditorium will be (starting
from front row to rear row of sofas/chairs/benches) as follows:-
(a) Front row of sofas DGNCC staff and Lt Col and above of camp staff and DDG,
director and Group commanders of Delhi Dte.
(b) Second row for remainder officers of camp & Delhi Dte (if required 3 or 4 rows).
(c) Subsequent rows:
(i) Girl cadets and GCIS (JW in front) - Right 1/3 of auditorium.
(ii) Boy cadets (JD in front) - Right 2/3 of auditorium.
(d) Last three rows – Pl staff.
73. Conduct during functions. Contingent commander’s will nominate a contingent lady officer/
GCI/Pl staff each to sit in the last row of girls and one male ANO/Pl staff to occupy seat on the side
of boys enclosure to exercise control and check any talking/movement during the conduct of
function.
74. Once everyone is seated, emergency exits (on both sides) will be opened by a Pl staff to
be detailed by the camp Adjutant.
75. All will keep the headgears on and remain seated but will be cautioned to word of command
“Baithe Baithe Savdhan” at the time of reporting to camp commandant/ADG. They will remain
seated, when the DG/Chief guest enters, unless specifically told to stand up. Caps/berets will be
automatically removed once the talk/function starts and worn again at the end of the function.
76. Everyone will stand up when chief guest departs. Cadets will leave by respective exits
after the officers have left the auditorium.
16
Security
77.
Responsibility Dy Camp Commandant is the Ex-officio camp security officer and fire fighting
officer. He is responsible to the camp commandant for efficient implementation of camp security
and fire fighting orders. These orders will be prominently displayed at various boards. After the
DG’s opening Address, the camp commandant will briefly explain these orders to all officers and
cadets of the camp.
78. Security of stores
(a) Security of government stores in the RDC camp area shall be ensured through a
system of “gate pass”. Movement of stores out of the camp area will be permitted only
through gate passes signed by the camp comdt (camp security officer). All gate passes
will be serially numbered. Details of each pass issued alongwith details of stores for which
issued and to whom issued will be entered in a register to be maintained by the dy camp
comdt. A similar register will be maintained with the sentry at the exit gate of the camp.
Details of all passes will be entered by the sentry in his register. The sentry will check
stores being taken out and endorse as such on the gate pass. The gate pass will be
retained by the gate sentry and returned next day to Dy camp comdt for his records.
(b) During RDC period the gate pass will be issued by the OIC DG NCC Camp.
79. Surprise Check Committee
(a) A surprise check committee directly responsible to the chairman RDC SC will
function during the period of the RDC. The committee will be detailed by Secy RDC SC
and will comprise of officers, 2 JCO’s and 2 NCO’s detailed out of DG NCC staff and RDC
camp staff. The committee will carry out surprise checks as ordered.
(b) The names of the committee will be published by the RD cell and the committee
will function on day to day basis. The committee will report to the Secy RDC at 0900 hrs
daily for instructions.
(c) The committee will be responsible for carrying out surprise checks in all areas
where purchases are made and will authenticate on the bills of all major transacti9ons
made during the day. The committee will report their findings daily to Secy RDC SC who
will, in turn, keep the chairman RDC SC apprised.
80. Security of camp personnel. Most of the cadets who attend the RD camp are new to Delhi
and large numbers of them are girls and junior division boys. It is, therefore, important that proper
arrangements are made for their security both in the camp and also when they are out of camp for
any training activity, functions or sight- seeing\shopping. The camp commandant assisted by damp
security officer (deputy camp commandant), OSC boys & girls will be responsible to ensure security
of all camp personnel. The security system will consist of camp guards and patrols, police guard
and contingent line sentries.
81. Security of Arms and controlled stores. Weapons, ammunition and controlled stores will
be kept under guard in the camp Kote. Officers or cadets will not be allowed to bring their personal
weapons in the camp. Strict security measures for the safe custody of rifles and bayonets, their
issue for parades/rehearsals and return to Kote, will be made. All rifles must be properly chained
at night. One NCO will be detailed to be present in the kote both during the day and night.
82. Security of personal belongings. Contingent commanders will ensure that cadets do not
keep any costly/valuable articles, jewellery of heavy cash with them. Lady Officers and girl cadets
will not bring gold ornaments of costly jewellery to the camp.
17
83. Security of camp area. The camp security officer will arrange with the police authorities for
perimeter patrolling of the camp during the night. He will also maintain close liason with HQ Delhi
area, station HQ Delhi cantt, Army HQ camp and police authorities.
84.
Security passes for civilian personnel. Security passes will be issued to all civilian personnel
and labour employed in the camp. These will be checked by the security staff frequently. In case of
casual labour, strict watch will be kept on their movement and entry/visit into the camp.
85. Visiting Hours. Relatives of the cadets will be allowed to visit the cadets between 1600 hrs
to 1830 hrs daily except when there is a formal function in the camp. The visitors will report at the
reception centre. OIC reception centre will arrange to call the cadet concerned through
announcement on camp broadcasting system will also set up by camp Signal offr, in visitors tent.
Cadets will be allowed to meet such visitors in the visitor’s tent/barracks of the camp shopping
complex. They will not be allowed to go outside the camp with them.
Fire Fighting
86. Responsibility. Deputy Camp commandant will be Ex-officio fire fighting officer. He will be
responsible to formulate and promulgate fire fighting orders. He will also liaise with Army HQ’s
camp, Delhi area and Air Force station and make arrangements for obtaining help from them in
case of fire.
87. He will obtain approval of the Camp Commandant to the number and location of fire points
and sub allot the responsibility for setting up and maintenance of these fire points. He will carry out
fire fighting practice at least once a week after getting time approved from RD cell.
88. Contingent commanders should educate their cadets on the fire fighting arrangements.
They will strictly enforce the following precautionary measures:-
(a) No naked light will be permitted inside the tent/barrack.
(b) All lights will be put off at the lights out time.
(c) No one is permitted to smoke while attending a function/training. Activity, inside a
tent or near a vehicle of inflammable material like the aircraft fuel, which should be well
marked.
18
PART VI : COMMUNICATIONS
General
89. Efficient communications system is necessary for command and control and smooth
conduct of various events/functions of the RD Camp. The following means of communication will
be established:-
(a) P&T telephones.
(b) Field exchange and internal telephones.
(c) Public call offices.
(d) Camp broadcasting system.
(e) Radio sets.
(f) Public address system.
(g) Special communication for PM’s rally.
P&T Telephones
90. The NCC Camp in Garrison parade ground, Delhi cantt has two permanent P & T Telephone
(No 3293501 and 3292603). These telephones will be used in camp officer’s mess and MT during
the RD camp. Following additional telephones will be established by 01 Jan:-
(a) DG and SO to DG - Plan ‘A
(b) ADG ’A and SPA to ADG ‘A -Plan ‘A
(c) ADG ‘B’ and SPA to ADG ‘B’ - Plan ‘A
(d) Secretary RDC SC
(e) All DDG
(f) JD YEP
(g) Camp Comdt
(h) Camp Excahange - To be eatablished by 10 Dec
(j) DD Pub
(k) Dir Coord
(m) Telephone with STD at Garrision Parade Ground PM’s rally on 27 Jan.
91. P&F Dte of HQ DG NCC will be responsible to approach Headquarters Delhi area and
P&T and get the additional telephones installed. Camp singnal officer will ensure proper installation
of the above telephones by 30 Dec.
92. Maintenance and repairs during the camp will be arranged by the camp signal officer.
19
Field Exchange and Telephones
93. For internal communications, Camp signal officer will install an exchange.
94. Lgs Directorate will be responsible for provisioning of equipment and camp signal officer
will be responsible for efficient functioning.
Pubic Call Office (PCOs)
95. One PCO each with STD facility will be installed in Boys and Girls Areas under the
arrangements of P&F Dte of HQ DGNCC.
Camp broadcasting system
96. Camp signal officer will install an efficient broadcasting system for urgent announcements
or for calling any member of camp staff/cadets to report6 at various places at which they are
required. The announcer’s booth will be near the Adjutant office and visitor’s tint near reception
centre and loudspeakers will be so located that the announcements can be heard in all parts of the
camp. Adjutant will be responsible to scrutinize the announcements before broadcasting so that
contradictory or unauthorized announcements are not made.
97. Adjutant will also impose PA silence during any formal function in the camp, beating of
retreat and Army day parade (also during the rehearsals of Army Commander, and GOC Delhi
Area).
98. Lgs Ste will be responsible to consolidate requirement of radio sets and dets and arrange
these from HQ Delhi Area/on loan from other agencies.
99. List of equipment required for communications, responsibility for arranging the same and
source of procurement will be prepared in time.
Public Address system (PA system)
100. Camp Signal Officer will make PA arrangements for the following:-
(a) Camp inauguration and RM’s visits.
(b) Cultural shows in main auditorium and camp officer mess.
(c) Lectures/functions in Camp Auditorium 1and 2.
(d) Horse Show.
(e) NCC RUN.
(f) Reception at NCC house.
(g) PM’s Rally.
(h) President’s at home.
(j) PM’s Lunch/Tea.
(k) Any other function requiring PA Eqpt.
20
101. To cater for breakdown of power supply, a stand by amplifier with alternative power supply
will be arranged. Each amplifier will have two mikes. Number and type of loudspeakers will be so
selected as to avoid harsh and jarring sound.
Special communications for PM’s Rally
102. Hotline JD Trg Air will arrange for a hot P&T line between the signal control cabin at the
rally ground and Palam Air Field (Air traffic control) for direct communications for clearance of the
air items of the rally.
103. PA Arrangements DG NCC (Lgs Dte) will be responsible for liaison with HQ Delhi Area
Signal Coy and AHQ Sig Regt for provision of PA Eqpt for the PM’s Rally.
PART VII : MISCELLANEOUS
Information Rooms
104. Information cum recreation rooms will be established in both the boys and girls areas
under arrangements of P&F Dte. These will have the following:-
(a) TV set
(b) Newspapers and magazines.
(c) Maps of India and capital city of Delhi.
(d) Indoor games, carrom boards, playing cards, eight for boys and four for girls.
(e) Information chart concerning career prospects in armed forces, these will be obtained
from recruiting branch of Army, Navy, Air force and other services.
(f) Incentives given to cadets.
105. OC boys and OC girls will be responsible to the camp commandant for upkeep of
information rooms in their respective areas.
Publicity and public relations
106. camp is the most important annual NCC event of National importance. It is therefore,
essential that activities of the camp receive wide publicity on TV, Radio, newspapers, magazines
and cadet journal.
107.
Responsibility ADG (A) assisted by DDG (P&C) and DD (Pub) will be responsible for
organising publicity and public relations concerning RD Camp.
108.
Policy. To avoid disruption of camp activities due to the adhoc requirements of press/
publicity during the camp, DD pub will formulate publicity policy for the camp by 15 Oct in consultation
with secretary RDCSC and obtain DG’s approval through ADG (A).
109. Publicity effort will consist of the following –
(a) Preparation and printing of brief.
(b) Suitable press release ten days before the commencement of the camp.
(c) Visit of press and TV teams before the camp inauguration.
(d) Press and TV coverage of camp inauguration, Horse show, visits of VIP’s to the
camp and cultural shows.
21
(e) Special TV feature on the NCC RD Camp.
(f) Est of motivation Hall.
(g) Press and TV coverage of NCC contingents participating in RD Parade. DD Pub
will also submit background material to DPR.
(h) Press and live TV coverage of PM’s rally. Draft commentary script will be submitted
by Delhi Dte to RD cell for DG’s approval.
Motivation Hall
110. Motivation hall built in the RD camp premises consists of the following enclosures:-
(a) Photo exhibition.
(b) Army wing.
(c) Navy wing.
(d) Air wing.
111. DDG (P&C) will be responsible for overall coordination of functioning of the motivation hall.
During the RDC two cadets for each enclosure will be detailed by the camp comdt to brief the
visitors. Cadets for Army, Navy and Air Wing enclosures will be of the respective wings. These
cadets will be selected from amongst the uncommitted cadets and will not be changed throughout
the camp duration.
Preparation of briefs and hand outs on RD camp
112. The following briefs and handouts will be prepared for the RD camp:-
(a) Brief on NCC Special achievements of the current training year will be highlighted.
1000 copies of the ‘NCC achievements and programme’ will be kept available for distribution.
(b) Brief on RD camp this will include historical perspective and special feature of the
current RD camp. ADG (A), after obtaining DG’s approval, will get adequate number of
copies printed.
(c) Briefs for VIP’s invited for formal visit to RD camp. Secretary RDC will prepare
these and send the same along with brief on NCC, Brief on RDC and minute to minute
programme of visit/function to the VIP through the LO detailed by Dir MS to escort the VIP.
(d) Briefs on cultural shows. OIC cultural will be responsible to prepare these under
instructions of ADG (A).
113. Background material for RD parade at Rajpath DD pub will be responsible for updating
the background material on NCC contingents and bands participating in RD parade and submit
the same after approval of DG to DPR.
114. Commentators for all functions will be arranged by DDG (P&C).
Reception, ushering and seating: RDC functions
115. A large number of VIP’s visit the RD camp on official visits and as chief guest at various
functions organised during the RD camp. Detailed SOP on reception, ushering and seating for the
visits/functions is at Appendix L for compliance.
22
Appendix A
RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ORGANISING MAJOR FUNCTIONS
1. Camp inauguration - ADG (B)
2. Competitions - DDG (MS)
3. Press visit - ADG (A), DDG (P&C) & DD Pub
4. Visits : RM/RRM and service chiefs. - ADG (B)
5. Visit CAC members - ADG (A), DDG (P&C) Dir (Coord)
6. Cultural shows - ADG (A) DDG (P&C) OIC cultural
7. RD parade and guard of Honour - DDG (Trg) CTO
8. Horse show & band display - DDG (Trg) OIC R&V Lgs aspects by DDG (Lgs) and
Camp Commandant.
9. PM’s Rally
(a) Coord - ADG (B) and Secretary RDC
(b) Organisation & conduct - DDG Delhi
(c) Tfc Cont, seating, ushering & security– DDG (P&C), Dir Coord
10. Tea at Rashtrapati Bhavan - Secretary RDC Camp Comdt.
11. Lunch/Tea at PM’s Residence - Secretary RDC CAMP COMDT.
12. Reception at Army House - Secretary RDC SC
13. Reception at Navy House - Secretary RDC SC
14. Reception at Air House - Secretary RDC SC
15. Reception at NCC House - Secretary RDC SC and SO
16. Blood donation - Camp Commandant, Camp MO
17. Barakhana - Camp Commandant.
23
Appendix B
SOP – CAMP INAUGRATION
General
1. This function is organized to make the formal inauguration of the RD camp. The function
is, generally, organized five to six days after the commencement of the camp, so that the camp is
sufficiently ready and in a presentable condition. The Vice President of India is, generally, the chief
Guest. A request to the vice president in initiated by DG NCC (coord) under the signatures of DG
by 10 Nov.
Venue Date and Time
2. The function is organized in the Guard of Honour ground at 1100 hrs.
Dress
3. (a) Service officers, Pl staff and cadets - Winter Ceremonial, Full Medals (Dress
No 1)
(b) Civilians - National Dress/Lounge suit.
Participation
4. The following will participate in this function:-
(a) Guard of Honour – 120 cadets, One Military Band & Two NCC
Bands.
(b) Vote of thanks and welcome address – One cadet each for Hindi and English.
(c) Personnel on duty in the motivation Hall & Flag Area
(d) Cadets for cultural show in auditorium .
Overall Responsibility
5. ADG (B) will be responsible for organisation and smooth conduct of the function.
Division of Responsibilities
6. (a) Preparation of Ground - Camp Commandant.
(b) Preparation of Flag Area - Contingent Commander.
(c) Guard of Honour, Band and Buglers. - DDG (Trg)& CTO.
(d) Cultural show Auditorium . - OIC cultural under the supervision
of ADG (A) DDG (P&C).
(e) Motivation hall - Respective OIC.
(f) Tea & Refreshment. - ADG (A) & DDG (P&F).
24
Appendix C
SOP : VISITS OF DIGNITARIES TO CAMP
General
1. It is customary to invite Ministers of Ministry of Defence, service Chiefs and Defence
secretary to visit the camp. Dates and timings of visits are reflected in tentative schedule of Major
events which is prepared by Secretary RDCSC. Based on this, DG NCC (coord) sends out requests
to VIP’s for appointment under the signatures of DG with a copy to RD cell.
Aim
2. Aims of these visits are to:-
(a) Afford opportunity to VIP’s to view the camp and meet maximum camp staff and
cadets.
(b) Project image of NCC with a view to obtain their patronage and also raise the status
of
RD camp.
(c) Afford an opportunity to campers to meet VIP’s.
Responsibilities
3. ADG (B) assisted by secretary, RDCSC will coordinate all preparations for the visits.
4. Secretary RDCSC
(a) Prepare schedule of visits.
(b) Brief conducting officer/escort and through him send the Brief on NCC, Brief on
RD camp and programme of visit, to the VIP.
(c) Issue instructions regarding attendance in functions.
(d) Organise Presentation of mementoes to the VIP’s as approved by DG.
(e) Approach service HQ’s for detailing Band and Buglers.
5. DDG (Training) Assisted by CTO organize fanfare by service Buglers, and Guard of Honour
on arrival of VIP. Flag will remain unfurled.
6. Dir Coord Organise seating arngs, ushering and traffic control.
7. Camp Commandant
(a) Get the camp, including the Flag Area and cadets lines, ready for the visit.
(b) Ensure that camp staff and cadets are at the assigned paces at least 15 minutes
before the visit time.
(c) Ensure proper conduct of cadets during Mess function. VIP will not be requested
for autograph or individual/directorate wise photograph. Cadets will remain dispersed and
not crowd around the VIP.
(d) Organise tea for the drivers and CMP escorts of the VIP.
25
Sequence of Actions
8. Recommended Sequence of events is as under.
(a)
Investiture Ceremony of Hob’ble RM.
SNo. Time Events
1. 1100Hrs The Hon’ble Raksha Mantri arrives and is received by DG
NCC.Fanfare is played by buglers
2. 1100-1102Hrs Introduction to ADGs and DDGs.Bouquet presented to RM
3. 1102-1107Hrs Chief Guest takes salute from Saluting Dais, inspects Guard of
Honour and returns to Saluting Dais.
4. 1107-1112Hrs Presentation of RM’s Padak and Commendation Cards.
5. 1112-1125Hrs Witness Band Display.
6. 1125-1140Hrs Visit Flag Area and Mov to Auditorium.
7. 1140-1145Hrs Address by DG.
8. 1145-1200Hrs Witness Cultural Programme.
9. 1200-1205Hrs Address by Hon’ble Raksha Mantri.
10. 1205-1215Hrs Presentation of Memento to Hon’ble Raksha Mantri by DG NCC
followed by NCC Song.
11. 1215-1230Hrs Tea and Photograph with Cadets in Officers Mess complex
12. 1230Hrs Hon’ble Raksha Mantri Departs.
(b
) Visit by Other Dignitaries incl Service Chiefs.
S No Time Event
1. 1100Hrs Arr of VIP and is received by DG NCC.Fanfare played by buglers
2. 1100-1102Hrs Intro to ADGs and DDGs. Bouquet is presented to Civilian
dignitaries and First Lady only
3. 1102-1107Hrs Inspect Guard of Honour.
4. 1107-1122Hrs Witness Band Display.
5. 1122-1135Hrs Visit Flag Area
6. 1135 -1145Hrs Visit Motivation Hall and Mov to Auditorium.
7. 1145-1150Hrs Address by DG.
8. 1150-1210Hrs Witness Cultural Pgme.
9. 1210-1215Hrs Address by the CAS.
10. 1215-1220Hrs Presentation of Memento to VIP by DG NCC followed by NCC
Song.
11. 1220-1230Hrs Tea and Photograph with Cadets in Officers Mess complex
12. 1230Hrs Dep of VIP.
Dress
9. (a) Service officers, Pl staff and cadets - Winter Ceremonial, Full Medals (Dress No 1)
(b) Civilians - National Dress/Lounge suit.
26
Appendix D
SOP : TEA RECEPTION AT OFFICIAL RESIDENCE OF SERVICE CHIEFS& DG NCC
General
1. It is customary for the Chief’s of the Army, Naval and Air staff and the Director General NCC
to invite approximately 15 officers and 250 NCC cadets to their official residence for a tea party.
The function is generally held at 1530 hrs and its duration is approximately one hour.
Responsibility
2. Dir Coord Initiation of formal request to service Chief’s giving suggested date and time in
consultation with secretary RDCSC.
3. Secretary RDCSC Inclusion in camp programmes and issue of criteria for attendance of
function.
4. Camp Commandant Detailment of officers and cadets strictly as per criteria issued by RD
Cell. Where cadet is not available another cadet of same wing from same contingent may be
detailed. He will also organise briefing, checking o dress and ensure officers and cadets concerned
reach the venue five minutes before the time. He will also ensure orderly behavior of the cadets
throughout the function.
5. Nominated LO Coordinate and attend reception of respective service Chiefs, organise
reading of vote of Thanks by a selected and rehearsed cadet.
6. Dress
(a) OfficersWinter Ceremonial with medal ribbons unless specified otherwise.
(b) Cadets. Terricot uniform with Jerssy pullover unless otherwise specified.
7. Sequence of Actions
(a) “Fall In” of nominated camp officers and cadets in embussing area and final briefing
by the camp Commandant.
(b) Embussing and arrival at the venue 15 minutes before the time. DGNCC officers
and visiting DDsG who are to attend the function will reach the venue directly.
(c) Debussing, quick forming up and move to the venue in an organised manner. Cadets
will pay compliments and wish service Chiefs and other hosts and then spread out in small
groups.
(d) Tea and group photographs. No request will be made for individual photographs or
autographs.
(e) Reading of vote of Thanks by a cadet as rehearsed earlier, followed by NCC song.
(f) Bid farewell and thank the host.
(g) Departure for debussing area, embussing and return to camp in a convoy.
(h) Camp signal Officer will install PA system in the DG’s residence for reading vote of
Thanks by a cadet on the day of reception at the residence of the DG.
27
Appendix E
SOP : RECEPTION AT RASTRAPATI BHAWAN
Introduction
1. It is customary for the Rashtrapati to invite all officers and cadets of NCC RD camp for tea
at the central lawns of Rashtrapati Bhavan on 27/28 Jan.
2. Secretary RDC initiates request for above function through a DO letter from DG to Military
secretary to the Rashtrapati during November.
Responsibilities
3. The responsibilities for the above function will be given in succeeding paras.
4. Secretary RDC SC
(a) Sending proposal for the function and subsequent liaison with Rashtrapati Bhavan
staff.
(b) Arranging coord meeting between NCC staff and Rashtrapati Bhawan staff.
(c) Submitting particulars of official photographer to Rashtrapati Bhawan staff.
(d) Informing DG NCC officers, visiting DDsG, Delhi Directorate and camp offrs, about
the date and time for the function.
5. Camp Commandant
(a) Detailing and briefing of officers, PI staff and cadets.
(b) Organise route recce and ascertain time required for move of convoy and ensure
timely arrival of cadets.
(c) Organising move of camp personnel to Rashtrapati Bhawan and maintenance of
discipline after the function. Particularly, preventing cadets from straying in other areas,
plucking flowers/fruits and organizing smooth exit and embussing.
Attendance
6. The following attend this function:-
(a) All officers of DG NCC and their Spouses.
(b) Dy DG, Dir and GP Cdrs of NCC Dte Delhi and their spouses.
(c) Visiting DDsG and their spouses.
(d) All Officers, PI staff and cadets of RD camp and contingents except those on
essential camp security duties.
Dress
7. The following dress will be worn:-
(a) Officers and PI staff winter ceremonial with full medals.
28
(b) Cadets Winter ceremonial (Terricot uniform with/Jerssy pullover). Blazers will not
be worn/carried.
(c) Caps will be worn throughout the function.
Preparatory Actions
8.
Coord Conference Secretary RDC will meet Dy MS to the President and finalise details of
the function. This will be followed by a Coord conference between NCC staff and Rashtrapati
Bhawan staff in the central lawns on the fixed day. Following will attend from NCC side:-
(a) DGNCC Secretary RDC, and OIC cultural.
(b) Camp Staff Camp Commandant, Adjutant, OC boys, OC girls, MTO, QM, Messing
Officer, photography officer, signal officer, camp Sub Maj and one JCO each from Messing,
signals, MT and QM staff.
9. The following will be finalised at above conference:-
(a) Minute to Minute programme and sequence of events.
(b) Entrances to be used, security clearance and arrangements for speedy passage
of cadets.
(c) Parking of vehicles and traffic control.
(d) Establishment of additional urinals.
(e) Seating plan for officers in the front row of chairs. 15 chairs will be left for
Rashtrapati’s personal guests and balance for the visiting DDsG DGNCC Staff, Camp
Commandant, under study Camp Commandant, Deputy Camp Commandant. Others will
occupy second and third rows.
(f) PA arrangements and place for cultural items by the cadets.
(g) Strength for Refreshment.
10. Briefing of Officers and Cadets Camp Commandant will ensure that Camp Staff and
Cadets are briefed on the function on 25 Jan. Following will be stressed-
(a) Dress will be winter ceremonial- Officers will wear full medals.
(b) No cameras, Hand bag or autograph books will be carried. These will be checked,
confiscated and left behind in the Camp before embussing.
(c) Front row of chairs will not be occupied by Camp personnel except Camp
Commandant and under study camp commandant.
(d) When the President walks past cadets will not break the lint/formation.
Cadets will stand at Savdhan. There will be no saluting. It will be explained that President
will be seated in full view of the cadets.
(e) Officers and cadets will not go to any other part of the Rashtrapati Bhawan or
Mughal Gardens. They will use the path ways and NOT walk through flower beds. There
29
will be no loitering, plucking of flowers/fruits after the refreshment. Disciplinary action will
be taken against defaulters.
(f) When National Anthem is played, no one will salute but will properly stand up by
keeping dressing from the front. There will be no talking or un-necessary movement.
(g) Contingents Cdrs are requested to ensure that Offrs of their contingent are
adequately briefed that once cadet’s form up for tea, girls cadets of their Dtes are allowed
to take the food packets first.
(h) Distribution of food packets for the cadets will be organised, Directorate wise
(separately for boys and girls), by the messing offices. They will be assisted by one ANO
(Male) and two cadets (SD and SW) forming part to advance party.
(j) Camp Commandant will detail officers, PI staff and GCIs by name who will remain
with the cadets including for tea/refreshment and be responsible to ensure that cadets
move from south lawn direct to vehicle parking area and forming up into vehicle loads
without and talking camp commandant and contingent commanders will also take charge
of their cadets immediately after president’s departure and ensure that their cadets mount
their vehicles.
(k) Empty food packets will be thrown only in the dust bins. No litter will be thrown on
the lawns. OIC messing wi8ll have the area cleaned before departure.
(l) After refreshment, cadets will move contingent wise in two files to the exit points.
Girl cadets to leave first. Convoy will move back to the camp. No cadet/officer will go out
anywhere else.
(m) Adjutant assisted by PI staff, nominated by camp commandant to attend the function,
will ensure that immediately after consuming the food packets, cadets move directly to the
exit gate and fall in at the embussing area. No loitering of straying into other parts of
Rashtrapati Bhawan will be permitted.
(n) No cadet to seek autograph or individual/group photo with the President. Photo
Officers will take photos as briefed.
(o) Camp Comdt will detail offrs form each contingent to identify cadets. These offrs
will assist security staff of the Rashtrapati Bhawan and also carry nominal roll of officers
and cadets for identification.
11. The function will be held in following five parts:-
(a) Debussing, entry and forming up of camp personnel and cadets in a hollow square.
(b) Playing of National Anthem followed by introduction to the ADsG, foreign cadets and
best Cds.
(c) Cultural show by cadets.
(d) Tea and Refreshment.
(e) Exit, embussing and return to camp.
12. All officers and cadets will have to pass through metal detectors. They will carry their
identity cards with them. Officers except those accompanying the cadets will arrive at the reception
30
via South Sunken Road. Asst Adjt to lead the vehs of camp Offrs to reception centre and will guide
the offrs and assist in identification of officers to the security staff.
13. Minute to Minute programme is enclosed at Annexure.
Post Function Actions
14. In case the Rashtrapati announces any cash award for the cultural items, the cadets who
actually present the items will be paid their share through their contingent commanders on 28 Jan,
before the dispersal, by the camp commandant and amount recouped by advance from DG Regtl
Fund which in turn will be recouped when the amount is received from the Rashtrapati Bhawan.
15. Secretary, RDC will put up draft letter of Thanks from DG to the Rashtrapati for giving
privilege to the NCC officers and cadets.
Appendix F
RD CAMP : CAMP ROUTINE
Ser No Time(hrs) Event
1. 0545 Reveille and morning Tea.
2. 0630-0700 Preparation for days activities/PT/Riding
3. 0700-0830 Breakfast.
4. 0830 Sick Report.
5. 0830 Camp fall in.
6. 0900-1230 Forenoon Training/activities session.
7. 1230-1400 Lunch and rest.
8. 1400 Camp fall in.
9. 1415-1630 Afternoon training/activities session.
10. 1630 Special sick report.
11. 1630-1700 Evening Tea.
12. 1700-1800 Bathing.
13. 1800-2000 Evening Activities session
14. 2000-2130 Dinner.
15. 2200 Lights out.
Miscellaneous Timings
16. 0930-2200 Shopping complex and CSD canteen timings.
17. 1630-1830 Visiting Hours.
18. 1400-1800 Banking hours.
19. 1000-1700 Post office timings.
31
Notes:-
1. Meals will not be served beyond timings laid down above.
2. Cadets will not visit shopping complex between 0830 to 1300 hrs.
3. PI stall dinner will be from 1830 to 2130 hrs.
Appendix G
NCC RD CAMP STANDING COMMITTEE (COMPOSITION AND DUTIES)
General
1. For the organisation of the NCC RD camp and to coordinate the activities, therein, a separate
standing committee is formed every year w. e. f. Aug. the committee is under the overall direction
of Addl Dir Gen NCC (B) and is responsible to the director general to organise and the camp in
accordance with these instructions and also project an example of a model NCC camp in all
respects. The composition of the RD camp standing committee (RDC SC) will be as under:-
Chairman - Addl Director General (B).
Members - Dy DG (Training), Dy DG (Lgs), Dy DG (MS), Dy DG (P&C), Dy DG
(P&F), Dy DG NCC Dte Delhi, Dir Coord, Dir (Fin), JD (Pub) &
Camp Comdt
Secretary - Dir Trg (B)
2. Camp Commandant will be called on temporary duty for conference in mid Oct. He and
Chief Training Officer may be called to attend conferences of RD camp standing committee after
their arrival at the camp if required.
3. P&F Dte ill detail two clks for RD Cell wef 01 sep till 01 Feb for RD Cell. Director Training (B) will
be ex- officio Secy RD Camp Standing Committee (RDC SC). He will be assisted by a cell
composed Asstt Secy & Liaison officer (LO). Any changes/ modifications to scheduled
programme will be issued only by RD cell. RD cell will shift to the camp during last week of Dec
and start functioning from there.
4. Functions of the RD Camp Standing Committee. RDC SC will be responsible to plan,
coordinate and monitor all activities/functions of the RD camp. It will also be responsible to DG
NCC for smooth and efficient functioning of the RD camp.
1
Competitions
Conduct of all RD Banner competitions including best cadet competitions By BOO
under supervision of DDG (MS)
Conduct of cultural competitions & Programmes DDG (P&C)
Compilation of RD Banner results & Obtaining approvals of the DG DDG (MS)
Detailing of boards of screening of youth exchange probable. DDG (MS)
2
Refreshment and Establishment subjects
Functioning of shopping complex and DG NCC wet canteen DDG (P&F)
Refreshment arrangements during visits of VIPs/Press/CAC members
and horse show.
32
Preparation of menu. Layout of tables and crockery decoration, fixing
of table cloth and horticulture.
Provision of Telephones, TV, VCRs, PCOs and videoramma.
Provision of flower pots/foliage plants from horticulture department
and their display.
Provision of Post office and bank extension counter.
Provision of stationary from CAO for camp and arrangement of admit
cards for RD parade and beating the retreat etc including for foreign
cadets.
3
Detailing of civilian personnel and arrangements for typewriters and
budgetary provision for camp
33
Detailing of civilian staff for RD camp, RD cell and CTO’s office DDG (P&F)
Typewriters for RD camp invitation cell and CTO’s office DDG (P&F)
Budgetary provision including receipt of bank draft from NCC Dtes, DDG (P&F)
opening of Camp accounts and Audit of RD camp accounts.
4
Ceremonial
Issue of invitation, Inviting VIPs/Chief Guests Dir Coord
Security and Traffic control Dir Coord
Ushering Dir Coord
Identity/security cards. Dir Coord
Seating plan for all functions. Dir Coord
Programme of visiting state Dy Dirs Gen. DDG MS
Investiture ceremony for award of Raksha Mantri’s Padak and DDG MS
commendation card
5
Publicity and Motivation Hall
Publicity, public relations, visit of CAC members and Press, submission DDG (P&F),
of background material for RD camp, PM’s Rally and RD parade. DDG (P&F),
JD (Pub)
Motivation Hall JD (Pub)
Establishment of photo cell. DDG (P&F).
6
RD Cell
Overall planning and coord of RD camp.
Issue and revision of policy decision and standing instructions.
Coord with Min o fDef, Army HQ, HQ Delhi Area and other agencies, (JDS
(Trg) Navy and Air will help in coord with Naval and Air HQs).
Preparation of camp programme, schedule of events and selection of Chief
Guests for various occasions.
Sub allotting camp vacancies and requesting State Govt for release of funds
to Dtes.
Coordination, monitoring and execution of camp schedule/programme.
Staff work connected with President’s ‘At Home’, PM’s Lunch/Tea and Tea
parties at residence of service chiefs.
Conduct of RD coord conference and daily conference of Addl DG (B) during
RDC.
Arrange Bands and Buglers from respective service HQs to further function
under DDG (Trg)/CTO.
7
Training (under supervision of DDG (Trg)
Training and rehearsal of RD contingents Guard of Honour, Band and CTO/OIC/R&V
R&V det
Conduct of programme of foreign cadets. JD YEP
34
Horse show and Band display JD (R & V) OIC
R&V.
Prize distribution OIC Prizes
(Dir Trg A).
Forecasting requirement of Prizes/Trophies and informing Lgs Dte OIC Prizes
for procurement action (Dir Trg A).
Coordination and employment of Band and Buglers including PM’s Rally. CTO
Screening of Youth Exchange Probable’s DDG MS
8
Administration
Detailed layout of camp. Dy DG (Lgs)
Setting up of Camp including preparation of Guard of Honour area & Camp Staff
and Visiting state DDG’s accommodation. Dy DG (Lgs) & camp Staff.
Complete camp Adm, including Messing and Tpt.
MES works and allied amenities.
Adm of foreign cadets including Accommodation and bedding.
Procurement and polishing of Prizes/Trophies, souvenirs, including
mementoes for foreign cadets, PM’s Rally, RD Banner competitions
held at RD camp and at centrally organised camps.
Monitoring the expenditure and ensuring compliance of procedure
regarding messing, contract for furniture and other item under Lgs Dte.
Decoration of camp and PM’s Rally ground.
Setting up and decoration of saluting base and dais for functions
including PM’s Rally.
Functioning of CSD and non CSD canteens in Camp including DDG (MS)
stocking of badges and accoutrements
Provision of medical facilities MO, ambulance MI Room and medicines DDG (Lgs)
9
PM’s Rally ADG Delhi
10
RD Camp
Smooth running and Adm arrangements of camp including Adm Camp Comdt
arrangement for competitions.
Efficient execution/conduct of camp programme and instructions.
Provide staff, stores, resources and tpt for all functions connected
with RD camp and PM’s Rally. Camp Comdt and his staff.
Ensure good conduct and control over cadets in camp and
all connected functions including those outside the Camp.
Discipline, welfare and security of camp officers and staff.
Organisation of all functions in camp under the guidance of DG NCC staff.
Reception and dispersal of contingents.Publication of camp Routine orders.
Camp Commandant
35
36
37
Appendix H
CHARTER OF DUTIES OF APPOINTMENTS DURING NCC RDC
TRG DIRECTORATE
Dir Trg (B)
1. Issue tentative allotment of cadet vacancies to all Directorates by May every year.
2. Issue sequence of preparatory actions (check list) by Aug.
3. Obtain approval of DG to suggested list of Major Events.
4. Convene pre-RD conferences. MS Dte to call Camp Commandant for conference in mid
October.
5. Initiate note for President’s At home on 28 Jan by first week of November.
6. Issue final schedule of Major Events by 21 December.
7. Initiate note to AG’s Branch for service band and service buglers.
8. Issue detailed camp programme.
9. Initiate action for DO letter from DDG Trg to BGS IMA for making available of drill instructors
from IMA. Also DO letter from DDG (Trg) to Commandant OTS and WOTS for good drill instructors.
10. Obtain DG’s approval of detailed programme for camp inauguration, visit of VIPs, Horse
show and PM’s Rally.
11. Initiate action for obtaining officers of 61 Cav, R&V, PBG as judges for R&V competitions.
12. Approach HQ Delhi Area for allotting suitable enclosure for NCC cadets to witness beating
of retreat rehearsal at Garrison Parade Ground on 13 Jan, Army Day Parade on 15 Jan and view
Defence Eqpt/weapons.
13. Finalise order of march of NCC contingents for RD Parade in consultation with AAG Delhi
Area and issue to all concerned.
14. Get RD Camp merit certificates printed for issue to entitled cadets.
15. Prepare brief on RD Camp.
16. Prepare briefs for various Chief Guests and their suggested speeches.
17. Prepare draft Vote of Thanks and Welcome Address.
18. Prepare points for DG’s opening address.
19. Inform Directorates/state Govts for release of funds for their cadets attending RD Camp.
20. Finalise minute to minute programme of PM’s Rally.
21. Obtain rehearsal schedule for RD Parade from Delhi Area and issue to CTO.
22. Send names to Dir (coord) for security clearance of officers/cadets including the following,
coming close to the Prime Minister during PM’s Rally:-
(a) Prize winners.
(b) Guard of Honout.
(c) Cadets carrying prizes.
38
(d) Cadets on duty in Flag Area and motivation hall on 27 Jan.
23. Ask for feedback from all officers attending RD Camp.
24. Issue criteria for cadets attending tea/reception with various VIPs.
25. Arrange coordinating conferences.
26. Preparation of RD camp merits certificates.
27. Intimate results of RD competitions to all Directorates.
28. Send particulars of all India Best Cadets (SD Army, SW Girls) to the COAS for information
and request for release of scholarships.
29 Arrange issue of letter of Thanks to various dignitaries for their help in conducting the RDC
camp.
30. Updating the competition Rules.
Dir (Trg A)
31. Forecasting requirement of Trophies and prizes for all competitions and informing Lgs Dte
for procurement action.
32. Organise ceremonies for presentation of trophies and prizes along with merit certificate at
all functions except at NCC Air show and Naval display of water sports (Regatta) which will be the
responsibility of the conducting Dte.
33. Organise awards presentation ceremony at PM’s Rally and obtain security clearance for
all those involved in the ceremony through Dir Coord.
34. Prepare written question papers in service subjects for best cdet competition Army and
Girls wings under the direction of Dy DG MS.
JD Trg (Navy)
35. Issue rules/policy decision for Naval wing competitions.
36. Conduct Naval wing competitions.
37. Submit results of Naval wing competitions to secretary RDC SC for informing Dtes.
38. Ensure adequate and timely arrangements by conducting Dtes for conduct of Naval wing
competitions at Nau Sainik camp and activities during PM’s Rally.
39. Submit to Trg (A) by 31 Jul the list of prizes required for Naval wing activities.
40. Submit to MS Dte the names of Naval wing officers and PI staff required for the RD camp.
41. Initiate note to Naval HQ for six buglers for camp inauguration, CNS visit, and PM’s Rally.
42. Coord tea reception at CNS residence in conjunction with secretary RDC. Also select and
train a Naval cadet to read Vote of Thanks.
43. After, the RD camp, particulars of all India Best cadet (Naval Wing) be sent to service HQ
for obtaining scholarship.
44. After the RD Camp submit Draft Dos to agencies that helped in organising Naval wing
activities to RD cell and on approval issue the same.
45. Prepare written question papers on service subjects for Best cadet competition under the
directions of Dy DG MS.
39
JD Trg Air
46. Issue rules/policy decision for Air wing competitions.
47. Conduct of Air wing competitions.
48. Submit results of Air wing competitions to secretary, RDC SC for informing Dtes.
49. Ensure adequate and timely arrangements by conducting Dte for conduct of Air wing
competitions at Vayu Sainik camp and display of Air wing activities at the PM’s Rally.
50. Lay down policy and provide guidance and assistance for sorting out any problems regarding
Air Wing activities at the RD camp and PM’s Rally.
51. Submit to Trg (A) by 31 Jul the list of prizes required for Air Wing activities.
52. Submit to MS the names of Air wing officers and PI staff required for the RD camp.
53. Initiate note to Air HQ for six buglers for camp inauguration, CAS visit and PM’s Rally.
54. Coord tea reception at Air house in conjunction with secy RDC, also select and train an Air
cadet to read vote of Thanks.
55. After the RD camp particulars of all India best cadets (Air wing) are sent to service HQ for
obtaining scholarship.
56. After the RD Camp, submit draft Dos to agencies that helped in organizing Air activities to
RD cell and on approval issue the same.
57. Obtain approval from the DG regarding cadets doing gliding powered flying at PM’s Rally
and inform NCC Dte Delhi/camp.
58. Prepare written question papers on service subjects for best cadet competition under the
directions of Dy DG (MS).
Chief Trg Offr (CTO)
59. Training and preparation of NCC contingent for the RD Parade, Guard of Honour and PM’s
Rally march past.
60. Supervise training activities for uncommitted cadets.
JD Trg (R &V)/ OIC R&V
61. Organise NCC horse show and band display and conduct of equestrian competitions
including detailing of judges.
LGS DIRECTORATE
62. Arrange for PA Eqpt from Delhi area Signal Company.
(a) Obtain Govt sanction for transport, amenity transport, free accommodation,
electricity and water for the use of NCC cadets in the RD camp.
63. Liaise with HQ Delhi area and settle all matters pertaining to NCC RD camp site/area.
64. Establishment of camp and preparation of Guard of Honour Area.
65. Camp Adm including messing of all personnel including visiting state DDsG NCC, PI staff
and civilian.
40
66. Make provision for transport, drivers and FOL.
67. Procurement of prizes including sandal wood batons/souvenirs/trophies as per requirements
intimated by Trg Dte, including polishing/repair of trophies.
68. Administration of foreign cadets including accommodation, bedding, messing, transport
and mementoes in conjunction with Trg Dte.
69. Arrange for furniture required in the RD camp including for foreign cadets, visiting DDG
NCC, PM’s Rally and other camp events/functions.
70. Arrange for eight water trailers on loan from the Army.
71. Arrange for loan issue of the following:-
(a) Tentage
(b) Ordnance stores and cooking utensils.
(c) Fire fighting equipment.
(d) E1 clothing.
72. Arrange two generating sets of 63 KVA and 31 KVA for RD camp.
73. Investigation of abnormal/untoward incident in the camp.
74. Arrange for ammunition and pyrotechniques for PM’s Rally.
75. Arrange for training stores required for training/competitions as intimated by Training Dtes/
MS Dte.
76. Arrange flag poles and Flags (National and DG NCC Flags).
77. Submit draft station orders for drawl of FOL, rations and also submit demands for the
same.
78. Arrange radio sets AN/PRC -25 for RD camp including NCC run and PM’s Rally.
79. Ensure arrangements for reception/adm of layout group/advance party.
80. Arrange sprinkling of water in the Camp and PM’s Rally ground.
81. Consolidate requirements of rail reservations for return journey received from Directorates
and place demands on Mil Rails.
82. Arrange for car flags and star plates of all Chief Guests and VVlPs visits as per their
entitlement. For ceremonial parade, Service/National Flag will be arranged for additional flag pole
on ceremonial review jeep.
83. Issue instructions to NCC Dte Delhi to demand tentage and other Ordnance stores/equipment
for setting up the camp.
84. Place indent on HQ Delhi Area for the transport and working party or collection of tentage
and other stores from COD Shakurbasti to camp site.
85. Assist NCC Dte. Delhi and the Camp Commandant in case of difficulties with regard to the
provision and procurement of tentage, furniture, electricity, water and other stores.
86. Arrange stock taking of all stores purchased for the camp from various funds.
87. Attend to the following :-
(a) Minor/Major works.
(b) Leveling of Camp Area.
41
(c) Arranging Flood/Security lights.
(d) Laying of water pipes.
(e) Barricading.
(f) Provision of tiered stands.
88. Arrange for the saluting dias, red matting and flag pole for Camp Inauguration, Visits of
VVIPs/Service chiefs, PM’s Rally and other functions when required and also arrange its decoration.
89. After the RD Camp submit draft DOs to agencies that helped in organising RD Camp to RD
Cell and on approval issue the same.
90. Liaise with HQ Delhi Area, Army Hospital and Base Hospital for provision of Medical Officer,
Nursing Asst, Nursing Sister, equipment, medicines and ambulance vehicles forthe Camp Ml rooms
(one each for boys and girls areas).
91. Make necessary arrangements for accommodation, furniture, rations and other adm
requirements for RVC personnel and the horses and issue necessary instructions to Camp Staff.
Also arrange manufacturing provisioning of jumps required for Horse Show.
MS DIRECTORATE
92. Detail Officers and Pl Staff for RD Camp duties, Judges for RD Banner Competitions and
Conduct of RD Banner Competitions including Best Cadet Competition.
93. Compilation of results of Competitions/Selections and submit to RD Cell for informing
Directorates.
94. Prepare written question paper for best Cadet and National Integra-n competitions.
95. Issue of detention certificates to officers detailed for the RD Camp and PM’s Rally duties.
96. After the RD Camp submit draft DOs to agencies that helped in organising RD Camp to RD
Cell and on approval issue the same.
P&F DIRECTORATE
97. Detail civilian staff for RD Camp and RD Cell duties.
98. Arrange issue of typewriters for RD Camp and RD Cell.
99. Provision of passes for officers and cadets including foreign cadets for RD Parade and
Beating of Retreat. A .
100. Arrange for funds for RD Camp and Operate Camp accounts.
101. Arrange audit of Camp accounts.
102. Submit points on General Achievements and Future plans for DG’s opening Address to RD
Cell.
103. initiate action for installation of Hot Line telephone and one telephone at Rally ground in
consultation with JD Trg (Air). ‘
104. A Submit indent to CAO for stationery required for the Camp and RD Cell
105. Provision of flower pots from Horticulture Deptt, CPWD.
106. Provision of telephones, TV, PCOs, Cinema section, Post Office and Bank. Extension
Counter at Camp site.
42
107. Preparation of Menu and arrange refreshments during function held in the RD Camp.
108. Arrange establishment of Shopping Complex.
108. (a) Detail GCls Required for Camp duties.
P & C DIRECTORATE
109. Finalise dates of visits of State DDsG to the RD Camp.
110. Initiate action to invite VVlPs to preside over various functions.
111. Bring the list of invitees up-to date and get DG’s approval of invitee list for various Camp
functions.
112. Arrange provision of invitation cards and car pass labels and dispatch invitation cards for
various functions and handle acknowledgements.
113. Prepare seating plan and reception arrangements for inaugural function, ceremonial parades,
cultural programmes, PM’s Rally & Horse Show.
114. Organise ushering for all functions.
115. Organise escorts for VVlPs visiting the RD Camp. Escort will also report to Secretary RDC
for briefing, and coord.
116. Ascertain the number of invitees attending the various functions and keep Camp
Commandant/Secretary RDC/Refreshment Officer Messing Officer/informed.
117. Arrange for sign posting, security and traffic control including parking of transport for all
functions including President’s ‘At Home’ and PM’s Tea.
118. Arrange security of VVlPs during their visit to the Camp including PM’s Rally. Security
arrangements for, each specified function be got approved by JD Coord from the DG personally.
119. issue instructions regarding wearing of dress during various functions in the RD Camp and
bringing of identify cards by the cadets.
120. After the RD Camp, submit draft DOs to agencies that helped in organising RD Camp to
RD Cell and on approval issue the same.
121. Organise publicity and Public Relations.
122. Arrange for the visit of Media Personnel through Dte of Public Relations for pre-view of the
RD Camp.
123. Preparation and submission of background material for RD Camp, PM’s Rally and RD
Parade.
124. Setting up of Motivation Hall. Cadets for briefing the VIPs will be given by the Camp Comdt.
125. Prepare and print briefs on NCC Achievements and Programmes, RD Camp and PM’s
Rally.
126. Arrange for commentators for PM’s Rally and Horse Show.
127. Issue rules and policy decisions regarding cultural competitions.
128. Organise and conduct cultural competitions/programmes and sub-mission of results.
129. Submit to MS Dte the names of lady whole time NCC officers to fill Camp appointments.
130. Organise presentation of cultural items during the President’s ‘At Home’.
131. Arrange judges for cultural competitions.
43
132. Arrange decoration of the auditorium stage for cultural programmes.
133. After the RD Camp, submit draft DOs to agencies that helped in organising cultural activities/
competitions to RD Cell and on approval Issue the same.
DELHI DTE
134. Prepare and conduct PM’s Rally including Naval and Air Activities.Cadets for the following
activities will, however, be provided by the agencies as mentioned against each :-
(a) Guard of Honour - RD Camp
(b) Para sail display - -do-
(c) Cadets doing Gliding - To be detailed by JD Air, Dte Gen NCC from RD Camp.
(d) Cadets displaying - -do-
Aeromodelling.
(e) March Past - RD Camp
135. To provide and be responsible for all the administrative arrangements South of Tarmac
Saluting Dais, Garrison Parade Ground during the conduct of PM’s Rally.
136. Correspond with IAF/Civil Aviation authorities for arrangements and clearance of items of
flying and gliding and other aspects of the gliding and aeromodeling display during the PM’s Rally
at Garrison Parade Ground.
137. Submit draft minute to minute programme and draft commentary for the PM’s Rally to
Secretary RDC SC for approval of the DG.
138. Submit requirement of funds for the Prime Miniter’s Rally.
139. Setting up and upkeep of the Army Navy and Air enclosures of the Motivation Hall
140. Project requirement of seats for local school children/cadets for various camp functions.
141. Arrange for Fire Tender in Camp location w.e.f O5 Dec .
142. Demand tentage and other Ordnance stores required for the RD Camp from COD,
Shakurbasti on behalf of the Camp Commandant as advised by Lgs Dte, Dte Gen NCC.
143. Arrange with Police authorities for provision of guards for Kotes, security of girls area and
patrolling during night w.e.f. O2 Jan.
144. Provide items of clothing and necessaries for NCC officers, cadets and Pl staff in case of
urgent necessity as intimated by Dte Gen NCC (Lgs Dte).
145. Provide additional cadets for ushering duties for RD Parade and any other purpose as
requested by the Ministry of Defence through Dte Gen.
DUTIES OF OTHER KEY PERSONNEL
Camp Commandant
1. The Camp Commandant will work directly under DDG (Lgs) and will be responsible or
overall command, smooth running and adm arrangements of the Camp including adm
arrangements for competitions. He will ensure the following :-
(a) Efficient execution/conduct of camp programme and instructions.
44
(b) Provide staff, stores, resources and transport for all functions of RD Camp and
PM’s Rally.
(c) Ensure good control over cadets and their conduct in camp and all connected
functions including those held outside Camp.
(d) Proper reception arrangements are made for the contingents on the railway station and
for their transportation to the Camp.
(e) Camp accounts are properly maintained.
(f) Furniture, equipment and other stores required for Ceremonial Parades and other
functions are procured through Dte Gen NCC and laid out well in time.
(g) All functions planned to be held inside the Camp are properly organised and
coordinated.
(h) Issue of detention certificates to officers and staff detailed for the RD Camp duty.
(j) An Aide-Memoire, covering some of the responsibilities of the Camp Commandant
in detail, for guidance, are given at Annexure-l.
2. He will ensure that all camp officials carry out their duties efficiently and that the camp is
run as an example of a model NCC Camp in all respects. He will particularly ensure the following:-
(a) All competitions and functions planned to be held during the RD Camp are properly
organised and coordinated.
(b) Any untoward of abnormal occurrences are reported immediately to DDG (Lgs) & ADG(B).
Dy Camp Commandant
4. (a) Assist the Camp Commandant in the discharge of his duties.
(b) Act as security and tire fighting officer of the camp.
(c) Act as PMC Officers’ Mess and ensure efficient functioning of cadets messes.
(d) To liaise with DD Publicity for various publicity requirements.
(e) An “Aide Memoire” covering some of the responsibilities of the Deputy Camp
Commandant in detail are at Annexure 2 or guidance.
(f) Act as OIC Pl Staff.
Camp Quartermasters
6. They will work as staff officers to the Camp Commandant and will be in-charge of general
administration of the camp. They will be responsible tree toMaintain ration accounts and arrange
for the timely supply of all rations, both dry and fresh. Visit cook houses, water and bathing points
and latrines daily to ensure that they are clean and there are no sources of fly breeding around the
Camp. He will ensure implementation of orders on hygiene and sanitation and cook houses etc.
Specific Before Arrival of Advance Party
1. Liaise with HO Dte Gen NCC and collect all information relating to the Camp.
2. Find out from Lgs Dte as to what contracts have been finalised and what is the responsibility
of the Camp.
45
3. Liaise with Ordnance Depot, Shakurbasti to check up whether indents and demands have
been upgraded by them and whether these are being made available, especially with regard to tent
poles, ridge poles and pages.
4. Liaise with HO Delhi Area, Station HQ and concerned GT Coy.
5. Make sure that the vehicles are made available as per demand.
6. Liaise with all concerned and ensure that all formalities are completed, namely publication
of Station Orders, attachment of NCC vehicles for supply of FOL and drawing of rations from
Supply Depot and so on.
7. If civil labour is to be employed for setting up of the Camp, check the sources from which
such labour can be obtained and employed with permission of the Camp commandant.
8. Liaise with NCC Dte Delhi, to tie up arrangements for drawing tentage from Ordnance
Depot, Shakurbasti. Also arrange to draw RD Camp stores from Delhi Dte and DGNCC RD Camp.
9. Engage dhobies, barbers, cooks and others, as per approved rates/contracts.
10. Consult Camp Comdt and ensure that essential personnel are employed on arrival oi the
advance party.
11. Assemble the Board for fixing up hiring rates in consultation with Station HQ.
12. Liaise with Cantonment Board and make arrangements for conservancy staff.
13. Arrange employment of sweepers for Camp.
14. Make sure that the cart removing the refuse does not pass in front of the Air Force Officers
quarters adjacent to the Camp.
15. Liaise with the staff of HQ Delhi Area and Supply Points and arrange purchase of dry and
fresh ration from Supply Depot.
16. Take over ancillaries and buildings from Lgs Dte before 07 Dec. Arrange repairs to buildings,
ancillaries and drainage of the area by the MES. On termination of the Camp, hand over the
buildings and ancillaries back to Lgs Dte through MES and arrange to make good damages to the
buildings and ancillaries before 10 Feb.
17. Contact Lgs Dte to ensure that orders are placed on the approved contractors for supply of
furniture to the following :-
(a) Advance and Rear parties.
(b) RD Camp including that mentioned at sub-para (a) above and for Officers Mess
and Officers including Contingent Commanders.
(c) Auditorium .
(d) Aeromodelling
(e) Ship Modelling
(f) PM’s Rally
(g) CSD and Wet Canteens
(h) Foreign cadets .
18. Contact Civil Supply Deptt of Delhi Administration and examine if atta, sugar and rice can
be obtained at cheaper rates than those of Supply Depot. Also check samples of rations at Supply
Depot, rates in the market and decide the source from which the fresh and dry ration should be
purchased, keeping the quantity in view.
46
19. Arrange for the maintenance, documentation, security and detailing of vehicles till such
time as the MTO arrives.
20. Ensure repair and cleaning of utensils. This will be completed before the arrival of the
advance party. Prior approval of the Dte Gen NCC (Addl DG) is to be obtained before incurring this
expenditure. l
21. Check price of meat in the Supply Depot/market and obtain from the cheaper source,
keeping in view the quality.
22. Ensure collection of poles from MES as arranged by Lgs Dte and banners from Dte Gen
NCC (Lgs Dte)
Specific duty on Arrival of the Advance Party
23. Draw out a list of minimum requirements of stores which are to be purchased locally for
the Camp and after the approval of Dy DG (Lgs), of Dte Gen NCC, arrange for local purchase.
24. Draw fire fighting equipment from NCC Dte Delhi.
25. Hold fire fighting practices regularly.
26. Ensure orders for fire-fighting have been issued to all.
27. Arrange electrification of tents, latrines, bathrooms, offices, auditoriums and streets. .
28. Arrange employment of carpenters, painter and masons in consult on with Camp
Commandant.
29. Arrange purchase of disinfectants and other stores required for hygiene/sanitation of the
Camp.
30. Arrange for supply of animal rations.
31. Arrange for drawl of tentage of synchronies with arrival of the advance party. Also draw dry
and fresh rations.
32. Issue detailed orders to JCO-in-Charge hygiene/sanitation, JCOs-in-Charge fumiture and
ration laying down their specific responsibilities.
30. Arianne for medical examination of all civil employees in the camp.
34. Draw contacts for supply of hot water baths to cadets. Minimum number of hot baths per
cadet is two per week.
35. Ensure proper hygiene/sanitation and cleanliness of Camp area especially in the area of
cookhouses, urinals and latrines.
36. Arrange and obtain bedding for the foreign cadets from the Army Hospital in liaison with the
ADMS, Delhi Area.
37. All the furniture hired from the contractors and other sources for the RD Camp, PM’s Rally
and other functions shall be handed over to the source of receipt complete in all respect.
MTO
7. The MTO (Preferably an EME/ASC Officer detailed from one of the Dtes), will work directly
under Col Logistics, and will be responsible for overall Command, and smooth functioning of the
MT. He will report to the camp along with the Advances Party. The duties of MTO are enumerated
below:-
(a) He will control the MT in the Camp.
47
(b) He will liaise with authorities concemed and in consultation with Lgs Dte of DG
NCC ensure that all the formalities are completed regarding publication of Station Order for
attachment of NCC -Vehicles for drawing of FOL and PM.
(c) ln addition to the drivers, he will be assisted by the following staff :-
(i) Asstt MTO
(ii) MTO JCO
(iii) Electrician
(iv) Vehicle Machine
(v) FOL NCO
(vi) Clerk MT
(vii) Lascars - 2 (To be provided by Camp Comdt)
(d) He will be responsible for drawal and accounting of FOL and Maintenance of VDRAs/
Mileage cards.
(e) The vehicles of DG NCC MT will be handed over to MTO RD Camp along with
necessary documents on 31 Dec. The Vehs of DG NCC will be handed back on 01 Feb. A
copy of Handing Taking Certificate duly countersigned by Col Logistics will be fon/varded to
Logs (B-2).
(f) Ensure first line repairs are carried out in the Camp, with the help of EME personnel
detailed for the Camp and det from Static Workshop.
(g) Liaise with Static Workshops to ensure R-2 repairs in respect of service pattern
vehicles are carried out expeditiously.
(h) Liaise with authorised civil workshops for speedy repair of civil pattern vehicles.
Prior approval of Competent Authority is to be obtained before sending the vehicles to the
civil workshops. Maruti vehicles will be got repaired at Maruti Company workshop at Naraina,
New Delhi only. Other Civil pattern vehicles will be repaired at authorised workshops located
nearest to RD Camp.
(j) Ensure that requisition for vehicles are put up to Col Logistics by 1300 hrs the
previous day duly vetted.
(k) MTO will place indent for the vehicles on ST Branch, HQ Delhi Area one week in
advance. He will liaise with HQ Delhi Area/GT Coy/Civil Contractors to ensure that vehicles
ex HQ Delhi Area report in time.
(I) Maintain proper IN and OUT register at MT Gate.
(m) Ensure that the vehicles are utilised with utmost economy and all entries in the car
diaries are completed by the users daily and signed by authorised persons. Duties so filled
will be re-checked by MTO
(n) Ensure that vehicles are used only for duties connected with Republic Day Camp
unless in cases where it has been specially authorised.
(o) Ensure that vehicles are not used between residence and place of work except in
cases where it has been specially authorised. ‘
(p) In case of accident the following will be notified by the fastest means and action
taken by the MTO in accordance with AO on the subject :
(i) Camp Comdt
(ii) Col Logistics
48
(iii) DDG Logs
(iv) ADG (B)
(q) He will ensure that all vehicles, FOL and stores are properly protected/guarded.
(r) He will put up daily MT parade state and MT Off-Road state to Col Logistics, DDG
(Lgs) and ADG (B) as per Annexure 4 & 5 respectively.
(s) He will hand overall documents of MT to MTO DG NCC with in 20 days on termination
of the Camp. A copy of the Handing/Taking. over certificate duly counter-signed by Col
Logistics will be for warded to Logs (B-2). Ensure that all MT documents are properly
maintained and get audit done through LAO. He will also be responsible to ensure that all
objections are settled and obtain a certificate to that effect from LAO within 20 days of
termination of RD Camp.
Signal Officer
8. He will be responsible for :-
(a) All signal communications including the PA coverage for all parades and other
functions including cultural programmes, in the Camp. PA Coverage for AT HOME at
Rashtrapati Bhawan and DG’S House will also be arranged
(b) Arrangements for the internal broadcasting of news and announcements.
(c) Arranging the provision and operation of internal telephone facilities in the Camp.
(d) Maintenance and safety of all PA equipment hired for the Camp.
(e) Laying and establishing a Hot Line for Air events at the Rally.
(f) Maintaining close liaison with Delhi Area Sig Coy for efficient functioning of signals
communications for all parades and functions.
OC Boy Wing
9. (a) He will be responsible to the Camp Commandant for the administration and discipline
of he boys contingents and Pl Staff.
(b) Ensure that the cadets report for the various functions and rehearsals at the
appointed time.
(c) Make certain that the contingent commanders check cadets for their turnout before
they go for various parades.
OC Girls Wing
10. She will be responsible to the Camp Commandant for the smooth running, administration
and discipline of the girls contingents and GCls. She will ensure that -
(a) The cadets report for the various functions and rehearsals at the appointed time
and place ;
(b) The Lady ANOs check the cadets for their turnout before they go for various parades;
(c) No unauthorised person enters the girls area.
49
Messing Officers.
11. They will be responsible for the following:-
(a) Preparation of the menu in consultation with the Messing Committee.
(b) Cleanliness and tidiness of cook houses and dining halls at all times.
(c) Ensuring that all cooks are medically examined before they are employed in the
cook house.
(d) Ensuring that the meals are served hot.
(e) Ensuring that no food is wasted.
(f) They will report to the Camp Quartermaster daily for any instructions regarding
cooks and cook houses.
(g) On the days when the cadets go out for the RD Parade and the rehearsals at Vijay
Chowk, ensure that meals are ready for issue to the cadets at the time and place decided
upon by the Chief Training Officer. They will ensure that no litter is thrown out by the cadets
and the place is left clean and tidy.
(h) Ensuring that adequate arrangements are made for :-
(i) Storage of drinking water.
(ii) Cadets to clean up their plates and utensils after food.
(j) Ensuring implementation of orders on hygiene and sanitation of cook houses etc.
Accounts Officer
12. (a) He will be responsible for the maintenance of cash & bank accounts in the camp
under he directions of the Camp Commandant and DDG (P&F).
(b) Check and maintain all documents concerned with expenditure, hiring and purchase
of stores out of the incidental Grant.
(c) Be responsible for checking and maintenance of all documents pertaining to the
messing accounts.
(d) At the end of the Camp, submit complete accounts with all relevant documents to
the DDG (P&F) for audit by the Director of Auditor General Central Revenues, New Delhi,
and shall be responsible for settlement of any audit objections.
Cultural Activities Officers
13. (a) Be responsible for all arrangements for the cultural and entertainment activities
and their rehearsals in consultation with DDG (P&C) Dte Gen NCC
(b) Liaise with DD (Pub) Dte Gen NCC for coverage of cultural and entertainment
activities by AlFl/TV and other Organisations.
(c) Arrange for the setting up of the auditorium and stage in the Camp and its proper
lighting , laying out of furniture, stores,. equipment required for the stage and conduct of
cultural activities.
(d) Prepare items for presentation at the time of the reception at the Rashtrapati Bhawan
in consultation with DDG (P&C) Dte Gen NCC.
50
(e) Ensure that a generator of capacity 63 KVA or more is available as a stand-by
arrangement at the auditorium in case normal power supply is interrupted. The working of
the generator will be checked every day and at least two hours before the function is schedule
to commence to ensure serviceability.
(f) Ensure that the PA equipment installed in the auditorium by the camp signal officer
is in good serviceable condition.
Camp Medical Officer
14. He is responsible for the following
(a) Setting up of the Ml Rooms at the Camp. _
(b) Liaison with HQ Delhi Area staff and OC Army Hospital/Base Hospital Delhi.
(c) Attending sick parades of officers, cadets, and others.
(d) Visit he cook houses, canteens, urinals, latrines, bathing places, water point, ration
stores and Officers Mess daily to ensure proper hygiene and sanitation. .
(e) Maintain the Sanitary Diary for the Camp and ensure that action on points needing
rectification or improvement is taken expeditiously.
(f) Advise the Camp Commandant on all matters concerning health, hygiene, sanitation
and cleanliness in the Camp.
(g) Ensure that the caloric value of the food planned in the menu is not below the
minimum requirements of cadets keeping in view the extra strain that they are put to in the
RD Camp.
(h) Ensure that first aid arrangements are always available at the Parade Ground on
days when parades/Fially are held including on rehearsal days.
(j) Make sure that either he himself for a Lady Medical Officer is available in the Camp
area at all times.
(k) Ensure that the nursing officer and nursing assistants are aware of the emergency
treatment to be given to following types of cases :-
(i) Burns
(ii) Electric Shock.
(iii) Giddiness and fainting on parade.
(iv) Snake bite.
(l) Carry out medical inspection of the contingents on arrival and ensure that all ranks
and cadets are free from infection.
(m) Ensure that all cadets are weighed on their arrival and departure and proper records
maintained.
Ship Modeling Officer
15. The ship modeling officer is responsible to the Camp Commandant for all arrangements in
connection with the following :-
(a) Ship Modeling workshop tent.
(b) State display tent.
51
(c) Static tanks for working models, including water supply for the same.
(d) Furniture and electrical fittings for (a) and (b) above and their layout.
(e) Cleanliness and preventability of (a) and (b) above all itimes.
(f) Procurements, display and safe custody of all built up ship/boat models brought by
the Naval Wing contingents for display/competition and their return on completion.
(g) Procurement, safe custody and re-issue under personal signature the modelling
kits brought by the Naval Wing contingent for competition.
(h) Overall supervision of the ship modelling workshop so as to ensure that the
competitors participate effectively and without any unauthorised external assistance.
(j) Muster all models and competitors as required for the ship modelling competition.
(k) Preparation of score sheets as required for the competitions.
(l) Close liaison with the Dte Gen NCC (Naval Wing) for the efficient conduct of the
ship/boat modelling competition and display.
Officer IC Shopping Complex
16. He will be responsible for the following :-
(a) To ensure that the shopping complex is run efficiently and smoothly.
(b) To constitute a committee or fixing the prices and for advice on the day-to day
running of the canteen.
(c) To maintain close liaison with camp medical authorities for the purpose a maintaining
a high standard of hygiene in the Shopping complex.
(d) Issue any other orders/instructions necessary for smooth functioning of the Shopping
Complex.
52
Appendix J
LIST OF CONTINGENT CLOTHING, STORES AND EQUIPMENT
1. Each contingent will bring following items on Directorate basis:-
(a) Line and Flag area stores - As listed in the competition rules.
(b) Sufficient rifle cleaning material to include the following-
(i) Pull-through complete.
(ii) Rifle oil.
(iii) Flannelette
(iv) Cotton waste.
(c) Rifle sling-1 per SD cadet.
(d) Petromax lamps-3 per contingent.
(e) Lanterns hurricane -1 per cent/8 cadets.
(f) Directorate Flag-3. Flag masts, pulley and rope will be issued by Camp Comdt.
(g) Sashes Red-Three.
(h) Rifle chains with locks-Sufficient for the number of rifle
(j) Items as required for cultural activities-such as musical instruments, costumes,
make-up material and so on.
(k) Fire Fighting equipment as under:-
(i) Fire buckets - 16
(ii) Fire beaters - 4 (will be issued by
(Camp Comdt.)
(iii) Fire extinguishers - 8
(iv) Fire Hooks - 4 (will be issued by
Camp Comdt.
(v) Shovels GS - 4
(vi) Axes hand - 4
(vii) Axes felling - 4
(viii) Axes pick - 4
(l) Aero/Ship models as per DGNCC/Air/Navy instructions.
(m) Flag Area State Emblem and Quarter Guard stores.
Notes: An additional 10 percent of items of clothing and other accessories such as hackles,
pompons, proficiency badges, mounted arm titles, boots, shoes, stockings, for use by cadets of
all wings will be brought by each State Contingent, to meet any untorseen requirements during the
Camp.
Personnel Clothing/Multi Dress
2. Each NCC Officer and cadet will bring the following items:-
(a) Personal dress (Civ clothing) both cotton & woolen including footwear.
(b) Mufti Dress
Boys
(i) Navy Blue Blazer
(ii) Gray Flannel/\Norsted Trouser
(iii) White Shirt
(iv) NCC Neck Tie
53
(v) Black Nylon/Woolen socks
(vi) Black shoes.
Girls
(i) Maroon blazer
(ii) Saree/suit (colour at the discretion of the DDG concerned)
(iii) Foot wear .
(c) Bedding. -
(d) Toilet requirements as necessary
(e) Steel Boxes (Size 26"X 18"X13") duly marked.
PT Kit/Dress
3. All the cadets attending the camp will bring the authorised PT Kit and dress for NCC Hun
issued by the Directorate.
NCC Dress Items to be brought by NCC Cadets
S. No Items Cadets Remarks
SD/SW/JD JW
1. Head Dress 1 Beret dark green (single piece/Pagri dark green with
NCC Cap Badge and Red Hackle.
2. Arms Title 2 One-NCC with Dte embroidered in golden yellow
silk thread on respective service colour woolen cloth
background.
One-NCC in expanded form, embroidered in golden
zari thread on respective service colour woollen cloth
background.
3. Badges of Rank 1 To be worn by eligible Cadets. These will be of zari
strips.
Chevrons/Epauletes
4. Proficiency Badges 1 Set To be worn by eligible Cadets only. Authorised
badges will only be worn and in the correct
precedence as laid down in Enclosure 1 to this
Annexure.
5. Lanyard NCC colour 1 To be worn by all Cadets attending RDC.
6. Leather Belt Black 1 Leather belt White for Naval Cadets.
with NCC Buckle Crest
7. Belt Web Waist Polished Black 1 Web Belt Polished White for Naval Cadets.
8. Socks Black 2
9. Boots Ankle/Shoes Black 1 Shoes Leather Black for JD/SW/JW Cadets
10. Jersey Woollen-Pullover 1
11. Rifle Sling 1 For SD Cadets only.
54
12. Bags Kit Universal 1
13. Cape Waterproof 1
14. Blankets 4
15. Durrie lT 1
16. Shoes Canvas Brown 1 Shoes Canvas White for SW/JW.
17. Vest Woolen 2
18. Seven sided RD Camp Badge 1 To be purchased by all Cadets at RD Camp.
19. Stainless Steel Glass & Plate 1 set
20. NCC Scarf with Golden 1
zan strip interwoven
21. NCC Karmarband with 1
Golden zari strip interwoven
22. Spats (White Rexene) 1 Only for RD Parade and Guard of Honour.
23. White Gloves with NCC 1
Colour band on wrist
24. Name plates (Bil-ingual) 1
Black with White lettering .
ITEMS OF CLOTHING TO BE BROUGHT BY CADETS OF RESPECTIVE
WINGS DIVISIONS
S. No Items Cadets Remarks
SD/SW/JD JW
Army Wing
1. Shirt Terricot 2@ @ Dtes may issue more number of uniforms.
However 2 new sets will be held by each Cadet.
2. Trousers Terricot Khaki. 2@
Naval Wing
3. Tunic White (Terricot) 2@
with 5 buttons gold placed
4. Trousers White (Terricot) 2@
5. Shirt White (Terricot) 2@
6. Socks Woolen dark Blue 2
7. Blankets White (Pairs) 2 SD Cadets only
8. Stockings Woolen Black 2
55
Air Wing
9. Trousers LBG Terricot 2@
10. Shirt LBG Terricot 2@
Girls Wing
11. Shirt Khaki Terricot 2@ SW Girls of Naval and Air Wing also be in
possession of Shirts and Slacks Khaki Terrioot.
12. Slacks Khaki Terricot 2@
13. Salwar White Cotton 2
14. Kameez White Cotton 2
15. Socks White 2
16. Dupattta White Cotton 2
Notes:
1. Officers and GCls will bring all items of dress as authorised.
2. Full Medals will be brought by Officers /GCI for ceremonial Occasions.
WEARING OF LAPEL BADGES BY CADETS OF ALL WINGS
1.
Lepel Badges
Lapel badges will be worn by authorised Cadets, on the top of the left shirt pocket. The
following will be ensured:-
(a) Badges will be stitched on scarlet coloured silk cloth mounted on a cardboard
backing of a size 15 cm length and 6 cm width. This will be secured to the shirt by means
of pins.
(b) The Badges will be worn in two rows with a maximum of 5 badges in each row.
Total number of badges will NOT exceed 10; if it does, badges lower in precedence will not
be worn.
(c) Cadets having five or less badges, will only wear them in the upper row.
(d) Senior most badge will be worn on the right edge (nearer to the shirt centre buttons).
2.
Special Awards/Badges
(a)
Def Secretary/DG Commendation Badge: Gold/Silver Badges for Commendation
cards will be worn on left hand pocket below the Lapel badge and above the pocket button.
Cadets authorised to wear both the Commendation Badges will wear the Def Secretary’s
Commendation Badge nearer to the shirt centre buttons.
(b)
Power Flying/Gliding Badges: These will be worn 1.5 cm above the top of Lapel
Badges. Cadets having both the Badges will wear only Power Flying Badge. Only Aluminum/
Brass white coloured Badges will be worn. This Badge can only be worn by those Cadets
who have successfully completed Solo.
(c)
Para Training Badge; This will be worn 2.5 cm above the name tab. This Badge
can only be worn by those Cadets who have successfully carried out 3 Para jumps.
56
(d) RDC Seven sided Badge: This Badge will be worn on the right hand shin pocket, 2
cms below the pocket buttons. This Badge will be worn by all Cadets wef 05 Jan. .
(e)
Mountaineering/Skiing Course Insignia: Miniature axe/lnsig-nia will be worn below
left hand pocket button, similiar to RDC Badge. This Badge/Insignia will be worn advance
Mountaineering/Skiing Course.
(f)
Proficiency Badges for Certificate Exams: These will be worn on the left arm.
(g)
Competition Medals: Miniature /Governor’s Medal/DGNCC Camp Competition
Medals will be worn along with Lapel Badges.
3. Order of Precedence of Medals/Badges.
The Medals/Lapel Badges will be worn in the following order of precedence:-
(a) National Bravery Award.
(b) Competition Medals (DGNCC Camps/Governors Medal)
(c) Advance Leadership Course/Camp
(d) Attachment with Regular Units/Military Hospitals
(e) Mountaineering/Skiing Course
(f) Rock Climbing Courses/Camp
(g) Basic Leadership Course/Camp
(h) Nav/Vayu Sainik Camp
(j) National Integration Camp
(k) Blood Donation
(I) All India Trekking/Cycling/Sailing Expedition.
(m) Annual Training Camp (Max of one Badge to be worn)
(n) Dte level Adventure Training/Expedition.
4. No other Medals/Lapel Badges will be worm.
5. No other Medals/Lapel Badges will be worn All Cadets attending RDC would be in receipt
of and authorised to wear one or more of the above badges. All Cadets will wear Medals/
Badges as authorised.
57
Appendix K
SEQUENCE OF ACTIONS ON ARRIVAL AT RD CAMP & DUTIES OF CONTINGENT
COMMANDERS
1. Submit arrival report and contingent strength to Camp Adjutant and LO,RD Cell.
2. Depute arms escort to deposit weapons and ammunition in Camp Kote and ammunition
stores and dispatch them.
3. Handover four copies of Nominal Rolls to RD Cell, two copies to Camp Adjutant including
one for use by CTO Staff and eight copies for Dir Coord.
4. Collect copies of latest Camp Programme issued by the Secretary RDC from the Camp
Adjutant.
5. Ascertain from the Camp Commandant/Adjutant the allotment of living tents for various
categories of the contingent and depute part time officers to take over respective tents and furniture.
6. Allocate cadets for each tent.
7. Send telegrams to Directorate reporting arrival.
8. Organise safe custody for cash, valuables, weapons and ammunition and controlled stores.
9. Get cadets Identity Cards authenticated from Camp Adjutant.
10. Familiarise himself and his contingent with the Camp Layout.
DUTIES OF CONTINGENT COMMANDERS
1. Performance of Directorate Contingent depends to a very large extent on the Contingent
Commander and his staff. lt is, therefore, essential that contingent officers, Pl Staff and GCls are
nominated at least five months in advance and their duties are clearly defined by the Directorate.
2. Some of the main functions of the Contingent Commanders are listed in succeeding
paragraphs.
3.
Preparatory Action
(a) Study in detail and make members of the Directorate Contingent aware of Standing
instructions on RD Camp and competitions rules prior to departure of the contingent for
Delhi.
(b) Satisfy himself that composition of the contingent is as per the Directorate General
instructions.
(c) Satisfy himself that there is no deficiency in Contingent stores, clothing and
equipment that the contingent is required to carry.
(d) Ensure that the Bank Drafts for Directorate’s share of RD Camp Expenditure,
including messing charges of NCC Part Time Officers, are sent so as to reach Accounts
Officer (Pers/B&F) of DGNCC in his office at R K Puram, New Delhi by 10 Dec.
58
(e) inform Camp Commandant RDC, Garrison Parade Ground, Delhi Cant-10
telegraphically, of expected date an time of arrival of contingent at Delhi/New Delhi and
mode of travel.
(f) Ensure that bio-data of Best Cadet Competitors and Youth Exchange Probable’s is
sent to reach DDG MS and DDG Trg respectively by 26 December.
(g) Ensure that the NCO carrying the bio-data of Best Cadets also carry the detailed
composition of the contingent as required vide Paras.
(h) Plan the move so that advance party (one Pl Staff) reaches Delhi on 26 Dec and
contingent on 03/04 Jan.
(j) Ensure that stores, clothing and equipment required competitions is carried with
the contingent as wagon/truck carrying heavy baggage might get delayed enroute.
(k) Check documents including Identity Cards, Kit, Uniform and accoutrements of each
member of their contingent. Do not bank on making up deficiencies on reaching Delhi as
required item/quantity and transport may not be available.
(I) Assign specific duties to contingent officers, JCOs, NCOs,UOl/SMI and Cadet
Appointments. .
(m) Earmark cadets to be sponsored for various Cadet Appointments.
(n) Prepare provisional list of Blood Donors out of SD/SW cadets as per number
assigned by DGNCC.
(o) Ensure that Pl/civilian staff accompanying the contingent carry sufficient money to
pay for meals and other needs at Delhi.
(p) Make tentative allotment of Tents/Barracks to cadets. SD and JD Boys will not be
mixed up.
(q) During Pre-RD camp, practice cadets in table manners, community singing and
saluting while marching. ‘
(r) Ensure purchase of return journey tickets and securing of rail reservations for the
return journey. -
4. Actions on Reaching Delhi.
(a) Report arrival to Camp Commandant, Camp Adjutant and RD Cell and hand over
copies of Nominal Roll of Directorate contingent.
(b) Deposits Arms, Ammunition and other controlled stores in the Camp Kote.
(c) Submit names of cadets recommended for Cadet Appointments and special duties
to RD Cell by O5 Jan. .
(d) Collect copies of the latest camp programme issued by Secretary RDC from Camp
Adjutant and clarify and doubts on Camp schedule or competition Rules from Secretary
RDC/OIC Competitions.
(e) Familiarise himself and his contingent with the camp layout, camp organisation,
DGNCC camp offices and competitions sites
(f) Make all cadets write letters to their home.
59
(g) Laydown priority of work so-as to ensure that Flag Area and Tent Area are fully
ready by due date.
5.
Major Actions During the Camp
(a) Maintain constant liaison with the RD Cell and camp staff.
(b) Ensure that cadets detailed/nominated from his Directorate reach appointed place
and time for various events properly dressed/equipped and punctuality is maintained at all
times. Full use will be made of contingent officers, Pl Staff and Cadet Appointments to
ensure presence of cadets at various functions and their good conduct and behavior all
through a function/event.
(c) Ensure adequate security of tents/belongings of all Directorate personnel and stores
at all times. Additional security arrangements will be made during last four days of the
camp.
(d) Keep control over cadets of special activities category of the contingent and Air,
Naval and RVC cadets going out of camp for competitions/rehearsals.
(e) Maintain duty roster and a roster for cadets to ensure that all cadets get equal
opportunity to attend functions with VIPs and sight seeing around Delhi on days indicated
in camp programme.
(f) Make ‘all adm arrangements including for photographer and refreshment, if required,
for visit of his DDG and any Minister/Official of his State to RD Camp and keep Secretary
RD Cell and Camp Commandant informed.
(g) Read notices on the Notice Boards near Adjutant’s office at regular intervals (at
least twice a day).
(h) Check uniforms of cadet selected for RD Parade and Guard of Honour and make
up any deficiency especially of accoutrements.
(j) Arrange safe custody of all cups, prizes and certificates received by contingent and
cadets. Record will be maintained and damage in transit prevented.
(k) Ensure that SMI/UOls sit with girl cadets and Part ‘l’ me Officers Pl Staff with boy
cadets at all functions in the Camp Auditorium, so as to maintain discipline and decorum.
Similar arrangements will be ensured whenever cadets are sent to witness Horse Show,
Beating of Retreat, RD Parade etc including rehearsals.
(I) Ensure regular daily evening Roll Call and physical check of all cadets.
(m) Detail cadets with good handwriting to fill up RD Camp Certificates in Hindi for all
cadets of the contingent.
(n) Ensure that cadets of their contingent, from small squad and march smartly
whenever they are required to move from one place to another within camp.
(o) Ensure that cadets are adequately protected against cold but do not wear
unauthorised/ill fitting items of clothing. Woolen under-garments and leggings should be
used. Jersey woolen must be worn in the evenings and morning especially before and
after NCC Run.
60
(p) Male officers, Pl Staff and boy cadets do not enter girls area between 6 PM to 6 AM.
During day time OC Girls will be informed if any male/boy is required to go to the girls area.
(q) Movement of girl cadets to boys area, QM Stores and Officers tents will be strictly
controlled and when essential in organised party. There will be no such movement from 6
PM to 6 AM. Contingent Commanders will plan to move stores required for girls up to the
gate of girls area by boy cadets.
(r) Ensure that cadets clear off from shopping complex five minutes before the closing
tiume.
6.
Actions Before Leaving RD Camp on Terminal on of Camp
(a) Inform dates of ETS and Camp Commandant of expected time of departure (ETD).
(b) Collect camp certificates. .
(c) Clear all outstanding dues including those of Canteen and Shopping Complex
contractors and photographs.
(d) Handover letter of thanks from cadets to Camp Commandant Secretary RDC SC.
(e) Clarify all doubts about performance of Directorate in RD Banner competitions
from OIC Competitions.
(f) Sign voucher for any RD Trophies being taken with the contingent and hand over
original to Adm Dte of DGNCC.
(g) Deposit the following:-
(i) Additional items of uniform issued to RD Parade and Guard of Honour
Cadets to RD Camp Stores.
(ii) Music Cards (if applicable) to RD Cell.
(iii) Furniture of Camp and Fire Fighting Equipment to Camp QM.
(iv) Training Stores if drawn.
(h) Submit suggestions, f any, for future RD Camp and Competitions to Secretary
RDC.
7.
Actions on Return to Directorate and Before Dispersal of Contingent
(a) Fiecheck that all cadets have received camp certificates and photographs (if ordered)
(b) Take back and deposit all cash, clothing and stores issued on loan.
(c) Submit report to Directorate including suggestions for improvements for future RDC.
61
APPENDIX L
SOP FOR RECEPTION, USHERING AND SEATING
ARRANGEMENTS FOR FUNCTIONS CONNECTED WITH
NCC RD CAMP, PM’S RALLY, CULTURAL SHOWS
AND HORSE SHOW
Aim
1. To lay down the SOPs for reception, ushering in and seating of the invitees during the
various functions of RDC.
NCC RD CAMP INAUGURATION
Seating Plan
2. Seating capacity for about 240 guests exists in the Flag Area for the Inaugural function. The
seating plan is given at Sketch ‘P’. Dir (Coord) is responsible for detailed seating plan and other
seating arrangements.
Reception and Ushering
3.
Organisation and Control: Dir (Coord) will be overall Officer lncharge for all seating, reception
and ushering arrangements. He will be assisted by the following officers and staff detailed by the
DDG (MS) and the Camp Comdt for the duties as shown against each :-
(a) LO to Chief Guest One Lt Col.
(b) Ushering Team No 1 for\MA’s of Foreign Missions
(i) Camp Comdt
(ii) Adjutant A
(iii) One NCC Associate Officer (AP) A
(iv) One NCC Lady Associate Officer (Bihar)
(v) Two boy Cadets - (AP & Bihar)
(vi) Two girl Cadets - (AP & Bihar)
(c) Ushering Team No 2 for VCOAS & Army Officer
(i) Camp Comdt (Under Study)
(ii) Asst Adjutant
(iii) One NCC Associate Officer (Gujarat)
(iv) One NCC Lady Associate Officer (Gujarat)
(v) Two boy Cadets (Orissa & Gujarat)
(vi) Two girl Cadets (Orissa & Gujarat)
(d) Ushering Team No 3 for Joint Secretaries and Civilian Guests
(i) DD Trg (A)
(ii) One NCC Associate Officer (J&K)
62
(iii) One NCC Lady Associate Officer (Kar & Goa)
(iv) Two boy Cadets (J&K, Kar & Goa)
(v) Two girl Cadets (J&K, Kar & Goa)
(e) Ushering Team No 4 for VCNS & Naval Officers
(i) DD MS(C), Navy
(ii) One NCC Associate Officer (Kerala)
(iii) One NCC Lady Associate Officer (Kerala)
(iv) Two boy Cadets, Navy (Ker & MP)
(v) Two girl Cadets (Ker & MP)
(f) Ushering Team No 5 for VCAS & Air Force Officers
(i) DD Lgs (C), Air
(ii) One NCC Associate Officer (MP)
(iii) One NCC Lady Associate Officer (MP)
(iv) Two boy Cadets, Air (WB & TN)
(v) Two girl Cadets, (WB & TN) Y
(g) Ushering Team No 6 for Senior Officers of Delhi Adminisiralion
(i) Director, Delhi Dte
(ii) One NCC Associate Officer (Delhi)
(iii) One NCC Lady Associate Officer (Delhi)
(iv) Two boy Cadets (DL: & Pb)
(v) Two girl Cadets (DL: & Pb)
(h) Ushering Team N0 7 for Officers of Finance Defence and Ministgry of Defence
(i) JD (Fin)
(ii) One NCC Associate Officer (Mah)
(iii) One NCC Lady Associate Officer (NER)
(iv) Two boy Cadets (NER & Mah)
(v) Two girl Cadets (NER & Mah)
(j) Ushering Team No 8 for Civilian Guests
(i) JD (Pers)
(ii) Two NCC Associate Officer (Ori & Raj)
(iii) Two NCC Lady Associate Officer (Ori & Raj)
(iv) Two boy Cadets (Ori & Raj)
(v) Two girl Cadets (Ori & Haj)
(k) Reserve
(i) Two JCOs & Two NCOs
(ii) Four UOls/SMls
Ushering
4. (a) All Officers and staff detailed for reception and ushering will be briefed by the JD
(Coord) on their duties 48 hrs prior to the function.
(b) The Officers detailed for ushering duty will be given a final list of the invitees and the
seating plan explained to them on the ground.
63
(c) Ushering will be done from the alighting point/car park areas to the actual seats.
For this, separate ushers will be detailed for alighting point area and for actual seating
enclosures.
(d) Ushers will also escort guests after the function to their cars or for refreshment as
the case may be. .
(e) Ushering of Chief Guests, his/her escort and VVlPs will be carried out as given in
SNCCO 1/S/94 Vol l.
(f) NCC Cadets, UOls/SMls and “Lady Officers detailed for ushering duties will assist
in reception and ushering work, as so detailed by the JD (Coord).
Dress
5. All Officers will wear Winter Ceremonial No 1 dress. Cadets UOls/SMls and NCC Whole
Time/Part Time Officers and Pl Staff will wear their authorised ceremonial dress.
CULTURAL SHOW
General
6. Cultural shows are organised in the Camp Auditorium No 1. Seating arrangements are
made for a strength of about 1700 spectators including Cadets. Seating Plan.
7. The seating plan is as per Sketch ‘Q’ attached, Seating arrangements will be done under
the supervision of Dir (Coord). Seats earmarked for all VVlPs of the rank of Lt Gen/equivalent and
above will be marked by name. Dir (Coord) is responsible for making detailed seating plan and all
seating arrangements.
Bgeption and Ushering
8.
Organisation and Control: Dir (Coord) will be overall Officer lncharge for seating, reception
and Ushering, He will be assisted by DD (Coord) in this function. DD (Coord) will be exclusively
lncharge for sign posting and co-coordinating traffic control. The following Officers and Staff will
be detailed by the DDG(MS) and Camp Comdt for the reception, seating and ushering duties:-
(a) Team No 1 (For Row V-1), for Lt Gen/Equivalents/VVlPs
(i) Officer - 2
(ii) Associate NCC Officers - 2
(iii) Lady Associate NCC Officers - 2
(iv) UOI/SMI - 1
(v) Boy Cadets - 2
(vi) Girl Cadets - 2
(b) Team No 2 (For Row V2/V3) for Maj Gens/Equivalents
(i) Officers - 2
(ii) Associate NCC Officers - 2
(iii) Lady Associate NCC Officers - 2
(iv) UOI/SMI - 2
64
(v) Boy Cadets - 2
(vi) Girl Cadets - 2
(c) Team No 3 (For V4/V5) for Brigs/Equivalents
(i) Same composition as Team No 2
(d) Team No 4 (For V4/V5) for Cols/Equivalents
(i) Same composition as Team No 2
(e) Team No 5 For A1 to A8
(i) Same composition as Team No 2
(f) Team No 6 For B1 to B8
(i) JCOs
(ii) NCOs
(g) Team No 7 for ‘C’ & ‘D’
(i) NCC Associate Officer
(ii) Lady NCC Associate Officer
(iii) Boy Cadets
(iv) Girl Cadets
Reception and Ushering
9. Dir (Coord) will assign responsibilities to the Officers by name for various duties and brief
them on ground at 1400 hrs one day before the event. The Usherers will carry out the following
duties :-
(a) Escorting VIPs and Officer Guest from Car Parks to their seats.
(b) Ensuring that the guests occupy allotted seats in respective enclosures.
(c) Other spectators for whom seats have not been earmarked by name are also guided
to their proper enclosures.
(d) Ushering will start from the gate/car park area and will not be complete till the
guests are seen off to their transport after the cultural programme.
10. All ushers will assemble at 1700 hrs on each day of the function for final briefing.
11. The Camp Comdt will ensure the following :-
(a) Detailment of Associate NCC Officers, Cadets and Pl Staff for ushering duties.
(b) Clearing of enclosures of seating.
(c) Layout of furniture as per seating plan.
(d) Detailment of Lascars/labourers for dusting the furniture.
(e) Cleaning of mess toilets.
65
(f) Detailing of 10 lascars/labourers with DD (Coord) for sign posting at 1300 hrs
and 2000 hrs on each day of function.
(g) Cleaning and watering of the Cultural Show Area, Car Park areas and the
approach routes.
Dress
12. Officers will wear lounge suit for the function. Cadets will wear authorised Mufti dress and
Lad; Officers will wear appropriate dresses for the occasion. JCOs and NCOs will be in uniform.
Usherers will wear badges which will be issued by DD (Coord).
HORSE SHOW
General
13. NCC Horse Show and Band display are held at the Harbaksh Stadium every year.About
6000 guests, invitees and spectators attend the show.
Seating Arrangements
14. Seating arrangements are made as per Sketch ‘R’ attached. Reception. seating and ushering
arrangements etc will be made under DDG(Trg),assisted by Dir (Coord). Reception and Usherlng
15. Organisation and Control: Dir (Coord) will be assisted by DD (Coord) in these functions.
The following Officers and Staff will be detailed by the DDG(MS) and Camp Comdt for reception
and ushering duties :-
(a) For V Enclosures - 8 Officers (Incl two lady Offrs).
(b) For A/B Enclosures - -do-
(c) For Foreign Attaché - 5 Officers (incl one lady Offr).
(d) Girl Cadet Encl - Two lady officers, four UOls/SMls.
(e) Army RD Contingent Encl -Three Officers, Four JCOs.
(f) Boys Cadet Encl -Three Officers, Four JCOs/NCOs.
(g) DGNCC Staff/Camp Staff Encl - Two Officers, Four JCOs.
16. Dir (Coord) will assign duties to the officers by name and brief them in the Stadium at
1300 hrs one day prior to the show. Usherers will carry out their duties as given in Para 4 above.
Dress
17. The dress to be worn will be as follows:-
(a) Officers - Lounge suit/Blazers with tie and flannels.
(b) Cadets - Mufti
(c) Lady Officers - Appropriate to the occasion.
(d) JCOs/NCOs and equivalents - Uniform
66
PM’s RALLY
General
18. PM’s Rally is the main event of the RDC and is the focus of all preparations. It is held on 27
Jan every year in the RD Parade Ground. PM is the Chief Guest and a very large number of VVlPs,
VIPs, Foreign Dignitaries and other guests attend the function. Arrangements for 8000 to 9000
spectators are made. This requires a very high level of coordination and control for the seating,
reception, ushering, traffic control and security arrangements for the occasion. Seating Plan.
19. Broad seating plan and schematic layout for the PM’s Rally is given at Sketch ‘S’ attached.
DetaiIed seating plan for the VIP enclosures will be made two days before the Rally and issued to
all concerned. Dir (Coord) is responsible for making detailed seating plan. Reception and Ushering
20. Control & Coordination Cell: It will comprise of the following officers :-
(a) Dir (Coord) - Officer-In-Charge
(b) DD (Coord)
(c) One Major/Lt Col - To be detailed.
(d) Invitation Cell Personnel with
One radio set
21. Escorts (LOs for the VlPs)
(a) One Maj for the Def Secretary.
(b) One Maj & three other
officers (Civil/Military) - for Members of Parliament.
(c) One Civilian Officer - for tribal Chiefs.
(d) One to two Officers - for any other dignitary as
may be required.
22.
Ushers: A large number of usherers are required for this function Officers will be detailed
by name, seven days before the Rally. Ushering Teams will be created for Right & Left Half.
One OIC for Car Park will be nominated in addition to OIC Entry Gates.
25. Transport: Transport as required for the occasions will be detailed by the DDG (Adm).
Details will be given later by Dir (Coord) by 21 Jan to the DDG (Lgs). Dne open jeep and 2 DHs will
be detailed for sector control and traffic control duty to operate under direct control of Dir (Coord).
26.
Ushering: Dir (Coord) will hold ushering conference at 1500 hrs on 22 Jan on the Parade
Ground near the Saluting Base. The following will attend :-
(a) Senior ushers of right and left half.
(b) Usher in-charge each enclosures/car parking area.
(c) Contingent Commanders, Lady Officers, SMls/UOls and one cadet appointment of
each contingent.
(d) Camp signal officer.
(e) Camp Comdt/Adjt
(f) Officer-ln-Charge gates.
(g) Camp MTO
67
27. General principals of ushering are the same as for the other functions. All ushers will be
issued with recognition badges to be worn on the right pocket over the pocket button. These will be
collected from DD (Coord).
General Instructions
28. The Lgs Dte will ensure that furniture is laid out by 1500 hrs on 25 Jan as per the detailed
seating plan. VIP dais will also be got ready by 1300 hrs on 26 Jan.
29. The Camp Comdt wil ensure the following:-
(a) All gates except the NCC gate will be locked at night of 26/27 Jan and NCC gate will
be manned on that night.
(b) Bath-rooms are opened and cleaned by 0730 hrs on 27 Jan.
(c) Water is sprinkled in car park areas during the evening of 26 Jan.
(d) Two teams of 10 lascars under a JCO- incharge are detailed with the dusters to
clean the sofa and chairs. They will report to the Senior Ushers of each half at 0730 hrs on
27 Jan.
(e) Enclosures will be properly security guarded on the night of 26/27 Jan to prevent
any unauthorised occupation of the seats.
(f) Contingent team wil consist of the Contingent Commander, One Lady Offr, One
SMI/UOI and 20 cadets (10 boys & 10 girls) except where stated. All will be in position by
0730 hrs on 27 Jan.
30. DD (Coord) will be the OIC Traffic Control. He will ensure that sign posting for car parks,
enclosures and areas outside the Parade Ground is completed latest by 0600' hrs on 27 Jan.
Camp Comdt will detail 10 civilian labourers to assist him in making the car park areas and putting
up Sign Boards on 24 Jan.
68
CHAPTER -ll
ADMINISTRATION, FUNDS AND ACCUNTS
PART-I ADMINISTRATION
General
1. This Chapter deals with clothing, equipment, and necessaries, responsibility for providing
stores, accommodation, messing, medical care, canteen facilities, move to and from the Camp,
reception, transport, discipline, security and all other aspects of administration during the Annual
Republic Day Camp at Delhi.
Administrative Control
2. DDG (Lgs) and the Camp Comdt of the RDC, under overall supervision of Addl DG (B), will
exercise administrative control over all personnel in the Camp.
Accommodation
3. All contingents will be accommodated in previously earmarked living accommodation area
in the Camp. Earmarking of areas will be done under the aegis of Lgs Dte. Requirements of
tentage, ordnance stores including firefighting equipment will be intimated. by Directorate General
NCC (Lgs Dte) to all concerned. DDG Lgs, will be responsible for demanding all the above stores
from OD Shakurbasti.NCC Lgs will ensure that all such demands tor loan stores reach HQ Delhi
Area (Q Branch) by third week of August every year at the very latest, as this is a lean period &
sanctions ipso tacto are easier to process. All stores will be collected by the Camp QM from Ord
Depot Shakurbasti on behalf of Delhi Dte. Transport and the working parties will bearranged by the
Camp Comdt in consultation with the Lgs Dte who will be responsible for procurement of transport.
Details are given in the succeeding paras.
4. Girl cadets will be accommodated in separate walled area within the main Camp. They will
have their separate messing arrangements. The foreign cadets, too, will be accommodated in a
separate area. They too, will have separate arrangements for their messing. Boy cadets other
than the foregoing, will be accommodated in the area so earmarked with integral administrative
facilities.
Layout Plan
5. The lay out will be strictly adhered to by all concerned at all stages of the Camp.
6. The Lgs Dte will liaise with HQ Delhi Area/Station HQ Delhi Cantt/SHO Delhi Cantt and
settle all matters pertaining to NCC RD Camp site/area by second week of August, every year.
Completion report to this effect will be rendered by DDG (Lgs) to Addl DG(B) by he first working
day of the third week, and weekly progress thereafter.
69
Ancillaries
7. Ancillaries like bath rooms, cook houses, and latrines are already provided/existing on the
camp site. Lgs Dte will check all ancillaries before commencement of Camp and ensure they are
functional in all respects by 15 December. Thereafter, high standard of maintenance will be ensured.
All ancillaries and buildings shall be taken over by the Camp Quarter Master from Dte before O7
Dec. These assets shall be handed over back to Lgs Dte on termination of the Camp. All damages
shall be made good before 10 Feb in consultation with MES Rep. Clearance from MES to this
effect shall be obtained by Camp QM and submitted to Lgs Dte by 15 Feb.
Minor/Major Works
8. DDG (Lgs) is responsible for projecting and ensuring timely execution of Major Works
concerning NCO RD Camp/site/area.
9. For the above purpose, he will approach HQ Delhi Area/MES for completion of works in
hand. The proposed work at RD Camp will be projected by last week of July and DDG (Lgs) will lay
down firm PDC’s in consultation with HQ Delhi Area/MES with the aim of completing the work by
end of November.
Furniture
10. Requirement of furniture will be ascertained from the users and consolidated by Lgs Dte.
MES is responsible to provide all authorised furniture. A demand tor supply of all items oi furniture
will be placed on MES during July. NA Certificate will be obtained from MES. On the authority oi the
NA Certificates, a Board of Officers from the Dte Gen will be convened in the month ol August by
Lge Ute to review the requirement ol furniture tor the Camp. Representative of Lgs/Trg/Navy/Air/
and NCC Dte Delhi, for PM‘s Rally will be members of the beard. Board proceedings alter the
approval by Addl DG(B) will be processed by Lgs Ute and action to liire items of furniture from the
approved contractors will be taken for hiring of the recommended furniture. Wide publicity through
the medium of news papers will be given to invite quotations during the month of September.
11. Tenders will be opened by a Board of Officers so detailed by Dir Coord. On acceptance ol
the tenders the intimation with lull details will be sent to the contractor (s) to enable him/them to
matte preparation for supply of required furniture tor various; events. Specific dates will be mentioned
in the supply order or strict compliance.
12. A complete list (schedules) of furniture (with accepted rates) with a copy of acceptance
letter and other instructions will be sent to Camp Quartermaster. All the hired furniture, including
that required for PM’s Rally, will be taken over by the Call/l (Furniture) in serviceable condition &
returned in same condition to the contractor on specified date, The Camp Commandant will certify
for the correct receipt of all furniture schedule wise and submit all the bills on account the furniture
to Lgs Dte. Having processed these bills Lgs Die will forward these to P&F Dte for payment out of
RD Camp grant.
13. List of furniture required for various occasions and purposes will be reviewed by DDG
(Lgs) each year.
70
Auditorium
l4. Main auditorium will be erected and furnished under arrangements of the Dte Gen (Lgs
Dte). The seating plan will be prepared by NCC/Coord and approved by Addl DG (B). The Camp
Commandant will ensure proper arrangements/layout of furniture in the auditorium for all cultural
activities. Second auditorium may be erected which will be used for cultural practices/screening
movies/lectures by Guest speakers/Trg of uncommitted cadets.
Electrification of Camp
15. Adequate number of electric points are provided by the MES. No unauthorised installation
of lights or electrical appliances is permitted. A check to this effect will be carried out by the Camp
Duty Offr, so detailed by the Camp Comdt from time to time, and include in the Duty Officer’s
report. Strict electric & Water discipline shall be enforced in the Camp by the Camp Commandant
(with the help of Duty Officer & Contingent Cdrs). Installation of siren will be installed in the Camp
to give Time Signal in particular for lights out and for fire fighting practices.
Hygiene and Sanitation
16. Orders on hygiene and sanitation are at Appendix A. Payment for sweepers and
consonance services will be made by the Camp Comdt out of camp funds. It is emphasised that
hygiene and sanitation aspects assume greater importance in the camp. Camp Comdt will instruct
Medical Offr to carry out regular checks. SHO Delhi Cantt will be approached by Lgs Dte for
spraying of pesticides/insecticides in the area.
Civilian Labour.
17. Civil labour will be employed by the Camp Commandant for setting up, maintenance and
winding up of the camp at the prevailing nerrick rates. Dte Gen (P&F) will obtain the sanction of the
Govt. for the employment of labour by the lst Sep every year. Every day the payment will be made
by the A0 (RD Camp) in presence of one officer and one JCO nominated by the Camp Commandant
by publishing the names of the nominated officer in CRO. Camp Office will submit daily to the A0
(RDC) muster roll of the labourers employed during the day.
Clothing and Equipment
18. Items of clothing and equipment and other necessaries, to be brought by all concerned are
given at Appendix J to Chapter I. However, instructions regarding any change/additional items
will be issued by Dte Gen (Lgs Dte) by August every year.
19. Each NCC Dte will ensure that cadets selected to attend this camp are equipped with two
sets of terrycot uniforms. lt is emphasised that the cadets uniforms should be properly stitched/
fitting. The bottom of the trousers should very between 14.5 “to 16” depending on the height of the
cadet but in no case it will be other than this specification. The cost of alteration of uniforms will be
met from the funds allotted for repair/refitting of uniforms.
20. Month of Jan is quite cold in Delhi and all personnel will be equipped with adequate warm
clothing before they leave for Delhi. This will be ensured by each NCC Dte.
71
21. An additional 10 percent of clothing items such as, accessories, hackles, pompoms,
badges, shoulder titles, boots/shoes, socks and stockings for use by cades of all Wings will be
brought by each state contingent to meet unforeseen requirements during the Camp. .
22. Ordenance Stores will be demanded on time, collected and properly accounted for.
Messing Arrangements.
24.
Messes The following Messes will be set up by the Camp Commandant:-
(a) Officers’ Mess (For Service Officers and Whole Time Lady Officers).
(b) JCOs Mess
(c) Pl Staff Mess
(d) Messes for cadets (Separate for boys & girls)
(e) Foreign Cadets Mess
(f) ANO Mess
25. Respective Messing Officers will exercise control over the cooked food and its correct
distribution to the authorised personnel. Plasfic discs already procured will be used. Distribution of
food will be supervised by a JCO/NCO detailed by the respective contingents. It shall, however,
continue to be the responsibility of Messing Offrs to ensure efficient arrangements in this respect.
26. lt will be ensured that Officers, JCOs, GCls, NCOs and civilian staff detailed for the Camp
bring requisite sum of money to pay for the messing charges during the Camp. All bills will be
cleared before conclusion of the Camp.No civilian Dhaba will be established. Civilian may dine in
the Camp Staff Mess and pay the same messing as in the case of Cadets/Camp Staff.
27. Daily expenditure on messing will be displayed prominently in the Camp as per format
given in DG NC letter No 2987/NCC Pers (B&F) dated 11 Feb 74 at Appendix B.
28. Rations for the Camp will be drawn from the Sup Depot on the authority of Army HQ,
QMG’s Branch letter No 41739/ST6B/ dated 3 Jan 1958 as amended by etter dated 13 Aug 60 and
in acordance with Para 4 (Part lll) of the “Instructions on the Maintenance of Camp Accounts”.
lndents will be placed through the DDST, HQ Delhi Area.
Drawl of Rations
29. Dte Gen NCC (Lgs Dte) will submit draft station order by second week of November for
drawl of rations and also submit demand for the same.
Cook Houses
30. Utmost attention will be paid to cleanliness and hygiene. Standing Orders for cook houses
are given at Appendix C. Standard Cooking Hangs already existing (on temporary basis) are
preferable than conventional chullahs for the following reasons:-
(a) A Cooking conditions for the cooks are more comfortable.
72
(b) Economy in fuel
(c) Anyone of coal steam/coke soft/firewood as available can be used
(d) Kitchens can be made smoke free by means of providing improvised chimneys to
such cooking ranges.
Cooking Utensils
31. A number of cooking utensils are already held and are on the charge of DGNCC Camp for
this purpose. These will be drawn by the Camp QM before the arraival of Advance parties. Any
additional quantities required will be hired locally by the Camp Comdt.
32. Items of crockery, if required, will be hired locally by the Camp Commandant and paid from
the Officers Mess account. Approval for the same will be obtained in time.
Austerity
33. Strict austerity measures of all kind will be enforced in the Camp. Particular attention will
be paid to ensure that there is no wastage of food. The following will be ensured:-
(a) The cooked food will be wholesome and adequate but elaborate bill of fare will not
be arranged. Caloric value of food will be kept in mind while preparing the daily menu.
(b) Officers will frequently visit the cook houses and dining halls to check that there is
no wastage of food.
Medical
34. Provision of medical cover is in accordance with Ministry of Defence letter No O210/64-65/
NCC-Pers(A)/1082/B/D(GS-Vl) dated 19 April 1965 read in conjunction with Dte Gen letter No 210/
63/64/NCC/Pers(A) dated 06 August 1965.
35. A medical officer for the Camp will be detailed by the DG NCC (MS).Medicines and
equipment including ambulance required for the Camp will be arranged by Deputy DG (Lgs) from
Base/Army Hospital Delhi Cantt for which approval of ADMS, Delhi Area will be obtained. To assis
the Camp Medical Officer, three AMC NCOs from NCC Medical units will be detailed by Dte Gen
NCC. A Lady Medical Officer and a nurse will also be detailed by the Dte Gen NCC(MS) for the
Camp. Arrangement for provision of six beds will also be made.
Transport
36. Transport for use during RD Camp will be arranged by Dte Gen NCC (Lgs Dte). The
details of number of vehicles required on various days of the Camp will be worked out by Lgs Dte.
The number of vehicles to be requisitioned (ie No of vehicles x No of days) from State Directorate
will be done in advance. Adequate funds for hiring of transport will also be provisioned , well in
advance.
73
37. (a) Allotment of transport during RDC for important duties will be done in advance.
Balance vehicles will be kept in pool and will be allotted on requisition. Sub-allotment of
transport within the respective Dtes will be the responsibility of respective DDsG. Vehicles
required for Pub will be issued by 01 Dec based on RDC Major Events schedule.
(b) Requisition of additional transport will be fowrarded to MTO at least 48 hours in
advance. The requisition will be put up in duplicate as per Appendix D
38. Vehicles ordered for attachment to RD Camp are detailed from Dtes. DDsG NCC of States
will make sure that the the vehicles nominated for attachment are in roadworthy condition and
drivers are briefed on the discipline aspect as also their loyalties to the performance of duties.
DDsG NCC Dtes will as sign the Road worthy Certificates in respect of all the vehicles detailed
from their Dtes.
39. Instructions for provisioning of transport for use during RD Camp from Delhi Area, Army
HQ Pool and from internal NCC sources as per requirement as laid down in preceding paras will
be issued by sec ond week of September, by Dte Gen NCC (Lgs Dte) after approval of Addl DG
(B).
40. The repair facilities for vehicles in the RDC wlll be provided by Stn Wksp/Army HQ Static
Workshop under arrangement of DDG (Lgs). ln addition, EME personnel posted in NCC Units and
detailed on the Camp will carry out first line repairs.
41. FOL will be drawn from ASC on the authority of Govt of India letter No 5629/NCC/Coord
(B)/2366/US/D (DG-lll) dated 25 Sep 62. Sufficient quantity of petrol should be kept in store to
cater for the Camp requirement on non-petrol issue days and during last days cf month. Account
for expenditure incurred on FOL during the camp, though not debatable to camp account, will be
maintained in separate register. This register will briefly indicate the daily mileage done by each
vehicle, nature of dally duties performed, quantity of FOL and cost thereof’.
42. Lgs Dte, wiil submit draft station order for drawing FOL and submit demands for the same
by 15 Nov.
43. lndent. for rations/FOL to Supply Depot will be submitted by Lgs Dte by 05 Dec.
Drivers
44. Drivers that accompany the vehicles coming from NCC sources will be attached to the
Camp. They will make their own messing arrangement till the start of the Camp and thereafter
“may dine in the Camp Staff Mess and pay the same messing as in the case of Cadets/Camp
Staff” NCC Directorates providing these drivers will pay them advance of daily allowance. Drivers
detailed by the NCC Directorates should preferably be those who are acquainted with the main
landmarks of Delhi.
Documentation
45. All documentation with regard to the use of vehicles and FOL accounting will be done
according to the orders prevalent in the Army. Copies of duty slips/car diaries covering all duties in
74
the camp will be provided to the Directorates providing the vehicles by the Camp MTO on conclusion
of the Camp.
46. In addition to the above, complete record of the meterage done by the vehicle for camp
duty will be maintained by MTO/Astt MTO separately for each vehicle, attached to the Camp. This
meterage record will be put by the MTO for perusal by DDG (Lgs) every Monday.
Loan Issue of Water-Trailers
47. NCC Dte Delhi will arrange for procurement of eight Water Trailers of 1000 liters capacity
each from local Army formations for a period not exceeding eight weeks during NCC Republic Day
Camp. Govt sanction for obtaining the water trailers on loan has been accorded vide Govt of lndia,
Ministry of Defence letter No 6871/Loan/WT/DGNCC/Adm (C) dated 17 Aug 79
48. Lgs Dte is responsible for arrangement of water trailers. In order to procure the same well
in time a request will be initiated by Lgs Dte by first week of August every year and NCC Dte Delhi
will be intimated to take follow up action in the matter.
Canteen - CSD
49. A CSD (l) canteen will be established and run in the camp under the orders of the DDG
(MS).Stocks of CSD(l) items will be obtained from the Dte Gen NCC CSD canteen. SOP is attached
at Appendix E.
50. Adm Dte will place orders for stocking Camp CSD (l) Canteen with accoutrements, badges/
medals, blood donation badges etc. Expedition medals (mountaineering, trekking, cycle & sailing)
and medals plates for display of badges (as per specifications) given by JD Coord.
51. To procure items like badges/medals etc. quotations will be called for by the Lgs Dte in the
month of Sep/Oct from the dealers and items will be arranged on competitive rates. A wide publicity
for calling tenders will be given.
52. Non CSD items like stationary, NCC badges of rank etc. will also be arranged by P&C Dte
and sold in the Canteen.
Wet Canteen and Shopping Complex
53. Wet Canteen and Shopping Complex arrangements will be made by DDG(P&F). The aim
will be to provide hot beverages and snacks prepared under clean and hygienic conditions and
sold at rates cheaper than any other canteen in the area.
54. ln the Shopping Complex, Snack Bars, Soft drinks, Milk, lce Cream and ldli/Dosa Shops
will be established.
55. For running the Regimental Shops, quotations will be called for by the P&F Dte from the
interested parties, in the month of September every year. A wide publicity through advertisement in
Newspapers to invite tenders from the maximum possible parties will be given along with the
tender notice for furniture.
75
56. The distribution of items to be sold by the above shops will be decided by OIC Shopping
Complex with the approval of DDG. (P&F).
57. The selling rates for items to be sold by the contractors at Regimental Shops will be fixed
by a Board of Officers taking into consideration the prevailing rates of items in the market, and
keeping in view the quality of the items. .
58. Afer the contracts have been concluded, the successful contractor will be informed to
establish/pen his shops before the Camp starts. Camp Comdt will suitably be advised to hand
over the site/accommodation, tentage/furniture etc. SOP for shopping Complex is at Appendix F.
Office Equipment and Stationery
59. A servicable duplicator will be provided to the Camp Commandant by NCC Directorate
Delhi w.e.f 15 Dec. The operator will be provided by the Pers Dte/DG NCC.
60. Requirements of stationery will be arranged by the P&F Dte (Estt Branch) from the Chief
Administrative Officer, Min of Defence. Sufficient number of clerks will be detailed by the Pers Dte
for Camp offices. The clerks so detailed will bring English language typewriters from their
Directorates.
61. Service labels will be arranged by the Pers Dte and handed over to the Camp Adjt by 15
Dec.
62. Bins for litter will be obtained by Camp Commandant from the Cantonment Board. It will be
brought home to all cadets that throwing of litter is not a good form of training of an exemplary
citizen. The cadets should feel responsible as good citizens.
Move to the Camp
63. Responsibility All arrangements for the move of the cadets to camp by rail/road will be
made by the NCC Directorate concerned. Directorates will ensured that rail/road accommodation
is arranged well in time. It is pointed out that due to paucity of rail accommodation, rail reservation
may not be available unless it is made suficiently well in advance.
Discipline Whilst on Move
64. Cadets will travel as an organised party during their journey to and from the Camp. A
Contingent Commander will be appointed and will be made responsible for the contingent. Special
attention will be paid to the following:-
(a) Correct entraining and detraining drill when travelling by train and correct embussing
and debussing drill if travelling by road. Individual cadets will not be permitted to detrain or
debus without orders.
(b) Discipline and courteous behavior throughout the journey.
(c) Smart and correct turnout at all times.
(d) Cadets will not be permitted to leave the railway platform except as an organised
body.
76
(e) While leaving the Camp for railway station it will be ensured that drill for embussing
and debussing is properly organised and strict discipline is maintained. During the move to
the railway station, Contingent Commander will personally supervise the move of cadets
and proper MT discipline.
(f) A senior NCO will be placed incharge of cadets in each compartment to ensure
that the cadets do not lean out of the windows of the compartments, do not stand on
footboards or in the open carriage doors and the doors & windows are closed and bolted
while the train is in motion. Before entraining at stations where there are long halts the
Contingent Commander will take an ‘all correct’ report from the NCO-in-Charge of each
compartment.
65.
Medical Arrangements For serious cases requiring medical attention, during journey, the
Contingent Commander will contact the train Conductor/Guard and ask for assistance from railway
medical staff it & when needed.
66.
Security of Arms
(a) The Contingent Commanders will be responsible to ensure. the security of arms
which are brought by each contingent. The Contingent Commander from each Directorate
will be given clear orders about this in writing by the Deputy DG NCC concerned for strict
observance during journey (both ways).
(b) The Contingent Commanders will be personally responsible for safe custody of the
arms and stores and will ensure that they are properly guarded by day & night. The arms
will be checked before leaving the Camp and also before entraining, at long halts and after
detraining at destination.
67.
Feeding Arrangement Enroute
(a) Contingent commander of each contingent will be responsible to arrange meals
and refreshments for the cadets enroute. They will ensure that all members of the Contingent
are properly fed and that the bills are cleared. No cadets will consume anything enroute
from unauthorised hawkers. They will drink water only from authorised sources under the
supervision of the Contingent Commanders. Vigilance against food poisoning is essential.
(b) While leaving RD Camp, respective Messing Officers will be responsible to provide
hot haver sack meal depending on the time of departure of the train. He will also intimate to
the authorities at the intermediate railway stations where meals will be required, giving
details of vegetarian/non-vegetarian meals re quired. Contingent Commander will be
responsible to contact and arrange the food at those stations & for clearance of bills before
departure of the train.
68.
lntimation Regarding Arrival
(a) Details of the Train and time of arrival of each contingent will be intimated by the
Directorate concerned direct to the Camp Comdt. NCC RD Camp, Delhi Cantt with a copy
to the DG NCC (Lgs Dte) latest by 01 Jan.
(b) The Camp Commandant will make necessary arrangements for reception of the
contingents at the railway station and their move to the Camp. Every contingent will be met
77
by an Officer and a JCO to be detailed by the Camp Comdt. Depending on the time of
arrival of the contingent, arrangements for serving hot tea will be made by the Camp
Commandant. Contingent Commanders will report to the Reception Centre in the Camp
immediate on arrival.
Reception Arrangements at Destination (on return)
69. The Camp Commandant will end telegraphic information about the time and date of arrival
of each contingent at their destination Railway stations to their respective Directorates. NCC Dtes
concemed are responsible for making all arrangements for the reception of their contingents.
70. Arrival Report On arrival at their destination the Dtes will telegraphically send arrival report
to the DG NCC (Lgs Dte).
71. Discipline in the Camp Strict discipline will be enforced through out the Camp. Particular
attention will be paid to the turnout of the cadets both on and off parades. Camp orders issued
separately, will be adhered to by all members including cadets, without any compromise whatsoever.
Daly routine orders will be issued by Camp Comdt to ensure highest standard in all facets of the
Camp.
72. Embussing Debussing While embussing, debussing and during move by MT, proper
discipline will be maintained. One NCO from Pl Staff will be incharge of each vehicle. He will
ensure that the vehicle is not overloaded and that the drivers observe the prescribed speed limits.
A standard drill for embussing and debussing will be evolved and will put across to the cadets
through a demonstration arranged by the Camp Commandant. Camp Comdt/Contingent Cdrs will
ensure that NOT more than 22 cadets are accommodated in the body of one 3 ton vehicle.
MT Vehicles and Drivers
73. MTO will ensure that the vehicles attached to the Camp are used economically and efficiently.
The drivers will be given particular instructions with regard to the following:-
(a) MT discipline.
(b) Road étiquette
(c) Speed limits as authorised.
(d) Overloading.
(e) Care, maintenance and cleanliness of vehicles.
Out of Bounds Places
74. (a) Girls Camp area will be out of bounds to all ranks other than those with specific duties
in that area.
(b) The Camp Commandant will notify in the camp orders other out-of-bouns areas is
consultation with Station HQ Delhi Cantt. Untoward Incidents.
78
75. (a) Any untoward or abnormal incident affecting camp adm will be reported to the Camp
Comdt immediately on occurrence either personally or by telephone who in turn will inform
the following:-
(i) DDG Lgs.
(ii) Addl DG (B)
(iii) DG NCC.
(b) Inquiry investigation, if any, will be conducted immediately under orders of Addl DG (B).
Security
76. General Deputy Camp Commandant will be security officer and fire fighting officer of the
Camp. Personnel for guard and patrols, a necessary, will be provided under arrangements of the
Dy DG,Trg. He will also arrange with police autorities for perimeter patrolling during the night,
particularly of the open area to the WEST of the Camp. He will liaise with HQ Delhi Area Station HQ
Cantt and tapioca authorities to tie up the details. Specimen of Camp Security Orders are at
Appendix G for guidance.
77. All personnel participating in the RD Camp are forbidden to bring any costly/valuable articles
with them to the camp. Lady Officers and girl cadets will not bring any gold ornaments/jewellery. If
any so desire, they may bring a pair of bangles, ear tops and chain, provided they are not expensive
and are taken care of by the owners.
78. Wagons Strict security measures for the safe custody of weapons their issue for parades/
rehearsals and return to kote, will be made. All rifles must be properly chained at night. One NCO
will be detailed to be present in the kote both during the day and night in addition to the normal
guard provided by the m/m price. Specimen kote Orders are at Appendix G. This duty roster will
be published in the Camp Routine Orders by the Camp Comdt.
79. Civilian Employees Strict watch will be kept on the civilian employees of the Camp. Security
passes duly affixed wih latest passport size photograph will be issued to them by the Camp Comdt.
Passes will be checked frequently under direct supervision of security officer. Camp Commandant
will also arrange for issue of security passes to the contractors of furniture, Regimental Shops/
Dhaba and the employees of the contractors.
80. Admission into the Camp Area. Camp Commandant will issue necessary orders to ensure
that no unauthorised person whether in uniform or civil clothes is permitted to enter the Camp
Area. Gate sentries will be briefed accordingly.
81. Visiting Hours Relations of cadets will be allowed to visit the cadets between 1600 hrs and
1830 hrs daily. subject to the cadet not being on duty on that day. Availability of cadets can be
ascertained from the Camp Adjutant one day in advance. A Visitors Room will be established in the
Camp opposite the girls enclosure where the visitors can meet the cadets. Cadets will not be
permitted to leave the Camp except when proceeding in organised parties ordered by the Camp
Commandant. Out Passes will NOT be issued to cadets under any circumstances. This will be
explained to all cadets selected for RD Camp prior to their move to Delhi.SOP on establishment of
Reception Centre for visitors is at Appendix H.
79
Fire Fighting-Officer, Equipment and Arrangements.
82. Dy Camp Commandant will act as the fire fighting officer for the Camp. NCC Dte Delhi will
obtain adequate firefighting equipment or loan from Ordnance Depot Shakurbasti and make them
available to the Camp Commandant by 15 Dec”. Delhi Dte will also provide three tanks water
vanvas (‘S’ type) capacity 1350 galons places. He will also detal a fire party from amongst advance
party initially and later from contingents to deal with any unforeseen outbreak of fire. These parties
will be trained and rehearsed by the Dy Camp Commandant and Contingent Commanders in the
use of fire fighting equipment and to fight an actual outbreak of fire. The Camp Commandant will
coordinate and seek assistance from the fire station located in the army RD Contingent Camp
Area. The most common causes of outbreak of fire are as follows:-
(a) Careless throwing of cigarette butts and ‘bidi’ ends.
(b) Flying cinders from open fire used in the cookhouses or elsewhere.
(c) Leakage from temporary or unauthorised electric connections and due to short
circuiting.
(d) Electric heaters and other unauthorised electrical gadgets.
83. While deciding the fire points and temporary lighting arrangements that may be made during
the Camp, the above should be borne in mind.
84. A SOP on firefighting order is at Appendix J. This will be used as a guide by the firefighting
officer (Dy Camp Comdt) while framing orders for the Camp.
Civilian Camp Followers
85. Arrangements will be rnade to provide the required number of washermen, sweepers,
cooks and water carriers as per scales given in Para 129 and 150 of the pamphlet ‘Accounting
instructions for NCC Camps’. Dte Gen (Lgs Dte) will arrange one JCO to advise on catering
matters. The scales laid down in the Pamphlet are given below:-
(a) Mess Servants : Scale
(i) Cooks and water carriers etc. should be employed with due economy. The
number of such personnel should be based on the following scale:-
Cooks - One per 45 Cadets.
Water carrier - One per 45 Cadets
Service boy - one per 45 Cadts.
(ii) The daily rates payable to them should be determined with due regard to the
rates prevailing in the area. The civil authorities should be contacted for obtaining
the requisite information. lf the camps are held at military stations, the nerrick rates
should be obtained from the Station authorities.
(b) Scale of Civilian Followers Dhobies, barbers and sweepers for Camp should be
employed with due economy. The number of such personnel should be based on the
following scale:-
80
(i) Dhobies O A - One for 75 Cadets.
(ii) Barbers _ T - One for 100 Cadets.
(iii) Sweepers One for 50 cadets (Where shallow and deep trench are used,
the scale of sweepers wil be 1 for 75 cadets).
(c)
Scale of Civilian Camp Followers, Prior to and and the Termination of the Camp.
(i) Cooks ln case cooks cannot be arranged through DST/Army HO, then these
may be locally employed at the scale of four cooks for the first three days after the
termination of the Camp and there after two cooks for the next ten days.
(ii) Sweepers 10 sweepers for 10 days prior to the cornmencement of the Camp
and two sweepers for the first three days after the termination of the camp and one
sweeper for the subsequent ten days.
(d) Contracts may be concluded for cooking in the cadets and Pl/Civ staff cook houses.
This may also be done for officers’ Messes and the scale of camp followers would be
reduced accordingly.
Local Purchase of Stores
86. Any stores purchased locally will require prior sanction of the Dy DG (P&F)/Addl DG/DG
as the case may be. The purchase will be made in accordance with accepted procedure with due
regard to economy. Camp Comdt will be given petty cash of Fls.5000/- which he may spend for
urgent requirement preferably with concurrence of DDG concerned. However DDG/Camp Comdt
will ensure that expenditure incurred is regularised within 48 hours. All stores thus purchased will
be taken on charge. At the conclusion of the camp these will be surveyed .
87. On conclusion of the Camp all the RD stores and those purchased locally will be sun/eyed
by a Board of Officers. Serviceable and repairable stores will be handed over to RD Camp stores
for safe custody, care and preservation. Stores that can be repaired will be got repaired by ICRD
Camp Stores under the orders of Dy DG (Lgs).
Dispersal
88. All the Directorates providing contingents will purchase tickets for return journey and project
their demand for return rail reservation to the railways at the starting station at the time of securing
reservations for onward journey. After the tickets for return journey have been purchased and the
demand for return rail reservation projected to the Railways, the Dte will fonivard details as per
specimen given below. This report is required to reach the Dte Gen (Lgs Dte) by 10 Dec each
year, indicating specific routes and trains by which reservations have been procured/projected :-
Date of return Train From To No of Seats Name of the
journey projected No & Gents Ladies Party Leader
to the Name Railways
89. Dy DG NCC of States will ensure that the information contained in the Return is accurate.
They will also pay particular attention to the routes/trains for lady officers and girl cadets and make
81
necessary arrangements for them in case they arrive at their destinations at night or have to halt
temporary at night. The seating arrangements enroute will also have to be taken into consideration
before deciding on the route to be taken particularly by lady officers and girl cadets.
90. Once the return journey tickets have been purchased and demand for return journey have
been projected on the Railways at the starting stations, the Dtes will obtain copies of the
communication (letter/telegram) sent by Railway authorities of the starting stations to the authorities
of the railway stations from where the return journey is to be commenced.
91. They will keep Photostat copies of the aforesaid communication (letter/telegram from
Railway authorities) and return tickets and send a responsible JCO from their Dte together with
return journey tickets, above said letter/telegram (in original) and nominal roll of cadets (in
quadruplicate) and requisite funds (if necessary) to Delhi for getting confirmation for the reservations
as sought for. The JCOs thus deputed will report to Dte Gen (Lgs) latest by 20 Dec each year. All
possible guidance/help will be given by Lgs Dte, in getting confirmation for the resonations.
92. All the Contingent Commanders should be advised by the respective Dtes that on reaching
RD Camp they should send a confirmation report to Dte Gen (Lgs) by 10 Jan on the preformed as
given in Para 89 above about return reservation secured from railways.
93. Once arrangements and rail reservation have been finalised, no charge will be accepted
by the Dte Gen (Lgs). The final programme of dispersal will be issued to the Camp Commandant
by this Dte Gen (Lgs) sufficiently in advance. The Camp Commandant will ensure that necessary
intimation is passed on to the Contingent Commanders and the Directorate concerned. The Camp
Comdt will be responsible for ensuring that the contingents arrive at Delhi/New Delhi Railway
Stations sufficiently in advance keeping in view the time which may be required for booking and
loading of the luggage before the time of departure of the train and that one officer from his staff
accompanies each contingent to the railway station to supervise their entraining an orderly dispersal.
He may set up staff consisting of one officer and few JCOs & NCOs to ensure the orderly dispersal
of cadets. The Staff should function in the vicinity of MCO’s office and ensure the proper marking
of the compartments reserved for NCC Cadets. One officer from the Dte Gen (Lgs) will also be
provided for liaison with the railway authorities and MCO.
94. The Contingent Commanders will intimate telegraphically the arrival of the contingents at
the destination to the Dte Gen (Lgs Dte).
Issue of Medals and Certificates
95. All Cadets attending the Camp will be awarded a certificate. Arrangements for issue of this
will be made by Dte Gen NCC (Trg). The Nominal Roll of cadets selected forward of RD March
Past will be sent by Ol/C Competition to the secy RDCSC for making and endorsement to this
effect on the certificate. Changes there after will be approved by the DDG (Trg).
96. (a) The responsibility for obtaining DG’s approval on quantity required and sample of
medals, prizes, trophies including individual prizes and DG’s Cane of Honour is that of Trg Dte. Trg
(A) will obtain the DG’s approval, through Secretary RDC SC in the second week of August every
year.
82
(b) The Trg Dte will inform Lgs Dte by 30 Aug every year the number of prizes/souvenirs/
trophies, for procurement, including for foreign cadets and best cadet awards. Requirements of
prizes for RD Banner competitions during centrally organised camps will also be included.
(c)
Polishing of Trophies Lgs Dte will write to all NCC Dtes by 05 Aug to send RD
Trophies (in proper packing) by 01 Sep for polishing and repairs if required.
97. To procure the above items viz medals, trophies, souvenirs, prizes including individual
prizes and for polishing of trophies quotations form the dealers will be called for by Dte Gen (Adm
Dte) during the month of Oct every year. Wide publicity through tender notice published in
Newspapers will be given by the first week of Oct. The tender will be opened by a Board of Officers
and on acceptance of tender, order will be placed on the successful tenderer to supply the requisite
items.
98. Apart from the above Lgs Dte will place order, by O1 Sep, for six sandal/Rose wood batons,
six ordinary wood practice batons for best cadets and one miniature RD Banner for Prize
Distribution at PM’s Rally (cost of batons to be eventually claimed from PM’s Sectt).
99. The Trg Dte (Secy RDC) will obtain DG,s decision on policy concerning presentation items
for visiting officer/Chief Guests at various functions and inform Lgs Dte for procurement action. ‘
PI Staff.
100. MS Dte will detail by 16 Aug every year, JCOs/NCOs (also Air and Naval equivalents) from
different NCC. Directorates appointment wise for camp duties.
102. As very high standard of smartness and drill is required at the Camp, the JCOs (or
equivalent) and NCOs detailed for training duties should be carefully selected by the NCC Dtes.
Similarly, the JCOs (or equivalent) and NCOs selected for administrative duties must be experienced
and well versed in their jobs. 1/3rd of the Pl Staff will be selected from those who attended the last
RD Camp.
PA Equipment for Internal Use
103. Lgs Dte DGNCC will be responsible for the provision of PA equipment required for ceremonial
parade, cultural shows and other functions. Dte and the Camp Signal Officer will arrange this in
liasion with HQ Delhi Area. Dte Gen (Lgs Dte) will also be responsible for arrangement of PA
equipment needed for internal use and for broadcasting in the RD Camp. The equipment should
be in the Camp by 10 December.
104. For the above purpose Dte Gen (Lgs Dte) will ascertain availability of serviceable PA
equipment for RD Camp by first week of Oct and take action to pursuer the same as per requirement.
105
Signal Personnel.The following signal personnel will be detailed by Dte Gen (MS Dte) for the
Camp from Directorates for handling the PA equipment and maintaining the telephone exchange :-
(a) JCOs.
(b) Radio Mechanics
(c) Operators.
83
Serviceability
106. Lgs Dte/Camp Signal Officer should ensure that the PA equipment is in good serviceable
condition in all respects.
Generator Sets
107. Two Generator Sets with sufficient output for the Stage and Auditorium lights and other
requirements of the Camp will be arranged from the local military units/Formation by Dte Gen (Lgs
Dte) by 01 Jan and kept ready for main shows/use in case of electricity failure.
108. In order to procure the generator sets Dte Gen (Lgs Dte) will request Army HQ (MO Dte)
for two generating sets of 63 KVA and 31 KVA for RDC by O5 Aug every year and pursue the same
to procure the generators by 15 December.
Screening of Entertainment Films
109. Dte Gen (P&F Dte) will arrange screening of entertainment film in the RD Camp.
Ammunition
110. Lgs Dte is responsible for arrangement of ammunition and pyrotechinque for PM’s Rally.
Delhi Dte will forward the requirement of ammunition and pyrotechnique for PM’s Rally to Lgs Dte
by 15 July each year. Lgs Dte will forward the Demand by 10 Aug, for provisioning. Services of OC
MARS, Delhi Area will be requested through HQ Delhi Area. Delhi Dte will maintain close liaison
with Army HQ (OS-6) for collection of ammunition. Delhi Dte will also be responsible for storage of
ammunition. Flags, Decorative Coloured Flags, Buntings and Saluting Dias for Ceremonial
Functions.
111. Arrangements for the above will be made by Dte Gen (Lgs Dte) in consultation with Trg
Dte.
112. Lgs Dte will approach E-in-C’s Branch Army HQ by 15 Nov for issue of flag poles for the
Rally, Poles with pullies for each Dte for Flag Area and pursue the matter for timely procurement.
113. Lgs Dte will arrange, by 30 Dec, car flags and stat plates for all Chief Guests and VIPs
visits, as per their entitlement, for ceremonial parade. Service/National flag will also be arranged
for additional flag pole on ceremonial review jeep. Decorating Saluting BaseI Dias for PM’s Rally.
114. The above responsibility for coordinating, control and supervision for the above work rests
with DDG Lgs. Lgs Dte is also responsible for provision of required items, like furniture, matting,
flag poles etc. The decoration of Dias including provision of flower pots shall be done by Lgs Dte
by 18 Jan.
Preparation of Camp Inauguration Ground
115. The responsibility for preparation of ground for Inauguration will be that of Camp
Commandant RD Camp. ln case of any difficulty he will refer the matter to Dy DG (Lgs) for guidance.
Contracts of Cooks, Sweepers, Barmrs, Dhobi and Mochi.
84
116. DDG (Lgs) will be responsible for conclusion of contact for the above services. Requirement
of six sweepers for PM’s Rally will be catered for.
Sign Posting: Policy and List of Boards
117. Lgs Dte will ascertain the requirement of above items from Camps Comdt. Dir (Coord) and
CTO. Boards, paint, carpenter and painters will be arranged from local Army unit and will be paid
honorarium from RDC Funds. Any item not available from the local Army units will be arranged
from local market on payment out of RDC Funds.
117
Notice Boards
(a) Only brass notice boards will be displayed in front of the Adjutant’s Office. All other
boards will be displayed in the rear.
(b) All notice boards will be bilingual, Hindi on top and English at the bottom. Where
sufficient space is not available only Hindi boards will be displayed.
Daily Adm Conferences
118. During HDC coordination conference will be held every day between 0800 hrs and 0830
hrs under Dy DG (Lgs). Important activities for the daysas well as next will be coordinated during
the conference. Change in timing of the conference, if any will be reflected in the Daily Camp
Programme by secretary RDC SC.
Reception Arrangements
119. (a) Layout Group /Advance Party.
(i) Cooks and
(ii) Lgs Dte will initiate action regarding arrival of Advance parties at Delhi, by
O3 Oct.
(iii) instructions regarding reception/adm of Camp Staff will be issued by Lgs
Dte by 02 Dec.
(iv) Reception of Camp Staff will be arranged on O5 Dec or the date of arrival of the
Group by Lgs Dte. Cook house for the Camp Staff will start functioning from 05 Dec
or the date of arrival of the Group.
(b) Contingents Camp Commandant will make arrangement for reception of the
contingents as per Para 69 above.
Foreign Cadets-Adm
120. Trg Dte is responsible for the issue of invitation and other arrangements for foreign cadets.
Providing administrative over on arrival of the foreign cadets in the camp is the responsibility of Dy
DG (Lgs). Important functions of Dy DG (Lgs)/Camp Commander are as under:-
85
(a) Action to be Taken by Lgs Dte
(i) Arrange adequate transport for the origin cadets and Officer-in-Charge
Foreign cadets.
(ii) Arrange procurement of souvenirs as projected by Trg Dte.
(b)
Action to be taken by Dy DG (Lgs)/Camp Commandant
(i) Arrange living accommodation and furniture required for housing the foreign cadets.
(ii) Detail lascars and service personnel to look after the messing.
(iii) Assist the conducting officer in arranging messing.
(iv) Provide transport to the conducting officer and cadets.
(v) Provide sentry at the living accommodation for security.
(vi) Oversee the reception and dispersal arrangements.
121. Trg Dte will finalise the programme for foreign cadets by 03 Oct every year and keep Lgs
Dte informed of adm requirement from time to time.
122. LO Foreign Cadets/Lgs Dte will start work for preparation of living accommodation for
foreign cadets from O1 Jan and ensure that the living accommodation and other adm arrangements
concerning foreign cadets are ready before the cades start arriving.
Adm of Animals & R&V Dets
123. (a) Lgs Dte will ascertain requirement of furniture and other items for the R & V De/
Animals from the Trg dte and make arrangments for provisioning the same.
(b) Camp Commandant will accommodate the Pl Staff of R & V Dets with other Pl
Staff and attach them with Pl Staff Mess.
(c) Arrangements for keeping the horses/animal in a separate area in the Camp,
earmarked for the animal, will be made by the Camp Comdt.
(d) Dy DG (Lgs) will oversee the above arrangements.
Cleaning and Preparation for NCC Horse Show
124. Dte Gen (Lgs Dte) will take up a case with HQ Delhi Area in Oct allotment of suitable venue
from 05 Jan to 20 Jan for Horse Riding Competition and NCC Horse Show.
125. On confirmation regarding availability of venue, Lgs Dte will liaise with MES authorities for
repairs of bathrooms/latrines and other defects like electric fitting, water supply etc, by the last
week of December.
126. Camp Commandant will ensure cleaning of the venue and getting it ready for riding
competitions by O5 Jan. Dy DG (Lgs) will oversee these arrangements.
127. Dte Gen (Coord) is responsible for seating arrangements for Horse Show. Camp Comdt is
responsible for making arrangements issuing instructions to the contractor for supply of furniture
at venue.
86
Camp Adm -General Policy
128. Dy DG (Lgs) and the Camp Comdt of the RDC under overall supervision of Addl DG (B)
will exercise administrative control over all personnel located in the Camp. Salient features of
Camp administration are as under :-
(a) The camp will start on O5 Jan. The esential Camp Staff will report on 05 Dec.
(b) All living accommodation will be ready/erected by 31 Dec. To achieve this all Pl
Staff detailed for the RDC JCOs/NCOs) will report by O5 Dec.
(c) One NCO from every contingent will report by 31 Dec so that he can take over
charpoys, bulbs and such like items which are required by contingents (especially those
arriving during night) immediately on arrival.
(d) There will be a separate Officer in Charge Interior Economy who will also look after
hygiene and sanitation of the Camp in general and cook houses, bathrooms, latrines and
shopping complex in particular. He will be assisted by a JCO.
(e) Lgs Dte will take up a case for attachment of five cooks from each of the five
Commands of the Army from O8 Dec to 01 Feb and another five per Command from 25
Dec to 10 Feb. above cooks are not provided contracts for the cooks and helpers to different
contractors (Preferably one per cook house) will be awarded on competitive rates.
(f) To increase the food distribution points and to reduce the wastage additional utensils,
if required will be purchased and paid out of Camp Fund.
(g) Every cook house will provided with a weighing machine. Provision will be made for
locking devices for the electric bulbs.
(h) All camp cutlery and un-expendable items of RD Camp will be suitably marked/
engraved and taken on ledger charge.
(k) There will be separate cooking for Officers’ Mess.
(I) As it is not possible to earmark separate transport for each Dte contingent, Camp
MTO will provide vehicles to contingents on demand for visits to hospitals and other essential
duties if ambulance is not available.
(m) Menu for the Camp will be got approved from the DG, by Lgs Dte, by 15 December.
(n) Liquor of any type, with the exception of medical comfort, will NOT be permitted
inside the Camp and its consumption is strictly forbidden in the Camp.
(o) A Board of Officers will be assembled in the second week of Dec ech year for
condemning items held in RDC Stores and for making purchases during the month of
Dec.
(p) Dry Rations and supplies for the duration of the RDC will be purchased and stocked
by O5 Dec (before the arrival of Camp Pl Staff) under arrangements of DDG (Lgs) who will
obtain these from ASC Supplies or Authorised Govt. sources.
87
Sprinkling of Water
129. Lgs Dte will make arrangements and write a letter, by O7 Dec to HQ Delhi Area with a copy
to Engr Regt requesting them for sprinkling of water on the day of PM’s Rally.NCC Dte Delhi will
arrange for hiring of water bowsers for sprinkling of water. Demand of funds for the purpose will be
projected to DDG (P&F) by 20 Sep.
Drinking Water
130. SHO Delhi Cantt will be approached by lgs Dte/Camp Comdt to test the water samples of
the sources available & certify fit or otherwise for consumption by staff’& cadets of the Camp.
Such periodic checks will be arranged and super chlorination resorted to if advised by the medical
auth/SHO with a view to prevent any occurrence of water borne diseases.
Duty Officer
131. An Officer/JCO will be detailed as ‘Duty Officer of the Day’ during the period of RD Camp.
Duty Officer’s Duty Report Form is at Appendix K. Action on all points given out by the Duty
Officer will be completed expeditiously. The form will be submitted for scrutiny to ADG (B) through
Camp Comdt, DDG (Lgs) and Secy RDC.
Photo Shop
132. A photo shop will be set up in the RD Camp. SOP on the Photo Shop is at Apppendix L.
PART - ll: FUNDS AND ACCOUNT
Expenditure on Mechanical Transport, Accommodation, Electricity and Water
133. MT Funds for the requirements of the camp will be obtained from Station Transport Officer
Delhi Cantt and NCC Dtes .
134. Tents for Camp accommodation will be drawn from the Ordnance on loan. Electricity and
water supply will be obtained from Garrison Engineer Delhi Cantt.
135. The expenditure on all these items is bome entirely by the Defence Services Estimates
vide Governmen of India letter NO 4629/NCC/Coord (B)/2366-US/D(GS-lll) dated 25 Sep. 62 .
136. Duty slips, car diaries, vehicle daily running account, log book for each vehicle and FOL
ledger will be maintained for the duration of the Camp. Camp Commandant will get these documents
audited by the LAO of Defence Accounts Department Delhi Cantt soon after the termination of the
Camp.
137.
Funds. SOP is att as Appendix M.
(a) The Camp expenditure is shared by the Central Government and the State
Governments on 50:50 basis. The expenditure in the first instance is met by the State
Governments and debit in respect of 50% expenditure is raised by the States Accountant
General against the Central Government.
88
(b) The entire Camp expenditure in the case of Junior Division cadets of Public Schools,
Residential Schools, Merit Scholarship Schools and Central Schools is borne by the Ministry
of Education, Government of India, for which funds are placed at the disposal of Controllers
of Defence Accounts. The entire Camp expenditure in the case of Junior Division cadets of
Military Schools is borne by the Defence Services. Estimates and funds are provided by
the Controllers of Defence Accounts.
(c) The following items of expenditure which form part of the Camp expenditure are
incurred at the unit Ievel:-
(i) Cost of conveyance by road/rail to Delhi and back and journey daily allowance
to and fro as laid down in Schedule ll of NCC Act & Rules 1948 and as revised.
(ii) Pay of rank in the case of Senior/Division. NCC officers as per Schedule on
NCC Rules 1948 and as revised.
(d) The following items of expenditure which are part of Camp expenditure are incurred
at the Camp from out of the money remitted by the States for this purpose:-
(i) Cooks and
(i) Messing allowance at the current rates per Cadet NCC Officer per diem for 25
days.
(ii) Incidental expenditure at the current rates per Cadet per diem for 25 days.
(e) (i) Though the Camp expenditure is shared between the Centre and the States
in the rates of 50:50 as mentioned in para 141 (a) above, the States will bear 100%
of the expenditure initially and get the Centre’s share reimbursed subsequently.
(ii) Dy DsG NCC will arrange for drawal of necessary funds from the State
Govts/UTs on account of 100% exenditure in Camp for messing and incidental
expenditure in respect of PTOs and Cadets and remit the same by Bank draft (not
cheque) in favour of DGNCC payable at New Delhi. The Bank drat along with the
details under various Heads should be sent in a Flegd cover addressed to DDG
(P&F), Directorate General NCC, West Block No.4, R K Puram New Delhi - 110
066 latest by 10 Dec.
(f) AO RDC will open a Current Account in the name of the DGNCC with a Nationalised
Bank and will deposit the bank drafts thus received. ,
(g) AO NCC RD Camp will issue necessary official receipts for the Bank Drafts received
by him, to the NCC Dtes concerned direct and obtain their acknowledgements for his
records.
(h) Dtes will be required to deposit in cash the actual amount at the same rate as RDC
Camp for the number of extra days the Officers/Pl Staff/Cadets are required to dine in the
Camp.
138. Necessary funds for the above items will be drawn and disbursed by the unit. It will be
ensured by each Dy DG NCC that the participating officers and cadets are given the necessary
funds for the journey to Delhi and back. All arrangements for the journey to Delhi including rail
reservation etc are to be made by the NCC Dtes concerned under their own arrangements.
89
Maintenance of Accounts
139. Dy DG (P&F) is ultimately responsible for the proper custody of cash, cheques and for
proper maintanence of the Camp Accounts in accordance with the Pamphlet “Accounting
instructions for NCC Camps and any specific subsiary instructions issued by the DG. He will be
assisted by the Accounts Officer (HDC). All documents required for efficient functioning of the
Camp and for audit vide Para 231 of Accounting Instructions for NCC Camps” will be maintained
under the supervision of the Dy DG (P&F).
140. On termination of the Camp, all pending bills will be promptly settled and the accounts
closed. The proportionate unspent balance will be refunded through Bank Draft to the respective
NCC Directorate concerned. citing reference to the covering letter under which the bank draft was
sent to Accounts Officer (B&F), Dte Gen NCC, New Delhi, to enable them to link the correspondence
and credit the amount to the State Govts/UT Adms/ CDA from whom the advance was drawn and
the cash book for the Camp closed to NIL balance.
141. As per Controller and Auditor General letter No. 1684/Adm 1/ 665-1 dated 12 Jul 67, audit of
the NCC Camp account is the responsibility of the Director of Audit, Cetral Revenues, New Delhi.
The Directorate General NCC (Pers (B&F) will arrange with Director of Audit, Central Revenues,
New Delhi to depute his Audit party to the Camp to audit the camp accounts immediately after the
closing of the Camp. The Audit party will be asked to render certificate of audit indicating the share
of each participating NCC Unit.
142. Dy DG (P&F) will render a balance adjustment account to each NCC Dte to enable them
to submit the accounts to the AG of State/UT or the CDA as the case may be.
143. (a) Regimental Accounts Separate Regimental Accounts for the Camp Officers Mess,
Canteen etc will be maintained by the Camp Comdt for the duration of the Camp according
to the normal rules. These accounts will be closed on the termination of the Camp and
audited by a Regimental Audit Board.
(b) Other Public Funds,if an; Sanctioned by the Central Government for the NCC RD
Camp on Adhoc basis. Separate accounts will be maintained by the AO (RDC) for such
funds and the same will not be mixed with other Camp funds received from the participating
NCC Dtes on account of States share of Camp expenses. Such amounts from Central
Govt will drawn from the CDA (HO) G Block, New Delhi and the final accounts will be
submitted to that office for audit and adjustment viz -a-vis Govt sanction.
Residual Work
144. All accounts and documents of the Camp will, on its termination, will be handed over to AO
(RDC) by the Camp comdt for safe custody and production of the same to audit party.
145. One AO with at least three clerks will be posted to QM side. The AO will be provided daily
parade statement by the camp office. Camp office will clearly indicate the strength of AE/RE &
Meat Eater/Non ME each day on the parade statement to enable the AO posted in QM office to
check the correctness of issues of dry/fresh rations to the feeding strength of the camp.
90
Appendix A
HYGIENE AND SANITATION
Living Area
1. Living area will always be kept clean and tidy. Stray dogs and animals will not be permitted
in the living area. There should be proper drainage and water should not be allowed to stagnate
either in low lying area or pits or in empty tins or containers. Civilians employed must be medically
fit, innoculated and vaccinated. Sale of eatables, expect through the authorised Wet Canteen/
Flegtl Shops, is not permitted. Indiscriminate spitting and blowing of nose will be discouraged.
Barracks & Tents
2. Living accommodation barracks should be kept neat and tidy. There should be no over
crowding and the accommodation must be well ventilated and lighted.
3. ln the case of barracks, doors, windows and ventilators should be kept open. ln the case of
tents, the side walls must be rolled neatly and the ventilators kept open.
4. Personnel kit will be exposed to sun and air at least once a week. Towels must be exposed
to sun and air daily.
5. Refuse bins must be provided for each group of tents/barracks to hold dry refuse for final
disposal by the Cantonment Board.
Water Supply
6. Water for drinking and cooking will be obtained from approved sources only. Unchlorinated
water will not be used.
7. Receptacles for storing water such as barrels, “gharras” and buckets will be cleaned daily
and kept covered. Suitable aluminum dippers with handles will be provided and the dippers will be
kept immersed in the receptacles. Drinking water will be provided near cook houses, dining halls
and training area, preferably in covered plastic buckets fitted with taps. It will be ensured that no
wastage of water occurs from leaking/missing taps in case of piped water supply.
Bath Rooms
8. Bath rooms will be cleaned daily. During winter months, hot bath should be arranged at
least twice a week.
9. Indiscriminate bathing in unauthorised places or streams is prohibited.
10. Bath rooms must have a cover on top and arrangement for an adjoining room for changing
clothes must be made.
11. The floor of the bath room must be kept clean at all times.
Dining Halls
12. Dining halls must be fly proof and made to look as attractive as possible. Improvised proofing
may be resorted to by using camouflage nets. Antifly measures, as applicable to cook house,
must be observed.
91
13. Dining tables will not be painted. These will be scrubbed with brush, washing soda and hot
water at least twice a week.
14. Suitable containers for bones and inedibles will be provided on the tables.
15. If the floor is not pucca, it should be ‘lipoid’ regularly.
16. Refuse would be disposed of in the receptacles to be kept near the kitchen where
arrangements for washing hands and plates would also be made.
Officers Mess
17. The rules applicable to cook houses and dining halls apply equally to the Officers Mess.
Rules for hygiene for the cook house, nominal rolls of men working in the Officers Mess showing
dates of TAB inoculation, vaccination and medical examination will be hung at a suitable place in
each Mess.
Rations
18. Fresh rations will be regularly inspected for quality and quantity. A responsible person who
is conversant with the ration scales and specifications will be detailed to draw the rations.
19. Suitable containers for protecting the rations from dust, flies and rats will be provided.
Flyproof container lined with galvanised iron, sheet will be used for collection of meat.
20. Rations will be stored in clean, well ventilated, flyproof room/tent. Rat traps will be used to
exterminate any intruders.
21. Rations will be turned over regularly. It will be ensured that canned food stuff which has
overshot the warranty period is not issued for consumption. Similarly, stale or fungus infected
articles of food will notbe issued.
22. Fruits and leaves of vegetables which are eaten raw and unpeeled will be soaked in solution
of bleaching powder (one tea spoon to a gallon of water) for 1/2 an hour and then washed with
clean water before they are consumed. .
Shopping Complex
23. All employees of Canteen & other shops selling eatables will ensure that they are not
suffering from any contagious disease. Nominal roll of the employees showing date of TAB
inoculation, vaccination and medical examination will be displayed in the shops. The shops will be
inspected daily by the Camp Comdt/Dy Camp Comdt Officer l/C Shopping Complex.
24. Canteen will be kept scrupulously clean at all times. The orders for cookhouses and dining
halls apply equally to the Canteen cookhouses and the Canteen hall. Potable drinking water will be
made available. Cups/tumblers will be sterilized with steam. Ample supply of clean dusters will be
provided.
25. Food/eats will be kept in flyproof cupboard and will be served using forks/tongs, untouched
by hand.
26. Aerated water will be obtained from authorised sources only. Milk will always be boiled
before use. Vessels for storage of milk and curd will have flyproof covers.
92
27. All those who handle food or other eatables will have a high standard of personal hygiene.
They will wear clean white clothing and headdress.
28. Facilities for washing hands, i.e. water, soap, nail brush and clean towel will be available at
all times.
29. Refuse bins with covers should be provided for collection of refuse. Disposal of sewage
water should be done as for cookhouses.
Barbers Shop
30. Regular inspection of Barber’s Shop will be carried out in order to ensure high standard of
hygiene and sanitation.
31. A nominal roll of barbers with their dates of medical examination, inoculation and vaccination
will be put up in the shop.
32. Barbers will wear clean clothing with aprons while working.
33. Clean towels and sheets and adequate washing facilities will be provided.
34. A tin or a bucket with proper lid will be provided to hold used cotton and cut hair.
35. Barbers will be instructed not to shave or out hair of any one suffering from skin disease.
Such cases will be referred to Camp Medical Officer for advice. all cuts, however, minor they may
be, will be swabbed with tincture iodine/Cetavalon to be obtained from Ml Room.
36. Barbers instruments will be treated in the following manner:
(a) Combs, razors, scissors and nail clippers will kept immersed in 2.5% cresole,
dettol or chlorosol, during working hours. They, will be washed in clean water before use.
(b) Shaving brushes will be washed in 1% soda ash and cleaned in running water
before taking into use.
Personal Hygiene
37. General Personal hygiene deals with such precautions which the individual himself observes
for maintenance and promotion of his own health and prevention of any disease. Observance of
the principles of personal hygiene should become part of cadets’/soldiers’ normal habit.
38. Personal Cleanliness Personal cleanliness of the body is of great importance. Following
points are of special importance:-
(a)
Hands These must be washed regularly before and after eating, and after visiting
the toilet. Nails should be kept short and clean.
(b)
Bating Daily bath is the ideal. At least two baths per week during winter months are
minimum required to keep the body clean. Arrangements for hot water during winter must
be made.
(c)
Care of Feet Boots/shoes and socks should be of the correct size offering comfort
when worn. Socks should be washed daily after use. After the day’s work feet should be
washed particularly the area between the toes. The toe nails should be kept short and
93
clean. To avoid in growing of nails, these should be cut straight and not in a curved manner
adopted for finger nails.
(d)
Clothing : Clothing must not be tight fitting and must be laundered at least twice a
week. Under clothing should be washed daily and ‘bhattied’ at periodical intervals. Communal
use of clothing will be avoided.
Food and Drinks
39. During meals, food must be well masticated, eaten slowly and serious thinking avoided.
Food and drinks from dirty, unauthorised sources are to be avoided.
Sleep and Rest
40. Adequate and regular sleep is indispensable for health. About eight hours sleep daily is
necessary. Apart from sleep, rest and relaxation during regularly laid down periods must be observed.
Mental Health
41. Mental health is as important as physical health. Remember the dictum “A sound mind in a
sound body”.
42. Mental reactions to external stimuli are dependent to a great extent on the state of physical
health and social environments. Maintenance of good general health by proper food, exercise, rest
sleep and agreeable social environments is essential for good mental health.
43. Stress and strain during work and training should be within the limits of the endurance and
capacity. Each Cadet/soldier should learn for himself the best means to avoid emotional stress,
and anxiety.
44. Excessive fatigue especially mental fatigue should be avoided. Physical activity should be
balanced with mental activity. Variety is the keynote of interest and interest recreates energy. Proper
man management, inculcation of good inter-personal relationship, creation of mutual trust and
confidence and other morale building activities should be emphasised.
45. Following protective habits of mind should be kept in mind for promotion of mental health
(a) Combs
(a) To get enjoyment after one’s routine work.
(b) To have satisfaction out of moderation rather than extreme.
(c) Enjoyment out of music, art and literature.
(d) Not craving for sympathy, not demanding appreciation, not magnifying own
difficulties.
(e) Quick to admit one’s own mistakes and not put blame on others.
(f) Faith in God as the supreme Power, irrespective of one’s own caste or creed.
(g) Sense of achievement, irrespective of the results achieved, DO YOUR BEST: DO
NOT WORRY ABOUT THE RESULT. This will enable one to gain great mental strength
against adversities.
94
Appendix B
SPECIMEN DAILY MESSING EXPENDITURE STATEMENT
Feeding strength as per daily Camp Routine Order No ...... ..
VEG NON VEG
Cadets
Service Offrs, incl WTLO
ANO
Pl Staff
Civilians
Total
Ser No Item Qty Issued Rate per unit Cost Remarks
Total
Expenditure on misc items connected with messing.
Pay of cooks, service/water carriers ........................
Expenditure on transportation of dry and
fresh rations..............................................................
GRAND TOTAL
Feeding strength for the day ..................................
Expenditure per head...............................................
Total monetary entitlement for the day ....................
Total expenditure for the day ....................................
Saving/Excess for the day ........................................
Saving/Excess for the previous day (s)................... ..
Progressive Saving/Excess .................................... ..
Signature Camp Staff AO
Comdt. (M)
Signature Purchase Committee
presiding NCC Cadet
Officer Offr
Signature Messing Presiding NCC Cadet
Committee Officer Officer
MENU
Bed Tea ......................................................................................................................................
Breakfast....................................................................................................................................
Lunch ...................................................................................................................................
Evening Tea ...............................................................................................................................
Dinner .........................................................................................................................................
95
Appendix C
SOP: RUNNING OF COOK HOUSES
1.
Cook House
(a) Cook Houses must be fly proof, if necessary, by improvisation. Camouflage nets if
available can be used otherwise three mosquito nets will suffice to cover the cooked food
and cut vegetables. Mosquito nets can be obtained by units from Salvage Depot.
(b) DDT 5% solution suspension will be sprayed as a residual insecticide one a week
during fly season. Pyrethrm 0.1% in kerosene oil will sprayed for direct killing of flies as and
when required. Fly flaps and serviceable hand sprayer will always be available in the cook
Houses.
(c) ‘Choolas’ will be built one foot above the ground level to avoid dust getting into the
food. Chimneys will be improvised to avoid smoke nuisance in the Cook Houses.
(d) Proper platforms will be built for washing utensils and keeping water containers.
(e) Sullage water should pass through grease traps if disposal is done through soakage
pits.
(f) Floor of the cook houses will be ‘Lipaied’ regularly and kept scrupulously clean.
Cooks
(a) Cooks should be contracted well in advance by QM and he must tell them that they
will be employed only if they produce medical certificate with dates of vaccination and TAB
inoculation. Their nominal roll showing dates of vaccination and inoculation will be exhibited
in the Cook House.
(b) All cooks and other food handlers will be medically examined prior to employment
i.e. before the commencement of the camp. Cook and servers normally contact the QM
about a fortnight before the commencement of the camp and they are also employed as
labourers for setting up the Camp.
(c) Persons who have suffered from typhoid group of fever or infective hepatitis in the
last one year or are suffering from dysentery, diarrhea, sore throat, common cold, boils
and wounds on fingers should not be employed in the Cook House or food handling duties.
(d) Cooks and other food handles will invariably wash their hands with soap and water
prior to commencement of work and after every visit to the latrine/urinal. Adequate hand
washing facility, e.g. water, soap, nail brush and clean towels will be made available. A
water drum with tap will be provided for this purpose.
(e) Cooks will always maintain a good standard of personal hygiene. They will be cleanly
dressed and provided two sets of special cooks clothing each. They will wear white caps/
turban while working.
(f) Cooks will not be permitted to sleep or keep their private belonging in the Cook Houses.
Smoking in the Cook House will be forbidden.
Utensils
(a) All cooking utensils will be scrupulously cleaned after each meal with ash and water.
These will ‘muttied’ outside to avoid accumulation of soot. Brass utensils will be tinned.
(b) Preparation table to cut vegetable will be provided in the Cook House. This table will
have marble/metal sheet top.
(c) Massala containers will be regularly cleaned and neatly arranged.
(d) Tables and cutting boards in the Cook Houses will be cleaned by scrubbing with hot
water containing soda every day.
96
(e) Milk will be boiled immediately on receipt. Utensils for milk wil be cleaned with brush,
soap and hot water.
(f) Sufficient supply of clean dusters for cleaning and drying of cooking utensils and
dishes will be ensured. Such dusters will be washed with soap, washing soda and water
after the last meal every day.
Food
(a) All vegetables will be washed in water mixed with bleaching powder at the one tea
spoon of bleaching powder in four liters of water. After that the vegetables will be washed in
clean water and then cut or peeled.
(b) Cooked food will be kept covered at all times. Chapatis will be kept in the chapati
baskets provided with a detachable cloth lining which will be washed regularly; Cooked
rice will be kept in degchies or other suitable metal containers
(c) No left over food will be sen/ed during the next meal as the germs of food poisoning
often multiply during storage of such food.
(d) Left over food and other waste and refuse from the cook house will be deposited in
the refuse bins with cover. A refuse bin for this purpose will be placed on a raised platform
near the cook House.
(e) Chapatis will be rolled on clean wooden boards.
Layout of Cook Houses
(a) Cover on top should be provided with tarpaulin which should slope one foot to every
four feet on the sides.
(b) Side walls should be of tin or asbestos sheets to avoid fire risk. ‘Canvas’ would only
be used if the above sheets are not available. Sufficient quantity of loose earth for fire
fighting will be kept near the Cook Houses.
(c) ln case of permanent or regular camp sites such as FlDC the Cook House floor
should be cemented and pucca cooking range constructed.
(d) Two “choolas” for burning of coal and one for wood to prepare chapatis be provided.
Improvised chimneys should be built to avoid smoke nuisance.
(e) Coal, instead of fire wood, will be used in the cooking range as it will more
economical
(f) Dry, instead of wet wood, be used. Cost of dry wood is more but in fact it is
economical than the cheaper wet wood. lt also reduces smoke and results in better
preparation of food.
(g) Cook house should be so sited that it does not get flooded with rain water.
(h) For economical use of fire-wood, the feeding strength of the Cook House should
not be less than 300.
(j) Cook houses should be sited at least 50 yards away from the living tents and should
not fall on the route to bath room and atrines.
Storing of Water
(a) Two metal/plastic containers, (capacity 100 litres each) with taps and severed top
will be provided.
(b) Water should be sifted through the cloth into the container. After filling, lid should be
closed and locked.
97
(c) Similarly 200 litres more of water will be stored in the Cook House for cooking
purposes.
(d) Two drums of water with taps will be placed on the washing platforms for cleaning
untensils.
Scales of Cooks, Servers and Water Carriers.
(a) One cook per 60 feeding strength may be employed. That will give five cooks per
Cook House of 300 feeding strength. One cook is employed for preparing vegetables, one
for dal, one for rice and one to make chapatis. The fifth is the head Cook who supervises
and helps others whenever necessary. .
(b) Three helpers are required for making chapatis, two to roll and one to bake on
charcoal. At least two more are required for cutting and filling of vegetables and helping
other cooks. Scales of servers should also be five per cook house i.e. one per 60 feeding
strength.
(c) When the tap water is available in the Cook House and water can be filled directly
into the containers through flexible pipe, the number of water carriers can be reduced to
one per 100 i.e. three in a cook house. One person is required permanently in the QM
Stores for sorting out rations and carrying them to cook houses. The other two re used for
cleaning the utensils and helping in food preparation.
8.
Preparation of Food
(a) Casual labour will be employed by QM to clean Dal and Rice.
(b) Rice, if it has lot of husk on it, will be sent to the mill for polishing. .
(c) Vegetables once cut will not be washed with bleaching powder as the bleaching
powder will destroy all the food value in the vegetables.
(d) Peelings and discarded leaves will be boiled, and their soup used for cooking the
vegetable to increase its food value.
(e) Brinjals and potatoes will be cut immediately before cooking. Otherwise their colour
changes.
(f) Rice will be cooked in minimum of water. Rice water, if any left during cooking will
be used in vegetable curries. This increases its food value.
98
Appendix D
REQUISITION OF TRANSPORT
(To be submitted 48 hours in advance)
1. Name of Officer requiring Tpt :
2. Type of Vehicle required :
3. Date & Place reqiuired :
4. Specified nature of duty to :
be performed and destination
5. Approx. miies/Kms propised :
to run both ways.
6. Duration of duty :
7. Telephone number on which the :
Officer can be contacted.
Signature of Officer
Rank :
Designation :
Countersigned
Date :
Dy DG
APPROVED/NOT APPROVED
DDG Logs
Vehicle detailed
BA No_______________________________________Time_____________________________
Driver’s Name________________________________ MTO RDC_________________________
(To be filled in by the indenting Officer on completion of duty)
1. Km Run____________________________________________
2. Duration (Time consumed______________________________
3. Place visited_________________________________________
4. Any remark__________________________________________
Signture of the
indenting Officer
99
Appendix E
STANDING OPERATING PROCEDURE FOR CSD CANTEEN FOR RD CAMP
General
1. CSD Canteen extension counter will be opened in RD Camp area to facilitate officers, Pl
Staff and Cadets attending RD Camp to obtain their day-to-day requirements of Canteen items.
Aim.
2. The Aim of this SOP is to lay down the standard operating procedure for the smooth
functioning of CSD at RD Camp. Getting up a CSD Canteen
3. The Camp Comdt RDC will be responsible to provide suitable accommodation in the RDC
Shopping Complex in one Store Tent to house CSD Extension Counter and Non-CSD Counter.
Adequate lighting arrangements will also be made by the Camp Comdt for sale of
items.
4. DGNCC canteen officer will function as Canteen officer of CSD RD Camp in addition to his
own duties, under the direction of Chairman, CSD, DGNCC. Canteen Officer will be responsible
for overall running of the canteen. He will ensure that the canteen is opened at the time specified.
instructions laid down in the succeeding paras are strictly followed :-
(a) He will oversee the functioning of the staff detailed to run it.
(b) He will assess the bulk requirements of the canteen and obtain stores from the Dte
Gen Canteen.
(c) He will carry out check of daily sales summary every day to see that the sales are
being properly regulated and accounted for.
(d) He will ensure that proper accounting procedure is followed.
(e) He will be personally responsible to the Chairman, CSD, DGNCC and will apprise
him of any difficulty being experienced in efficient functioning of the canteen and
implementing any order given to him from time to time.
Staff
5. The Extension Counter of C9D RD Camp will be managed by the Canteen Manager of
DGNCC under the directions of Canteen Officer CSD, DGNCC. The CSD Extension Counter and
non-CSD counter will have the following staff:-
CSD Canteen
(a) Store Keeper - one NCO (DGNCC CSD)
(b) Delivery Counter - 4 NCOs To be attached under
(c) Sales men (Bill issue) - 4 NCOs orders of DDG Adm from Camp.
(d) Cashier - Civilian staff member of
CSD DG NCC (Sale Asst).
(e) Account Assistant - Civilian staff member of
100
CSD DGNCC (Sale Asst).
(f) Assistant» manager - JCO to be attache under order
of DDG Adm from Camp.
Non-CSD Canteen
(g) JCO Non-CSD Canteen - 1 To be attached under
(h) NCOs Non-CSD Canteen - 2 orders of DDG Adm from Camp.
6. The Staff for the CSD Canteen will work in two shifts a under:-
(a) Shift l : 0800 hrs to 1600 hrs
(b) Shift ll : 1400 hrs to 2200 hrs
Timings
7. CSD will open to 1000 hrs evry day and will remain open till 2100 hrs. The following timings
will be adhered to:-
(a) Authorised persons - 1000 hrs to 1400 hrs.
(b) Officers in person - 1000 hrs to 2100 hrs. 1
(c) Cadets - 1400 hrs to 2100 hrs.
8. Morning hours from 0800 hrs to 1000 hrs and evening hours from 2100 hrs to 2200 hrs will
be utilised by the Canteen Staff for checking, accounting, replenishment of stores and maintenance
of accounts. During the sales timings for the cadets, except for officers in person, no other
customers will be entertained by the Canteen Staff.
Sales Procedure
9. ln the Canteen, there will be two bill issue counters managed by two NCOs. One will be for
he Gents/Boys and another one for the Ladies/Girls. Small sign boards with Ladies/Girls cades
and Gentsl Boys cadets only written onit will be displayed prominently. Gentsl Boys and Ladies/
Girls cadets can get the bills from respective counters. Similarly there will be two delivery counters
for Gents/Boys and Ladies/Girls separately managed by two NCOs.
10. There will be one cash receipt counter which will be managed by staff member of the
CSD.
11. One NCO attached with DGNCC will be detailed as a storekeeper t ensure that sores are
available at all times. A staff member of CSD will be deailed as account assistant ‘to prepare daily
sales summaries.
12. Sales will be on cash only. Credit system will not be permitted. The sale money will be
deposited with the Camp Comdt at the close of the canteen for safe custody and same will be
deposited with the ban/k extension counter by 1200 hrs every day. Every day Canteen Manager
accompanied by escort to be found from the Canteen staff will proceed to RK Puram of depositing
the cash and replenishment of stores in the Ferry Senice being operated between RDC and FlK
Puram.
101
13. Daily sales summaries will be prepared by 1000 hrs he nex day by the sale assistant and
put to Canteen Officer for counter signatures. The CSD will only cater to Grocer,’ and Genera
Stores. Liquor will not be catered for and will no be sold from extension counter CSD RD Camp. A
suggestion book will be kept by Canteen Manager for further improvement of CSD and his will be
shown daily to OIC Canteen, Chairman CSD DGNCC.
Advance Preparations
14. Daily utility item will be the man requirement of the cadets. Generally stores as indicated in
the attached Annexure will be demanded from CSD Stores beginning from Sept onwards.
15. Adm Directorate DG NCC will cater to the requirement of following furniture:-
(a) Almirah large steel with lock and ey - 1
(b) Chairs steel - 4
(c) Sales Counter size 10' X 3-1/2‘ X 2-1/2‘ - 2
(d) Steel Rack 7' X 3' X 13" - 8
(e) Steel Chairs high - 2
(f) Office table - 2
Non-CSD Stores
16. CSD caters for all type of stores for the consumers. However, there may be occasions
when some items may not be available immediately with the Depot. TO overcome the problem,
Canteen Extension counter will have at separate counter for non-CSD store which will be
demanded, stored, sold and accounted separately. For this purpose, a JCO and two NCOs who
will be attached with Canteen will function under Canteen Officer and will be responsible for smooth
sale of Non-CSD stores and its accounting.
17. For the above purpose, a separate account will be opened in he bank and will be maintained
by Canteen accounts assistant. A sum of rupees ten thousand will be drawn as loan from DG
NCC Ftgtl fund and profits on account of Non-CSD Canteen will also go to Regtl fund.
18. Separate bills will be issued for non CSD items. The NCOs’ attached will function as Cashier/
billing/sales incharge and will deposit the daily sales with JCO IC non CSD who in turn will deposit
the same in the bank under orders of Canteen Officer.
19. Daily accounts will be prepared as is done in case of Regtl accounts and orders on Accounts
and Prevention of proud will be completed with.
20. The Store Keeper will return unsold stores to the CSD Dte Gen NCC a the end of the
Camp. Clearance will be obtained from the Chairman , CSD Canteen before the individuals
responsible to run the camp canteen returns to parent unit. Camp Comdt will issue movement
order after the clearance has been obtained.
102
Appendix F
SOP - SHOPPING COMPLEX FOR REPUBLIC DAY CAMP
General
1. The Shopping Complex for RDC is set up a normally from 01 Jan to 30 Jan in the area
adjacent to the Reception Room and opposite to the Girls living Area.
Aim
2. The aim of the Shopping Complex is to provide various hugeinically prepared etables to
cadets at cheap rates.
3. The Shopping Complex will function under the overall responsibility of the DDG (P&F). The
following will constitute the Shopping Complex Cell :-
(a) OIC Shopping Complex - DlR (PERS)
(b) Asstt Shopping Complex - DD (PERS)
(c) JCO in charge Shopping - 2 JCOs detailed by
Complex Adm Dte.
(d) NCO in charge Shopping - 1 NCO detailed by
complex Adm Dte.
(e) Officer in charge bills - ACSO (P&F Coord)
Duties of the Shopping Complex Officials
4. (a)
OIC Shoppin Complex Officials
(i) He will interact with the contractors to ensure efficient function of the
Shopping Complex.
(ii) In case of a demand for any item from cadets or request for inclusion of any
item by a contractor, he will recommend and obtain approval for the same from
DDG (P&F) on file.
(iii) He will ensure that the items provided in the Shopping Complex are
hugeinically prepared.
(iv) He will deal with all suggestions from cadets and will take approval of DDG
(P&F), whereever required.
(v) Ho will warn the contractors in writing in case of any infringement of the
contract.
(b) Asstt Shopping Complex.
(i) He will assist the OIC shopping Complex and will carry out his duties in his
absence.
(ii) He will help to solve the problems of thg-gooiitractors.
(iii) Keep a check on the quality and quanitlty of items provided by the
contractors.
(c) JCO in chagge Shopping Complex : One JCO out of the detailed will always be
present in the Shopping Complex. Their duty hours will be fired accordingly. Their
dutie willbe as follows:-
(i) He will supervise the pitching oi Shamiana and other arrangements for the
Shopping Complex.
(ii) He will ensure that the cadets obsen/e discipline in the Shopping Complex
area.
(iii) Ensure that contractors obsen/e opening and closing timings of the Shopping
Complex ie 0900 hrs to 2200 hrs.
103
(iv) Ensure that only those items are sold in the complex which are approved
and at the rates laid down.
(v) Ensure that price lists are properly displayed. ~
(vi) Ensure proper hygiene in the cooking area.
(vii) Ensure that the area is and around the Shopping Complex is kept clean.
(viii) Carry out a randon check of weight of selected items and bring any
discrepancies to the notice of OIC Shopping Complex.
(ix) Inform the OIC Shopping Complex daily of any problems encountered during
the period of duty.
(d) NCO in charge Shopping Complex
(i) He will supervise cleaning of Shopping Complex Area prior to its opening
and after closing down everyday.
(ii) He will ensure that discipline is maintained in the living area complex for the
contractor’s staff.
(iii) He will ensure that cadets maintain discipline in the Shopping Complex.
(iv) He will bring any problems encuntered to the notice of the JCO in charge
Shopping Complex.
(e) Officer in charge Bills
(i) Expeditiously process all bils received from the contractors on account of
items provided towards VIP refreshments.
(ii) Obtain decision on file on matter related to inclusion exclusion of certain
items and fixing of their rates.
(iii) Ensure that the price list of various items is displayed by the contractors
and is as per the rates and weight fixed in the contract.
Contract for Shopping complex
5. The action for giving contract for the Shopping Complex will be initiated in the month of
August. Two tender notices will be published in two English and Hindi newspapers, one for the
furniture item, Shamiana, Chairs, Tables etc and the other for the various stalls required. In case
of the latter the interested parties are provided a tender form listing out the various items required
for the stalls and the terms and conditions of the contract. A Board of Officers is to assemble
thereafter to select the contractors based on the quotations provided and capabilities to perform
the task. The contracts should be finalised by 25 Oct to enable the contractors to plan in advance.
Security Passes
6. The contractors will be provided with Security forms required to be filled, by 10 Dec. The
security forms duly filled will be forwarded to the Camp Adjutant by 20 Dec so that all persons
required to work in the Shopping Complex can be provided the security passes by 25 Dec.
Administration
7. The Adm Dte will be responsible to provide the following :-
(a) Provision of electricity connection to the Shopping Complex and lighting
arrangements outside Shopping Complex.
(b) Provision of tentage for contractors staff living area and stores.
(c) Removal of garbage and provision of conservancy staff for cleaning the area around
the Shopping complex.
(d) Provision of water.
104
Appendix G
NCC REPUBLIC DAY CONTINGENT CAMP DELHI CANTT
KOTE ORDERS
General
1. Arms and ammunition brought by the Contingents will be stored in the two kotes. Each
Kote shall have only one entrance.
2. The Kote will be guarded by civil police all the time. This guard will ensure that no unauthorised
persons enter Kotes. They will be supervised by one regular Armed Forces NCO per Kote who will
assume overall responsibility for the same in the Kote and will sleep in the Kote at night.
3. All rifles will be secured to the rack by a chain put through the trigger guards and padlocked.
4. Live ammunition and empties are to be stored in separate boxes which are to be separately
marked.
5. Kotes are not to be opened between Retreat and Reveille except with the permission of the
Camp Commandant. On such occasions the Orderly Officer will invariably be present.
6. Separate registers will be maintained for arms and ammunition.
Checking
7. The orderly JCO of the day will carry out a physical check of all arms and ammunition in all
the Kotes at Retreat and sign in the kote registers stating the actual state of arms and ammunition
in the kote. In addition the Orderly Officer will also carry out a physical check during his tour and
record the results.
8. The arms will not be changed over from one kote to other.
9. A list of arms held will be displayed in each kote.
Opening and Closing of Kotes
10. The Kotes will remain open only between Reveille to Retreat and will not be opened between
Retreat and Reveille without the permission of the Camp Commandant.
11. At the time of opening the kotes, JCO in-charge of respective Kotes will open them assisted
by the Kote NCOs.
12. They will ensure that the Kotes are clean and all arms are present in the Kotes, which will
open at the specified time only.
13. At the time of closing, the Kote JCO will ensure that all arms kept in the kotes are properly
cleaned and secured with chain and locked properly. Each Contingent Commander/JCO in-charge
contingent will ensure that their Directorate arms are secured by‘ chain properly. They will also
seal the locks and retain the key. The duplicate key will be deposited with the Dy Camp Comdt.
14. The kote JCOs will ensure that the chains are properly sealed before the kote is closed
and sealed.
Documents.
105
15. The following documents will be maintained by the kote JCOs:
(a) Kote Register.
(b) Kote handing/taking over Register.
(c) Daily Issue Register.
16. Kote handing/taking over register will be properly maintained by the JCOs for each kote
respectively.
Issue and Receipt of Arms
17. At the time of arms, the contingent Commander/JCO incharge Contingent will be present
and get the arms issued for training. The cadets will not enter the Kote. JCOs with the help of the
Kote NCOs wil deliver the arms to the cadets outside the kote.
18. The kote JCO will enter, all arms in the kote Register with their but number, as per the
Directorate Number, in the issue Register. The Contingent Commander/JCO in-charge wil sign
for the weapons issued to them.
19. One receipt of Arms the kote will ensure. that all weapons are intact and not damaged. He
will also ensure that the weapons are clean.
20. Thereafter chains will be locked under the supervision of the Contingent Commander/
JCO-in-charge Contingent.
21. Private arms will be entered in a separate register.
Security
22. The Kote NCOs will stay in their respective kotes. They will sleep in the portion properly
partitioned from the main portion of the Kote where the weapons are kept, They will use the main
entrance of the Kote.
23. Proper handing/taking over will be carried out daily between the Kote JCOs and the Night
Guards. Proper entry will be made to this effect in the register kept in kotes.
24. The original key of the chain locks for Contingents will be with the Kote NCO.
25. The duplicate key of the chain locks will be deposited. with the Dy Camp Comdt.
26. The weapons will be cleaned properly before depositing in the Kotes. The Contingent
Commanders will ensure that before depositing, these are cleaned properly.
27. Extra time may be allotted by the Contingent Commanders for its purpose.
106
Appendix H
RECEPTION OF VISITORS : RDC
General
1. NCC Republic Day Camp is held in January every year. Many VlPs are invited to visit the
Camp. A number of other visitors including the parentsl relatives of children also visit the camp to
meet their children and see the various activities displayed during the camp.
2. The Aim of this SOP is to lay down the reception and management of visitors, coming to
RD Camp.
3. (a) Seating Arrangements: Proper seating arrangments will be A made in the Reception
Centre for visitors. It will accommodate approx 30 personnel including cadets.
(b) Store Tent: Store Tent in good condition will be pitched up opposite to the main gate
of girls area and oneside of the shopping complex.
(c)Furniture : The following furniture will be provided by adm Dte:-
(i) Sofa Sets (5 seater)- 4
(ii) Easy chairs nylon. string folding - 12
(iii) Tabl folding 4' X 4' - 4
(iv) Centre tables - 4
(v) Peg Tables - 12
(vi) Ashtray - 4 (from Camp)
(vii) Flower Vase (Brass) - 6 (from Camp)
(viii) Carpets 6' X 9' - 6
(ix) Drinking water arrangements - (from Camp)
(x) Display of Photos - (DD Publicity)
(xi) Tube lights - 4
Communication
4. One to one communicaion will also be provided beween the Reception Centre and
the Camp Adjutant. Announcer’s booth will be established next to the reception Centre with a
parallel PA System on the Camp broadcasting system. This will be utilised to call cadets conerned.
Telephone
5. A PCO Telephone will also be provided in he Reception Centre for use by the visitors.
This telephone will be provided by P&F Dte. Installation of TV
6. A TV set will be installed in the visitors tent and the NCO detailed will be responsible
for the operation and maintenance of the same. TV set will be provided by P&F Dte.
Visitors Book
7. A visitor book will be kept in the reception room for signature and remarks oi the
visitors. This will be procured by the Adm Dte. News Papers, Megazines and Periodicals
107
8. The following newspapers/megazines will be provided in the Reception Centre wef 01 Jan
to 31 Jan by DDG (Adm) :-
(a) The Times of lndia - One
(b) The Statesman - One
(c) Hindi News papers - Two
(d) Illustrated weekly - One
(e) Dharamyug - One
Detailment of Staff
9. The Staff for the Reception Room will be organised as follows and work in two shifts from
0900 hrs to 1500 hrs and 1500 hrs to 2100 hrs:-
(a) OlC Reception : An o?icer by name will be oppointed as OIC Reception Centre for
RDC. He will be the Understudy Camp Comdt. He will be assisted by one JCO and one Pl Staff.
(b) Other staff will be as under:-
Boys Girls
(i) PTO - One (i) PTO - Lady Offr - One
(ii) NCO - One (ii) SMI/GCI - One
(iii) Cadets - Two (iii) Cadet - One
The above personnel will be detailed by the Camp Comdt.
(c) During 1600 hr to 1800 hrs two addl boys and girls cadets will also be detailed.
Publicity Material
10. Suitable photographs depicting. NCC activities will be displayed in the Reception Centre.
Certain Pamphlets/literature/periodical published by the Publicity will also be kept, These will be
provided by DD Publicity.
108
Appendix J
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FIRE FIGHTING DURING NCC
REPUBLIC DAY CAMP
General
1. The prevention of fire is of vital importance and should be the first consideration of all.
Prevention of fire is far more important than fighting the fire. Most of the fires can be prevented by
common sense and good discipline and it is most important that the highest possible standard of
fire prevention should be achieved and maintained so that losses by fire can be reduced to a
minimum.
2. All fires are of small size in the beginning. They grow rapidly into large fires. Speed in
tackling a fire is, therefore, of paramount importance. Even if fire is not completely put out its
chance of growing into a still bigger fire would, however, be eliminated.
Compliance
3. These orders are required to be read by all officers and Pl Staff within 48 hours of their
arrival in the Camp.
4. It is duty of all Contingent Commanders to read out and fully explain the contents of this
order to all the Cadets.
5. Neglect to comply with the orders contained here-in will constitute a breach of complying
with the orders under the Army Act in case of Service Personnel. In the case of non-compliance by
civilians, it will result in appropriate departmental disciplinary action taken against them.
6. A copy of this order will be prominently displayed in the following offices :-
(a) Deputy Camp Commandant.
(b) MTO.
(c) Adjutant.
(d) Ration Stand.
(e) Contingent Commanders Offices/living accommodation.
Chain of Responsibility
7. The Chain
(a) The primary responsibility for guarding life and Government property against loss
due to fire rests with all individuals, whether they are combatants or civilians.
(b) The Camp Commandant is responsible to ensure that those under him are aware
of the duty and implement the instructions laid down by him in this respect. ln this task, he
is assisted by the Dy Camp Comdt.
(c) The Station Commander shoulders the overall responsibility of ensuring that all
units/Commands in the station are adequately protected against fire risks The Station Fire
Committee works on behalf and under the orders of the Station Commander.
109
8. Responsibility
(a) The ultimate responsibility for the efficient fire fighting arrangements in the Camp
rests with the Camp Commandant assisted by the Dy Camp Comdt who is the Fire Fighting
Officer.
(b) Every officer, employee and cadet has an individual responsibility to be fire minded,
in that it is his/her duty to ensure that whilst he himself/she herself does nothing to prejudice
the effective in the fire fighting measures he/she does everything in his/her power to preserve
and promote it. To achieve this aim all personnel shou d do the following.
(i) Must be always alert and vigilant.
(ii) Should have a complete picture of the nature and extent of Government
property in the Camp.
(iii) Should observe all fire fighting precautions.
(iv) Should know the fire risks involved at his place of duty.
(v) Should be fully conversant with the camp fire orders.
(vi) Should know the operation, maintenance and location of all fire fighting
equipment in the camp.
(vii) Should know the action to be taken in case of outbreak of fire.
(ix) Should bring to the notice of his next senior any difficulty experienced. in
safe-guarding government property against fire risks.
9. To facilitate control and ensure adequate distribution of minor equipment the Camp has
been into five sectors, as per details given below :-
Sector I - MT area.
Sector ll - Administration area.
Sector Ill - Girl Cadets Area.
Sector IV - Boy Cadets area.
Sector V - Training Area.
DETAILS OF FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND WAER
SUPPLY AVAILABLE
Fire Fighting Equipments.
10. The Camp is authorised only minor equipment. At each Sector Fire Point equipment as
under will be kept ready for use at all Cook Houses.
Water Supply
11. There are no static storage water tanks located in the Camp except the shipmodel tank
which will be kept full always. All the 45 gallon drums and water buckets at the fire points will be
kept full. Running water taps in the bathrooms and cookhouses will be used.
110
12. The Fire Officer (Dy Camp Commandant) is responsible for examining all the equipment
and for ensuring that they are always in working condition. He is also responsible to train required
staff in using and refilling the fire extinguishers.
Fire Precautions.
13. General A fire is better prevented than actually fought out because though it can be
successfully fought, it is bound to cause loss of property and sometimes even life. All Camp staff
and cadets, therefore, must realise at all time that preventive precautions are of paramount
importance and will be taken by all.
Cleanliness and Tidiness
14. Buildings, Tents wings, Office and MT parks will be kept clean at all times. Cleanliness and
tidiness effectively reduces the danger of fire and all stuff in MT Park, should be stored outside and
dug in a bed of sand. Any waste, straws or any other inflammable material is not permitted except
in the bins provided for the purpose. Bins should be cleaned daily and the contents burnt under
supervision.
15. Oil, grease, paints for use in cook houses andin MT Park, should be stored outside and
dug in a bed of sand. Only foam type extinguishers are used in case of outbreak of fire.
Kindling of Fire
16. Open fire is allowed only in the Cook House and near the bath room for heating water for
bath. This should be extinguished at the end of the day.
Smoking
17. One of themost common causes of fire is the careless handling of smoking materials.
Smoking is the biggest danger in Camp from fire point of view. Careless discarding and throwing
of ends, therefore, is strictly prohibited. Ash trays on office tables and tins in tents should be
provided.
Lights
18. All electricity connections in the Camp Area are of temporary nature and need special
precautions by all. No connections other than given by the MES will be taken. All these fittings
should be inspected daily by the MES staff on duty. Whenever there appears to be any defect like
loose wiring, faulty switches/plug points and naked wiring resulting in short circuiting those will be
immediately brought to the notice of MES staff on duty. Electricity will be cut off during heavy
rains, lighting and storms under a central arrangement.
Fire Defence Plan
19. Fire alarm will be raised immediately on detection of a fire or when holding a fire practice.
lt will be raised by the following persons.
(a) First by person (s) discovering fire.
(b) Then by those person who are in the vicinity of fire.
(c) By those who rush/arrive on the scene of fire subsequently.
How the Alarm is Raised
20. The various methods of raising fire alarm are given below:-
111
(a) By Word of Mouth The person discovering the fire ort when a fire situation is given
in a fire practice will shout at the top of this voice (Aag, Aag, Aag), to attract attention of
other. He will continue to shout “FlRE” “FIRE””FlRE” until the alarm is picked up by all in the
Camp.
(b) By Sounding of Gong. These consist of iron rails/gongs partly painted red suspended
with the help of a string/wire at each fire point. The fire alarms will be raised by sounding
the gongs and it will be continued until such time the personnel in the Camp are mustered
into their respective fire parties in response to this alarm raised.
(c) By Telephone. In the case of fire ring up the following:-
(i) Army Camp Duty Officer.
(ii) Duty Officer, Delhi Area-No.25693392.
(iii) Duty Officer, Station HQ-No. 25691843.
(iv) Duty Officer, COD-No. 25693411/43.
(v) COD Fire Station-N0. 25693411/39.
(vi) COD Delhi Cantt 13927/73071/78771.
(d) All the messages conveyed to the above telephones in connection with fire will
invariably contain the following information:-
(i) Whether it is a major or minor fire.
(ii) Whether it is an electrical material or FOL Fire.
At Each Sector
21. Personnel in each setor are responsible for fighting fire with First Aid Fire Fighting appliances
in the initial stage. All available personnel will be organised into various fire fighting parties as
detailed below:-
(a)
Fire Bucket Pagty. Will form a chain for conveying water from the sources of water
to the scene of fire promptly. The buckets will be kept half filled with water.
(b)
Sand Bucket Party Will form a chain for conveying sandr from source to the scene
of fire promptly. The buckets will be kept half filled with dry sand.
(c)
Extinguisher Party. Will collect and operate extinguishers on the scene of fire. The
extinguishers will be kept in working condition at all times.
(d)
Salvage Party Will carry out salvage at the scene of fire, Salvage, as applied to fire
fighting is essentially the prevention of reduction of damage from indirect causes such as
heat, smoke, water, breakage and dirt. Every effort should be made to start salvage work
along with firefighting. Almirahs/cup boards/lockers marked with diagonal white cross and
valuable stores should be removed to safe place.
Training in Fire Fighting
22. Training in fire fighting is of primary importance for all staff and cadets. As the camp starts
establishing, daily one period should be allotted for all to know their area, camp fire points and
water points etc. A practice a day in all sectors by rotation must be held.
112
APPENDIX K
DUTY OFFICER REPORT
No______________________________ Rank______________Name_____________________
lnstruction :-
(a) Your duty commences from 1000 hrs and terminates at 1000 hrs the next day.
(b) You will be accompanied by Duty NCO of the day, for alll duties
(c) You will report to the Camp Comdt at 1000 hrs on the commencement / termination
of duty.
(d) At the end of the duty, this form will be filled and submitted to the Camp Comdt by
1000 hrs.
1. I was duty officer for the day from 1000 hrs on________________________________ Jan
_______________________to 1000 hrs on____________________________________ Jan
l reported to the Camp Codt for orders at ________________________________________hrs.
2. Visited the following cook houses and dining halls as under:-
(a) No 1
(b) No 2
(c) No 3
(d) No 4
(e) No 5
(f) No 6 ) Pl Staff/Camp Staff)
(g) No 7
(h) No 8
(j) No 9 (SMI)
(k) Jcos Mess
(I) Officers’ Mess
I have following to reporI :-
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
3. I carried out inspection of the foIIowing:-
(a) Girls Area on_____________________________at_____________________________
(Not to be visited between 2100 hrs to 0800 hrs)
(b) CSD Canteenon______________________at____________________________
(d) Shopping Complex on__________________at_____________________________
(e) Reception Room on___________________at_____________________________
(f) Information Hoom on__________________at_____________________________
My comments on Para 3 are as under :-
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
113
4. I visited MI Room on________________________ at_______________________. There
were___________________________________________patients from the Camp. I have
following remarks to make:-
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
5. I attended the morning sick report on______________________ at___________________
Comments are as under:-
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
6. I visited Bath Rooms/Latrnies on_________________________ at____________________
My comments are as under:-
_______________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
7. l have checked the perimeter wall/fencing of the camp area on_____________________
at_______________________.
My observations and action taken on that are as under :-
Observation Action Taken
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
8. I checked the passes of following civs and attached persons and have following observatons:-
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
9. I have checked receipts of rations/fresh on____________________________________
My comments are as follows:-
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
10. l checked the Hot water arrangements at___________________________________ hrs.
My comments are as follows:-
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
11. l inspected the Kote on_____________________________at______________________
My comments are as follows:-
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
114
12. lvisited the Army Hospital/Base Hospital on______________at______________________
______________(Only if any patients are admitted. To be ascertained from the MO l/C Ml Room).
My comments are as under :-
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
13. l carried out fire fighting practice on _____________________at____________________
_____________________. (Date and time to be ascertained from Camp Comdt). I have following
points to report :-
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
14. I visited MT Park at__________________________________on____________________
My comments are as follows:-
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
15. Important general comments/obsen/ations relating to :-
(a) Security : _____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
(b) Hygien : _____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
(c) Discipline : _____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
(d) Any other points : ___________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
Dated: (Signature of duty Officer)
COMMENTS IF ANY
1. Camp Comdt
2. DDG (Adm)
3. Secretary RDC
4. JD (DV
5. ADG (B)
115
APPENDIX L
STANDING OPERATING PROCEDURE PHOTO SHOP RDC
Introduction
1. A Photo Shop will be set up at RD Camp to provide photographs of various activities and
events connected with RD Camp at reasonable rates to the cadets. For smooth functioning of the
shop officers and personnel as shown in the organisation chart will be attached to the Photo Shop
from DGNCC and different Dtes. The Photo Shop will function under the overall supervision of
DDG (P&C) through Officer lncharge Photo Shop.
Organisation
2. JD (Pub) will be OIC under supervision of DDG (P&C).
Charter of Duties
3. Officer lncharge Photo Shop
(a) to arrange the services of Civilian/Service photographrs who will take photographs
of all activities of the RD Camp under his direction.
(b) To purchase films and other items required for Photo Shop and arrange developing
and printing at ompetitive rates. For this purpose he will invite quotations from various
photo studies to undertake the task of processing and printing. The job content is given
below:-
(i) Daily collection of exposed films from the RD Camp Photo Shop.
(ii) Delivery of first prints promptly at the RD Camp Photo Shop.
(iii) Numbering of each print before delivery.
(iv) Collection of orders for reprints.
(v) Prompt delivery of reprints. .
(vi) Numbering of each reprint before delivery.
(c) To get the order forms and compliation charts printed before the commencement
of the RD Camp.
(d) To liaise with Camp Commandant for smooth functioning of Photo Shop.
(e) To supervise and direct functioning of the teams mentioned in para 2.
(f) To ensure proper maintenance of documents and accounts.
(g) To draw money from RD/Regimental fund for purchase of films and other items.
(h) To procure suitable display boards and necessary items for display of photographs.
(j) To collect daily cash and disburse to the Photo Studio as per orders placed.
(k) To ensure despatch of photographs to the individuals after the completion of RD
Camp. .
(I) To finalise accounts and carry out a local audit.
(m) To submit a report to DDG (P&F) / ADG (A).
116
4. Asstt Officerlncharge Photo Shop
(a) To assist the Officer lncharge Photo Shop in daily routine work.
(b) To carry out the duties of Officer lncharge Photo Shop in his absence.
(c) To ensure proper administration and security of the Photo Shop.
(d) To ensure availability of transport as and when required.
(e) To exercise control and instruct the potographer to cover various activities/events
at the appropriate time.
(t) To ensure proper eventwise display of Photos on display boards.
(g) To collect compiled demands of the day and handover to the Photo Studio.
(h) To receive photographs from the Photo Studio as per the demands placed.
(j) To ensure preparation of reord albums and master negative albums.
(k) To ensure proper delivery of photographs to the cadets.
5.
Accounts Officer.
(a) He is required to supen/ise the maintenance of accounts of the Photo Shop.
(b) He will also oversee the work of the clerk,
(c) He will check all ledgers and cash book every day.
(d) At the end he is to finalise the accounts and prepare a statement of accounts.
6.
Accounts Clerk
(a) He is to maintain all files, documents, ledgers and cash book of the photo shop.
(b) He is to check summaries of daily orders received and money collected.
(c) He is to collect all the bills/cash memos everyday and bring the items on charge.
(d) He will bring the ledgers -and cash book upto date every day and show it to Acounts
Officer/Officer incharge Photo Shop.
7.
Team ‘A
(a) Will be responsible for maintenance of documents.
(b) Will be resposible for eventwise display of photos on display boards.
(c) Will ensure that the photographs displayed are correctly numbered.
(d) Will ensure that the photographs are displayed atleast 2 to 3 days continuously
before removal.
(e) Will prepare record albums once the photos are taken off from the display boards.
8.
Teams ‘B’ & ‘C’
(a) Will book orders, colect money and issue receipts. Orders wil be accepted till the
last day of display of photographs.
(b) Will handover the cash collected during the day to the Officer ncharge Photo Shop
at the end of the day.
(c) Will maintain receipt books.
117
(d) Will compile the orders boked at the end of the day.
(e) Handover the compilation sheets to Asst Officer incharge Photo Shop.
(f) Check quality and quantity of photographs when received and compare with the
orders placed.
(g) Prepare distribution énvelope as per the orders books.
(h) Deliver thew envelopes to the individuals from the delivery counter as and when the
envelopes are ready. the envelopes which are made ready after 30 Jan are to be despatched
by post.
Timings
9. The Photo Shop will be kept open from 0900 hrs to 1300 hrs and 1500 hrs to 1900 hrs daily
for display of photographs, booking of orders and delivery of photographs. The timings are subject
to changes necessiated due to Adm reasons/Camp routine. Separate counters for boys and girls
will be made for booking of orders. Money will be paid at the time of booking of orders.
Duration of Display
10. Each set of photographs will be displayed for 2 to 3 days so that every individual gets a
chance to see the photographs. However, period of display of photographs for RD Parade, PM
Rally, PM Lunch and President’s ‘AT HOME‘ may be possible only for one or two days.
Lgntage and furniture.
11. One stores tent will be earmarked for display of photographs and one EPIP tent wil be
utilised as office and for booking of orders. Fumiture items will be provided by Adm Dte as per the
list given below :-
(a) Office table 4’x3’ - 5
(b) Chairs with arms - 10
(c) Steel Almirah (small) - 3
(d) Compete set of tube light - 8
(e) Dust Bins large - 4
(f) Door mats - 4
Vehicle
12. One vehicle preferably Jeep/Gypsy will be required for the photographer to cover the functions
outside the camp. This vehicle will be used on need basis only.
118
Appendix M
SOP FOR FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT IN RDC
SUBMISSION OF ESTIMATE TO THE P&F DTE OTHER THAN MESSING ACCOUNT
1. The P&F Dte will issue a circular to all Internal Directorates of DGNCC and NCC Delhi by
‘l5 Jul for projection of estimates of expenditure for the items/events of RDC dealth by the concerned
Dte. NCC Dte will also submit the estimates for the events entrusted to that Dte.
2. The estimates should be received in the P&F Dte by 16 Aug. Based on the estimates
projected by the different Dtes, the P&F Dte would submit the proposal to Min of Def for obtaining
sanction and Endeavour to get the same by 30 Oct.
COMPLITION OF CONTRACTS AND PROJECTION OF REPUBLIC ESTIMATES
3. The internal Dtes while projecting the estimates would ensure that the estimated expenditure
is realistic and supported with the facts and data. Wherever tenders are to be published in the
News papers and contracts to be entered for the supply of service/goods, the same are to be
executed and estimates/contractual amount should be Projected to the P&F Dte before submission
of the case to the Govt.
ALLOCATION OF FUNDS/MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNTS.
4. On receipt of Govt sanction, the P&F Dte would plan expenditure for various items/events
of the central funds with the approval of the DG and intimate to all concerned internal Dtes including
Delhi Dte. The actual expenditure should not exceed the amount allocated by P&F Dte. This would
include expenditure on Fuel for boilers for heating water.
CONTRIBUTION FROM STATE DIRECTORATES TOWARDS MESSING AND INCIDENTAL
5. The P&F Dte would issue a letter to all State Dtes requesting them to forward the bank
drafts towards messing and incidental expenditure of contingents participating in the RDC. The
letter should clearly indicate the rates of contribution toward messing allowance and incidental
allowance in respect of participating cadets and PTOs. The bank against which the draft has to be
drawn and the name of the account should be clearly indicated. Letter will be issued by 25th Jul
instructing the Dtes to forward contribution by 10 Dec. The list of defaulting Dtes will be put to DG
(B) for directions.
BANK ACCOUNT
6. The P&F Dte will open separate Bank accounts - one for messing and incidental allowance
amount received from State Dtes and another Bank Account for all the Central Govt Funds sanctioned
specially for the FlDC.
ACCOUNTS OF CENTRAL GOVT FUNDS
7. The accounts of Central Govt funds will be maintained as per the prescribed procedure by
the AO and his staff under the supervision of DlFt(Fin)/Dy DIR (Fin). It has to be ensured that after
the Camp is over, by end of Mar all the bills for which the payments have to be made by the Central
Govt funds are settled. The remaining balance is to be returned to Govt through MHO. The adjustment
bills are to be forwarded to CDA(HQ) ith supporting vouchers/receipts by 15 May.
119
ACCOUNTS OF STATE FUNDS
8. Dir (Fin)/Dy Dire (fin) will keep separate account of the funds pot messing and incidental
allowance. This account will be audited by the Dir of Audit, Central Revenue after the Camp is
over. lt is, therefore, to be ensured that all the expenditure is duly supported with vouchers and
receipts. Details procedure for procurement and accounting of supplies is out lined in this appendix.
COMMAND AND CONTROL OF FINANE WING OF RDC
9. The following will be the structure of the organisation for submission of the proposals for
sanction of expenditure from the RDC Funds:
DG <> Addl DG (B)<> DY DG P&F <> DIR (Fin) Dy Dir (Fin) <> AO (Central) <> AO (Messing
Funds, Contingency & incidental)
FINANCIAL POWERS
10. The competent authority to sanction the expenditure including the aance from RDC Funds
in respect of all the RDC Funds will be as under :-
Authority Amount per item
DG Full Powers.
ADG(A). ADG (B) Rs Two lakhs per transaction
Dy DG(P&F) Rs 50,000/- per transaction.
Dy DG (Logistics) Rs 50,000/’- per transaction in A respect of dry/fresh ration.
Camp Commandant Rs 1,000/- per transaction subject to a maximum of Rs
10,000/- during the period of entire camp to meet day to day
emergent nees of miscellaneous requirements.
Cash Balance
11. Amount not exceeding Rs 10,000/- (Rs ten thousand only will be kept in cash by the
concerns AO, during the camp to meet any unforeseen eventuality and petty/urgent payments.
The safe custody of the cash will be the responsibility of the concerned A0 Dir (Fin)/Dy Dir (Fin)
would carry out inspection of the cash in hand at least once in a week.
SUBMISSION OF DAILY ACCOUNTS FROM 01 JAN TO 30 JAN BY THE FlNANCE WING OF
THE RDC.
12. Dir (Fin)/Dy Dir (Fin) will submit daily accounts of actual expenditure incurred and advances
paid from the following accounts:
(a) State Messing account.
(b) lncidential Grant
(c) Contingent Expenditure
(d) Laboury
(e) Special messing.
Performa for submission of daily statement of expenditure is given at Annexure l.
SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL FOR EXPENDITURE ON Various ITEMS / EVENTS
CONNECTED WITH RDC
13. The requisition or expenditure from the RDC funds as advance settlement of bills will be
submitted as per the Performa given at Annexure ll and Ill (Annexure ll - Central Govt and Incidental,
Annexure-Ill, Messing Funds). The Performa will be submitted in the relevant file of RDC with a
brief not on a minute sheet indicating details/reasons for incurring the expenditure. On receipt of
the file JD (Fin) would submit the file to the Competent Financial Authority for obtaining his sanction.
If the approval needs to be reconsidered by the initiating section/Dte the file will be returned after
120
showing it to the Dy DG (P&F). JD (fin) would ensure that there is no undue delay in disposing the
requisition. The officer submitting the requisition should also ensure that the expenditure proposed
is for the items connected with the RDC and it is purchase Committee may demand cash twenty
four hours in advance on as required basis from Dir (Fin)/Dy Dir(Fin)., who after the payment will
call for adjustment bills within 48 hours of payment.
PURCHASE COMMITTEE
14. All purchases out of RDC-funds, excepting items procured Ex ASC, should be made by a
Purchase Committee to be detailed by DDG (Org). During the duration of the Camp the composition
of the Purchase Committee shall be as under:
(i) Presiding Officer - Regular Officer NVTO
(ii) Members (3) - One NCC Officer, Two Senior Cdts.
Note: The personal of the Committee wil be changed every week and this will be published in
Camp Order.
15. The procedure to be followed by purchase committee, after approval of Competent Authority
has been obtained, will be as under:
(a) Presiding Officer assembles the Committee.
(b) Make purchase as per laid down procedure.
(c) The stores purchased along with the bill/cash memo and proceeding duly signed
by the Purchase Committee will be handed over to GM/officer requisitioning the supplies/
stores. A receipt of the same will be with number, Flank and name of the store holder be
capital letters, to when these documents with stores have been handed over.
(d) QM/store holder will check quantity/quality of the stores with reference to bill and take
the store on stock letter by means of a CRV immediately before issues are make. The
store/supplies will be issued without taking charge.
(e) QM/Store will pass on the bill along with proceedings of the purchase Committee
and CRV to Accounts Officer within 24 hours of receipt of the store.
(f) Accounts officer will retain the board proceeding after checking their correctness
from audit point of view.
This procedure will be followed for all types of local purchase.
MODE OF PAYMENT
Delete the existing entries and substitute as under:
16. Payment to contractors. vendors and other parties from whom stores have been procured,
cost of which exceeds Rs 2,000/- will be more by cheque only on receipt of the bill. Bills for
procurement of stores where cost is less than 2,000/- will be made preferably through cheque and
production of the bill/bills from the party concerned. However, the payment less than Rs 2,000/-
can not be made in cash also it the party insists for the same.
17.
SUBMISSION OF ADJUSTMENT BILLS
18. Adjustment bills for the advance drawn from the AO on the authority of the pary order, duly
sanctioned by the Camp Authority will be submitted to the concerned Camp A0 for adjustment and
booking of the expenditure under the relevant head of a accounts within 48 hours.
19. The adjustment bills submitted to the AO will require a meticulous security in terms of the
provisions containing in para 95 of accounting instructions for NCC Camps, An extract of para 95
is given at Annexure IV. Bills othenivise will not be admitted for payment adjustment.
Procurement and Accounting of Supplies (NCC RDC)
121
20. The RDC for NCC cadets is regular feature. The Camp strength has established over the
years and the administrative requirements of the Camp can, therefore, be forecast fairly accurately.
These instructions lay down the procedure for procurement and accounting of sup-
plies in RDC.
21. The main aspect needing advance planning and action are discussed in succeeding paras.
RATION SCALE
22. The ration scale of a cadets to be paid from State contribution is at Annexure V. The scale
of ration of items which may be purchased from Central funds is shown at Annexure VI.
23. The ration scale may be reviewed depending upon cost of items prevailing at the particular
time after one week of the camp and availability of funds. An analysis of expenditure incurred on
each item of ration shall be carried out by AO (Messing) every week and submitted to DDG (P&F)
who in turn advises DDG (Adm) to carry out necessary adjustments as required.
PROCUREMENT OF SUPPLIES
24. All items of supplies in dry and fresh rations will be procured from supply Depot Delhi
Cantt. The Adm Dte will work out the approv. requirement of supplies and project the same to
DDST, HQ Delhi Area under the authority of Army HQ QMG Br No 41739/Q/ST6/Q1(B) dated 13
Sep 73. ln case any items are not available in supply depot, the same will be procured from State
Co-operative Stores Super Bazar. The action for procurement of supplies at various stages
will be as under:
(a)
Placing of demand: Adm Dte will place a provisional demand of supplies on supply
Depot Delhi Cantt through DDST, HQ Delhi Area. This will include dry supplies,‘ fresh
supplies including milk and fuel for cooking.
(b)
Procurement of ration Ex-supply Depot: The QM (Supply) RDC will prepare a etailed
demand of stores required. He will V place an indent for the requirements on supply Depot
who wiil price it and return it to QM (Sup) for depositing the money in treasury and obtaining
MRO to be handed over to supply Depot. The demand of dry supplies will be one in two
parts as under:
(i) First indent for 15 days.
(ii) Second indent for balance days taking into account the rations left over
from the previous indent.
(c) Procurement of stores from Civil Market:-In case any item of ration is not available
with Supply Depot Delhi Cantt, the same will be procured from Super Bazar/ Govt
undertaking/Civil Market. These will be procured by the Purchase Committee on orders of
Camp Commandant.
(d) Miscellaneous Items - Any special item not forming part of routine Menu, required to be
purchased on special orders will be responsibility of Camp Comdt. He will arrange the
funds for such items by obtaining the approval of CFA on minute sheet and direct the
purchase committee accordingly.
25. Disposal of Stores - The unconsumed rations should be minimal if the indents are correctly
prepared. However, on termination of the Camp, the balance of rations will be intimated to Dy DG
(Adm).The rations will then be sold first to the Camp Cook House and subsequently to other
authorised persons as per entitlement. The money recovered will be refunded to P&F Dte. A nominal
roll of persons to whom the surplus rations are sold will be made and attached to documents
maintained for RDC.
122
26. Accounting Procedure - Normal accounting procedure will be adopted for RDC. QM (Sup)
will take all items of rations on ledger charge. The subsequent distribution to cook houses will be
made as per ration scales fixed earlier. The specific responsibilities of various appointment will be
as under:
QM (Supply) - As brought out earlier, he will be responsible for planning and procurement of Dry
and Fresh suppes as per ration scale approved by the DG. The issue to Mess/Cook Houses will be
as per demand of various Mess/Cook Houses.
27.
Issue of Ration: - Ration will be issued to Messes as follows:
(a) Dry Ration - Once a week
(b) Fresh Ration y - Thrice a week
(c) Milk, Bread, Chicken,
Meats and Eggs. - Daily
28. Ration will be issued to Messes based on the feeding strength in Cook House, approved
scale of ration and menu for the days. The indent prepared by the JCO i/c of each Cook House on
form as shown at Annexure Vll (in quadruplicate) will be countersigned by Messing Officer the
rations are to be drawn. AC (Messing) will check the indent for correctness of demand as per
ration scale and thereafter handover the indent to QM (Sup) for making the issues. indents for
special Messing will be prepared separately. The distribution of indents will be as under :
(a) Cook House
(b) JCO i/c Sup
(c) QM/Supply
(d) AO Messing
Delete the existing entries and renumber the para as 29 had substitute as gnger:
29. Dry/fresh rations will be issued strictly with conference to scale and strength and as such
ration issued to the messes will be treated as consumed and the daily messing will be worked out
or the basis of ration issued to Messes. For working out the daily messing by (Messing) the QM
(Supply) will pass on the issue. vouchers duly priced to AO (mesing0 on daily basis.
30. Delete the existing entries, renumber the para as 30 had substitute as under:
31. Issue of rations to officers’ JCOs and NCOs Messes will be prepayment basis. Officer-in-
charge JCOs, lcharge of NCOs messes will collect the messing charges in Fis 25/- and Rs 15/-
per dining member respectively per day from the dining members in advance from the date of
drawing the rations from QM (Supply) to the end of the Camp and will deposit the entire amount
with AO (Messing). AO (Messing) will issue a receipt of the amount received. JCO-in-charge of the
mess will prepare the indent for dry, fresh and special ration separately according to menu of the
day and submit the same to QM (Supply) for checking and pricing. After checking, the indent wil be
passed on to AO (Messing). The AO (Messing) after ensuring that the pricing has been correctly
done, will pass on the indent (QM (Supply) for issue of the ration.
32. It shall be the responsibility of the Messing Officer to collect and deposit the cost of ration
and Cooking Charges issued to cadets and Contingent Staff for the Pre and Post dates of the
actual Camp period. The actual Camp duration is from 05 Jan to 29 Jan.
33.
Documentation : All documentation will be one on registers/forms issued by Adm Dte for
RDC. All registers will be serially numbered and initialed by an Officer before RDC. All these
documents will be handed over to QM (Supply) at the end of the RDC.
34.
Audit - QM (Supply) will be responsible to furnish all documents to P&F Dte for getting the
accounts audited by Director of Audit, Central Revenue (DACR), in terms of para 143 to 147 of
SNCCO l/S/90,Vol l.
123
CHAPTER-IlI
TRAINING, MAJOR EVENTS, PRIZES, PM’S RALLY AND FOREIGN CADETS
PART I - TRAINING
Aim of Training Activities During RD Camp.
1. Training during RD Camp is aimed at the following:-
(a) Selection and preparation of NCC Marching Contingents and the NCC Bands for
the National Republic Day Parade at Rajpath on 26 January.
(b) Selection and preparation of Guard of Honour.
(c) Selection and preparation of cadets for display of para sailing out slithering.
(e) Keep uncommitted cadets usefully engaged so that they learn new skills/subjects
and draw maximum benefit from the camp. For this purpose contingent commanders will
nominatone part time officer and maximum available Pl staff from con. tlngent staff.
(f) Peparation and conduct of Horse Show, Band display and PM’s Rally.
Responsibilites
2. The DDG (Trg) of DGNCC willbe reponsible for organising all training activities during the
Camp. He will be assisted by officers of Training Dte, CTO and OIC Fl&V Dets. Director Training
will be responsible to DDG (Training) for organising prize distribution at various function. DD Trg
(YEC) will be responsible for organising and conducting foreign cadets programme.
Camp Training Staff
3. Training team will consist of Chief Training Officer (CTO) and Dy Training Officers.
(a) Chief Trg Officer.
(b) Guard of Honour Officer in Charge (OIC).
(c) Rajpath Marching Contingent OIC along with Asst Offr (WTLO)
(d) PM Rally Contingent OIC.
(e) Balance Cadet Trg Officer
(f) The Trg team will be supported by reqqisite support staff (PI Staff, Drill Instructors,
Clks, Vehicles, runners etc).
4. In addition, the Camp Comdt, will detail such Officers and Pl Staff from amongst camp
staff, who are not otherwise committed, to augment training staff as and when additional assistance
is required.
Parade Timings.
5. Training will be conducted as per detailed Camp Programme issued by Secretary RDC.
Stress will be on achieving uniformity, perfecting the timings and coordination for Guard of Honour
and NCC RD Parade Contingents. Special attention will be towards rectification of defects and
achieving perfect coordination inmarching, arms swinging and arms drill.
Training Stores
6. Chief Training Officer accompanied by JD Trg will ensure avaiablity of training stores for
the entire camp.
124
PART II - MAJOR EVENTS
Guard of Honour
7. All Guards of Honour during the RD Camp will be armed and inter-wing i.e. Army, Naval, Air
and Girls Wing/Division equally represented. There will be two stick orderlies (AsDC). Military
Band will be in attendance. Two NCC Bands will perform after Guard of Honour. IN & IAF Service
Band will be requisioned by Seceratry RDC for visit of CNS & CAS respectively. Lay out is given at
Appendix A.
8. The following special points will be obsen/ed:-
(a) Stick Ordelies not salute while guard presents arms.
(b) The guard will be in two ranks.
(c) DG NCC will march to the left & slightly behind the VIP while the Cadet Guard Cdr
will march on Right & slightly behind VIP. He wil walk and NOT do “DHIRE CHAL” but will
walk at slow speed keeping the toe of his boots/shoes pointing downward. He/She will not
swing his/her arm during the inspection.
(d) There will be one Cadet Guard Cdr and one Det cdr each from Army, Navy, Air and
Girls. They will not carry any weapon sword or cane.
(e) Cadets in ranks will carry rifles with slings. The girls will also carry rifles.
RD Parade at Raipath - Strength & Composition of Contingents.
9. Marching and band contingents will be selected based on vacancies/ slots given by MoD
(Ceremonial). As in vogue, two NCC Marching Contingents (one each of Boys & Girls) and two
NCC bands (one boys & one girl) march on Rajpath during RD Parade.
Order of March
10. Order of March will be as under:
(a) SD Boys.
(b) Band
(c) SW Girls
(d) Band
Procedure for Training of the Marching Contingents.
11. Training of RD Contingents will be conducted at Garrison Parade Ground where Army
Contingents also practice. Training will be conducted in two phases as under:-
(a) Trainign till 16 Jan will be conducted at Garrison Parade Ground. For this, CTO &
OIC Rajpath will prepare training and reheasal schedule within the framework of camp
programme. Each cadet will be assigned a place according to his/her height and shoulders
and same positions will be maintained during all practices.
(b) Training after 17 Jan will be done along with Army Contingents at Rajpath.
12. All briefings nd debriefings in connection with RD Parade rehearsals will be attended by
OIC Rajpath. He will apprise DDG (Trg) about the points received. DDG (Trg) will, however, attend
full dress rehearsal and other important meetings/rehearsals.
125
Uniform and Accountrements
13. Cadets will wear terrycot uniform with Jerssy Pullover and NCC colour KAMARBAND, Staff,
Arms titles and black leather belts. Air Force cadets will wear black boots inplace of shoes. Contingent
Commanders will bring adequate stock of black belts and leather shoes including for girls cadets.
14. Girl cadets will wear terrycot shirts tucked in and slacks with Jersey Pullover and leather
belts and black shoes. They will not carry rifles.
Adm Requirements
15. The OIC Rajpath will liaise with Camp Comdt/MTO and arrange the following:-
(a) One light vehicle and adequate number of buses for cadets and bands.
(b) Drinking wter, refreshment and extra diet sanctioned by ADG (B).
Bands and Buglers
16. RD Cell will approach AG’s Branch, Army Headquarter (CW Dte) for detailment of a Service
Bands (One Pipe & One Military) for Guard of Honour, RD Parade and other camp fuctions. 12
Buglers will also be requisioned, four from eacg services.
R & V Contingents
17. Dtes will be allotted separate vacancies for R&V Sqns/Regt for R & V cadets to take part in
Horse Show and Equestrian competitions. Horses and adm staff will arrive by 28 Dec and R & V
cadets will reach along with their contingents.
Arrival Schedule
18. Detailment of Regular Officers on staff of RD Camp will be issued by DG NCC (MS Branch).
Equestrian Commpetitions & Prizes
19. The equestrian competitions including competitions for various Trophies & Cups alongwith
other prizes, NCC Horse Show will be conducted as contained in Vol II of this book. All competitions
will be conducted as per regulations and rules of Equestrian Federation oi India.
Organisation of Horse Show and Band Display
20. DDG (Trg) assisted by OIC R & V will be responsible to organise Horse Show and Band
display at the selected venue on the day indicated in the Camp Programme. Administration will be
handled by DDG (Adm). Recommended Programme of Horse Show and Band Display is at
Appendix B.
21. Responsibility for Horse Show. Division of responsibilities will be as under :-
(a) Organisation and Coordination - DDG (Trg).
(b) Conduct of Equestrian competitions and commentators script - OIC R & V.
(c) Provision of Judges through DG RVS. - Secy RDC
(e) Prize Distribution Ceremony – OIC R & V.
126
(f) Administration including provision of furniture manpower, - Camp Comdt
refreshment and the general cleanliness and lay out under Supervision
of Stadium. DDG (Lgs)
(g) Ushering and guest seating - Dir Coord
(h) Provision of Commentators - DDG (P&C)
22.
Administration of R & V Dets. Lgs Dte will be responsible for complete administration of R
& V Dets including provisioning action for rations, accommodation for the animals, construction of
hard standing accommodation and messing of civilian staff, provision of furniture for R & V Dets
and Adm requirements of the Horse show.
23. Dispersal. R & V dets/horses will depart immediatley alter the Horse Show. Dispersal
dates will, however, be got approved by OIC R & V Dets from ADG ‘B’ through DDG (Trg) by 07
Jan, so that contingents can congirm/arrange return reservation. DDG Lgs Camp Camdt and RD
Cell will be informed accordingly. Move sanction of animals and R & V personal will be accorded
by MS Dte and Pers (B&F) accordingly.
PART III - PRIZE, TROPHIES, CERTIFICATES AND THEIR DISTRIBUTION
22. The trophies for various ompetitions counting towards RD Banner and other prizes are
disributed during the RD Camp on the following occasions:-
(a) NCC Run Trophy and individual prizes of NCC Run.
(b) Horse Show and Band Display-Equestrain Trophies and prizes.
(c) Cultural Show No.1 to 3 - Trophies and prizes .for other Contingent and Team events,
Mountaineering Trophy and Blood Donation Trophy. The distribution of these prizes and
trophies will be scattered equitably during the above Cultural Shows.
(d) PM’s Rally - Batons and Trophies for winners of first position of Best Cadet
Competition, PM’s RD Banner and Miniature Banner.
(e) DG’s Closing Address - All remaining prizes.
23. List of Prizes and Trophies to be distributed at RDC is at Appendix C. This list will be
reviewed every year during the month of Aug by Trg (A) in consultation with NCC Navy and Air and
got approved from the DG. Approved list will be forwarded to Lgs Dte for procurement action.
Division of Responsibilities
24. RD Cell Policy on award of prizes and trophies for various competitions.
25. Trg Dte (Trg A)
(a) Obtain DG’s approval on the list of trophies and prizes and forward the same to
Lgs Dte for procurement and supply. The Equirement of packing material, ribbon.coloured
string required for the medals will also be indicate. Dir Trg will be Officer-in-Chare Prizes.
His detailed duies are at Appendix ‘H’
(b) Brief Prizes Distribution Offr on various occasions and supervising the actual prizes
distribution at various functions/occasions Dir Trg Prize Distribution Ceremony of the PM’s
Rally will, however, be organised by DDG (Trg). Detailed duties of Prizes Distribution Officer
are at Appendix C.
127
(c) Obtain from Prize Distribution Officer and hand over to the Camp Comdt and Lgs
Dte the complete record of Trophies/ Prizes taken over from Lgs Dte and particulars of the
Officersl Cadets to whom these have been distributed. The records so maintained should
be authenticated duly signed by the recipient so as to satisfy the audit authorities and
accounting of trophies and prizes.
(d) Printing of Merit certificates.
26.
Lgs Dte
(a) Procure trophies/prizes, souvenirs and presentation items as per requirement
intimated by Trg Dte.
(b) Collect the rolling trophies from the Dtes, get these repaired and polished and issue
these on voucher to Prizes Distribution Officer by O5 Jan.
(c) Obtain complete details and particulars of the recipients from OIC Prizes and all
undistributed prizes and settle the account of all pries and trophies before 03 Feb.
(d) Arrange carboard package of various sizes from DGNCC CSD Canteen so as to
minimise the expenditure on purchase of packing boxe by the Prizes Distribution Officer.
27.
MS Dte - Detail a JCO for prize duties alongwith the camp stall.
28. Camp Commandant
(a) Detail suitable Pl Staff and uncommitted cadets for prizes distribution duties. These
cadets once detailed will not be changed.
(b) Provide requisite table, table cloth and funds for prize distribution.
(c) Organise prompt communication of results to Contingent Commanders and organise
marshalling of prize winners to OIC Prizes for rehearsal/practice.
(d) For mass prize distribution at Cultural Shows and DG’s closing address, provide
additional staff i.e. one Whole/Part Time NCC Officer, One GCI and one Pl staff, to OIC
prizes to marshal and control large number of prize winners. ln addition provide 15 cadets
(one announcer,eight JD cadets for Table Drill, and six girl cadets for packing).
Expenditure on Trophies/Prizes
29. Expenditure on polishing of trophies, procurement and packing of other prizes (including
Sandal/Rose wood batons) will be debited to the Camp Funds. For this, Lgs Dte will call for tenders.
OIC Prizes will obtain amount required for packing of prizes on pay order out of Camp Funds.
Accounting of Trophies and Prizes.
30. Trophies. All trophies will be held on charge of Trophies Ledger with Lgs (B) DGNCC.
These will be collected back from DTes by 15 Aug for repair and polishing. DDG (Lgs) will convene
an Annual Stock Taking Board to check correct holding of trophies as per description given in the
Ledger including size, type/shape. On 03 Jan these will be handed over on a voucher to Prize
Distribution Officer‘03 Jan these will be handed over on a voucher to Prize Distribution Officer of
Camp Staff who will store these in a secure place in steel almirahsl boxes with proper locks.
Whenever trophies are presented to a winner, signature of Contingent Commander will be obtained
and kept on record and issue recorded in the Trophies Ledger. Proper packing will also be handed
over/taken over along with the Trophy. One copy of the issue Voucher will be sent to Dte by post
Lgs Dte.
128
31. Individual Prizes. Prize Distribution Officer will take over all prize items from DD Lgs (B) on
O2 Jan on proper voucher and keep them in safe custody. Signature of recipients will be obtained
on the day any item is presened and notified in the Camp Routine Order once a week.
32. At the end of RD Camp OIC Prizes (Dir Trg) will check record of issue/receipts maintained
by the Prize Distribution Officer.
PART IV - PRIME MlNlSTER’S RALLY
Backgrond
33. Since 1950,every year on 27 Jan, Special NCC Rally is organised in the garrison Parade
Ground, Delhi Cantt, at which the Prime Minister of India reviews the multifariou activities of the
NCC. The Rally is commonly known as the Prime Minister’s Rally and is attended by the RM,
RRM, some senior Ministers, Senrice Chiefs, Defence Secretary, members of the Diplomatic
Corps, Senior Civil and Military Officials and prominent public men of the national capital.
Aim
34. The aim of the PM’s Rally is to display all that is good in NCC training and NCC ativities
before the Prime Minister and other National Leaders/Dignitaries.
35. The image of NCC is thus projected through glimpses of NCC activities to the public. This
one hour Rally is conducted with clock like precision and without any interruption or passage of
orders.
36. Since Jan 1985, the Prime Minsiter also pays a visit to the Flag Area, Photo Exhibition and
Army, Navy and Air Activities Tents before proceeding to the Rally Ground.
Sequence of Events.
37. The sequence of Major Events of this Rally are as under:-
(a) All preparations for the Rally are completed before 45 minutes of the arrival of the PM.
(b) lnvities get seated.
(c) Guard of Honour takes up position 15 minutes before arrival of the PM.
(d) Defence Secretary, Service Chiefs, RM & RRM arrive at Rally Ground
(e) On Prime Minister is received by RM 7 DG NCC.
(f) lnspection otGuard of Honour by the Prime Minister.
(g) March past by contingent of each NCC Dte.
(h) Heliborne Slithering Demonstration by NCC.Cadets.
(j) Army Wing Activities.
(k) Para Sailing Display.
(I) Naval Wing Activities.
(m) Air Wing Activities.
(n) Mass PT display.
(o) NCC Song.
(p) Prize Disribution.
(q) Group photograph with Award Winners.
(r) PM’s Address.
(s) National Anthem.
(t) Departure of the PM
Note:- The exact timings of the events willbe intimated by the RD Cell.
129
Division of Responsibilities
47.
Trg Dte (RD Cell) - Trg Dte (RD Cell) will be responsible for the following:-
(a) Overall coorination and selection of new activities.
(b) Issue of minute-to-minute programme duly aproved by DG NCC.
(c) Final approval of commentary script.
(d) Printing and distribution of Programme Card.
(e) Arrangements for Band & Buglers.
(f) Detailment of personnel other than of Delhi Dte required for the PM’s Rally.
(g) Organisation of Group photocraph with award winners.
48.
DDG (Training)
(a) Provision of Guard of Honour of one Commander, four detachment Commanders
and 113 Rank and File of SD Army, SD Navy, SD Air, and SW.
(b) Provision of contingents for March past, incl R & V Mounted column.
(c) Organise prize distribution with the assistance of Dir Trg. Only trophies and prizes
All lndia Best Cadets, RD Championship Banner and Miniature RD Banner will be awarded
at the Rally.
49.
Dir Coord DG NCC Coord will be responsible for the following:-
(a) All security arrangements and for obtaning security clearance.
(b) Arrange securiy conferences.
(c) All traffic arrangemeris and control over entry of general public with the assistance
of civil police. Also traffic control for PM’s visit to the Camp.
(d) Liasion with civil police, PM’s security staff and Military Police.
(e) lssue of invitations.
(f) Seating arrangement (including on Main Dias) and ushering duties.
(g) Esorting of VVlPs.
(h) Sign Posting.
50.
JD Navy JD (Navy) will coordinate partioipaton of Naval elements.
51. JD Air JD (Air) will be responsible for coordinating all Air activities.
52. JD/DD TRG (E) JD Trg (E) and DD Trg (E) will coordinate participation of adventure activity
cadets required for march past.
53. DD Pub
(a) DD Pub will be responsible for publicity, handling of Press and Photographers. He
will also organise Photo Exhibition in Camp Area.
(b) Provision of Commentators out of AIR/Doordarshan Professionals.
54.
NCC Est. NCC Est will make provision of flowers and plants including those required for
decoration of the Main Dais.
55. Lgs Dte The responsibilities of the Adm Dte will be as under:-
(a) Extension of Main Dais and provision of Saluting Base, in consultation with DG
NCC/Coord and RD Cell.
130
(b) Lay out of furniture on Main Dais and other seating enclosures in consultation with
JD Coord.
(c) Provision of DG NCC and Dte Flags, Flag Poles and coloured buntings all around
Rally Ground.
(d) Provision of Pyro-techniques. .
(e) Arrangements of required number of Radio Sets, for security, traffic control and
escorting duties to Dir Coord & other Rally requirements of Delhi Diretorates.
(f) Detailment of transport. Delhi Dte will be provided additional vehs for normal
pageants and para sailing display.
(g) P A Equipments and communication arrangements for community singing. Camp
Signal Dlficer will assist and also arrange dupicate P A System for PM’s Address .& during
commentary.
56
Delhi Dte Delhi Dte will be responsible for the following:-
(a) DDG Delhi is overall incharge and is responsible to DG for the efficient conduct of
the Prime Minister’s Rally.
(b) Provide all personnel and resources for the PM’s Rally expect the elements detailed
from the RD Camp by the RD Cell.
(c) Submit suggested minute-to-minute programme and any suggestions for
improvements of PM’s Rally,in future, to DG NCC (RD Cell).
(d) Submission of draft script for commentary to RD Cell.
(e) Liaision and assistance to the Coordinating Conferences after each rehearsal and
pin-point short comings noticed.
(f) Coord with Delhi Area Signal Company for PA eqptl comunication arrangements in
the Rally Ground.
(g) Rally control and synchronisation.
(h) Procurement of garland 7 bouquets for presentation to Prime Minister and his spouse
and getting the same checked from PM’s security staff.
(j) Tele in Garrison Parade Ground, soon after its installation, will be regularly manned.
On PM’s Rally day it will be manned by an officer with two runners to be detailed by Delhi
Dte.
57.
Camp Comdt Camp Comdt will carry out the following resposibiIiies :-
(a) Provision of Guard of Honour march past contingents as ordered by DDG (Trg).
(b) Assist DDG (Lgs) in extension, layout and decoration of main Dais and ensure
continuous cleaning of the area till arrival of VVlPs.
(c) Ensure that personnel nominated from the RD Camp particpate in rehearsals and
in the actual Rally properly dressed and equipped.
(d) Prepare the Camp area for the visit of the Prime Minister.
(e) Provide officers, Pl staff and cadets to JD Coord for security, ushering and traffic
control duties.
(f) Provide officers, Pl Staff to OIC prizes Dir Trg for organising rehearsals of Award
Presentation Ceremony.
(g) JD Trg (E) of DG NCC will function as LO to Delhi Dte for the PM’s Rally. This
officer will attend all rehearsals and conferences and apprise Camp Comdt of all instructions
received from DDG Delhi, DDG (Trg), DDG (Lgs), Dir Coord or Secy RDC. Camp Comdt
will be responsible to ensure that these instructions are complied with.
(h) Provide funds to various agencies as sanctioned by the DG/Add DG (B).
131
(j) Ensure proper turnout and good conduct of the camp officers, camp staff and cadets
during the PM’s Rally.
(k) Maintain liaison with Army RD Camp and prevent entry of any unauthorised personnel
to the Rally Ground through the Camp Area.
(I) Place demand for invitations and entry passes for all Camp personnel except those
in DG NCC and Delhi Dte and arrange for distribution of these cards to the concerned
individuals after collection from DG NCC/Coord. The invitation cards for individuals called
to Delhi for any special activity and parents of the cadets will also be arranged by the Camp
Comdt. Contingent Cdrs will approach Dir Coord for invitions for the parents of the recepients
of the Best Cadets Awards and PM’s Banner.
(m) Detail NCOs to hoist DG NCC and Dte Flags on the ramparts of the Fort and who
will remain in position there.
Running Commentary and Music
58. From 10.30 hrs on wards when most of the invitees have arrived, recorded music of soft
tunes will be played, to avoid monotony, under the arrangements of NCC Directorate Delhi.
Commentators will announce the arrival of WlPs on the Main Dias.
59. There will be two commentators one in English and one in Hindi. These will be professional
commentators out of panel of commentators of AIR and Doordarshan. P&C Dte will arrange the
commentators Delhi Dte will nominate a suitable officer/GCI to collect the approved commentary
script from RD Cell and furnish any additional information that the commentators may seek.
Seating Plan on the Main Dais
60. Seats will be marked for the following on the main dais for RM, RRM, COAS, CNS, CAS,
Def Secy & DG NCC:-
61. Dir Coord will get the seating plan approved from the DG. Depending on number of Minsiters
invited, the number of seats in front row will be adjusted. All seats will be marked and one centre
table placed in front of PM’s seat. Secretary RDC will organise delivery of Programme Cards to
WlPs as they get seated and forming up of award winners for Group Photograph.
PART V - CONDUCT AND ADMINISTRATON OF FOREIGN CADETS
Adm and Joining Instructions
62. The Adm and Joining instructions will be issued by the Trg Dte (Trg YEP) through Min of
Def and Min of External Affairs.
Programme for Foreign Cadets
63. Trg Dte (YEP) in consultation with RD Cell will draw up daily programme for foreign cadets
to include the following:-
(a) Visit to respective embassies on arrival.
(b) Talk by Dir Gen NCC.
(c) Attending Tea at Rashtrapati Bhawan & at NCC House.
(d) Witnessing Horse Show, Air Show, Naval Show, Ceremonial parade, Cultural Shows,
Army Day Parade, RD Parade and Beating of Retreat depending upon visit dates.
(e) Conducted tours to Agra and Jaipur.
132
(f) Intraction with lndian Cadets in the form of talks/group discussions and informal
meetings.
(g) Participation in selected Camp Activities.
(h) Sight seeing and shopping in Delhi.
Trg Dte
64. Training Directorate (YEP) will handle all aspects of visit of Foreign Cadets except that
Adm Dte will be responsible for accommodation, messing, allied amenities, transport and provision
of souvenirs/ mementoes.
65. JD Trg (YEP) will be OIC Foreign Cadets and will be responsible to DDG (Trg) for smooth
conduct of visit. He will be assisted by a LO Foreign Cadets (Male Officer) and a GCI from one of
the Dtes.
Division of Responsibility
66. Trg Dte (YEP)
(a) And Adm and Joining Instructions to invited cadets.
(b) Obtain approval of DG as to number and type of presentation items to be provisioned
and inform Adm Dte for procurement.
(c) Inform Adm Dte of number of Boys and Girls (country-wise) invited for arranging
acommodation beddings, messing and transport.
(d) lnform Defence Attache in countries concerned and in India.
(e) Approach UP & Raj Dtes for organising visit to Agra and Jaipur.
(f) In consultation with RD Cell prepare detailed tentative programme for full duration
of stay in India.
(h) Supervise conduct of programme.
(g) Provide/detail transport for cadets/LO.
Lgs Dte
67. (a) Make provision for accommoaton (incl bathroom facilities and bedding), furniture,
messing and transport in consultation with Trg YEP
(b) Arrange transport for conducting staff.
(c) Procure presentation items as intimated by Trg YEP.
(d) Arrange services of sweeper and dhobi.
(e) Include requirement of furniture in contract
(f) Arrange a qualified catering JCO.
P&F Dte.
68. Arrange passes in appropriate enclosure for Beating of Retreat & RD Parade. Dir Coord
will arrange for passes for PM”s Rally, Cultural Show, and Horse Show.
Camp Commandant
69. (a) Set up Foreign Cadets area.
(b) Provide requisite tentage, furniture, cooking utensils, crockery, cutley, commodes
and other requirements.
133
(c) Earmark seats for Foreign Cadets in all Camp functionsl events during period of
visit.
(d) Provide Indian Cadets and additional staff when required per programme for
interaction with Indian Cadets.
(e) Ensure Security of Foreign Cadets area and prevent entry of personnel nto required
for specific duty.
(f) Supply News Papers and Magazines.
(g) Detail a waiter and a Dhobi for the foreign cadets.
(h) Detail the permanent cooks of the DG NCC Officers Mess and NCO’s Mess for the
Foreign Cadets.
Conducting Staff
70. The following conducting staff will be detailed for making preparations, efficient conduct of
programme, administration and escorting of foreign cadets during their stay in India.
(a) LO Foreign Cadets Major or equivalent (Male Officer).
(b) Lady LO (GCI).
(c)
Camp Comdt
(i) Two JCOs and Two NCOs (One JCO from unit/Dte of A Male LO Foreign
Cadets).
(ii) Four Lascars out of Camp Lascars.
(iii) One Cook (who can prepare western meals, one helper, two sweepers and
one dhobi.
(iv) One catering qualified JCO.
Duties of Conducting Staff
71. Above conducting staff will function as a tema under LO Foreign Cadets. DDG (Training)
through DD Trg (YEC) will oversee their functioning. Administration aspect will, however, be
overseen by DDG (Lgs) through the Camp Comdt. Expenditure on administration and messing
etc will not, however, exceed ailoted budget which will be controlled by D D Trg (YEC). Detailed
duties of Officers/GCI are listed at Appendix D.
134
Appendix A
PROCEDURE AND LAY OUT OF GUARD OF HONOUR
Layout
1. The Guard of Honour will be formed up in three divisions when all the three services/wings
are participating. It will be in two ranks with a distance of four paces between the front and the rear
ranks and will be dressed at intervals of 24 inches. The distance between each division, will be
three paces. As far as possible, the Guard of Honour, when formed up, will face the direction from
which the personage for whom it is mounted is to arrive, will be sized and equalised as for a
company.
2. The position of NCC Officers/UOs and NCOs in asn inter-Service Guard of Honour will be
as follows:-
(a)
Commander. In the centre of the Guard of Honour and eight paces from the front
rank.
(b)
Cadets Commanding Division. The Cadet Commander of the Central division will
be in the centre of his division and two paces from the fron rank. Flank division commanders
will be two paces in front of the second file from the Right and Left of their respective
divisions.
(c)
Right/Left Markers/Guards. The Senior NCO of the sen/ice concerned will be the
Right guide and the Junior will be Left guide of his respective Division.
3. The Military band will form up on behind the Guard of Honour , in fron of the Motivation Hall.
4. There will always be two ADC’s, who will stand on either side of the dais, two paces to the
right and left of the front edge of it.
5. The DG NCC will, after conducting the VIP to the dais, position himself to the left and slight
rear of the VIP on the dias.
6. NCC Flag will be on the left and one foot lower than the pole of National Flag.
National Salute will be presented to all Civilian Dignitaries while General salute will be presented
top service Chiefs.
7. When the VIP has mounted the dais and is in a position to receive the salute, the Guard of
Honour will give the salute (National/ General), the band playing the appropriate salute. The DG will
NOT salute, when either the National or General salute is given to the VIP.
8. After paying the appropriate compliments to persons for whom it is mounted, the Guard
will be brought to BAZU SHASHTRA (Order Arms).
Inspection
9. The procedure for inspection will be as follows:
(a) The Guard Commander will march forward and report to the VIP. The report will be
in HINDI as follow NCC Samman guard nireekshan ke lie hazir hai Shriman.”
(b) The Guard Commander, taking his position on the VlP’s Right & DG NCC on Left,
will conduct him to the band in “Quick March.” On reaching the right hand man/cadet of the
Guard, the Guard Commander will walk and NOT do the slow march, but the toes of the
boots will be kept low. He will not swing arms during the inspection.
135
(c) ADC’s will precede the VIP during the inspection. They will on such occasion, do
the slow march during the inspection.
(d) As soon as the VIP passes the Left hand man/cadet of the band, the Bandmaster
will turn-about, get the band ready and start playing. Taking the time from the first beat of
the drum, every NCC Officer and Cadet of Guard will turn his head and eyes towards the
VIP, i.e. they will look at him. As the VIP moves on the NCC officers and cadets will also
move “their heads and eyes, looking at him all the time. If the VIP stops during inspection,
the movement of heads will also stop.
(e) The band will stop playing as soon as the VIP has finished the inspection and the
Guard, taking the time from the last tune of the music, will turn their heads and eyes to the
front.
(g) Only the front rank of the Guard will be inspected. The VIP will move in front of the
officers and he will inspect the’ Guard from a distance of 3-4 paces from the front rank.
(h) When the VIP has reached the dias, the Guard.Commander will salute the VIP. The
Guard Commander must be prepared to shake hands with the VIP, should the latter offer to
do so.
Marching of the Guard
10. The Guard Commander will return to his post, and after the VIP has proceeded some
distance away from the Guard of Honour, he may then stand the Guard at ease (Vishram). The
Guard will, however, not march oft or ‘Stand Easy‘ (Aram se) till the VIP, for whom it is mounted,
has left the place of reception. In case of RD Camp inaugural function VIP will be escorted back to
the saluting dais for remaining ceremonies. Guard will only march off after the VIP has finished the
round of Flag Areas and entered Photo Exhibition Tent.
136
APPENDIX B
PROGRAMME OF NCC HORSE SHOW AND BAND DISPLAY
1. 1445 - 1455 hrs Arrival of Guests. (a) Mounted escorts in Ceremonial Dress
to take up positionat the entrance.
(b) Reception, seating and Ushering
arrangements under DDG (Trg) assisted
by JD (Coord).
(c) Commentators to read out brief on
NCC Horse Show and Role of R&V Units
in NCC (OIC R&V to gust up draft brief to
RD Cell by 09 Jan).
2. 1500 hrs Arrival of Chief (a) Fanfare.
Guest (COAS)
(b) To be received by DG and escorted to
marked seats through 16 Welcome Girls
attired in traditional dresses lined up on
both sides of the passage.
3. 1502-1510 hrs Mounted Ride Past (a) DG escorts Chief Guest to the
Saluting Dais.
by R&V NCC Cadets, (b) Maximum horses to participate.
Riders will be in authorised Hiding Kit.
(c) Services and NCC Cadets Bands to
also march past.
(d) Commentator to give running
commentary. (Background material to be
provided by OIC R&V Det).
4. 1510 -1533 hrs Show Jumping by Horse-Same
Cadets. Riders-Change
5. 1533 - 1540 hrs band display by
NCC Girls Band.
6. 1540 - 1548 hrs Show Juming by
RVC Riders.
7. 1548 - 1556 hrs Band Display by Jumps to be removed.
NCC Boys Band
8. 1556 - 1616 hrs Tent Pegging (a) Dr. Roop Jyoti Sharma Memorial
(Open) Competition Trophy for Best Tent Pegger (Open).
(b) Band Master of Service Band to co-
ordinate show jumping, trick riding and
Tent Pegging.
9. 1626 - 1640 hrs Prize distribution. Table ordely cadets will carry the prizes
OIC R & V assisted by JD (Trg-A) to
organise.
137
10. 1640 - 1645 hrs Address by the
Chief Guest.
11. 1645 - 1700 hrs Tea and Refreshment. (a) Separate tea enclosure will be
established for Guests and Officers by
DDG (P&F).
(b) Camp Pl Staff, Civ staff, GCls and
cadets including R&V and NCC Bands
Cadets to be issued sweets packets
earlier by the Camp under arrangemens
of Camp Comdt.
(c) Separate tea arrangements will be
made for Senrice Band under
arrangements oi Camp Comdt.
(d) Prize winners to have to in guest
enclosure. Mounted escorts to be in
position till Guests depart.
12. 1700 hrs Guests Depart. Mounted escorts to be in position till
Guests depart.
Notes:-
1. Dy DG (Trg) will be overall incharge of the function including Band display.
2. Function will be held in Harbaksh Stadium in Delhi Cantt. Camp Comdt will organise its
cleaning and preparation.
3. All Camp Staff and cadets except those required for Camp security and on essential duties
will attend.
4. Delhi Dte will invite 500 students from local schools to witness the show.
5. Officers, JCOs ORs anf families of local Army, Navy and Air Force Units will be invited to
witness the show by JD Coord. Offcers of RVC Dte, President’s Body Guard, 61 CAV, 48 Mil Vet
Hosp, PBG Vet will also be invited with their families.
6. Camp Commandant will arrange to shift fumiture, flags, storeslequipment and provide
manpower from the Camp for arranging the function. Dy DG (T rg) will hold co-ordinating conference
at the Harbaksh Stadium at 1415 hrs on 16 Jan. JD (Adm-A), JD (Coord),Secy RDC, Camp Comdt,
Under Study Camp Comdt, Dy Camp Comdt, Adjt, JD (T rg-A) (OIC Prizes), OsC Boys and Girls
will attend. OIC R&V will arrange this conference.
7. Prize distribution will be rehearsed from 14 Jan to 16 Jan.
138
Appendix - C
SUMMARY OF THE PRIZES REQUIRED FOR RDC
Srl. No. Prizes Qty
1. Banner 1
2. Mini Banner 1
3. Trophies 49
4. Pure Silver Medals 6
5. Gold Plated Medals 163
6. Silver Plated Medals 157
7. Bronze Plated Medals 151
8. Dish 35
9. Bowls 17
10. Special Batton 8
11. Normal Batton 2
12. Mementoes 71
13. Cup 6" 4
14. Cup 8" 2
RD BANNER COMPETITION DURING COCs
Sl.No. Event CPM SPM BPM Trophy
BLC Boys
1. Shooting JD 2 2 2 1
2. Shooting SD 3 3 3 1
3. Pt to Pt March 6 6 6 1
4. Obstacle Course 6 6 6 1
5. Advance Shooting 1 1 1 1
BLC Girls
6. First Aid & Home Nursing 1 1 1 1
7. Signals 1 1 1 1
8. Firing SW 2 2 2 1
9. Firing JW 2 2 2 1
Neu Sena Camp
10. Sailing 3 3 3 1 (Rolling)
11. Boat Pulling 8 8 8 1 (Rolling)
Vayu Sena Camp
12. Best Glider Pilot (Boys) 1 1 1 1
13. Best Glider Pilot (Girls) 1 1 1 1
14. Inter Dte Skeet Shooting 1 1 1 1
15. Towline Glider 2 2 2 -
16. Free Flight Power duration 2 2 2 -
17. Control Line Speed 2 2 2 -
18. Static Model Pt l 2 2 2 -
139
REPUBLIC DAY CAMP PRIZES
Sl. No. Event Banner Mini Trophy PSM Special
Banner Batton
1 Overall Championship Dte 1 1 1 - -
2 Runner Up Dte - - 1 - -
3. Best Dte Army Wing - - 1 - -
4. Best Dte Air Wing - - 1 - -
5. Best Dte Naval Wing - - 1 - -
6. Best Dte Girl’s Wing - - 1 - -
7. Best Cadet SD Army - - 1 1 1
8. Best Cadet SD Air - - 1 1 1
9. Best Cadet SD Navy - - 1 1 1
10. Best Cadet SW Army - - 1 1 1
11. Best Cadet SW Navy - - 1 1 1
12. Best Cadet SW Air - - 1 1 1
13. Best Cadet JD Boys - - 1 1 1
14. Best Cadet JW Girls - - 1 1 1
15. Line Area Best Dte - - 1 - -
16. Flag Area Best Dte - - 1 - -
17. Best Dte Cultural Activities - - 1 - -
18. Best Dte in Guard of - - 1 - -
Honour and RD Contingent
19. National integration - - 1 - -
20. Best Guard Commander - - 1 - -
Guard of Honour PM’s Rally +1GPM
Sl. No. Event GPM SPM BPM Normal
Batton
1. RDP Contingent Cdrs - - - 2
2. IInd Best JW Girl Cdt - - - -
3. IIlrd Best JW Girl Cdt 1 1 - -
4. IInd Best SW Girl Cdt 1 - - -
5. IIIlrd Best SW Girl Cdt - 1 - -
6. IInd Best SD Army Cdt 1 - - -
7. IIlrd Best SD Army Cdt - 1 - -
8. IInd Best SD Naval Cdt 1 - - -
9. IIlrd Best SD Naval Cdt - 1 - -
10. IInd Best SD Air Cdt 1 - - -
11. IIlrd Best SD Air Cdt - 1 - -
12. IInd Best JD Cadet 1 - - -
13. IIlrd Best JD Cadet - 1 - -
14. Ship Model Powered 2 2 2 -
15. Ship Model (R/C) 2 2 2 -
140
16. Glider Model (R/C) 2 2 2 -
17. Radio Control Power Model 2 2 2 -
18. Static Aeromodelling Pt ll 2 2 2 -
19. Control Line Aerobatics 2 2 2 -
20. Sole Song 1 1 1 -
21. Folk Dance 20 20 20 -
22. Orchestra 20 20 20 -
23. Group Song 20 20 20 -
24. Sole Dance 1 1 1 -
25. Sailing Model 2 2 2 -
26. Open Model 2 2 2 -
27. Overall Static Model (Pt l&ll) 2 2 2 -
Sl. No. Event Trophy GPM Dish Bowl Cup 6" Mementoes
28. Announcer - - - 6 - -
29. Cadet Reading vote of thanks - - 9 - - -
30 Prize distribution cadets - - - 8 - -
31. Band Trainer/Unit - - - - 2 2
32. Service Band, Band Master Unit - - - - 2 2
33. Outstanding Staff - - - - - 35 or more
34. Momentoes for VIPs - - - - - 12
35 Partade Commander
Guard of Honour
(a) Vice President Inauguration - 1 - - - -
(b) RM’s Visit - 1 - - - -
(c) Visit of 3 Cervice Chieves - 3 - - - -
36. Inter Dte Drill Competition 1 - - - - -
37. Inter Dte Drill Competition 1 - - - - -
38. Best Dte in Social Service 1 - - - - -
39. Best Dte in Aeromodelling 1 - - - - -
40. Best Dte in Shipmodelling 1 - - - - -
41. Best Sqn in Flyin 1 - - - - -
42. Best Sqn in Gliding 1 - - - - -
43. Best Radio Control Aeromodeller 1 - - - - -
Sl No. Event Trophy GPM SPM BPM Dish Cup 8" Bowl
44. NCC Run 1 4 4 4 - - -
45. Best Dte in Naval 1 - - - - - -
Wing Competition
46. Most enterprising 1 - - - - - -
Naval Unit
47. Best Dte in Skeet 1 - - - - - -
Shooting
141
48. Best Glider Pilot - - - - - - -
49. Best Sqn in 1 - - - - - -
innovative Gliding
50. Horse Show 4 14 14 14 26 2 3
YEP
51. Grouping for - 2 2 2 - - -
Boys & Girls
52. Application - 2 2 2 - - -
Boys & Girls
53. Overall Best Firor - 2 2 2 - - -
Boys & Girls
54. Quiz Competition - 1 1 1 - - -
COCS RD Banner - Competitions
Sl.No. Event GPM SPM BPM Trophy
BLC Boys
1. Shooting JD 2 2 2 1
2. Shooting SD 3 3 3 1
4. Pt to Pt March 6 6 6 1
5. Obstacle Course 6 6 6 1
6. Advance Shooting 1 1 1 1
BLC Girls
6. FAHN 1 1 1 1
7. Signals 1 1 1 1
8. Firing SW 2 2 2 1
9. Firing JW 2 2 2 1
Nau Sena Camp
10. Sailing 3 3 3 1 (Rolling)
11. Boat Pulling 8 8 8 1 (Rolling)
Vayu Sena Camp
12. Best Glider Pilot (BOYS) 1 1 1 1
13. Best Glider Pilot (Girls) 1 1 1 1
14. Inter Dte Sheet Shooting 1 1 1 1
15. Towline Glider 2 2 2 -
16. Free Flight Power Duration 2 2 2 -
17. Control Line Speed 2 2 2 -
18. Static Model Pt 2 2 2 -
DUTIES OF OFFICER INCHARGE PRIZES
1. The Director (Training) will be the OIC Prizes.
2. He will work out the requirement of various types of items for prizes in consultation with
Secy RDC and “alter obtaining approval of DG write to Lgs Dte for procurement action.
142
3. On issue of Camp Programme by Secy RDC he will work out the presentation schedule.
List of trophies and prizes to be distributed on various occasions are given at Appendix ‘G’.
4. Oversee collection of trophies and prizes by Prize Distribution Officer from DD Lgs (B)
and arrangements made for their safe custody and packing.
5. Brief Prizes Team on procedure and drill to be followed at various prize distribution
ceremonies and supervise their rehearsals under Prize Distribution Officer.
6. Liaise with OIC Competition so that result of competitions are promptly communicated to
Prize Distribution Officer as soon as result is approved by DG. In case of PM’s Rally, three probables
of Best Cadets of each category will be practised from 20 Jan onwrds as result is declared barely
two to three days before the Rally.
7. Organise practice of winners before each function and ensure smooth conduct of prize
distribution ceremonies. He will position himself near the prizes table/prize carriers and pass on
prizes in the correct serial to DG/Chief Guest, while the Prize Distribution Officer will marshal the
receipients and send them in correct sequence, when their name is called out.
8. At the end of RD Camp check record of issue of trophies/prizes and ensure return of
balance items to DD Lgs (B) on a voucher.
9. Efficiently organise Prize Distribution Ceremony at the PM’s Rally. For this, particulars of
trophy carriers and winners will be submitted to Dir Coord for security clearance. Special attention
will be paid to correct drill/procedure by the Nishan Toli of new old Champion Dtes.
PRIZE DISTRIBUTION OFFICER
1. He will be a Major or Equivalent.
2. Take over polished Trophies and Prizes from DD Lgs (B)/DG NCC on proper voucher and
arrange their safe custody and accounting. All transactions will be on loan vouchers.
3. Organise gift packing of items.
4. Select cadet helpers including table drill cadets (JD Cadets) out of non-participants of RD
Parades, Cultural Show and confirm their availability from Camp Comdt and practice them.
5. Collect list of Prize Winners from OIC competition and inform the Cadets concemed through
Contingent Commnaders and Adjutant. Also practice recipients in drill for receiving prizes before
the function.
6. Arrange Trophies/Prizes on the tables in the desired sequence and marshal the recipients
as per sequence in the announcers List.
7. Properly account for all prizes and trophies. For individual prizes he will obtain signatures
of recipients and get the same notified in Camp Routine Orders. For trophies he will obtain signature
on IV/RV of the Contingent Commander.
8. Apprise OIC Prizes of any prizes not distributed as per schedule and get the alternate date
fixed.
9. Collect Merit Certificates from Trg (Dte) and organise their issue to recipients along with
the individual prizes on each distribution ceremony.
143
Appendix D
DETAILED DUTIES OF CONDUCTING CAMP STAFF FOR FOREIGN CADETS
1. Study previous year’s reports, feed back and suggestion. Also peruse correspondence
with Foreign Missions & MOD.
2. Study programme prepared by Trg YEC and work out detailed timings and implement the
same.
3. Collect amount of alloted budget, get utilization plan approved by DG (Trg).
4. Prepare foreign cadets area and get it inspected by Dy DG (Trg) tour days before arrival of
foreign Cadets & by Addl DG two days before their arrival. A JCO will be detailed to draw tentage,
furniture and stores.
5. Study tentative programme for foreign cadets issued by Training (YEC) in conjunction with
the camp programme issued by RD Cell. Approach Dy DG (Trg) and Secy RDC in case clashing
with some other event and finalise the programme.
6. Prepare and put up planned utilization of alloted budget under various heads to Dy DG
(Trg).
7. Meet General Manager Delhi Airport and Customs Commissioner and organise a reception
counter at the International Arrival Lounge.
8. Arrange reservation for return journey as per departure programmes.
9. Contact and visit Embassies/High Commissions and finaliseprogramme for Foreign Cadets
visit to their respective Embassies High Commissions. Ml Dte will be kept informed by Training
YEC.
10. Check readiness of the accomodation and allied facilities.
11. Check the menu in consultation with GCI Foreign Cadets and ensure that it caters for the
meals being taken outside the RD Camp.
12. Prepare detailed requirements of transport and submit it to Dy DG (Trg) through DD Trg (YEC).
13. Receive the Foreign Cadets from the Airport. GCI will accompany him whenever the
contingent includes girl cadets also.
14. Get three copies of Bio-data Cards completed in respect of each cadet immediately on
arrival. These will be submitted to Ministry of Defence and DG at least 24 hrs before meeting with
any VIP.
15. Accompany the Foreign Cadets for visits to their respective Embassies/High Commissions
and for courtsey calls on high dignitatries, sight seeing and shopping.
16. Conduct discussions and other programme as per training programme.
17. Conduct the EducationaVSight Seeing tour to Agra. Ajmer and Jaipur. He will ensure proper
arrangement for transport, messing and accommodation. GCI will accompany and assist him.
Some saving in the messing during the period of stay at the Camp will have to be affected in order
to cater for the extra expenditure involved in messing during the tour.
144
18. Maintain daily accounts of the entire expenditure.
19. Arrange dispersal and see oft the cadets.
20. Close Accounts Books, get the accounts audited by a Board of Officers at the Dte Gen
NCC & submit it to CDA (HQ).
Lady LO - Lady Officer or a GCI
21. Get the girls living accommodtion ready in time. She will look into special needs of the girls.
22. Prepare detailed meals schedule and menu for each meal in detail in consultation with the
OIC arid LO. When in the Camp, the food cooked for Indian cadets may be procured on payment
from the cadets cook house. It must be supplemented with non spicy Western typeof dishes. She
must ensure that enough of non vegetarian dlshclare served. A separate cook house will be set up
for which a suitable cook may be employed.
23. Assist in reception and dispersal of Foreign Cadets.
24. Assist in conduct of the programme issued by Trg YEC. Also accompany and assist inlocal
shopping when detailed.
25. Ensure proper adm and security arrangements in girls living accommodation. She will
stay in a separate tentin close vicinity.
26. Accompany and assist theOlC in conduct of Educational/Sight Seeing tour to Agra, Ajmer
and Jaipur.
27. Carry out any other duties assigned by the OIC/LO in connection with foreign Cadets
programme.
SELECTION OF CADETS FOR THE YOUTH EXCHANGE PROGRAMME
28. The selection of cadets for various Youth Exchange Programmes and visit of NCC
Delegations abroad is carried out during the RD Camp each year. JD Trg (YEC) will issue the Dte-
wise vacancies indicating the number of cadets to be sponsored by each Dte for the above purpose
and also lay down the eligibility conditions for the above. These cadets are considered an integral
part of the Dte Contingent under the general vacancies of SD & SW Cadets nd participate in the
contingent events and other competitions as per competition rules. They are, therefore, within the
overall alloted vacancies of the Dtes. Only SD and SW cadets are eligible.
29. Policy instructions on the subject are to be issued by Trg YEC.
Screending and Selection
30. Selection of Cadets for the above purpose is carries out in the following two phases:-
(a) Initial screening.
(b) Final selection by a Board of Officers consisting of Addl DG and 2 Dy DsG NCC of DG
NCC and final interview by the Director General NCC.
31. For written test the cadets take the same test as those for Best Cadet Competitors.
32. The screening/selection is carried out under the supervision of the Dy DG (Trg). However,
Dy DG (MS) will issue the formal composition of Board who will follow timings indicated in the
Camp Programme preferaply in the evenings, when the cadets are free from other competitions
and Camp activities. This selection has no bearing on Inter Dte Competitions.
33. Dy DG (Trg) will prepare the final list of selected cadets in the order of merit and get
approval of the DG and further carry out actual detailment/nomination of cadets on various
delegations with the approval of the DG.
145
STANDING INSTRUCTIONS
ANNUAL NCC REPUBLIC DAY CAMP AT DELHI CANTT
INTER DIRECTORATE REPUBLIC DAY BANNER COMPETITIONS
VOLUME II
INDEX OF RULES
Ser
No
Subject
Appendix Annexure Page
1
General
- - 148
2
Inter Directorate Mandatory
Condition and General Proficiency
Achievement Competition
A
158
Attendance of Camps by Cadets
A1 159
Remittance of Regimental Fund
A2 159
Cadet Welfare Society Contribution
A3 160
Utilisation of Cadet Welfare Society
Scholarship
A4 160
Deficiency of ANOs
A5 160
Selection in Mountaineering Expedition
A6 162
ACR - Regular and Whole Time Lady
Officers
A7 162
Enrolment of Cadets
A8 164
Timely reporting of Officers, WTLO,
ANO, PI Staff & GCI for Centrally
Organised Camps and Courses
A9 164
Logistic Check of Directorates
A10 165
Management of Clothing
A11 166
Management of Vehicles
A12 167
MT Accident Assessment
A13 167
Management of Equipment
A14 168
Management of Land, Civil Works &
Accommodation
A15 169
Audit Objections and Observations
A16 169
Out Standing Losses
A17 170
Induction of Cadets into the Armed
Forces as Officers & Soldiers
A18 170
3
Inter Directorate Naval Wing
Competitions at AINSC & RDC
B
173
Most Enterprising Naval Unit
Competition (MENU)
B1 177
Documentation Procedures: Letter of
Proceedings of Naval Training (LPNT)
B2 182
Ship Modelling Competition at AINSC &
RDC
B3 183
Service Subjects Competition (Written
Exam)
B4 188
Seamanship (Practical Exam)
B5 189
146
Ser
No
Subject
Appendix Annexure Page
Boat Pulling Competition
B6 190
Boat Rigging Competition
B7 196
Shooting Competition
B8 197
Drill Competition
B9 201
Semaphore Competition
B10 204
Best Cadet Competition
B11 205
Line Area Competition
B12 207
Health & Hygiene Competition
B13 208
Sailing Regatta Competition
B14 209
4
Inter Directorate Air Wing
Competitions at AIVSC
C
213
5
Inter Directorate Army Wing
Competitions (AITSC - Boys)
D
221
Obstacle Course Competition
D1 224
Map Reading Competition
D2 226
Line Area Competition
D3 227
Health & Hygiene Competition
D4 230
Judging Distance & Field Signal
Competition
D5
6
Inter Directorate Army Wing
Competitions (AITSC - Girls)
E
233
Health & Hygiene Competition
E1 235
Line Area Competition
E2 236
Map Reading Competition
E3 239
Obstacle Course Competition
E4 240
Judging Distance & Field Signal
Competition
E5 241
7
Inter Directorate Service Shooting
Competition
F
244
Rules for SD Shooting Competition
F1 246
Rules for SW, JW & JD Shooting
Competition
F2 248
8
Rules for Inter Directorate Sports
Shooting Competition
G
250
9
Inter Directorate Line & Flag Area
Competition
H
255
Line Area Competition
H1 256
Flag Area Competition
H2 262
10
Rules for Guard of Honour and RD
Parade on Rajpath Participation
Competition
J
265
11
Inter Directorate National Integration
Awareness
K
272
12
Inter Directorate March Past
Competition during PM’s Rally
L
274
13
Inter Directorate Cultural
Competitions
M
278
147
Ser
No
Subject
Appendix Annexure Page
14
Best Cadet Competition and YEP
Selection
N
283
15
Inter Directorate Discipline
Competition
O
293
16
Inter Directorate Cultural
Competition at NIC II
P
297
17
Inter Directorate R&V Equestrian
Competitions (Non RD Banner event)
Q
301
148
STANDING INSTRUCTIONS
ANNUAL NCC REPUBLIC DAY CAMP AT DELHI CANTT
INTER DIRECTORATE REPUBLIC DAY BANNER COMPETITIONS
VOLUME II
GENERAL RULES
General
1. Inter Directorate Republic Day (RD) Banner Competitions covering a wide spectrum
of activities are conducted on annual basis, with an aim of generating healthy competitive
spirit amongst NCC cadets and enhancing their training standards. Consolidation of the
results thereof assists in determining the Champion Directorate, which is presented the PM
Banner by the Prime Minister at the PM’s NCC Rally held on 28 January every year.
2. These competitions are conducted during Annual NCC RD Camp (RDC) as well as
during various ‘Centrally Organised Camps’. Administrative instructions giving venue,
duration and other relevant details for competitions conducted during such camps, are
issued separately by DGNCC/Training (A) every year.
List of Competitions
3. The RD Banner Competitions are conducted in three parts as stated and tabulated
below: -
(a) Part I
. Assessment based partly on Reports & Returns relating to training &
logistics, submitted during the year and partly on Naval Wing Training Reports
regarding those events conducted prior to Nau Sainik Camp, which contribute
towards evaluation of ‘Most Enterprising Naval Unit (MENU)’.
(b) Part II
. Assessment based on performance of Directorate Contingents during
team events held in centrally organised camps like All India Thal Sainik (Boys/Girls),
Nau Sainik & Vayu Sainik Camps and Sports Shooting.
(c) Part III
. Assessment based on performance of Directorate during RDC both in
‘contingent events’ and ‘individual/other events’ held during RDC.
PART I: COMPETITIONS BASED ON REPORTS & RETURNS
Ser
No
Event
Points
Total
RD
Banner
1
Mandatory Conditions and General Proficiency Achievement Competition
Training Aspects
Attendance at Camps by Cadets 150
30
Remittance of HQ DGNCC share of Regimental Fund 80
Cadet Welfare Society Contribution 80
Utilisation of Scholarships Awarded by CWS 80
149
Ser
No
Event
Points
Total
RD
Banner
Deficiency of ANOs 100
Selection for Mountaineering Expedition 30
ACR Regular/Whole Time Lady Officers 50
Cadet Enrolment 100 10
Timely Reporting of Officers, WTLOs, ANOs, PI Staff & GCIs for
various Centrally organized Camps including RDC and various
courses at NCC OTAs.
-
10
Total 670 50
Logistics Aspects
Logistics Check of Directorate by Board of Officers 100
15
Management of Clothing 25
Management of Vehicles 25
Management of Equipment 25
Management of land, Civil Works & Accommodation 25
Audit Objections 15
Outstanding Loss Cases 15
Total 230 15
Induction of Cadets into Armed Forces as Officers &
Soldiers
- 35
2
Naval Training: Most Enterprising Naval Unit (MENU) 150 10
3
Documentary procedures: Letter of Proceedings on Naval
Training (LPNT) (To be assessed by Trg Dte)
100 05
4
Air Wing Incentivising (To assessed by Trg Dte)
100 30
Total (Part I) 1250 145
PART II: COMPETITIONS HELD DURING CENTRALLY ORGANISED CAMPS
Ser
No
Event
Points
Total RD Banner
5
All India Nau Sainik Camp (AINSC), Sailing Regatta
Service Exam (Written) 200 10
Seamanship (Practical) 50 3
Boat Pulling 200 10
Boat Rigging 100 3
Shooting / Firing 100 7
Drill 100 7
Semaphore/Communication 100 3
Ship Modelling 200 7
Best Cadets (SD & SW) 150 8
Line Area 50 3
Health & Hygiene 50 2
6
Sailing Regatta 250 15
Total 1550 78
150
Ser
No
Event
Points
Total RD Banner
7
All India Vayu Sainik Camp (AIVSC)
Flying 1200
70
Aero Modelling 650
.22 Shooting 200
Skeet Shooting 200
Drill 200
Line Area 100
Health & Hygiene 100
Total 2650 70
8
All India Thal Sainik Camp (AITSC Boys)
Obstacle Course 75
50
Map Reading Competition 75
Line Area & Tent Pitching Competition 40
Health & Hygiene 50
Judging distance and field signal competition 80
Total 320 50
9
All India Thal Sainik Camp (AITSC Girls)
Health & Hygiene 50
Map Reading Competition 75
Line Area & Tent Pitching Competition 40
50
Obstacle Course 75
Judging distance & Field Signal Competition 80
Total 320 50
10
Service Shooting Competition
(i) SD 130
60
(ii) SW 90
(iii) JD 90
(iv) JW 90
Total 400 60
11
Sports Shooting
Inter Directorate Shooting Competition - 35
AI GV Mavlankar Shooting Competition - 10
National Shooting Championship Competition - 05
Total - 50
Total (Part II) 5240 358
151
PART III: COMPETITIONS HELD DURING RDC
Ser
No
Event
Points
Total RD Banner
12
Contingent Events held during RDC Line & Flag Area Competition
Line Area 220 30
Flag Area Assessments 170 50
Total 390 80
13
Guard of Honour & RD Parade Participation Competition 600 81
14
National Integration Awareness Competition 120 60
15
PM’s Rally March Past Competition 600 144
16
Cultural Competition
Group Song 100
70
Group Dance 150
Ballet/Dance 100
Total 350 70
17
BC Competition and YEP Selection
Written Test (GK) 50
50
Written Test (SS) 100
Drill (150 for BC & 75 for YEP) 150
Firing 150
Personality and Communication Skills 300
DG Interview 100
Participation in RDC Events 50
Total
900 50
18
Discipline Competition 740 85
19
Navy Modelling Competition 200 7
20
Cultural Competition at NIC II, Delhi 100 10
Total (Part III) 4000 587
GRAND TOTAL 10490 1090
4. Competitions Not Counted Towards RD Banner
.
(a) All R & V Competitions Competition (Appendix Q).
(b) Selection of cadets for YEP (Appendix N).
5. General Conditions for Award of Points
.
(a) Directorate scoring highest marks in aggregate is declared the winner of RD
Banner Championship.
(b) The Directorate that fails to field a team in any Competition will be awarded nil
marks in that competition.
(c) Due consideration will be given to Directorate exempted from particular.
152
(d) Competition and their overall percentage will be computed on number of
competitions in which such Directorates have participated.
Random Selection
6. Random selection by draws taken by Officer-in-Charge (OIC)Competition will be
carried out 48 hours prior to the competition to shortlist the participants for each competition
except for Contingent/Team competitions like Guard of Honour & RD Parade Selection, Part-
I of National Integration Awareness(Presentation), Line & Flag Area, Cultural, Best Cadet
and PM’s Rally March Past.
7. Directorates can, however, nominate 25% of total participants rounded off to the
lower whole number in the following events: -
(a) Obstacle Course & Map Reading.
(b) Health & Hygiene.
(c) Advance Shooting.
(d) Shooting Competition Common to All Wings.
8. Instructions for random selection in respect of Air & Naval Wing Competitions are
given in rules for respective competition.
9. This selection will be made from the entire nominal roll of the contingent participating
in the camp. Any State Directorate which fails to field full team including the reserve will get
penalty marks as follows: -
(a) In case of shortfall in the Inherent penalty because the ‘nominated - cadets’
selected Contingent scores no marks after random selection against what that
particular participant would have otherwise scored
(b) In case of shortfall in the 05 Penalty points per shortfall ‘reserves’ - selected
after random selection
Participation/ Exemptions
10. Strength of Teams, and exemptions for each competition are given in the Rules at
Appendices ‘A’ to ‘Q’.
11. The following cadets will not take part in any Competition and will only take part in
competitions as indicated against them:-
(a) Band Cadets
. Will not take part in any competition, other than Line Area &
Discipline Competition.
(b) R & V Cadets
. Will only take part in R &V Competitions, Line Area &
Discipline Competition.
General Provisions
12. Following general rules will be followed for all RD Banner Competitions:
(a) Participation is open only to cadets on enrolled strength of NCC Directorates.
153
(b) A cadet will not attend RD Camp more than once. A Cadet who has attended
a RD Camp as a JD/JW cadet may, however, attend one more RD Camp as a
SD/SW cadet.
(c) Cadets of NCC Bands may attend RD Camp more than once provided they
remain on the enrolled strength of NCC.
(d) Cadets of R&V Units can, however, attend maximum of two RD Camps in the
same category.
(e) A cadet may appear for Best Cadet competition as a JD/ JW & then later as
SD/SW.
(f) A cadet selected in Guard of Honour and Rajpath is not allowed to participate
in any other event less Best Cadet & YEP Selection.
(g) Cadets participating in NAIP or Cultural Competition are not allowed to
participate in Guard of Honour or Rajpath.
(h) For AITSC (Boys), AITSC (Girls) and Service Shooting Competition, the aim
would be to have all participants participating in at least one of the competitions.
(j) A cadet will not attend AINSC/AIVSC/AITSC more than once.
(k) Cadets who have attended AINSC/AIVSC/AITSC may, however, attend RD
Camp.
(l) No cadet in 1st year training of respective Division/Wing are eligible to
participate in AINSC/AIVSC/AITSC/RDC/COC.
(m) Cadets who have already attended RD Camp are not allowed to participate in
AINSC/AIVSC/AITSC.
Conduct of Competitions
13. DDG (MS) of DGNCC is the ex-officio OIC of all RD Banner Competitions. DDG (MS)
details Boards of Officer/Judges and is responsible to DG for ensuring that competitions are
conducted and results compiled as per policy laid down in these Rules. Results of all
competitions including those of Army/Naval/Air/Girls Wing are put up to the DG for approval.
14. Responsibility for detailing Boards of Officers/Judges for various competitions is
asunder : -
(a) DDG (MS), HQ DGNCC.
Competitions for the RD Banner to be held at RDC.
(b) DDG (MS), HQ DGNCC
. Competitions for RD Banner to be held during
following Centrally Organised Camps :-
(i) AI TSC (Boys).
(ii) AI TSC (Girls).
(iii) Service Shooting Competition.
154
(c) ADG (B) in Consultation with DDG (MS), JD (Navy) and JD (Air).
Competitions for RD Banner to be held at following Centrally Organised Camps and
events thereof, which are held during RDC: -
(i) All India Nau Sainik Camp (NSC).
(ii) All India Vayu Sainik Camp (AIVSC).
(iii) All India Sailing Regatta.
15. Judges are detailed a minimum of two months in advance keeping the leave plan of
officers in mind so that officers so detailed, study the competition rules and make
themselves fully conversant with rules and regulations laid down for such competitions, The
judges so detailed will also have a copy of the rules of that particular event/competition.
16. Members of the Board will be briefed in detail by OIC Competitions prior to
competitions and on the day of the competition as well. No officer posted to a NCC
Directorate or to its Groups/Units is to be a Judge or member of the Board or assigned any
responsibility for actual conduct of or for judging any competition or for compilation of results.
17. The Board of Officers will be composed entirely of officers of DGNCC except the
following:
(a) Health & Hygiene /Communications
. A medical officer and an officer from
Signals may be detailed to supervise the ‘Health &Hygiene’ and ‘Communications’
components of competitions held during TSC Girls. At least one member from
Training Directorate DGNCC, must be incorporated.
(b) Cultural Competitions
. DDG MS will be responsible for detailing a panel of
Judges for each event of Cultural Competition.
(c) Air and Naval Competitions
. Officers of Indian Air Force and Indian
Navy(other than those posted to any NCC Directorate/Group/Unit) may be detailed.
(d) DDG (MS) with the approval of the DG, will nominate a DDG from HQ
DGNCC to act as observer during competitions to be held at each Centrally
Organised Camps. DDG so nominated will give decisions on the spot on any
objection/protest and declare the results before termination of camp. Declaration of
the results may, however, be delegated to Presiding Officer of the Board.
18. Camp Commandant/Staff is responsible for making all arrangements and provision of
equipment, facilities, infrastructure and staff for conduct of competitions as per directions of
OIC competitions/Chief Judges of various competitions. As they neither Judge/conduct an
event, nor compile/announce the results they should not sit/stand close to Judges during the
competition/compilation of results.
Protests/Objections/Complaints
19. All Protests/Objections/Complaints are to be lodged only in writing along with Rs 500/-
(refundable only in case the complaint is substantiated), and handed over to Dir (MS), within
6 hours of the completion/closing of the competition. These will be referred to a jury
composed as under: -
(a) During RD Camp
.
(i) DG NCC
(ii) ADG (A) & ADG (B)
155
(iii) OIC Competition: DDG (MS) (in attendance)
(iv) Secretary RDC
(b) During a Centrally Organised Camps
. DDG of DGNCC detailed to oversee the
competitions will form a Jury. Decision of the Jury will be final and binding and no
further appeal or representation will be entertained. Tendency to put up
representations/protests on frivolous grounds will be curbed.
(c) Decision by Jury will be intimated at the earliest, verbally and in writing within
48 hours of lodging of the protest. This will endure continuance of competitions.
20. Disqualification
.
(a) Any Directorate making accusation against another Directorate for using
unfair means will be disqualified, if the accusation is not proved or substantiated.
(b) Any infringement of these rules will render Directorate Team liable to
disqualification.
(c) Any Directorate providing fraudulent data for competitions will be liable to be
disqualified for that competition.
(d) Discipline cases.
21. Breaking of Tie.
(a) When two or more directorates secure equal points, they will be granted the
position that their points indicate.
(b) In case of a tie for the first position in the overall RD Championship Banner
between two or more Directorates, the Banner will be awarded to the Directorate
securing the highest aggregate among the Contingent Events. In case, tie still
persists then the position of the concerned Directorates in the Line and Flag Area
Competition will decide the issue.
(c) In case of tie for individual position for prizes during the shooting competitions, the
tie will be broken as provided in the Rules for Shooting.
22. Prizes/Trophies/Certificates
. The policy regarding award of prizes, trophies and merit
certificates for the winners of various competitions of RD Banner will be as explained in
succeeding Para. Names of recipients will be published in Camp Orders. Signature of all the
recipients will be obtained and held for record. Trophies will be handed/taken over on
vouchers.
23. Competitions Held at Centrally Organised Camps
. Individual prizes, merit certificates
and trophies will be distributed at a suitable function at the Camp itself. Organising
Directorate will be responsible for collection of individual prizes, merit certificate and trophies
from DGNCC (Training A) and issue to the Camp Commandant.
24. Competitions Held During RD Camp
. Trophies and individual prizes along with the
merit certificates for the following will be issued as indicated against each: -
(a) Equestrian Events - At the NCC Horse Show cum Band Display.
(b) Others - At one of the Cultural Shows/DG’s Closing Address.
156
25. Merit Certificates will be issued only for Team and Individual Competitions counting
towards RD Banner, except for cultural items for which no merit certificate will be issued.
Any other merit certificate will be issued at the discretion of the DG.
26. PM’s Rally
. The following RD Banner Prizes will be awarded at the PM’s Rally:-
(a) Best Overall Directorate – Trophy& PM Banner (to be received by ADG/ DDG).
(b) First Runners Up Directorate – Trophy.
(d) Best Army SD Boy Cadet – Medal & Baton.
(e) Best Navy SD Boy Cadet – Medal & Baton.
(f) Best Air SD Boy Cadet – Medal & Baton.
(f) Best Army SW Girl Cadet – Medal & Baton.
(g) Best Navy SW Girl Cadet – Medal & Baton.
(h) Best Air SW Girl Cadet – Medal & Baton.
(i) Best JD Cadet - Medal & Baton.
(k) Best JW Cadet – Medal & Baton.
Declaration of Results
27. During RD Camp, a scoreboard will be put up near the Camp office on which results of
RD Banner competitions will be marked by Assistant Camp Adjutant under the supervision of
OIC Competitions after approval of results by the DG NCC. Contingent Commanders may
ascertain their detailed scores from OIC Competitions individually. RD Cell will declare all
results to Directorates on the basis of copy received from OIC Competitions.
Submission of Nominal Roll
28. Directorates will submit the nominal roll of their teams, separately for each competition,
including reserves, in triplicate to the Camp Commandant who will hand these over to Board
of Officers conducting the competitions. These must be signed by the DDGNCC concerned
or in his absence Director/JD. In case Camp Commandant of a Centrally Organised Camp
does not receive nominal roll from any Directorate, he will call upon the senior most
Officer/PI Staff/Cadet of that Directorate team, to do so. This will be deemed to be the official
team of the Directorate.
Penalty Points
29. Penalty points for various lapses & non-compliance of instructions will be awarded for
various competitions as given out in the competition rules. Penalty points will also be
awarded for lapses of discipline, turnout, non-participation by selected cadets in RD
Parade/PM’s Rally/Guard of Honour practices, non-compliance of instructions by
Directorates and any other lapses, which adversely affect the conduct of the Camp.
30. Penalty points will be awarded by a Committee chaired by the ADG (B) with DDG(MS)
and DDG (Training) as members. The Committee will be empowered to award penalty of
upto 50 points depending on the seriousness of each lapse. For severe offences penalty of
157
more than 50 points, where necessary, may also be recommended by the Committee for
approval of the DG.
31. Penalty points awarded to a Contingent after declaration of RD Banner Results will be
carried forward to count towards the RD Banner Competition for next year.
Marking System
32. The marking system for both Part-I and Part-II of the RD Banner Competitions will be on
the percentages basis up to the second decimal place only, i.e., all Directorates will be
awarded marks based on actual score. For example if Directorate ‘A’ scores 300 marks out
of 500 in Drill Competition then these marks will be reduced out of 80 thus making 48.This
system of marking will be followed for all other competitions. Finally if Directorate ‘A’ scores
50 out of 100 in Part-I and 500 points out of 750 points in Part -II, accordingly out of100 the
Directorate would have scored 73.333, which will be counted as 73.33 towards the overall
position.
158
Appendix A
(Refers to Para 3 of General Rules)
INTER DIRECTORATE MANDATORY CONDITIONS AND
GENERAL PROFICIENCY ACHIEVEMENT COMPETITION
General
1. Inter Directorate Competition for the Mandatory Conditions and General Proficiency
Achievements Competition (based on Reports & Returns) counting towards the RD Banner
will be held as per the procedure laid down in the succeeding paragraphs. The Competition
contains 900 Marks and carries 100 points towards the RD Banner. This competition will
cover the period from 01 Dec to 30 Nov next year. All the returns pertaining to this
competition will be submitted without fail by the dates indicated in their corresponding
Annexure. The returns reaching HQ DGNCC at a date later than the specified date will be
awarded zero points.
2. List of Reports & Returns
. The list of ‘reports & returns’ and quantifiable
training/Administrative/ Logistic activities of various Directorates, for this competition are
given as under: -
Ser
No
Event
Points
Total RD Banner
(a) Attendance at Camps by Cadets 150
30
(b) Remittance of HQ DGNCC share of Regimental Fund
80
(c) Cadet Welfare Society Contribution
80
(d) Utilisation of Scholarships Awarded by CWS
80
(e) Deficiency of ANOs
100
(f) Selection for Mountaineering Expedition 30
(g) ACR Regular/Whole Time Lady Officers
50
(h) Cadet Enrolment 100 10
(j) Timely Reporting of Officers, WTLOs, ANOs, PI Staff, GCIs
and Cadets for various Centrally organized Camps
including RDC and various courses at NCC OTAs.
- 10
(k) Logistics Check of Directorate by Board of Officers 100
15
(l) Management of Clothing 25
(m) Management of Vehicles 25
(n) Management of Equipment 25
(o) Management of Land, Civil Works & Accommodation 25
(p) Audit Objections 15
(q) Outstanding Loss Cases 15
(r) Induction of Cadets into Armed Forces as Officers &
Soldiers
- 35
Total
900 100
3. Modalities for points to be awarded towards each serial above have been elaborated in
corresponding Annexure.
4. The report of the Inter Directorate Mandatory Conditions and General Proficiency
Achievements Competition i.e. Annexure 1 to 18 duly signed by the State ADG/DDG, will be
forwarded to concerned Directorates/Sections of HQ DGNCC (as stated in Para 5 below),
latest by 15 Dec each year. Reports received after due date will not be considered for
competition and zero points will be awarded to the affected Directorate.
159
5. Allocation of Responsibilities
. Responsibilities of various Directorates/Sections of
DGNCC to compile the reports for competitions are as under: -
(a) Attendance of camp by cadets - Training ‘A’.
(b) Remittance of DG’s share of Regimental Fund. - MS Directorate.
(c) Cadet Welfare Society Contribution - P&F Directorate.
(d) Utilisation of Scholarship by CWS - P&F Directorate.
(e) Deficiency of ANOs - DGNCC/MS (D).
(f) Selection of Cadets for Mountaineering Expedition - Training (B)
(g) ACR Regular / Whole Time NCC Officers – MS Directorate (MS (C))
(h) Timely Reporting of Officers, WTLOs, ANOs, PI Staff, GCIs and Cadets for
various centrally organized Camps including RDC and various courses at NCC OTAs
- MS Directorate (MS (A)).
(j) Cadets Enrolment – P & C Directorate (Planning Sec)
(k) Logistic Aspects (Annexure 10 to 16) - Logistics Directorate
(l) Induction of Cadets into Armed Forces as Officers & Soldiers (Annexure 17) -
P & F Directorate.
6. Award of Points
. The award of RD Banner points will be as under: -
RD Banner Points = Points obtained out of 900 X 100
900
Annexure A1
ATTENDANCE OF CAMPS BY CADETS
Directorate
Vacancies Allotted Actual Attendance Score
A B (B x 100)/ A
Annexure A2
REMITTANCE OF HQ DGNCC SHARE OF REGIMENTAL FUND
Directorate
Date on which Sent Amount of
Remittance
1. Directorate remitting full amount by 30 Nov will be allocated full points.
160
2. J & K and NER Directorate are allowed to remit till 30 Dec.
3. Penalty
. After 30 Nov, penalty will be awarded at the rate of 10 points per each
delayed working day delayed, up to maximum Five working days. Beyond which, zero points
will be awarded.
Annexure A3
CADET WELFARE SOCIETY CONTRIBUTION
Directorate
Date on which Sent Amount of
Remittance
1. Directorate remitting full amount by 30 Nov will be allocated full points.
2. Penalty
. After 30 Nov, penalty will be awarded at the rate of 10 points per each
delayed working day delayed, up to maximum Five working days. Beyond which, zero points
will be awarded.
Annexure A4
UTILISATION OF CADET WELFARE SOCIETY SCHOLARSHIPS AWARDS
Directorate
Total Number of
Vacancies
Utilisation
Total number of
Scholarship
Awarded
Percentage
Utilisation
A B (B x 100)/ A
Annexure A5
DEFICIENCY OF ASSOCIATED NCC OFFICERS (ANO)
1. Aim
. To make up the deficiencies in the cadre of part-time ANOs.
2. Method of Assessment
.
(a) A report on the ‘authorised’ and ‘posted strength’ of ANOs will be rendered by
all NCC Directorates, on 10th of April, 10th July, 10th October and 10th January
(covering period upto last day of preceding month), as per following format: -
Group
HQ
A
Enrolled
Cadets
B
Divisions/
Wings
C
ANO in Army
Division
D
Auth Held Defi Caretaker On Sick Leave
SD
SW
161
JD
JW
ANO in Air
Division
E
ANO in Naval
Division
F
Auth Held Defi Caretaker On Sick
Leave
Auth Held Defi Caretaker On Sick
Leave
ANO in Girls
Division
G
Total
H
Auth Held Defi Caretaker On Sick
Leave
Auth Held Defi Caretaker On Sick
Leave
(b) The Borne Strength percentage of ANOs of each Directorate will be
computed from the report submitted on 10th Oct by applying the following formula: -
Borne Strength Percentage = Posted Strength & Caretakers x 100
Authorised Strength
(c) In addition to report or input being fwd to P&C Directorate by various state
Directorates regarding allotment/withdrawal of institutions from NCC units, one copy
be endorsed to MS (D) branch of MS Directorate for info only.
(d) For the purpose of competition, report of third quarter i.e. 10th Oct every year
be considered, thereby giving adequate time for compilation, authentication and
cross checking. The return of last quarter will be taken into consideration for following
year competition.
(e) To ensure timely submission of this report, a penalty of 0.5 marks for each
day of delay, will be awarded to the defaulting Directorate.
(f) For the purpose of report and return, appointment of an ANO will be
considered as completed only on approval of the Board Proceedings pertaining to it
by the DGNCC and not merely on submission of the documents. Appointment of
‘Caretakers’, however, will be considered for compensating the shortfall in holding of
ANOs.
3. The points obtained by each Directorate out of 100 (Maximum points), will be
computed as under :-
Points Obtained = Borne strength percentage of ANOs X 100
162
4. The report covering the period from 01 October to 30 September for the preceding
year will be forwarded to reach DGNCC/MS (D) latest by 15 October every year.
Annexure A6
SELECTION FOR MOUNTAINEERING EXPEDITIONS
1. Aim
. To encourage NCC Cadets for participating in various Mountaineering
Expeditions and to assess the performance of the Directorates, in achieving the same.
2. Eligibility
. As per criteria, issued from time to time.
3. Judging
. The evaluation will be undertaken at HQ DGNCC based on the
participation of NCC Cadets from respective State Directorates in these events/competitions.
The details will be compiled by JD (Training) & JD (Adventure), at HQ DGNCC, and
forwarded to Presiding Officer, latest by 20th December each year.
4. The compilation of data will be done together for Army, Navy and Air Wings of NCC
and will be worked out as per following formula:-
Total Number of cadets who actually participated in these events × 100
No of cadets who were nominated in the Directorate
5. Weightage
. Based on the results as per Para 4 above, the Directorate with the
highest score will be placed on top and one with the lowest score will be placed at the
bottom. The other Directorates will be placed as per their merit. Points will initially be
awarded out of 60 (1
st
Position - 60 points, 2
nd
Position - 57.5 points & 17
th
Position - 20
points, on the basis of 2.5 Points being reduced for each lower position.) and thereafter
halved to convert the assessment out of 30 points allocated for this part of the competition.
6. The Directorates are required to forward the requisite information covering period
from 01 December to 30 November to HQ DGNCC (Training ‘B’/’E’) by 15 December each
year, in the following format: -
Ser
No
NCC
No
Rank
Name Directorate Group Unit Event Duration
From To
Annexure A7
ACR - REGULAR AND WHOLE TIME NCC OFFICERS
1. Aim
. The aim of this Competition is to ensure that Directorates submit the ACRs in
respect of Regular and Whole Time NCC Officers by due date.
2. Method of Assessment
. The results will be compiled as on 30th November.
3. Penalty Points will be awarded to Directorates when they fail to submit the ACRs by
due date in the following manner: -
(a) Delay in Submission of ACRs. Penalty points will be awarded as follows:-
163
No of Days
Penalty Points awarded per ACR
1 – 30 1
31 – 60 3
61 – 90 9
91 - 120 10
(b) ACRs Returned due to Technical Reasons
. In case of ACR returned for
rectification of any technical flaw, one penalty point will be awarded for each reason.
For example if an ACR is returned for the following reasons, the total penalty points
awarded will be four: -
(i) Correct Authority on Page 1 of CR is not mentioned.
(ii) Wide variation between the consecutive reporting officers is not explained
in the pen picture.
(iii) Pen Picture is not written as one paragraph.
(iv) Recommendations for promotion endorsed wrongly.
(c) Delay in Submission of Nominal Rolls of Officers & Completion Certificate. In
case Directorate fails to forward nominal rolls of officers and Completion Certificates
by due date the following penalty points will be awarded: -
No of Days
Penalty Points
1-7 1
8-14 2
15-21 3
22-28 4 and so on
4. The percentage of the penalty points awarded will be worked out as under: -
Total penalty points awarded (Sub-Paras 3 (a), (b) & (c) above) x 100
Total Number of all types of ACRs
5. The points will be awarded out of 50. (Ist Position - 50 points, II nd Position - 47.5
points & XVIIth Position - 10 points. on the basis of 2.5 Points being reduced for each lower
position.)
6. Details and Rules are given in Policy letters by MS Dte, HQ DG NCC from time to
time.
7. The report covering the period from 01 Dec to 30 Nov next will be forwarded to reach
DGNCC/MS(C) latest by 15 Dec.
8. DGNCC MS (C) will submit consolidated result to Training (Coord) Section of
DGNCC by 20 Dec.
164
Annexure A8
ENROLMENT OF CADETS
1. Aim
. The aim of this competition is to ensure full utilization of enrolment of cadets
against allotted vacancies by NCC Directorates.
2. Rules.
This competition has been allotted 10 Banner Points.
(a) The enrolment figures for total number of cadets in various Directorates will be
worked out on the basis of their regimental fund contribution. Cadets’ strength of
NCC companies/troops placed on suspended animation will be deducted by P&C
Directorate, DGNCC from the overall cadets’ strength of the Directorates before
sending these figures to P&F Directorate DGNCC for their calculation. The enrolment
percentage will be worked out as under :-
Cadet strength as obtained in Sub Para (a) above X 100
Allotted vacancies for enrolment
(b) The Directorate with the highest percentage will be placed on top and the others
will be placed below in the order of merit of their percentages. Directorate achieving
full enrolment will be awarded full points (ie 10 RD Banner points). Formula for
awarding banner points is as follows:-
Percentage of Enrolment x 10
100
(c) The contribution received from Directorates up to 30 Nov will only be taken into
consideration. The report covering the period from 01 Dec to 30 Nov next year will be
forwarded to DGNCC/Plg latest by 15 Dec.
3. Format of the report will be as under: -
Category
Authorised Enrolled Enrolled
Percentage
Score for
RD Banner
A (A x 10)/100
SD
SW
JD
JW
Annexure A9
TIMELY REPORTING OF OFFICERS, WTLOS, ANOS, PI STAFF & GCIs
FOR CENTRALLY ORGANISED CAMPS AND COURSES
1. Timely reporting of Officers/WTLOs/ANOs/PI Staff/GCIs and Cadets for RDC and courses
at OTA Kamptee /Gwalior has been allotted 10 RD Banner points.
2. Aim
. The aim of this competition is to ensure that 100 percent Personnel and
Cadets detailed for centrally organised camps and other training courses at NCC OTAs
report in time.
165
3. Method of Assessment.
(a) Assessment per Course/Capsule
Total Number reported in time on first day of Course/Capsule X 10
Total Numbers detailed from the Directorate.
(b) Overall assessment for all Course/Capsule from 01 Dec to 30 Nov.
Sum of Points scored for attendance at each Course/Capsule
Total Courses/Capsule detailed on
(c) Any late reporting due to late running of trains for any other unavoidable reason
will not be taken into consideration unless supported by proper documentary
evidence.
(d) Individuals who do not possess the requisite QR but report on due date will be
treated as absentees. In both cases, two points per defaulter will be deducted as
penalty.
(e) If the overall marks computed for the above purpose becomes negative, the same
may be taken as zero.
4. Compilation of Results
. NCC OTAs will keep a record of late reporting of Officers.
WTLOs, ANOs, Pl Staff, GCIs and Cadets on Courses/Capsules and compile details for the
period from 01 December to 30 November. The compiled data will be forwarded to P&F
Directorate (Pers) at HQ DGNCC under intimation to Training Directorate (Training ‘B’) and
MS Directorate (MS ‘A’) by 15 December each year.
Annexure A10
LOGISTIC CHECK OF DIRECTORATES BY BOARD OF OFFICERS
1. Aim
. The Aim of this competition is to streamline functioning of Logistic Cell at
State level to make it more efficient.
2. Method of Assessing.
A Logistic Data check will be carried out by the officers
detailed from Logistic Directorate of HQ DGNCC. The officers will visit the Logistic
institutions at State Directorate/ Group/Unit level and will check the following: -
Marks Allotted
(a) Knowledge of PET/Policy Letter/Register and ledger maintenance 20
(b) Inventory and Budgetary Control.
20
Allotment
Expenditure
Balance
Proposed for next year
Bills balance for submission to CDA
(c) Receipt of Stores. 20
Receipt of stores from consignee
Clearance of stores after Board of Officers held
166
Rejected stores and action taken
(d) Issue of Stores
20
Issue to cadet as per scale
Surplus held with reason
Issue of stores down to NCC unit and procedure followed
Maintenance of ledger & clothing cards
(e) Stock Taking
10
Procedure followed
Observations and reconciliation
Stock taking at the level of NCC Unit
(f) Accoutrement Items
10
Authorization and quantity held
System of issue to cadets
Documents maintenance
3. DDG Logistics will visit the State Directorates at least once in a year and will submit a
report on the Logistics management of each State Directorate which will be included in
compiling of marks for this competition.
Annexure A11
MANAGEMENT OF CLOTHING
1. Aim
. The aim of this competition is to streamline procedures for management of
clothing to include provisioning, issue, accounting and local purchase if required.
2. Method of Assessment
. The assessment will be carried out as follows: -
(a) Report & Return
. The clothing section will check Reports & Returns and
assessment would be done based on following aspects: -
(i) Timely submission.
(ii) Correct reflection of figure as far as calculations are concerned.
(b) LP Clothing.
It is seen that cadets are often provided with oversized/ undersized
clothing and accoutrement items as per the scales laid down. Hence, it will be
checked that the Directorates have spent the funds allotted based on projections
made. In case funds are surrendered marks will be reduced, which will be awarded
on the following criteria: -
(i) Funds allotted
(ii) Funds utilized
(iii) Funds surrendered
(iv) % of Fund Surrendered = Funds Surrendered x 100
Funds Allotted
(c) Surplus Reported
. Provisioning in NCC is based on the cadets’ enrolment
planned in advance. In case clothing are rendered surplus unless there is a definite
reason and a sanction has been obtained from Logistics Directorate, it will be
presumed that cadets are not being kitted as per scales despite clothing held in
stock. Hence percentage of surplus clothing against enrolled strength will be
calculated. The Directorate having minimum surplus will get the highest marks.
Based on the following formula: -
167
Surplus Clothing x 100
Authorised Cadet Enrolment planned
3. Based on the above, the marks will be awarded to State Directorate. The Directorate
standing first will be awarded 25 marks. The remainder Directorates as per their positions
will have a difference of 1½ mark.
Annexure A12
MANAGEMENT OF VEHICLES
1. Aim
. The aim of this competition is to streamline procedures for management of
vehicles to include repair, down-gradation, back-loading of vehicles and the state of MT
accidents.
2. Method of Assessment
. The assessment will be carried out on following criteria: -
(a) Budget Allotment for Repair
. Repair is required on vehicle once it is used but in
case driving is efficient and vehicle maintenance is good utilisation of Budget for
repair would be minimum. Hence any Directorate utilizing the minimum budget for
repairs will score maximum marks. Calculation will be based as follows: -
No of vehicles maintained x 100
Budget utilised
(b) Down-gradation Vs Backloading of Vehicles
. It is seen that time lag between
declaration of a vehicle as class V and its final disposal takes enormous time
resulting in non-reflection of the same in vehicle casualty return. Thus, not being
catered for provisioning at right time resulting in deficiency of vehicle in unit.
Efficiency of back loading would be established as per formula given below: -
Vehicle held for back - loading x 100
No of Vehicles declared Class V in a year
3. MT Accidents
: Any MT accident which takes place anywhere will count against the
Directorate. Details are given at Annexure A13.
4. Based on the above, the marks will awarded to State Directorate. The Directorate
standing first will be awarded 25 marks. The remainder Directorates as per their standings
will have a difference of 1½ mark.
6. While assessing the above aspects due credence will be accorded to functional
commitments, ground conditions & geographical location of Directorate/Groups/Units as well
as vintage of the vehicle and the justification given for seeking extra meterage.
Annexure A13
MT ACCIDENT ASSESSMENT
1. Rules
. Any MT accident, which takes place anywhere, which involves a vehicle, an
officer, PI Staff of the Directorate, Group or Unit will count against the Directorate.
168
2. It is further clarified that: -
(a) MT accident will count irrespective of seriousness of the accident or whether the
court blames any individual/unit or not.
(b) The case will count only once and it will not be carried forward.
(c) The period for counting will be from 01 Dec to 30 Nov next year.
3. Accident Report must reach Directorate Gen NCC earliest but not later than 15 days of
occurrence.
4. Award of Points
(a) Directorates with no accidents will be placed joint first and awarded full points.
(b) Directorate having accidents will be awarded penalty of 5 points per accident
irrespective of number of vehicles held. No negative points will be awarded if the
penalty points exceed 25 points.
Annexure A14
MANAGEMENT OF EQUIPMENT
1. Aim
. The aim of this competition is to streamline procedures for management of
equipment to include provisioning, issue, proper usage, disposal and accounting in the State
Directorate.
2. Method of Assessment
. The assessment will be carried out as follows: -
(a) Equipment (Navy/Air)
. The serviceable state of equipment is one of the most
important indicators for imparting proper training to cadets in a Directorate. Hence
percentage of serviceable equipment versus off-road state of equipment will be an
important input for assessment for RDC banner. The basis of calculation would be: -
Total Equipment of various Categories held on charge x 100
Off-road Equipment Held on Ground
(b) Repairs undertaken and budget asked. To be worked out on the same basis as
being done for vehicles.
(c) Ammunition Expenditure
. Expenditure of ammunition is an important indicator
of the firing practices conducted in a Directorate. Hence, percentage of ammunition
expended versus equipment held will indicate the firing carried out. Basis for
assessment would be: -
(i) Total No of Weapons (particular category) held
(ii) Ammunition authorised for weapons as per scale
(iii) Ammunition expended
(iv) Balance ammunition left
(v) Calculation
Balance left x 100
Ammunition Authorised
169
3. Based on the above, the marks will be awarded to State Directorate. The Directorate
standing first will be awarded 25 marks. The remainder Directorate as per their standings will
have a difference of 1 ½ marks.
Annexure A15
MANAGEMENT OF LAND, ACCOMODATION & CIVIL WORKS
1. Aim
. The aim of this competition is to streamline management of land,
accommodation and civil works at State Directorate level so as to improve the overall quality
of life of NCC fraternity.
2. Method of Assessment
. The Assessment will mainly on the basis of correspondence
with Works Section, Reports and Returns and points relating to works and accommodation
observed by DG and ADGs during their visits. Adm inspections to State Directorates will also
be taken into account for awarding marks to the Directorates. The period assessed would be
from 01 Apr to 31 Mar of preceding year.
3. The aspects, which will be assessed, are as follows: -
(a) Timely submission of Reports and Returns.
(b) State of Accommodation authorised and held.
(c) Documentation and adherence to procedure in respect of new works,
maintenance and Hiring.
(d) Demand of funds, its utilisation and surrender, if any.
4. Based on the above, marks will be awarded to State Directorates. The Directorate
standing first would be awarded 25 marks and difference of 1 ½ mark would be maintained
between two Directorates.
Annexure A16
AUDIT OBJECTIONS / OBSERVATIONS
1. Aim
. The aim of this competition is to check the number of outstanding audit
objections in NCC Directorates.
2. Method of Assessment
. Only Central Govt audit objections would be taken into
consideration. Special cases would be exempted by DGNCC on a case-to-case basis.
Following method will be adopted for assessing the relative positions of the Directorates:-
(a) The total number of audit objections pending as on 31 March will be taken into
consideration from the Quarterly reports received from Directorates by 30 April.
(b) The total number of audit objections will be divided by the number of Units to
arrive at the average defaults per unit applying the following formula:
Total No of Audit objections x 100
No of Units
170
(c) The Directorate, which has least number of audit objections per Unit, will be
allotted top position and the Directorate that has, maximum number of audit
objections will be placed at the bottom. Based on the above, allotment of points will
be made out of 15 points.
Annexure A17
OUTSTANDING LOSS CASES
1. Aim
. The aim of this competition is to minimize the number of losses in
Directorates.
2. Method of Assessment
.
(a) The total amount of losses whether due to theft, fraud or neglect, or otherwise,
outstanding as on 31 March will be taken from report of losses received from
directorates. Directorates must ensure that their returns reach this HQ by 30 April
every year.
(b) The total amount of losses will be divided by the number of Units to arrive at the
average losses per unit applying the following formula: -
Total Amount of losses x 100
No of Units
(c) The Directorate, which has least amount of losses per Unit, will be allotted 1st
position and the Directorate that has, maximum amount of losses will be placed at
the bottom.
Annexure A18
INDUCTION OF CADETS INTO ARMED FORCES AS OFFICERS &OTHER RANKS
1. Aim
. The aim of the competition is to encourage the State Directorates to guide
cadets desirous of joining the Armed Forces and to offer maximum possible opportunities to
be able to do so.
Method of Assessment
2. Induction of cadets into Armed Forces as Officers & Other Ranks will contribute 35
RD Banner Points. Each State Directorate will forward an annual return to this HQ (P&F
Dte ) with a copy to Secy RDC by 01 Dec on the following formats:-
(a) Officers.
Ser
No
NCC
No
Name of
Cadets
Unit
Group Name of Pre
Commission
Academy
Type
of
Entry
Date of
Joining
Enclosed
selection
letter No
171
(b) Other Ranks (Other Than Officers).
Ser
No
NCC
No
Name of
Cadets
Unit
Group Name of
Training
Centre
Trade
Date of
Joining
Enclosed
selection
letter No
3. SD/SW cadets who joined Armed Forces during the period 01 Dec of previous year
to 30 Nov will only be eligible for the competition. All entries must be filled in by the
Directorate. Any misrepresentation or incomplete information will be considered as one
negative entry.
Example
No of Cadets who joined Armed Forces as Officers = 20
Misrepresentation data forwarded in theses entries = 03
Final Points accrued by directorate = 20-03-03 = 14
4. Every entry must be accompanied by a proof of selection
without which entry will
not be considered as eligible.
5. Cadets of Sainik Schools will not be considered for the competition
. Every Dte
must render a certificate to this effect.
6. The Dte wise score will be calculated as under with special coefficient of 0.9
(Effectiveness Coefficient):-
(a)For Selection as Officer
(i) Performance (P) of the Dte
Total No. of Selections as Officer@
P = --------------------------------------------------------------------
Total No. of cadets (SD+SW) enrolled in the Dte
@ - 1 pt per candidate , IF candidate has attended SSB
Capsule or 0.6 pt per candidate, IF candidate has not
attended SSB Capsule.
(ii) Score of the Dte
P
S
officer
= ------- X 25 x 0.9
P
Max
P
Max
is score obtained by the highest directorate
(b)For Selection as Other Ranks
(i) Performance (P) of the Dte
172
Total No. of Selections as Other Ranks
P = --------------------------------------------------------------------
Total No. of cadets (SD+SW) enrolled in the Dte
(ii) Score of the Dte
P
S
Other Ranks
=------- X 10 x 0.9
P
Max
P
Max
is score obtained by the highest directorate
(c)Total Score of the Dte
S
Dte
= S
Officers
+ S
Other Ranks
(d) The Total Score (S
Dte
) will be interpolated to 35 RD Banner Points as follows
Score of Directorate (S
Dte
) x 35
Score of Directorate with Max Score
173
Appendix B
(Refers to Para 3 of General Rules)
RULES FOR INTER DIRECTORATE NAVAL WING COMPETITIONS
1. General.
The Inter Directorate Naval Wing Competitions for MENU, Sailing
Competition, RDC and annual All India Nau Sainik Camp (AINSC) will include the
following events: -
S
No
Event
Venue
Total
Points
RD
Banner
Points
Annexure
(a) MENU As required 150 10 B1
(b) Documentation Procedures RDC 100 5 B2
TOTAL 250 15
(c) Ship Modelling RDC 200 7 B3
TOTAL 200 7
(d) Service Exam (Written) AINSC 200 10 B4
(e) Seamanship (Practical) AINSC 50 3 B5
(f) Boat Pulling AINSC 200 10 B6
(g) Boat Rigging AINSC 100 3 B7
(h) Shooting / Firing AINSC 100 7 B8
(j) Drill AINSC 100 7 B9
(k) Semaphore/Communication AINSC 100 3 B10
(l) Ship Modelling AINSC 200 7 B3
(m) Best Cadets (SD & SW) AINSC 150 8 B11
(n) Line Area AINSC 50 3 B12
(p) Health & Hygiene AINSC 50 2 B13
TOTAL 1300 63
(q) Sailing Regatta INS Chilka 250 15 B14
TOTAL 250 15
Grand Total 2000 100
2. The Naval Wing competitions will carry 2000 marks. However, for RD Banner, these
marks will be scaled down to 100 points. Rules governing various competitions are given in
corresponding Annexure.
3. Aim
. The aim of these competitions is to: -
(a) To give an exposure to salient aspects of Naval Wing Training and generate
healthy competitive spirit by conducting Naval Wing Competitions contributing
towards RD Banner.
(b) To foster a sense of discipline, leadership, comradeship and National Integration.
4. Based on present allocation, Dte wise vacancies for AINSC is given below. The
terms and conditions for the nomination have been given at para 14 below.
S. No
NCC Dte No of Cadets
SD (Boys) SW (Girls)
1. Andhra Pradesh 28 12
2. Bihar & Jharkhand 18 12
3. Delhi 18 12
174
S. No
NCC Dte No of Cadets
SD (Boys) SW (Girls)
4. Gujarat 23 12
5. Jammu & Kashmir 18 12
6. Karnataka & Goa 28 12
7. Kerala & Lakshadweep 28 12
8. MP & Chhattisgarh 23 12
9. Maharashtra 28 12
10. NER 18 12
11. Odisha 23 12
12. P H HP & C 28 12
13. Rajasthan 18 12
14. TNP & AN 28 12
15. Uttar Pradesh 23 12
16. UK 18 12
17. WB & S 18 12
Total 386 204
Selection of Cadets for Nau Sainik Camp
5. The norms for nomination of cadets have been based on the presumption that each
Directorate would field the best team for the RDC and the AINSC for RD Banner events. The
team members are selected from amongst the best cadets in the naval units. Since each
directorate has different number of Naval Units, directorates with more number of naval units
get advantage over others with lesser number of naval units as they have bigger choice in
selecting the cadets for the AINSC thereby have better chances of performing better than
others.
6. To overcome the disparity, participation of all the units in a directorate in forming the
directorate team for RDC and AINSC is mandatory.
7. The directorate team will be formed by fielding the average number of cadets from
each naval unit of the directorate. The total number of cadets in the directorate team will be
divided by the number of naval units in the directorate. The lower full number will be the
minimum number of cadets from each Directorate. Directorates will have the privilege of
fielding the balance cadets from any of the naval unit. However, in such cases, only one
cadet per naval unit can be fielded.
Example
:
If a directorate with 5 NUs will have team = 28 SD and 12 SW
Average number of cadets per unit
(SD) = 28/5=5.6 R/O 5 (Lower full number)
(SW) = 12/5=2.4 R/O 2 (Lower full number)
Dte will field 5 SD & 2 SW per Naval Unit = 5x5=25 SD &5x2=10 SW
Balance Cadets = 28-25 = 3 SD &12-10 = 2 SW
i.e total 5 Cdts
Dte will field these 5 Cadet@ 1 Cdt/Unit = 5 (3SD + 2 SW).
Note:
If the number of balance cadets is less than no of units in a Directorate. In this
case, Directorate can pick up the cadets from any of its naval units @ 1 cadet/naval
unit of its choice.
175
8. Contingents are to nominate cadets for various events in advance and a consolidated
list of the teams including reserve cadets is to be handed over to the camp Commandant on
arrival. The composition of the teams for competition will be as follows:
S
No
Event
Event Strength All Nominated
SD SW
(a) Service Exam (Written) 70% 70%
(b) Seamanship (Practical) 30% 30%
(c) Boat Pulling 8 (including 2 reserve) 8 (including 2 reserve)
(d) Boat Rigging 8 NIL
(e) Shooting / Firing 3 (including 1 reserve) 3 (including 1 reserve)
(f) Drill (AINSC) 13 SD/SW {09 SD + 03 SW cadets (03 ranks x 04
files) with 01 Parade Cdr (SD /SW)}
(g) Semaphore/Communication 50% 50%
(h) Ship Modelling* 3 (1 Main + 2 Helpers)
(At least one SW is mandatory in the team)
(i) Best Cadet SD & SW 34 17
(j) Line Area All available SD cadets
(k) Health & Hygiene 02 02
9. Selection of Cadets for RD Competition during AINSC
. The rules for selection
and participation of cadet in RD Competition are as follows: -
(a) Directorates to nominate cadets for each competition. No draw of lots will be
held for any event.
(b) At the time of joining the camp the Directorates will submit the list of cadets
participating in the various events.
(c) Each Cadet will have to participate in at least one RD Banner Competition.
10. Marking System
. Directorate scoring highest aggregate in all the competitions
will be awarded first position in Inter Directorate Naval Wing Competitions. Points towards
RD-Banner will be subsequently awarded out of 100 points on the percentage system up to
second decimal place i.e. based on actual marks scored in the RD Banner competition
score.
11. Trophies/Shields/Medal
s. Trophies/Shields/Medals etc will be awarded as
follows: -
(a) During Nau Sainik Camp.
Following trophies will be awarded for the
respective competition.
S.No
Category
(i) Best Directorate in Service Exam (Written)
(ii) Best Directorate in Seamanship (Practical)
(iii) Best Directorate in Pulling
(iv) Best Directorate in Boat Rigging
(v) Best Directorate in Power Boat Handling
(vi) Best Directorate in Firing
(vii) Best Directorate in Parade Training
(viii) Best Directorate in Semaphore
(ix) Best Directorate in Line Area
(x) Best Directorate in Ship Modelling
176
(xi) Best Directorate in Health & Hygiene
(xii) Captain of the Camp SD
(xiii) Captain of the Camp SW
(xiv) Over all Best Directorate
(b) During RDC.
Following trophies are to be awarded for the respective
competition.
Ser
Category Remarks
(i) PM’s Rolling
Trophy
MENU
(ii) CNS Trophy Best Directorate in Naval Wing Training
(iii) Ship Modelling
Trophy
Best Directorate in Ship Modelling
(c) In addition, cadets securing Ist, 2nd and 3rd position in following competitions
will be awarded Gold, Silver and Bronze medals respectively.
Ser
Competition Gold Silver Bronze
Non-RD Banner Competitions
(i) Best Cadet (Boy/Girl)/Captain of the Camp 1+1 1+1 1+1
RD Banner Competitions
(ii) Boat Pulling (Boy/Girl) 8+8 8+8 8+8
(iii) Firing (Boy/Girl) 1+1 1+1 1+1
(iv) Ship Modelling (Boy/Girl) 3+3 3+3 3+3
(v) Health & Hygiene (Boy/Girl) 2+2 2+2 2+2
(vi) Drill 13 13 13
(vii) Semaphore/Communication(Boy/Girl) 1+1 1+1 1+1
(viii) Service Exam (Written) (Boy/Girl) 1+1 1+1 1+1
(ix) Seamanship (Practical) (Boy/Girl) 1+1 1+1 1+1
(d) For Ship Modelling in following categories during RDC:-
S.No Competition Gold Silver Bronze
(i) Camp Model 3 3 3
(ii) Sailing Model 3 3 3
(iii) Equipment Model 3 3 3
12. Judges and Compilation of Results
. While the Directorates conducting the
competitions at AINSC will make all administrative and safety arrangements, actual
competition, judging, compilation and declaration of results will be carried out by a Board of
Naval Officers other than those posted to any NCC Directorate/Gp/Unit, whenever possible.
Conducting Directorate will carry out necessary liaison with the LNA (Local Naval Authority)
for nomination of the required judges. Dir/JD Trg (Navy) shall act as the DG NCC
representative for the camp. All Naval officers posted at HQ DGNCC shall be nominated as
the OICs of Watermanship, Non- watermanship and Ship Modelling competitions in addition.
13. Protest/Objections/Complaints
. All protests/objections/complaints are to be
verbally lodged before the Protest Committee within 15 minutes of the completion of the
event followed by a written complaint to the Protest Committee within an one hour of the
competition. These will be referred to the Jury of Appeal and all protests, objections;
complaints will be dealt with, as per rules. The jury of appeal would include following: -
177
(a) Flag Officer/Commanding Officer (Commodore& above) of Chairman
the Naval Establishment/visiting ADG/DDG (HQ DGNCC).
(b) HQ DG NCC Representative (Captain IN) Member
(c) OiC Watermanship Competitions from HQ DG NCC Member
(d) OiC Non-Watermanship Competitions from HQ DG NCC Member
(e) OiC Ship Modelling Competition from HQ DG NCC Member
14. Eligibility for Participation in RDC and AINSC
(a) A cadet who has once represented a Directorate in a Competition will not take
part in the same competition again except that if he/she has taken part as a JD/JW
cadet, he/she may take part once more as SD/SW cadet.
(b) A cadet is permitted to participate in AINSC and RDC only once. Cadets may
attend RDC post AINSC but not vice versa.
15. Selection and Training
. All Cadets taking part in watermanship activities are to
be swimming qualified.
16. Change in Rules/Venue.
Notwithstanding the above, DG NCC may modify the
above rules or venue of the competitions at any moment of time.
17. Safety and Security.
Safety of the cadets is paramount at all the times.
Directorates are to adhere with safety instructions issued from time to time. Dte conducting a
waterborne activity will issue detailed safety instructions prior conducting the event.
Annexure B1
MOST ENTERPRISING NAVAL UNIT COMPETITION (MENU)
1. The criteria for selection of the most enterprising NCC naval unit for the award of the
PM’s Trophy shall be on the basis of Sailing Expeditions undertaken by the unit and the
Whaler-Pulling statistics for the period from 01 Nov of previous year to 31 Oct of the current
year.
2. Units will be evaluated out of a total of 150 marks/15 RD Banner points as follows: -
(a) Sailing Expeditions 125 marks
(b) Whaler-Pulling 25 marks
3. Sailing Expedition (125 Marks) Award of Marks
Following aspects on award of
marks shall be considered;
(a) Distance.
Marks against distance covered to a maximum of 20 marks will
be as follows:
S.No
Distance Covered Marks
(i) Upto 50Kms 00
178
(ii) 51 Kms to 100 Kms 05
(iii) 101 Kms to 150 Kms 10
(iv) 151 Kms to 200 Kms 15
(v) 201 Kms and above 20
Note: Distance covered is to be measured from point to point.
(b) Duration.
01 mark per day to a maximum of 10 marks shall be awarded.
(c) Number of Boats.
10 marks per NCC operational whaler (Excluding support
boats) completing the expedition to a maximum of 30 marks shall be awarded.
(d) Number of Cadets.
0.5 mark per cadet to a maximum of 30 marks shall be
awarded. In addition, 01 Bonus marks for every 05 SW cadets to a maximum of 05
marks will also be awarded.
(e) Publicity
. A maximum of 20 marks, based on the efforts towards publicity
by the unit shall be awarded.
(f) Adventure and Enterprising Spirit,
10 marks shall be awarded towards the
spirit of adventure and enterprise exhibited by the crew during the expedition.
Spreading social awareness through Nukkad, Street Shows, Rallies etc during the
expedition will attract up to10 bonus points. Presentation of report will also have due
weightage.
5. Whaler Pulling (25 Marks)
01 mark for every 20 hrs of whaler pulling in a training
year to a maximum of 25 marks by a NU within the stated period shall be awarded. (Total
Max 25 Marks)
6. All NCC Directorates will submit MENU Detailed report by 30 Nov as per format
below. Reports received after the due date will entail a penalty of 10 marks. Reports
received after 20 Dec, shall not be considered Directorate are to ensure that reports are
delivered to HQ DGNCC well in time. Incomplete report shall be treated as no reports and
will attract penalty as applicable. Report must have adequate photographs and videos with
date and location details.
PM’S ROLLING TROPHY - MOST ENTERPRISING NCC NAVAL UNIT
1. Name of the Naval Unit ................... Det................
2. Detailed report from 01 Nov…………. To 31 Oct……………
S
No
Events/Item
Details Remarks if any
(a) Distance (KM) Kms
(b) Duration (in Days) Days
(c) No of Boats Only operational boats completing
expeditions be mentioned
(d) No of Crew SD No of cadets manning each boat be
indicated
SW
(e)
Publicity
Details of publicity efforts made and
News Paper/ Magazines/Clippings
CDs/VCDs/ Photographs etc are to
be attached
News Paper
TV
Radio/ Photo/Video
Social Awareness
Nukkad
Stage Shows
179
Rallies
(g) Adventure Independent report to be submitted
Whaler-Pulling (Hrs) Hrs
Date:_____________ Commanding Officer
Naval Unit NCC
COUNTERSIGNED & DATE
(ADG/DDG)
7. Award of RD Banner Points
. The marks scored by an NU of a Directorate shall be
reduced to RD Banner points on percentage system upto two decimal points. In the event of
a Directorate conducting more than one expedition, the Directorate has the option of fielding
any NU of his choice for the competition.
8. Safety and Security.
Safety of the cadets is paramount at all the times.
Directorates are to adhere with the guidelines issued on the subject from time to time. Safety
instructions, are to be issued and read out to the cadets by the team leader prior conducting
any water borne activities by the Naval Units of NCC.
9. Personnel for Expeditions.
(a) Officers
. A regular Naval Officer is to be in overall charge of the
expedition.
(b) Sailors.
One PI Staff (Senior Sailor) of the Seaman Branch, proficient
in sailing, is to remain present in each boat through the expedition. This sailor would
also act as in-charge of the boat.
(c) Cadets
. Cadets detailed for the expedition are to be: -
(i) Volunteered for the expedition
(ii) Physically & Medically fit.
(iii) Swimming test qualified.
(iv) Be proficient in boat pulling and sailing.
10. Boats and Gear
. All boats participating in the expedition are to be checked for
the sea worthiness and must be cleared for the expedition by the team leader. Boats
proceeding to sea are to be checked for the sea worthiness.
11. Boat Equipment.
Boat equipment considered mandatory during the expedition
as per instructions in Manual of Seamanship (BR 67) 1995 are to be ensured on board. In
addition, following equipment are mandatory for the sailing/pulling expedition: -
(a) Life Jackets
. Operational Life Jackets at the scale of one per member of the
expedition plus a minimum of 25% reserve.
(b) Life Buoys
. A minimum of 2 Life buoys per boat are to be carried on-board.
(c) Signalling Equipment (In each Boat)
(i) Semaphore Flags - One Set
(ii) Aldis Lamp with 2 sets of batteries - One
(iii) Varey’s Pistol - One
(iv) Cartridges for Varey’s Pistol - 4 Red, White & Green
180
(v) Torch with spare set of Batteries - One
(vi) Oil Lantern and Matches - As Required
(iv) Navigation Lights. - As Required
(v) First Aid Kit. - As Required
(d) Drinking Water.
Sufficient drinking water is to be carried in each boat for the
entire crew for each leg/phase of the expedition plus a minimum of one day’s
reserve.
12. Personnel/Equipment for Support Party
(a) Personnel
. A suitably equipped support party is to be constituted and kept
ready to render assistance to the expedition at short notice. This support party will
normally consist of the following personnel (additional personnel may be included to
cater for local conditions):-
SNo
Personnel No
(a) Officer (Regular/Whole Time) One
(b) PI Staff (Seaman Branch) (PO Rank or above) One
(c) Jr Sailors/Boat Keepers/Lascars familiar with Boat Pulling Two
(d) Medical Attendant One
(e) Good Swimmer One
(b) Equipment
. The support party may be embarked in road transport/boat
depending on the nature of the expedition, this party should be equipped with the
following gear :-
(i) Operational Dinghy/Gemini Craft with OBM and sufficient fuel.
(ii) Signalling equipment with sufficient spare batteries.
(iii) Two ropes of size 2” to 2 ½” and of length 120 fathoms each.
(iv) First Aid Kit.
Note:
- The above list includes only minimum requirements. Other items of
equipment as considered necessary may be included, according to the nature
of the expedition.
(c) Safety/Ship/Boat
. Whenever a open sea expedition is planned, a safety
ship/boat is to be detailed to accompany the expedition. The safety ship/boat is to
maintain frequent contact with the expedition boats.
13. Planning and Execution
(a) Recce.
A detailed recce of the entire course of the expedition is to be carried
out by a regular Naval Officer. When the expedition is planned in the rivers, particular
care must be taken to identify narrow gorges, rapids, rocks, bars and shallow
patches, where boats are likely to be endangered. The recce party must mark the
channel to be used by the expedition.
(b) Weather
. The period chosen for the expedition should be free from
cyclonic storms and seasonal bad weather, which hampers the conduct of such
expeditions. The local forecast and state of weather should also be taken into
account before the commencement of the expedition.
181
14. Planning and Conduct.
(a) Based on the recce, a thorough and detailed plan must be made of each
phase of the expedition outlining the route to be followed, the distance to be covered
in each day, confining the activities to daylight hours. Planning must also include the
administrative back up for the expedition, safety orders and alternate courses of
action in the event of accidents, bad weather, failure of safety boats, damage to
boats and failure of communication.
(b) The expedition boats are to remain in contact with the safety boat throughout
the expedition. The contact may be visual or through radio.
(c) Dte are to intimate HQDGNCC/DDG Trg the brief expedition plan atleast one
week prior to commencement.
15. Manning of Boats
. Cadets and PI Staff detailed for manning of boats during the
expedition should not exceed the following: -
(a) Whalers –Min 7 Max 10 depending on the nature of expedition
(b) Dinghies - 3 subject to prevailing weather conditions
(c) Other Boats - As stipulated by the makers of the boat
16. Handling of Boats.
During the expeditions, the boats are to be handled in
accordance with instructions in Manual of Seamanship (BR 67) 1995 edition. All precautions
and safety instructions laid down and issued from time to time are to be strictly followed.
17. Wearing of Life Jacket
. Half inflated Life jackets are to be worn by all the
personnel (Officers, I Staff and Cadets) prior to entering the boat and are to be removed only
on returning ashore.
18. Swimming.
Swimming is strictly prohibited when boats are underway. However,
when boats are at anchor, permission may be granted by the OiC Expedition after careful
assessment of the local conditions and posting a qualified lifesaver as lifeguard with a life
buoy. A strict watch is to be kept on all personnel in the water and a muster is to be carried
out of all personnel before and after swimming.
19. Safety Orders
. Detailed safety orders are to be issued and read out to the
cadets by the Officer in charge of the expedition covering all aspects of the expedition.
20. All cadets participating in sailing expeditions, which involve a risk to life, are to be
group insured by the respective Directorate to cover accidents resulting in death or injury to
those participating in the expeditions.
182
Annexure B2
DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
LETTER OF PROCEEDINGS ON NAVAL TRAINING (LPNT)
1. Aim.
To develop the practice of data recording on naval training and evolution of
training equipment to words m maximum utilisation by the naval wing cadets.
2. General
. All directorates will be assessed on their quarterly achievements
towards naval training for 100 Marks out of which 05 RD Banner points will be awarded to
the directorates on the basis of their performance in the year. Since RD Banner is awarded
during PM’s Rally in Jan every year, the assessment will commence each quarter starting 01
Jan every year. Following aspects will be included while evaluating a directorate at
HQDGNCC: -
(a) Cadets Status
(b) Equipment Status
(c) Equipment Utilisation
(d) Naval Training
(e) Camps
(f) Social Activities
(g) Documentation
3. Directorate are forward report on LPNT for quarter ending 31th March, 30 June, 30
September & 31 Dec by 10
th
day of April, July, October & Dec respectively. The report is
required to be received at HQ DGNCC (Hard Copy or E-Mailed) by due date failing which 10
overall marks will be deducted. Thereafter 01 Mark on each day delay will be deducted.
Reports received after 28
th
day of the month will not be counted and the Directorate will
attract Zero points. The format of the LPNT is at Annexure B-1.
4. Conduct
. Marks to the dte will be awarded based on the dte achievement during
the year commencing 01 Jan (RDC Being in Jan every year). The training syllabus,
procedures, reports, returns, goals will be the basis for the assessment. Notwithstanding the
above, Director General NCC may modify the QRs or part of it depending upon the
availability of equipment, resources, administrative compulsions and conditions existing
during the period of report.
5. Distribution of Marks.
The procedure on distribution of marks (maximum) and the
minimum standard against each activity will be as per format below. Directorate will be
awarded based on the achievement during the period. However, the conduct of the
directorate, strength, participation of SW cadets, duration, degree of difficulty, application of
innovative ideas, presentation, publicity etc will get due weightage. Marks will be deducted
for not conducting a event in a year.
MARKS ALLOCATION QUARTER ENDING -
……….. 20 ………
S No Activity Marks
(a) Submission of Returns in time 10
(b) Naval Activities 15
(c) Social Activity 10
(d) Environmental Awareness 10
183
(e) Contribution towards Organisation 10
(f) Writing skill 10
(g) Innovation towards Eqpt Maintenance 15
(h) Aid to Civil Admin 10
(j) Any other as projected 10
Total 100
Annexure B3
RULES FOR INTER DIRECTORATE SHIP MODELLING
COMPETITION AT AINSC& RDC
1. Aim.
The aim of the competition is to:
(a) To enhance awareness about naval forces and ship design and impart
practical experience on precision Modelling.
(b) To assess the level of proficiency achieved by various directorates.
2. Teams.
The ship modelling team for RDC and AINSC would consist of three
nominated naval cadets (one Main and two Helpers). Each Dte must have at least one SW
cadet in any capacity in the team (Main / Helper).
3. Models for Competitions
. The ship modelling competition will encompass
following categories of ship/boat models: -
(a) Each Directorate will field Sailing and Display Model each. NCC Directorate to
send only those models, which have been prepared by the Directorate ship
modelling team during the current training year. A certificate as per format* from the
Directorate is to accompany the model. Directorate to ensure that a cadet is
permitted to prepare only one model. No cadet in any capacity (main or helper)
cannot prepare more than one model under any category.
CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that the Ship Model ____(Name of the Model)
____ for the
Ship Modelling competition has solemnly been prepared by this __(Directorate
Name) _________ Ship Modelling Team and not by professionals/ ship modelling
Instructors/Mechanics.
The Ship Modelling Team* (Total 3 Cadets with at least one SW cadet is
mandatory)for the above model is as follows: -
S No Regimental No Unit Cadet Name College
1
2
3
ADG/DDG
(b) One powered model will be prepared by the Ship Modelling Team at the
camp known as Camp Model. The ship modelling teams will bring the kits and tools
184
required for the construction of the model from the Directorate. A summary of the
models, teams, team composition and event is as under: -
S
No
Model Team Team Composition Remarks
(a) Display Model
(RDC)
1 Main + 2 Helpers
All Nominated
It is mandatory to
have at-least one SW
cdt in each team.
Cadet can participate
only once in any of
the team.
Cadet participated in
AINSC can participate
in RDC
Pre-assembled
RDC
(b) Sailing Model
(RDC)
1 Main + 2 Helpers
All Nominated
Pre-assembled
RDC
(c) Camp Model.
(RDC &AINSC)
1 Main + 2 Helpers
All Nominated
To be prepared
at Camp RDC
and AINSC
(c) Size.
The Size of the Model produced by the Dte under any category shall be
the same as given in the blue print supplied with the kit by the vender. It is
mandatory to submit the signed and stamped blue print of the model by the Dte.
Marks shall be awarded based on the dimension given in the blue print.
4. Competition
. This is broadly divided into two major events, Static and operational.
The latter is further sub divided into stability and performance. Details of these events are
given in Paragraphs 5 to 7.
5. Judges.
The DGNCC will arrange for suitable judges from IHQ, MOD (N) for
the competitions at RDC. Judges for AINSC will be arranged locally by the Camp
Commandant.
6. Static Event
. During RDC, all the three (Two Directorate models + one Camp
model) will be displayed on a table and assessed by the judges nominated by the DG NCC
for their details of construction, fittings and overall elegance. During NSC, model prepared
by Dte will be assessed by the judges arranged by camp comdt.
7. Operational Event
.
(a) Stability
. All models will be judged for their stability in water with a
reasonable free board.
(b) Performance.
The performance of the models will be judged as
follows: -
(c) Camp Model
(i) The Camp Model will be made to traverse under own power to a
distance of about 10 to 15 meters in water in a straight line. Marks will be
awarded according to the margin of errors in the course of the model, the
least error obtaining the highest position.
(ii) Turning circle of the ship with rudder fixed to port or starboard. Ship
with shortest turning radius will score maximum marks.
(d) Sailing Model
(i) The model will have to traverse from one side of the pool to the
other side. Model finishing first will be the winner.
185
(ii) Where a model touches the side of the pool or returns back to
start line, or fails to take off, the contestants will have the liberty to reset the
sail from the same position without giving any physical impetus to the boat.
8. Modification.
Models brought or built at camp should be as faithful to
specifications supplied by the manufacturers as possible. Small qualitative changes to
improve performance, especially in rudder and propeller, is permissible, Application of
grease/oil to submerged outer surface of the model is not permitted. Grease/oil may be
applied to motor etc. as recommended by the manufacturer or if considered necessary for
improving the performance of the motor etc. Marine fittings as appropriate may be added to
enhance the performance/appearance of the model.
9. Tools and Accessories.
The teams will bring their own tools & accessories
required for construction of the Camp Model. Adequate number of battery cells to cater for
trial runs and the actual competition, with some margin for displays, should be brought by
the teams. The Camp authorities will supply none of the above.
10. Change in Rules.
Notwithstanding the above, Directorate General NCC may
modify the above rules according to the availability of resources and conditions existing at
the time of the completion.
11. Guidelines for Allotment of Marks.
The tables below give various categories of
models, number of entries, marks allotted, number of chances permitted in performance
trials of these competitions and guidelines. The types of models nominated in each category
will be officially intimated to the Directorates.
12. Marks Allocation Table
S.
No
Model
Nos of
entries
Static
RDC\
AINSC
Stability
RDC\
AINSC
Operational
Performance
Total
No. of
Chances for
Performance
Type of
Model
(a) Display
Model
1 100/NA - - 100 - As
nominated
by
DGNCC
(b) Sailing 1 15/NA 10 25 50 1
(c) Camp
Model
1 100/130 10/15 40/55 150/200 2
Notes
:
(i) Judges will be given a brief on marking system well in advance.
(ii) Judges may make an alteration in the number of attempts permissible at their
discretion.
13. Procedure.
The detailed procedure for the conduct of ship modelling
competition during AINSC, in order to eliminate guesstimate, is contained in succeeding
paragraphs. The teams will need to carry the carry the signed with date & stamp blue prints
of the models.
14. Marks Allocation
Marks allocation for each category shall be as follows: -
S No Model Marks at RDC Marks at AINSC
(a) Display Model 100 -
(b) Sailing Model 50 -
(c) Camp Model 150 200
Total 300 200
186
15. Breakdown of Marks Allocation
(a) Display Model (100 Mks)
S No
Description Marks at RDC
(i) Scale/Dimension 05
(ii) Basic Fittings 15
(iii) Weaponry 15
(iv) Radars/Antennas 15
(v) Helicopter 05
(vi) Display Case 10
(vi) Paint Work 15
(vii) Overall Seaman Look 20
Total 100
(b) Sailing Model (50 Mks)
S No
Description Marks at RDC
(a) Static
(i) Construction 5
(ii) Fittings/Sails 3
(iii) Elegance 7
Total 15
(b) Stability
(i) Return to Original position 5
(ii) List and Trim 5
Total 10
(c) Operational Performance
(i) Sailing across the Tank 10
(ii) Sail Design 5
(iii) Seaman Eye 10
Total 25
Grand Total (a+b+c) = 50
(c) Camp Model (150/200 Mks)
S No
Description Marks RDC Marks
AINSC
(i) Static
(aa) Construction/Design 15 20
(ab) Basic Fittings 20 25
(ac) Weaponry/Radars/Antennas 25 30
(ad) Helicopter 05 10
(ae) Paint Work 10 15
(af) Elegance 25 30
Total 100 130
(ii)
Stability
(aa)
Steady Condition
(aa) Rests on even keel (No trim or
List)
05 10
(ab)
After Tapping
(ab) Returns to original list / trim 05 05
187
(ac) Capsizes 0 0
Total 10 15
(iii)Operational
Performance:
Two trial runs for Straight and Turning Circle assessment may be given to
the cadet before final test.
Straight Run: - The model is to run under own power along the length
from the center of the tank/pool straight to the
(aa) Model to sail along the length of the
tank, straight to 12” width Center
Band of on opposite breadth.
Model reaches the next adjacent
Band of equal size on either side of
the center will get 01 point less and
so on to a minimum 10 and 15 points
in RDC and AINSC respectively
25 35
(iv)Turning Circle
Turning Circle. Model take 360° turn with fixed Rudder angle under own
power.
(ab)
Model with smallest turning circle will
earn full marks.
Other models will get one mark less
for every 5 cm increase in the
turning circle.
15 20
Total 40 55
Grand Total
150 200
16. Procedure for Conduct of Operational Performance
. Procedure for conducting
the operational performance test shall be as follows: -
(a) Camp Model.
(i) Straight Run
. The mid points on the longer sides at about 10
to 15 mtrs of the rectangular tank will be marked by paint/chalk. One of these
two mid-points will be designated as start point. A band extending about 6” on
either side (A band of 12”) of the finishing point will be marked at water level
as Central Band for 25 & 35 marks each for RDC and AINSC respectively.
Adjacent to this band, 10 more bands of 12” each on both its sides will be
marked on the water level. Model will be made to sail under own power from
the start point towards the marked bands. Model hitting the central band will
get full marks. Points shall be deducted depending upon the deflection from
the central band.
(ii) Turning Circle.
The powered ship model with pre-determined
rudder angle is to be put in tank from one of the sides of the tank with its
heading parallel to other side, pointing as per Cadet’s discretion but well clear
of the tank’s side. Once the ship model has turned through 90°, two of the
Judges standing on opposite sides of the water tank will place the aluminium
bar tangential to the outer side of the model and parallel to the shorter side of
the water tank and leave on deck. This process will be repeated with the
second bar, when the model has turned through 270°, the Judges will place
the second aluminium bar tangential to the outer side of the model and
parallel to the shorter side of the water tank and leave it also on deck. The
distance between the inner sides of the two aluminium bar will be measured
on both the sides and the average of the two readings will be recorded. Each
model will be permitted two attempts. The shorter of the two readings will be
counted towards score.
188
(b) Sailing Model
. Four Sail Models in sequence as decided by the Judge
are to be judged each group. The sailing Model with pre-determined rudder and sail
position is put in water. The direction is to be decided by the judge taking into the
consideration of the prevailing wind pattern. The model reaches first across the tank
will get first position. The model with best timings will be the first and will get full
marks.
Annexure B4
RULES FOR INTER DIRECTORATE WRITTEN EXAM
ON SERVICE SUBJECTS COMPETITION AT AINSC
Aim
1. To judge the knowledge of cadets in Service Subjects to assess the level of
proficiency achieved by various directorates in training.
Venue
2. Competition will be held at Nau Sainik Camp.
Composition of Directorate Team
3. 70% of SD & SW cadets of each Directorate would participate in the competition.
Balance of 30% cadets would participate in practical examination of Seamanship. The Ship
Modellers are exempted from participating in this competition.
Dress
4. Uniform.
Allocation of Marks
5. A total of 200 marks points will be allocated to this competition.
Examination
6. The written examination on service subjects would be conducted as part of AINSC
for which the question paper would be made by HQ DGNCC. Camp Comdt would nominate
the Board of Officers to evaluate the answer sheets.
7. Paper would be made from Cadet’s Hand Book. Examination would be conducted
in service subjects comprising of 2nd year syllabus of Non-Technical group on Specialised
subjects.
8. Duration of Examination would be two hour.
9. The marks scored by each cadet of Directorate would be averaged out to get the
final result of competition.
10. Judges for the Competition
. The judges for the competition will be
nominated by DGNCC.
189
Annexure B5
RULES FOR INTER DIRECTORATE SEAMANSHIP
EXAM (PRACTICAL) ON COMPETITION AT AINSC
1. Aim.
To judge the practical knowledge of cadets in Seamanship to assess the level
of proficiency achieved by various directorates in training.
2. Venue.
Competition will be held at Nau Sainik Camp.
3. Composition of Directorate Team.
30% cadets (who have not been nominated for
Service Subject Written competition) of each Dte excluding Ship Modellers will participate in
the competition.
4. Dress
. Uniform.
5. Allocation of Marks.
A total of 50 points will be allocated for this competition.
6. Examination.
The practical examination on Seamanship (Bends & Hitches) would
be conducted as part of AINSC as follows: -
(a) The concerned Naval Command HQs/DGNCC would provide a Board of
Officers to evaluate the practical exam.
(b) The practical examination would be conducted for following bends &Hitches.
(c) Each cadet would draw four chits from the box and perform the practical
within 05 minutes at the examination area. The cadet would also be asked oral
question on the bends & hitches.
SNo Bend & Hitches SNo Bend & Hitches SNo Bend & Hitches
(i) Reef Knot (v) Rolling Hitch (ix) Timber Hitch
(ii) Figure of Eight
Knot
(vi) Round Turn and
Two Half Hitch
(x) Bowline
(iii) Clove Hitch
(vii)
Bowline on the
Bight
(xi)
Double Sheet
Bend
(iv) Marling Hitch
& Single Sheet
Bend
(viii)
Timber Hitch
and Half Hitch
(xii)
Marline Spike
Hitch
(d) The marks scored by each cdt of would be averaged out to get the final result
of competition.
Ser Event Marks Allotted
(i) Correctness 20
(ii) Neatness 10
(iii) Timely Completion 10
(iv) Knowledge / Purpose 05
(v) Oral Questionnaire 05
Total 50
190
7. The marks scored by each cadet of Directorate would be averaged out to get the final
result of competition.
Judges for the Competition
8. The judges for the competition will be nominated by DGNCC.
Annexure B6
RULES FORINTER DIRECTORATE BOAT PULLING REGATTA AT AINSC
General
1. This competition will be conducted at the AINSC. The aim of the competition is to:-
(a) To assess the level of proficiency achieved by various directorates.
(b) To inculcate spirit of adventure and team spirit among the cadets.
2. The responsibilities guidelines, general rules and conduct of the races are as
follows: -
(a) Depending upon the previous performance, Directorate teams are to be
grouped into four groups, based on international rules, as follows: -
A B C D
1 2 3 4
6 5 7 8
10 9 11 12
16 15 13 14
- - - 17
(b) Step 1
. All seventeen teams be grouped into four groups (A, B, C and
D) based on the performance of previous AINSC as above.
(c) Step 2
(i) Each group has one race.
(ii) To ensure complete fairness, there would be a separate draw for
lane as well as boat before each race.
(iii) Total No of races would be 8 (4 SD + 4 SW).
(d) Step 3
(i) The participants of the races are grouped into group E and F as
under: -
(aa) Group E.
1
st
of group A&C and 2
nd
of group B&D.
(ab) Group F
. 1
st
of group B&D and 2
nd
of group A&C.
(ii) These two groups would complete for positions 1 – 8.
(iii) Total No of races would be 4 (2 SD + 2 SW).
(e) Step 4
(i) The other participants would be grouped into groups G & H on similar lines
and would compete for positions 9 - 17. The boat coming fifth in whichever
group would be placed in group H.
191
(ii) These two groups would compete for positions 9 - 17.
(iii) Total No of races would be 4 (2 SD + 2 SW).
(f) Step 5
. Groups E, F, G and H have one race each (a total of 8 races 4
SD + 4 SW) and get grouped as under: -
(i) Group J
. First two of groups E and F. These four teams would
compete for positions 1-4.
(ii) Group K.
Third and fourth of group E and F. They will compete for
positions 5 – 8.
(iii) Group L.
First and second of group G and H. They will compete
for positions 9 – 12.
(iv) Group M.
The rest of the five teams. They will compete for 13 –
17 positions.
(g) Step 6
. Groups M, L, K and J have one race each in that order and all
positions decided as per the standing in each of these groups (A total of 8 races 4
SD + 4 SW).
Note:
Total No of races 8 + 8 + 8 = 24
3. Draw of the Directorates, boats and lanes will be conducted at the site in the
presence of the team in charges or their representatives, on the day of the competition.
Judges
4. DGNCC is to nominate three judges, of the rank of Lt Cdr and above from Naval
Command in consultation with the conducting Directorate. As far as possible no officer
posted to any NCC Directorate is to be nominated as a judge.
Conduct of the Race
5. Boats will take positions in their respective lanes. The starter must ensure that
boats are in line and none has any headway or sternway. Starting orders will be as under: -
(a) ‘Oars Forward’
(b) ‘Stand by’
(c) ‘Go’ accompanied by a hand flag signal brought down with simultaneous
firing of a gunshot/hooter/whistle.
Note
: In case of wrong start, the starter will waive a large red flag or fire a red
cartridge/from Varey’s light pistol/blow hooter continuously. In that case, all boats
are to be brought back to the starting line for a fresh start. A gun will be fired when
the first boat crosses the finishing line. Flag signal from the marker boat mat also be
used.
6. In case of the inclement weather or any unforeseen conditions, the lanes,
procedure, distances etc may be changed by the board of the officers consisting of DG Rep,
Camp Commandant, OiC Watermanship from HQ DGNCC. The amended procedure is to be
explained in detail to the respective Contingent Commander/Reps one day prior to the event.
Marks to be Awarded
192
7. The SD or the SW team of the Directorate securing 1
st
Position will be awarded 100
points and subsequent teams will be awarded points on a sliding scale with a difference of
2.5 points. Total of points scored (out of 200) by both SD and SW team of Directorate would
determine the position of team in the regatta.
S.No Position Marks
(a) 1st 100 points
(b) 2
nd
97.50 points (100 - 2.50)
(c) 3rd 95.00 points (97.50 - 2.50)
(d) 4
th
92.50 points (95.00 - 2.50) and so on with a difference
of 2.5 between each position and the 17th position will get 60 points.
8. General Rules
(a) At start the boats are to maintain their respective lanes. Subsequently a
boat, which is ahead of others, may take any lane. Overtaking boat is to change
lane only when at least two boat lengths ahead, otherwise the Chief Judge may
disqualify the overtaking boat.
(b) It is the duty of an overtaking boat to keep clear of other boat /boats being
overtaken. Any boat found wilfully fouling another boat would be disqualified.
(c) Coxswains are not to resort to pulling. They may however assist a
crewmember in re-shipping/replacing his oar.
(d) In case of rudder being damaged/unshipped coxswains may use the spare
oar for steering the boat but not for sculling.
(v) Use of drugs and stimulants by the crew is strictly prohibited and will entail
disqualification.
(f) Slogan raising of any kind/showing any flag other than Directorate
flags/signalling by any means during the conduct of competition is strictly prohibited.
However, cheering for a team during the race by the cadets ashore is acceptable.
(g) Protest/Objections, if any, is to be lodged with any of the Jury member
present at the venue in writing within 30 min of completion/closing of the event.
(h) Results of the event will be announced after disposing off
protest/objections, if any.
(j) During the conduct of Regatta, due regard shall be paid to the safety of
personnel and equipment, participating/employed in this event and the instructions
issued by the Directorate Gen NCC time to time in this connection are to be strictly
complied with.
(k) The race shall be conducted in 27-foot GRP Whalers.
Re-run
9. A boat which has been fouled, is not entitled to a re run of the race but if the chief
judge, paying due regard to her chances of winning, considers it desirable, the race may be
re-run.
Course
193
10. The race will be run approximately over a distance of five cables for SD (one cable-
200 yards) in a straight line as far as practicable and four cables for SW (800 yards).
Rig for the Crew
11. The following rig will be worn by the crew: -
S No
Dress Remarks
SD SW
(a) White Shorts White Salwar/TrackLower/
Shorts, White T shirt
1. Cadets may use
mutton
cloth/handkerchief to
protect hands during
pulling.
(b) White Vest Directorate ‘T’ Shirt
(c) PT/Sports Shoes
(d) Blue Socks
(e) Gloves Mutton Cloth (Optional)
(f) Half inflatable life jacket around the neck
(g) Jersey/Track suit top
Note:
Tracks Suits may be worn except for the final race deciding 1 to 4 positions.
Turn Out
12. Crews should be meticulously turned out since public will continuously watch them
during the event.
13. Prizes
The Inter Directorate Boat Pulling Cock will be presented to the winning
Directorate on the final day of the NauSainik Camp. In case of tie the trophy would be
shared by each Directorate for 6 months. The directorate to carry the trophy first will be
decided by toss.
Guidelines on Safety and Security
14. Introduction.
The safety rules to be observed during the practices and the finals of
Regatta are given in the succeeding paragraphs. These safety rules are the guidelines for
the safety precautions to be observed by officers, PI staff and cadets participating in this
Regatta. These rules are compiled from Seamanship Manual (BR 67) 1995 edition and
various relevant sources.
15. Whilst every effort has been made to make these safety rules as comprehensive as
possible to cover all contingencies, it is not possible to cover all contingencies in such
situations. Therefore, personnel are advised to revert to advice/instructions tendered in
Seamanship Manual (BR 67) and other relevant publications and the dictates of common
sense as circumstances of the situation may warrant. Where, for some reasons, there has
been a departure in these rules from those laid down in Seamanship Manual Vol I and II, the
Seamanship Manual will supersede these instructions.
16. Conditions of Boats and Fittings.
It is to be ensured that the boats designated as
main and stand by for the regatta(boats and dinghies) are generally in overall good condition
and there are no serious hull defects that may affect the seaworthiness of the boat during its
employment during the Regatta. Special attention should be paid to the following aspects: -
(a) The hull should be waterproof to ensure that there is no possibility of
ingress of water, which can, in any way, endanger its safety.
194
(b) All damaged items especially planks, keel box and buoyancy tanks etc are
repaired properly and have been inspected.
(c) All the necessary fittings required for pulling and sailing, such as mast,
sails, thwarts stretchers etc, are in state.
(d) The bilge rails of boat and dinghies and the lifelines of boat are ok.
(e) All the securing gear such as ringbolts, towing bollards, wires, ropes have
been checked.
(f) The rudder and its fittings are well secured and the tiller is provided with its
split pin to ensure that it does not slip out whilst in use.
(g) The plugs of the boats are properly fitted and the boat is watertight.
17. Checking the Equipment.
Before taking out the whalers/dinghies for use during
the practices/heats/regatta, coxswains is to ensure that the boat is correctly rigged.
Coxswain is to doubly ensure the following: -
(a) Plug
. Is to be secured in its hold properly with no leakage.
(b) Oars.
Full complement of oars with one spare oar is to be ensured. It is
particularly important that a dinghy equipped with only one pair of sculls should
carry a spare oar.
(c) Crutches (Single-Banked Boats)
. Full complement of oars with one
spare to be ensured. Crutches are to be secured by its lanyard to the boat.
(d) Stretcher.
Is to be fitted in place for each thwart.
(e) Rudder
. Is to be shipped with lanyard secured to after ringbolt.
(f) Tiller.
Is to be shipped and secured with its split pin.
(g) Painter.
This is to be shackled to the stem ringbolt.
(h) Towing Bollard.
If portable, it is to be in the boat with its clamp & pin.
(j) Wearing of Life Jackets.
The crew is to wear half inflated Life jackets at
all the time during sailing/pulling.
18. Conduct of the Crew in the Boat.
When entering a boat, the crew should step on
thwarts they should avoid stepping on the gunwale and move carefully in the boat.
Movement of personnel in the boat must be kept to the absolute essential when underway.
Even when the boat is alongside, movements inside the boat must be controlled and orderly.
The crew member or passenger in the boat should not lean or rest any part of his body on
the gunwale nor should any part of his body extend outside the hull of the boat except when
specifically required to balance the boat during sailing.
19. Loading of Boats.
The boat should not be loaded with personnel or material
beyond the stipulated capacity. The maximum of personnel that may be embarked in boats
is given below: -
(a) Whaler - 10 Cadets
(b) Dinghy - 03 Cadets
195
20. In addition to reducing loading to the number of personnel specified above, due
heed must be paid to the positioning of personnel/material in the boat to ensure that the boat
remains on an even keel. Extra care while loading a boat is to be exercised so that boat
does not becomes top heavy and therefore unstable.
21. Weighing of Boats.
All the Boats participating in the race are to be weigh
independently. Boats are to be of equal weight by adding sand bags in the lighter boat.
22. Precautions During Sailing.
(a) Sheets should be kept in hand and not belayed.
(b) All the boat crew to wear half inflated life jackets at all the times while
sailing/pulling.
(c) When sailing, no one should stand on the thwarts or climb the mast.
(d) If the gear is fouled aloft and cannot be cleared with a boat hook, crew must
stand on the bottom boards while clearing the foul.
(e) Alternatively, the sails is to be lowered to clear it.
23. Handling in Rough Weather.
Attention of the coxswains is drawn to the
condition that may occur during sailing in rough weather. The precautions and remedial
action that should be taken as laid down under these headings in Seamanship Manual (BR
67) page 5-77 to 5-92. All the coxswains and crew are to be fully conversant with these
actions and must be able to put them into practice if the situation warrants it.
24. Drop Keel.
In a small boat, when keel is lowered, it lowers the center of gravity of
the boat and make the boat more stabilized. When the keel is lowered, the resistance
offered by the water to its surface reduces any tendency of the boat to roll but when the boat
is under sail and making leeway, this lateral resistance will produce a capsizing movement.
The movement is not appreciable under normal conditions of beating and reaching but may
become dangerous if the boat is blown broadside to leeward by a sudden squall or if she
yaws badly or broaches to when running. The drop keel should always be raised if there is
chance of the boat running aground because if it hits the bottom not only might it become
bent which might prevent it from being raised, it may also capsize the boat or even split her
open.
25. Safety Boat.
A minimum of one power boat should always remain available as
safety boat during the conduct of the regatta. The safety boat should carry the following: -
(a) One swimmer qualified in life saving.
(b) Two life buoys.
(c) Six spare life jackets.
26. Safety Officer.
A safety and rescue officer is to be detailed by name by
conducting Directorate. This officer will be responsible for ensuring safety during practices
and during the Regatta.
27. Conclusion.
The above rules are only general guidelines for the safety of these
expeditions, they are by no means comprehensive and are to be read in conjunction with
Manual of Seamanship (BR 67) 1995 edition and other relevant publications. Where there
has been a departure in these rules from those laid down in the Manual of Seamanship 1995
edition, the Seamanship manual will supersede these instructions.
196
Annexure B7
INTER DIRECTORATE BOAT RIGGING COMPETITION
Aim
1. The aim of the competition is
(a) To judge the practical knowledge of the cadets on basic seamanship.
(b) To assess the level of proficiency achieved in planning, leadership qualities
and team work
2. Inter Directorate Boat Rigging Competition will be conducted during AINSC as part of
the Line Area Inspection Competition. Modalities for the conduct of the competition are as
under: -
(a) Event.
One 27’ DK Whaler is to be rigged to proceed to sea by each
directorate. The boat and the rigging gears as per list will be provided by the
conducting Directorate.
(b) Venue.
As decided by the Camp Commandant.
(c) Dress.
The rig will be the PT Rig i.e Track lower/short, T-shirt with
Chest No, sports shoe, Seamanship knife. Use of unauthorized tools/nails, etc will
attract negative mark as decided by the judge. Life jackets are exempted for the
event.
(d) Participation.
Each Dte to nominate eight cadets including two
reserve cadets to form a team. Team Leader may select any eight cadets before start
of the event.
(e) Judges.
The Judges for the competition will be as follow:
(i) Commander (Executive Branch) (01) - LNA
(ii) Bosun Officer (Cdr/LCdr) (01) - LNA
(iii) MCPO/CPO (Seaman Branch) (01) - LNA
(f) Procedure
. The procedure for the competition will be as follows:
(i) Boat and the gears for the competition will be provided at the venue
by conducting Directorate.
(ii) Teams/team of six will muster at the start line and the team captain
will make report to the Chief Judge “KastyDulTaiyyar Hai Sreeman”.
Teams
are to be inspected by the judges and marked for the correctness of rigs and
their seaman appearances.
(iii) Teams will be given 05 min to muster the gears kept near the boat as
per the list provided by the Judges by blowing of whistle. Discrepancy, if any,
is to be brought to the notice of the judges. No complaint shall be entertained
thereafter.
(iv) Teams will re-muster at the start line and on the long whistle by the
Judge, teams/team will proceed to their respective boats/boat and commence
rigging. The Judge will start the Stop Watch and note the time in the score
sheet provided for the competition. Teams are to complete the rigging within
10 Min maximum. A long whistle will again be sounded after 10 Min. At the
whistle, teams are to leave the boat at its and will muster at the Start Line.
197
(v) As and when a team completes boat rigging, the team will fall back at
the start line and the team captain will report to the Judge “KastyTaiyyar Hai
Sreeman”. The Judge will stop the Stop Watch and record the time taken to
complete the event in the score sheet in the appropriate column.
(vi) Judges will inspect each boat independently and will award marks on
the score sheet provided for the purpose. Teams are to remain closed up at
the Start Line during the inspection by the judges.
(vii) On completion, the team at the start line will be ordered to unrig the
boat accordingly on the order of “Kasty Khali Karo
by Judge, Time keeper
will start the Stop Watch. The teams are to unrig their respective boat and
secure the gears and place them at the designated place. Team on
completion will muster at the Start Line and the team leader will make report
to the Judge “Kasty Khali Hai Sreemaan”
. Boat and gears will again be
inspected and assessed for correctness by the judges independently. The
score sheet fully completed and signed by the respective Judge is to be
handed over to the OiCWatermanship Competition in a sealed envelope
before commencing next assessment.
(viii) These envelopes are to be opened by the Board of the Officers who
will also compile the results. The following officers will constitute the BOO:
(aa) OiC Watermanship/HQ DGNCC
(bb) Nominated by HQ DGNCC
(cc) Nominated by HQ DGNCC
Conduct
3. Teams and the boat for the competition are to be drawn by draw of lots. Score sheet
will be explained by the Chief Judge.
4. DK Whalers are to be beached/put on chalks at least 15 mtr apart from each other.
Start line will be drawn by the conducting Directorate.
Assessments and Marks
5. A total of 100 marks (reduced to 10) shall be counted towards the competition. The
breakdown of the marks as follows:
(a) Rig of the crew - 05
(b) Rigging of Boat - 70
(c) Un-rigging of Boat - 20
(d) Discipline - 05
Annexure B8
RULES FOR INTER DIRECTORATE SHOOTING COMPETITIONAT AINSC
1. Aim
. The aim of the competition is to assess the firing standards of directorates and
provide motivation to develop firing as skill for competition at National and International level.
2. General.
Shooting competition will be a team event. Separate competition will
be held for each of the following categories with points noted against each: -
(a) Senior Division - 160 points max (40 X 2 x 2)
198
(b) Senior Wing - 160 points max (40 X 2 x 2)
3. Inter Directorate Shooting Competition will carry 100 points. Inter Directorate position
will be worked out only after totalling marks of all the participants. The marks will be awarded
based on the percentage of maximum marks obtained by a directorate and reduced to same
percentage of 100. e.g. if a directorate gets 240 marks out of 320, marks obtained by the dte
towards RDC/AINSC would be240/320 X 100=75
4. Venue.
Shooting competition will be held at AINSC. Venue will be selected by
Camp Commandant in consultation with OIC Competitions, where the requisite firing ranges
are available.
5. Dress.
Uniform with ankle boots.
6. Conduct
. Responsibility for conducting these competitions will be that of a
Board of Officers detailed by OIC Competitions and composed entirely of officers nominated
by DGNCC. Presiding Officer will declare score of each category on the spot and submit the
scores to OIC Competitions within 24 hrs. Overall Inter-Directorate position for whole of
shooting competition will be compiled by OIC Competitions subsequently after all matches
are completed.
7. Camp Commandant will only make the administrative and safety arrangements for
the competition. Firing Point and Butt will be manned by an Officer of the Board of Officer
nominated by DGNCC. Assistance of Camp PI Staff will always be made available to the
Board of Officers.
Strength and Competition of Teams Practice and Scoring
8. Composition of Teams.
Each Directorate team will consist of three SD and SW
cadets each. In addition, one cadet will be as reserve. These cadets will be from within the
total vacancies allotted for the Camp and selected at random as per policy.
9. Tie Breaker
. In case of a tie between firers for individual prizes (I, II and III of each
category), the following procedure will be adopted: -
(a) For Application.
In the event of tie, all affected firers will be made to fire
grouping practice applicable to their Wing. Size of the group will be taken into
consideration to decide the individual position. In case the tie still persists, it will be
broken as indicated at Sub Para 9 (b) below.
(b) For Grouping.
All affected will fire the same practice again. In case tie
still persists, the grouping will be fired again within one minute and later reduced by
10 seconds each time till the positions are decided.
10. Administration.
Camp Comdt will be responsible for all admin arrangements
incl the following:
(a) Range allotment and clearance. He will ascertain from OIC Competitions in
advance, the dates on which range is required.
(b) Coordinating with OIC Competitions the date and programme of the
competitions.
(c) Safety precautions including provision of sentries.
199
(d) Provision and proper distribution of ammunition.
(e) Arranging armourer with tools at the Firing Point.
(f) Provision of targets, flags, jackets and target patching material.
(g) Practising the Competitors in Range Drill.
(h) Provision of Firing Point and Butt Registers.
(j) Buglers.
(k) Establishment of Kote and ammunition store in the Camp.
(l) First aid box and medical Staff. He will also position an Ambulance Vehicle at
the Firing Point for the duration of the Competition.
(m) Tele communication.
(n) Transportation of cadets and stores to range and back.
(p) Stop watch.
11. Weapons.
.22 Service pattern Rifle of any mark (Mk III or IV), Deluxe / Sporting
rifles would only be allowed. Directorates are permitted to use their own service weapons
and ammunition including foreign/imported ammunition for the competition (not exceeding 4
in number). The Rifles will be properly zeroed before being brought to the Camp. During the
journey the rifles will be carried by the PI Staff and not by the cadets. Directorates bringing
own arms and ammunition are to follow laid down service rules and procedure for
transportation to and fro. The Directorates unable to do so may liaise in advance with
Conducting Directorate of the Camp for provisioning of weapons and ammunition.
12. Ammunition.
The Camp Commandant will provide ammunition including for zeroing
and warmer rounds out of the ammunition brought by the Directorates.
13. Practices.
Two practices of Grouping and Application will be fired as follows:-
(a) Grouping
Distance - 25 Mtrs/yards (Depending upon the firing range).
Number of rounds - Five.
Position - Lying with rest.
Target – 1x1 Grouping Target.
Highest Points - 40
Time - Own Time.
Scoring
2.0 cms and below 40 Points
2.5 cms -do- 36 Points
3.0 cms -do- 32 Points
3.5 cms -do- 28 Points
4.0 cms -do- 24 Points
4.5 cms -do- 20 Points
5.0 cms -do- 16 Points
5.5 cms -do- 12 Points
200
6.0 cms -do- 08 Points
6.5 cms -do- 04 Points
Above 6.5 cms -do- 00 Points
(b) Application
Distance - 25 Metres/yards.
No. of rounds. - Five.
Position - Lying without rest.
Target - 1 x 1 Application Target.
Highest points - 40
Time. - Own Time.
Scoring
Bull - 8 Points
Inner - 6 Points
Magpie - 4 Points
Outer - 2 Points
14. Warmer Rounds.
Two warmer rounds will be allowed at the beginning of the
competition each day when the rifle is fired for the first time.
15. Misfire/Stoppages
. In case of a misfire or stoppage, additional
exposure/ammunition will be permitted. But in case a competitor fails to fire within the laid
down timings, no extra time exposure will be provided.
16. Zeroing.
Directorate teams desirous of checking zeroing of weapons of their
cadets can do so before commencement of the competition if facilities are so available.
Award of Points to Directorates
17. Points scored by the cadets in each practice will be totalled and average taken to
arrive at the score of the Directorate in that competition. Award of medals will, however, be
based on individual performance of cadets. Cadets securing, I, II and III position in each
competition will be awarded individual prizes before dispersal from the Camp where
competition is held. Inter Directorate Shooting Trophy will be awarded at the AINSC Camp
where competition is conducted.
201
Annexure B9
RULES FOR INTER DIRECTORATE DRILL COMPETITION AT AINSC
1. Aim.
The aim of the competition is to instil sense of discipline and pride among
cadets and to assess ability of cadets to perform correct and coordinated drill movements.
2. Composition of Directorate Contingent.
Each Directorate Contingent will consist
of thirteen cadets (09 SD and 03 SW cadets and one Contingent Commander). Participants
will be drawn from within the authorized Naval Strength of the respective Directorate.
3. Sequence of Action.
The contingent will be formed in three rank and four
files just behind the line marked for inspection by the judges. The screening will commence
with senior cadet stepping out to take permission from the Chief Judge. The sequence of
events and drill movements are as follows: -
4. Dress.
The competition will be conducted in two parts as under.
(a) All participating cadets are to be dressed in Dress No 8A - Summer Wear, as
follows: -
(i) Beret NCC Cap Badge/ White/Pagri Badge & Red Hackle.
(ii) Shirt White.
(iii) Name plates, Bilingual with white base and black lettering.
(iv) Trousers White.
(v) Socks White.
(vi) Boots Black Leather.
(vii) Belt Nylon white with NCC Buckle.
(viii) Sling Rifle Web White
(ix) Accoutrements, such as badges of rank, proficiency badges, certificate
examination badges, authorised camp badges and adventure activity badges
as per Dress regulations.
(b) Points will be deducted if cadets are found not wearing appropriate or wearing
unauthorised badges/stripes of rank, NCC certificate proficiency badges, shoulder
titles and such like accoutrements as per NCC Dress Regulations. For each mistake
in uniform of a cadet ½ penalty point will be added to Contingent’s score.
(c) Wearing of white gloves during Drill Competition is not permitted.
Conduct
5. The competition will be conducted in two parts as under:-
(a) Part-I Inspection of contingent and foot drill without Arms.
(b) Part-II Drill with Arms and March Past.
Conduct of Part I
(To commence on indication of hand signal from Judge to senior cadet).
202
6. The contingent commander comes to SAVDHAN turns about and gives the
following Command:-
(a) Khuli Line Chal
(b) DahineSaj
7. After “DAHINESAJ” the senior cadet will turn about and report to the Judge
(Name) DIRECTORATE CONTINGENT APKENIRIKSHANKELIYETAIYYAR HAI
SHRIMAAN” salutes, turns about, marches off to his designated position for inspection.
Once the Judge has inspected the contingent, the senior cadet will commence the drill in the
sequential order given below after giving orders for nikat line chal :-
(a) Dahine Mur
(b) Baen Mur
(c) Peeche Mur
(d) Dahine Mur
(e) TejChal
(f) Dahine Salute (At Flag Marker)
(g) SamaneDekh (At Flag Marker)
(h) Peeche mur
(j) Baen Salute (At Flag Marker)
(k) Samne Dekh (At Flag Marker)
(l) Tham
(m) Line Thor
8. After doing these movements the senior cadet will take permission to perform the
second part. “BHAG DO SHURUKARANE KI AAGYACHAHATA HUN, SHRIMAAN”
9. Once the permission is given, before commencing Part-II of the Drill competition, for
seeking permission to pick up the Rifles the following word of command will issued.
“SHASTRA UTHANNEKELIYEDAURKECHAL”
Conduct of Part II
10. Arms drill will be carried out with 7.62 mm SLR Rifles. The contingent will pick up
the Rifles (on the double) and fall in again at the place earmarked in “BAJU SHASTRA”
position. Once the directorate contingent is properly formed the senior cadet will ask “BHAG
DO SHURUKARNEKEAAGAYA DE, SHRIMAAN” and perform the drill in the following
sequence: -
(a) Bagal Shastra
(b) Baju Shastra
203
(c) Salami Shastra (the Sr cadet will salute along with the contingent)
(d) BajuShantra
(e) Bagal Shastra
(f) Baen Mur
(g) Peeche Mur
(h) TejChal
(j) Dahine Salute (At Flag Marker)
(k) SamneDekh (At Flag Marker)
(l) Peeche Mur
(m) Baen Salute (At Flag Marker)
(n) SamneDekh (At Flag Marker)
(p) Tham
(q) Dahen Mur
(r) Seek permission to march away (Go back and deposit Rifles)
Marking
11. The total marks for Part I and Part II will be 100. The scores for each part will be
marked separately as follows: -
(a) Part I (Marks 40)
S.No Event Marks
(I) Coming up on Parade and forming up 2 ½ 05
(II) Turn out and smartness 2 ½ 05
(III) Foot Drill and Turning Movements 10 10
(IV) Steadiness on Parade & Dressing of File and Rank 0 05
(V) Marching and Saluting 10 10
(VI) Word of Command 05 05
Total 40
(b) Part II (Marks 60)
S.No Event Marks
(I) Rifle Drill movements 15
(II) Marching & Dressing of files and rank 15
(III) Saluting and distances between files 15
(IV) Word of Command 15
Total 60
204
Annexure B10
RULES FOR INTER DIRECTORATE SEMAPHORE
COMPETITION AT AINSC
Aim
1. The aim of the competition is to develop skills of visual communication and assess
the level of proficiency achieved by various directorates.
Venue
2. Competition will be held at Nau Sainik Camp.
Composition of Directorate Team
3. 50% of SD & SW cadets of each Directorate would participate on random selection.
The two SD & SW Ship Modellers are exempted from participating in this competition and
hence not a part of draw.
Dress
4. Uniform.
Allocation of Marks
5. A total of 100 points will be allocated for this competition.
Examination
6. Format for examination would be as follows: -
(a) Transmitting speed will be 10 words per minute.
(b) The exam will be conducted in two parts. Firstly, the message transmitted
will contain in the initial part 10 groups of numbers followed by a paragraph of
approximately 50 words.
(c) The transmission will be read by one cadet and noted by other both in case
of SD and SW. Then the pairs are to be exchanged and the test repeated with
different paragraph and alpha-numeric words.
(d) Cadets would be provided NC 1 form. Correct formatting would be
awarded 10 points and wrong format would be awarded zero points in the overall
computation of marks.
7. The marks scored by each cadet of Directorate would be averaged out to get the final
result of the competition.
Judges for the Competition
8. The judges for the competition will be nominated by DGNCC.
205
Annexure B11
RULES FOR CONDUCT OF BEST CADET COMPETITION DURING
AINSC (NON-RD BANNER COMPETITION)
1. Aim
. The aim of the Best Cadet Competition is: -
(a) To encourage cadets of the Naval Wing of all Directorates to excel in multiple
disciplines and develop leadership qualities.
(b) To provide outstanding cadets an opportunity to compete in a healthy
environment and get a sense of achievement.
2. Team Composition
. Each Directorate will nominate 02 SD and 01 SW cadet for the
competition.
3. Eligibility
. The cadet nominated for the Best Cadet Competition: -
(a) Must have attended a minimum of one camp.
(b) Must have attended minimum of 75% of parades conducted during each year
of his/her NCC training.
(c) Must have participated at least in one of the sailing activities. (Sailing
Expedition/ Sailing Regatta/ MENU)
(d) Must have been nominated in the following Competition in current AINSC
(i) Service Subject (Written)
(ii) Drill
(iii) Firing/shooting
4. Nominal Roll.
Each Contingent Commander is to submit a Nominal Roll of his Best
Cadet Team to the Camp Commandant upon arrival at the Camp.
5. Conduct
. The best cadet from SD and SW will be selected as the Best Cadet of
the Camp every year. The competition will be of 50 Marks each for SD and SW. The marks
distribution will be as follows: -
S No
Activity Marks Remarks
(a) Service Subject Written 200 Marks obtained in the respective competitions at
the Camp.
(b) Drill 100
(c) Firing/shooting 100
(d) Interview by BOO 75 Officers of HQ DGNCC
(e) Final Interview
25 By visiting VIP from HQ DG NCC/ Conducting
Directorate ADG/DDG
Total 500
These marks will be reduced to 75 each for SD &
SW both to get the final marks.
6. Standard Procedure.
(a) Directorate will hand over the list of cadets appearing for the Best Cadet
Competition (02 SD & 01 SW each) of the respective Directorate to the OiC Non
Watermanship Competitions.
206
(b) OiC Non Watermanship Competitions to prepare a consolidated list of
Candidates by Directorate.
(c) Marks obtained by the cadet in the competitions at 5(a-c) above are to be
endorsed on the Score sheet as per format below by the OiC Non Watermanship
Competitions and handed over to the DG Rep {JD Trg (Navy)} in sealed envelope
named as Score Sheet – 1(Master Score Sheet).
Name
Directora
te
Chest
No
Service
Subject
(1)
Drill (2)
Firing (3)
Inter
view
*
Average
(4)
Final
Interview
(5) **
Total
Score
1+2+3+4
+5
Position
* A, B & C are
the board
Members
** Final
Interview by VIP
Visiting the
camp/ADG/DDG
of conducting
Dte.
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
(d) A Board of Officers consisting of officers from HQDGNCC will constitute the
Board. The DG Rep {JD Trg (Navy)} even if the Presiding officer will also act as the
secretary of the board.
(e) The Board will evaluate the cadets on the following aspects:
(i) Personal Bearing, turnout, disposition and mannerism.
(ii) Communication skill, clarity of thought and expression.
(iii) Comprehension and intelligence.
(iv) Response/Ability to react.
(f) Marks awarded to a cadet by individual board member (incl President of the
Board) are to be handed over in a sealed envelope to the secretary of the Board (DG
Rep {JD Trg (Navy)} (Sheet-2) individually.
(g) Marks obtained in the Final interview by the visiting VIP from HQ DG
NCC/Conducting Directorate ADG/DDG are to be obtained in sealed envelope by the
DG Rep-{JD Trg (Navy) (Sheet-3)
(h) The same BOO will assemble again and the envelope (Sheet 1-3) will be
opened and the marks will be compiled by the DG Rep. {JD Trg (Navy)} on the
Master Score Sheet. Cadet (SD and SW) scoring maximum will be declared First.
207
Annexure B12
RULES FOR LINE AREA COMPETITION AT AINSC
Aim
1. The aim of the competition is to show case the artistic, conceptual and imaginative
skills of the cadets working as a team and set standards of excellence.
General
2. The Line Area Competition will cover the line area of SD Cadets only. Venue of the
competition will be Nau Sainik Camp. All available cadets including un-utilised reserves for
various events may participate. The competition will be held in tents/ built up area. This will
carry 50 marks. The points would be subdivided as under:-
(a) Line Area - 35 points
(b) Tent Pitching - 15 points
3. No unauthorized and / or fancy items will be displayed in the Line Area.
4. Each contingent will bring two fire extinguishers, one fire hook, one fire beater and
four buckets for the Competition. Extravagant display of fire fighting equipment like CGI
Sheet / Tin Roofing of the fire point is not required. The equipment should be in serviceable
condition.
5. A board of officers will be detailed by OIC competitions to assess the Line Area
Competition and tent pitching competitions. The tent pitching would invariably be carried out
on the first day of camp.
6. Each officer detailed in the Board of Officers will assess the contingents
independently. Thereafter average marks of the board will be arrived at and submitted to
OIC competitions as the final marks.
7. The contingent securing first place in this Competition will be awarded the Inter
Directorate Line Area Competition Trophy.
Criteria for Assessment
8. The following will be the criteria for assessment of Line Area: -
SNo
Assessment Criteria Marks
(a) General layout of the area (As per enclosed sketch), hygiene
and cleanliness & arrangement for refuse disposal(dustbin &
its use).
15
(b) Display of various orders, both in the English and in Hindi
(Camp Fire Fighting, Standing & Routine Orders).
05
(c) Correct layout, maintenance and serviceability of fire fighting
eqpt
10
(d) Correct and uniform kit layout. 05
(e) Use of kit and equipment and its maintenance. 05
TOTAL 50
208
SKETCH SHOWING LAYOUT OF ITEMS ON/UNDER THE COT
Top View
Kit bag
FOLDED
BLANKETS
WITH STEEL PLATE
Glass& plate stainless
steel (on top of folded
blanket)
Shoes and Boots
Notes:
1. Stainless steel glass & plate be displayed.
2. A ‘bed card’ will be displayed on each kit. No photographs will be pasted on it.
3. Size of glass/plate/bed card will be standardized in each Directorate.
4. Notice Board & ‘Snake bite kit’ will be displayed.
5. Mirror and dustbin will be displayed.
6. The layout will be checked on all days throughout the camp except for the first two days
when the camp is being set up and a day prior to the closing ceremony/prize distribution.
Annexure B13
RULES FOR INTER DIRECTORATE HEALTH& HYGIENE
COMPETITION AT AINSC
1. Aim.
To judge the knowledge of cadets in Health & Hygiene in order to promote
professional skill involved in these subjects and thus making them useful citizens.
2. Venue.
Competition will be held at Nau Sainik Camp.
3. Composition of Directorate Team.
Two SD and SW cadets each will
participate in the competition.
4. Dress.
Uniform.
5. Allocation of Marks.
These are as under: -
(a) Theory Examination - 40 marks
209
(b) Oral Examination - 10 marks
6. Theory Examination
. The written examination will consist of an objective type and
short answers question paper covering the syllabus for Health & Hygiene up to second year
of training. The answer sheets will be evaluated by the team of officers’ conducting the
competition. The paper will be of approx. one hour duration.
7. Oral Examination
. Cadets will also be examined by an oral test. The scope will
include any of the topic(S) given in the syllabus for Health & Hygiene. The judge will decide
the question bank for oral test prior to holding the competition. The topic for the oral test will
remain the same for all teams.
8. Judges for the Competition.
The judges for the competition will be
nominated by DGNCC.
Annexure B14
RULES FOR INTER DIRECTORATE SAILING REGATTA COMPETITION
1. Introduction.
Sailing forms an important part of adventure training in the
Naval Wing NCC. Sailing Regatta will be conducted at INS Chilka or at any Centrally
Organised Camp as ordered by DG NCC. The aim of the sailing competition is to: -
(a) To assess the level of proficiency achieved by various directorates.
(b) To inculcate spirit of adventure and team spirit among the cadets.
2. Crew.
Each Directorate will field team of 03 SD and 03 SW Naval Cadets including
one reserve.
3. Boat.
The race will be conducted in Enterprise Class / sailing Boats as ordered.
4. Participation of any team will be subject to the condition that a representative of
DGNCC or Secretary Sailing club will assess the proficiency of the crew and decide whether
the coxswain is sufficiently proficient to participate in the race in the interest of the safety of
the crew. His decision will be final. The assessment will, however, be made by sailing the
teams one by one or by running a short race. Boats thus disqualified, if any, shall run a race
for deciding their intense position at the end of the event.
5. Rules for Conduct of the Race.
The race will be conducted in accordance with
International Yachting Racing Union(IYRU) Rules as promulgated from time to time. All
Directorates may obtain copies of these Rules from the nearest office of the Yachting
Association for their guidance. The detailed procedure to be followed for the conduct of the
sailing race will be issued by Commanding Officer Nau Sainik Camp along with the
Administrative Instructions for the Camp.
6. Results of the race will be intimated to the DGNCC by the Camp Commandant Points
earned by each Directorate will count towards Republic Day Banner Competition.
7. The safety of the cadet is paramount and at no cost is to be compromised while
dealing specially with the water borne activities. Camp Commandant is to adhere with safety
precautions at Annexure B-6A in addition to the safety instructions issued from time to time.
The team of the Directorate securing First Position will be awarded 100 points and
210
subsequent teams will be awarded points on a sliding scale with a difference of 2.50 points.
For example
: -
S.No Position Marks
(a) First 100 points
(b) Second 97.50 points (100 - 2.50)
(c) Third 95.00 points (97.50 - 2.50)
(d) Fourth 92.50 points (95.00 - 2.50) and so on with a difference of 2.5
between each position and the 17th position will get 60 points.
8. Rig for the Crew.
The following rig is to be worn by the crew: -
S.No Dress S.No Dress
(a) White Shorts (b) Blue Socks
(c) White Shirt (d) Inflatable Life Jackets
(e) P.T. Shoes (f) Jersey (On order during cold weather)
9. Protest.
Protest/objection/observations, if any, is to be lodged in writing within
30 minutes of completion/closing of the event.
10. Results.
Results will be announced after disposing off protest/objections, if any.
11. Prizes.
The inter-directorate sailing regatta trophy will be awarded to the
winning directorate on the final day of Competition.
Guidelines on Safety and Security
12. Introduction.
The safety rules to be observed during the practices and the finals of
Regatta are given in the succeeding paragraphs. These safety rules are the guidelines for
the safety precautions to be observed by officers, PI staff and cadets participating in this
Regatta. These rules are compiled from Seamanship Manual (BR 67) 1995 edition and
various relevant sources.
13. Whilst every effort has been made to make these safety rules as comprehensive as
possible to cover all contingencies, it is not possible to cover all contingencies in such
situations. Therefore, personnel are advised to revert to advice/instructions tendered in
Seamanship Manual (BR 67) and other relevant publications and the dictates of common
sense as circumstances of the situation may warrant. Where, for some reasons, there has
been a departure in these rules from those laid down in Seamanship Manual Vol I and II, the
Seamanship Manual will supersede these instructions.
14. Conditions of Boats and Fittings.
It is to be ensured that the boats designated as
main and stand by for the regatta(boats and dinghies) are generally in overall good condition
and there are no serious hull defects that may affect the seaworthiness of the boat during its
employment during the Regatta. Special attention should be paid to the following aspects: -
(a) The hull should be waterproof to ensure that there is no possibility of
ingress of water, which can, in any way, endanger its safety.
(b) All damaged items especially planks, keel box and buoyancy tanks etc are
repaired properly and have been inspected.
(c) All the necessary fittings required for pulling and sailing, such as mast,
sails, thwarts stretchers etc, are in state.
211
(d) The bilge rails of boat and dinghies and the lifelines of boat are ok.
(e) All the securing gear such as ringbolts, towing bollards, wires, ropes have
been checked.
(f) The rudder and its fittings are well secured and the tiller is provided with its
split pin to ensure that it does not slip out whilst in use.
(g) The plugs of the boats are properly fitted and the boat is watertight.
15. Checking the Equipment.
Before taking out the whalers/dinghies for use during
the practices/heats/regatta, coxswains is to ensure that the boat is correctly rigged.
Coxswain is to doubly ensure the following: -
(a) Plug
. Is to be secured in its hold properly with no leakage.
(b) Oars.
Full complement of oars with one spare oar is to be ensured. It is
particularly important that a dinghy equipped with only one pair of sculls should
carry a spare oar.
(c) Crutches (Single-Banked Boats)
. Full complement of oars with one
spare to be ensured. Crutches are to be secured by its lanyard to the boat.
(d) Stretcher.
Is to be fitted in place for each thwart.
(e) Rudder
. Is to be shipped with lanyard secured to after ringbolt.
(f) Tiller.
Is to be shipped and secured with its split pin.
(g) Painter.
This is to be shackled to the stem ringbolt.
(h) Towing Bollard.
If portable, it is to be in the boat with its clamp & pin.
(j) Wearing of Life Jackets.
The crew is to wear half inflated Life jackets at
all the time during sailing/pulling.
16. Conduct of the Crew in the Boat.
When entering a boat, the crew should step on
thwarts they should avoid stepping on the gunwale and move carefully in the boat.
Movement of personnel in the boat must be kept to the absolute essential when underway.
Even when the boat is alongside, movements inside the boat must be controlled and orderly.
The crew member or passenger in the boat should not lean or rest any part of his body on
the gunwale nor should any part of his body extend outside the hull of the boat except when
specifically required to balance the boat during sailing.
17. Loading of Boats.
The boat should not be loaded with personnel or material
beyond the stipulated capacity. The maximum of personnel that may be embarked in boats
is given below: -
(a) Whaler - 10 Cadets
(b) Dinghy - 03 Cadets
18. In addition to reducing loading to the number of personnel specified above, due
heed must be paid to the positioning of personnel/material in the boat to ensure that the boat
212
remains on an even keel. Extra care while loading a boat is to be exercised so that boat
does not becomes top heavy and therefore unstable.
19. Precautions During Sailing.
(f) Sheets should be kept in hand and not belayed.
(g) All the boat crew to wear half inflated life jackets at all the times while
sailing/pulling.
(h) When sailing, no one should stand on the thwarts or climb the mast.
(i) If the gear is fouled aloft and cannot be cleared with a boat hook, crew must
stand on the bottom boards while clearing the foul.
(j) Alternatively, the sails is to be lowered to clear it.
20. Handling in Rough Weather.
Attention of the coxswains is drawn to the
condition that may occur during sailing in rough weather. The precautions and remedial
action that should be taken as laid down under these headings in Seamanship Manual (BR
67) page 5-77 to 5-92. All the coxswains and crew are to be fully conversant with these
actions and must be able to put them into practice if the situation warrants it.
21. Drop Keel.
In a small boat, when keel is lowered, it lowers the center of gravity of
the boat and make the boat more stabilized. When the keel is lowered, the resistance
offered by the water to its surface reduces any tendency of the boat to roll but when the boat
is under sail and making leeway, this lateral resistance will produce a capsizing movement.
The movement is not appreciable under normal conditions of beating and reaching but may
become dangerous if the boat is blown broadside to leeward by a sudden squall or if she
yaws badly or broaches to when running. The drop keel should always be raised if there is
chance of the boat running aground because if it hits the bottom not only might it become
bent which might prevent it from being raised, it may also capsize the boat or even split her
open.
22. Safety Boat.
A minimum of one power boat should always remain available as
safety boat during the conduct of the regatta. The safety boat should carry the following: -
(a) One swimmer qualified in life saving.
(b) Two life buoys.
(c) Six spare life jackets.
23. Safety Officer.
A safety and rescue officer is to be detailed by name by
conducting Directorate. This officer will be responsible for ensuring safety during practices
and during the Regatta.
24. Conclusion.
The above rules are only general guidelines for the safety of these
expeditions, they are by no means comprehensive and are to be read in conjunction with
Manual of Seamanship (BR 67) 1995 edition and other relevant publications. Where there
has been a departure in these rules from those laid down in the Manual of Seamanship 1995
edition, the Seamanship manual will supersede these instructions.
213
Appendix C
(Refers to para 3 of General Rules)
RULES FOR INTER DIRECTORATE AIR WING COMPETITIONS
1. General
All India Vayu Sainik Camp (AIVSC) is essentially a centrally
organised training camp for eligible Air Wing Cadets organised and conducted on behalf of
Directorate Gen NCC. The aim of conduct of Air Wing Competitions is to: -
(a) Assess Proficiency achieved by NCC Air Squadrons in all aspects of Air Wing
training.
(b) Assess conduct of Air Wing specialized training at respective Air Squadrons
and Air Force specific awareness of participating cadets.
(c) Inculcate a sense of Discipline, Leadership and Team Spirit.
(d) Inculcate a sense of adventure and achievement involving a very high
degree of precision and coordination.
2. Conduct of Air Wing Competitions
.
(a) The Inter Directorate Air Wing Competitions shall be conducted during All
India Vayu Sainik Camp (AIVSC) held in the month of October / November. The
competitions will contribute 70 RD Banner points. The following events will be
conducted towards RD banner:
Event
Marks
(i) Flying : 1200
(ii) Aero Modelling : 650
(iii) .22 Firing : 200
(iv) Skeet Shooting : 200
(v) Drill : 200
(vi) Line Area : 100
(vii) Health & Hygiene : 100
Total : 2650 (to be reduced to 70 RD
Banner Points)
(b) Air Wing Incentivising
. Considering additional impetus required to achieve
desired flying training standards, 30 RD Banner points for Air Wing activities have
been instituted. These points will be allotted after assessment based on reports
submitted to training Dte, which will be carried out over 100 points for each flying unit
as per following sub heads:
Event
Marks
214
(i) Number of SD / SW Cadets flown in MLs (min 3 sorties) 30
(ii) Percentage of JD / JW Cadets flown in MLs (1 sortie) 15
(iii) Aircraft Serviceability State (No of Days) 15
(iv) Availability of Hanger, Infrastructure 05
(v) Op Coordination with IAF / AAI 05
(vi) Upkeep of Maintenance Facilities 05
(vii) Flight Safety / Accident / Incident / Follow up of CoI 05
(viii) PRCN / Refresher Training of ANOs 05
(ix) Performance of Cadets in NCC ‘C’ Certificate Exam 05
(x) Submission of Monthly return through Dte 05
(xi) Innovations / Flying Training Facilities 05
Total 100
Note
: 100 marks will be reduced to 30 RD Banner points. The above distribution of
scores against each sub heads has been worked out based on realistic measures to
facilitate Air Trg at each Air Wing NCC Unit level. In case of multiple Units in a Dte,
the total scores will be prepared against each Flying Units and Dte score will be
worked out as average of all Flying Units.
Flying: Best Pilot Competition (Boys & Girls)
3. Flying competition will comprise of Ground Test (General Aviation Subjects & Type
SOP on Virus SW 80 / Zen Air / X- Air) and Flying Test. Each Directorate will submit nominal
roll of the Cadets and minimum 50% of the Cadets based on draw of lottery will appear for
Ground Test. Cadets securing more than 50 % in each of the Ground Tests will participate in
Flying Test. Flying Test will comprise of Checks & Procedure, Airmanship and Emergencies.
The marks awarded will be out of maximum of 600, 200, 200 and 200 for Ground Test,
Checks & Procedure, Airmanship and Emergencies respectively. Out of 600 marks towards
Ground Test 400 marks are allotted for General Aviation Subjects and 200 marks for type
SOP. Air Wing Specialised Training is to be imparted to all Air Wing Cadets and those
selected for AIVSC are to be proficient in Air Wing Ground subjects.
Aero Modelling Competitions
4. Static Model (150 Marks)
(a) Two Cadets will participate in Static Model Competition.
(b) Only One model (any type) of following scale to be brought to AIVSC without
details / finish / colour:
- Fighter / Bomber / Interceptor: Overall length 50 - 60 cm
- Helicopter: Overall length without Main Rotor 50 - 60 cm
- Transport / Executive ac: Wing span 50 - 60 cm
(c) Scale will be assessed out of 50 marks
(d) After assessment of scale, Cadets will be handed over the Models for finish,
details, clarity and colour scheme which will be further assessed out of 75 marks.
(e) Test / Viva on characteristics / performance / basic Aerodynamics of the
Aeroplane / Helicopter out of 25 marks.
215
5. Control Line Aerobatics Model (250 marks)
(a) Two Cadets will participate in Control Line Aero Model Competition.
(b) Cadets will carry respective Model Kit and necessary tools for assembly
&flying of Control Line Model. Readymade Models are not permitted.
(c) Assembly of CL Aerobatics Model: 100 marks
- Scale/ Assembly 25 marks
- Aerodynamic Characteristics 25 marks
- Finish 25 marks
- Test Flight 25 marks
(d) Flying of Model: 100 marks
- Take off 10 marks
- Vertical climb / dive 10 marks
- 3 consecutive loops 30 marks
- Inverted Flight 15 marks
- Figure of Eight 15 marks
- Landing 20 marks
(e) Test / Viva on basic Aerodynamics / Flying Characteristics: 50 marks
6. Radio Controlled Power Model (250 marks)
(a) Two Cadets will participate in RC Power Aero Model Competition.
(b) Cadets will carry respective Model Kit and necessary tools for assembly &
flying of RC Power Model. Readymade Models are not permitted.
(c) Assembly of RC Power Model: 100 marks
- Scale/Assembly 25 marks
- Aerodynamic Characteristics 25 marks
- Finish, Integration of Radio 25 marks
- Test Flight 25 marks
(d) Flying of Model: 100 marks
- Take off 10 marks
- 180 turn to one side 10 marks
- Figure of Eight 20 marks
- One Loop 10 marks
- Any one stunt 20 marks
- Circuit, Approach & Landing 30 marks
(e) Test / Viva on flying characteristics: 50 marks
Inter Directorates Point 22 Firing Competition
7. Total marks for .22 Firing will be 200. Grouping and snap shooting will be assessed
out of 80 and 120 respectively. Each Directorate will nominate 04 SD and 02 SW cadets out
of which 02 SD & 01 SW Cadets (By random selection) will participate. Each Cadet will
participate in Grouping & Snap Shooting and Directorates score will be average of 03
participants.
(a) Grouping (Max 80):
216
Upto 2 Cms and below - 80 points
3 Cms - 72 points
4 Cms - 64 points
5 Cms - 56 points
6 Cms - 48 points
7 Cms - 40 points
8 Cms - 32 points
9 Cms - 24 points
20 Cms - 16 points
11 Cms - 08 points
Above 11 Cms - NIL points
(b) Snap Shooting (Max 120) 5 rounds each 24 points.
Inter Directorates Skeet Shooting Competition
8. Each Directorate will nominate 02 SD & 02 SW Cadets for Skeet Shooting; out of
which 01 SD & 01 SW (By random selection) will participate. Total marks for Skeet shooting
will be 200 (100 each for SD & SW). 10 rounds of 10 points each will be fired apart from 02
practice rounds by each participant.
Inter Directorates Drill Competition
9. A total of 200 points are allotted for this event. The team will consist of 13 Cadets
including Parade Commander (minimum one SW Cadet to participate).
10 The contingent will be formed in three ranks and four files. After permission from
Judges, the Parade Commander will command the contingent for ‘Khuli line chal’ &‘Dahine
saj’ for inspection by Judges. After inspection, Drill will commence in following order: -
(a) Dahine Mur, Baen Mur,Peeche Mur, Dahine / Baen Mur
(b) Tej Chal, Peeche Mur, Samne salute (On the march)
(c) Peeche Mur (After about 12 steps),Dahine / Baen Salute
(d) Peeche Mur, Baen/ Dahine Salute, Tham
(e) Baen / Dahine Mur, Samne Salute.
11. Arms drill will be carried out in following order:-
(a) Bagal Shastra, Baju Shastra, Salami Shastra, Baju Shastra
217
(b) Bagal Shastra, Baen / Dahine Mur, Peeche Mur,Tej Chal
(c) Peeche mur (After about 15 steps), Tham, Dahine / Baen mur
12. Marking will be as under:
(a) Turn Out, Dress, Smartness - 20
(b) Static Movements - 20
(c) Steadiness on Marching - 20
(d) Movements on Marching - 40
- Dahine / Baen & Peeche Mur (10)
- Samne, Baen & Dahine Salute (30)
(e) Static Movements (With Arms) - 25
(f) Steadiness on Marching (With Arms) - 15
(f) Movements on Marching (With Arms) - 20
(f) Leadership & Word of Command - 30
(g) Team Spirit & Josh - 10
_______________________________________________________________
Total: 200
Inter Directorates Line Area Competition
13. A total of 100 points are allotted for this event including 20 points towards Tent
pitching which will be held separately. The line area competition will be conducted in the
area specified by Judges. All Cadets of the Directorates are to participate. The venue and
time of the competition will be notified 24 hrs prior to conduct of competition. Marking for
Line area and Tend pitching are as follows:-
(a) General layout and cleanliness of the Area - 15
(b) Display of various orders both in Eng & Hindi (Camp
orders, fire fighting Orders, Routine orders, Security Orders etc) 10
(c) Neat layout & Serviceability of Fire Fighting Eqpt 15
(d) Fixing of tents, Entry Area decorum 15
(e) Arrangement for throwing refuse 10
(f) Kit layout, use of kit & eqpt and its maint 15
(g) Tent Pitching (Held separately) 20
10 points upto 10 minutes or less. 01 mark will be deducted for every
30 seconds or part thereof, after 10 minutes.
Neatness of Tent 05 marks,
218
Kit Layout (04 kit) 05 marks)
Health & Hygiene Competition
14. 02 SD & 02 SW Cadets (Drawn by random selection of all Cadets of the
Directorates) from each Directorate will participate in Health & Hygiene competition. Total
marks for Health & Hygiene will be 100.
(a) Theory: 80 marks
(b) Viva: 20 marks
15. Recording, Declaration and Forwarding of Results
.
(a) The Directorate(s) and Camp staff nominated by DGNCC for the conduct the
competitions will make all administrative and safety arrangements. Conduct of
Competitions, Assessment, Compilation and Declaration of Results will be carried out
by IAF Officers detailed by Air HQ/DGNCC.
(b) On conclusion of each individual event the detailed officer will record the
results. Oi/c Competition will compile results of all events and event wise result
sheets will be scrutinised and countersigned by the representative of DGNCC. Final
result sheet will be countersigned by Camp Commandant.
(c) Protests, if any, during conduct of any competition, will be submitted in writing
to Oi/c Competition along with Rs 1000/- (Rupees One Thousand only) within two
hours. After detailed check on the matter, the Oi/c Competition will forward the same
along with remarks to Rep of DGNCC for disposal. Decision of Rep of DGNCC will
be final.
16. Following trophies will be awarded asper Directorates performance:-
(a) Vayu Sena Trophy for Best Air Contingent
(b) Vayu Sena Trophy for 2
nd
Best Air Contingent (Runners Up)
(c) Best Directorates in Flying
(d) Best Directorates in Aero Modelling
(e) Best Directorates in Firing
(f) Best Directorates in Drill
(g) Best Directorates in Line Area
17. Following Medals (Gold, Silver, Bronze) will be awarded as per Individual
performance;-
(a) Flying (SD)
(b) Flying (SW)
(c) Static Aero Model
219
(d) Control Line Aero Model
(e) Radio Controlled Aero Model
(f) .22 Firing (SD)
(g) .22 Firing (SW)
(h) Skeet Shooting (SD)
(j) Skeet Shooting (SW)
(k) Health & Hygiene (SD)
(l) Health & Hygiene (SW)
18. Eligibility for Participation in Air Wing Competitions
. Only Second / Third
Cadets are permitted to participate in AIVSC. A Cadet is permitted to attend AIVSC only
once. Squadron wise distribution of vacancies for SD/SW Air Wing cadets as intimated by
DGNCC is to be strictly adhered to.
19. Conversion to RD banner Points
. Following formula will be applied:-
(a) Air Wing Competitions
.
Total Marks Scored by a Directorate (para 2 (a) refers) x 70
2650
(b) Air Wing Incentivisation
Total Marks Scored by a Directorate (para 2 (b) refers) x 30
100
Air Wing Display During RDC
20. Air Wing Competitions towards RD banner are being held during AIVSC. Hence, no
Air Wing Competitions are scheduled during RDC & PM’s Rally.
21. In Order to motivate all participating Cadets of RDC towards Aviation related
activities and display Air Wing activities to visiting dignitaries, Air Wing display consisting of
Static Aero Models & Flying Aero Models prepared by NCC Air Wing Cadets during
preceding AIVSC. Air Wing Display will be conducted in following manner.
(a) Static Aero Model
. 16 Static Aero Models build and assessed at preceding
AIVSC will be displayed. Each Dte will bring the Static Model in a transparent case.
Name of Dte is to be pasted on top right corner of the case when viewed from top.
Placards to be made with details including leading particulars, performance, country
of origin, roles on which the aero plane is employed, etc. In addition, Scale, Name of
the Two Cadets who taught them making of the Model at their respective Unit / Dte is
to be mentioned at the bottom of the placard. Placard holder is to be displayed on top
of the case.
(b) Control Line Aerobatic Model
. 03 Control Line Aerobatic Models build and
assessed as 1
st
, 2
nd
& 3
rd
in order of merit during preceding AIVSC to be brought to
220
RDC. Placard with mention of Dte, name of the Two Cadets who Instructor who
prepared the Flying Model at preceding AIVSC location and name of the CO
/Instructor who taught them making of the Flying Model at their respective Unit / Dte
is to be mentioned at the bottom of the placard. Placard holder is to be displayed
adjacent to the Model.
(c) Radio Controlled power Model
. 03 Radio Controlled power Models buld and
assessed as 1
st
, 2
nd
& 3
rd
in order of merit during preceding AIVSC to be brought to
RDC. Placard with mention of Dte, name of the Two Cadets who Instructor who
taught them making of the Flying Model at their respective Unit / Dte is to be
mentioned at the bottom of the placard. Placard holder is to be displayed adjacent to
the Model.
22. There is no change in total number of Air Wing Cadets participation in RDC as part of
the Dte contingent. As there are no Aero Modeling completions during RDC, it is not
mandatory to filed Aero Modeling Cadets as part of the Dte contingent. However, each Dte is
to nominate on Air Wing Cadet with adequate communication skill and knowledge on
Aeroplane particulars / Aerodynamics so as to brief dignitaries during Presentation / Display
at NCC Republic Day Camp & PM’s Rally.
221
Appendix D
(Refers to Para 3 of General Rules)
RULES FOR INTER DIRECTORATE ARMY WING
COMPETITIONS: ALL INDIA THAL SAINIK CAMP (TSC) (BOYS)
General
1. Inter Directorate Thal Sainik Camp (TSC) (Boys) will carry 50 points towards RD Banner
and will be conducted during the TSC (Boys) along with Shooting Competition for SD and JD
Cadets as per details given below:-
(a)
All India Thal
Sainik Camp (TSC)
(Boys)
Strength of each
Directorate
Points
Annexure
SD JD Res Total
Total RD
Banner
(i) Obstacle Course 6 - 1 7 75 50 D1
(ii) Map reading 6 - 1 7 75 D2
(iii) Line & Tent Area - - - - 50 D3
(iv) Health & Hygiene 4 - 1 5 50 D4
(v)
Judging Distance &
Field Signal
Competition
8 - - 8
80
D5
Total 330
(b)
Service
Shooting
Competition
Strength of each
Directorate
Points
Annexure
SD JD Res Total
Total RD
Banner
(i) SD 9 - 1 10 130 F1
(ii) JD - 6 1 7 90 F2
Total 120
2. In addition, events like ‘guest lectures’, Un armed combat/martial arts as self defense
training, local treks, sight seeing and non-RD Banner competitions like ‘cultural programme’,
‘poster competition’, ‘best cadet competition’ etc., may also be included.
3. The Composition of TSC (Boys) contingent including participants for Inter Directorate
Service Shooting Competition will be as under: -
(a) SD Boys - 33
(b) JD Boys - 7
4. (SD) participants for the Inter Directorate Shooting Competition (all wings) will be distinct
from participants for TSC (Boys) including reserves and may take part only in either obstacle
course or map reading competitions. However, as regards other three competitions Para 1
(a) (iv) (v) (vi), the strength will be drawn as given below:-
Nominated by Dte
Randomly Selected
(a) Health and Hygiene
Competition
01 04
(b) Line Area and Tent Pitching All cadets -
(c) Judging Distance and Field 02 (one each for JD & FS) 06
222
5. Trophies/Cups will be awarded to each Directorate who secure first position in each of the
above-mentioned competitions. Similarly, for the individual position in each competition
individual prizes will be announced. These individual prizes/merit certificates will be
distributed during the Camp. They will have no bearing on the overall position of RD Banner.
There will be a separate Trophy for Directorate for Inter directorate Shooting Competition.
Director Training (A) will be responsible for procurement and handing over of the
Prizes/Trophies/Merit-Certificates to the Camp Commandant. However, Inter Directorate
Trophy will be awarded at the RD Camp.
Venue
6. The event will be held as one of the Centrally Organised Camps. DG NCC/Training (A)
will select venue in consultation with OIC Competitions & Secretary RDC keeping in mind
the requirements of all the three competitions planned to be held during the Camp.
Composition
7. Strength of teams for above competitions will be as indicated at Para 1 above.
Reserves
8. All Cadets will take part in one of the sub competitions.
Submission of Nominal Rolls
9. Directorates will submit the nominal rolls of their teams for each competition separately
(including reserves) in triplicate to the Camp Commandant, who will hand over these to the
Board of Officers conducting the competitions. These must be signed by the DDG of the
concerned directorate or in his absence by the respective Directors. If the Camp
Commandant does not receive nominal roll from any directorate by the due date he will call
upon senior most Officer/PI Staff /Cadet of the concerned Directorate attending the camp to
nominate the Directorate team. This team will be deemed to be the Official Team of that
Directorate. Unforeseen changes, if any, will be authenticated by senior most representative
of the Directorate, present in the camp.
Boards of Officers/Judges
10. While administrative arrangements for the competitions will be made by the Camp Staff,
the Competition will be conducted by a Board of Officers/Judges composed entirely of
officers of DG NCC, OTA Kamptee and OTA Gwalior. PI Staff will also be nominated by
Presiding Officer, out of Camp PI Staff, at random. Composition of the Board will be decided
by OIC Competitions (DDG (MS)/DG NCC).
11. Also one of the DDsG (from HQ DG NCC) or Commandant of OTA Kamptee/Gwalior will
be nominated by the DDG (MS), HQ DG NCC to oversee the conduct of competitions and
give on the spot decisions in case of any dispute/protest. He will also be responsible to give
his assessment on the standard displayed by the cadets and bring out any weaknesses
noticed by the Board.
Declaration of the Results
12. Results of each event will be finalized and signed by members of the Board of Officers
and announced on the spot. Inter Directorate position will be announced later, but before the
termination of the Camp (after all competitions are over).
223
13. Results duly signed by members of the Board of Officers and counter signed by the DDG
detailed to supervise the competitions will be submitted to OIC Competitions, who will obtain
approval of the DGNCC and send an authenticated copy to RD cell for dissemination to all
Directorates.
Rules of Competitions
14. These are contained in Annexure D1 – D5 referred to in Sub-Para 1 (a) above.
Administration
15. Camp Commandant will be responsible to make following administrative arrangement for
these competitions: -
(a) Flags as indicated in rules for obstacle Course, Point-to-Point March and
Shooting Competitions.
(b) Targets as per details given out in the Shooting Competition Rules.
(c) Service maps of the Competition Area.
(d) Other Administrative arrangements i.e. seating, first aid, water/refreshment etc.
(e) Transport.
(f) Coordinating the date, time and the programme of competitions with OIC
Competitions.
Dress & Equipment
16. All cadets will be dressed in FSMO less pack 08 and will carry DP rifles (to be provided
by Delhi Directorate) for all Army Wing Competitions less Shooting. However, Binocular,
Pointer staff, Compasses and Map-case at the scale of two per Directorate will be brought
by its Contingents.
17. Contents of Haversack will be as under: -
(a) Towel Hand - One
(b) Vest Cotton - One
(c) Underwear Cotton - One
(d) PT Shoes - One Pair
(e) Soap with case - One
(f) Toothpaste 50 gms - One
(g) Tooth brush - One
(h) Stainless Steel glass - One
(j) Handkerchief- 2
(k) Socks Black Nylon - One Pair
(l) Boot laces black - One Pair
(m) Housewife containing
(i) Thread White - One
(ii) Thread Khaki - One
(iii) Buttons White - Six (Shirts-3, Pant-3)
(iv) Buttons Khaki - Six (Shirts-3, Pant-3)
(v) Needles – Two
(vi) Safety Pins – six.
224
Annexure D1
INTER DIRECTORATE OBSTACLE COURSE COMPETITION
Obstacle course
1. The obstacle course will consist of the following: -
(a) Straight Balance
(b) Clean Jump
(c) Gate Vault
(d) Zig Zag Balance
(e) High Wall
(f) Double Ditch
(g) Right Vault
(h) Left Vault
(j) Dam Dama
(k) Straight Balance
Note
.
(a) Changes to above obstacles may be done depending on the availability of
obstacle course.
(b) The distance between the Start Line and the first obstacles will be 25 meters. The
distance between the last obstacle and the Finish Line will be 25 meters.
Conduct and Rules
2. It will be a team event and timed competition. Timings will be counted from the time the
first member of the team crosses the start line till the last member of the team crosses the
finish line. Dress for the competition will be Combat Dress with FSMO, less pack 08.
Scoring
3. The team with the lowest average timing will be awarded maximum points, followed by
other teams on the same criteria. In order to find the points scored by other Directorates, the
following formula will be adopted: -
Lowest total time in seconds taken by a team x 75
Next lowest time in seconds taken by a team
Penalty Points
4. The following points will be deducted as penalty points from the score obtained:
(a) Not doing High Wall - 08 points
(b) Not doing Double Ditch - 06 points
(c) Not doing Zig Zag Balance – 04 points.
(d) Not doing any other obstacle - 02 points for every obstacle
(e) Any member not completing the course - 25 points
225
(f) Straight Balance & Zig-Zag Balance obstacle will have a white line marked 1 feet
ahead of the further edge of the obstacle. Any cadet who does not clear this line will
be penalised with 01 point.
5. Penalty timings will be levied on the team in case a cadet does not carry the entire kit of
seventeen items in haversack as follows :-
(a) 1 to 3 items deficient - 1 second will be added to the timing.
(b) 4 to 6 items deficient - 2 seconds will be added to the timing.
(c) 7 to 10 items deficient - 3 seconds will be added to the timing.
(d) 11 or more items deficient - 4 seconds will be added to the timing.
6. In case cadets taking part in the competition are found to be having the water bottle ‘not
filled’ during the competition, 0.5 second will be added to the timing per cadet, in addition to
penalty imposed vide Para 5 above.
Administration
7. Camp Commandant will be responsible for the complete arrangements for the
competition. He will provide the following:-
(a) JCOs - 4
(b) PI Staff NCOs - 6
(c) Red Flags (4’ x 4’) with poles - 2
(d) White flags (4’ x 4’) with poles - 2
(e) Nursing Assistant with First Aid Box - 1
(f) Clip boards and Pencil - 6
(g) Stop Watch - 2
(h) Drinking Water - As required
8. OIC Competition will detail a Board of Officers to judge the competition. The Presiding
Officer will submit the consolidated result to OIC competition within 24 hours of its
completion.
9. Prior to the competition, a coordinating conference will be held. This will be chaired by
DDG (MS) and attended by the Board of Officers and OIC teams.
226
Annexure D2
MAP READING COMPETITION
Conduct and Rules
1. The aim of the competition is to test the grasping of the nuances of map reading by the
cadets and translating the same on ground to identify the point and vice versa. Competition
would be conducted in the morning from a vantage point. The strength of the team from
each Dte will be 06 SD cadets and 01 reserve SD cadet.
2. Following tests would be conducted: -
(a) Map to Ground
(b) Ground to Map
(c) Finding own position
3. Each cadet would get 04 min for GR of own loc and 03 min for GR of map to ground and
ground to map pts.
Scoring
4. The competition would carry a max of 75 marks. Detailed distribution of points is as
under:-
(a) Finding own position - 15 marks - 15 marks
(b) Ground to Map (two points) - 15 marks each- 30 marks
(c) Map to Ground (two points) - 15 marks each- 30 marks
5. Full marks would be given to an individual getting the GR within 100 m of the specified
GR. For every 100 m beyond the specified GR 2 points would be deducted for each
Easting/Northing.
6. Formula for team points.
Total points scored by team
No. of participants
7. Team Position
. The team scoring max points would receive 75 points. The subsequent
team would receive two points less i.e, First – 75, Second – 73, Third - 71 and so on.
8. Selection of Site and Points
. Would be done under the supervision of Board of Officers.
Board of Officers would select five points for Ground to Map and Map to Ground minimum
10 days before the competition. The same would be required to be approved by OIC
Competitions.
Administrative Arrangements
9. Camp Commandant would be responsible for the entire administrative arrangement of the
competition. He would be responsible to provide the following: -
(a) Seating arrangement at vantage point - Five 180 pounder outers with tarpaulin.
(b) Drinking Water - As required
227
(c) Medical officer and ambulance - One
(d) Radio sets ANPRC 25 with operators - Two
(e) Slips for writing GR - As required
(f) JCOs - Five
(g) PI Staff (NCOs) - Ten
(h) Flag Red (4’x 4’) - Two
(j) Plastic Chairs - Twenty
(k) Stop Watch - Two
(l) Map Sets - 10 Per Directorate
10. A coordinating conference would be held one day prior to the competition under the
chairmanship of DDG (MS). A Board of Officers would be detailed by OIC competition. The
Board of Officers and OIC teams would be required to attend the conference.
11. Duly compiled results would be required to be submitted to OIC competition within 24 hrs
after completion of the competition.
Annexure D3
RULES FOR LINE AREA COMPETITION
General
1. The Line Area Competition will cover the line area of all Directorates. Venue of the
competition will be Garrison Parade Ground, Delhi Cantt. This will carry 50 marks.
2. Special Instructions
(a) No unauthorised and/or fancy items will be displayed in the Line Area. No
credence will be given to un-military-like ostentatious/extravagant display of items.
(b) For assessment, emphasis will be laid on hygienic living conditions, neatness,
cleanliness and aesthetic appearance.
(c) Directorates are not required to spend money on colourful marble chips and/or
other fancy stores in front of the Line Area. These will not fetch any extra marks and
may even invite penalty.
(d) Directorates are not required to bring steel trunks for the cadets.
3. Each Team will establish a ‘fire point’ with the following items of fire fighting equipment at
a convenient location: -
(a) Fire extinguishers - 2
(b) Fire hook & fire beater - 1 each
(c) Buckets (sand) - 2
(d) Buckets (water) – 2
4. The equipment displayed should be in serviceable condition. No extravagant display of
non-essential equipment for fire fighting will be encouraged.
5. A board of officers will be detailed by OIC competitions to assess the Line Area
Competition. Separate Board of Officers will be detailed for Boys and Girls area.
6. Eac
h
Therea
f
OIC C
o
7. The
Directo
Criteri
a
8. The
f
Notes
:
9. The
C
genera
l
h
officer de
t
f
ter averag
e
o
mpetitions
continge
n
rate Line A
r
a
for Asse
s
f
ollowing w
i
(a) Ge
n
of the barr
a
(b) Displa
y
Fighting O
r
(c) Neat la
y
(d) Arrang
e
(e) Correct
:
(a) Stainle
s
(b) A bed
c
(c) Size of
g
(d) Notice
entry of th
e
(e) Mirror
a
C
amp Com
l
cleanlines
s
t
ailed in th
e
e
assessm
as the final
n
t securing
r
ea Compe
t
s
sment
i
ll be the cri
n
eral layou
t
a
cks and a
d
y
of variou
s
r
ders, Routi
y
out, maint
e
e
ment for r
e
and unifor
m
SKETCH
s
s steel gla
s
c
ard will be
d
g
lass/plate
/
Board & S
n
e
Barrack).
a
nd dustbin
mandant a
n
s
is mainta
i
e
Board of
ent of the
b
marks.
first plac
e
t
ition Trop
h
teria for as
s
t
and clean
d
joining are
a
s
orders b
ne Orders,
e
nance an
d
e
fuse dispo
s
m
kit layout
SHOWING
ON/
U
s
s & plate
b
d
isplayed
o
/
bed card
w
n
akebite ki
t
on right ha
n
d respecti
v
i
ned in the
C
228
Officers wi
b
oard me
m
e
in this
C
h
y.
s
essment
o
liness of A
r
a
s, layout
o
oth in the
Security O
d
serviceabi
s
al (Dustbi
n
, use of kit
a
LAYOUT
T
U
NDER TH
E
b
e displaye
d
o
n each kit.
w
ill be stand
t
will be pl
a
nd side (w
h
v
e Office
r
-i
n
C
amp on a
ll assess t
h
m
bers will
b
C
ompetitio
n
o
f Line Are
a
r
ea (to incl
u
o
f other sto
r
English a
n
rders etc.)
-
lity of fire fi
g
n
and its us
e
a
nd equip
m
T
OP VIEW
E
COT
d
.
No photog
r
ardised in
e
a
ced on lef
t
h
ile facing
m
n
-Charge
C
daily basis
h
e Conting
e
b
e arrived
a
n
will be
a
a
(Total 25)
:
u
de layout
o
r
es, kotes e
t
n
d Hindi (
C
-
05
g
hting equi
p
e
) - 05
m
ent and its
OF ITEMS
r
aph will be
e
ach Direct
o
t
hand side
m
ain entry
o
C
ontingents
.
e
nts indep
e
a
t and sub
m
a
warded t
h
:
-
o
f cots, cle
a
t
c.) - 05
C
amp Ord
e
p
ment - 05
maintenan
pasted on
o
rate.
(while faci
o
f the Barra
c
will ensure
e
ndently.
m
itted to
h
e Inter
a
nliness
e
rs, Fire
ce – 05
it.
ng main
c
k).
that the
229
TENT PITCHING COMPETITION (AS PART OF LINE AREA)
10. Inter Directorate Tent Pitching competition will be conducted during TSC as part of the
Line Area Inspection Competition. Modalities for the conduct of the competition are as under
:-
(a) One Tent Extendable (4M) will be pitched by each Directorate Team.
(b) Participation. Eight cadets will participate, selected at random, a day prior to the
conduct of competition, by the Board of Officer conducting the competition.
(c) Conduct
(i) Lay out of Tents, frames and personal kit in the Assembly Area, in
standard fashion, as dictated by the Presiding Officer.
(ii) Commence pitching of tent, by three Directorates teams at a time, at
the earmarked plot, starting from the Start Line which will be one end of the
Assembly Area.
(iii) Tent will be considered pitched and kits laid out only when all cadets
of the Directorate’s team fall back in the Assembly Area and a nominated
senior cadet of the team report to the presiding officer by giving the following
report.“___________________ Directorate Tent is ready for your inspection,
sir,”
(d) Assessment. The assessment for the competition will be for 15 points, as under :-
(i) Time Taken. 05 points upto 08 minutes or less. Half mark will be deducted
for every 30 seconds or part thereof, after 08 minutes.
(ii) Neatness of Tent Pitching* - 05 marks .
(iii) Kit Layout (04 kits/Tents) - 05 marks. Layout will be same as that for cots
in the Line Area inspections.
11. Aspects of coordination for the conduct of the competition will be included in the General
Instructions for the competition. These will be issued by the presiding officer conducting the
competition, 48 hours prior to the commencement of the competition.
*Note - Neatness of Tent pitching will include the following :-
(i) Correct assembling of frame and securing to the ground.
(ii) Correct stretching of tent Outer and Inner covers over the frame.
(iii) Spit locking of Snake trench of one foot width, at a distance of three feet from the
outer edge of the tent on all sides, with lime. Aspects of coordination for the conduct
of competition will be included in the general instructions for the competitions.
230
Annexure D4
INTER DIRECTORATE HEALTH & HYGIENE COMPETITION
Aim
1. To judge the knowledge of SD cadets in Health & Hygiene in order to promote
professional skill involved in these subjects and thus making them useful citizens.
Venue
2. Competition will be held during TSC (Boys). Composition of Directorate Team.
3. Five Senior Division Cadets per Directorate, including one reserve.
Dress
4. Uniform.
Allocation of Marks
5. 50 point for the competition will be distributed as under: -
(a) Theory Examination - 40 marks
(b) Oral Examination - 10 marks
6. Theory Examination
. The written examination will consist of an objective type and short
answers question paper covering the syllabus for Health & Hygiene up to first year of
training. The team of officers conducting the competition will evaluate the answer sheets.
The paper will be of one-hour duration. The Presiding Officer will ensure use of Index Sheet
while correcting papers, to ensure fair assessment.
7. Oral Examination.
Cadets will also be assessed through an oral test. The scope will
include any of the topic(s) given in the syllabus for Health & Hygiene. The judge will finalise
the question bank for oral test prior to holding the competition. The topic for the oral test will
remain the same for all teams.
Judges for the Competition
8. DDG (MS) will detail Board of Officers from officers of DGNCC/OTA Gwalior / Kamptee.
Medical Officer from recognized Govt/Army Hospitals may also be detailed.
Annexure D5
JUDGING DISTANCE AND FIELD SIGNAL COMPETITION
Aim
1. The aim of the competition is to test the cadets in the specialized subjects of Field Craft
and Battle Craft.
231
Conduct and Rules
2. During the competition 160 points will be later reduced to 80 marks and will be conducted
in two parts as under :-
(a) Part I Written Test - 40
(b) Part II Practical
(i) Judging Distance 60
(ii) Field Signal 60
Participation
3. A total of eight cadets will participate. All cadets will participate in Written Test. For
Practical Test, however, out of eight cadets, four cadets each will participate in Judging
Distance and Field Signal. Six cadets for this competition would be selected randomly, One
cadet each for Judging Distance and Field Signal for Part II of the competition will be
nominated be respective Dtes. These cadets will be distinct from those selected for Tent
pitching and Health & Hygiene competition.
4. The competition will be conducted on one day at a suitable field location where, both parts
of the tests would be held, as under:-
(a) Part-I Written Test will be conducted first, for a duration of 45 minutes. The paper
will consist of two sections as under:-
(i) Section A Subjective Questions 20 Marks
(ii) Section B Objective Questions 20 Marks
(b) Part-II Practical test will be conducted simultaneously for Field Signal and Judging
Distance with 4 cadets per Dte being tested in each. The assessing Board of Officers
will split itself into two groups and both, Judging Distance and Field Signal Test will
be conducted simultaneously with half the Dtes being tested in one test and the other
half in the other. Conduct will be as under:-
(i) Judging Distance. Cdts will be tested Dte wise, as per the sequence
decided randomly by the Presiding Officer, on hte spot. Each cadet will be
asked to judge the distance of three objects, one each in Far, Middle and
Near distance. Maximum marks for correct judgment will be 5 per point.
Penalty for incorrect judgment will be awarded as under:-
(aa) For Distance. Full points for upto ± 200 meters in judgment.
Minus one point for incorrect judgment of every ± 200 meters after
that.
(ab) Middle Distance. Full points upto ± 200 meters in judgment.
Minus one point for incorrect judgment of every +100 meters
thereafter.
(ac) Near Distance. Full points upto ± 50 meters in judgment. Minus
one point for incorrect judgment of every ± 50 meters.
(ii) Field Signal. All cadets will be tested Dte wise, as per the sequence
decided randomly by the Presiding Officer, on hte spot. Each cadet will be
asked to indicate three different Field Signals. 5 points will be awarded for
correct description of each signal. Thus four cadets will be judged out of 15
points each and total out of 60 points for each Dte (15 points each for four
cadets).
232
5. The total assessment out of 160 points for Part I and Part II for each Dte will be reduced
by half, to arrive at assessment out of 80 marks.
6. Selection of Site and Points
. Would be done under the supervision of Board of Officers,
Boards of Officers would select points on ground minimum 10 days before the competition.
The same would be required to be approved by OIC Competitions.
Administrative Arrangements
7. Camp Commandant will be responsible for entire administrative arrangement of the
competition. He would be responsible to provide the following :-
(a) Seating Arrangement at the vantage point - Five Tent Extendable with tarpaulin
(b) Drinking Water - As required
(c) JCOs - Five
(d) PI Staff (NCOs) - Ten
(e) Flag (4x4) Al colours - Twenty
(f) Plastic Chairs - Twenty
(g) Stop Watch – Two
8. A coordinating conference would be held one day prior to the competition under the
Chairmanship of DDG (MS). A Board of Officers would be detailed by OIC competition. The
Board of Offrs and OIC team would be required to attend the conference.
9. Duly compiled results would be required to be submitted to OIC competitions within 24 hrs
after completion of the competition.
233
Appendix E
(Refers to Para 3 of General Rules)
RULES FOR INTER DIRECTORATE ARMY WING COMPETITIONS
ALL INDIA THAL SAINIK CAMP (TSC) (GIRLS)
General
1. Inter Directorate Girls Wing Competitions i.e., Thal Sainik Camp (TSC) (Girls), will carry
550 points towards the competitions and 50 points towards RD Banner and will be
conducted during TSC (Girls). Shooting competitions for SW and JW cadets will be
conducted in addition to Girls Wing Competitions during TSC and points will be added
towards Inter Directorate Shooting competition. The details are given below:-
(a)
All India Thal Sainik
Camp (TSC) (Girls)
Strength of each
Directorate
Points
Annexure
SW JW Res Total
Total RD
Banner
(i) Health & Hygiene 4 1 5 50 50 E1
(ii) Line & Tent Area - - - 40 E2
(iii) Map reading 5 1 6 75 E3
(iv) Obstacle Course 5 1 6 75 E4
(v)
Judging Distance &
Field Signal
Competition
8 - 8
80
E5
Total 320
(b)
Service
Shooting
Competition
Strength of each
Directorate
Points
Annexure
SW JW Res Total
Total RD
Banner
(i) SW 6 - 2 8 90 F2
(ii) JW - 6 2 8 90 F2
Total 180
Note
:
(a) Participants for Inter Directorate Shooting Competition (All Wings) will be distinct
from participants for TSC (Girls). Points scored in Inter Directorate Shooting
Competition (All Wings) will be accounted for as per Appendix ‘F’.
(b) No Cadet will take part in more than one competition listed at Sub-Para 1(a) (i),
1(a) (iii), 1(a) (iv) &1(a)(v).
(c) All cadets may participate in Line Area Competition.
(d) Two Cadets one each for JD and FS (Part II Practical) will be nominated by
respective Directorates and six cadets will be selected randomly for the competition.
2. Maximum marks will be awarded out of 50 to each cadet, for Health & Hygiene, 75 marks
each for Map Reading & Obstacle competitions, 100 marks for Advance Shooting
Competition. Marks scored by each cadet will be added to arrive at the average marks
obtained by their respective Directorates for these competitions out of 50, 75 and 100 points
234
respectively. Marks obtained by a Directorate in Line Area Competition will also be added to
arrive at the total points obtained by a Directorate out of 370. Directorates will thereafter be
awarded points out of 50 to count towards the RD Banner.
3. However, for the purposes of trophies/cups for the above competitions, position of first
three Directorates will be worked out. Similarly, for purposes of individual prizes, first three
individual positions for each competition will be announced. Those positions will have no
bearing on RD Banner Championship.
Venue
4. The Competition will be held during TSC (Girls).
Dress
5. Uniform
Composition of Contingent
6. The composition of Directorate contingents for TSC (Girls) including participants for Inter
Directorate Shooting Competition (all Wings), will be as follows:
(a) SW Girls - 32
(b) JW Girls - 08
7. Strength of teams for the above competitions will be as enumerated at Para 1 above.
Teams will be constituted as per the policy on random selection elucidated in this book.
Submission of Nominal Rolls
8. Directorates will submit the nominal roll of their contingent in triplicate to the Camp
Commandant, who in turn will hand these over to the Board of Officers conducting the
competitions. These must be signed by respective State DDsG or in their absence by the
Directors. If Camp Commandant does not receive the nominal roll of any Directorate by due
date, he will call upon senior most Officer/PI Staff/Cadet of that Directorate attending the
camp to nominate the Directorate team. The team so nominated will be deemed to be the
official team of that Directorate.
Boards of Officers /Judges
9. All administrative arrangements for the competitions will be made by the Camp Staff. A
Board of Officers/Judges comprising entirely of officers of HQ DGNCC and OTA
Kamptee/Gwalior will conduct the competitions. However, for Health and Hygiene
competitions, Doctors from hospitals may be co-opted as members/Judges. Presiding
Officers will also nominate PI Staff. Composition of the Board will be approved by OIC
Competition {DDG (MS), DGNCC)}.
10. In addition, one of the DDsG of DGNCC or Commandants OTA Gwalior/Kamptee will be
nominated by the DDG MS, DG NCC to oversee the conduct of competitions, who will give
on the spot decisions in case of any dispute/ protest.
235
Declaration of Results
11. Results of each event towards award of individual prizes (1st, 2nd and 3rd) will be
finalized and signed by the Board of Officers. Inter Directorate position will be determined
after compiling the scores of all Directorates in the six competitions.
12. Results, duly signed by members of the Board of Officers and countersigned by DDG
detailed to supervise, will be submitted to OIC Competitions. He will obtain approval of the
DG NCC and forward the authenticated copy to RD Cell for dissemination to all the
directorates.
Rules of Competitions
13. The rules of the competitions are as enumerated at Annexure E1 to E6.
Administration
14. The Camp Commandant will be responsible to make all administrative arrangements for
the conduct of the competitions including the following: -
(a) Layout of furniture/equipment.
(b) Transport for judges and cadets.
(c) Arrangements for tea and light refreshments.
(d) Stop Watches.
(e) Any other stores/ Equipment required by judges to meet any short fall.
(f) Co-ordinate the date and time and programme of competition with OIC
Competitions.
Annexure E1
INTER DIRECTORATE HEALTH & HYGIENE COMPETITION
Aim
1. To judge the knowledge of SW cadets in Health & Hygiene in order to promote
professional skill involved in these subjects and thus making them useful citizens.
Venue
2. Competition will be held at TSC (Girls).
Composition of Directorate Team
3. Five Senior Wing Cadets per Directorate, including one reserve.
Dress
4. Uniform.
236
Allocation of Marks
5. These are as under: -
(a) Theory Examination - 40 marks
(b) Oral Examination - 10 marks
6. Theory Examination
. The written examination will consist of an objective type and short
answers question paper covering the syllabus for Health & Hygiene up to first year of
training. The team of officers conducting the competition will evaluate the answer sheets.
The paper will be of one-hour duration. The Presiding Officer will ensure use of Index Sheet
while correcting papers, to ensure fair assessment.
7. Oral Examination
. Cadets will also be assessed through an oral test. The scope will
include any of the topic(s) given in the syllabus for Health & Hygiene. The judge will finalise
the question bank for oral test prior to holding the competition. The topic for the oral test will
remain the same for all teams.
Judges for the Competition
8. DDG (MS) will detail Board of Officers from officers of DGNCC/OTA Gwalior/Kamptee.
Medical Officer from recognized Govt/Army Hospitals may also be detailed.
Annexure E2
RULES FOR LINE AREA COMPETITION
General
1. The Line Area Competition will cover the line area of all Directorates participating in
TSC (Girls). Venue of the competition will be Garrison Parade Ground, Delhi Cantt. This will
carry 50 marks.
2. Special Instructions
.
(a) No unauthorised and/or fancy items will be displayed in the Line Area. No
credence will be given to un-military-like ostentatious/extravagant display of items.
(b) For assessment, emphasis will be laid on hygienic living conditions,
neatness/cleanliness and aesthetic appearance.
(c) Directorates are not required to spend money on colourful marble chips
and/or other fancy stores in front of the Line Area. These will not fetch any extra
marks and may even invite penalty.
(d) Directorates are not required to bring steel trunks for the cadets.
3. Each Team will establish a ‘fire point’ with the following items of fire fighting
equipment at a convenient location: -
(a) Fire extinguishers - 2
(b) Fire hook & fire beater - 1 each
(c) Buckets (sand) - 2
(d) Buckets (water) - 2
4. The
non-es
s
encour
a
5. A
b
Compe
6. Eac
h
Therea
f
OIC C
o
7. The
Directo
Criteri
a
8. The
f
Notes
equipment
s
ential eq
u
a
ged.
b
oard of o
f
tition.
h
officer de
t
f
ter averag
e
o
mpetitions
continge
n
rate Line A
r
a
for Asse
s
f
ollowing w
i
(a) Gener
a
the barrac
k
(b) Display
Fighting O
r
(c) Neat la
y
(d) Arrang
e
(e) Correct
(a) Stainle
s
(b) A bed
c
(c) Size of
g
(d) Notice
Barrack).
displayed
u
ipment lik
e
f
ficers will
t
ailed in th
e
e
assessm
as the final
n
t securing
r
ea Compe
t
s
sment
i
ll be the cri
a
l layout an
k
s and adjo
i
of various
o
r
ders, Routi
y
out, maint
e
e
ment for r
e
and unifor
m
SKETCH
s
s steel gla
s
c
ard will be
d
g
lass/plate
/
Board & S
should be
e
CGI she
be detaile
d
e
Board of
ent of the
b
marks.
first plac
e
t
ition Trop
h
teria for as
s
d cleanline
i
ning areas
o
rders bot
h
ne Orders,
e
nance an
d
e
fuse dispo
s
m
kit layout
SHOWING
ON/
U
s
s & plate
b
d
isplayed
o
/
bed card
w
nake bite
k
237
in service
a
et/plastic
s
d
by OIC
Officers wi
b
oard me
m
e
in this
C
h
y separate
l
s
essment
o
ss of Area
etc.) - 05
h
in the Eng
Security O
d
serviceabi
s
al (Dustbi
n
, use of kit
a
LAYOUT
T
U
NDER TH
E
b
e displaye
d
o
n each kit.
w
ill be stand
k
it on left h
a
ble conditi
o
s
hed for fi
r
competitio
ll assess t
h
m
bers will
b
C
ompetitio
n
y for TSC (
o
f Line Are
a
(to includ
e
lish and Hi
n
rders etc.)
-
lity of fire fi
g
n
and its us
e
a
nd equip
m
T
OP VIEW
E
COT
d
.
No photog
r
ardized in
e
and side (
w
o
n. No ext
r
r
e fighting
ns to ass
e
h
e Conting
e
b
e arrived
a
n
will be
a
Girls).
a
(Total 25)
:
e
layout of
c
n
di (Camp
O
-
05
g
hting equi
p
e
) - 05
m
ent and its
OF ITEMS
r
aph will be
e
ach Direct
o
w
hile facin
g
r
avagant di
equipment
e
ss the Li
n
e
nts indep
e
a
t and sub
m
a
warded t
h
:
-
c
ots, cleanl
O
rders, Fir
e
p
ment - 05
maintenan
pasted on
o
rate.
g
main ent
r
splay of
will be
n
e Area
e
ndently.
m
itted to
h
e Inter
iness of
e
ce - 05
it.
r
y of the
238
(e) Mirror and dustbin on right hand side (while facing main entry of the Barrack).
9. The Camp Commandant and respective Officer-in-Charge Contingents will ensure that the
general cleanliness is maintained in the Camp on a daily basis.
TENT PITCHING COMPETITION
10. Inter Directorate Tent Pitching competition will be conducted during TSC as part of the
Line Area Inspection Competition. Modalities for the conduct of the competition are as under
:-
(a) One Tent Extendable (4M) will be pitched by each Directorate Team.
(b) Participation. Eight cadets will participate, selected at random, a day prior to the
conduct of competition, by the Board of Officer conducting the competition.
(c) Conduct.
(i) Lay out of Tents, frames and personal kit in the Assembly Area, in
standard fashion, as dictated by the Presiding Officer.
(ii) Commence pitching of tent, by three Directorates teams at a time, at the
earmarked plot, starting from the Start Line which will be one end of the
Assembly Area.
(iii) Tent will be considered pitched and kits laid out only when all cadets of
the Directorate’s team fall back in the Assembly Area and a nominated senior
cadet of the team report to the presiding officer by giving the following
report.“_______________ Directorate Tent is ready for your inspection, sir,”
(d) Assessment
. The assessment for the competition will be for 15 points, as under:-
(i) Time Taken. 05 points upto 08 minutes or less. Half mark will be deducted
for every 30 seconds or part thereof, after 08 minutes.
(ii) Neatness of Tent Pitching* - 05 marks .
(iii) Kit Layout (04 kits/Tents) - 05 marks. Layout will be same as that for cots
in the Line Area inspections.
11. Aspects of coordination for the conduct of the competition will be included in the General
Instructions for the competition. These will be issued by the presiding officer conducting the
competition, 48 hours prior to the commencement of the competition.
*Note - Neatness of Tent pitching will include the following :-
(i) Correction assembling of frame and securing to the ground.
(ii) Correct stretching of tent Outer and Inner covers over the frame.
(iii) Spit locking of Snake trench of one foot width, at a distance of three feet from the
outer edge of the tent on all sides, with lime. Aspects of coordination for the conduct
of competition will be included in the general instructions for the competitions.
239
Annexure E3
MAP READING COMPETITION: TSC (GIRLS)
Conduct and Rules
1. The aim of the competition is to test the grasping of the nuances of map reading by the
cadets and translating the same on ground to identify the point and vice versa. Competition
would be conducted in the morning from a vantage point. The strength of the team from
each Dte will be 01 SW cadets and 02 reserve SW cadets.
2. Following tests would be conducted : -
(a) Map to Ground
(b) Ground to Map
(c) Finding own position
3. Each cadet. 04 min to find GR of own position 03 min to find GR of map to ground and
ground to map pts.
Scoring
4. The competition would carry a max of 75 marks. Detailed distribution of points is as
under:-
(a) Finding own position - 15 marks - 15 marks
(b) Ground to Map (two points) - 15 marks each- 30 marks
(c) Map to Ground (two points) - 15 marks each- 30 marks
5. Full marks would be given to an individual getting the GR within 100 m of the specified
GR. For every 100 m beyond the specified GR 2 points would be deducted for each
Easting/Northing.
6. Formula for team points.
Total points scored by team
No. of participants
7. Team Position
. The team scoring max points would receive 75 points. The subsequent
team would receive two points less i.e.First – 75, Second – 73, Third - 71 and so on.
8. Selection of Site and Points
. Would be done under the supervision of Board of Officers.
Board of Officers would select five points for Ground to Map and Map to Ground minimum
10 days before the competition. The same would be required to be approved by OIC
Competitions.
Administrative Arrangements
9. Camp Commandant would be responsible for the entire administrative arrangement of the
competition. He would be responsible to provide the following: -
(a) Seating arrangement at vantage point - Five 180 pounder outers with tarpaulin.
240
(b) Drinking Water - As required
(c) Medical officer and ambulance - One
(d) Radio sets ANPRC 25 with operators - Two
(e) Slips for writing GR - As required
(f) JCOs - Five
(g) PI Staff (NCOs) - Ten
(h) Flag Red (4’x 4’) - Two
(j) Plastic Chairs - Twenty
(k) Stop Watch - Two
(l) Map Sets - 10 Per Directorate
10. A coordinating conference would be held one day prior to the competition under the
chairmanship of DDG (MS). A Board of Officers would be detailed by OIC competition. The
Board of Officers and OIC teams would be required to attend the conference.
11. Duly compiled results would be required to be submitted to OIC competition within 24 hrs
after completion of the competition.
Annexure E4
INTER DIRECTORATE OBSTACLE COURSE
COMPETITION FOR SW GIRLS
Obstacle course
1. The obstacle course will consist of the following: -
(a) Straight Balance
(b) Clean Jump
(c) Gate Vault
(d) Zig Zag Balance
(e) Right Vault
(f) Left Vault
(g) Dam Dama
(h) Straight Balance
Note
.
(i) Changes to above obstacles may be done depending on the availability of
obstacle course.
(ii) The distance between the Start Line and the first obstacles will be 25 meters. The
distance between the last obstacle and the Finish Line will be 25 meters.
Conduct and Rules
2. It will be a team event and timed competition. Team will consist of five SW cadets. One
cadets will be reserve. Timings will be counted from the time the first member of the team
crosses the start line till the last member of the team crosses the finish line. The competition
will be held in single belt without weapon. Cadets may wear either the combat uniform or
khaki uniform.
Scoring
3. The team with the lowest average timing will be awarded maximum points, followed by
other teams on the same criteria. In order to find the points scored by other Directorates, the
following formula will be adopted: -
241
Lowest total time in seconds taken by a team × 75
Next lowest time in seconds taken by a team
Penalty Points
4. The following points will be deducted as penalty points from the score obtained:
(a) Failure to cross Zig-Zag Balance - 04 points
(c) Member of a team fails to cross any other obstacle - 02 points
(c) Any member not completing the course - 25 points
(d) Straight Balance & Zig-Zag Balance obstacles will have a whiteline marked 01 Ft
ahead of the farther edge of the obstacle. Any cadet who does not clear this line will
be penalised 01 point.
Administration
5. Camp Commandant will be responsible for the complete arrangements for the
competition. He will provide the following: -
(a) JCOs - 2
(b) Pl Staff NCOs - 4
(c) Red Flags (4’ x 4’) with poles - 2
(d) White flags (4’ x4’) with poles - 2
(e) Nursing Assistant with First Aid Box - 1
(f) Clip boards with Pencil - 6
(g) Stop Watch - 3
(h) Drinking Water - As required
6. OIC Competition will detail a Board of Officers to judge the competition. The Presiding
Officer will submit the consolidated result to OIC competition within 24 hours of its
completion.
7. Prior to the competition, a coordinating conference will be held. This will be chaired by
DDG (MS) and attended by the Board of Officers and OIC teams.
Annexure E5
JUDGING DISTANCE AND FIELD SIGNAL COMPETITION
Aim
1. The aim of the competition is to test the cadets in the specialized subjects of Field Craft
and Battle Craft.
Conduct and Rules
2. The competition will be conducted for 160 & then reduced to 80 marks for TSC in two
parts as under :-
(a) Part I Written Test 40
(b) Part II Practical
(i) Judging Distance 60
(ii) Field Signal 60
242
Participation
3. A total of eight cadets will participate. All cadets will participate in Written Test. For
Practical Test, however, out of eight cadets, four cadets each will participate in Judging
Distance and Field Signal. Six cadets for this competition would be selected randomly, One
cadet each for Judging Distance and Field Signal for Part II of the competition will be
nominated be respective Dtes. These cadets will be distinct from those selected for Tent
pitching and Health & Hygiene competition.
4. The competition will be conducted on one day at a suitable field location where, both parts
of the tests would be held, as under:-
(a) Part-I Written Test will be conducted first, for a duration of 45 minutes. The paper
will consist of two sections as under:-
(i) Section A Subjective Questions 20 Marks
(ii) Section B Objective Questions 20 Marks
(b) Part-II Practical test will be conducted simultaneously for Field Signal and Judging
Distance with 4 cadets per Dte being tested in each. The assessing Board of Officers
will split itself into two groups and both, Judging Distance and Field Signal Test will
be conducted simultaneously with half the Dtes being tested in one test and the other
half in the other. Conduct will be as under:-
(i) Judging Distance. Cdts will be tested Dte wise, as per the sequence
decided randomly by the Presiding Officer, on hte spot. Each cadet will be
asked to judge the distance of three objects, one each in Far, Middle and
Near distance. Maximum marks for correct judgment will be 5 per point.
Penalty for incorrect judgment will be awarded as under:-
(aa) For Distance. Full points for upto ± 200 meters in judgment.
Minus one point for incorrect judgment of every ± 200 meters after
that.
(ab) Middle Distance. Full points upto ± 200 meters in judgment.
Minus one point for incorrect judgment of every +100 meters
thereafter.
(ac) Near Distance. Full points upto ± 50 meters in judgment. Minus
one point for incorrect judgment of every ± 50 meters.
(ii) Field Signal. All cadets will be tested Dte wise, as per the sequence
decided randomly by the Presiding Officer, on hte spot. Each cadet will be
asked to indicate three different Field Signals. 5 points will be awarded for
correct description of each signal. Thus four cadets will be judged out of 15
points each and total out of 60 points for each Dte (15 points each for four
cadets).
5. The total assessment out of 160 points for Part I and Part II for each Dte will be reduced
by half, to arrive at assessment out of 80 marks.
6. Selection of Site and Points
. Would be done under the supervision of Board of Officers,
Boards of Officers would select points on ground minimum 10 days before the competition.
The same would be required to be approved by OIC Competitions.
Administrative Arrangements
243
7. Camp Commandant will be responsible for entire administrative arrangement of the
competition. He would be responsible to provide the following :-
(a) Seating Arrangement at the vantage point - Five Tent Extendablewith tarpaulin.
(b) Drinking Water - As required.
(c) JCOs - Five
(d) PI Staff (NCOs) - Ten
(e) Flag (4x4) Al colours - Twenty
(f) Plastic Chairs - Twenty
(g) Stop Watch – Two
8. A coordinating conference would be held one day prior to the competition under the
Chairmanship of DDG (MS). A Board of Officers would be detailed by OIC competition. The
Board of Offrs and OIC team would be required to attend the conference.
9. Duly compiled results would be required to be submitted to OIC competitions within 24 hrs
after completion of the competition.
244
Appendix F
(Refers to Para 3 of General Rules)
RULES FOR INTER DIRECTORATE SHOOTING
COMPETITION (ALL WINGS)
General
1. Inter Directorate Shooting Competition (All Wings) will be of 400 marks, which will
subsequently be scaled down to 75 points towards the RD Banner. Armourer of the
participating directorate may be present at the firing point. Details regarding level of
participation and allocation of marks are given below: -
Service
Shooting
Competition
Strength of each
Directorate
Points
Annexure
SW JW Res Total
Total RD
Banner
(a) SD 09 - 01 10 130 75 F1
(b) JD - 06 01 07 90 F2
(c) SW 06 - 02 08 90 F2
(d) JW - 06 02 08 90 F2
Total 400
Venue
2. Shooting competition will be held at Centrally Organised Camps namely, TSC (Boys) and
TSC (Girls) held prior to annual RD Camp. Venue will be selected by DGNCC (Trg A), in
consultation with OIC Competitions, where the requisite firing ranges are available.
Dress
3. Dress will be as mentioned in Annexures to these rules.
Conduct
4. Responsibility for conducting these competitions will be that of a Board of Officers detailed
by OIC Competitions and composed entirely of officers from DGNCC/OTA Kamptee/Gwalior.
A DDG from DGNCC will oversee each of these competitions and take decision on the spot
in case of a dispute/protest. Presiding Officer will declare score of each category/Wing (Not
Inter Directorate position) on the spot and submit the score sheet to OIC Competitions within
24 hrs. OIC Competitions will compile the overall Inter-Directorate position for whole of the
shooting competition subsequently, once all the matches are over.
5. Camp Commandant will make the administrative and safety arrangements for the
competition. Firing Point and Butt will be manned by a member of the Board of Officers
constituted of members from DGNCC/OTA Kamptee/Gwalior or a 152 representative of
Army/Police Unit to whom the Range belongs. Assistance of Camp PI Staff will, however, be
made available to the Board of Officers, as and when required.
Note
. Imported 0.22 ammunition may be used for the competition, however, the
same will have to be catered for by the respective directorate.
245
Strength and Composition of Teams, Practices and Scoring.
6. The details regarding strength & composition of teams, practices and scoring are given in
Annexure F1 & F2.
Tie Breaker
7. In case of a tie between firers for individual prizes (1st, 2nd and 3rd of each category) the
following procedure will be adopted: -
(a) For Application and Snap Shooting. In the event of tie, all affected firers will be
made to fire grouping practice applicable to their Wing/Division. Size of the group will
be taken into consideration to decide the individual position. In case the tie still
persists, it will be broken as indicated in succeeding Sub Para.
(b) For Grouping. All affected will fire the same practice again. In case tie still
persists, the grouping will be fired again within one minute and later reduced by 10
seconds each time till the positions are decided.
Administration
8. The Camp Commandant will be responsible for all the administrative arrangements
including the following:-
(a) Range allotment and clearance. He will ascertain from OIC Competitions in
advance, the dates on which range is required.
(b) Coordinating with OIC Competitions the date and programme of the competitions.
(c) Safety precautions including provision of sentries.
(d) Provision and proper distribution of ammunition.
(e) Arranging armourer with tools at the Firing Point.
(f) Provision of targets, flags, jackets and target patching material.
(g) Practicing the Competitors in Range Drill.
(h) Provision of Firing Point and Butt Registers.
(j) Buglers. Tele communication & Stop watch.
(k) Establishment of Kote and ammunition store in the Camp.
(l) First aid box and medical staff. He will also position an Ambulance vehicle at the
Firing Range for the duration of the Competition.
(m) Transportation of cadets and stores to range and back.
9. Prizes/Trophy.
Cadets securing 1st, 2nd and 3rd position in each competition
will be awarded individual prizes before dispersal from the Camp where competition is held.
Inter Directorate Shooting Trophy will be awarded at the TSC Camp where competition is
conducted.
246
Annexure F1
RULES FOR SHOOTING COMPETITION FOR
SENIOR DIVISION
Strength and Composition of Teams
1. Each Directorate team will consist of nine SD cadets from any wing. In addition, one cadet
will be as reserve. These cadets will be from within the total vacancies allotted for TSC
(Boys) and selected at random as per policy. Three cadets per Directorate will fire each
practice. Armourer of the participating Directorate may be present at the firing point.
Armourer of the participating Directorate may be present at the firing point.
Weapons
2. Point 22 Mark III/Mark IV/Sporting/Deluxe Rifles will be used. Telescopic sights will not be
used. The rifles will be properly zeroed before being brought to the Camp. During the
journey the rifles will be carried by the PI Staff and not by the cadets. However, any
Directorate team desirous to check zeroing of weapons of their cadets can do so before
commencement of competition if such facilities are available.
Ammunition
3. The Camp Commandant will provide ammunition including for zeroing and warmer rounds
out of the ammunition brought by the Directorates.
Dress
4. Terrycot/cotton uniforms, hat/cap FS/Pagri, pouches basic with attachment braces, web-
belt, anklets web and boots ankle. Navy/Air Wing cadets, if participating, will also wear boots
ankle.
Practices
5. Three practices of Grouping, Application and Snap Shooting will be fired as follows:-
(a) Grouping.
Distance
25 meters/ yards
Number of Rounds Five
Position Laying with rest
Target 1’ x 1’ Grouping
Highest Points 40
Time 15 Minutes
Scoring 2 cm and below 40 points
2.5 cm and below 36 points
3 cm and below 32 points
3.5 cm and below 28 points
4 cm and below 24 points
4.5 cm and below 20 points
5 cm and below 16 points
5.5 cm and below 12 points
6 cm and below 08 points
6.5 cm and below 04 points
Above 6 cm 00 points
247
(b) Application.
Distance
25 meters/ yards
Number of Rounds Five
Position Laying without
rest
Target 1’ x 1’ Application
Highest Points 40
Time 15 Minutes
Scoring Bull 8 points
Inner 6 points
Magpie 4 points
Outer 2 points
(c) Snap Shooting
Distance
25 meters/ yards
Number of Rounds Five
Position Laying without rest
Target Figure 11 miniature
Highest Points 50
Time Five exposures of seven second each to be given at a regular
interval over a period of 1.5 minutes. Interval between the
exposures will not be less than six seconds. A trial exposure will
be given to start with. Rifles may be loaded and firers may be in
aimed position, before each exposure. Where facilities for pop up
targets are not available, timings will be controlled from the firing
point by means of a whistle. For subsequent fire, rifle will be
loaded but not at aiming position. This will be raised only after the
whistle is blown for each exposure.
Warmer Rounds
6. Two warmer rounds will be allowed at the beginning of the competition each day when the
rifle is fired for the first time.
Misfire/Stoppages
7. In case of a misfire or stoppage, additional exposure/ammunition will be permitted only in
snap shooting. But in case a competitor fails to fire within the laid down timings, no extra
time exposure will be provided.
Zeroing
8. Directorate teams desirous of checking zeroing of weapons of their cadets can do so
before commencement of the competition if facilities are so available.
Award of Points to Directorates
9. Each practice will be fired by three cadets per Category. Points scored by the cadets in
each practice will be added and average taken to arrive at the score of the Directorate in that
competition. Award of medals will, however, be based on individual performance of cadets.
248
Annexure F2
RULES FOR SHOOTING COMPETITION FOR
SENIOR/JUNIOR WING AND JUNIOR DIVISION (ANY WING)
Strength and Composition of Teams
1. Each team will consist of six cadets each of SW,JW and JD of any Wing. Each cadet will
fire only one practice. Selection of team including reserves will be done as per policy on
random selection.
Weapons
2. Point 22 Mark III/Mark IV/Sporting/Deluxe Rifles will be used. Telescopic sights will not be
used. Rifles will be properly zeroed before being brought to the camp. During journey rifles
will be carried by PI Staff and not by Cadets. However, any Directorate team desirous to
check zeroing of weapons of their cadets can do so before commencement of competition if
such facilities are available.
Ammunition
3. Camp Commandant will provide ammunition for competition out of the ammunition
brought by the Directorates. 500 rounds of .22 ammunition will be brought by each
Directorate and deposited with the Camp Commandant before commencement of the TSC
Girls for SW and JW competitions.
Dress
4. Normal working dress with hat/cap/pagri for boys and beret for girls.
Practice
5. Each practice will be fired by three cadets as under: -
(a) Grouping.
Distance
25 meters/ yards
Number of Rounds Five
Position Laying with rest
Target 1’ x 1’ Grouping
Highest Points 40
Time 15 Minutes
Scoring 2 cm and below 40 points
2.1 to 3 cm 36 points
3.1 to 4 cm 32 points
4.1 to 5 cm 28 points
5.1 to 6 cm 24 points
6.1 to 7 cm 20 points
7.1 to 8 cm 16 points
8.1 to 9 cm 12 points
9.1 to 10 cm 08 points
10.1 to 11 cm 04 points
More than 11 cm 00 points
249
(b) Snap Shooting
Distance
25 meters/ yards
Number of Rounds Five
Position Laying without rest
Target Figure 11 miniature
Highest Points 50
Time Five exposures of seven seconds duration each with an
interval of not less than 10 seconds duration. Initially there
will be a trial exposure. Where facilities for pop up targets are
not available, timing should be controlled from the firing point
by means of a whistle. The rifle will be loaded but not at
aiming position. This will be raised only after the whistle is
blown for each exposure.
6. Note
. In case of a misfire or stoppage, additional exposure/ammunition will be
permitted only for snap shooting. But in case a competitor fails to fire within the laid down
timings no extra time/exposure will be provided.
Award of Points to Directorates
7. Each practice will be fired by three cadets per Directorate. Point scored by the cadets in
each practice will be totalled and average taken to arrive at the score of the Directorate in
that competition. Award of medals will, however, be on individual performance of cadets.
250
Appendix G
(Refers to Para 3 of General Rules)
SPORTS SHOOTING (INTER DIRECTORATE,
ALL INDIA GV MAVLANKAR, NATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIP)
1. Aim
. The aim of this is to encourage Sports Shooting amongst the cadets and
reward the directorates, which produce good shooters.
2. General
. Sports shooting will consist of Inter Directorate Shooting, participation
in All India GV Mavlankar Shooting Championship (AIGVM) and National Shooting
Championship Competitions (NSCC). Based on National Rifle Association of India (NRAI)
shooting calendar, directorate(s) will be earmarked to conduct the competitions.
3. Participation & Eligibility
. All matches will be held as per NRAI 2015 matchbook
for uniformity and match numbers have been specified accordingly.
(a) Any NCC cadet can participate in IDSSC age less than 21 yrs on 31 Dec.
(b) AIGVMSC team will be composed of cadets who have participated in
preceding IDSSC and MQS achieved in previous two yrs of National Zonal Shooting/
AIGVMSC.
(c) NSCC team will be composed of cadets who have participated in preceding
AIGVMSC.
IDSSC
4. Each Directorate will field team as under:-
Ser
No
Matches
Position
Remarks
Prone 3P
(a) .22 Peep Sight Matches
Participants for prone and 3P
matches may be common or
separate as per selection by
state Directorates. However
peep and open sight
participants will be different.
(i) SD/JD Cadets 02 02
(ii) SW/JW Cadets 02 02
(b) .22 Open Sight Matches
(i) SD/JD Cadets 02 02
(ii) SW/JW Cadets 02 02
Total 08 08
5. .177 Air Rifle Shooting Trials.
(a) State Directorate desirous of fielding cadets in .177 Air Rifle matches, may
do so, subject to participation by a maximum of 04 cadets per Directorate.
(b) Air Rifle Shooting matches will be conducted only as selection trials.
6. Individual Matches for Championship.
All matches of .22 mm will be
conducted as individual events.
(a) .22 Peep Sight Junior Men Individual Event (Two SD/JD Cadets)
251
(i) Match No-1
(aa) Position- Prone
(ab) NRAI Match No.- A-4
(ac) Ammunition- .22 mm K F- 5+60=65
(ad) Time - 15 minutes for preparation and sighters and 1 hr for
match.
(ii) Match No.2
(aa) Position- Three Position (3P)
(ab) NRAI Match No.-A-13
(ac) Ammunition- .22 mm K F- 5+20, 5+20, 5+20=75
(ad) Time - 15 minutes for preparation and sighters and 2 hr for
match.
(b) .22 Peep Sight Junior Women Individual Event (Two SW/JW Cadets)
(i) Match No.3
(aa) Position- Prone
(ab) NRAI Match No.- A-6
(ac) Ammunition- .22 mm K F- 5+60=65
(ad) Time - 15 minutes for preparation and sighters and 1 hr for
match.
(ii) Match No.4
(aa) Position- Three Position (3P)
(ab) NRAI Match No.-A-15
(ac) Ammunition- .22 mm K F- 5+20, 5+20, 5+20=75
(ad) Time - 15 minutes for preparation and sighters and 2 hr for
match.
(c) .22 Open Sight Junior Men Individual Event (Two SD/JD Cadets)
(i) Match No.5
(aa) Position- Prone
(ab) NRAI Match No.-A-20
(ac) Ammunition- .22 mm K F- 5+60=65
(ad) Time - 15 minutes for preparation and sighters and 1 hr for
match.
(ii) Match No.6
(aa) Position- Three Position (3P)
(ab) NRAI Match No.-A-26
(ac) Ammunition- .22 mm K F- 5+20, 5+20, 5+20=75
(ad) Time - 15 minutes for preparation and sighters and 2 hr for
match.
(d) .22 Open Sight Junior Women Individual Event (Two SW/JW Cadets)
252
(i) Match No.7
(aa) Position- Prone
(ab) NRAI Match No.-A-19
(ac) Ammunition- .22 mm K F- 5+60=65
(ad) Time - 15 minutes for preparation and sighters and 1 hr for
match.
(ii) Match No.8
(aa) Position- Three Poition (3P)
(ab) NRAI Match No.-A-28
(ac) Ammunition- .22 5+20, 5+20, 5+20=75
(ad) Time - 15 minutes for preparation and sighters and 2 hr for
match.
7. .177 Air Rifle Shooting Trials
All .177 Air Rif events will be individual events.
(a) .177 Peep Sight Air Rifle Individual Event
(i) Match No.9
(aa) NRAI Match No A-29
(ab) Ammunition- Air Pellets 5+40
(ac) Time : 15 minutes for preparation and sighters and 50
minutes for match
(ii) Match No.10
(aa) NRAI Match No A-31
(ab) Ammunition- Air Pellets 5+40
(ac) Time : 15 minutes for preparation and sighters and 50
minutes for match
8. Ammunition / Air Pellets.
The participating State Directorates will cater for their
own Ammunition (Foreign or Indian) as per the requirement. The respective Directorates as
under will cater for ammunition:-
(a) .22 mm K F - 2000 rds
(b) Air Pellets - As required by participating Directorates.
9. Target Paper.
All types of target paper (NRAI approved) will be provided by the
conducting Directorate for the competition from authorized vendor.
10. System for Awarding Points for IDSSC.
The Directorate accruing maximum
points will be declared as the Champion Directorate. Teams not winning even a single medal
will be awarded Position below teams which have won medals in the order of scores
obtained during the competition. Every shooter obtaining an Minimum Qualifying Score
(MQS) will earn 0.5 Bonus pts for his/her State Directorate for calculation of points towards
overall Championship. The system for awarding points to decide the ranking of participating
State Directorates is given below:-
253
Type
Score Achieved No of Cadets Total Score
A B A x B
Gold Medal 5.0
Silver Medal 3.0
Bronze Medal 2.0
Achieved Minimum Qualifying
Score (MQS) (including medal
winners)
0.5
Total
11. Tie Breaker
. In case of a tie, the State Directorate wining maximum number of Gold
Medals will be ranked higher. However, if the tie remains undecided, the number of Silver
and then Bronze Medals will be taken into consideration for breaking the tie respectively.
12. Trophies and Medals.
All medals and certificates will be procured by
Conducting Directorate after the approval of design from HQ DG NCC & presented to cadets
on the last day of IDSSC.
13. Minimum Qualifying Score (MQS)
. NRAI Match Book – 2015 MQS for
qualifying score for participation in the AIGVMSC is as follows:-
Events
Junior Men Junior Women
Peep Sight Prone 500 490
3 P Peep Sight Prone 450 450
Open Sight Prone 425 425
3 P Open Sight 390 390
Peep Sight Air Rifle 350 350
Air Pistol 330 320
14. Selection Criteria for Coaching and Selection Camp for DGNCC team
. The
selection of DG NCC Shooting team for AIGVMSC and NSCC will be based on the cadets
achieving highest score.
AIGVMSC
15. The system for awarding points to decide the ranking of participating State
Directorates for AIGVMSC is given below:-
Type
Score Achieved No of Cadets Total Score
A B A x B
Gold Medal 5.0
Silver Medal 3.0
Bronze Medal 2.0
Achieved Minimum Qualifying Score
(MQS) (including medal winners)
0.5
Total
NSCC
16. The system for awarding points to decide the ranking of participating State
Directorates for NSCC is given below:-
254
Type
Score Achieved No of Cadets Total Score
A B A x B
Gold Medal 5.0
Silver Medal 3.0
Bronze Medal 2.0
Total
RD Banner Points
17. This competition will contribute 55 RD banner points as under:-
Inter Directorate Sports Shooting Competition (IDSSC) 40
AI GV Mavlankar Shooting Competition (AIGVMSC) 10
National Shooting Championship Competition 05
Total 55
18. Winning directorate will be allocated full RD banner points while other directorate will
be allocated points as per formula below:
(a) IDSSC.
Points Scored by Directorate x 40
Points scored by winning directorate
(b) AIGVMSC.
Points Scored by Directorate x 10
Points scored by winning directorate
(a) NSCC.
Points Scored by Directorate x 05
Points scored by winning directorate
255
Appendix H
(Refer to Para 3 of General Rules)
INTER DIRECTORATE LINE AREA AND FLAG AREA COMPETITION RULES
General
1. Inter-Directorate Line Area and Flag Area Competition will be a Contingent Events
carrying 390 points (to be scaled down to 80 for RD Banner). The breakdown will be as
under: -
Ser
No
Event
Total
Points
RD Banner
Points
Annexure
(a) Line Area Competition 220 30 H1
(b) Flag Area Competition 170 50 H2
2. Inter-Directorate position for award of points for RD Banner will be worked out after adding
scores in the above two competitions. Winner Directorate of the Line and Flag Area
Competition will be presented separate Trophies.
Assessments
3. A team of judges appointed by the OIC Competitions will inspect and assess Line Area&
Flag Area briefing. Assessment will be carried out as under: -
(a) Line Area - Two assessments for each Directorate.
(b) Flag Area - Two assessments throughout the RD Camp.
4. Assessment will be done between 0900-1200 hrs. The dates of assessment will be
reflected in the daily Camp Programme/forecast of important events well in advance.
Inspection of the Line Area by the Judges will be conducted in a random sequence and not
in a set pattern/sequence.
5. The above competitions will be held during the RD Camp.
Allotment of Areas
6. Allotment of ‘Flag Areas’ will be as per alphabetical order of state directorates from right to
left to be indicated by OIC Competition on ground.
Time Schedule
7. Preparation work on Line and Flag Area will be permitted only during the following timings:
-
(a) Preparation to start wef 02 January first light.
(b) Upto 05 January. At all times, except between 2100-0600 hrs.
(c) From 06 Jan onwards.
(i) 0600-0800 hrs
(ii) 1330-1700 hrs
(iii) 1900-2100 hrs
256
8. OIC Competitions will organize checks and ensure that no cadet works on Flag Area
beyond the above permissible timings. However, in case of unforeseen interruptions like rain
& dust storm, ADG (B) may permit Directorates to work beyond above time limits.
Special Effort for Visit of Prime Minister
9. The Prime Minister’s schedule on 27 January includes a visit to the Camp, and as such
special efforts will be made to display the highest standard, notwithstanding commitments of
26 January and 27 January and impending termination of Camp on 28/29 January.
Disqualification
10. In case it is established that any Contingent has deliberately spoiled Line and/or Flag
Area of another Directorate, the defaulting Directorate will be liable to be disqualified.
Equipment
11. Only chrome plated items will be displayed. No Directorate will bring separate set of
items for display and daily use. Same items will be used for both these occasions.
Briefing at Flag Area
12. “Each State Directorate will nominate three cadets (two SD/SW and one JD/JW) for
briefing at Flag Area.” The briefing will be in English only. The duration of briefing will be 02
Mins each.
13. Directorates will ensure that at least two of these cadets are available at all times for
briefing of VIPs at Flag Area.
Annexure H1
LINE AREA COMPETITION
General
1. The Line Area Competition will cover the living area/barracks of Boy & Girl cadets, R&V
barracks, school band barracks and contingent stores.
Allotment of Barracks (Boys)
2. There are 11 barracks for Boys living accommodation as under: -
(a) 8 barracks along the Raj Path and 01 barrack in row of Administrative Blocks.
(b) 2 barracks (No 10 & No 11) for Band Contingent (boys), R & V Cadets and
overflow of cadets from Rajpath Barracks
(c) 8 partitioned pre-fabricated barracks for Stores of 17 Directorates
3. All barracks along the Raj Path have three floors and are divided in two halves. These are
allotted as per alphabetical seniority. The Directorate securing 17
th
position in previous RDC
Competitions will occupy the single barrack behind Rajpath. In case this directorate
improves its position subsequently, it will swap barrack with the directorate now adjudged
257
last. The barracks would be furnished with required items as per indicated cadet strength.
They would be maintained by the respective directorates throughout the year alongwith other
stores. For this, HQ DGNCC will allot adequate funds to the Directorates. This will be
coordinated by JD Logistic(Coord)/OC Camp. The allotted barracks will, however, be held on
charge of th RDC Store NCOs of various directorates.
4. Each Directorate will accommodate cadets in one half of the barrack. Overflow of the
cadets from the contingents, R & V Squadrons and Band will be accommodated by Logistic
Directorate/OC Camp in the remainder two barracks as per Para 2 (b) above.
5. Line area competition will primarily be based on barracks along the Rajpath. However, all
cadets other than R&V and Band will form part of the competition.
6. Stores will be accommodated in one half of the pre-fabricated barracks allotted to each
Directorate.
Girls Barracks
7. (a) Each barrack will accommodate 20 cadets.
(b) No draw of lots for girls’ area accommodation will be carried out. Logistic
Directorate will make allotment of barracks.
(c) A few girls’ barracks may accommodate cadets of contingents from two or more
Directorates.
Common Barracks
8. Barracks housing cadets of more than one Directorate, occupied by R&V teams and
school bands will also be prepared for Line Area inspection by all cadets staying in such
barracks. Contingent Commanders of such cadets will jointly share the responsibility for
cleanliness, maintenance, upkeep of the area, establishing of fire point and display of poles,
chains, flowerpots, mirror, nominal roll, anti-snakebite kit etc. Contingent Commander of the
directorate having the largest cadet strength will be responsible for coordinating the
preparation of such barracks for Line Area Competition.
Fire Fighting Equipment
9. Each Directorate will bring following stores for establishing Fire Points in boys/girls and
store areas: -
(a) Fire Extinguishers (preferably CO2 Type) - 8
(b) Refills for Extinguishers (preferably CO2 Type) - 16
(c) Bucket/Tins for Sand - 8 (4 each)
(d) Shovels GS - 4
(e) Axes Hand - 4
(f) Axes Felling - 4
(g) Axes Pick - 4
(h) Fire Hooks and Beaters - 2 each
Note
. Extravagant display of non-essential equipment in the fire point is not required. Fire
extinguishers and other equipment will be checked for serviceability.
10. Each Directorate will establish three fire points at the following places: -
258
(a) Boys/Girls Area - A fire point will be established in front of each barrack. In front
of barracks housing cadets of two Directorates, responsibility of establishing fire point
will be that of Directorate having larger cadet strength in that barrack. Such
Directorates, including Directorates having Band Cadets will bring extra fire fighting
equipment over and above as laid down in Para 9 above.
(b) R&V barracks, School band barracks and Contingent Stores - Place to be
indicated on ground by the Deputy Camp Commandant.
Criteria for Assessment
11. The following will be the criteria for assessment of Line Area by the Board of Officers:-
Inspections/Assessments
12. Assessment of Lines will be carried out separately for the boys’ and girls’ barracks, but
on the same day. On the day of assessment total points scored by a Directorate in Boys &
Girls Lines Area competition will be added and divided by two to arrive at the average marks
scored by a Directorate. Lines will be inspected by the judges in a random sequence and no
set pattern/sequence will be followed.
13. Surprise inspections after ‘lights out’ (2200 hrs) will be carried out by the officers detailed
by OIC Competitions. Penalty points will be awarded to Contingents, incase cadets are
found working or for any other violation of orders/instructions. Penalty points will be awarded
to Directorates whose cadets are not found to be sleeping on the cots in the barrack.
Ser
No
Activity
Points
(a) General layout of the area and its cleanliness 80
(b) Display of various orders both in English and Hindi (Camp Fire
Fighting, Standing and Routine Orders
20
(c) Correct Layout, maintenance and serviceability of fire fighting
equipment
20
(d) Arrangement for throwing refuse (Dustbin and its use) 20
(e) Cleanliness of barracks, use of curtains, dressing of cots and
correct spacing between the cots and Layout of Kote and
storeroom. Neat layout of lockers
20
(f) Correct and uniform kit layout, authorised scale of items and
deficiency if any. Sketch showing layout of items on/under the
cot is enclosed as Annexure1D
20
(g) Use of Kit and equipment and its maintenance 20
(h) Layout of Stores inside the stores barrack 20
Total 220
Layou
t
14. La
y
t
of Barrac
k
y
out of barr
a
(a) Layout
(b) Layout
k
s
a
cks is give
of Girls’
A
of Boys’
A
n as under
:
A
rea.
A
rea.
259
:
-
15. Fa
n
living c
Directo
points
w
since
R
limited
bunting
consist
expens
16. Th
e
17. Sk
e
Specia
1. Gen
e
2. No d
3. No
D
4. Sta
n
English
5. Cad
e
invite p
e
n
cy items
w
onditions,
c
rate Flag,
D
w
ill be awa
R
DC is a na
t
display o
f
s, signboa
r
of items f
a
ive. No ad
d
e
re will be n
e
tch Sho
w
FO
L
WI
T
(Gl
a
stai
of f
o
(a) Stainle
s
(b) A bed
c
(c) Size of
g
(d) Notice
B
Barrack).
(e) Mirror
a
(f) The lay
o
two days
distribution
/
l Instructi
o
e
ral cleanli
n
uplicate se
t
D
irectorate
w
n
ding Orde
r
.
e
ts will sle
e
e
nalty poin
t
w
ill not be d
c
leanliness
D
irectorate
rded to ost
e
t
ional level
f
items de
p
r
ds, paintin
a
bricated b
y
d
itional poin
o digging
a
w
ing Top Vi
L
DED BLA
N
T
H STEEL
P
a
ss & plate
nless steel
o
lded blan
k
Bo
s
s steel gla
s
c
ard will be
d
g
lass/plate
/
B
oard & S
n
a
nd dustbin
o
ut will be
c
when th
e
/closing ce
r
o
ns.
n
ess will be
t
s of perso
n
w
ill be allo
w
r
s and Fire
e
p in their
t
s.
isplayed in
and aesth
e
Board, fir
e
e
ntatious/e
x
event for
w
p
icting cul
t
gs, sculptu
y
the cade
t
ts will be a
w
a
nd no con
s
ew Layout
KIT BAG
N
KETS
P
LATE
on top
k
et)
x (Shoes &
s
s & plate
w
d
isplayed
o
/
bed card
w
n
ake bite ki
t
on right ha
c
hecked on
e
camp is
r
emony.
observed i
n
al kit will b
e
w
ed to dig t
h
Orders, di
separate
b
260
the Line
A
e
tic appea
r
e
-fighting e
q
x
travagant
w
hich many
t
ural herita
g
res etc ma
t
s during t
h
w
arded for
s
s
truction of
m
Of Items
O
Boots on
s
w
ill be displ
a
o
n each kit.
w
ill be stand
t
on left ha
n
nd side (w
h
all the day
s
being s
e
n the line a
e
allowed f
o
h
e area in f
r
splayed in
b
eds. Two
o
A
rea. Emph
a
r
ance. Whi
l
q
uipment e
t
display of
n
dignitaries
g
e of the
y be displ
a
h
e camp it
s
s
uch displ
a
m
ud and b
r
O
n/Under
T
s
ide of the
b
a
yed.
No photog
r
ardized in
e
n
d side (wh
i
h
ile facing t
h
s
througho
u
e
t up and
rea. All pits
o
r display p
r
ont of their
the Line
A
o
r more c
a
a
sis should
l
e display
o
t
c is mand
a
n
on-essent
i
are invited
respective
a
yed. Thes
e
s
elf and sh
o
a
ys.
r
ick walls o
r
T
he Cot.
b
ox)
r
aph will be
e
ach Direct
o
i
le facing t
h
h
e main en
t
u
t the cam
p
a day
p
and depre
s
urposes.
barracks.
A
rea will b
e
a
dets sleep
i
be laid in
h
o
f items lik
e
a
tory, no a
d
i
al items.
H
to showca
s
States li
k
e
should p
r
o
uld not b
e
r
models.
pasted on
o
rate.
h
e main ent
t
ry of the B
a
p
except fo
r
p
rior to t
h
s
sions will
b
e
both in H
i
ng in one
h
ygienic
e
Gong,
d
ditional
H
owever,
s
e NCC,
k
e flags,
r
eferably
e
unduly
it.
r
y of the
a
rrack).
r
the first
e prize
b
e filled.
i
ndi and
bed will
261
6. The contingent Store will present a tidy appearance and will be kept properly laid out
during the day and night.
7. It will be ensured that the fire fighting equipment is adequate and in serviceable condition
for extinguishing any fire in the Line Areas/Stores. The water and sand buckets will be filled
¾th and will be kept ready at all times. Not more than two fire extinguishers will be used at
each fire point.
8. Bricks will not be used anywhere in the Lines.
9. The area of responsibility of contingents, for the purpose of general cleanliness and
‘shipshape ness’, will be indicated to the Contingent Commanders by the Camp Adjutant, on
the ground. The broad parameters are given in succeeding Paras.
10. Boys Area
.
(a) North East of Road. From the centre of the Road till the line of cookhouses.
(b) South East of Road. From the centre of the Road to PI Staff cookhouse and the
line aligned towards East and West.
(c) Tarmac Road in front of the Contingent will be kept free of rubble and garbage
drums kept on the roadside will not be filled with loose mud etc.
(d) Three feet area on either side of the Tarmac road will not be occupied and no
structure/board will be erected in this space. In addition no perimeter poles, fire
points, notice boards or any pre-fabricated items will be kept in this space.
Contingents will, however, ensure to keep this space neat and tidy, as it improves the
general get-up of the cadet lines.
(e) Similarly area up to the Cadet Cookhouses, Line and PI Staff Cookhouse Area
will be kept clean by the Contingents. This area will be inspected and marked for RD
Line Area Competition.
11. Girls Area
.
(a) The above points on cleanliness are also applicable to Girl’s area.
(b) Girl cadets will be put up in the Girls’ Barracks. Each barrack will house 20
cadets. Some barracks will house cadets of 2 to 3 Directorates. In such barracks
responsibility of layout of various boards, fire points (i.e. items which are common to
a barrack) will be that of the Directorate having the larger cadet strength in that
barrack.
(c) Nominal roll boards displayed outside will be suitably refabricated by putting up 2
to 3 boards outside each barrack.
(d) Contingents are permitted to use flower pots around the barracks. Number of
flowerpots to be displayed is given at Enclosures 2 & 3 to Annexure 1 (indicated by
small quadrangles).
(e) Girl cadets of Band will be housed together in separate barracks.
262
Annexure H2
FLAG AREA COMPETITION
Aim of Competition
1. Showcase the conceptual, artistic, imaginative and articulation skills of NCC Cadets
working as a team and set standards of excellence that can be achieved to in pursuit of
character development of cadets.
Specification
2. Each Directorate will be allotted a plinth area five meters long and three meters in width (5
m X 3m) inclusive of steel border bunds (all a around) with dimensions of 6” Width and 4” Ht,
in Parade Ground as ‘Flag Area’. All contingents will be responsible for maintenance of the
gap to the right, while facing the opening of their flag area.
Display of Equipment in Flag Area
3. The following equipment will be displayed in the Flag Area :-
(a) A flag mast with Directorate flag. (Each Directorate will bring one flag).
(b) Decorative poles with chains.
Timing of Display
4. The ‘Flag Area’ will be kept covered with transparent polythene covers, to protect against
rain and dust except for the following timings daily from 10 January onwards for the visitors :-
(a) 0900-1300 hrs.
(b) 1700-1900 hrs.
(c) On Cultural Show days from 1700 hrs onwards till the VIP departs.
(d) Any other time as specified for any special visit.
Marking
5. The allocation of points for Flag Area will be as follows :-
S.No
Activity Total Pts RD
Banner
Pts
(a) Adherence to Instruction 15
20
(b) Appearance and Presentation 30
(c) Maintenance of Flag Area 25
(d) Depiction of various aspects of the theme 30
(e) Briefing (Two SD/SW and One JD/JW Cdts in English)
30
(i) Adherence to time (03 x Cdts for two
minutes each)
15
(ii) Confidence and delivery 25
(iii) Interpretation of theme and salient 30
263
aspects covered
Total 70
Note
. A half mark penalty will be awarded to a Directorate exceeding the briefing by upto 30
seconds and multiple thereof (for each 30 seconds) out of total 15 points earmarked for
adherence to time as given out at Para 6(e)(i) above. A standard size uniform pointer for
briefing would be procured centrally by RDC Adjutant for all Dtes.
6. State Collage
. A map of the State/States depicting collage showing the State
achievements and development projects, Tourism & Handicrafts, Important personalities,
Culture, Heritage, Art & Music, Historical Significance and Education and Youth affairs etc
alongwith NCC related activities will be displayed at the head of the Flag Area. The size of
this collage will be 11.8’ (width) and 9½’ (height). It will be prepared on a white flex cloth and
displayed with the help of a metal frame provided at the site by DGNCC. Sketch is given
below :-
7. Flag Area theme
. The theme for Flag Area is to be State/States specific covering
following :-
(a) State achievements and development projects.
(b) Tourism & Handicrafts.
(c) Important Personalities.
(d) Culture, Heritage, Art & Music.
(e) Historical Significance.
(f) Education and Youth affairs.
(g) NCC related activities.
Note
:Only marble chips will be used for decoration. Directorates will not display readymade
models of Humans/Animals/Historical-Cultural structures etc.
8. Dre
s
Provis
i
9. Cam
for the
Flag A
r
Specifi
Specifi
1. The
h
2. The
s
the Dir
e
3. Bun
d
4. Are
a
toward
s
s
s. The dre
s
(a) NCC U
n
(b) White g
(c) RDC B
a
(d) NCC S
c
i
on of Flag
p Comma
n
Flag
A
rea.
r
ea competi
cation of
F
cations of
h
eight of th
e
s
ize of the
e
ctorate e
m
d
should be
a
Decor. N
o
s
the road.
(a) Poles
a
following d
i
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
C
(b) Red m
A
rea. Carp
(c) Flower
p
s
s for cade
t
n
iform.
loves and
s
a
dges.
c
arf.
Poles
n
dant will is
s
Directorat
e
tion.
F
lag Area
Items Dis
p
e
flag pole
w
NCC Direc
t
m
broidered
t
4 inches (
1
o
constructi
a
nd chain
t
i
mensions :
Poles (
2
Chain
o
Globe on t
h
No crest w
C
hain duri
n
atting / ca
r
ets will be
p
p
ost with si
t
s detailed
f
s
pats.
s
ue one fla
e
s will brin
g
p
layed in
F
w
hen fixed
t
orate flag
w
t
hereon. All
1
0 cms) hig
on or displ
a
t
o be mad
e
-
2
0 No) wit
h
o
f 2 cm dia
m
h
e poles wi
l
ill be made
n
g display s
r
pets to b
e
p
rocured c
e
milar flowe
r
264
f
or briefing
w
g pole with
g
one flag (
F
lag Area
on the gro
u
w
ill be 6ft
X
lettering w
i
h and 6 inc
a
y material
e
of maint
e
h
height of
4
m
eter.
l
l be of 10
c
on the pol
e
hould not b
e
spread b
e
e
ntrally duri
n
r
plants to
b
w
ould be a
s
pulley and
123cm X 1
u
nd will be
2
X
4 ft (185 c
i
ll be biling
u
hes (15 cm
will be ere
c
e
nance fre
e
4
7 cm (incl
G
c
m diamete
r
e
s.
e more tha
t
e
tween the
n
g RDC.
b
e displaye
d
s
follows :-
rope each
85 cm) of
t
2
0 ft from t
h
m X 123 c
m
u
al.
s) wide.
c
ted ahead
e
material
(
G
lobe) & D
i
r
.
t
2” above t
respectiv
e
d
between
c
, to all Dire
t
heir Direct
o
h
e ground l
e
m
) with the
of Front B
u
(
nickel plat
e
i
ameter of
6
t
he wooden
e
Directora
t
c
ollage sta
n
ctorates
o
rate for
e
vel.
name of
u
nd line,
e
d) with
6
cm.
frame.
t
es Flag
n
d legs.
265
Appendix J
(Refers to Para 3 of General Rules)
INTER DIRECTORATE GUARD OF HONOUR AND
RD PARADE PARTICIPATION COMPETITION RULES
General
1. Inter- Directorate Guard of Honour and Republic Day Parade Participation Competition
will be a Contingent Event and will carry 600 points towards the competition and will carry 81
points towards the RD Banner. This competition will be held in two parts as under:-
(a) Part I. Guard of Honour- 285 Points (38 Banner Points)
(b) Part II. RD Parade Participation – 315 Points (43 banner points)
2. Marking.
(a) The marks for cadets of each Directorate selected in Guard of Honour
competition will be computed as under:
NO OF CADETS SELECTED IN ALL WINGS X 38
12 (NO OF CADETS FIELDED)
(b) The marks for cadets of each Directorate selected in RD parade participation
competition will be computed as under:
NO OF CADETS SELECTED IN ALL WINGS x 43
20 (NO OF CADETS FIELDED)
(c) Both being individual competitions the marks scored for RD Banner points for
each competition, will be shown separately.
Venue
3. The Competition will be held during RD Camp.
Eligibility
4. For Guard of Honour, each Directorate will field the following cadets:
(a) SD (Army) - 3
(b) SD (Navy) - 3
(c) SD (Air) - 3
(d) SW (Girls) – 3
5. SW cadets from Naval and Air Wings when selected for Guard of Honour will have to
wear Army Wing uniforms. Hence, Directorates wishing to field girl cadets of Naval and Air
Wings for selection of Guard of Honour, will get Army Wing uniforms (Terrycot) stitched for
such cadets, on selection.
266
6. Exemptions. The following SD and SW cadets will not participate in any of the above two
competitions: -
(a) Cadets of R&V and Band.
(b) Ship and Aero modelers cadets detailed by Dte.
(c) Cadets participating in Cultural Programme& NIAP.
(d) Cadets not selected for Guard of Honour can compete in RD Parade Participation
Competition.
PART I- GUARD OF HONOUR
Strength and Composition
7. Each Directorate will submit a nominal roll of 12 cadets (3 each from SD Army, Navy, Air
and SW) to Camp Commandant by 01 January, who in turn will hand over the nominal rolls
to ‘Presiding Officer’. J&K Directorate will field 6 SD (Army), 3 SD (Navy) and 3 SW cadets.
This composition will be in force till Air Training is restored in J&K.
Selection
8. Number to be Selected
. 30 cadets each of SD (Army), SD (Naval), SD (Air) and SW will
be selected including reserves. All cadets selected including reserves will attend rehearsals
and parades. Final composition of Guard of Honour on a specified day will be decided by the
Chief Training Officer (CTO), As far as possible all selected cadets will be given chance in
turn to take part in Guard of Honour.
9. Selection will be based on the following considerations: -
(a) Turn out and bearing
(b) Squad drill
(c) Arms drill
(d) Steadiness
Weapons
10. All cadets, including girls, participating in Guard of Honour will be equipped with 7.62 mm
SLR (DP), Cadets will bring rifle slings as well, which will be covered with rexine.
Dress
11. The dress will be as per Annexure J1.
Award of Penalty Points
12. After the selection is over, if any selected cadet is found to be absent on rehearsals
without sufficient cause, penalty points will be awarded. CTO will submit daily absentees list,
(Directorate-wise), to DDG (Training) who, after ascertaining reasons from the Contingent
Commander, will decide whether there is any justification for absence or not. Names of such
267
cadets will be submitted to OIC Competitions, as the concerned Directorate is liableto be
awarded penalty points for this. All selected cadets will be in possession of Identity Cards.
Cadets whose turn out on any ceremonial Guard of Honour is not found up to the mark can
be awarded penalty points as mentioned above.
Rehearsals / Parades
13. Officer/PI Staff of each contingent will bring their selected cadets for Guard of Honour
selection and for subsequent practices to the training area as per Camp Programme, after
inspecting their turnout and rectifying their faults. He will also hand over to CTO/Training
Officer the Parade State indicating the following: -
(a) No of cadets selected for Guard of Honour.
(b) No on Parade.
(c) Absentees with reasons.
Notes
.
14. Guard of Honour Selection
. The following procedure will be adopted:
(a) There will be a conference in the Conference Room at 1500 hrs on D minus 2
day. All Judges and Contingent Commanders will attend. Contingent Commanders
will bring nominal roll and parade state of the cadets taking part in Guard of Honour
and RD Parade Participation Competition.
(b) Nominal roll will be tallied with Secretary RD Cell by Dir MS.
(c) Guard of Honour cadets (Army, Navy, Air) and SW will fall-in at 0730 hrs, or time
given by Presiding Officer, on D day, directoratewise for checking. Cadets will have
identity cards with them. Contingent Commanders will be present.
(d) After checking, all contingents will be mixed up by OTA/IMA trained Drill NCOs for
KADWAR sizing and handed over to Presiding Officer at 0800 hrs for selection of the
cadets.
(e) Selection will be done as per briefing/instructions of the OIC Competition.
(f) List of the selected cadets will be prepared in triplicate, Directorate wise. One copy
will be handed over to Secretary RD Cell, one copy to Camp Commandant and third
copy will be with OIC Competition.
15. Manpower
. The following staff is required:-
(a) OTA/IMA trained Drill JCOs/NCOs - Four
(b) PI Staff JCOs - Two
(c) PI Staff NCOs - Six
(d) GCI - Two
16. Stores
. JCO I/C along with PI Staff will be responsible to procure stores and lay out the
furniture, as per requirement and instructions of the Presiding Officer.
268
PART II: REPUBLIC DAY PARADE PARTICIPATION RULES
Strength and Composition
17. For RD Parade participation, each Directorate will field the following cadets:
(a) SD - 10
(b) SW - 10
Selection
18. 159 cadets each including reserves of SD and SW will be selected. In the SD 103 cadets
from Army Wing and 28 cadets each from Naval and Air Wings, will be selected. SD
Contingent will have eight rows of Army Wing and two each of Naval and Air Wings. In the
SW contingent there will be at least one row each of Naval and Air Wing girl cadets (one row
has 12 cadets).
19. Selection will be based on the following considerations: -
(a) Turn out and Bearing.
(b) Marching and Squad Drill.
(c) Arms Drill.
(d) Steadiness.
Weapons
21. SD/SW (Army, Navy and Air ) participating in RD Parade Contingent competition will be
equipped with 7.62 mm SLR with slings.
Award of Penalty points
22. If any cadet is found absent or coming late on parade without sufficient cause, penalty
points are liable to be awarded to the respective Directorate.
Rehearsals/Parade
23. Officer/PI Staff of each contingent will bring their selected cadets of RD Parade for
selection and subsequent practices at the training area, after inspecting their turn out and
rectifying their faults and hand them over to CTO/Training Officer along with parade state
indicating the following : -
(a) No. of cadets selected for RD Parade.
(b) No on Parade.
(c) Absentees with reasons.
Recommended Selection Procedure
24. In order to save time, avoid cluttering up and speedy selection, competition will be held
in three phases as under: -
269
(a) Phase I. SD (Army) Cadets
(b) Phase II.
SD (Navy and Air) Cadets
(c) Phase III
. SW Girls Cadets
25. Phase I: SD (Army) (D Day).
The following procedure will be adopted:
(a) SD (Army) will fall-in on D Day Directorate-wise in alphabetic sequence with
nominal roll and Identity Cards. Cadets will be in possession of Identity Cards and
Contingent Commanders will be present at the time of checking.
(b) After checking by Judges, Drill Instructors (JCO/NCOs) will get KADWAR sizing
done, thereby mixing all cadets. The Presiding Officer will position them in details
and the entire Board of Officers will collectively select cadets from each detail. A final
selection may be carried out from the preliminary selected lot of cadets, if required to
attain the desired number of cadets.
(c) Three copies of nominal roll of the selected cadets will be made directorate-wise.
26. Phase II: SD (Naval & Air) (D plus 1).
The following procedure will be adopted: -
(a) Naval and Air cadets will fall-in Directorate wise, in alphabetic sequence with
nominal roll and Identity Cards.
(b) The cadets will be checked simultaneously by Judges and KADWAR sizing done
by Drill Instructors (JCO/NCOs). SD Cadets (Navy and Air) will fall in separately at a
distance of 100 yards apart.
(c) Procedure outlined for SD Army cadets will be followed.
(d) Three copies of nominal roll will be prepared separately for Navy and Air Cadets.
27. Phase III: SW (Girls) (D plus 1/D plus 2).
The following procedure will be adopted: -
(a) SW Girls will fall in Directorate wise, in alphabetic sequence, at one place, with
nominal roll and Identity Cards.
(b) The cadets will be checked simultaneously by Judges and KADWAR sizing will be
done by Drill Instructors (JCO/NCOs).
(c) Procedure outlined for SD Army cadets will be followed.
(d) Three copies of nominal roll, Directorate wise, will be prepared.
28. Manpower
. The following staff is required:-
(a) OTA/IMA trained Drill JCOs/NCOs - Four
(b) PI Staff JCOs - Two
(c) PI Staff NCOs - Six
(d) GCI - Two
270
29. Stores. JCO I/C along with PI Staff will be responsible to procure stores and lay out the
furniture, as per requirement and instructions of the Presiding Officer.
Dress to Be Worn by Cadets
Army Senior Division Army Junior Division
Beret (single piece)/ Pagri Dark Green
with
NCC Cap/Pagri badge and Red
Hackle
Beret (single piece)/ Pagri Dark Green
with
NCC Cap/Pagri badge and Red Pom
Pom
Shirt Khaki Terrycot (full sleeves) with
jersey
Shirt Khaki Terrycot (full sleeves) with
jersey
Trousers Khaki terrycot Trousers Khaki terrycot
Vest Woollen Vest Woollen
Socks Black Socks Black
Boots Black Leather DMS Shoes Black Leather
Belt leather black with NCC buckles Belt leather black with NCC buckles
Accoutrements as per Dress
Regulations
Accoutrements as per Dress Regulations
Navy Senior Division Navy Junior Division
Beret (single piece)/ Pagri White with
NCC Cap/Pagri badge and Red
Hackle
Beret (single piece)/ Pagri White with
NCC Cap/Pagri badge and Red Pom
Pom
Shirt white with Jersey Shirt white with Jersey
Trousers White Terrycot Trousers White Terrycot
Vest Woollen Vest Woollen
Socks Black Socks Black
Boots Black Leather DMS Shoes Black Leather
Belt leather white with NCC Buckle Belt leather white with NCC Buckle
Sling Rifle Nylon White -
Accoutrements as per Dress
regulations
Accoutrements as per Dress regulations
Air Wing Senior Division Air Wing Junior Division
Beret (single piece)/ Pagri Sky Blue
with
NCC Cap/Pagri badge and Red
Hackle
Beret (single piece)/ Pagri Sky Blue
with
NCC Cap/Pagri badge and Red Pom
Pom
Sling Rifle web black -
Trousers LBG terrycot Trousers LBG terrycot
Vest woollen Vest woolen
Socks woolen black Socks woolen black
Boots black leather DMS Shoes black leather
Belt Leather Black with NCC buckles
Accoutrements as per Dress
regulations
Accoutrements as per Dress regulations
Shirt LBG (Light Blue Grey) Terrycot
full sleeves with Jersey sleeves with
jersey
Shirt LBG terry cot full Jersey sleeves
with jersey
Girls Senior Wing Girls Junior Wing Junior
Beret (single piece)/ NCC Cap/Pagri
badge and Red Hackle
Beret (single piece)/ NCC Cap/Pagri
badge and Red Pom Pom
Shirt Khaki terrycot full sleeves tucked
in with jersey
Shirt Khaki terrycot full sleeves tucked in
with jersey
271
Trousers Khaki terrycot Trousers Khaki terrycot
Vest Woolen Vest Woolen
Socks Black Socks Black
Boots Black Leather DMS Shoes Black Leather
Black Belt Leather with NCC buckles Black Belt Leather with NCC buckles
Accoutrements as per Regulations Accoutrements as per Regulations
Notes for All Wings
1. Right and left markers will wear Red Sash.
2. Army wing girls will wear ‘tucked-in’ shirt with black belt leather with NCC buckles.
3. The dress for Naval Wing and Air Wing girl cadets will be the same as laid down for Boys.
4. When wearing shirt, girls cadets will wear black leather belt with NCC buckles.
Accoutrements like badges of rank, authorised camp badges(NSC, VSC, TSC, RDC,
adventure activities) badges will be worn.
5. Cadet contingent commanders will not carry any arms/cane.
6. All cadets will wear service specific bilingual name-plates (black with white lettering).
7. Metal Brovel (Powered Flying), Metal Brovel (Gliding), will be worn above the left breast
pocket of the shirt, by the eligible cadets only.
8. All the cadets will wear seven-sided RD Camp badge on right breast pocket below the
button.
9. Points will be deducted if cadets are found not wearing appropriate or wearing
unauthorised badges/stripes of rank, NCC certificate proficiency badges, shoulder titles and
such like accoutrements as per NCC Dress Regulations.
10. All Cadets will wear Badges of Rank of Zari (for authorised cadets only), Shoulder
title in zari thread, NCC Scarf with vertical woven zari, NCC Kambarband with woven
zari
272
Appendix K
(Refers to Para 3 of General Rules)
NATIONAL INTEGRATION AWARENESS COMPETITION
General
1. National Integration Awareness (NIA) Competition has been instituted in order tofulfil the
Aims of NCC.
Conduct
2. The Competition will be conducted during the RDC, in NCC Auditorium.
3. Each Directorate will give a National Integration Awareness Presentation (NIAP) covering
various aspects of their respective State/UT to include cultural heritage, history, geography,
social customs, development, and economy etc. This could be in the form of lectures, one
act plays, visuals or combination of all. The other details are as under: -
(a) Strength
. Maximum of 20 cadets will participate. These cadets will be common
from 35 cadets nominated by directorates for Cultural Programme Competition.
There is no restriction on participation of SD/SW/JD/JW Cadets, Directorates may
field more number of JD/ JW Cadets but maximum number will remain as 20 only. If
lesser No of cadets are selected for presentation, the No must include a mix of
cadets from SD, SW, JD and JW.
(b) Duration
. Duration of the presentation will be 30 minutes.
4. The following aspects will be noted during the competition: -
(a) Participants for competitions including those who provide background music will
be cadets only. Identity cards will be checked before the competition begins.
(b) The presentation and decoration/display of items on the stage/permitted area
alone will count towards the competition. Display of items will be restricted to areas
along and on either side of the stage. Display of items outside the stage or the
Auditorium will not be permitted. Heavy, expensive/extravagant and cumbersome
items for stage décor should be avoided. Size of props will not exceed 8 feet in
height and 12 feet in width.
(c) The entire team will be disqualified in case any unauthorised person participates,
posing as a cadet.
(d) In case professional assistance is rendered after the cadets have assembled on
the stage, a penalty of 5 marks will be imposed on the defaulting directorate’s score.
(e) There will be an arrangement for light signals to control the timings. A green light
will indicate the commencement of the time, an amber light will be used to warn the
participants that only five minutes are left for the event to be over and a red light will
be used to indicate to the participants that their allotted time is over. 2 marks will be
deducted for each 60 seconds of extra time taken after the red light has been
switched on.
273
(f) The entire team will be penalized by 5 marks per person in case the numbers of
participants exceed the limit laid down.
(g) There will be a gap of 10 minutes between each NIA Presentation. It includes 03
minutes to clear the Stage and 07 minutes for preparation (set up) by presenting Dte.
The Dte will be liable to imposition of penalty in case of undue delay beyond the
stipulated time. Such penalty will be imposed at the discretion of the Chief Judge
(Presiding Officer of the Bd of Officer).
Submission of Nominal Roll & Synopsis
5. Directorates will submit the nominal roll of their teams (less Guard of Honour, Rajpath, PM
Rally, R&V Squadron & Band cadets) and synopsis of their presentation to the OIC
Competitions and Judges 24 hours in advance of the Competition. Any changes in the
composition of teams due to unforeseen circumstances will be considered only on the
written request of the Contingent Commander, giving reasons for such a change. Till it is
approved by the OIC Competitions, no change will be accepted.
Administrative Arrangements
6. Administrative Arrangements for the competition, on all days, will be made by theCamp
Commandant.
Judges
7. The competitions will be judged by a Board of Officers or recognized/eminent
personalities, if available.
Declaration of the Results
8. Results of competitions will be finalized and signed by the Board of Officers/Judges.
These will be announced after approval of the DG.
Stage Decoration
9. Contingents should bring with them all the equipment/accoutrements required for the Part
I of the competition. ‘Diyas’ or other flammable props are not allowed.
Marking
10. A total of 120 marks will be awarded for the competition which will be reduced to 60
marks towards the RD Banner. Sub allotment of marks is as given below :-
(a) Display of Publicity/Motivational Material - 15
(b) Synopsis - 15
(c) Speaker’s delivery & diction - 25
(d) Innovations / variety of Presentation - 25
(e) Facts and figures (Authenticity and Selection of material) - 25
(f) Sequence of Presentation - 15
Prizes
12. Individual prizes will not be given to cadets. However, prizes will be awarded to
Directorates acquiring 1st, 2nd and 3rd positions.
274
Appendix L
(Refers to Para 3 of General Rules)
INTER DIRECTORATE MARCH PAST COMPETITION DURING PM’S RALLY
General
1. Inter Directorate March Past Competition during PM’s Rally will be a Contingent Event
and will carry 144 points towards the RD Banner. This Competition will consist of Turnout,
Marching, Dressing, Word of command and Drill Movements. The Contingent will be without
Arms.
2. The competition will be conducted in three parts as under :-
(a) Part I
. This part will be conducted on 16 Jan every year during the rehearsals
and will carry 44 RD Banner Points. The distribution of marks will be as under :-
(i) Turn Out - 20
(ii) Marching - 20
(iii) Dressing - 20
(iv) Word of Command - 20
(v) Drill Movements - 20
Total - 100
(b) Part II
. This part will be conducted on the day of DG’s Full Dress Rehearsal and
will carry 50 RD Banner Points. The distribution of marks will be as under :-
(i) Turn Out - 20
(ii) Marching - 20
(iii) Dressing - 20
(iv) Word of Command - 20
(v) Drill Movements - 20
Total - 100
(c) Part III. This part will be conducted on the day of PM’s Rally on 28 Jan and will carry 50
RD Banner Points which will be counted towards the next year PM’s Banner
competition. The contingents will be judged based on their Turnout, Marching and Dressing.
The distribution of Marks will be as under :-
(i) Turn Out - 30
(ii) Marching - 40
(iii) Dressing - 30
Total - 100
Composition
3. All directorates will pre- nominate 30 Cadets for PM Rally and utilize the left over from
GOH & Rajpath to boost strength to 50 per directorate. The final composition of the
contingent will be contingent will consist of the following: -
(a) SD (Army) - 28
(b) SD (Navy) - 06
275
(c) SD (Air) - 06
(d) SW (All Wings) - 08
Total - 48+1*+1@ = 50 (*Placard bearer @Commander)
Note
: The last two cadets in the file of Air & Naval Wing will be of Army Wing.
4. J&K Directorate will field 06 additional cadets from SD (Army) till the Air Wing training
activities are revived in the State. Their cadet strength will be 50 from SD (Army).
Directorates may field JD/JW Cadets for the above competition.
Exemption
5. The following Cadets will not participate in this Competition:
(a) Cadets of R&V units.
(b) Ship & Aero modelers
(c) Cadets for Para Sailing & Slithering
(d) Cadets selected for Guard of Honour, RD Parade Contingent on Rajpath, NAIP &
Cultural Programme.
Dress
6. The Dress will be same as applicable for RD Parade Participating contingents (Spads and
Gloves will be worn).Appendix J refers.
Nominal Roll
7. Contingent Commander will submit the nominal roll of the Contingent to the Presiding
Officer one hour in advance separately for each wing.
Marking of Competition Ground & Administrative Arrangements
8. OIC Competition will select and decide the layout of the ground. Presiding Officer will brief
the Training Team JCO, who will carry out the detailed marking of the ground. One Assistant
Competition Officer will be nominated for marshalling the Contingent as per timings allocated
to them. The administrative arrangements for the event will be made under the supervision
of Camp Assistant Adjutant.
Board of Officers/ Judges
9. The Board of Officers will be detailed by the DDG (MS) and will be constituted of officers
from HQ DG NCC, OTA Kamptee and OTA Gwalior.
Sequence of Action
10. A Directorate Contingent will have a placard bearer, (indicating name of the Directorate
and will be supplied centrally under arrangements of Camp Commandant), Contingent
Commander and Cadets as per given strength. Squad will form up 6 abreast with three files
of cadets from SD (Army), one file each of SD (Navy), SD (Air) & SW. Cadets will be without
arms. The assessment will commence with Cadet Contingent
276
Commander stepping out to take permission from the Chief Judge. Sequence of events, drill
movement and words of command are given in the succeeding paragraphs and will
commence on indication (Hand Signal) from Senior Judge (All will be at Vishram):-
(a) Cadet Contingent Commander will come to ‘Savdhan’ and bring his/her
contingent to ‘SAVDHAN’
(b) Cadet Parade Commander marches upto the Senior Judge, Salutes and seeks
permission “…… Directorate PARADE SHURU KARNE KI AGYA
CHAHTA/CHAHTEE HUN SRIMAN”.
(c) He/She Salutes, turns about and takes up position marked for the Parade
Commander facing the Squad.
(d) ‘SAJ DAHINE SAJ’ (Dressing by the right - First Cadet from the front line will act
as Define Darshak turn right and take about 4 steps and 1 & 2 for halt) and about
turn. Dressing will be with the right arm raised.
(e) Right Marker steps out and corrects dressing of each line.
(f) Thereafter Right Marker takes this position and Contingent Commander turns
about facing the Chief Judge.
(g) Parade Commander marches forward, halt five spaces short of the Chief
Judge and reports to the Chief Judge, “……… CONTINGENT APP KE
NIRIKSHAN KE LIYE HAZIR HAI SRIMAN”, salutes, turns about, halts at his/her
marked place and turns-about facing the Presiding Officer (his/her back towards the
Contingent). The board of Officers inspects the Parade Commander. After inspection,
Parade Commander turns-about, facing the squad.
(h) Inspection of contingent by Judges is carried out one rank at a time. After the
inspection, the Parade Commander will come to Savdhan’, salute and commence the
following procedure (drill movements and words of command): -
(i) “…Directorate Contingent SAVDHAN”
(ii) “Contingent VISHRAM”
(iii) “Contingent SAVDHAN”
(iv) “Contingent DAHINE CHALEGA - DAHINE MUR”
(v) “Contingent AAGE BAREEEGA - BAEN MUR”
(vi) “Contingent BAEN CHALEGA - BAEN MUR”
(vii) “Contingent AAGE BARHEGA - DAHINE MUR”
(viii) “Contingent PEECHE LOTEGA - PEECHE MUR”
(ix) “Contingent AAGE BARHEGA - PEECHE MUR”
(x) “Contingent VISHRAM”
(k) Contingent Commander will thereafter call the entire Contingent to Savdhan and
seek permission for March Past.
(l) Thereafter the Contingent Commander gives the next word of command
“……….CONTINGENT MADHYA SE TEJ CHAL”. This will be done only once the
Judges have inspected all contingents.
(m) On reaching the warning marker for Dahine Dekh, the contingent Commander
starts giving word of Command, “ ……Contingent DAHINE DEKH”. This word of
Command should terminate before the marker of DAHINE DEKH.
277
(n) On reaching the ‘warning marker’ for Sammne Dekh word of command “….
Contingent SAMMNE DEKH” will be given. This should terminate before the marker
for Sammne Dekh.
(o) The procedure mentioned above in sub para (m) and (n) will be repeated two
more times on the given route for March Past.
(p) At the finishing point, which shall be indicated by two red flags, word of Command
“………Contingent THAM” will be given and on receiving signal from the Finish Point
Officer, the word of Command “Contingent VISHRAM” will be given. Thereafter the
Contingent Commander will march off the contingent.
278
Appendix M
(Refers to Para 3 of General Rules)
INTER DIRECTORATE CULTURAL COMPETITIONS
1. General. Inter Directorate Cultural Competitions will carry 350 points towards the
competition, to be scaled down to 70 points towards RD Banner. Events covered and
allotment of marks will be as under:-
Ser No
Item No of
participants
Time
Allotted
(minutes)
Marks
RD
Banner
Points
Annexure
(a) Group
Song
10-20 06 100
70
M1
(b) Group
Dance
10-20 07 150 M2
(c) Ballet/
Dance
04 06 100 M3
Total 350
Note
. Total strength for all three items together, will not exceed 35 cadets. These
cadets will also participate in NIAP Competition. These 35 cadets are not allowed to
participate in Guard of Honour, Rajpath& PM Rally March Past Competition.
2. At the conclusion of the above competition, the total marks scored by each Directorate will
be added up and an order of merit made. Points towards RD Banner out of 70 will be
awarded.
3. However, individual prizes will be given to the cadets standing 1st, 2nd and 3rd in each
event.
Venue
4. All the competitions will be conducted in NCC Auditorium located at the RD Campsite.
Participation
5. The following category of personnel will not participate in cultural competitions:
(a) Professionals. Professional assistance of any kind is NOT permitted afterthe
cadets have come on the stage.
(b) Any person other than cadets of the RD Camp, as per the nominal roll submitted.
(c) Officers, GCIs and PI Staff.
(d) Cadets detailed for Band and R&V competitions.
6. The following points will be noted: -
(a) Participants for competitions including those who provide background music will
be cadets only. Identity Card will be checked before the competitions begin.
(b) Music will be live except for Ballet where recorded music may be played.
279
(c) “For stage décor, heavy cumbersome articles will be avoided. Size of Props will
not exceed 8 feet in height and 12 feet in width.”
(d) The entire team will be disqualified if any unauthorised person forms part ofthe
team.
(e) In case any professional assistance is rendered after the cadets have assembled
on the stage, a penalty of 20 marks will be deducted from the Directorate score for
this item.
(f) There will be an arrangement for light signals to control the timings. A green light
will indicate the commencement of the time, an amber light will be used to warn the
participants that only two minutes are left for the event to be over and a red light will
be used to indicate to the participants that their allotted time is over. Maximum time
for each event is laid down, and 01 mark will be deducted for each 03 seconds extra
time taken after the Red light is switched on.
(g) The entire team will be penalised by 10 marks per person, in case the number of
participants exceeds or are less than the limit laid down. Hence minimum and
maximum strength of each event must be adhered to.
(h) Girl Cadets will wear only plastic bangles during competitions.
(j) Directorate will be liable to imposition of penalty in case of undue delay in
presentation of their item. Such penalty will be imposed at the discretion of the Chief
Judge (Presiding Officer of the Bd of Officer). However, 10 minutes to include 03
minutes to clear the Stage and 07 minutes to set up, will be allowed before
consideration for penalty.
(k) Garments worn under the ‘GHAGHRA’ should preferably be of the same colour as
that of the ‘GHAGHRA’.
(l) Items will be selected judiciously for various Cultural Programmes and VIP visits.
Submission of Nominal Rolls and Synopsis
7. Directorates will submit the nominal roll of their teams for each competition in triplicate to
the OIC Competitions and Judges 72 hours in advance of the competition.
8. Synopsis of all events in Hind and English will also be handed over to Cultural Officer for
submitting to the judges prior to the competitions. Synopsis is to be laminated on card of size
14 cm X 21 cm and shall not exceed 100 words.
9. Directorates will ensure that cadets are given requisite coaching and are deputed by
name to read out the theme of the item being presented by their respective Directorates.
10. Any changes in the composition of teams due to unforeseen circumstances will be
considered only on the written request of the Contingent Commander giving reasons for
such a change. Till the Chief Judge approves it, no change will be accepted.
Board of Officers/Judges
11. A Board of Officers nominated by HQDGNCC will judge the competitions. Addl DG (A)
will approve the composition of the Board of Officers. Addl DG (A) will also be an observer to
280
oversee the conduct of the competitions and shall give, on the spot decisions in case of any
dispute/protest. His decision will be final.
Declaration of the Results
12. Results of each event will be finalized and signed by the Board of Officers/Judges.
These will be announced after due approval of DGNCC.
Musical Instruments and Stage Decor
13. Under mentioned instruments are allowed:-
(a) Contingent will bring their own musical instruments, dress and other
accoutrements required for their performance. In this regard the Directorate may
contact their State Cultural representative in Delhi for necessary assistance.
(b) Other arrangements necessary for conduct of the competitions on all dayswill be
made by Officer In-charge Cultural who will be assisted by male and lady ANOs. In
addition, two GCIs and two JCOs/NCOs will assist in communications on stage. Light
& signal equipment will be arranged by OIC Signal.
(c) ‘Diyas’ and similar flammable materials/props will not be used as there are fire
hazards.
Administrative Arrangements
14. Following arrangements will be done:-
(a) All administrative arrangements for the competition on all days like provisioning of
tables, chairs, glasses, water etc., will be made by the Camp Commandant. He will
also be responsible for providing light refreshment to cadets outside the Auditorium.
(b) Arrangement of Heaters for the Cadets outside the Auditorium.
(c) Mess Secretary will be responsible for provision of light refreshment to officers &
families outside the Auditorium.
(d) Officers’ Institute will cater for Light Refreshment for the judges during the
conduct of competition.
(e) Delhi Directorate and OIC Auditorium will be responsible for flower arrangements
and stage decorations for all competitions.
Rules of Competitions
15. Group Dance
(a) Time - 5 Min + 2 Min (Max 07 Minutes)
(b) Group - Minimum number of cadets – 10, Maximum number of cadets – 20
(Including musicians on stage or in the background)
(c) Music and Instruments should be live.
(d) Stage Decor - No professional or hired arrangements will be allowed.
281
(e) Points Allotted
Presentation
(40 points)
Composition, Dance &
Costume (55 points)
Music & Instruments
(55 points)
Total
MC
Props
Presentation &
Brochure
Synchronisation &
Skills
Choreography &
Innovations
Costumes
Quality of Music
Quality of
Instrument
Synchronisation
5 10 25 25 20 10 35 20
150
16. Group Song
(a) Time - 5 Min + 1Min (Max 06 Minutes)
(b) Group - Minimum number of cadets 10, Maximum number of cadets 20 (including
musicians on stage or in the background).
(c) Dress - Appropriate
(d) Language - Hindi/English/Regional
(e) No dance of any type is permitted in this event.
(f) Points Allotted
Presentation
(30 points)
Group Composition
&
Dress (20 points)
Rendering &
Composition
of Song
(20 points)
Music & Tune
Quality
(30 points)
Total
MC
Overall
Presentation &
Brochure
Composition of
Singers (Boys &
Girls)
Instruments
Dress
5 25 5 5 10 20 30
100
17. Ballet/Dance
(a) Time - 5 Min + 1 Min (Max 06 Minutes)
(b) Group - Minimum number of cadets – 04 (Excluding musicians on stage orin the
background)
(c) Music and Instruments can be live or recorded.
(d) Stage Decor - No professional or hired arrangements will be allowed.
282
(e) Points Allotted
Presentation
(30 points)
Composition,
Synchronisation &
Skills (40 points)
Theme
Music &
Background
Score
Total
MC
Props
Synchronisation &
Skills
Choreography &
Innovations
5 25 20 20 15 15
100
283
Appendix N
(Refers to Para 3 of General Rules)
RULES FOR BEST CADET COMPETITION AND YEP SELECTION
General
1. Best cadet and YEP competitions will be held during the RDC. These competitions are
held to select ‘best cadets’, The selected cadets are awarded a ‘baton’ by the Prime Minister
during the PM’s Rally. The competition has the following components:
(a) Best Cadet
. Only nine cadets per Dte will be fielded in the competition. Best
Cadet (State) will not be held during RDC.
(b) Best Cadet (State)
. This will be held at State Dte level only.
(c) YEP Selection
. To select the cadets eligible for the YEP.
2. The Best Cadet competition will carry 100 points towards each of the nine categories.
Total points contributing towards the RD Banner will be 50, which will be awarded separately
for each category based on the merit list drawn, based on the results of the competition.
3. Besides the “interview and personality”, the performance of the cadets in service subjects
would be considered for selection for YEP.
4. “The Best Cadet and YEP selection competition will be run on similar lines though with
varying bias as per the aim of the competition. Both the competitions will be run on a similar
format as per the instruction given below.”
Aim
5. The aim of the competitions is to select outstanding cadets of various State Directorates in
a healthy competitive environment to provide them an opportunity to get a sense of
achievement.
Participation
6. One cadet per directorate per category will participate in BC competition. The scores
obtained by these cadets will be counted towards RD Banner. The competition will be
conducted for all nine categories as under :-
(a) SD (Army)
(b) SD (Navy)
(c) SD (Air)
(d) SW (Army)
(e) SW (Navy)
(f) SW (Air)
(g) JD/JW (Army)
284
(h) JD /JW (Navy)
(j) JD/JW (Air)
7. A maximum of nine cadets per vacancy, for all the YEP vacancies (including reserve)
allotted to the state may be nominated for the YEP.
Selection at Directorate Level
8. Directorates will constitute a Board of officers to carry out screening/selection of
participants in the Best Cadet and YEP Competitions as per criteria laid down by them,
which will be in conformity with the rules framed by DG NCC. The DDsG of the respective
Directorates shall preserve selection proceedings and results thereof for three years.
Submission of Nominal Roll and Bio-Data
9. Nominal Rolls of the Best Cadet competition along with their Bio-data as per format
promulgated are to be forwarded in triplicate to this HQ by 15 Dec. The photographs affixed
on the Bio-data are to be duly attested by the DDG. These documents must be delivered to
Dir MS /JD MS (A) by 15 December positively through a special courier who will be one of
the PI Staff detailed on contingent duty RD Camp. Director/JD of the Directorate may sign
the above documents only if DDG is not posted in that Directorate.
10. The bio-data of the YEP cadets will be submitted separately by the dtes to the Trg Dte.
11. Bio-data will be prepared on Bond Paper of A4 size and placed in separate file cover for
each Cadet with Name, Number, Rank and Unit of the cadet written on the file cover. Best
Cadet folders are to be sent to MS Directorate and YEP cadet folders to Training
Directorate. For cadets recommended for both, two copies are to be sent to MS Directorate
and one copy to Training Directorate.
12. Directorates will earn penalty points for submission of Bio-data later than 15 Dec. Each
day of delay will earn a penalty of ½ point.
Eligibility
13. Eligibility conditions will be as follows: -
(a) JD/JW Cadets
.
(i) Cadets of 8
th
, 9th & 10
th
classes only.
(ii) Must have attended a minimum of 75% of parades conducted during the
current year of NCC training.
(iii) Cannot be from 1
st
year of NCC Training in JD/JW.
(iv) Must have attended at least one camp.
(b) SD/SW Cadets
.
(i) Must have attended minimum one camp.
(ii) Must have attended minimum of 75% of parades conducted during each
year of his/her NCC training.
(iii) Must be from 2
nd
or 3
rd
year of NCC Training in SD/SW.
(iv) Naval/Air Wing cadet must have participated in watermanship/flying
activities respectively.
(v) Cadets in class XI in Sainik Schools having Senior Division will be
permitted to compete in the Best Cadet Competition even though they may be
from 1st year training of SD.
285
(vi) Nominees can be in the final year of NCC or graduation course. However,
award of monthly scholarships listed in Para 14 (a) to 14 (f) below, will only be
granted to cadets who are not in the final academic year of BA, B Com or B
Sc, at the time of the competition.
(c) YEP
. While the nominees for BC can be from the final year of NCC or graduation
course, cadets sponsored for YEP/Naval Cruise will not be in the final year of NCC or
graduation. This is because cadets selected for YEP during RDC actually proceed to
a foreign country or Naval Cruise only in the next academic year. There is no
provision for financing the expenditure of those cadets who cease to be part of NCC
any more. For YEP, a cadet must pass in all subjects/ tests.
Awards & Incentives
14. Winners of the Best Cadet competition will be awarded the following scholarships:-
(a) SD (Army).
COAS Scholarship for one year is Rs 3600/- to be disbursed through
the college in 12 monthly instalments of Rs 300/- each.
(b) SW (Army).
COAS scholarship for one year is Rs 3600/- to be disbursed, through
college, in 12 monthly instalments of Rs 300/- each.
(c) SD/SW (Navy).
CNS scholarship for one year is Rs. 3000/- to be disbursed,
through college in 12 monthly instalments of Rs. 250/- each.
(d) SW (Air).
CAS Scholarship for one year is Rs 6000/- each to be disbursed
through college in 12 monthly instalments of Rs 500/- each.
(e) JD & JW (Air).
CAS Scholarship for one year is Rs 3000/- each to JD & JW to be
disbursed through school in 12 monthly instalments of Rs 250/- each.
(f) DGNCC Scholarship
. The DG NCC has instituted the following
scholarships (to be awarded by Trg Directorate in cash/ cheque during RDC
banner as per MoD letter No. 9827/H&A/NCC HQ/ MS (A)/51/D/GS-VI/2013
dated 18 Feb 2014) :-
(i) SD (Army/Navy/Air) & SW (Army/Navy/Air)
(aa) 1st position in each category - Rs 8,000/-
(ab) 2nd position in each category - Rs 6,000/-
(ac) 3rd position in each category - Rs 4,000/-
(ii) JD/JW (Army/Navy/Air)
(aa) 1st position in each category - Rs 6,000/-
(ab) 2nd position in each category - Rs 4,000/-
(ac) 3rd position in each category - Rs 2,000/-
15. Winners of the best cadet competition will also be presented the following awards:-
(a) Trophies & Batons by the Prime Minister at PM’s Rally on 28 Jan.
286
(b) Medals/Prizes and Merit Certificate at one of the Prize Distribution ceremonies at
the RDC. These will be distributed to the cadets securing first three positions in each
category. Others will be issued certificates by Directorates for having represented the
Directorate.
16. In addition to the above some Directorate/State Governments also give incentive/
awards to the above awardees/prize winners.
Conduct of Competitions
17. General
. A Board of Officers/Judges composed of officers from HQ DG NCC, OTA
Kamptee and OTA Gwalior will conduct tests for all the events of this competition. No test
will be conducted by officers of any NCC Directorate/Group / Unit.
18. Interview Board will be constituted under the orders of DGNCC at every RD Camp.
Results will be approved by the DGNCC and preserved by OIC competition, that is, DDG
(MS) for 3 years.
19. Interview for Selection of BC and YEP. The interview for selection of BC will be two
tiered as follows:-
(a) Interview by a Board of Officers consisting of the ADG (A) and Commandant
OTA, Gwalior/ Kamptee or other DDGs from HQ DG NCC.
(b) Final interview by DG.
Tests
20. Written Test (General Knowledge).
Candidates scoring less than 30 percent marks in
the written test will be considered as “FAILED” unless relaxed by the DG based on the
overall results.
(a) Current Affairs
. (Covering period for twelve months commencing 01 Jan of
previous year upto 02 Jan of RDC year). This may include the following:-
(i) Own Country
. (25 points) Points Allotted
(aa) Who’s who 5
(ab) Political Situation 5
(ac) Economy 5
(ad) General Science and Technological Developments 5
(ae) Miscellaneous 5
(ii) Neighboring and Other Countries. (15 points)
(aa) Who’s Who 5
(ab) Political situation 5
(ac) Miscellaneous 5
(b) Sports
. (10 points)
(i) Indian 5
(ii) International 5
Total 50
287
(c) Service Subjects (100 points)
21. (a) Drill
. Best Cadet YEP
Turn Out 20 10
Bearing 20 10
Word of Command 20 10
Control Over Squad 30 15
Steadiness and Confidence 20 10
Own Drill Movements 40 20
Total 150 75
(b) Firing - Best Cadet
. (150 points)
Practice. Application
Distance 25 M
No.of rounds 15
Position 5 shots each in Lying
Unsupported, Standing and Kneeling
Position
Target NRAI 50 meter official target
No of Shots per target 5 Shots
Record Targets One for each position
Scoring As per actual hit on target
HPS 15 for each firer
Weapons .22 Mark III/Mark IV/Sporting/ Deluxe
Rifle
Timing, Misfires and Procedures
.
(aa) All practices will be timed. 100 seconds will be given for firing five
rounds in lying and kneeling positions. 120 seconds will be given for
the standing position practice. An additional 10 seconds per misfire
will be given for a maximum of two misfires.
(ab) Therefore, at the firing point, the “Time Up” whistle/ signal will be
given at the time for practice plus ten seconds plus ten seconds.
Consequently, a lying/ kneeling position practice will be completed in a
maximum of 120 seconds and the standing position practice will finish
in 140 seconds.
(ac) Firing point judges will ensure that only misfires are fired in the
extra time.
(ad) In case of more than five shots on a target, the poorest five will
count. However, in case it is proved that the additional shots are due
to the fault of another firer, the best shots will count.
22. IQ & Personality Test
. (300 points)
(a) Personal bearing, turnout disposition and mannerism
(b) Communication skill, clarity of thought and expression.
(c) Comprehension and intelligence
(d) Response/Ability to react.
288
23. DG’s Interview. 100 points
24. Participation in other RD Events
. Maximum marks for this is 50. A Cadet can
participate in a maximum of three of under mentioned events. 10 marks each will be
allocated:-
(a) Cultural Pgme (Ballet)
(b) Cultural Pgme (Group Dance)
(c) Cultural Pgme (Song)
(d) NIAP
(d) MC for Cultural Event
(e) Flag Area Briefing
(f) Motivation Hall Briefing
(g) DG Award for outstanding performance – 10 Mks
(h) Grouping of 3 cm or less (for YEP) and firing score of 125 or more (for Best
Cadets) – 05 Mks Score of more than 70% in written test– 05 Mks
(j) Guard of Honour /Rajpath – Participation in these events by cadet will not
give them any point.
25. The scores for Best Cadet and YEP Competitions may be summarized as under:-
Event
Best Cadet
YEP
Written Test 50 (GK) + 100 = 150 50 (GK) +
100 = 150
Drill 150 75
Firing 150 -
Personality and Communication Skills 300 300
DG Interview 100 100
Participation in RDC Events 50 50
Total 900 675
Notes
: (Minimum Performance Level)
(a) It is compulsory for Best Cadet competitors to participate in all events. In case of
non-participation in any event the cadet will face a disqualification that will debar him
from further participation in the competition.
(b) The actual marks secured in each subject/event of the test conducted for cadets
competing in the Best Cadet Competition during RDC, will be included.
(c) For YEP participants written test and Firing test will be held first. Only those who
clear both tests will be allowed to appear for subsequent tests.
289
26. OIC Competitions will compile the results including points awarded by the Interview
Board. The total points acquired by each cadet will be divided by 10 to scale down the score
out of maximum 100 points. The OIC Competitions will thereafter prepare the merit list of
participants in their respective categories and of Inter Directorate positions separately.
27. Results of Best Cadet Competition will be submitted duly authenticated by the OIC
Competition as under: -
(a) Interim Results. For obtaining security clearance for likely recipients of Best Cadet
Awards at PM’s Rally on 27 Jan, following particulars of three cadets leading in each
of the six categories of Best Cadet Competition will be handed over to RD Cell & Dir
(Coord), in triplicate, by 18 Jan: -
(i) No, Rank and Name
(ii) Wing/Division
(iii) Unit and Directorate
(iv) Date of Birth and Age
(v) Fathers name, Occupation and Address
(b) Final Results. The final result will be handed over to RD Cell in triplicate by 1000
hrs on 22 Jan for arranging prize distribution, informing Directorates concerned and
press release.
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS ON CONDUCT OF BEST CADET COMPETITION AND YEP
SELECTION
1. Written Test
. All cadets appearing for Best Cadet and YEP Competition will appear for
General Knowledge and Service Subjects Test. It will be held in the Auditorium where
following preparations will be made under the instructions of Camp Commandant: -
(a) Seating arrangements.
(b) Tables will be placed for submission of answer sheets. These will be placed duly
marked as under: -
(i) Best Cadet SD (Army)
(ii) Best Cadet SD (Navy)
(iii) Best Cadet SD (Air)
(iv) Best Cadet SW (Army)
(v) Best Cadet SW (Navy)
(vi) Best Cadet SW (Air)
(vii) Best Cadet JW
(viii) Best Cadet JD
(c) Chairs for invigilators
(d) Drinking water and toilet arrangements.
(e) All the competitors will bring their own clip boards and writing material.
(f) Arrangements for PA system in the Auditorium.
(g) The cadets will be marshaled near the Auditorium, 30 minutes before the start of
the test.
290
(h) Identity cards of the cadets competing will be checked before they are seated.
(j) Cadets will be seated wing-wise. It will be ensured that cadets of any one
Directorate do not sit in the same line.
(k) Officers distributing the paper will have both English and Hindi version.
(l) In case any cadet asks for any clarification in the question paper, invigilator on
duty will make the cadet to stand up before giving out explanation or clarification.
(m) Staff Required. Staff required for administrative arrangement is as under:-
(i) JCO - 1
(ii) NCOs - 2
(iii) Lady NCC Officers /GCI/SMI - 2
(iv) Lascars – 4
(n) Stores Required
. The following stores will be required: -
(i) Tables - 11
(ii) Drawing Sheets - As per requirement
(iii) Writing Material
(iv) Sign Board - 1 (Best Cadet & Youth Exchange Written Test)
2. Drill
. All the Best Cadet competitors will appear for Drill Test. It will be held in one of the
wings of Garrison Parade Ground. The following arrangements and method for conduct of
drill test will be adopted: -
(a) The drill will be without arms.
(b) Staggered timing will be given to all wings (one hour for each wing).
(c) Five squads of 12 cadets each will be arranged for squad drill and fault finding.
These cadets should be other than the competitors for ‘best cadet’.
(d) Cadets will be marshalled 15 minutes earlier.
(e) The competition will be held in two parts i.e., personal drill & words of command.
The details are as follows: -
(i) Personal drill, Turnout and Bearing.
(aa) All best cadet competitors of a Div/Wing shall be made to stand in
one row or in twos and the Board of Officers shall give marks for their
turnout and bearing.
(ab) Each cadet shall be made to do Drill individually. JCOs/NCOs will
be briefed by the Board as to what words of command are to be given
to the cadets.
(ii) Words of Command and Ability to Conduct Squad Drill. All cadets will be
briefed on the procedure to be adopted and drill to be done. Each cadet shall
be asked to conduct squad drill for a squad of 12 cadets.
(iii) Staff. The following staff will be made available by the Camp
Commandant:-
(aa) JCO - 1
(ab) NCOs - 2
291
(ac) UOI/SMI - 1
(ad) Lascars - 2
(iv) Stores. The following stores will also brought at the venue:-
(aa) Tables - 3
(ab) Chairs - 5
(ac) Stopwatch - 1
(ad) Clip Boards & Writing Materials (for Board of Officers) - 10
(ae) Blank Papers - 100
(af) Pencils - 10
3. Firing Course
. Firing competition will be carried out, preferably in the training area of
Rajputana Rifles Regimental Center (RRRC). Camp Adjutant/Assistant Adjutant/Officer
detailed Camp Commandant will be required to carry out liaison with the Center and ensure
that the ranges are available for these events as under:-
(a) Firing.
(i) Short or Classification ranges at RRRC will be arranged well in time by
personal liaison with their GSO 1 (Training). One copy of the ‘range standing
orders’ will also be procured from RRRC.
(ii) NRAI Target as required, including 50% reserve will be arranged on as
required basis.
(iii) All cadets will be asked to carry their personal weapons. SD cadets will
also carry one DP/DPBF rifle for Obstacle Course.
(iv) One Durrie/Ground Sheet, one Pull Through, one .22 Cleaning Rod and
adequate targets and papers will be carried by each contingent.
(v) Each contingent will bring adequate quantity of .22 ammunition to cater for
both the Best Cadet as well as the YEP firers. The ammunition will be drawn
by the JCO nominated for making the advance arrangements as per
requirements two hours before the start of Firing Competitions. In this regard,
the Adjutant should give written instructions to Kote JCO for issue of
ammunition as well as for detailing an armourer.
(vi) One x 3 Ton vehicle for carrying of stores, 3 x 3 Ton vehicle for
conveyance of cadets and one x Gypsy for conveyance of officers will be
detailed.
(vii) The administrative vehicle will be sent to the firing range with staff and
stores two hours before commencement of firing.
(viii) All SD/SW/JW/JD cadets will be marshalled near the Range and their
identity cards will be checked. Identity cards of SD cadets will also be
checked prior to the Obstacle Course.
(ix) Details of six cadets each will be made in a random sequence and
necessary instructions passed on to the cadets by one of the Judges.
(x) Warmer rounds will not be fired on the targets. Clear cut instructions on
this account will be given by the Firing Point Officer to each detail, while
issuing orders for firing.
(xi) Point 22 Mark III/Mark IV/Deluxe/Sporting Rifle will be used. Telescopic
sights will not be used.
(xii) After firing by each Detail new target paper will be pasted for the next
Detail. This process will continue (on each target) till firing is over.
(b) Stores Required For Firing
.
(i) Target frame 1’x1’ - 16
(ii) Target paper 1’x1’ - 225
(iii) Whistle. - 2
292
(iv) Flag Red - 6
(v) Red jacket - 4
(vi) Durrie/Ground Sheet - 1 per contingent
(vii) Pull through/.22 cleaning rod - 1 per contingent
(viii) Table - 2
(ix) Chairs - 4
(x) Ammunition/.22 - 100 rounds per Contingent
(c) Staff
.
(i) JCO - 1
(ii) NCOs - 2
(iii) Lascars - 2
(iv) Nursing Assistant - 1
(d) Stores
.
(i) Tables -3
(ii) Chairs -4
(iii) Kanats -4
293
Appendix O
(Refers to Para 3 of General Rules)
INTER DIRECTORATE DISCIPLINE COMPETITION
Aim
1. The aim of this competition is to judge the directorates on the level of discipline
maintained, to include the discipline of the State Directorate contingent during the RDC.
Assessment
2. This competition will be conducted in two parts as under :-
Ser No Assessment Total Points RD Banner
Points
Annexure
(a) Part 1 - Discipline & DV Cases 500 50 O1
(b) Part 2 – Discipline during RDC 240 5 O2
740 85
PART -I : DISCIPLINE AND DV CASES
Aim
3. The aim of this part of the competition is to ensure that the State Directorates maintain
acceptable standards of discipline and ensure timey completion of Courts of
Inquiry into cases involving infringement of discipline.
Assessment
4. The assessment will be carried out as under :-
(a) MT Accidents
. A penalty of ten (10) points will be imposed for each case of MT
accident where the Court of Inquiry finds NCC personnel of the State Directorate to
be at fault. This penalty will be imposed only on the State Directorate whose
personnel are blamed for MT accident.
(b) Accidental Death of NCC Cadet during Training Activity
. A penalty of twenty
(20) points will be imposed for each case of death of an NCC cadet during training
activity, where the Court of Inquiry finds NCC personnel of the State Directorate,
conducting the Training activity, to be at fault.
(c) DV Cases
. A graduated increase in penalty points will be imposed for non-
completion of each Courts of Inquiry, Board of Officers and other discipline cases in
time, as under :-
Time Frame
Penalty
(i) Completed in time No penalty.
(ii) First 10 days delay Minus 5 points
(iii) Second 10 days delay Minus 10 points
(iv) Third 15 days delay Minus 15 points
294
(v) Fourth 15 days delay Minus 20 points
(vi) Thereafter for every upto 30 days delay Minus 50 points
(d) The penalty for delay in completing the inquiry/board for any particular case
will not be for more than 365 days. The penalty will not be levied twice for same
case.
(e) The merit list will be made as per the points obtained by the Dte after
deduction of penalties from the total of 500 points.
(f) RD Banner points will be awarded as per the position i.e Dte coming first will
get 50 RD Banner points, second 49 Points, third 48 points and so on.
Calculation of RD Banner Points
5. The points will be calculated as under :-
Ser
No
Directorate
Number
of Cases
Points
Position
Total
Awarded
Out of
500
RD Banner (50)
A B C D
C - B (C-B)/10
Duration
6. This competition will cover the period 01 Dec 30 Nov. The State Directorates will forward
quarterly returns as on 28/29 Feb, 31 May, 31 Aug, and 30 Nov to reach HQ DGNCC by
15th of the following month. A Final return for the complete period from 01 Dec to 30 Nov will
also be forwarded so as to reach HQ DGNCC by 20 Dec. The reports will be forwarded to
the MS Directorate with a copy to Training Directorate (RDC Cell).
Format of Returns
7. The format of the returns will be as under :-
(a) MT Accident: Return
MT ACCIDENT RETURN IN RESPECT OF DIRECTORATE FOR THE QR ENDING
Ser No
MT
Accidents
involving
NCC
Vehicles
Date of
Accident
Accident
reported
vide
Court of
Inquiry
ordered
vide
Blamed/
Not
Blamed
Penalty
Points
(Details of
vehicles)
Letter
Reference
(b) Accidental Death of NCC Cadet during Training Activity: Return
ACCIDENTAL DEATH OF NCC CADET DURING TRAINING ACTIVITY IN
RESPECT OF DTE FOR THE QR ENDING
295
Ser
No
MT
Accidents
involving
NCC Cadet
Date of
Accident
Accident
reported
vide
Court of
Inquiry
ordered
vide
Blamed/ Not
Blamed
Penalty
Points
(Details of
cadet)
Letter
Reference
(c) DV Cases: Return
DV CASES RETURN IN RESPECT OF DTE FOR THE QR ENDING
Ser No DV Case Court of
Inquiry
ordered
vide
Date of
Completion
Penalty
Points
(Details of
vehicles)
Note
(a) All above returns must be timely and correct.
(b) 10 penalty pts will be deducted for violation on either count.
PART II - INTER DIRECTORATE DISCIPLINE COMPETITION DURING RDC
Aim
8. The aim of the competition will be to ensure the discipline and well being of cadets during
RDC.
Duration
9. The competition will be conducted from the time of arrival of contingents at Delhi till their
departure. The period after 23 Jan will count towards the next RDC.
Points
10. The competition will be conducted out of 240 points. It will contribute 35 points toward
the RD Banner.
Conduct
11. A board of officers will be constituted for conducting the competition. The board will not
violations of discipline by cadets and award negative points as given below for each
infringement:-
(a) Major Violation - 5 Points per violation
(b) Minor Violation - 1 Points per violation
296
(c) Non nomination of cadets as per Special Instructions to ensure Pan India
presence – 2 points per violation.
12. Presiding Officers of various boards and officers in charge of various events will also
inform the Presiding Officers of the Discipline Competition about any infringements by
Directorates. Besides, the board will also conduct random checks and award penalty points,
if any.
13. Points that will be checked for each violation are given below :-
(a) Major Violation
(i) Use of foul language/fighting by cadets.
(ii) Smoking.
(iii) Consuming liquor.
(iv) Found in out of Bounds area.
(v) Movement of boys in Girl’s area.
(vi) Movement of girls in Boy’s area.
(vii) Arguing with superiors.
(viii) Disobedience.
(ix) Non adherence of Camp Discipline.
(x) Feigning sickness.
(xi) Stealing.
(xii) Absent from camp.
(xiii) Late on parade.
(xiv) Any other major violation.
(b) Minor Violation
(i) Dirty toilets.
(ii) Throwing litter.
(iii) Not making use of urinals and toilets.
(iv) Line Area found dirty.
(v) Dirtying of walls/staircases.
(vi) Deficiency of bulbs or other accessories.
(vii) Fire fighting equipment not functional.
(viii) Improper hair cut.
(ix) Not shaving.
(x) Uniform not pressed.
(xi) Boots not polished.
(xii) Improperly turned out/shabbily turned out.
(xiii) Consumption of food or water from un-authorised sources.
(xiv) Any other misdemeanor.
297
Appendix P
(Refers to Para 3 of General Rules)
INTER DIRECTORATE CULTURAL COMPETITION DURING NIC - II, DELHI
General
1. An Inter Directorate Cultural Competition will be conducted during NIC-II at Delhi. The
competition will carry 100 points, to be scaled down to 15 RD Banner points.
Events
Ser No
Item Number of
Participants
Time
Alloted
(mins)
Marks
RD
Banner
Points
Annexure
(a) Group
Song
07 to 10 5 50 10 P1
(b) Ballet/
Dance
04 6 50
Total 100
Note
. Total strength for both items together, will not exceed 20 cadets.
2. At the conclusion of the above competition, the total marks scored by each Directorate will
be added up and an order of merit made. Points towards RD Banner out of 10 will be
awarded.
3. However, individual prizes will be given to the cadets standing 1st, 2nd and 3rd ineach
event.
4. Venue
. All the competitions will be conducted in NCC Auditorium located at the RD
Campsite.
5. Participation
. The following category of personnel will not participate in cultural
competitions:-
(a) Professionals
. Professional assistance of any kind is NOT permitted after the
cadets have come on the stage.
(b) Any person other than cadets of the NIC-II Camp, as per the nominal roll
submitted.
(c) Officers, GCIs and PI Staff.
6. The following points will be noted : -
(a) Participants for competitions including those who provide background music will
be cadets only. Identity Card will be checked before the competitions begin.
(b) Music will be live for Group Song. Recorded music may be used for Ballet
/Dance.
298
(c) “For stage décor, heavy cumbersome articles will be avoided. Size of Propswill
not exceed 8 feet in height and 12 feet in width.”
(d) The entire team will be disqualified if any unauthorised person forms part of the
team.
(e) In case any professional assistance is rendered after the cadets have assembled
on the stage, a penalty of 10 marks will be deducted from the Directorate score for
this item.
(f) There will be an arrangement for light signals to control the timings. A green light
will indicate the commencement of the time, an amber light will be used to warn the
participants that only two minutes are left for the event to be over and a red light will
be used to indicate to the participants that their allotted time is over. Maximum time
for each event is laid down, and 05 marks will be deducted for each 30 seconds
of extra time taken after the Red light is switched on.
(g) The entire team will be penalised by 05 marks per person, in case the number
of participants exceeds or are less than the limit laid down. Hence minimum and
maximum strength of each event must be adhered to.
(h) Girl Cadets will wear only plastic bangles during competitions.
(j) Directorate will be liable to imposition of penalty in case of undue delay in
presentation of their item. Such penalty will be imposed at the discretion of the Chief
Judge (Presiding Officer of the Bd of Officer). However, 10 minutes to include 03
minutes to clear the Stage and 07 minutes to set up, will be allowed before
consideration for penalty.
(k) Garments worn under the ‘GHAGHRA’ should preferably be of the same colour as
that of the ‘GHAGHRA’.
7. Submission Of Nominal Rolls And Synopsis
. Directorates will submit the nominal roll
of their teams for each competition in triplicate to the OIC Competitions, Delhi Dte and
Judges 72 hours in advance of the competition.
8. Synopsis of all events in Hindi and English will also be handed over to Cultural Officer for
submitting to the judges prior to the competitions.
9. Directorates will ensure that cadets are given requisite coaching and are deputed by
name to read out the theme of the item being presented by their respective Directorates.
10. Any changes in the composition of teams due to unforeseen circumstances will be
considered only on the written request of the Contingent Commander giving reasons for
such a change. Till the Chief Judge approves it, no change will be accepted.
11. Board of Officers/Judges
. A Board of Officers nominated by HQDGNCC will judge the
competitions. DDG (MS) will approve the composition of the Board of Officers. DDG (MS)
will also be an observer to oversee the conduct of the competitions and shall give on the
spot decisions in case of any dispute/protest. His decision will be final.
12. Declaration of the Results
. Results of each event will be finalized and signed by the
Board of Officers/Judges. These will be announced after due approval of DGNCC.
299
13. Musical Instruments and Stage Décor.
(a) Contingents will bring their own musical instruments, dress and other
accoutrements required for their performance. In this regard the Directorate may
contact their State Cultural representative in Delhi for necessary assistance.
(b) Other arrangements necessary for conduct of the competitions on all days
will be made by Officer In-charge Cultural Delhi Dte who will be assisted by male and
lady ANOs. In addition, two GCIs and two JCOs/NCOs will assist in communications
on stage. Light & signal equipment will be arranged by OC Camp.
(c) ‘Diyas’ and similar flammable materials / props will not be used as there are fire
hazards. No Smoke is permitted.
14. Administrative Arrangements
.
(a) All administrative arrangements for the competition on all days like provisioning of
tables, chairs, glasses, water etc., will be made by the Camp Commandant, NIC. He
will also be responsible for providing light refreshments to cadets outside the
Auditorium.
(b) Arrangement of Heaters, if required for the Cadets outside the Auditorium.
(c) Delhi Directorate will be responsible for flower arrangements and stage
decorations.
RULES FOR INTER DIRECTORATE CULTURAL COMPETITION DURING NIC – II, DELHI
15. Group Song
.
(a) Time - 4 Min + 1Min (Max 05 Minutes)
(b) Group - Minimum number of cadets - 07 Maximum number of cadets - 10
(including musicians on stage or in the background)
(c) Dress - Appropriate
(d) Language - Hindi / English / Regional
(e) Points Allotted :-
(i) Group Composition and Dress - 10
(ii) Renderings and composition - 12
(iii) Lyrics and composition - 12
(iv) Tune - 10
(v) Presentation - 06
Total - 50
(f) No dance of any type is permitted in this event.
16. Ballet / Dance
.
(a) Time - 5 Min + 1 Min (Max 06 Minutes)
300
(b) Group - Minimum number of cadets – 04 (Excluding musicians on stage or in the
background)
(c) Music and Instruments - Can be live or recorded.
(d) Stage Décor - No professional or hired arrangements will be allowed.
(e) Points Allotted :-
(i) Theme - 08
(ii) Presentation including costumes - 15
(iii) Composition, Synchronization & Skill - 20
(iv) Music and Background sound - 07
Total - 50
301
Appendix Q
(Refers to Para 3 of General Rules)
INTER DIRECTORATE R&V EQUESTRIAN COMPETITIONS
1. General:
The following Inter Directorate R&V Equestrian Competitions will be held
during DGNCC RD Camp to assess the equestrian training and skills of the cadets as well
as the horses.
Ser No
Events Category
1. Dressage (a) Boys Veteran
(b) Boys Novice
(c) Girls Veteran
(d) Girls Novice
2 Show Jumping ( Normal) (a) Boys Veteran
(b) Boys Novice
(c) Girls Veteran
(d) Girls Novice
3. Show Jumping (Top Score) (a) Boys Veteran
(b) Boys Novice
4. Tent Pegging
(a) Boys Veteran
(b) Boys Novice
5 Hacks (a) Boys Veteran
(b) Boys Novice
(c) Girls Veteran
(d) Girls Novice
6 Dr Roop Jyoti Sharma Trophy Best Tent Pegger
7 DG RVS Cup Best Show Jumper
2. The cadets and the horses for participation in the Annual NCC horse show will be
selected based on the performance during the above competitions.
3. Venue:
The competitions will be held during Annual NCC RD Camp at Delhi before
Annual NCC Horse Show at the venue provisioned by HQ DGNCC.
4. Jury:
Suitable jury comprising of RVC Officers/JCOs will be detailed by HQ DGNCC
in consultation with Dte Gen RVS for judging the competitions.
5. Participants:
Boys and Girls cadets (Novices and Veterans) from R&V NCC units
will participate in these competitions. An R&V cadet can attend maximum of two RD camps
as SD/SW but should preferably participate in Novice Competitions in his or her first RD
Camp and in veteran events during second RD Camp. However, if an R&V cadet takes part
in veteran in his or her first RD Camp itself then he or she will not be allowed to participate in
Novice/Veteran events during next RD Camp. Hence, a cadet will not take part in the same
event of the same category more than once.
Best Rider
6. Categories
: A best rider will be selected for the following categories:-
(a) Best Rider (Boys)
302
(b) Best Rider (Girls)
(c) Best Tent Pegger (Boys)
(d) Best Show Jumper (Open)
7. Selection Criteria:
The Jury will decide the best rider for above categories as per
the criteria below:
(a) Best Rider (Boys):
The basis for judging the best rider (Boys) will be the
highest aggregate points secured by each rider in the following individual
competitions as per details below:
Ser No
Event Position and Points Allotted
I II III IV
(i) Show
Jumping
(Normal)
4 3 2 1
(ii) Show
Jumping
(Top
Score)
4 3 2 1
(iii) Tent
Pegging
4 3 2 1
(iv) Dressage 4 3 2 1
(b) Best Rider (Girls)
: The basis for judging the best rider (Girls) will be the
highest aggregate points secured by each rider in the following individual
competitions as per details below:
Ser No
Event Position and Points Allotted
I II III IV
(a) Show Jumping (Normal) 4 3 2 1
(b) Dressage 4 3 2 1
(c) Best Tent Pegger (Boys) {Dr.Roop Jyoti Sharma Trophy}
: Best four riders
each from Tent pegging Boys (Veteran)and Tent Pegging Boys (Novice) will be
permitted to take part in the best tent pegger competition.
(d) Best Show Jumper (DG RVS Cup)
:Best four cadets from each of the
following equestrian competitions will be selected and permitted to take part in best
show jumper competition:
(i) Show Jumping(Normal) Boys (Veteran)
(ii) Show Jumping (Normal)Boys (Novice)
(iii) Show Jumping (Normal) Girls (Veteran)
(iv) Show Jumping (Normal) Girls (Novice)
(v) Show Jumping (Top Score) Boys (Veteran)
(vi) Show Jumping (Top Score) Boys (Novice)
8. Hacks Competition
: In this competition horsemanship of cadets and understanding
with their horses and their turn out will be assessed.
303
9. Dressage: In this competition, the training of the cadets and their mounts is judged in
dressage arena where they perform a series of predesignated movements or a dressage
test.
10. Appeal Committee
: The following will constitute the appeal committee: -
(a) DDG (Training).
(b) JD Trg (R&V)/OIC (R&V).
11. Rules
:
(a) The competitions will be judged and conducted in accordance with the rules
and regulations of the Equestrian Federation of India.
(b) A horse can take part only once in any particular event of that category.
(c) Individual equestrian competitions will also act as elimination rounds for
cadets to be eligible to take part in the competitions for trophies and cups.
12. Dress Code
: All competitors must be properly dressed in a mounted kit for practice
and for participating in various competitions. The cadets’ dress will be as under:
(a) Black Riding Helmet (Mandatory while being with the horses)
(b) Red T shirt Woollen, round neck, Half sleeves
(c) Breeches white
(d) Knitted gloves white
(e) Whips for competitions, if permitted
(f) Black legging or black boots
(g) NCC Blazer as per event
13. Only sound/fit horses will be permitted to participate in the equestrian events. Horses
will be properly turned out and the harness and saddle will be of good quality to ensure the
safety of the cadets and the horses. The important components of the tack are listed below:
(a) Saddle – suitable for the event
(b) Saddle Blanket/Numnah
(c) Towels white with NCC colour Border 2” wide with the words ‘NCC’ of 2.5” size in
red on both sides
(d) Properly fitted Head Collar with suitable bit and reins
(e) Other suitable harness items as per rules
14. Jumps
: Nominated Directorates will send well maintained Jumps as per list below for
use during RDC Equestrian Competitions: -
304
(a) Road Closed
(b) Single Bar
(c) Double Bar
(d) Triple Bar
(e) Double Vertical Bar
(f) Triple Vertical Bar
(g) Rusting Gate
(h) Wall
(j) Brush